FPS oOo eed 1] 7 ta tae Eee Lt b hOrbbe ed bb06"6e00606 6+e be sree it penseooresers o 4 - - . peor 95000 660gg5s000he $006 $9-0604.444004 560048" Fennel ee peta le eens 4 = ¢ * + pote restetthetes IIT ese presser ts tals sasasalee eeretrte Tot or . BESS es seasssstanitessusstosieasastars ts cs atess ts iesegcninastitsdebittiss sie at hii tists fini: Hit tti ; repeats itesbietensarsssssitges ts pssstsssc statist gress sessetn SEbdSTestei tents tien se iohenveststeasigi esti shibitahitgtostte tose series tebertoees saeerteiee st mati : psssacctastosacaes ie Hiteitinitestt statisses se3secpreceset as Stats STE Sag tases tatgtavergtesedatgiepcegeseelgcyeyagte esas sebettaet Hrd: mtg ists iis Sssddabea gates ogenie pate titteseitetieaterreatceaeest teste Set strecestrerse See t3 : + os seebebeisancaenrebebehiieina sseaseere: soteeag tes siiae bestesseetitasssatatgistetstetsseriassisinisasans tetatss guesses atases beast sigeersted erase abate sassereesan ht batgatitce tiees peaasis ess sioteisssssssesterstesttsssisestaeatees sittete teeehshe asist pea as ser Nites Ssesrseses sites sigieatsegtgt SH SPATE stitet 7 Sits poreeoreesese peschescaceesctcaratseocestensnsts be be ot tee .o oe . : tit > ? ; HEREHHEH atti titht Siete ses Be iessedeertaete ssastitaein i sasatsseseessaigtstacgsucttarttsascs testetie zt z ; + sth, erty os beeres sf: eae Ores es bia es as tes aeen cesses scese ress stetetertte terererertstsetttet tins tentatisihe > Sort hot press -t4-404 sarteen toe: Peertceier test eee pe 840 90409899458 10040 ba reeroner eee’ ert epeererty [25-33 5000-09 betesrtttetr tres tie eetetataee btSiS Tes es oeses ra sgtoeees Fei ees SS eehsst nie @ eg t teeter For gt Thee rors +obe noe werene + . ree Seesesecns cers eesees * Sess 5, bens srebatseesss saees silesttetasdistiestatetcreteist tetetiteserenieees Peseebreseemattsetresl been tbersteerslattoet stented bipee eisgabeacstsecietactesesenes babtocesens pow se stosncess Sub oore cer es ers eee er er or ereoers bee scene sRas rheee srs Ceti yey 7 pceves Bhytrtrepee pete ere beeeees Poet meni Spepeseatyereserisestissstesscetsieteses srppietintitgt itr tester erevarstitsssdersssteaiusscetertesesess pat eeags eore ses telees etthene ectererseereesceberesas sat cs’ i abba gssesisns st osretlces se escerece stitatetiere: bigsetstete eahieeg secs fers sbadashosbessscsgeisshessstisdede ets pepeneee gel ae ye ae) .* “4 Pesan e eee vets tesetenabes: ve Seestaetted Sree cseeees te S38 i epee eeritisats cas ~ 4+ ones ber osers rererores Stet yt Sites ssesesttestsssisscsssesssessstsserttsssetspsssetsssiotessteiasisasssestes +r ert bans 3 pa deere rere Per ee reters terror certespert terete tr te p- pate areesttert SEEESIS pees Sasa sess setetetatcrates 3 st titititt bhigestetiststesctrertsssesriest Pease gt ietisstesteseectiss tS Setsassss ¢ ++ td HT bgergcgene stirs ers Sabet eee ress oe sete Biraiteertteisssssseet dite esteet etressrirtsiiey 353333 sresersseorssorereresy 35336: ee * ? ot Ot tony reat tse rere eens 089: er eeoere ons ee 94+ 4 4; sett — Boesece. sentiete i SThtHS SHEE RGE SES Soest eae teste aeee rar ee etsteces Stet Siaets tee ee : Teese rr seetteneaty 35293235353;; 4 TONG terme gers SSF Spe berets bers Abistiehistos sates . ti * a, See ee Se ee rf . . . * * ” wei iJ * : . a 7 * 7 - ay Cel = 7 es re . il ad x ‘ 4 . , a ms 2 . i .. ~ * ad * : x ahs a oe 7 & eS J ie “iis 7; + Ve DUD , Ta ly By tg, vi) SAN UI Fe ate: oak Tr >, A, Be Weegy whos B dete Bey FF VALLEY Luidg ate Hil hh! FEE ot } * ae hae Ai Wo # | rae aF. ‘A NATURAL HISTO INTRODU - : ~ Great OMeer of the Legion of Hon ‘Public Instruction; One of the I the Academy of ene London, Berlin, 3 j rye | hag en, : — eee eee ee ELITRS-ORUSTACRA- PAay Fo Cas yy Ww Tesz SCT. A. + > 7™ LONDON. G. HENDERSON, 2, OLD BAILEY, Y¥ OF ANIMALS THE IVE ANATOMY. i‘? and wed Sewertiet fen LOD ATF HILL, AND £CLD RY ALL BOOKSELLERS. Oo eter Re - i Meraher wi i. be Count) ef ; BOIny ; Perpetani ot Seewetary te , ds Sok i Z ’ F “ a 4 « ‘ . ¥ —s ’ As ee x ater re ad é Pe x “ ‘ ° - THE ANIMAL KINGDOM, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO ITS ORGANIZATION, SERVING AS A FOUNDATION FOR THE NATURAL HISTORY OF ANIMALS, AND AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. BY BARON CUVIER, Great Officer of the Legion of Honour, Counsellor of State, and Member of the Royal Council of Public Instruction; One of the Forty of the French Academy; Perpetual Secretary to the Academy of Sciences ; Member of the Academies and Royal Societies of London, Berlin, Petersburgh, Stockholm, Turin, Edinburgh, Copenhagen, Gottingen, Bavaria, Modena, the Netherlands, and Calcutta; and of the Linnzan Society of London, WITH FIGURES DESIGNED AFTER NATURE: THE CRUSTACEA, ARACENIDES, & INSECTA, BY M. LATREILLE, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour, Member of the Institute (Royal Academy of Sciences), and of the greater portion of other learned Societies in Europe and America. Translated from the latest french Cvitton. WITH ADDITIONAL NOTES, AND ILLUSTRATED BY NEARLY 500 ADDITIONAL PLATES. IN FOUR VOLUMES. VOL. III. MOLLUSCA-ANNELIDES-CRUSTACEA> ARACHNIDES AND INSECTA. cy LONDON. G. HENDERSON, 2, OLD BAILEY, LUDGATE-HILL, AND SOLD BY ALL BOOKSELLERS, 1834. BT, Ot fet: ¥ rads, ay. ie) Aoi sity aro ni ora Pik PREFACE*. OVERWHELMED with scientific labours, and yielding, perhaps too easily, to the impulse of friendship and to my desire to serve him, M. Cuvier has confided to me that portion of this work which treats of Insects. These animals were the objects of his earliest zoulogical studies, and the cause of his connexion with one of the most celebrated pupils of Linnzeus, Fabricius, who in his writings gives him frequent assur- ance of his high esteem. It was even by various interesting obser- vations on several of these animals-—Jouwrnal d’Hist. Nat.—that M. Cuvier commenced his career in natural history. Entomology, in common with all the other branches of Zoology, has derived the greatest advantage from his anatomical researches, and the happy changes he has effected in the basis of our classification. The internal organization of Insects is now better known, and this study is no longer neglected as was previously the case. He has placed us on the way to the Natural System}, and greatly will the public regret that his * This preface is the same which stood at the commencement of the third volume of the first edition of this work. Having there confined myself to an exposition of the general principles, upon which my arrangement of the animals composing the Linnzan class of Insects was effected, and having in the present edition made no change in that respect, the same observations are still applicable. Considered, however, with regard to the details, or to the secondary and tertiary divisions, that is to say, Orders, Families, Genera and Subgenera, this edition will be found to pre- sent a remarkable difference. It was impossible to place it on a level with the actual state of the science, without modifying several parts of my former system, and without considerable additions, which, such has been the progress of Ento- mology, are so numerous, that even by filling two volumes instead of one, I have been barely enabled to give a very summary view of the multitude of generic divisions effectuated within the last ten years, and which are frequently founded on the most minute characters, This branch of Zoology has gained much from other and more positive sources, those of Anatomy. These observations I was the more impera- tively bound to notice, as they formed part of the plan of the illustrious author of the ‘‘ Régne Animal,’’ and as they serve to confirm the stability of the divisions I have established. By a perusal of the general remarks which precede them, the reader will be better able to appreciate the motives which have determined these changes, and to feel the importance of the addenda that enrich the entomological portion of this edition. A simple comparison between it and that of the former will show, at a glance, that it has been entirely remoulded, or that it is a new work which we now present to the world, rather than a new edition. ~ ft Tableau Elément. de Hist. Nat. des Animaux, and the Lec. ee a iv PREFACE. numerous occupations did not allow him to superintend this portion of his treatise on animals. Perhaps the desire of associating my name with his in a work like this, which, by the multitude of researches on which it rests, and by their application, has become a precious literary monument of the age, has deceived me, and thrown me into an enterprize beyond my powers to accomplish. The responsibility is great, and I have im- posed upon myself a task, in which the boldness of the plan is only equalled by the difficulty of its execution. To unite within a very limited space the most interesting facts in the history of Insects, to arrange them with precision and clearness in a natural series, to pour- tray with a bold pencil the physiognomy of these animals, trace their distinguishing characters with truth and brevity, in a way propor- tioned to the successive progress of the science and that of the pupil, to indicate useful or noxious species, and those whose mode of life interests our curiosity, to point out the best sources from which the knowledge of others may be obtained, to restore to Entomology the amiable simplicity which it possessed in the days of Linnzeus, Geoffroy, and of the early writings of Fabricius, but still to present it as it now is, or with all the wealth of observation it has since acquired, yet without overloading it; in a word, to conform to the model before me, the work of M. Cuvier, is the end I have striven to attain. This savant, in his “‘ Tableau Elémentaire de |’Histoire Naturelle des Animaux,” did not restrict the extent given by Linnzus to his class of Insects; he however made some necessary ameliorations, which have since served as the foundation of other systems. He dis- tinguishes Insects, in the first place, from other invertebrate animals, by much more rigorous characters than those previously employed— viz., a@ knotted medullary spinal marrow, and articulated limbs. Linnzus terminates his class of Insects with those which are apterous, although most of them, such as the Crustacea and the Araneides, with respect to their organization, are the most perfect of their class, or are the most closely approximated to the Mollusca. His method, in this respect, is then exactly the inverse of the natural system, and, by transporting the Crustacea to the head of the class, and by placing almost all the Aptera of Linnzeus directly after them, Cuvier rectified the method in a point where the series was in direct opposition to the scale formed by Nature. In his Legons d’ Anatomie Comparée, the class of Insects, from which he now separates the Crustacea, is divided into nine orders, founded on the nature and functions of the organs of manducation, the presence or absence of wings, their number, consistence, and the ae oe a PREFACE, v manner in which they are reticulated. It is in fact a union of the system of Fabricius with that of Linnzeus perfected. The divisions made by our savant in his first order, that of the Gnathaptera, are nearly similar to those I had established in a Memoir presented to the Société Philomatique, April, 1795, and in my Précis des Caractéres Génériques des Insectes*. _M. de Lamarck, whose name is so dear to the friends of natural science, has ably profited by these various labours. His systematic arrangement of the Linnzan Aptera appears to us to be that which approaches nearest to the natural order, and, with some modifications of which we are about to speak, is the one we have followed. I divide the Insects of Linnzeus, with him, into three classes: the Crustacea, Arachnides and Insecta; but in the essential characters which I assign to them, I abstract all the changes experienced by these animals, prior to their adult state. This consideration, although natural, and previously employed by De Geer in his arrangement of the Aptera, is not classical, inasmuch as it supposes the observation of the animal in its different ages; it is, besides, liable to many exceptions f. _ The situation and form of the branchize, the manner in which the head is united to the thorax, and the organs of manducation, have furnished me the means of establishing seven orders in the class of the Crustacea, all of which appear to me to be natural. I-terminate it, with M. de Lamarck, by the Branchiopoda, which are a sort of Crustacea Arachnides. 2 In the following class, that of the Arachnides, I only include the species which in the system of Lamarck compose the order of his Arachnides palpistes, or those which have no antenne. Beyond this, the organization of these animals, external as well as internal, furnishes us with a simple and rigorous rule that is susceptible of a general application. * I there divided the Aptera of Linnzus into seven orders: 1. The Sucrorta. 2. The TaysanouraA. 3. The PARAsiITA. 4. The AcEPHALA (Arachnides pal- pistes, Lam.) 5. The Enromosrraca. 6. The Crustacea. 7. The Myria- PODA. + These considerations, however, have not been overlooked, and I have used them advantageously in grouping families, and arranging them in a natural order, as may be seen by a reference to the historical sketches which precede the exposition of those families. I have even been employed on a work respecting the metamorphosis of Insects in general, which has not yet been published (see article ‘‘ Insectes,”” Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. Ed. 2d), but which I have long been maturing, and which I have communicated to my friends: I have made use of it in the course of my general remarks, vi PREFACE. Their organs of respiration are always internal, receiving air through concentrated stigmata, sometimes possessing functions ana- logous to those of lungs, and consisting at others of radiated trachez, or such as ramify from their base; the antenne are wanting, and they are usually furnished with eight feet. I divide this class into two orders: the Pulmonarie and the Trachearie. Two parallel trachez, extending longitudinally through the body, furnished at intervals with centres of branches corresponding to the stigmata, and two antenne, characterize the class of Insects. Its primary divisions are founded on the three following considerations: 1. Apterous Insects which either undergo no metamorphoses, or but imperfect ones; the three first orders. 2. Apterous Insects which experience complete transformations; the fourth. 3. Insects having wings which they acquire by metamorphoses, either complete or incomplete; the last eight. I begin with the Arachnides antennistes of M. de Lamarck, which are comprised in this first division, and which form out three first orders. The second is composed of the fourth order, and contains but a single genus, that of Pulex: it would appear, in some respects, to be allied to the Diptera by means of the Hippobosce; other cha- racters, however, and the nature of its metamorphoses, remove this genus from that of the Hippobosce. It is very difficult in some cases to distinguish these natural filiations, and when we are fortunate enough to discover them, we are frequently compelled to sacrifice them to the perspicuity and facility of the system. To the known order of winged Insects, I have added that of the Stresiptera of Kirby, but under a new denomination—viz., that of Rhipiptera, as the former appears to me to be founded on a false idea. Perhaps we should even suppress this order, according to the opinion of Lamarck, and unite it with that of the Diptera. For reasons elsewhere developed*, and which I could easily strengthen by additional proof, I attach more consequence to cha- racters drawn from the aerial locomotive organs of Insects, and to the general composition of their body, than to the modifications of the parts of the mouth, at least when their structure is essentially referable to the same type. Thus 1 do not commence by dividing these animals into Grinders and Suckers, but into those which have wings and wing-cases, and such as have four or two wings of the * Consid. Génér. sur l’ordre des Crust., des Arach., et des Insectes, p. 46. PREFACE. Vii same consistence. The form and uses of the organs of manducation are viewed in a secondary-light. My series of Orders relative to the winged Insects is, consequently, nearly similar to that of Linnzus. _ Fabricius, Cuvier, Lamarck, Clairville and Dumeril, considering the difference of the functions of the parts of the mouth of primary consequence, have arranged those divisions otherwise. In accordance with the plan of M. Cuvier, I have reduced the num- ber of families which I established in my previous works, and have converted into subgenera the numerous divisions that have been made of the genera of Linnus, notwithstanding their characters may otherwise be very distinct. Such also was the intention of Gmelin in his edition of the Systema Nature. This method is simple, historical and convenient, as it enables the student to proportion his instruction to his age, his capa- city, or to the end he has in view. All my groups are founded on a comparative examination of all the parts of the animals I wish to describe, and on the observation of their habits. Most Naturalists stray from the natural system by being too exclusive in their considerations. To the facts collected by Réaumur, Reesel, De Geer, Bonnet, the Hubers, &c., respecting the instinct of Insects, I have added several ascertained by myself, some of which were hitherto unknown. M. Cuvier has added to them an extract of his anatomical observations*; he has even devoted himself to fresh researches, among which I will mention those whose object was the organization of the Limuli, a very singular genus of the Crustacea. Being necessarily restricted in the description of species, I have always selected for that purpose the most interesting and common ones, and particularly those mentioned by M. Cuvier in his Tableau Elémentaire de |’Histoire Naturelle des Animaux. LATREILLE. * Those added to the present edition are from Messrs. Léon Dufour, Marcel de Serfes, Straus, Audouin and Milne Edwards. Fat ee sek wer gp a ee see. islet ae ee, Soe MO hi fatter Sy gene atm, aay ere: a ais abl nats bail hae ee hel euinage rede pee emeslascl nt re i ee Aa thas) sites a INDEX, SYSTEMATICALLY ARRANGED. SECOND GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINDGOM. ANIMALIA MOLLUSCA. General Characters of the Division, 1. Division of Mollusca into Classes, 4. CLASSES. I. CerHALopopa. IV. AcepHALa. Il. Preroropa, V. Bracniopopa. III. GasrEerRopopa. VI, CrrrHopopa. ° ORDERS, GENERA, AND OTHER DIVISIONS. CLASS I.—CEPHALOPODA. Sepia, 7 Octopus, 7 Polypus of Aristotle, 9 Eledon of Aristotle, 10 Argonauta,10 - - Bellerophon, 11 Loligo, 11 Loligopsis, 12 Loligo proper, 12 Onychotheuthis, 11 Sepiola, 12 Chondrosepia, 12 Sepia proper, 12 Nautilus, 13 anise 13 autilus proper, 14 Lituus, if . Belemnites, 15 Actinocamax, 15 VOL. Il. b x INDEX. Ammonites, 16 Ammonites proper, 16 Planites, 16 Ceratites, 16 Orbulites, 16 Scaphites, 16 Baculites, 16 Hamites, 16 % Turrilites, 16 Camerines, 17 Siderolithes, 17 Helicostega, 18 Helicostega nautiloidea, 18 Helicostega ammonoida, 8 Helicostega turbinoida, 18 Stycostega, 18 Enallostega, 19 Agathistega, 19 Entomostega, 19 CLASS U.—PTEROPODA. Clio, 20 Cymbulia, 20 Pneumodermon, 20 Limacina, 20 Hyalea, 20 Cleodora, 21 | Cleodora proper, 92 Creseis, 22 Cuvieria, 22 Psyche, 22 Eurybia, 22 Pyrgo, 22 CLASS Ili.—GASTEROPODA. Orper I.—PULMONEA, 27 Pulmonea Terrestria. Limax, 29 ‘ Limax proper, 29 Arion, 31 Lima, 32 Vaginulus, 32 Testacella, 33 Parmacella, 33 Helix, 33 Helix proper, 33 Vitrina, 34 Bulimus, 34 Bulimus proper, 34 INDEX, OrveEr I.—PULMONIA—( continued ). Chsntiece, 35 Succinea, 35 Clausilia, 36 Achatina, 36 Pulmonea Aquatica. Onchidium, 37 Planorbis, 37 Limneeus, 38 Physa, 38 . _ Scarabzeus, 38 Auricula, 39 Conovulus, 39 Onver I].—NUDIBRANCHIATA, 39 Doris, 40 Onchidora, 40 Plocamoceros, 40 Polycera, 40 Tritonia, 41 Thethys, 41 Scylleea, 41 Glaucus, 42 Laniogerus, 42 Eolidia, 42 Cavolina, 42 Flabellina, 43 Tergipes, 43 Busiris, 43 Placobranchus, 43 Onper II].—INFEROBRANCHIATA, 43 Phyllidia, 44 Diphyllidia, 44 Onver IV.—TECTIBRANCHIATA, 44 Pleurobranchus, 44 Pleurobranchea, 45 Aplysia, 45 Dolabella, 46 Notarchus, 46 Bursatella, 47 Akera, 47 Bulla, 47 Bulla, 48 Akera proper, 48 Gastropteron, 48 Gastroplax, 49 xii INDEX. Orver V.—HETEROPODA, 49 Petrotrachea, 50 Carinaria, 50 Atlanta, 51 Firola, 51 Timorienna, 51 Monophora, 51 Phylliroe, 52 Orper VI.—PECTINIBRANCHIATA, 52 Fam. 1,—Trocuorpa, 53 Trochus, 53 Tectarium, 53 Calear, 54 Rotella, 54 Cantharis, 54 Infundibulum, 54 Telescopium, 54 Trochus, 54 Solarium, 55 Evomphalus, 55. Turbo, 55 Turbo proper, 55 Delphinula, 55 Pleurotoma, 56 Turritella, 56 Scalaria, 56 Cyclostoma, 57 Valvata, 57 Paludina, 58 Littorina, 58 Monodon, 58 Phasianella, 59 Ampullaria, 59 Lanista, 59 . Helicina, 59 Ampullina, 59 Olygira, 59 Melania, 60 Rissoa, 60 Melanopsis, 60 Pirena,60 Acton, 61 Pyramidella, 61 Janthina, 61 Nerita, 61 Natica,62 Nerida proper, 62 Velata, 62 Neritina, 62 Clithon, 62 INDEX. xiii Onper VI.—PECTINIBRANCHIATA—( continued ). Fam. 2.—Caprvurorpa, 62 Capsulas, 63 Hipponyx, 63 Crepidula, 63 Scpara os cai Sigaretus, 64 Coriocella, 65 Cryptostoma, 65 Fam, 3.—Buccrnorwa, 65 Conus, 65 Cypreea, 66 Ovula, 66 Ooula proper, 67 Volva, 67 ~ Terebellum, 67 Voluta, 67 Oliva, 67 Volvaria, 67 Voluta proper, 68 _ Cymbium, 68 Voluta, 68 Marginella, 68 Colombella, 68 Mitra, 69 Cancellaria, 69 Buccinum, 69 Buccinum proper, 69 Nassa, 70 Eburna, 70 Aucillaria, 70 tog ¥ ' lium proper, i Perdix, 70 nS Ricinula, 71 Concholepas, 71 Casis, 71 Morio, 72 Terabra, 72 Cerithium, 72 Potamida, 72 Murex, 73 xiv | INDEX. Orver VI.—PECTINIBRANCHIATA—( continued ). Murex, 73 ; Murex proper, 73 Brontis, 73 Typhis, 73 Chicoracea, 73 Aquilla, 73 © Lotorium, 73 Tritonium, 74 Trophona, 74 Ranella, 74 Apolles, 74 \Fusus, 74 Fusus proper, 74 Lathira, 74 Pleurotoma, 74 Pyrula, 75 Fulgur, 75 Fasciolaria, 75 Turbinella, 75 Strombus, 75 Strombus, 75 _ Pterocera; 76 Rostellaria, 76: Hippoerenes, 76 Onver VIJ.—TUBULIBRANCHIATA, 76 | Vermetus, 76 Magilus, 77 Siliquaria, 77 Orpver VIII.—SCUTIBRANCHIATA, 78 Halyotis, 78 Halyotis proper, 78 Pastolle, 78 Stromatia, 79 Fissurella, 79 Emarginula, 79. Parmophorus, 79 Orpver IX.—CYCLOBRANCHIATA, 80 Patella, 80 Chiton, 80 CLASS IV.—ACEPHALA. Orper —ACEPHALA TESTACEA, 82 Fam, 1.—Osrraceka, 83 Ostracita, 83 INDEX, Onvzr L—ACEPHALA TESTACEA—(continued). Rudista, 83 Radiolites, 83 Spherulites, 84 Calceola, 84 Hippurites, 84 | Batolithes, 84 Ostrea, te es strea proper, Peloris, 84 Gryphea, 85 Pectens, 85 Lima, 86 Pedum, 86 — Hinnita, 86 Plagiostoma, 87 Pachytes, 87 Dianchora, 87 Podopsis, 87 Anomia, 87 Echion, 87 Placuna, 88 Spondylus, 88 " *Plicatula, 88 Malleus,88 Vulsella, 89 Perna, 89 Crenatula, 89 Gervilia, 89 Inoceramus, 90 Castillus, 90 Pulvinites, 90 Etheria, 90 Avicula, 90 . Pintadine, 90 Margarite, 90 Pinna, 91 Chimera, 91 Arca, 91 ’ Arca proper, 92 Cucullea, 92 Pectunculus, 92 | Aximea, 92 Nucula, 92 Trigonia, 93 Fam, 2.—Myrinacea, 93 Eades ilus proper, 93 Modiolus, of Lithodomus, 94 xv xvi INDEX. Orper J.—ACEPHALA TESTACEA—(continued). . Anodontea, 94 ‘ Tridina, 95° Dipsada, 95 Unio, 95 Hyria, 95 Castalia, 95 Cardita, 96 Cypricardia, 96 Coralliophagia, 96 Venericardia, 96 Paphia, 96 © Fam, 3.—CHaAMAcEA, 97 Chama, 97 Tridacna, 97 Tridacna proper, 97° Hippopus, 98 Chama, 98 Diceras, 98 Isocardia, 98 Fam. 4.—CarpiacgEa, 99 Cardium, 99 ’ Hemicardium, 99 Donax, 99 Cyclas, 100 : Cyrena, 100 Cyprina, 100 Galathza, 101 Corbis, 101 Tellina, 101 Loripes, 102 Lucina, 102 Ungulinea, 102 Venus, 102 Astarte, 103 Crassinea, 103 Cythere, 103 Capsa, 104 Petricola, 104 Corbula, 104 . Mactra, 104 Mactra proper, 104’ Lavignons, 105 Fam. 5.—Ineowvsa, 105 Mya, 105 Lutraria, 105 Mya proper, 106 Anatina, 106 Solemya, 106 INDEX. xVil Ozour I.—ACEPHALA TESTACEA—( continued De. Cyrtodaria, 106 Panopea, 107 Pandora, 107 . Byssomia, 107 Hiatella; 107 Solen, 108 Solen proper, 108 Sanguinolaria, 108 -Psammobia, 108 Psammothea, 108 Pholas, 108 Teredo, 109 Fistulana, 109 Gastrocheena, 110 © Teredina, 110 Clavagella, 110 Aspergillum, 110 Onxvur 1.—ACEPHALA NUDA, 111 Fam. 1.—Seerecata, 111 Salpa, 111 of Thaliz, 112. Salpa proper, 113 - Ascidia, 113 Theyton of Aristotle, 113 Fam. 2.—Aaereeata, 114 _ Botryllus, 114 osoma, 115 Polyclinum, 115 Escharee, 116 CLASS V.—BRANCHIOPODA. Ligula, 116 © Terebratula, 117 Spirifer, 117 hecidea, 117 Orbicula, 118 Discine, 118 Crania, 118 CLASS VI.—CIRRHOPODA, Lepas, 119 - Anatifa, 119° ts Pollicipes, 120 Cineras, 120 XVil- INDEX. Orpgr II.—ACEPHALA NUDA—(continued), 9 — Balanus proper, 120 Acastee, 121 Coniz, 121 Asemez, 121 Pyrgomee, 121° Octhosiz, 121 Creusiz, 12] Coronule, 121 Tubicinelle, 121 Daidema, 122 - THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINDGOM. ANIMALIA ARTICULATA.: Distribution of the Articulata into four paige 124. CLASSES. ae I. ANNELIDES. Ill. esp les II. Crustacsa, IV. Insecta. — CLASS I-ANNELIDES. Division of the Annelides into three Orders, 127. Orver I.—TUBICOLZ, 128 Serpula, 128 Spirorbis, 129. Sabella, 129 Terebella, 130 Phyzelie, 131. Idalize, 131 | Amphitrite, 131 J tt) Syphostoma, 132 Dentalium, 132 Orper II. _DORSIBRANCHIATA, 132. Arenicola, 133.” ily Amphinome, 133 Chloeia, 134. } Pleione, 134 | Euphrosine, 134°. > Hipponea, 134 | Eunice, 134 gl tae Marphise, 135 Lysidice, 135 Agula, 135 Nereis, 135 Nereiphylia, 136 INDEX, Orver Il,—DORSIBRANCHIAT A—(conlinued ). _ > Phyllodoce, 136 . Alciopa, 136 Spio, 136 . Syllis, 136 » Glycera, 137 . . Nephthys, 137 Lumbrinera, 137 Aricia, 137 . Hesione, 137 Ophelina, 138 Cirrhatulas, 138 , Palmyra, 138. , ~ Aphrodita, 138° » “Halithea, 139 Eumolpe, 139. Polynoe, 139 Sigaliones, 139° Acoetes, 139 Cheetopterus, 140 Orpver II] —ARBRANCHIAT &, 140, Fam. 1.—AsrANCHIATE SETIGERA, 141 Lumbricus, 141. . - .Lumbricus proper, 141 Enteriones, 141 Hypogzeones, 142 » | .Trophonie, 142 Nais, 142 Clymena, 142 Fam, 2.—ABRANCHIATE ASETIGERS, 143 Hirudo, 143. ‘ Sanguisuga, 143 Heemopsis, 144 Bdella, 144: Nephelis, 144 Trochetia, 144 Aulastoma, 144 Branchiobdella, 145 Heemocharis, 145 Albiona, 145 © Branchellion, 145 Clespine, 146 Phylline, 146 ‘Malacobdella, 146 Gor — 146 . xix xx. INDEX. ARTICULATA WITH ARTICULATED-FEET.. — CLASS II.—CRUSTACEA. Division of Crustacea into Sections and Orders, 153. SECTIONS. clipe ORDERS. Decapiode. Stomapoda. I. MALACOSTRACA, ‘Leemodipeda. Amphipoda. Tsopoda. ) Branchiopoda. H. ENTOMOSTRACA. Preeilopoda. SECTION 1—MALACOSTRACA. a. Eyes placed on a moveable and articulated Pedicle. OrnperR I.—DECAPODA, 156 Fam. 1.—Bracuyvra, 16] Cancer, 162 Pinnipedes, 163 Matuta, 163 Polybius,. 163 — Orythyia, 164 Podopthalmus, !64 Portunus, 164 © Platyonichus, 66 Arcuata, 166 ee proper, 166 - Olorodius, 167 Carpilius, 167 Xantho, 167* Pirimela, 167. Atelecyclus, 168 Thia, 168 Mursia, 168 Hepatus, 168 Quadrilatera, 169 Eriphia, 169° Trapezia, 170 Pilumnus, 170° Thelphusa, 170 Gonoplax, 171 Maeropthalmus, 72 Gelasimus,. 172 Ocypode, 173 © Mictyris, 174 © Pinnotheres, 174 Uca, 175 . Sriz2. * Those genera which we mention accessorily, either because they are but slightly or not at all known to us, or because we unite them with others, are printed iz italics. INDEX. Orver I.—DECAPODA—( continued), Cardisoma, 175 Gecarcinus, 175 Plagusia, 176 Grapsus, 176 mye 7 a orystes, Leucosia, 178 are cont his, 178 omen 178 Areania, 178 Ilia, 178 i xepiens. 178 Myra, 178 Leucosia, 178 Phylira, 179 Ebalia, 179 hi ‘ia oa pp nope, Lambrus, am Mithrax, 180 a 180 Pisa, 181 Pericera, 181 Egeria, 183 Leptopus, 184 Hymenosoma, 184 Inachus, 184 Acheeus, 185 Stenorhynchus, 185 Leptopodia, 185 Lithodes, 185 Cryptopoda, 186.» xxi xxi} INDEX. Orpen 1—DECAPODA —(continued ). Fam, 2.—Macroura, 189 Astacus, 190 Anomala, 190 Albunea, 191 Hippa, 19) | Remipes, 192 Birgus,: 192 Pagurus, 193 Cenobita, 194 Pagurus, 194 Prophylaw, 194 Locuste, 194 Scyllarus, 195: Thenus, 195— Ibacus, 195° — Palinurus, 196 Astacini, 196° Galathea, 197 Grimotea, 197 — Munida, 198 Janira, 198 Porcellana, 198 Monolepis, 198 Megalopus, 199 Gebia, 199 - Thalassina, 199 Callianassa, 200 Axius, 200 Eryon, 201 Astacus proper, 201 Nephrops, 201 Carides, 202 3 Penzus, 203 - Stenopus, 204 Atya, 204 — Crangon, 204 Processa, 205° Hymenocera, 205 Gnathophyllum, 206 Pontonia, 206 Alpheus, 206 _ Hyppolite, 206 Autonomera, 206 Pandalus, 206— Paleemon, 207 Sysmata, 208 Athanas, 208 Pasipheea, 208 ’ Mysis, 208 INDEX. xxiii Orper I.—DECAPODA—( continued). ' Cryptopus, 209. Mulcion, 209 Orver Il.—STOMAPODA, 209° Fam. 1.—Unirerrata, 212 Squilla, 212 . | Squilla proper, 213 Gonodactylus, 213 Coronis, 214 . Erichthus, 214 Alima, 214 Fam, 2.—Breevrara, 214 | Phyllosoma, 215. b. Eyes sessile and immoveable. Orver III.—AMPHIPODA, 217 , Gammarus, 217 Phronima, 218 Hyperia, 218 Phrosine, 218. Dactylocera, 219 Ione, 219. .... Orchestia, 220 Taliprus, 220 Atylus, 220. Gammarus proper, 220 Melita, 221 Mera, 221 Amphithoe, 221 Pherusa, 221 Dexamine, 221 Lenecothoe, 221. Cerapus, 222 Podocerus, 222 Jassa,.222- . ’ Corophium, 222 Pterygocera, 223 Apseudes, 223 Typhis, 223 Anceus, 224. Praniza, 224 Ergine, 224 ‘Orver IV.—LZEMODIPODA, 224 Cyamus, 225 Leptomera; 225 Naupredia, 226 Caprella, 226 | Cyamus proper, 226 — xxiv INDEX, Orver V.—ISOPODA, 226 Oniscus, 228 Bopyrus, 228 Serolis, 229 Cymothoa, 229 Ichthyophilus, 229° Nerocila, 229 Livoneca, 229 Canolira, 229 . figa, 230 Rocinela, 230 Conilira, 230 Synodus, 230 Nelocira, 230 Eurydice, 230 Limnoria, 231 Spheromides, 231 Zuzara, 231 paar 232 esa, 232 Campecopea, 232 Ciliczea, 232 Cymodocea, 232 Dynamene, 232 Anthura, 232 rachel 233 Idotea, 233 _— Stenosoma, 233 Arcturus, 233 Asellota, 233° Asellus, 233 Oniscoda, 234 Jeera, 234 Oniscides, 234 los; 234 Ligia, 235 Philoscia, 235° Oniscus proper, 235 Porcellio, 236 Armadillo, 236 SECTION IIl.—-ENTOMOSTRACA. Orver I.—BRANCHIOPODA, 238 Monoculus, 239 __.. Lophyropa, am re Zoea, 240 Nebalia, 24) Condylira, 241 Cyclops, 242 Cythere 245 INDEX: Onxper I.—BRANCHIOPODA(continued). |) Oh tate 246) vd etli’l Romani 24716 hornet ; PolyphGiiuni 24 248 I yor 248. vlop, 289" q ‘ — Phyllépa, Limnadia;:254 — ey Artemia, | 25Gi / --< Brénchipus; 255. Eulimeney 257) Onpen I1.—P/RCILOPODA, 201 tte Fam. 1.—Xyruosvna, 26F = -” ii Limulaa! 262: 2S. stids0 Tachypleus, ates 3 ov , Fam. 2.—SipHonostoMa, 264. tr Tribe 1.—Caligides, 264° .© nf59 Argulus, 365 Meer nae ae J Caligus, 268°” Caligts proper 469 969 Pandarus, 269"! Dinemoura, 269 7 Anthosoma, 269° ie Cecrops, 270” ie Tribe 2.--Lerneiformes; 270". Dichelestium, 270. Nicothoe, 271. 9+) » vnc 273. Agnostus) 2740 0n i) /9'! Calymene, 2745 sve a Asaphus, SARE evspie Ogygia, 274 Paradoxides, 274 CLASS 1-4ARACHINIDES. Onvsn I.—PULMONARIA, EN, : 7 _ Fam. 4,—Araneives, 279 ie eae . € Mygale, 286 GIG wi! Pst i Mygile proper, 286.00." Cteniza, 289 — Atypus, 289. tiled? Eriodon,.2900 VOL, NI. XXvi INDEX, Orper I—PULMONARLE—(continued). Dysdera, 291 Filistata, 291 Aranea, 291 Tubitele, 291 Clotho, 291 Drassus, 293 Segestria, 294 Clubiona, 295 — Aranea proper, 295 Argyroneta proper, 295 Inequitele, 295 Scytodes, 296 Theridion, 296 Episinus, 296 Pholcus, 296 Orbitelee, 297 Linyphia, 297 Uloborus, 298 Tetragnatha, 298 Epeira, 298 ’ Laterigrade, 301 Micrommata, 301 Senelops, 302 Philodromus, 303 Thomisus, 304 Storena, 305 Citigrade, 305 Oxyopes, 305 Ctenus, 306 Dolomedes, 306 Lycosa, 306 Myrmecia, 307 Saltigrade, 308 Tessarops, 308 - Palpimanus, 309 Eresus, 309 Salticus, 309 Fam. 2.—Pepirarri, 310 Tarantula, 310 Phrynus, 311 Thelyphonus, 311 Scorpio, 311 Orver II.—TRACHEARI, 313 Fam, 1.—Psxrvpo-scorPiones, 315 Galeodes, 315 Chelifer, 315 Fam. 2.—Pycnoconiwzs, 317 Pycnogonum, 318 INDEX. Onver If—TRACHEARILA—(continued , Phoxichilus, 318 Nymphon, 318 Ammothea, 318 Fam. 1.—Houertra, 318 Tribe 1.—Phalangita, 318 Phalangium, 319 Gonoleptes, 319 Macrocheles, 320 — Trogulus, 320 Tribe 2.—Acarides, 320 Acarus, 320. Trombidium, 321 Erythreus, 321 Gamasus, 321 Cheyletus, 322 Oribata, 322 Uropoda, 322 Acarus proper, 322 Bdella, 322 Smaridia, 323 Ixodes, 323 Argas, 324 Eylais, 325 Hydrachna, 325 Limnochares, 325 Caris, 325 Leptus, 325 Aclysia, 325 Atoma, 326 Ocypete, 326 CLASS II—INSECTA. Orper I.—MYRIOPODA, 345 Fam. 1.—CHILOGNATHA, 347 Iulus, 349 Glomeris, 349 lulus broper, 949 Polydesmus, 350 Pollyxenus, 350 Fam. 2.—Cuitoropa, 350 Scolopendra, 351 Scutigera, 352 Lithobius, 352 Scolopendra proper, 352 Xxvii xxviii INDUR- Orver IJ.—THYSANOURA,: 353) ~ . Fam. |.—Lerismen®, 353 81% ay lidolro tT Lepisma, 353 9) on Machilis, 354) So Lepisma proper, 354...) 7 _ ) Fam. 2,—PopURELL®, 355 Lf ptioenindS ~ Podura, 355..¢12 wasraasiedt Podura proper, 3550 Renyndtemn ts 655 Oxver HI.—PARASIFA, 356 Pediculus, 356 Pediculus proper, 350° silt Heematopinus, $57 - Ricinus, 357 . . pisces? 358 Gyropus, 358 Liotheum, 358 . Philopterus, 358 Goniodes, 358 ies rh im, 358 Orper [V.—SUCTORIA, 359: . Pulex, 360: vs ! Oaper V.—COLEOPTERA, 36). PENTAMERA. Fam. 1.—Carnivora, 863 > Tribe 1.—Cicindelet@, 365 Cicindela, 865° Manticord: 865. Megacephala, 366 — Oxycheila,.366 | Euprosopus, 366 Cicindela proper; 366 Ctenostoma, 367 Therates, 368 Colliuris, 368 — LD han is a Tribe 2. —Carabics, 369. Carabus, 369 Truncatipennes, 369, Anthia, 370 | Graphipterus, 370: Aptinus, 370 -— . Brachinus, 37% Corsyra, 372 Casnonia, 373 INDEX, Orver V.—COLEOPTERA— (Continued). ‘Leptotrachelus, )373 Odacantha; 373 ) Zuphium, 373 Polistichus, 374) Trichoguatha, 315 Galerita; 375 . Cordistes, 375. > : Ctenodaetyla, 37.6 Agra, 376 Cymindis, 376° Demetrias, 276 Dromias; ie Enceladus, 37 g ) Siagona, 378 — Carenum, 379° Pasimachus; 380: ~ Acanthoseelis; 380 Scarites, 380 — Oxygnathus, 38 1 Oxystomus, 382 Camptodontus, 382 Clivina, 382 z Dischirins, 382 Mirio, 383 C Ozeena, 383 - Ditomus, 383 Aristus, 383 Apotomus, 383 Quadrimani, 384 Acinopus, 384 Daptus, 385 Harpalus, 385 Ophonus, 885 - Stenolophus, 386 Acupalpus, 366 Simplicimani, 386. > Zabrus, 387 Pogonus, 387 Tetragonoderus, 388 Feronia, 388 Amara, 388 Pacilus, 389 . XXX INDEX, Orver V.—COLEOPTERA—(continued). Argutor, 389 Omaseus, 389 Platysma, 389 Pterostichus, 389 Abaz, 389. Steropus, 389 Percus, 389 Molops, 390 Cophosus, 390 Cheporus, 390 | Myas, 391 © Trigonomota, 381 Pseudo-morpha, 391 Cephalotes, 391 ‘Stomis, 391. Catascopus, 391 Colpodes, 392 Pericalus, 392 Mormolyce, 392 Sphodrus, 392 Ctenipus, 393 © Calathus, 393 Taphria, 393 Patellimani, 393 - Dolichus, 394 Platynus, 394 Agonum, 394 Anchomenus, 395 Callistus, 395 Oodes, 395 — Chleenius, 395 Epomis, 395 Dinodes, 395 Lissauchenus, 395 Rembus, 396 Dicelus, 396 Licinus, 396 Badister, 396 ° Pelecium, 397 Cynthia, 397 Panageus, 397 Loricera, 398 Patrobus, 398 Grandipalpi, 398 ~ Pamborus, 399 — Cychrus, 399 Scaphinotus, 399 Spheroderus, 399 Tefflus, 400 Procerus, 400 INDEX, XXXi Order V.—COLEOPTERA—(continued). Procrustes, 400 Carabus proper, 400 Plectes, 400 Alpeeus, 403 Omophron, 403 Elaphrus, 404 Blethisa, 404 Pelophilus, 404 Notiophilus, 405 Subulipalpi, 405 Bembidium, 405 , 405 Lopha, 405 Notaphus, 406 Peryphus, 406 ~ Leja, 406 Trechus, 406 Blemus, 406 Tribe 3.—Hydrocanthari, 406 Dytiscus, 406 Dytiscus proper, 409 Colymbetes, 410 Hygrobia, 410 Hydroporus, 410 Noterus, 411 Haliplus, 411 Gyrinus, 411 Fam, 2.—Bracuetytra, 413 Staphylinus, 413 Fissilabra, 414 Oxyporus, 414 Astrapeeus, 415 Staphylinus proper, 415 Xantholinus,415 Pinophilus, 416 Lathrobium, 416. Longipalpi, 416 - Pederus, 416 Procirrus, 416 Stilicus, 416 Evesthetus, 417 Stenus, 417 Denticrura, 417 Oxytelus, 417 Osorius, 417 XXxii §NDEX. Onven V.—COLEOPTERA=(ontinued ‘Zyrophorus, 418 -Prognatha, 418 | Coprophilts, 418 Depressa, 418 Omalium, 418 - Lesteva, 418° - Micropeplus, 4 1 8 Proteinus, 419 - Aleochara, 419 ° Microcephala, 419. Lomechusa, 419 Tachinus, 419 - pete ' Dinan Fam. 3.—SERRICORNES, 420° 4 SECTION 1. =STPRNOXI. Tribe-1 _— Buprestides, 421. Buprestis, 421° Buprestié proper, 422 Trachys, 423). Aphanisticus, 423 Tribe 2.— Elaterides, 4240 Elater, 424 Galba, 495 Eucnemis, 425° Adelocera, 425- Lissomus, 426 Chelonarium, 426 | Throscus, 426 © °°: Cerophytum, 427, xe ant Cryptostoma, 427 | Nematodes, 427 Hemirhipus, 407° Stenicera, 427. _ Elater proper, 428 Campylus, 429 ayllocerus, 429 SECTION Ii: ——o Tribe 1.—Cerbrionites,. 429.0: Cebrio, 429) - Ie. Physodnety abknerfie: 430 Ce io proper, 430 Anelastes, 430° Callirhips; By. ier. gh a J r* ee auaal) INDEX, © Orver V.—COLEOPTERA—( continued ). Tribe 2. —Lampyrides, 433 Lampyris, 433 Rhipicera, 431 Ptilodactyla, 432 Dascillus, 432 Elodes, 432 Seyrtes, 432 Nycteus, 432 Eubria, 433 Lycus, 433 een a 434 Omalisus, 434 “Amydetes, 436 Prana 436 Lampyris proper, 436 Drilus, 437 Cochleoctonus , 437 Telephorus, 438 Silis, 439 Malthinus, 439 Tribe 3.—Melyrides, 439 Tribe Melyris, 439 Malachius, 439 Dasytes, 440 Zygia, 440 Melyris, 440 Pelocophorus, 441 Diglobicerus, 441 4.—Clerii, 441 Clerus, 441 Cylidrus, 441 Tillus, 442. Priocera, 442 ‘Axina, 442 Eurypus, 442 Thanasimus, 443. Opilo, 443. Clerus proper, 443 Necrobia, 443 Enoplium, 444 Tribe 5.— Ptintores, 444 . VOL, Mi. Ptinus, 445 Ptinus proper, 445 Gibbium, 445 Ptilinus,446 Xyletinus, 446 Dorcatoma, 446 Anobium, 446 xxxili XXxiV INDEX. | Orper V.—COLEOPTERA-—( continued ). SECTION IU. Tribe 1.—Xylotrogi, 447. Lymexylon, 447 _ Atractoeerus, 447 Hylecetus, 448. Lymexylon proper, 448 Cupes, 448 Rhysodes, 448 — Fam. 4.—Cuavicornes, 449 SECTION. I. Tribe 1.—Palpatores, 450 Mastigus, 450- Mastigus, 450 _ * Scydmeenus, 450 Tribe 2.— Histeroides, 451 - Hister, 451 ., Hololepta, ASL 1 Hister. proper, 452 Platysoma, 452 | Dendrophilus, 452 \ Abraeus, 452 Onthophilus, 452 Tribe 3.—Silphales, 453 Silpha, 453 ‘Spheerites, 453 Necrophorus, 454 Necrodes, 455.» Silpha proper, 455 Thanatophilus, 456 Oiceptoma, 456 Phosphuga, 456 Necrophilus, 456 Argyrtes, 457 | Tribe 4.—Scaphidites, 457 : Scaphidium, 45700 Scaphidium proper, 457 Choleva, 4 458 Tribe 5.—Nitidularie, 458 Nitidula, 458 Colobicus, 458 Thymalus, 459 Ips, 449 : Nitidula proper, 459 Gercus, 460 Byturus, 460 INDEX, Orver V.—COLEOPTERA—( continued). Tribe 6.—Engidites, 460 Dacne, 460 Dacne proper, 460 » Cryptophagus, 461 Tribe 7.—Dermestini, 461 Dermestes, 461 Aspidiphorus, 461 Dermestes proper, 462 Megatoma, 462 Limnichus, 462 Attagenus, 463 Trogoderma, 463 Anthrenus, 463 Globicornis, 463 Tribe 8.—Byrrhii, 464 Byrrhus, 464 Nosodendron, 464 Byrrhus proper, 464 Trinodes, 464 SECTION“. Tribe 1.—Acanthopoda, 465 Heterocerus, 466 ‘Tribe 2.—Maer odactyla, 466 Dryops, 466 Potamophilus, 466 Dryops proper, 467 Elmis, 467 Macronychus, 467 Georissus, 467 Fam. 5.—Pa.picornes, 467 Tribe 1.—Hydrophilii, 468 Hydrophilus, 468 ? Elophorus, 468 ~ Hydrochus, 468 Ochthebius, 469 Hydrena, 469 Spercheus, 469 Globaria, 469 Hydrophilus proper, 470 Limnebius, 471 Hydrobius, 471 Berosus, 472 Tribe 2.—Spheridiota, 472 Spheridium, 472 Cereydion, 472 XXXV LI * Fa 4 pet ae ° pepe x rf b avy 8 odivT ee ay ae ne se . INDEX. SYSTEMATICALLY ARRANGED. INSECTA (CONTINUED ). Orver V.—COLEOPTERA—( continued ). Fam. 6.—LAMELLICORNES, 1 Tribe 1.—Scarabaides, 1. Scarabeeus, 3 Coprophagi, 3 Rtevebry. 4 Pachysoma, 5 Gymnopleurus, 5 Sisyphus, 6 — Cercellium, 6 Coprobius, 6 Cheridium, 6 Hyboma, 6 — Eurysternus, 6 Oniticellus, 7 ‘Onthophagus, 7 . Onitis, 8 Phanezus, 8 _Copris, 8. Aphodius, 9 Psammodius, 9 Euparia, 9 Arenieal i ialia, 10 onbee: 10. Lethrus, 11 Geotrupes, 11 — Ochodeus, 12 Athyreus, 13 Elephastomus, 13 Bolbocerus, 13 Hybosorus, 13 Acanthocerus, 14 Trox, 14 | Phoberus, 14 Cryptodus, 14 Mechidius, 14 Xylophili, 15 Oryctes, 15 VOL, IV. x INDEX, Orver V.—COLEOPTERA—( continued ). Agacephala, 15 Orphnus, 16 Scarabzeus proper, 16 ’ Phileurus, 17 Hexodon, 17 Cyclocephala, 17 Chrysephora, 18 Rutela, 18 Macraspis, 18 Chasmodia, 18 Ometis, 19 _ Phyllophagi, 19 Pachypus, 20 Amblyteres, 20 Anoplognathus, 20 Leucothyreus, 21 Apogonia, 21 Geniates, 21 Melolontha proper, 22 Rhisotrogus, 23 Amphimalla, 23 Ceraspis, 23 Areodes, 24. Dasypus, 24 Serica, 24 — Diphucephala, 24 Macrodactylus, 24 Plectris, 25 Popilia, 25 Euchlora, 25 _ Mimela, 25 Anisoplia, 25 Lepisia, 25 — Dicrania, 26 Hoplia, 26 Monocheles, 26 Anthobii,26 — Glaphyrus, 27. Amphicoma, 27 Anthipna, 27 Chasmopterus, 28 _ Chasme, 28 Dicheles, 28 ~ Lepitrix, 28 Pachycnemus, 2& Anisonyx, 29 Melitophili, 29 Trichius, 30 Platygenia, 31 INDEX, ~ xi Orper V.-COLEOPTERA—( continued ). Cremastocheilus, 31 Goliath, 31 Inea, 31 Cetonia, 32 Gymnetis, 32 acronota, 32 Tribe 2.—Lucanides, 33 Lucanus, 34 Sinodendron, 34 Aésalus, 34 Lamprima, 34 Ryssonotus, 35 Pholidotus, 35 Lucanus proper, 35 Ceruchus, 36 Platycerus, 36 Nigidius, 36 Agus, 36 Figqulus, 36 Syndesus, 36 Passalus, 36 Paxillus, 37 HETEROMERA. Fam. 1.—Mexasoma, 38 Pimelia, 89° Pimelia proper, 40 Trachyderma, 40 Cryptocheile, 41 Erodius, 41 Zophosis, 41 Nyctelia, ‘41 Hegeter, 42 Tentyria, 42 Akis, 42 Elenophorus, 43 Eurychora, 43 Adelostoma, 43 Tagenia, 44 Psammetichus, 44 Scaurus, 44 Scotobius, 44 Sepidium, 45 _ Trachynotus, 45 De Moluris, 0. Blaps, 46 Oxura, 46 Acanthomera, 46 Misolampus, 47 xii INDEX. Orprr V.—COLEOPTERA—( continued ). Blaps proper, 47 Gonopus, 47 Heteroscelis, 48 Machla, 48 Scotinus, 48 Asida, 49 Pedinus, 49 - > > Opatrinus, 49 Dendarus, 49 Heliophilus, 49 Eurynotus, 50 Isocerus, 50. Pedinus, Dej., 50 Blaptinus, 50 Platyscelis, 50 Tenebrio, 50 Cryptichus, 51 Opatrum, 51 Corticus, 52 Orthocerus, 52 Chiroscelis, 52 Toxicum,52 Boros, 52 Calear, 52 Upis, 53 Tenebrio proper, 53 Heterotarsus, 53 Fam, 3.—TaxicorNnEs, 53 Tribe |,—Diapertales, 54 Diaperis, 54 | Phaleria, 54 Diaperis proper, 55 Neomida, 55 Hypophlzeus, 56 Trachyscelis, 56 Leiodes, 56 Tetratoma, 56 Eledona, 56 — Cowelus, 57 Tribe 2.— Cossyphenes, 57 Cossyphus, 57 . Cossyphus proper, 57 Heleus, 57. Nilio, 58 Fam. 3.—StTenetytra, 58 Tribe 1.—Helopit, 58 Helops, 59 SECOND GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM.(@ ko ANIMALIA MOLLUSCA.* The Mollusca have neither an articulated skeleton nor a vertebral canal. Their nervous system is not united into a spinal marrow, but merely into a certain number of medullary masses distributed in differ- * N.B. Linneus united all invertebrate animals without articulated limbs in a _ single class, under the name of VERMES, dividing them into five orders: the INTES- _ TINA, embracing some of my Annelides and Intestina ; the MoLLusca, comprehend- _ ing my Naked Mollusca, my Echinodermata, and part of my Intestina and Zoophytes ; _ the TesTacra, comprising my Mollusca and Annelides with shells ; the LYTHOPHYTA, yor Stony Corals ; and the ZoorpuyrTes, embracing the remainder of the Polypi, some _ of the Infestina and the Infusoria. ; o regard whatever was paid to nature in this arrangement, and Brugiére, _ Eneycl. Method., endeavoured to rectify it. He there established six orders of worms, viz. the INFuRIOSA ; the INTESTINA, including the Annelides ; the Mot- LUSCA, uniting several of my Zoophytes to my true Mollusca ; the EcHINODERMATA, which only comprised Echinus and Asterias; the TESTACEA, nearly the same as _ those of Linnus; and the ZoopHyres, under which name he included the Corals _ Only. This arrangement was merely superior to that of Linneus in the more com- _ plete approximation of the Annelides, and by the distinction it effected of a part of _ the Echinodermata. . 4 I proposed a new arrangement of all the invertebrate animals, founded on their _ internal structure, in a paper read before the Societé d’Histoire Naturelle on the ' 10th of May 1795, of which my subsequent labours on this part of natural history : _ are the development. _ &}> (@ Itis proper to inform our readers that in placing this Division of the _ Animal Kingdom after the Fishes, we have made a correction of the confused 4 arrangement which exists in the volumes of the French Original, and by which the _ Mollusca and the Zoophytes were placed in juxta position, whilst the Insects’ fol- _ Towed the latter. vier was under the necessity of yielding to the circumstances __ which imposed him the inconvenient plan pursued by him in these volumes ; and they arose his wish to devote the whole of the last two volumes of the . original to the labours of M. Latreille, who has supplied the description of the | = Insects. In his preface to the third volume the author explains his motives, and as __ they have been above substantially stated, we will merely add the remainder of the _ remarks contained in this preface. He states the reasons which soa the publica- VOL, II, 2 MOLLUSCA. ent points of the body, the chief of which, termed the brain, is situated transversely on the cesophagus, and envelopes it with a ner- vous collar. Their organs of motion and of the sensations have not the same uniformity as to number and position, as in the Vertebrata, and the irregularity is still more striking in the viscera, particularly - as respects the position of the heart and respiratory organs, and even as regards the structure of the latter; for some of them. respire elastic air, and others salt or fresh water. Their external organs, however, and those of locomotion, are generally arranged symme- trically on the two sides of an axis. The circulation of the Mollusca is always double ; that is, their pulmonary circulation describes a distinct and perfect circle. This function is also always aided by at least one fleshy ventricle, situated between the veins of the lungs and the arteries of the body, and not as in fishes between the veins of the body and the arteries of the lungs. It is then an aortic ventricle. The family of Cephalopoda alone are provided besides with a pulmonary ventricle, which is even divided into two. The aortic ventricle is also divided in some genera, as in Area and Lingula; at others, as in other bivalves, its auricle. only is divided. : ? When there is more than one ventricle they are not joined im a single mass, as in the warm-blooded animals, but are frequently placed at a considerable distance from each other, and in this case the animal may be said to have several hearts. The blood of the Mollusca is white or bluish, and it appears te con- tain a smaller proportionate quantity of fibrine than that of the Vertebrata. There are reasons for believing that their viens fulfil the functions of absorbent vessels. Their muscles are attached to various points of their skin, forming tissues there, which are more or less complex and dense.. Their motions consist of various contractions varying in their direction, which produce inflexions and prolongations together with relaxations tion of the third volume for a long time after the appearance of the fourth; among the most prominent of which were the number of changes in the genera, and in the distribution of species, he was compelled to make by recent discoveries. He also acknowledges his obligations to the works of the late lamanted M. de Lamarck, and those of MM. de Blainville, Savigny, Férussac, Des Heyes, D’Orbigny, Rudolphi, Bremser, Otto, Leuckart, Chamisso, Eisenhardt, Rang, Sowerby, Charles Desmou- lins, Quoy and Gaymard, Delle Chiaje, Defrance, Deslonchamp, Audouin, Milne Edwards, Dugés, Moquin Tandon, Morren, Ranzani, and other savans whom he names in different places. He concludes by regretting that he had not . received in time certain very recent works, which would have supplied him with valuable materials, particularly the Syst. Acaleph., Berlin, 1829, 4to, of M. Esch- holtz, and the article Zoophytes of the Dict. des Sc. Nat., of M. de Blainyille, which was not then published. Eng. Ep. eae ear eee MOLLUSOA. 3 of their different parts, by means of which they creep, swim, and seize upon various objects, just as the form of these parts may permit; but as the limbs are not supported by articulated and solid levers, they cannot perform very rapid advances in progression. The irritability of most of them is extremely great, and remains for a long time after they are divided. Their skin is naked, very sensible, and usually covered with a humour that oozes from its pores; no particular organ of smell has ever been detected in them, although they enjoy that sense; it may possibly reside in the entire skin, for it greatly resembles a pituitary membrane. All the Cepbala, Brachiopoda, Cirrhopoda, and part of the Gasteropoda and Ptero- poda, are deprived of eyes; the Cephalopoda on the contrary have them at least as complicated as those of the warm-blooded animals. They are the only ones in which the organ of hearing has been discovered, and whose brain is enclosed with a particular cartila- ginous box. Nearly all the Mollusca have a development of the skin which covers their body, and which bears more or less resemblance to a mantle; it is often however narrowed into a simple disk, or is formed into a pipe, or hallowed into a sac, or lastly is extended and divided in the form of fins. The Naked Mollusca are those in which the mantle is simply membranous or fleshy; most frequently however one or several laminz, of a substance more or less hard, is formed in its thickness, deposited in layers, and increasing in extent as well as in thickness, because the recent layers always overlap the old ones. ‘When this substance remains concealed in the thickness of the ‘mantle, it is still customary to style the animals Naked Mollusca. ‘Most generally, however, it becomes so much developed, that the contracted animal finds shelter beneath it; it is then termed a shell, and the animal is said to be testaceous ; the epidermis which covers it is thin, and sometimes desiccated;* it is called drapmar- in(a). The variety in the form, colour, surface, substance and brilliancy Vee * Until my labours on the subject were made public, the Testacea constituted a particular order; but there are so many insensible transitions from the Naked _ Mollusca to the Testacea, and their natural diyisions form such groups with each other, that this distinction can no longer exist. Besides this, there are several of the Testacea which are not Mollusca. _. <} (w This name is given to a woolly texture which covers the outside of several univalve shells. Ene. Ep. B2 4 MOLLUSCA. of shells, is infinite; most of them are calcareous; some are simply horny, but they always consist of matters deposited in layers, or exuded from the skin under the epidermis, like the mucous covering, nails, hairs, horns, scales, and even teeth. The tissue of shells differs according as this transudation is deposited either in parallel laminz or in crowded vertical filaments. . All the modes of mastication and deglutition are illustrated in the Mollusca; here the stomachs are simple, there they are’ com- plicated, and frequently provided with a peculiar armature; their intestines are variously prolonged. They most generally have salivary glands, and always a large liver, but neither pancreas nor mesentery: several have secretions which are peculiar to them. They also present examples of all the varieties of the process of generation. Several of them possess the faculty of self-impregna- tion ; others, although hermaphrodites, require a reciprocal coitus, while in many the sexes are separated. The first are viviparous, and the others oviparous; the eggs of the latter are sometimes en- veloped with a harder or softer shell, and sometimes with a simple viscosity. These varieties of the digestive and generative processes are found in the same order, and sometimes in the same family. The Mollusca in general appear to be animals that are but slightly developed, possessed of but little industry, and which are — pre- served by their fecundity and their tenacity of life. Division of the Mollusca into Six Classes.* _ The general form of the body of the Mgllusca, being in propor- tion to the complication of their internal organization, indicates their natural division. The body of some resembles a sac open in front, containing the branchize, whence issues a well developed head crowned with long and strong fleshy productions, by means of which they crawl, and seize various objects. ‘These we term the Cephalopoda. That of others is closed; the appendages of the head are either wanting or are extremely reduced; the principal organs of locomotion are two wings or membranous fins, situated on the sides of ‘the neck, Mi Md aS) U * M. de Blainville has substituted the name of Malacozoaires for that of Mol lusca, separating from them the Figen and Cirrhipoda, which he calls Malento- zodsres. + The whole of this arrangement of the Mollusca, and most of the secondary subdivisions, belong exclusively to me, a va a nt ee ae a ae sate, ae a ae be a CEPHALOPODA. 5 and which frequently support the branchial tissue. . They constitute the Pleropoda. Others again crawl by means of a fleshy disk on their belly, some- times, though rarely, compressed into a fin, and have almost always a distinct head before. We call these the Gasteropoda. _ A fourth class is composed of those in which, the mouth remains hidden in the bottom of the mantle, which also encloses the branchize and viscera, and is open either throughout its length, at both ends, or at one extremity only. Such are our Acephala. A fifth comprises those, which, also inclosed in a mantle and with- out an apparent head, haye fleshy or membranous arms, furnished . with cilia of the same nature. We term these Brachiopoda. Finally, there are some, which, although similar to the other Mollusca in the mantle, branchiz, &c., differ from them in numerous horny and articulated limbs, and in,a nervous system more nearly allied to that of the Articulata. They will constitute our last class, or that of the Cirrhopoda. CLASS I. CEPHALOPODA.* Tuem mantle unites under the body, forming a muscular sac which envelopes all the viscera. In several, its sides are extended into fleshy fins. The head projects from the opening of the sac; it is rounded, furnished with two large eyes, and crowned with tobe or shorter conical and fleshy arms or feet, capable of being flexed in every direction, and extremely vigorous, the surface of which is armed with suckers or cups' (a) which enable them to adhere with great tenacity to every body they embrace. These feet are their instru- ments of prehension, natation, and walking. They swim with the head backwards, and crawl in all directions with the head beneath and the body above. A fleshy funnel placed at the opening of the sac, , before the neck, affords a passage to the excretions. The Cephalopoda have two branchix within the sac, one on each * M. de Blainville has changed this name to that of Cephalophora. M. de Lamarck at first united my Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda under the common name of Cephala, but having eens increased the number of classes, he resumed that of Cephalopoda. {> (a) The original is ventouses, which means, literally, cupping glasses,—ENnG. Ep. 6 MOLLUSCA. side, resembling a highly complicated fern leaf; the great vena cava, having arrived between them, divides into two branches, which pour their contents into two fleshy ventricles, each of which is placed at the base of the branchiz on its own side, and propels the blood into it. The two branchial veins communicate with a third ventricle, situated near the bottom of the sae, which, by means of various arteries, distributes the blood to every part of the body. Respiration is effected by the water which flows into the sac and issues through the funnel. It appears that it can even penetrate into two cavities of the peritoneum, traversed by the vena cava in their passage to the branchie, and act upon the venous blood by means of a glandular apparatus attached to those veins. Between the bases of the feet we find the mouth armed with two stout horny jaws, resembling the beak of a parrot. Between the two jaws is a tongue bristling with horny points; the cesophagus swells into a crop, and then communicates with a gizzard as fleshy as that of a bird, to which succeeds a third membranous and spiral stomach, which receives the bile from the two ducts of the very large liver. The intestine is simple and short. The rectum termi- nates in the funnel. These animals are remarkable for a peculiar and intensely black excretion, with which they darken the surrounding water when they wish to conceal themselves. It is produced by a gland, and retained in a sac, variously situated, according to the species. Their brain, which is contained in a cartilaginous cavity of the head, gives off a cord on each side which produces a large ganglion in each orbit, whence are derived innumerable optic filaments; the eye consists of several membranes, and is covered by the skin which becomes diaphanous i that particular spot, sometimes forming folds which supply the want of eyelids. The ear is merely a slight cavity, on each side near the brain, without semicircular canals or an exter- nal meatus, where a St ciel sac is suspended which contains a little stone. The skin of. these animals, of the Octopi particularly, changes colour in places, by spots, with a rapidity which greatly surpasses that of the cameleon.* The sexes are separated. The ovary of the female is in the bottom of the sac: two oviducts take up the ova and pass them out through * See Carus, Noy. Act. Nat. Cur., XIL., part I, p,320, and Sangiovanni, Ann. des Sc. Nat. XVI, p. 308. CEPHALOPODA. 7 two large glands which envelope them in 4 viscid matter, and collect them into clusters. The testisof the male, placed like the ovary, communicates with a vas deferens which terminates in a fleshy penis, Situated on the left of the anus. A bladder and prostate terminate there likewise. There is reason to believe that fecundation is effected by sprinkling, as is the case with most fishes. In the 8pawn- ing season the bladder contains a multitude of little filiform bodies, which, by means of a peculiar mechanism, are ruptured the moment they reach the water, where they move about with great rapidity, and diffuse.a humour with which they are filled. _ These animals are voracious and cruel; possessed both of agility and numerous modes of seizing their prey, they destroy immiense quantities of fish and crustacea. Their flesh. is eaten; their ink is employed in painting, and the Indian, or China ink is supposed to be made from it.* The Cephalopoda comprise but a single order, which is divided into genera, according to the nature of the shell. _ Those which have no external shell, according to Linnzus, formed but the single genus, (a) Sepia, Lin.* Which is now divided as follows : Ocrorvus, Lam.—Polypus of the ancients, Have but two small conical granules of a horny substance, on the hae ow Te ‘ * M. Ab. Rémusat, however, can find nothing in the authors of China which emfieat this idea. > M. de Biainville makes an order of them, which he calls the CryproprpRan- cHITA. oe (a) OF ec course this genus in not included is the Testacea, although it is custom- forcertain amateur naturalists to regard the cuttle-fish (sepia officinalis) asa shell- In the system of Lamarck, the Céphalopoda constitute the fourth order of his ‘Twelfth Class of Invertebrated ‘Auimals... He has arranged the genera, (some of which are noticed in the present section by Cuvier); in the following manner, for ee Dubois, Esq. . TWELFTH CLASS. ' MOLLUSCA. Order IV.—Céphalopodes. Character al the order :—~Mantle of the animal in the form of a sack, containing wine t of the body; head projecting above the sack, crowned with arms , furnished with suckers, which surround the mouth; two sessile two Sorneous mandibles at the mouth; three hearts; the sexes separated. oe live in the at a, floating at large, attaching themselves to marine bodies at themselves along, by means of their arms, at the bottom of Aad Wee Ue on ie anks ; the greater part of these are generally secluded in the 8 MOLLUSCA. two'sides, of the thickness of the back ; the sac, having no fins, ‘res sembleés an oval purse; eight feet, all of which are about equal, very large in proportion to the body, and united at the base by a mem- brane; they are employed by the animal in swimming, crawling, and seizing its prey. The length and strength of these limbs render them fearful weapons, which it twines round animals; in this way it has even destroyed men while bathing. The eyes are small in pro- portion, and the skin contracts over them so tightly as to cover them hollows of rocks. They are all carnivorous, living on crabs or any other marine animals which they are able to catch, the singular position of their arms greatly facilitating the necessity they are under of bringing their prey to their mouths, where the two strong mandibles enable them to break and crush the hard bodies with which some of their food is covered. Some of them are entirely naked ; others live in a thin unilocular shell, which envelopes them, and in which they float on the surface of the water ; and there are others which have a multilocular shell, either completely or partially internal. First Division—Cé phalopodes-polythal (Immergés) TgsTAcEous Céphalopodes—Shell multilocular, enveloped completely, or only parti- ally enclosed in the posterior part of the animal's body, often closely adhering. [ Shell multilocular, with septa plain and sim- ple at the edges, the divisions of them not ter exhibiting any su- Genus Belemnites..... tures on Se foteine eineie Orthocera debe d thickness of the sub- oreo Nodosaria ..++ bPinct Family.—Les Orthocérées stance: shell straight © vere Hippurites pees or nearly so; not in «see Conilites. os. a spiral form, The greater number of these shells are only known in a_ fossil | State. { Shell party in a spiral form, the whorls se- parated or connected with each other, the last continued in a right line. The sep- ta are generally tra- versed by a syphon, which in some spe- cies being continued evee i S oRSR ; ; in. a straight line, & i aescnas eps \ Second Family.—Les Lituolées . occasions «the last eres Lituola eeee of one to have from | ._. three to six perfora- tions. The first ge- nus is known in a . recent state only; and Péron has as- certained that the - body of the animal is contained in the last septum enly, and the shell enveloped byits posterior part. CEPHALOPODA. 9 entirely at the will of the animal. The receptacle of the ink is seat- we in t ich the glands of the oviducts are small. Some of them Potyrus, Aristotle. ore two ‘alternate rows of cups along each foot. The common species, Sepia octopodia, Lin., with a slightly Genus Renulina .... Shellsemidiscoid ; mul- e. «+» Cristellaria.... \ sina Family,—Les Cristacées., tilocular, with sim- . »» Orbiculina .... ple septa; the spire eccentric, ( Shell globose, multilo- cular, with simple septa, spheroidal or oval; the whorls of the spire enveloping, or the chambers uni- ted in a tunic. Shell discoid, multilo- cular with simple septa, spire central, chambers lengthened and discoid, extend- ing'from the centre to the circumference. Shell discoid, spire cen- trical, cells short, o and in a spiral line not extending from the centre to the cir- eee Discorbis eeee cumference. The ee ee Pc srhte cess greater number are eree mella .. : as? fossil species. The Vorticialis .... ¢>'xth Family.—Les Nautilacées ¢.. « Seat ota iain -.+. Nummulites .. ceding genera, sim- eve» Nautilus...,.. ple, neither notched nor undulated on the internal partition of the testaceous exte- _ rior. af wh F Shell multilocular ; sep- ato ta sinuous, lobed, c++, Miliola ...... * $e - (Gyrogona eres \ Fourth Family.—Les Sphérulées SS ie Melonia eeereve * eree Rotalia eeeeee «+++ Lenticulina,,.. } min Family.—Les Radiolées ,, ener Placentula .... ea omoe tt if : and cut in their con- «+++ Ammonites.... tour, uniting toge- «+s. Orbulites .... ther against the in- «ses Turrilites ,... the shell, and arti- «ess Baculites .... culated in sinuous rod : sutures divided and dentated. Most of these are knownonly __ in a fossil state. "Second dh iaiadk adiabatic tnadilietitaes dl. teebiensore {"s unilocular, alto- «ss. Ammonoceras,. > Seventh Family,—Les nore’ ternal partition of > , ~ Le WIL S J - Genus Argonauta PP ODE eH eee eR er eeenenerererenee gether external, and enveloping the ani- 10 MOLLUSCA. rough skin, arms six times the length of its body, and arnished with one hundred and twenty pairs of cups, infests the coasts of Europe in summer, and destroys immense numbers of fishes and crustacea, : The seas. of hot climates produce another, Sepia rugosa, Bose. ; Seb., III, ii. 2, 3, whose. body is rougher; arms some- what longer than the body, furnished with ninety pairs of cups. It is from this species that some authors suppose the Indian Ink is procured. Others again, Exepon, Aristotle, Have but a single row of cups along each foot. One of them, the Pou/pe musquée, Lam., Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. 4to, pl. ii; Rondelet, 515*, is found in the Mediter- ranean, which is remarkable for its musky odour. . Arconauta, Lin. _ These are Octopi with two rows of cups, the pair of feet which are nearest to the back being dilated at the extremity into a Third Division.—Céphalopodes-sépiares.—Pulpy Animals. rNe shell either exter- nal or internal; a so- lid body, free, cres- ted, or horned, and Genus Octopus .... ; contained in the in- -... Loligopsis .... terior of most of Pah Loligo vpegt eeseeewteoeenkReoeeeeeee ena ¢ these animals. Some ee | PPT crawl at the bottom of the sea, others have the faculty of swimming on ’ its . surface. Fifth Order.—Les Hétéropodes. ~ ‘ Bopy free, elongated, swimming horizontally ; head distinct; two eyes; the arms not in the form of a crown on the summit of the head; no foot beneath the belly or under the throat for the purpose of crawling; one or more fins, not disposed in pairs, or any regular order of distribution. These animals, though allied to the Céphalopodes, may be considered as the first vestiges of a series of marine animals, intermediate between them and the fishes, they probably are very nume- rous and much diversified, but have at present escaped observation, or their exami- nation has been neglected. “ie Shell free, elongated ; - animal © swimming aia horizontally ; head Genus Carinaria ..... . distinct; two eyes ; --«- Pterotrachea ... \ Sn ek ee Sr ar no arms surmount- ..«- Phylliroe...... ing the head in the form of a crown; no foot or fins regular- , ly destributed, * Add the Poulpe cirrheave, Lam., loc. cit., pl. i, f. 2, and, in general, several ant species of the whole genus Sepia, which will shortly be published by M. de russac. | | CEPHALOPODA. ll broad membrane. The two cartilaginous granules of the common Octopus are wanted, but these mollusca are always found in a very thin shell, symmetrically fluted and spirally convoluted, the last whorl of which is so large, that it bears some resemblance to a galley of which the spine is the poop. The animal makes a consequent use of it, and in calm weather whole fleets of them may be observed navi- gating the surface of the ocean, employing six of their tentacula as oars, and elevating the two membranous ones by way of asail. If the sea becomes rough, or they perceive any danger, the Argonaut withdraws all its arms, concentrates itself in its shell, and descends to the bottom. The body of the animal does not penetrate to the bottom of the spires of the shell, and it appears that it does not adhere to it, at least, there is no muscular attachment, a circumstance which has induced some authors to believe, that its residence there is that of a parasite*, like the Pagurus Bernhardus, for instance. As it is always found in the same shell, however, and as no other animal is ever seen there}, although it is very common and so formed as to show itself frequently on the surface, and as the germ of it is visible even in the ovum of the Argonaut}, this opinion must be considered as highly problematical, to say nothing more of it. The ancients were well acquainted with this singular animal and its manceuvres. It is their Nautilus and their Pompilus, Pliny, IX, c. xxix. Several species are known, closely resembling each other both in the animal and the shell, which were united by Linneeus under the name of Argonauta argo, or the Paper Nautilus§. Brtierornon, Montf. . Certain fossil shells, so called, the animal of which is supposed to have been analogous to the Argonauts. They are spirally and sym- metrically convoluted, without seyta, but thick, and not fluted; the last whorl proportionably shorter}. Louico, Lam. The Calmars have an ensiform lamina of horn in the back in lieu of a shelly the sac has two fins; and besides the eight feet promis- cuously loaded with litle cups on short pedicles, the head is furnished With two much longer arms, provided with cups near the end only, which is widened. The animal uses these latter to keep itself im- movable, as if at anchor. The receptacle of the colouring matter is * Itis upon this hypothesis that M. Rafin and others have formed the animal into the genus OcyTHOE. “+ All that has been stated to the contrary, even in modern times, is founded upon report and conjecture. } Poli, test. Neapol., III, p. 10. See, also, Férussac, Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat., Il, p. 160, and Ranzani, Mem. di Stor. Nat. dec., 1, p. 85. § Arg. argo, Favanne, VII, A, 2, A, 3;—Arg. haustrum, Delw., ib., A, 5 ;—A. fa, Shaw, Nat. Misc., 995 :—A. navicula, Solander, Fav., VII, A, 7 ;—A. hians, Sol., Fav., VII., A, 6 ;—A. Cranchii, Leach, Phil. Trans., 1817. . | Bellorophon vasulites, Montf., Conch, Syst., I. p. 51. See, also, Defrance, Ann, des Sc, Nat., I, p. 264. 12 MOLLUSCA. lodged in the liver, and the glands of the oviducts are very large. The coalescing eggs are deposited in narrow garlands, and..in two rows. They are now subdivided abebraths to the number and armature of the feet and the form of the fins. Louicopsis, Lam. if Or the Calmarets, should have but eight feet as im Octopus; they are only known, however, by drawings of but little authority*. In the true Loligo the long arms are furnished with cups like the other tentacula, and the fins are placed near the point of ‘the sac. Three species are found in the European seas. L. vulgaris; Sepia loligo, L.; Rondel., 506; Salv. 169. The common Calmar. Fins forming a rhomb at the bottom of the sac. L. sagittata, Lam.; Seb., IIl,iv...The great Calmar. Fins forming a triangle at the bottom of the sac ; arms shorter than the body, and loaded with cups for about half their length. L. Media; Sep. media, L.; Rondel, 508. |The little Calmar. Fins forming an ellipsis at the bottom of the sac, which termi- nate in a sharp pointf. Onyxia, Lesweur.—Onycuotuevutuis, Lichtenst. Have the long arms furnished with cups terminating in hooks ; in other respects the form is the samef. Bitton) Cw. ‘Have the rounded fins attached to the sides of the sac and. not to its point. One species, | S. vulgaris; S. ‘bbibte, L.; Rondel., 519, inhabits European seas. The sac is short and. obtuse, and the fins small and cir- cular. It seldom exceeds three inches in length, and its horny lamina is as slender and sharp as a stilet. CuonproseEpia, Leukard.—SeriotHEuTteEs, Blainv... The whole margin of the sac, on each side, bordered. with the fins, as in Sepia; but the shell horny, as in Loligo§.. * See, however, Leachia cyclura, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, p. 89, and Krusenstern, Atlas, pl. Ixxxviii. ra + Add, Lol. Bartramii, Leseuer, Ac. Nat. Se. Phil., II, vii, 1, 2;—Lol. Bart- lingii, Id., XCV;—Lol. illecebrosa, Id., pl. F, No. 6;—L. pelagica, Bosc., Vers., I, 1, 2;—L. Pealii, Lesueur, I, ¢, viii, 1, 2;—-L. Pavo. Id., XCVI;—L. brevipinna, id., ie, Tah x. + On. cariben, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, ix, 1, 2 ;—-On. angulata, Id, Ib. ai 8 33420n: uncinata, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. Freyein,.” Zool. -, pl. vii, f. 66 ;—On. Berg, Licht., Isis, 1518, pl. xix;—On. Fabricii, Ib., Id. ;—On. Banksii, Leach, App. Tuckey, pl. xviii, f. 2, copied Journ. de Phys., tome LXXXVI, June, f. 4 ;— On. Smithii, Leach, Ib. f. 3, Journ. de Phys., Ib., 5. § Chondrosepi loligiformis, Leukard, App. Ruppel., pl. vi, f. 1. I Ee ae a . er pu CEPHALOPODA. 13 Sepia, Lam. ~The Sepiz, properly so called, have the two long arms of a Loligo, and a fleshy fin hae along the whole length of each side of the sac. The shell is oval, thick, convex, and composed of numerous and parallel calcareous lamin, united by thousands of little hollow columns, running perpendicularly from one to the other. This structure rendering it friable, causes it to be employed, under the name of cuttle-bone, for polishing various kinds of work; it is also iven to small birds in aviaries, for the purpose of whetting their ills. . The ink-pouch of the Sapiz is detached from the liver and situated more deeply in the abdomen. The glands of the oviducts are enor- mous. The eggs are produced attached to each other in branching clusters, resembling those of grapes, and are commonly termed sea- grapes. eo The species most commonly found in the seas of Europe, vo: Sepia officinalis, L.; Rondel., 498, Seb., ILL, iii, attains the length of a foot and more. Its skin is smooth, whitish, and dotted with red. The Indian Ocean produces another, Sepia tuberculata, Lam. Soc. d’Hist. Nat., 4to. pl. i, f. 1*. | | Navtitvus, Lin. In this genus Linneus united all spiral, symmetrical and chambered shells, that is to say, such as are divided by septa into several cavities ; their inhabitants he supposed to be Cephalopoda. One of them, in fact, belongs to a Cephalopode that strongly resembles a Sepia, but it has shorter arms—it forms the genus, | ee Spiruta, Lam. In the hind part of the body, which is that of a Sepia, is an inte- rior shell, which, although very different from the bone of that animal as to figure, differs but little in its formation. A correct idea of the latter may be obtained by imagining the successive laminz, instead of remaining parallel and approximated, to be concave towards the body, more distant, increasing but little’in breadth, and forming an angle between them, thus producing an elongated cone, spirally convoluted in one plane and divided transversely into chambers. Such is the shell of the Spirula, which has additional characters consisting of a single hollow column that occupies the internal side of each chamber, continuing its tube with those of the other chambers to the very * Small bodies, armed with a spine are frequently found among Fossils—they are the extremities of the bones of the Sepie. They constitute the genus BELOPTERA Deshayes. See my note on this subject, Ann, des Sc. Nat. Il, xx, 1, 2. There are some other—but petrified —Fossils, which appear to be closely allied to: the above bones. They are the Ryncno.itrues of M. Faure Biguet. See Gail- lardot, Ann, des Sc, Nat., II, 485, and pl. xxii, and of Orbigny, fb., pl. vie 14 MOLLUSOA. extremity of the shell—this column is termed the siphon. The turns of the spire do not come into contact. ~ But a single species, Nautilus spirula, L.; List., 550, 2, is known. The Nautiiuvs, properly so called, Has a shell which differs ‘from the Spirula in the sudden crossing of the lamin, and in the last turns of the spire, which not only touch the preceding ones but envelope them. The siphon occupies the centre of each septum. N. pompilius, L.; List. 551, the most common species ; it is very large, formed internally of a beautiful mother- of-pearl, and covered externally with a white crust varied with fawn-coloured bands or streaks(qa). The animal, according to Rumphius, is partly contained within the last cell, has the sac, eyes, parrot-beak, and funnel of the other Cephalopoda; but its mouth, instead of having their large feet and arms, is surrounded by several circles of numerous small tentacula without cups. A ligament arising from the back traverses the whole siphon and fastens it there*. It is also probable that the epidermis is extended over the outside of the shell, though we may presume it is very thin over the parts that are coloured. Individuals are sometimes found,—Naut. pompilius, &, Gmel.; List., 552; Ammonie, Montf., 74, in which the last whorl does not envelope-and conceal the others, but where all of them, though in contact, are exposed, a circumstance which approxi- mates them to the Ammonites; they so closely resemble the common species, however, in all the rest of the shell, that it is scarcely possible to believe them to be any thing more than a variety of it. Fossil Nautili are. found of a large or moderate size, and much more various, as to form, than those now taken in the oceanf. Chambered shells are also found among fossils, furnished. with simple septa and a siphon, the body of which, at first arcuated, or even spirally convoluted, remains straight in the more recent parts ; they are the Litwus of Breyn, in which the whorls are sometimes contiguoust, and sometimes distinct—the Hortoles of Montfort. * The figure of Rumphius is absolutely unintelligible, and it is somewhat asto- nishing, that, of the many naturalists who have visited the Indian Ocean, not one has ever examined or collected this curious animal, which belongs to so common a shell. + Large species, with a sinple siphon: the ANG ULSAIS Mont., f. 1, 6;—the AGANIDE, Id., 50 ;—the Canrrops, Id., 46. t Nautilus lituus, Gm. ;—Naut. semilituus, Planc., I, x. Cc} (@ Seea very beautiful illustration of a specimen of Nautilus, by Richard Owen, Esq.— Ene. Ep. 7 i 7 7 : ; te, ae tle fo) Dae 5 ae * me CEPHALOPODA. 15 In others, the Onruocgrartires*, it is altogether straight. It is not improbable that the animals belonging to these shells, resem- bled that of Nautilus or of the Spirula. The BELEMNITES Probably belong also to this family, but it is impossible to ascertain the fact, as they are only found among fossils; every thing, however, proves them to have been internal shells; thin and double, that is, composed of two cones united at the base, the inner one much shorter than the other, and divided into chambers by parallel septa, which are concave on the side next to the base. A siphon extends from the summit of the external cone to that of the internal one, and continues thence, sometimes along the margin of the septa and sometimes through their centre. The interval between the two testaceous cones is filled with a solid substance, in some composed of radiating fibres, and in others, of self-involving conical layers, the base of each being ‘on the margin of one of the septa of the inner cone: Sometimes we only find this solid portion, and at another we also find the nuclei of the chambers of the inner cone, or what are termed the honeycomb cells. Most commonly these nuclei and the chambers themselves have left no other traces than some projecting circles on the inside of the internal cone. In other specimens again we find ‘more or fewer of the nuclei, and still in piles, but detached from the double conical sheath that enveloped them. Of all fossils the Belemnites are the most abundant, particularly in chalk and compact limestone.f| _ M. de Blainville divides them according to the greater or less depth to which the internal cone or chambered portion penetrates, or as the es of the external cone have a small fissure or not, or as the exter- surface is marked on one side by a longitudinal furrow, or by two or more furrows towards the summit, or finally as that surface is smooth and without furrows. , ‘Bodies very similar to Belemnites, but. without a cavity and with a rather prominent base, form the genus actinocamaz of Miller.(a) It _® Breyn. de Polythal., pl. iii, iv, v, and vi.; and Walch, Petrif. of Knorr., Supp. ‘TV, b, iv, d, iv. “See also Sage, Journ. de Phys. an. IX, pl. 1, under the name of _ + The best works on this singular genus of Fossils, are the Mémoires sur les Bélemnites considerées zoologiquement el géologiquement, by M. de Blainville, Paris, {> (@ Mr. Miller gives the following description of the genus Actinocamax which he has established and separated from the Belemnites. _ Gen, Char, A club-shaped Spathose concretion, consisting of two nearly equal, longitudinal adhering portions. Apex pointed: base a convex, but obtuse cone. The whole formedof a series of enveloping fibrous lamine. _Specifie character. Act. verus, A club-shaped Spathose semi-transparent horn coloured concretion ; base convex, obtuse, conical; apex submamillar. Sides de- pressed towards the lower end, showing two longitudinal, towards the apex branch- ing, impressions of blood vessels. The species was found in the Chalk Strata in Kent, Wiltshire, and Sussex, in the strata which contain marine animals, so that Mr. Miller does not hesitate to consider it as an inhabitant of the sea.—Ene, Ep. 16 MOLLUSCA., is also upon conjectures of a similar nature that res aby the arg 0 cation of the Amwuonitts, Brug. Or the Cornua-Ammoni, or horns of Ammon*, for they no longer exist except among fossils. They are distinguished from the Nautili, by their septa, which, instead of being plane or simply concave, are angular and sometimes undulated, but most frequently slashed on the edge like the leaf of an acanthus. The smallness of their last cell seems to indicate that like the spirula they were internal shells. They are very abundant in the strata of secondary mountains, where they are found varying from the size of a lentil to that of a coach wheel. Their subdivisions are based upon the variation of their volutes and siphons. The name of Ammonites Lam., (Simplegades, Montf., 82) is’ parti- cularly restricted to those species in which all the whorls are visible, and their siphon near the marginf. They have lately been divided into the Ammonites planites, of Haan, where the edge of the septa is foliaceous, and into the ceratites of Haan, where it is simply angular and undulated. Those in which the last whorl envelopes all the others form the Orbitulites, Lam., or the Globites, and Goniatites of Haan, or the Pela- guses, Montf., 62, in all of which the siphon is situated as in the pre- ceding ones. The Scaphites Sowerb., are those in which the whorls are conti- guous and in the same plane, the last one excepted, which is detached and reflexed on itself. Some, Baculites, Lam., are entirely straight without any spiral por- tion whatever. Some of them are round,§ and others compressed.||_ The last some- times have a lateral siphon. The first cells of some of them—the Hamites Sowerb., are arcoated: Finally, those which vary most from the usual form of this family are the Twrrilites, Montf., 118, where the whorls, so far from running 4to, 1827; and that of M. J. 8S. Miller on the same subject in the Geol. Trans., second series, vol. II, part I, London, 1826. See also Sage, Journ. de Phys. an. IX, and Raspail, Journ. des. Sc. d’Observ., second No. To this genus we refer the Paclite Montf., 318;—the Thalamule, 322 ;—the Achéloite, 358 ;—the Cetocine, é 370 ;—the Acame, 374;—the Belemnite, 382 ;—the Hibolite, 386 ;—the Prorodrague, 390 ;—the Pirgopole, 394, which are the cases of different species. As to the Amimone, Id., 326 ;—the Callirhoe, 362 ;—the Chrisaore, 378, they appear to be mere nuclei or piles of alveoli detached from their cases. * So called from the resemblance of their volutes to those of a ram’s horn. + The various species of Ammonites have long been collected and described, but with less care than those of other shells. We may commence studying them in the ~ article Ammonite, Ency. Method. Vers. I, 28, and in that of M. de Roissy, in Sonini’s Buffon, Mollusca, V. 16. See also the Monograph of Haan, entitled ‘* Monographie Ammoniteorum et Goniateorum Specimen,’’ Leid. 1325. t Se. obliquus, Sowerb. ; Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, part II, pl. ii, f. 13. § Baculites vertebralis, Mont. 342; Fayj., Mont. de St. Pierre, pl. xxi. || The Tiranite, Montf., 346; Walch., Petrif., Supp., pl. xii, constitutes the genus RHABDITEs of Haan, who refers the IcTHYOSARCOLITES of Desmar to it, ey CEPHALOPODA. 17 in the same , suddenly descend, giving to the shell that form of an obelisk which is called turreted.* It is also thought, and from similar considerations, that we should refer to. the Cephalopoda, and consider as internal shells the #4 ‘ue’ + ORMERINES, Brug —N UMMULITES, Lam. “Commonly called Nummuiites, Numesmalites, lenticular. stones, &c. which, also are only found among fossils, and present, externally, a lenticular figure without any apparent opening, and a spiral cavity internally, divided by septa into numerous small chambers, but with- out asiphon, It is one of the most universally diffused of all fossils, forming, by itself alone, entire chains of calcareous hills and immense bodies of building stonet. The most common, and those which attain the greatest size, forth a complete disk, and have only a single range of chambers in each whor aes very small species are also found in certain seas||. » The margin. of other small species, (the siderohithes,, Lam.,) both fossil and living, are bristled with points which give them a stellated appearance§. ‘The labours and researches, fruits of an infinite patience, of Bian- chi (or Janus Plancus), Soldani, Fichtel, and Moll, Alc,.aad D’Or- bigny, have ascertained an astonishing number of these chambered shells without a siphon, like the N ummulites, that are extremely small and frequently microscopical, both in the sea, among the sand, fucus, &c. and in a fossil state in the sand formations of various countries. . They vary in a remarkable degree as to their general form, the number and relative position of the chambers, &c.. In one or two species, the only ones whose animals have been observed, there appears to be a small oblong body crowned by numerous and red tentacula, which, added to the septa of the shell, have caused them to be placed. immediately after the Cephalopoda, like the genera just epee yan arrangement, however, which requires to be confirmed morenumerous observations before we can consider it as conclusive. * Such of 11 these species as were known in the time of Linnzeus and Ginelin were placed by those naturalists ameng the Nautili. “lain PW 2 Fi) yo [pAathenbl Sdien: bb Pithe/aik. WES. gh’ 020s; There are toina dowbte th,to i ' position. of the siphon. Perhaps, as M. Adouin observes. what has been taken for it, is the columellar convolution. + The stone termed pierre de ‘Laon is wholly formed of Nanmuliées: The pyramids of Egypt are. placed upon rocks of this description, which also furnished the materials of the superstructure, See the Memoir of Fortis on the Discolites in work on Italy,-and that of M..Héricart de Thury, as well as Lam., Anim. sans a VIL, and M..D’Orbigny, Tab. Method, des Céphalopodes. autilus mam milla, Ficht.,. and Moll., VI, a, b, c, d;—Naut. lenticularis, - , e, f, gb, Vil, a—h.. To this genus also we refer the Licopure and Ecronr, pean » 158, 166, and his RoTraxire, 162, which differs from the Rotaures of arck. \| Nautilus radialus, Ficht. and Moll, VII., a, b, c, d ;—Naut, Venosus, Ib.. e, f, gy h.. § Siderol. cdléitrapoide, Lam. Fau., Mont. de St. Pierre, pl. xxxiv. VOL, Ill. c 18 MOLLUSGA, . M. D’Orbigny, who has exceeded every other person in attention to this subject, forms them into an order which he calls Foraminifera, on account of the only communication between the cells being by means of holes, and divides them into families according to the man- ner in. which the cells are disposed. When the cells are simple and,spirally arranged, they constitute his Helicostequa, which are again subdivided. Ifthe whorls are en- veloped, as is particularly the case in the Nummulites, they become his Helicostegua nautiloida*. | If the whorls do not envelope each other, they are the Helicostequa ammonoida.t} | If the whorls are elevated as in most Univalves, they are the Helicostequa turbinoida.t Simple cells may also be strung upon a single, straight or slightly curved axis, constituting the family of the Stycostequa.§ * These infinitely small beings having but little to do with our plan, we will merely cite the names of the genera with a few examples. The Nummulites them- selves are compressed in this first division under the name of NUMMULINES,-— Nautilus pompiloides, Ficht.; and Moll., N. inerassatus, Id. The S¥DEROLINA, the same as Syderolites, Lam. CrRISTELLARIA;—Nautilus cassis, Naut. galea, 1d., &e. Rosutina, Nautilus calear, Naut. vertex, td. SPrRoLINA,—Spirolinites cylindracea, Lam. Anim., sans verteb. PENEROPLA,;—Nautilus planatus, Ficht. and Moll., &c. DENTRITINA, PoLYSTOMELLA, ANOMALINA, , VERTEBRALINA, i, CASSIDULINA. ‘t M. D’Orbigny divides them into four genera : SOLDANIA, ; OPERCULINA, PLANORBULINA, PLANULINA. }{ These form ten genera : TRUNCATULINA, GYROIDINA, | GLOBIGERINA, _ CALCARINA, where is placed, among others, the Nautilus Spengleri, Fich. and Moll, XTY, d., I, and XV. ROTALIA, ROSALINA, *VALVULINA, BULIMINA, UVIGERINA, CLAVULINA. § The Stycostegua are divided by M. D’Orbigny into eight genéra: the Nopo- SARIA, which he subdivides into the true NopoSARIA, such as the Nautilus radicu- lus, L. ;—Nuaut. jugosus, Montag., Tést. Brit., XIV. f.4; and into DENTALINA, such as the Nautilus rectus, Montag., I, cit., XIX, f. 4, 7 (the genus ReopHaGa, Montf. I, 330); into ORTHOERINA, such as the Nadosaria clatulus, Lam., Encycl., pl. 466, f. 3; andinto Mucronina, FRONDICUARIA, where comes Renulino complanata, Blainy., Malac. LINGULINA, RIMULINA, CEPHALOPODA. 19 Or they may be arranged in two alternate series, when they be- come the Enallostequa*. Or a few of them may be collected and united as in a pellet, form- ing the awa ws i? Finally in the Entomostequat the cells are not simple as in the other families, but are subdivided by transverse septa in such a way that a section of the shell exhibit a sort of trellis. » z> VAGINULINA, to Which belongs the Nautilus legumen, Gm: Planc.; 1, f. 7; Encycl., pl. 465, f. 3. ARGINULINA, Where we find the Nautilus raph II, i PLANULARIA, such as the Nautilus phe eg Fich., "and od Nall foil a, g, hi, PAVONINA. * M. D’Orbigny has seven genera of Enallostege : BIGENERINA, TEXTULARIA, VULVULINA, DIMoRPHINA, PoLYMORPHINA, ViRGULINA, SPHEROIDINA. : si The Agathistegua or Milliola of authors, which compose immense banks of caleareous stone, in the poyn per of M. D’Orbigny, only form six genera : BILOCULINA, : SPIROLOCULINA, TRILOCULINA, ARTICULINA, QUINQUELOCULINA, ADELOSINA, M. de Blainville assures us that he has ascertained, from observation, that their animal has no tentacula: should this be the case, they are at once greatly rémoved from the Cephalopoda. t The Entomostegua resemble, externally, several of the Helicostegué. M. D’Ord. divides them into five genera : AMPHISTEGYNA, HETEROSTEGYNA, ORBICULINA, ALVEOLINA, FABULARIA, Those who are desirous of RINE more deta into the study of this curious portion of Conchyliology, on which our limits forbid us to expatiate, but which may be useful in the investigation of fossil strata, will find an excellent guide in the Table Method. des Céphalopodes, inserted by M. D’Orbigny tlie Ann. des Sé. Nat., 1826, tome VII, p. 95 and 245, and may profit by the large models constructed by this able observer. c 2 20 MOLLUSCA, CLASS IL [oeeeniemneerl PTEROPODA*. The Pteropoda, like the Cephalopoda, swim in the ocean, but they can neither fix themselves at all, nor crawl, because they have no feet. Their organs of locomotion consist of fins placedlike wings on the two sides of the mouth. But few and small species are known, all of them hermaphrodites. | Curio, Lin.—Cuione, Pall. Have the body oblong, membranous, without a mantle; head formed of two rounded lobes, whence originate small tentacula; two small fleshy lips, and a little tongue in front of the mouth ; the fins covered with a vascular net-work which acts as branchiz, the anus and genital orifice under the right one. Some authors consider them as possess- ing eyes. ; . The external envelope is far from being filled with the viscera ; the stomach is wide, the intestine short, and the liver voluminous. Clio borealis, L. This species, which is the most celebrated, is found in astonishing numbers in the arctic seas, furnishing, by its abundance, food for the whales, although each individual is hardly an inch long. Brugiére has observed.a larger and not less abundant species in the Indian Ocean; it is distinguished by its rose colour, emar ginated tail, and the division of the body, by grooves, into six lobes, Encycl. Meth., Pl. of the Mollusc., pl. xxv, f. 1, 2. We must place also here the -Cymputia, of Peron. Which have a cartilaginous or gelatinous envelope resembling 4 galley, or rather a sabot or clog, bristling with small points dis- posed in longitudinal rows. ‘The animal has two large wings composed of a vascular tissue, which are its branchiz and fins; between them, on the open side,is a third and smaller lobe with * M. de Blainville unites my Pteropoda and my Gasteropoda in a single class, which he calls PARACEPHALOPHORA, Of which my Pteropoda form a particular order, under the name of APOROBRANCHIATA. This order is divided into two families; the Thecosoma, which are furnished with a shell, and the Gymnosoma which are not. + The Clio borealis of Pallas (Spicil, X, pl. 1, f. 18, 19), the Clio retusa of Fabri- cius (Faun. Groen., L., 334), and the Clio lamacina of Phips (Ellis, Zooph., pl. 15, f. 9, 1, 10), of which Gmelin makes as many different species, appear to be this same | animal, PTEROPODA. | 21 three points. The mouth with two small tentacula is situated be- tween the wings towards the closed side of the shell and above two small eyes, and the genital aperture, whence issues a small penis in the shape of a little proboscis. It is so diaphanous, that the heart, brain, and viscera can be distinguished through the envelopes*. PNEUMODERMON, Cuv. The Pneumoderma begin to be a little further removed from the Clios. Their body. is oval, without a mantle and without a shell ; the branchie are attached to the surface, and composed of little laminz, arranged in two or three lines so disposed as to form an H on the part opposite to the head ‘The fins are small; the mouth which is furnished with two small lips and two bundles of numerous te , each terminated by a sucker, has a little lobe or fleshy tantaculum beneathf. Pneumodermon Peronii, Cuv. Ann. du Mus., IV, pl. 59; ’.and Péron, Ib., XV, pl. 2. Not more than an inch long. . The species known was captured in the Ocean by Peron. : Limacina, Cuv. The Limacine, according to the description of Fabricius, should have been closely related to the Pneumoderma; but their body terminates in a spirally convoluted tail, and is lodged in a very thin shell formed by one whorl and a half. unbilicated on one side, and flattened on the other. The animal uses its shell as a boat, and its wings as oars, whenever it wishes to navigate the surface of the deep. = The species known Clio helicina, Phips and Gmel.; Argonauta arctica, Fab., Faun. Groenl., 387, is almost as common on the Arctic seas as the Clio borealis, and is considered as forming one of the chief sources of food for the Whalef. Hyatea, Lam.,—Cavo.ina, Abildg. Haye two large wings; no tentacula; a mantle cleft on the sides, on branchiz in the bottom of its fissures, and invested by a hell also cleft laterally, the ventral face of which is arched, and thé rsal flat and longer than the other; the transverse. line which unites them behind, is furnished with three sharp dentations. When alive, the animal thrusts several appendages, that are more or less * See Péron, Ann. Mus., XV, pl. iii, f. 10—11. N.B, in the fig. of Cymbulia, given by Blainville, Malac., XLVI, the position of the animal in the shell is directly the reverse of the true one, Our description is founded upon the recent and re- peated observations of M. Laurillard. + M. de Blainville once thought that the fins supported the branchial tissue, and j that what I have considered as branchie is another kind of fin. In this case the analogy with the Clios would have been greater ; but since then, (Malacol., p. 483) that gentleman has adopted my views. | } I am not sure that the animal drawn by Scoresby, of which de Blainville (Malac., pl. xlviii. bis, f. 5) makes his genus SPIRATELLA, is, as he thinks, the same _ as those of Phips and Fabricius. 22 MOLLUSCA. long, througl the lateral fissures of its shell; they are productions of the mantle. The species most known Anomia oy ere Forskahl, ; Cavo- lina natans, Abilgaard; H. cornea, Lam.; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV. pl. 59; and Péron, Ib., XV, pl. 3, f. 13. has a small, vellowish, semi-diaphanous shell, found in the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Ocean*. Cieopora, Peron. The Cleodorg, for which Brown originally created the genus Clio, , ar to resemble thé Hyalez in the simplicity of their wings, and in 1e absence of tentacula between them; it is also probable that their RA te are concealed in the mantle ; their conical or pyramidal shell, however, is not cleft on the sides. M, Ray distinguishes CLEODORA, properly so called, with a pyramidal shell, CrEsEIs, with a conical and elongated shellf, Cuvigera, with a cylindrical shell. Psycue, with a globular shell, and Eurysia, with a hemispherical shell. ({). It is thought that we may approximate to the Hyalez Pyreo, A very small fossil shell discovered by M. Defrance; very thin, glo- bular, and divided by a very narrow tranverse cleft, except before, where it becomes a little widened(a ). * Add: Hyal. lanceolata, Lesueur, Bullet., des Sc. June 1813, pl. v, f. 3;—Hyal. inflewa, Ib., f. 4. N.B. The Glaucus, Carinaire, and Firole, referred by Péron to the family of the: PreroronA, belong to the GaAsTeRopopa; the Philliroé of the same author also probably belongs to it.—His Callianire is a Zaophyte. + It is probably near the Creseis, and perhaps even in the same at ta hy accord- ing to Messrs Rang and Audouin, that we must place the genus TRIPTERA of Messrs Quoy and Gaymard, which is referred by M. de Blainville to the family of the Akere. +t See the Mém,., of M. Rang, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Novemb., 1827, and March 1828. N.B. Several Pteropoda have been discovered in a fossil state. M. Rang has found, near Bourdeaux; Hyalea, Cuvieria, and Cleodore, See Ann. des Sc. Nat. August 1826. The Vaginella of Daudin is a Cresis according to M. Rang; it has, in fact, all the characters of the latter, (a) The Pteropodes constitute the first order of Lamarck’s twelfth class, and his division of this order into genera, is precisely the same as that given in the pre- sent work, with the exception of the fossil genus added by Cuvier under the name of Pyrgo.. The general description of the order by Lamarck is as follows :— These Mollusca have no feet to crawl with, or arms to assist their motion or seize their prey ; they have two opposite and simularly constructed fins adapted to swim- ming; their bodies are free and floating. The Pteropodes are swimming Mollusca, without the means of affixing themselves to other bodies, floating on the surface of the sea and changing their position by means of their two fins or oars, which resem- ble two wings placed on each side of the mouth in some and in others on each side of the neck. He adds that in the Ayalda the head is so much concealed at the base or point at which the fins are united that it appears obsolete, exhibiting consequently an alliance between these animals and the Conchifere (the eleventh class of Mollus- cous animals in his system). In the Cymbulia a little lobe which stands forward on the posterior part, between the two true wings, has been erroneously regarded as a third fin.—ENG. Ep. GASTEROPODA, «98 CLASS IIL GASTEROPODA. The Gasteropoda constitute a very numerous class of the Mollusca, an idea of which is afforded by the Slug. They generally craw! upon a fleshy disk, situated under the abdo- men, which sometimes however, assumes the shape of a furrow, or that of a vertical lamina. The back is furnished with a mantle which is more or less extended, takes various forms, and in the greater number of genera, produces a shell. Their head placed anteriorly, is more or less visible, as it is the more or less involved under the mantle ; its tentacula are very small, they are situated above’ the mouth but do not surround it, varying in number from two to six ; sometimes they are wanted; their function is that of touch, or at most that of smell. The eyes are very small in some species, ad- hering to the head, in others to the base, side, or point of the tenta- culum; sometimes they are wanted. The position, structure, and nature of their respiratory organs vary, and afford the means of - dividing them into several families; they never, however, have more than a single aortic heart, that is to say, one placed between the pul- monary vein and the aorta. The position of the apertures, through which the genital organs; and that of the anus project, varies; they are almost always, how- _ ever, on the right side of the body. _ Several are entirely naked; others have merely a canpenle’ shell, but most of them are furnished with one that is large sngpet to re- @eive and shelter them. “The shell is formed in the thickness of the mantle. Some of them ‘are symmetrical and consist of a single piece; others are non-sym- metrical, which, in those species where they are very concaye, and ‘where they continue to grow for a long time, become necessarily obliquely spiral. If we figure to ourselves an ‘oblique cone, in which other cones, always wider in one direction than in the others, are successively placed, it will be easily seen that the convolution of the whole takes place on the side which enlarges the least. -- This part, on which the cone is rolled, is termed the columella ; it is sometimes solid, and sometimes hollow. When hollow, its aper- ture is called the wmbilicus. 24 MOLLUSCA. - The whorls of the shell may either remain in one plane, or incline towards the base of the columella. Tn. this last case, the preceding whorls rise above each other, form- ing the spire, which is so much the more acute, as the whorls de- scend more rapidly, and the less they increase in width. These shells with a salient spine, are, said to be turbinated. | When, on the contrary, the whorls remain nearly in the same place, and. do not envelope each other, the spine is flat, or even con- cave. ‘These shells are said to be discoidal. When the top of each whorl envelopes the ce ones, the spire is hidden. The part through which the animal appears to come out is named the aperture. When the whorls remain nearly in the same plane, while the animal crawls, it has its shell placed vertically, the columella crosswise on the hind part of its back, and its head passes under the edge of the opening opposite to the columella. When the spire is salient, it inclines from the right side in almost every species; in a very few only does it project from the left when ‘they are in motion; these are said to be reversed. It is observed that the heart is always on the side opposite to that to which the spire is directed. Thus it is usually on the left, and in the reversed on the right. This relation is exactly inverted with re- spect of the organs of generation. The organs of respiration, which are always situated in the last whorl of the shell, receive the ambient element from under its edge, sometimes because the mantle is entirely detached from the body hole. It Sometimes happens that the margin of* the fiantle is prolonged in the form of a canal, in order to allow the animal to seek the am- bient element without exposing its head and foot beyond its shell. In such a case as this, the shell has also in its margin, near the extremity of. the columella, opposite that to which the spire inclines, a fissure or canal, for the purpose of lodging that of the mantle. The canal, consequently, in ordinary species, is on tne left ; and in the reversed, on the right. The animal, however, being very flexible, can vary the direction of the shell, and most commonly when there is a fissure or canal, it directs the latter forwards, which throws the spine behind, the colu- mella to the left, and the opposite margin to the. right. It is the contrary in the reversed, for which reason their shell is said to he contorted to the left. | | along this edge, and sometimes because it is perforated there by a. . GASTEROPODA. 25 ‘The aperture of the shell, and consequently the last whorl, are more or less large, in proportion to the other whorls, as the head or foot of the animal, which is constantly protruding from and retracting within them, is more or less voluminous compared to the mass of the viscera which remain fixed in the shell. This aperture is wider or narrower in proportion to the greater or less degree of thickness of these same parts. The aperture of some shells is narrow and long—this is because the foot is thin, and be- comes double by being folded in order to enter. Most of the aquatic Gasteropoda, with a spiral shell, have an. oper- culum, a part sometimes horny, sometimes calcareous, attached to the _ posterior part of the foot, which closes the shell when its occupant is withdrawn into it and folded up. ‘In others of the Gasteropoda the sexes are separate ; others which are hermaphrodite, and some of which possess the faculty of self- impregnation, while others require a reciprocal coitus. Their organs of digestion vary as much as those of respiration. This class is so numerous that we have been compelled to divide it _ into a certain number of orders, which we have founded upon the position and form of the branchize. The PuLMONEA Respire the natural air in a cavity, the narrow orifice of which they open and shut at pleasure. Some of them have no shell, others have _ one which - ‘is even very often completely turbinated, but. the oper- — culum is always wanted. The NvpIBRANCHIATA § i Have no shell, and are furnished with. naked branchie, of various 1 fore. on some part of their back. The a INFEROBRANCHIATA, q Similar i in Wee: respects to the Nudibranchiata, have their branchize __ in the margin of their mantle. The = © TECTIBRANCHIATA _ Have branchie on the back and side, covered by the lamina of the mantle, which almost always contains a shell more or less developed, or sometimes only enveloped in a recurved margin of the foot. _ ‘These ‘four orders are hermaphrodites, Fequering a reciprocal ~ coitus. The 26 MOLLUSCA, Hetrroropa Have their branchisze on the back, where they form a transverse range of small panaches, protected, as well as part of the viscera, in some species, by a symmetrical shell, They are particularly distin- guished, however, by the foot, which is compressed into a thin vertical fin, on whose margin is frequently observed a small cup (ventouse), the only vestige of the horizontal foot of the rest of the class. In the | pas PECTINIBRANCHIATA The sexes are separated ; the respiratory organs almost always con- sist of branchie, composed of lamellz, united in the form of combs, and are concealed in a dorsal cavity, widely open above the head. Nearly all of them had a turbinated shell, a mouth sometimes entire, sometimes fissured, and at other times furnished with a siphon, but most generally susceptible of being more or less perfectly closed by an operculum attached to the foot of the animal behind*. The TUBULIBRANCHIATA(@) Have a shell resembling a more or less irregularly pointed tube, which attaches itself to various bodies, Their branchie consist of a single range along the left side of the roof of the branchial cavity. The 7 SCUTIBRANCHIATA Have branchie similar to those of Pectinibranchiata; but the sexes are united, so that fecundation takes place without a mutual copula- tion, asin the Acephala. Their shell is very open, and in several forms a non-turbinated shield; the operculum is always wanting. . The CyYCLOBRANCHIATA, Hermaphrodites, like the Seutibranchiata, have a shell composed of one or several pieces, but never turbinated nor with an operculum ; * N.B. Sometimes, as in Vermetus, &c., the foot is recurved in such a manner that the operculum is before. &> (a) In the original this order does not occur, but we find further on, that when the author comes to take each of these orders into detailed consideration, as it will be seen he does in the following pages, the necessity occurred to him of sepa- rating from the Pectinibranchia an additional order, to which he gave the name of of Tubulibranehia, We have therefore deemed. it necessary to insert this order ‘with its characters precisely in the order and relation assigned to it by the author.— ENG, Ep. 0 a ee at, os ee ee : sees Calyptrea .. ~ Les Calyptraciens, : tease a SEP MET is? Family. ; sous Bulla ........ GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 27 their bwasiehiss are attached under the margin of their mantle, as in the 2 ed sem ORDER I, PULMONEA*. The Pulmonia are distinguished from the other Mollusca by respiring elastic air through a hole opening under the margin of the mantle, and which they dilate and contract at will; and accordingly have no * M. de Blainville prefers the term Pulmonobranchiata. a i @ The Gasteropodes form, in Lamarck’s classification, the Second Order - TWELFTH CLASS. MOLLUSCA. Order II.—Les Gastéropodes. vduninnale with the body straight, never in a spiral form, nor wie’ in a shell eapable of containing the whole of it; they have beneath the belly a foot or muscular disk, united nearly to the whole length of the body, and serving them to crawl with. Some are naked, others are screened by a dorsal shell, not sheathed in the body; and others again, have a shell more or less concealed in their mantle. First Section.— Les Hydrobranchie. ANIMALS only breathing water. | iz respiratory organs, in what- Genus Glaucus ...,.. ever part they are situated, vali FA , are always elevated, either shoe) , SEMORIB 00 cece First Family. é in filets, lamine, tufts, or ecce cylin ....0- Les Tritoniens, \ like a comb; they are placed ob 6 Re 00. cae ; above the mantle, either on os ee. SEE os sunead 1 the back or on the sides, and not in any particular cavity. f Bespizatory organs placed be- neath the border or edge of the mantle, and disposed eevee Phyllidia eee «+++ Chitonellus a Second Family. in a longitudinal series round ieee ‘om tg BY Les Phylljdiens. the body, or on one side, not nl: Bt By being placed in any particular , L cavity. | ase Pleurobranchus. Third Family. Gills as above, but placed on ses. Umbrella. .... i Les Semiphyllidiens. ye right side of the body aS h me Respiratory organs placed in a CSD etal 2) { "cavity appropriate. to them ever Fissurella eee near the neck, projecting either within the cavity or ot on the back of the animal, «.++ Pileopsis .... > Fourth Family. J above it. Shell always exter- nal and covering the animal, which is without tentacule. Gills placed in a particular ca- vity near the posterior part of the back, and covered by the mantle or by an. opercu- lary shield.—No tentacule. eee Ballea eee ee Bulléens. 28 MOLLUSCA. . branchiz, but a mere net-work of pulmonary vessels which creep over the parietes of the respiratory cavity and chiefly on its ceiling. Some of them are terrestrial; others are aquatic, but are com- pelled to visit the surface from time to time for the purpose of open- Respiratory organs situated as in the Bulléens, and also- covered by a shield; but this family possesses tentacule. Sixth Family. Dolabeila .... Les Aplysiens. Genus Aplysia . ...> \ Second Section.—Les Pneumobranchia. f' Branchiz, or respiratory organs rampant, in the form of vas- cular net, on the thickness of a particular cavity, the aper- Genus Onchidium.... seee Parmacella.... Sosa 3 Seventh Family. Les Limaciens, i2.. 0 Testacellus. «. ture of which the animal con- SLR LO DN MEENA, she Sis 1 tracts or -dilates at. will. ‘They only breathe fresh air. Third Order. dad Trachélipodes. The bodies of the animals spirally contorted at their posterior part, which i is sepa- rated from the foot, and always enveloped in a shell; the foot free, flattened, attached to the lower base of the neck or at the anterior part of the body, van useful to assist the animal in crawling: a spiral shell covering the body. First. Section—Les Phytiphages. ANIMALS feeding on vegetable substances. ( Trachélipodes without a pro- ; jecting syphon, , breathing generally by a hole. The greater number feed on vege- Genus Helix........% table substances, and are evo. . Carocolia’ 2). . furnished with jaws: aper- «es. calm. notch, or canal; they only Clausilia,..... 2598 breathe air. Shell spirivalve, Bulimus...... smooth or with,strix, the ever oeer ‘eb ee eoene oree Auricula.. Achatina...... d Succinea...... Cyclostoma..., Physa.....-.. Planorbis ... \ Lymneza...... With two tenta- cule. J Second Family. Les Lymnéens. First Family.—Les Colimacé¢s. A — a rigbt margin often reflected -outwardly ; smooth and not distinctly nacreous. This family is terrestrial; they have cylindrical tentacule, with eyes at their summits with or without an opercu- lum, They all liye outof the water. { Amphibious Trachélipodes, with two tentacule without eyes at their summit; generally no operculum, their tentacule flattened; they inhabit fresh water, and rise to breathe the air on its surface.—Shell spi- rivalve, most frequently smooth on its external sur- face, and having the right margin of its aperture always sharp, and not reflected. Se ee a ee! aw es ee GASTEREOPODA PULMONEA. ” ied PULMONEA TERRESTRIA Have generally four tentacula,; in two or three only, of a very small size, the lower pair are not to be seen. Those which possess no apparent shell, form in the Linnzan sys- tem ssn genus Limax, Lin. Which we divide as follows : : Limax, properly so called, Lam. a ee the body elongated, and the mantle, a dense fleshy disk which isconfined to the forepart of the back, merely covering the pulmonary yt S5i: eos a . Melanie s+ s.. Third Family. »«+- Melanopsis.. .. Les Mélaniens. weve Pirena ee eee 7 Se >> Fourth Family. Valvata 0.0.5.7 ee eee Ampullaria.. .. Les Péristomiens. 19. Daa ieee’ waved ’t ia Se Neritinay..... Fifth Family. SPURT Narita 26 Les Néritacés. $64. Natiea *...... ~MISIAS1 y7T : Ton an ‘orifice is on the right side of this species of shield, and the ants on the margin of that orifice. The four tentacula are protruded and re- tracted, evolving themselves like the inverted fingers of a glove, and the head itself can be partly withdrawn under the disk of the mantle. The genital organs open under the upper right tentaculum, ‘The Cha} has only an upper jaw, resembling a dentated cresent, which enables these animals to gnaw fruits and ‘herbs, which they do with so much voracity as to effect considerable injury. The stoniach is elongated, simple and membranous. de Férussac distinguishes z Anion, Fer., In which the respiratory orifice is towards the anterior part of the shield, which merely contains a few calcareous granules, Such is Lima Rufus; li, (the Red Limax;) Férussac, Moll. Terr, et -Fluv., pl. i. and iii, It is everywhere to be met with in wet _. weather, and is sometimes entirely black, Ib. II, i, 2. A decoc- 4 ‘ay > J ES" Fas , ae 1 boda A ascénding canal the base of the opening as- Genus Cassidaria .... cending towards the back, or a notch in the form of a semi- ; (Shells having a short canal at recurved back- : Ao bod a es wards. a canal, inclined backward. eee Ricinula ee ee 4 The itt als of all this family 2 produce coloring matter, but particularly the G. Purpura, Shin BREPMER we cece n ...» Moneceros .... a wee Concholepes. . ee Po oblique notch | feos. whieh ‘hb ebtpdeted wees Harpasi ive ss inclining to the be ; the celebrated dye of the Rays: Delimmates vss. 4 back, Romans; it is contained in eee Buccinum...... em m S$; Ss ‘0 a peculiar reservoir neat the animal’s neck. All of them appear to possess ah oper- ge Terebra ...... - culum. No canal at the base of the PES Columbella aperture, but a. subdorsal Mitra - ; { notch more or less distinct, seer ¥ ee ereree Fourth Family. < and having plaits on the ceae Volata v6 secs ee Les Columellaires. columella of the shell.—The eee Marginella eete | Columbellee have a small ; operculum attached to the L foot of the animal, p Shell without a canal, but hav- ing the base of the aperture effuse or notched ; the whorls Bei on, of its spire large, compressed, mr SS Os Ovula eee eet em rolled round each other, so eee Cypreea erates that the last nearly eonceals eeee Terebellum dees Fifth Family. } all the others, rendering the spiral cavity large. and nar- vei. Olivaryi. vias row, and indicating that the Be), Comps ose. body of the animal must be flattened. The two first ge- nera of this family have the right lip recurved inwardly ; : . | = no operculum, 32 MOLLUSCA. tion of this species is sometimes used in i Franc for pulmonary disorders*. Lia, Féruss. The respiratory opening towards the posterior part of their shell, and frequently much larger. Such is L. antiquorum, Féruss., pl. iv and viii, A, f.1; Z. mavimus, L. ; L. sylvaticus, Drap., Moll., 1X, x. Frequently spotted or streaked with grey ; found in caves and dark forests. . L. agrestis, L.; Féruss., pl. v, £. 5—10. Small, without ap and one of the most abundant and destructive animals.+ Vacinutus, Féruss. Have a dense mantle without shell, stretching over the whole length of the body; four tentacula, the lower ones slightly forked ; the anus at the extreme posterior extremity, between the point of the mantle and that of the foot, the same orifice leading to the pulmonary cavity situated along the right flank; orifice of the male organ of generation under the right inferior tentaculum, and that of the female under-the middle of the right side. These organs, as well as those of digestion, are very similar to the same parts in the Slug. These Mollusca are found in both Indies, and closely resem- ble the common Limacest. Trestacetua, Lam. Have the respiratory orific and the anus at the posterior extremity ; the mantle very small, and placed on the same extremity; it con-_ tains a small oval shell, with an exremely wide aperture and a very small spine, which is not one tenth of the length of the body ; other- wise these animals resemble the Limaces. Test. haliotoidea, Drap.; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxvi, 6, 11. A common species is found in the southern departments of France; * Add: the L. albus, Mill., Féruss., pl. i, f. 3 ;—-L. hortensis, Id., pl. ii, f. 4—6. + Add: L. alpinus, Feruss., pl. v. a;—2L. gagates, Drap., pl. ix, f. 1 and 2, &e. N.B. The PLrecrorpnora, Feruss., would be Limaces, having a sort of small conical shell on the end of their tail, and far from the shield ; they are only known, however, by drawings of very equivocal authority, Favanne, Zoomorphose, pl. lxxvi, Copies Feruss., pl. vi, f. 5, 6, 7. M. de Blainville (Malae. -» p- 464) now doubts the reality of his genus LIMACELLA, and rejects his genus VERONICELLA, Dict. des Sc. Nat. The PHyYLOMICHUS ‘and EuMELES, Raf., are too imperfectly indicated to be admitted into a work like this. t Vaginulus Taunaisii, Feruss., pl. viii, A, f. 7; and viii, B, 23;—V. altus, Id., pl. viii, A, f. 8, and viii, B, f. 6 ;—V. Langsdorfii, Id., pl. viii, B, f. 3 and 4 ;—V.. levigutus, Id., pl. viii, B, f. 5, 73—Onchidium occidentale, Guilding, Lin. Trans. XIV, ix. The genus ail ata of Van Hassel., Bullet. Univers., 1824, Zool. tome III, p. $2, should apparently be added to it. N.B. The genus VAGINULA differs from ONcHIDIUM, with which M. de Blain- ville has united it, Malac., p. 465, detaching from it, at the sume time, the true Onchidiums to form his genus PeRoNIA. His anatomy of the Vaginula in the Moll. Terr, et Fluv. of M, de Férussae, pl. viii, C, is very good. CASTEROPODA PULMONEA, 33 Gt lives under ground, and feeds chiefly on Lambrici. M, de Fé- russac has observed, that when accidentally placed in too dry a situation, the mantle experiences a singular development, and furnishes it with a sort of shelter, PARMACELLA, Cuw. Have a membranous mantle with loose margins placed on the mid- dle of the back, and containing in its posterior portion an oblong, flat shell, the hind part of which exhibits a slight rudiment of a spine ; the respiratory orifice and the anus, under the right side of the mid- dle of the mantle. - Parm. Olivieri, Cuy. Ann. du Mus,, V, xxix,12—15. The first species known; from Mesopotamia. Parm. palliolwm, Feruss., pl. vii, A. Inhabits Brazil. Some others are found in India. in the terrestrial Pulmonea with complete and apparent shells, the edges of the aperture in the adult are usually tumid. He ix, Lin. To this genus Linneus referred all those species in which the aper- ture of the shell, somewhat incroached upon by the projection of the penultimate whorl, assumes a crescent-like figure. When this crescent of the aperture is as wide as it is high, or wider, it becomes the Heurx, Brug. and Lam. Some of them have a globular shell. Of this number is the Helix pomatia, L., common in the gar- dens and vineyards of France, with a reddish shell marked with paler bands, an animal which in some places is considered a deli- cious article of food. The Hel. nemoralis, L., is another; whose shell is variously and vividly coloured ;- in wet seasons it is very injurious to espaliers*. There are but few persons who have not heard of the curious facts respecting the reproduction of __ their amputated partst. Es In others the shell is depressed, that is, the spire is flattenedf. * Add the Hel. glauca,—H. citrina ;—H. rapa ;—H. castanea ;—H. globulus ;— __AM, lactea ;—H. arbustorum ;—H. fulva ;—H. epistylium ;—H. cincta;—H. ligatg ;— _ H.aspersa ;—H. extensa;—H. nemorensis ;—H. fruticum ;—H. lucena;—H. vittata ;— _H. rosacea ;—H., italia ;—H. lusitanica ;—H, aculeata ;—H. turturum ;—H. cretacea ; “Hi. fugcescens ;—H. terrestris ;—H. nivea ;—H, hortensis ;—H. lucorum ;—H. grisea ; _H. hemastoma ;—H. pulla ;—H. venusta ;—H. picta, Gmel, &c. + See Spallanzani, Scheffer, Bonnet, &c. : } Hel, lapicida ;—H. cicatricosa ;—H. agophtalmus ;—H.oculus capri ;—H, albella ; _—H. maculata;—H. algira;—H. levipes ;—H. vermiculata ;—H, evilis ;—H, cara- _ olla ;—H, cornu militare ;—H. pellis serpentis;—H, Gualterjana ;—H, oculis commu- nis -—H. marginella ;—H. maculosa;—H. nevia;—H. corrugata ;—H. ericetorum ;— On. nitens ;—H. costata ;—H. pulchella ;—H. cellaria ;—H. obvoluta ;—H. streigosula ; _ —H. radiata ;—H. crystallina ;—H., ungulina ;—H. voleulus ;—H. involoulus ;—H, _ badia ;—H. cornu renatorium, &e, . VOL, In, v 34 MOLLUSCA. Some of these have ribs projecting internally*, and there are others in which the last whorl is suddenly recurved, (in the adult,) assuming an irregular and plaited formt. Virrina, Drap.—He.ico-Limax, Feruss. The Vitrine are Helices with a very thin flattened shell, without an umbilicus; the aperture large, but its margin not tumid; the body too large to be completely drawn into the shell; the mantle has a double border}, the upper one, which is divided into several lobes, . extends considerably beyond the pty and being reflected over it, polishes it by friction. The known European species inhabit wet places, and are very small§. Hot climates produce larger ones. There are some species of Helix, in which ae body can hardly enter the shell, although not furnished with this double border, which should be approximated to them ||. When the crescent of the aperture is higher than it is wide, a disposition which always obtains when the spire is oblong or elon- gated, it constitutes the Buumus Terrestris, Brug. Which requires a still further subdivision ; Buuimus, Lam Margin of the aperture tumid in the adult, but without denta- tions. Hot climates produce large and beautiful species, some of which are remarkable for the volume of their ova, the shell of which is of a stony hardness ; and others for their left shell. Several moderate-sized or small species are found in France, one of which, the Helix decollata, Gm.; Chemn., cxxvi, 1254, 1257, has the singular habit of successively fracturing the whorls of the summit of the spire. This is the example referred to, as a proof that the muscles of the animal can be detached from * Hel. sinuata ;—H. lucerna;—H. lychnuchus ;—H. cepa;—H. isognomostoma;— H. sinuosa ;—H. punctata, &c. + Hel. ringens, Chemn., IX, cix, 919, 920, the Axostoma of Lam., or Tomo- — GERES, Montf.; an analogous fossil shell is the StROPHOSTOMA, Deshayes. See, also, pl. v, vi, vii, viii, of Draparn., with the accompanying descriptions ; the works — of Sturm and Pfeiffer on the German species, but particularly see the splendid folio — of M. de Férussac on the ‘‘ Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles.’’ _ t+ Termed by M. de Férussac “‘ une curiasse et un colirlier.”’ § Hel. pellucida, Miill. and Geoff.; Vitrina pellucida, Drap., VIII, 34—37::— the Helicarion, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. de Freycin., pl. Ixvii, 1; Féruss, a9. tie See f. 1—4. || Hel. rufa and brevipes, Féruss., Drap., VIII, 26—33. GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 35 the shell; for at.a particular epoch, of all the whorls of the spixe originally possessed by this Bulimus, not agingle one remains*. Pupa, Lam. - Have the summit of the shell very obtuse; the last whorl, in the adult, becoming again narrower than the others, giving it the form of an ellipsoid, or sometimes almost that of a cylinder; the surrounding in of the apertute tumid and emarginated on the side next to the spire by the preceding whorl. Small species, inhabiting wet places, among mosses, &c. Sometimes there is no dentation t. More commonly there is one in that portion of the aperture which ‘is closed by the penultimate whor! f. It is frequently observed inside of the external edge||. Cuonprvs, Cuv. Have the aperture, as in the last mentioned Pup, indented on the _ side next to the spine by the preceding whorl, and bordered with _ salient lamin or teeth; but the form is more ovoid, like that of a common Bulimus. Some of them have teeth on the margin of the aperture §. Others are furnished with more deeply seated laminz 4. Here terminates that series of terrestrial Helices, the adult shells of aprech have a tumid margin round the aperture. Succinea, Drap. 4 _ Have the shell oval, and the aperture higher than it is broad, as in ; pp eimus, but larger in PFPA RR. and the margin of the aperture “ee re OO a eT ” — ; * Add Helix ovalis, Gua., vaaigy IX, | exix, ‘aade, 1021 i oblonga, Ib., 1022, 1023 ;—H. trifasciata, Td. , CXXXIYV, 1215 ;—H. dewtra, Ib., 1210, 1212 ;— dH. interrupta, Ib., 1913, 1214;—H., Tb. +» 1215 3—H., Tb.,; 1224, 1225 ;—H. per- _ versa, Id., CX and CXI, 928—937; H. inversa, Ib., 925, 926 ;—H. contraria, Id., CXI, 938, 939;—H. lava, Tb., 940 and 949 ;—H. labicea, Id., ‘CXXXIV, 1234 ;— H., Ib., 1232 ;—H., Ib., 1231; H. cretacea, Id., CXXXVI, 1263;—H. pudica, Id., CXXI, 1042 salt. caleine Id., CXXXV, 1226. _ Bulla auris Matcha, L., Gm., tb., 1037, 1038, V, Tb., 1041. _ Bulimus columba, Brug., Seb., III, Ixxi, 61 ;—-Bul. Jfasciolatus, QOliy., Voy., pl. j xvii, A \ For the small species of France, see Draparnaud, Moll. terr. et fluviat., . iv, . 21—32. + Bulimus labrosus, Oliv., Voy. pl. xxxi, f. ee B ;—Pupa edentula, Drap. 11, 28, 29 ;—Pupa obtusa, Id., 43, 44 ; ;—Bul. " fusus, B rug. ¢ Turbo uva, L., Martini, IV, eli, 1439 ;—Turbo muscorum, L. (Papa marginata, Drap., ams, 36, 37, 38) ;—Pupa muscorum, Drap., III, 26, 27. (Vertigo cylindrica, Férn Prensa ads 39, 40 40 ;—P. doliolum, Ib., 41, 42. & i Hel. vertigo, Gm., (Pupa vertigo, Drap., lil, 34, 35) 5 aes antivertigo, Ib., ae eae pygmea, Ub., 30, 31 *< allees ovularis, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 12, __ § Bulimus zebra, Ol., XVII, 10 :—Pupa tridens, Drap., 111, 57 ;—Pupa variabilis, Bb., 55, 56. _ | Bulimus avenaceus, Brug., (Pupa avena) Drap., 111., 47, 48;—P. secale, Tb., 49, 50 ;——P. frumentum, Ib., 51, 52 ;—Bulimus similis, Brug. ;—P. cinerea, Drap., ‘TD., 53, 54 ;—P. polyodon, IV, 1, 2:—Helix quatridens,(Pupa quadr., Drap.) Tb. 3. p 2 36 MOLLUSCA. not tumid ; the side of the columella is almost concave. The shell will not receive the entire animal, and it might almost be considered as a large-shelled Testacella. Its inferior tentacula are very small, and it lives on the plants and shrubs which line the banks of rivulets, a cir- cumstance which has caused the genus to be considered as amphi- bious*, | It is nécessary to separate from the genus Turbo of Linn. and refer to the genus of terrestrial Helices the following : * Crausitia, Drap. The shell is long, slender, and pointed, the last whorl, in the adult, narrowed, compressed, slightly detached, and terminated by a com- plete aperture with a tumid margin, frequently dentated or furnished with laminee. In the contraction of the last whorl we usually find a little plate bent into an §, the use of which to the living animal is unknown. The species are very small, living in mosses at the foot of trees, &c. A great many of them are reversed}. It is also necessary to separate from the Bulla of Linn. and place here Acuatina, Lam. In which the aperture of the oval or oblong shell is higher than it is broad, as in the Bulimi, but it wants the tumid margin; the ex- tremity of the columella also is truncated, the first indication of the emarginations which we shall find in so many marine Gasteropoda. These Achatine are large Helices, which devour trees and shrubs in hot countries ft. : Montfort distinguishes those, in the last whorl of which we find a callus or peculiar thickening,—Ligums, Montf.|| ; this whorl is propor- tionably lower in them than in the others: And those in which the extremity of the columella is curved to- wards the inside of the aperture,—Polyphemus, Montf.§; the last whorl is higher, The * Succinea amphibia, Drap., [V, 22, 23 (Helix putris, L.) ;—S. oblonga, Ib., 24. —The genera CocHLtouypra, Féruss., Luctina, Oken, TAssapE, Huder, cor- respond to the Succinee. M. Delamark at first styled them AMPHIBULIMI. The Amphibulime encapuchonné, Lam,, Ann. du Mus. VI, lv, 1, may also form a Testa- cella. + Turbo perversus, L., List., 41, 39 ;—T. bidens, Gm., Drap., IV. 5, 7 ;—-T. pa- pillaris, Gm., Drap., Ib., 13; and the other Clausilie of Drap., figured on the same plate ;—Bulimus retusus, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 2 ;—Bul. inflatus, Ib., 3 ;—Bul. teres, Ib., 6 ;—Bul. torticollis, Ib., 4, a, b ;—Turbo tridens, L., Chemn., IX, xii, 957 ;— Clausilia collaris, Féruss., List., 20, 16, t Bulla zebra, L. Chemn,, IX, ciii. 875, 876; exviii, 1014—1016 ;— Bulla achatina, Ib., 1012, 1013 ;—Bulla purpurea, Ib., 1018 ;—Bulla dominicensis, Id., CXVII, 1011 :—Bulla stercus pulicum, CXX, 1026, 1027 ;—Bulla flammea, Id., CXIX, 1021—1025 ;—Heliz tenera, Gm., Ib., 1028, 1030 ;—Bulimus bicarinatus, Brug., List., 37 ;—-Mélanie buccinoide, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 8. || Bulla virginea, L., Chemn., IX, exvii, 1000, 1003 ; X, clxxiii, 1682—3. § Bulimus glans, Brug., Chemn., 1X, exvii, 1009, 1010, [ ine a i ce GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 37 PULMONEA AQUATICA, Have only two tentacula, as already stated; they are continually compelled to rise to the surface for the purpose of breathing, so that they cannot inhabit very deep water; they are usually found in fresh water or salt ponds, or at least in the vicinity of the sea- coast and of the mouths of rivers. Some of them have no shell, such as Oncuipium, Buchan*. A broad, fleshy mantle, in the form of a shield, overlapping the foot at all points, and even covering the head when it contracts. It has two long retractile tentacula, and on the mouth an emarginated veil, formed of two triangular and depressed lobes. , . The anus and respiratory orifice are under the posterior edge of the mantle, where, a little more deeply, we also find the pulmonary cavity. Close to them, on the right, opens the female organ of gene- ration; that of the male, on the contrary, is under the right great ‘tentaculum, the two openings being united by a furrow, which extends along the under part of the whole of the right margin of the mantle. These animals, destitute of jaws, have a muscular gizzard, followed by two membranous stomachs. Several of them inhabit the sea- shore, but in places where the ebb leaves them uncovered, so that they can readily breathe the natural airt. The acquatic Pulmonea, with complete shells, were also placed by Linneus in his genera Helix, Bulla and Voluta, from which it has been found necessary to separate them. In the first were comprised the two following genera, where we find the internal edge of the aperture crescent-shaped, as in Helix. Pranorsis, Brug.t The Planorbes had already been distinguished from the. Helices by Brugiéres, and even previously by Guettard, on account of the slight * ONcHIDIUM, a name given to this genus, because the first species (Onchidium ~ typhe, Buchan., Lin. Soc. Lond., V, 132) was tuberculous; I now know one that is smooth, the Onchidium levigatum, Cuv., and four or five that are tuberculous: Onch, Peronii, Cuv., Aun. du Mus., V,6;—Onch. Sloanii, Cuy., Sloane, Jam., pl. _ 273, 1 and 2;—Onch. verruculatum, Descr. de ’Eg., Moll. Gaster., pl. ii. f. 3 ;— Onch. celticum, Cuv., a small species from the coast of Brittany. N. B. M, de Blainville has changed the name of Onchidium into that of Peronta, and applied the former to the Vaginule. These Peronie he places among his CycLoprancaiara, but I can see no real difference between their respiratory organ and that of the other Pulmonee. t See Chamisso, Nov. Act. Mat. Cuv., XI, part I, p. 348, and Van Hassel, Bullet. Univers., 1824. Sept., Zool., 83. t Hel. vorter ;—H. cornea ;—H. spirorbis ;—H. polygyra ;—H. contorta;—H. initida ;—H., alba ;—1/. similis. ’ See the quotations of Gmel., and add, Draparnaud, pl. I, f. 39—51, and pl. ii, + 1—22, 38 MOLLUSCA. increase of the whorls of their shell, the convolutions of which are nearly in one plane,.and because the aperture is wider than it is high. It-contains an animal with long, thin, filiform tentacula, at the inner base of which are the eyes, and from the margin of whose mantle exudes a quantity of a red fluid, which is not, however, its blood. Its stomach is muscular and its food vegetable, like that of the Limnai, of which, in all our stagnant waters, it it the faithful companion. The Limnzzus, Lam.* Separated from the Bulimi of Brugiére by M. Delamark, have, like a Bulimi, an oblong spire and the aperture higher than it is wide; but the margin, like that of a Succinea, is not refleeted, and there is a longitudinal fold in the columella, which runs obliquely into’ the. cavity. The shell is thick ; the animal has two compresséd, bread, triangular tentacula, near the base of whose inner edge are the eyes. They feed om plants and seeds, and their stomach is a very muscular gizzard, preceded by a crop. Like all the Pulmonea, they are her- maphrodites, and the female organ of generation being far from the other, they are compelled so to copulate, that the individual which acts as a male for ené; serves as a feniale for a third; long strings of them may be observed in this position. . They inhabit stagnant waters in great numbers; they also abound with the Planorbes in certain layers of marl or calcareous strata, which they evidently prove were deposited in fresh water}. Piysa, Drap. The Physe, which were placed without any just motive among the Bulle, have a shell very similar to that of a Lymnza, but without the fold in the columella and reflected edge, and very thin. When the animal swims or erawls, it covers its shell with the two notched lobes of its mantle, and has two long, slender and pointed tentacula, on the greatly enlarged internal base of which are the eyes. These are the smal] mollusca of our fountains. | One of them, Bulla fontinalis, L., which is sinistral, is found in Francet. According .to the observations of Van Hasselt, we should place here the 0 Scaraszus, Montf. Which has an oval shell, the aperture narrowed by projecting and stout dentatious on the side next to the columella, as well as towards * Hel. stagnalis, L. of which H. fragilis is a variety ;—H. palustris ;— H: peregra ; —H. limosa ;—H. auricularia. See Drap., pl. ii, f. 28, 42, and pl. iii. f. 1, 7. + The mantle of the Limn. glutinosus, like that of the Physe, is sufficiently ample to envelope its shell. Itis the genus AMPHIPEPLEA. Nilson, Moll, succ. t The neighbouring species, Bull. hypnorum, L., and Physa acuta, and Seaturiginum, Drap., require an examination of their animals. Vide, Drap., p. 54, et seq., GASTEROPODA NUDIBRANCHIATA. 39 the external margin; this margin is enlarged, and as the animal renews it after each semi-whorl, the shell projects most on two oppo- site lines, and has a compressed appearance. * They feed on aquatic plants in the Archipelago of India*. - The two following genera were among the Volutze. Avurictuta, Lam. Differing from all the preceding aquatic Pulmonea in the columella, which is marked with wide and oblique flutings. Their shell is oval or oblong, the aperture elevated as in Bulimus, and the margin tumid. Several are large; we are not certain whether they inhabit marshes like the Lymnzi, or their borders like the Succinee. Auricula myosotis. Drap. III, 16,17; Carychium myosotis, Féruss. The only species in France; the animal has but two tentacula, and the eyes are at their base; from the shores of the Mediterranean. Convovutus, Lam.—Metamres, Montf. Projecting folds on the columella, as in the Auricule, but the margin of the aperture is not tumid, and the internal lip is finely striated ;. the general form of the shell is that of a cone, of which the spire forms the base. They inhabit the rivers of the Antilles}, ORDER II. NUDIBRANCHIATA|. The Nudibranchiata have neither shell nor pulmonary cavity, their branchie being exposed on some part of the back. They all are hermaphroditical and marine animals, frequently swimming in a re- versed position, with the foot on the surface, concave like a boat, and using the assistance of the margin of their mantle and.then tentacula as oars. In the * Helix scarabeus, L. + Add, Voluta auris Mide, L., Martini, II, xliii, 436-—38 ; Chemn., X, cxlix, 1395, 1396 ;—Voluta auris Juda, L., Martini, II, xliv, 449—51 ;—Vol, auris Sileni, Borns IX, 3—4 ;—Vol. glabra Mart II. xliii, 447, 448 ;—Vol. coffea, Chemn., LX, » 1044, } Voluta minuta, L., Mart., II, xliii, f. 445, or Bulimus coniformis, Brug. ;—Bul. monile, Brug., Mart. Ib., f. 444 ;—Bul. ovulus, Br., Mart., Ib., 446. . || My four first orders are united by M. de Blainville in what he terms a sub- class, designating them by the name of PARACEPHALOPHORA Monoica. He makes two orders of my Nudibranchiata ; in the first, or the CrcLoBRANCHIATA, he places Doris and other analogous genera: in the second, or the POLYBRANCHIATA, are Tritonia and the following genera, which he divides into two families, according to the presence of two or four tentacula. 40 MOLLUSCA.. Doris*, Cuv. Have the anus open on the posterior part of the back, the branchiz being arranged in a circle round it, under the form of a little tuft, the whole resembling a sort of flower. The mouth is a small proboscis, situated under the anterior margin of the mantle, and furnished with two little conical tentacula. Two other claviform tentacula arise from the anterior superior part of the mantle. The openings of the genital organs are approximated under its right margin. The sto- mach is membranous, A gland interlaced with the liver excretes a peculiar fluid through a hole near the anus. The species are nu- merous, and some of them large. They are found in every sea, where their ova, resembling gelatinous bands, are diffused over stones, sea-weed, &c.| The Oncuipora, Blainv. Only differ from Doris in the separation of the genital organs, the orifice of which communicates by a furrow running along the right side as in Onchidium.{ In the ; PiLocamoceros, Leuck. Have all the characters of the Onchidore, in addition to which the anterior margin of their mantle is ornamented with numerous branched tentacula||. Potycera, Cuv. Have the branchiz, as in Doris, on the hind part of the body, but more simple, and followed by two membranous lamine, which cover them in moments of danger; anterior to the claviform tentacula, * A name first applied by Linneus to an animal of this genus, which, however, he characterized badly. It was afterwards extended by Muller and Gmelin to almost the whole of the Nudibranchiata, and restored by me to its original signification. + Species with an oval mantle projecting beyond the foot: Doris verrucosa, L., Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, lxxiii, 4, 5 :—Doris argo, L., Bohatsch, Anim. Mar. V, 4, 5 ;—Doris obvelata, Miill., Zool. Dan., XLVIII, 1, 2 ;—Doris fusca—, Id., Ib., LXVII, 6, 9 ;—Doris stellata, Bommé, Act. Fless., I, iii, 4 ; Doris pilosa, Miill., loc. cit. LXXXV, 5—8 ;—D. levis, Id., Ib., XLVII, 3—5 ;—D. muricata, Id., LXXXV, 2—4 ;—D. tuberculata, Cuv., Ann, du Mus,., IV, lxxiv, 5 ;—D. limbata, Ib., Id., 3; —D. solea, Id,, Tb., 1, 2;—D. scabra, I1d., Ib., p. 446 ;—D. maculosa, Id., Ib.,—D. tomentosa, Id., Ib.;—D. nodosa, Montag., Lin. Trans., UX, vii, 2 ;—-D. marginata, Lin., Trans., VII, vii, p. 84 ;—D. nigricans, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XIII, part _IL, pl. xxvi. f. 1 ;——D. gramdifiora, Id., Ib., XXVII, f. 3 ;—D. tigrina, Sav. Egyp., Gasterop., pl. i. p. 3 ;—D. concentrisca, Ib., f. 5 ;—D. marmerata, Ib., f. 6, &e. Prismatic species, where the mantle is almost as narrow as the foot: Doris lacera, Cav., Ann. du Mus., IV, lxxiii, f. 1 and 2;—D, atromarginata, 1d., Ib., Ixxiv, 6; D. pustulosa, 1d., Ib., p. 473 ;—D. gracilis, Rapp., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. XIII, part Il, pl. xxvii, f. 10. See also Van Hassel. Bullet. Univ., 1824, Octob,, Zool., p. 235. + Onchidora Leachii, Blainv., Malac., pl. xlvi, f. 8. \| Plocamoceros ocellatus, Leuck., App. Ruppel,, Invert, pl. 5, f. 3. GASTEROPODA NUDIBRANCHIATA. 41 similar to those in Doris, are four, and sometimes six others, simply pointed*, Tritonia, Cuv. Have the body, the superior tentacula and genital organs as in Doris; but the anus and the orifice through which the peculiar liquid is ex- creted, are pierced on the right behind the organs of generation ; the branchie, which resemble little trees, are arranged along the sides of the back, and the mouth, provided with broad membranous lips, is armed inside with two horny and trenchant lateral jaws, which may be compared to a pair of sheep-shears. Trit. Hombergii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., I, xxxi, 1, 2, and the Journ. de Phys., 1785, October, pl. ii. A large species of a cop- per colour, from the coast of France. The same locality produces many others which vary greatly in size and the form of their branchiz+; several of them are very small f. Tuetuys§, Lin. Have all two rows of branchiz resembling branching tufts along the back, and a very large membranous and fringed veil on the head, which shortens as it curves under the mouth; this latter is a membra- nous proboscis without jaws; on the base of the veil are two com- promed tentacula, from whose margin projects a small conical point. he orifices of the genital organs, of the anus, and of the peculiar fluid are situated as in the Tritoniz. The stomach is membranous and the intestine very short, ) T. fimbria, L.,; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XII. xxiv||. Grey spotted with white ; a beautiful species from the Mediterranean. Scytima, Lin. Have the body compressed ; the foot narrow and marked with a fur- row which enables it to clasp the stems of the fuci; no veil; the * Doris quadrilineata, Mill., Zool., Dan., I, xvii , 4—6, and better, Ib., exxxviii, 5—6; D. cornuta, Ib., exlv, 1, 2, 3;—D. flava, Lin. Trans., VII, vii. p. 84 ;— Polycera lineata, Risso, Hist., Nat., IV, pl. i. f. 5. + Such are Trit. elegans, Descr., de Eg. Zool., Gaster., pl. 2, f. 1 ;—Trit. rubra, Leuck., App., Rupp., Invert., pl..4, f. 1 ;—T7r. glauca, Ib., f. 2 ;——-T. eyanobranchiata, Ib., f. 3;—T. arborescens, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., VI, lxi, and three others, at least closely allied ;—Doris arberescens, Strem., Act., Hafn., X, v. 5 ;—Doris Ascan., Act. Dronth., V, v, 2, and Doris cervina, Bommé, Act., Fless., 1, iii, 1. t Doris coronata, Bommé, Ib., and Doris pinnatifida, Lin. Trans., VII, vii, which is closely allied to it ;—Doris fimbriata, Mill., Zool. Dan., CXXXVIII, 2, and pro- bably Doris clavigera, Mull., Ib., XVII, 1—3. Perhaps the Doris lacera, Zool. Dan., CXXXVIII, 3, 4, should also be referred to this genus. § From Se$vav, a name employed by the ancients to designate the Ascidie ; Lin- neeus applied it to this genus. || The difference observed between the Thethys fimbriala, Bohatsch., Anim. Mar., pl. v, and the Thethys leporina, Fab., Column., Ag., pl. xxvi, appears to me to be the result of a greater or less degree of preservation. 42 MOLLUSCA. mouth resembling a little proboscis ; orifices as in Thethys; the com- pressed tentacula terminated by a cavity, from which issues a little uneven point, and two pairs of membranous crests on the back, the in- ternal surface of which is furnished with pencils of filaments, which are the branchie. The middle of the stomach is invested with a rent ring, internally armed with horny and trenchant lamine, like nives. S. pelagica, L.; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., VI, lxi, 1,3,4. Com- mon on the floating focus of almost every sea. Guavucus, Forster. Have the body elongated, and the orifices of the anus and of the genital organs as in the preceding ; four very small conical tentacula, and on each side three branchize, each of which is formed of long slips arranged like the sticks of a fan, which also aid them in swim- ming. They are beautiful little animals, that inhabit the Mediter- ranean and the Atlantic, prettily coloured with blue and mother-of- pearl; they swim on their back with great swiftness. Their anato- mical structure is very similar to that of the Tritonia, but the species are not yet well ascertained*. Laniocerus, Blainv. Have on each side two series, of small and finely pectinated laminze, which are the branchiz ; the body shorter and thicker than that of a Glaucus, but there are four small similar tentacula.t Eoutipia, Cuv. Have the form of a small Limax, with four tentacula above, and two on the sides of the mouth; the branchie are composed of lamine, ar- ranged like scales, more or less crowded, on each side of the back. Found in every seat. Cavouina, Brug. Have the tentacula of the Eolidiz, with radicating retiform branchiz, arranged in transverse rows on the back'|j. * Doris radiata, Gm., Dup., Phil. Trans., LIII, pl. iii;—Scyliée macrée, Bosc., Hist. des Vers ;—Glaucus atlanticus, Blumenb., fig., Nat. Hist., pl. 48, and Manuel., fr. trans., II, p. 22; Cuv., Ann. du Mus. VI, lxi, ii, Péron, Ann. Mus. XV, iii, 9. : + Laniogerus Elfortii, Blainv., Malac, pl. xlvi, f. 4. t Doris papillosa, Zool. Dan., CXLIX, 1—4;—Doris bodoensis, Gunner., Act. Hafn., X, 170 —Doris minima, Forsk., Ic., xxvi, H ;—Doris fasiculata, Id., Ib., G; —Doris branchialis, Zool. Dan. CXLIX, 5—7 ;—Doris caerulea, Lin. Trans., VII, vii. 84 ;—Eolidia histrix, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., IX, xxxviii, 2, &c. \| Doris peregrina, Gm., Cavolini, Polyp..Mar., VII, 3 ;—Eolidia annulicornis, Chamisso, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XI, part II, pl. xxiv, f. 1 ;—-Doris longicornis, Lin. Trans., IX, vii, 114. ; N.B. This genus must not be confounded with the Cavolina of Abildgard, which is the Hyalea. GASTEROPODA INFEROBRANCHIATA. 43 FLABeLiina, Cuv. The tentacula of the Eolidiz, with radiating rectiform branchie, supported by five or six pedicles on each side; they are closely allied to the Glauci, and in fact to all the Nudibranchiata, whose branchize are situated on the sides of the back*. | Tereires, Cuv. The form of the Eolidiz, but only two tentacula, with a range of cylindrical branchize on both sides of the back, each of which is ter- minated by a little sucker or cup, and which are used by the animal as feet, to walk on its back. The species kiiown are very smallf. Busiris, Risso. The body oblong, and back convex; two filiform tentacula, and behind them, on the nape, two plumiform branchief. Pracosrancuus, Van Hasselt. Two tentacula and as many labial lobes; the whole back, widened by its margin, is covered with numerous radiating strie, which are the branchiz. In its ordinary condition the widened borders of the mantle are turned up, and cross each other to form an envelope for the branchiz, which are thus enclosed, as in a cylindrical case. - They are small Mollusca, ftom the Indian Ocean|. ORDER III. INFEROBRANCHIATA. _ The Inferobranchiata have nearly the same form and organization as are observed in Doris and Tritonia, but their branchiz, instead of being placed on the back, resemble two long series of laminz, situated on the two sides of the body, under the projecting margin of the mantle. * Doris affinis, Gm. Cavol., Polyp. Mar., VII, 4. + Limax tergipes, Forsk., XXXVI, E, or Doris lacinulata, Gm. ;—Doris macu- lata, Lin. Trans., VII, vii. 34 ;—Doris pennata, Bommé, Act. Fless., I, iii, 3. } Busiris griscus, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mar., IV, pl. i, f. 6. \| Tn the species known (Placobranchus Hasselti, Cuv.), the branchial strie are green, and the body a brown-grey sprinkled with little ocelli, Van Hasselt., Bul- let. Univ., Oct., 1824, p. 240. Messrs Quoy and Gaymard found it at the Friendly Islands. 44 MOLLUSCA, Puytuwia, Cuv. The mantle naked, usually coriaceous, and without any shell; the mouth, a small proboscis, each side of which is furnished with a ten- taculum; two others project from above two small cavities in the mantle. The anus is on the hind part of the mantle, and the genital orifices forward, under the right side; the heart near the middle of the back; the stomach simple and membranous, and the intestine short. Several species inhabit the Indian Ocean*. DipHy.uipia, Cuv. The branchie similar to those of the Phyllidie, but the posterior part of the mantle more pointed ; on each side of the semicircular head a pointed tentaculum and a slight tubercle; the anus on the. right sidef. : ORDER IV. TECTIBRANCHIATA f. Have the branchiz attached along the right side or on the back, in the form of leaflets, more or less divided, but not symmetrical ; they are more or less covered by the mantle, in the thickness of which a small shell is generally contained. They are approximated to the Pectinibranchiata by the form of the organs of respiration, and like them inhabit the ocean; but they are all hermaphrodites like the Nudibranchiata and the Pulmonea. PLevuroBARCHUs, Cuv. Have the body equally overlapped by the mantle and by the foot, as if it were between two shields. In some species a little oval calca- reous lamina is contained in the mantle, and a horny one in that of others; the mantle is emarginated above the head. The branchiz * Phyllidia trilineata, Seb., III, i, 16; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xviii, 1; and Zool., Voy. Freycin., pl. 87, f. 7—10; Ph. ocellata, Cuv., Ib. 7 ;—Ph. pustulosa, Id. Ib. 8, and some new species. + Diphyllidia Brugmansii, Cuv. ;—Diphyll. lineata, Otto., Noy. Act. Nat. Cur., X, vii, or Pleuro-phyllidia, Meckel., Germ. Archiy., VIII, p. 190, pl. ii, delle Chinie, Mem., X, 12. N.B. The Linguelle of Elfort, Blainy., Malac., pl. xlvii, f. 2, does not appear to differ from our first species. t M. de Blainville has given to this order the name of MONOPLEUROBRAN- CHIATA, GASTEROPODA TECTIBRANCHIATA. 45 are attached along the right side in the furrow, between the mantle and the foot, forming a series of pyramids divided into triangular laminule. The mouth in the form of a small proboscis, is sur- mounted by an emarginated lip, and by two tubular and cleft tentacula; the genital orifices are before, and the anus behind the branchiz. There are four stomachs, the second of which is fleshy and sometimes armed with bon appendages, and the third, furnished internally with salient longitudinal laminz ; the intestine is short. Various species inhabit both the Mediterranean and the At- lantic, some of which are large and marked with the most beautiful colours*. Pievroprancn#a, Meckel.—P.itvuroprancuipium, Bi. Have the branchie and genital orifices situated as in Pleurobranchus ; but the anus is above the branchiz, the margins of the mantle and foot project but little, and on the fore-part of the former are four short, distant tentacula, forming a square, which reminds the observer of the anterior disk of the Acer. I can find but one stomach, which is merely a dilatation of the canal, with thin parietes. A multifidous glandular organ opens behind the genital orifices; there is no vestige of a shell. Pleurob. Meckelii, Leve, Diss. de Pleur., er The only species known; from the Mediterranean. Aptysia, Lin.t. Have the margins of the foot turned up into flexible crests, sur- rounding the back in all its parts, and even susceptible of being reflected over it; the head supported by a neck more or less long ; two superior tentacula excavated like the ears of a quadruped, with two flattened ones on the edge of the lower lip; the eyes above the former. The branchiz are on the back, and consists of highly com- plicated leaflets attached to a broad membranous pedicle, covered by a small mantle also membranous, in the thickness of which is a flat * Pleurobranchus Peronii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xviii 1,2; —Pl. tubercu- latus, Meckel., Anat. Compar., 1, v, 33—40; and some new species, such as the Pleur. oblongus, Descr. de l’Eg., Moll. Gaster., pl. iii, f. 1 ;—-Plaur aurantiacus, Id., Risso., Hist. Nat. Merid. IV, pl. i, f. 8 ;— Pl. luniceps, Cuv. ;—Pl. Forskalii, Forsk., pl. xxviii, and Leuckard, App., Ruppel., An. Invert., pl. v;—Pl. citrinus, Ib., f. 1. The genus LAMELLARIA, Montag., Lin. Trans., XT, pl. xii, f. 3 and 4, does not appear to me to differ in any essential point from Pleurobranchus; the same obser- vation applies to the BertHei.a of Blainy., Malac., pl. xliii, f. 1. The latter is distinguished merely because the mantle is not emarginated above the head, as is the case in many species of Pleurobranchus. The Pl. oblongus would belong to it, and even the Pl. luniceps. + It is the genus Pleurobranchidium of Blainy., Malac., pl. xliii, f. 3; but not as he thinks the Pleurobranchus tuberculatus of Meckel. _ . } Aplusia, which cannot clean itself,—a name given by Aristotle to certain Zoophytes. Linnzus erroneously applied it as above. The animals here spoken of were well known to the ancients, who nig them Sea-Hares, and attributed to them many fabulous properties, 46 MOLLUSCA. and horny shell. The anus opens behind the branchie, and iis frequently concealed under the lateral crests; the vulva is before on the right, and the penis projects from under the right tentaculum, The seminal fluid is conducted in coitu, from the penis to the vulva by a groove, which extends from one to the other. An enormous membranous crop leads to a muscular gizzard, armed internally with . cartilaginous and pyramidal corpuseles, which is followed by a third stomach sown with sharp hooks, and by a fourth in the form of a-cecum. The intestine is voluminous, and the animal feeds on fucus. A limpid humour, secreted by a peculiar gland, and which in certain species is said to be extremely acrid, is exuded through an orifice near the vulva, and from the edges of the mantle oozes an abundant liquid of a deep purple colour, with which, when in danger, the animal tinges the water for a considerable extent. The ova are deposited in a kind of long, interlaced, glairy net work, of extreme tenuity. In the seas of Europe we have : | | Apl. fasciata, Poiret ; Rang. Apl., pl. vi, vii. Black; margined with lateral red crests: one of the large species. Apl. punctata, Cuv.; Ann. du Mus., tome TI, p. 287, pl. 1, f. 2—4; Rang, Apl., pl. xviii, f. 2. Lilac, sprinkled with greenish points. : Apl. depiians, L.; Bohatsch., Anim. Mar. pl. iandii; Rang., pl. xvi. Blackish, with large greyish, clouded spots. Several other species are found in distant seas*. Do LaBeLLa, Lam. The Dolabefle only differ from the Aplysice in the position of the branchiz and their surrounding envelope ; they are at the posterior extremity of the body, which resembles a truncated cone. ‘Their. lateral crest presses closely on their branchial apparatus, merely leaving a narrow furrow; their cell is caleareous. They are found in the Mediterranean and in the Indian Ocean.t Notarcuus, Cuv. Have their lateral crests united and covering the back, a longitu- * Aplysia brasiliana, Rang, pl. viii, 1, 2, 3 ;—A. dactylomela, Id., 1X ;—A. pro- tea, Id., X, 1 ;—A. sorex, Id., X. 4, 5, 653—A. tigrina, Id., XI ;—A. maculata, Id. XII, 1—5 ;—A. marmorata, Blainv. Journ. de Phys., Janv., 1823, Rang, XII, 6,7; —A. Keraudrenii, Id., XIII ;—A. Lessonii, Id., XIV ;—A. camelus, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., and Rang, XV, 1 ;—A. alba, Cuv., Ib., and Rang, XV, 2, 3;—A. napolitana,: Id., XV, bis ;—A. virescens, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mer., pl. 1,°7. It is well, thowever, to observe, that most of the Aplysiz having been drawn from specimens preserved in spirits, the truth of the specific characters of some of them may be doubted. + Dolabella Rumphii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxix, 1: and Rumph. ‘Thes.: Amb., pl. x. 6, fromthe Molluceas, or Aplysia Rumphii, Rang, pl.i;—Apl. ecaudata Rang, pl. ii ;—A. truncata, Id. ;—A. teremidi, Id. III, 1 ;—A. gigas, 1d., 111, 4;— A, Hasseltii, 1d., XXIV, 1. t Notarchus gelatinosus, Cuv., to which M. Rang associates the Bursatella Savig- niana, Deser. de l’Eg., Zool., Gaster., pl. ii, f. 1, 2, and Rang, Apl., pl.xx, and ‘his Apl. Pleii, pl. xxi, and some small species. . GASTEROPODA TECTIBRANCHIATA. 47 dinal emargination excepted, that leads to the branchie, which have no mantle to cover them, but are otherwise like those of the Aplysiz as well as the rest of their organization}. In the, Bursate ia, Blainv. The lateral crests are united in front in such a manner as only to leave an oval aperture for the transmission of water to the branehie, which are also deprived of a protecting mantle*. These two genera, however, probably form but one. Axera, Muller. Have their branchie covered, as in the preceding genera, but their tentacula are so shortened, widened, and separated, that they seem to be totally wanting, or rather to form a large, fleshy, and nearly rec- tangular shield, under which are the eyes. Independently of this, the hermaphroditism of these animals, the position of their genital organs, the complication and armature of their stomach, and the purple liquid effused by several of their species, approximate them to the Aplysiz. ‘The shell, of such as have any, is more or less convo- luted, but with little obliquity, and is without a projecting ‘spire, emargination, or canal; the columella, projecting convexly, gives a crescent-like figure to the aperture, the part opposite to the spire being always the broadest and most rounded. M. de Lamarck names those in which the shell is concealed in the thickness of the mantle, Buti, (a). It has but very few whorls, and the animal is much too large to be drawn into it. Bullea aperta, Lam.; Bulla apertaand Lobaria quadriloba, Gm.; Phyhne quadripartita, Ascan.; Miill., Zool. Dan., III, pl. ci.; Blanc., Conch. Min. Not., pl. xi; Cuv., Ann. du Mus. t. I, pl. xii, 6. (The Sea Wafer), the animal is whitish, and about an inch long; the fleshy shield, formed by the vestiges of its tentacula, lateral swellings of its foot, and the mantle occu- pied by the shell, seem to divide its upper surface into four lobes. Its thin, white, semi-diaphanous shell, is nearly all aper- ture, and its gizzard is armed with three very thick rhomboidal * Bursatella Leachii, Blainv., Malac., p). xliii, f. 6. N.B. Authors have also approximated to the Aplysie the Apl. viridis, Montag., Lin. Trans., VII, pl. vii, which forms the genus Acraon of Oken, and which is at least closely allied to the Elysie timide, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mer., IV, pl. i, f. 3, 4; as I am not acquainted with the branchiz of either, I cannot class them. + The Sormet, Adans., Senegal, pl. i, f. 1, is a species closely allied to Bullea; but T cannot establish a genus, or even a species, upon so imperfect a document. (> (@ There are other reasons than those above-mentioned for the measure employed by Lamarck. The shell of Bulla Aperta is not only slightly concave, but it is very thin and fragile, and partially rolled inwards on itself. Indeed we may adduce Lamarck’s division of the Linnean genus bulla as a very happy specimen of the vast superiority of the natural over the artificial system, for up to the time at which he ‘separated it into Bulliea, Ovula, Physa, Terebellum, and Achatina, and adding the remainder of Bulla to the genera Pysula, and Bulimus, the Linnean genus was a combination of the most discordant elements. Such as marine, fresh water, and land shells. —Ene. Ep. 48 MOLLUSCA. : »/e pieces of bone. — It is found in almost every sea, where it lives on “> e0zy bottoms. ~M. de Lamarck leaves the name of BuLia*, to those species whose shell, merely covered with a slight epidermis, is large enough to shelter the animal. It is somewhat more convoluted than in Bullza. Bulla lignaria, L.; Martini, I, xxi, 194,95; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, 1; Pol. Test. Neap., III, pl. xlvi. (The Wafer.) The oblong shell with its concealed spire and ample aperture, very wide anteriorly, resembles a loosely. rolled lamina, streaked in the direction of its whorls. The stomach of the animal is armed with two large semi-oval osseous pieces, and with a small com- pressed one}. / Bulla ampulla, L,; Martini, I, xxii, 20, 204; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, 1. (The Nutmeg). The shell oval, thick, clouded with grey and brown; the stomach furnished with three black, very convex, rhomboidal pieces, Bulla Hydatis, L,; Chemn. IX, exviii, 1019; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, I. (The Water Drop.) Shell round, thin, and semi- diaphanous; the last whorl, and consequently the aperture, higher than the spire; three small scutelliform pieces in the gizzardf. We reserve the name of AxkeERa, properly so called, Doripivum, Mech., Loparia, Blainv., for those species which have no shell what- ever, or only a vestige of one behind, although their mantle has its external form. A small species, Bulla carnosa, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, 1; Meck., Anat. Compar., II, vii, 1,3; Blainv. Malac., pl. xlv, f. 3, is found in the Mediterranean. The only armature of the stomach is the mantle ; its fleshy cesophagus is extremely thick. A tuberculous species, Doridium Meckelii, Delle Chiaie, Me- mor., pl. x, f. 1—5, inhabits the same sea. The GastropTeron, Meckel. Appear to be Akere, the margin of whose foot is extended into broad wings, used in natation, which they effect on their back. — It has no shell, nor has the.stomach any armature; a slight fold of skin is the only vestige of branchial operculum that is perceptible. * The genus Bulla, Lin., not only comprised the Akere, but also the Auricule, Agatine, Physe, Ovule and Terebella, animals between which there is much difference. Brugiéres commenced the work of reformation by separating the Agating and the Auricula, which he united to the Lymnei in the genus Bulimus; M. de Lamarck finished it by creating all the genera we have just named. + Gioéni having observed this stomach separate from the animal, mistook it for a shell, and made a genus of it, to which he gave his own name (The Tricla of Retzius, Char, Brug.). Gioéni even went so far as to describe its pretended habits. Draparnaud was the first who perceived this mixture of error and fraud. ; ¢~ Add, Bulla naucum ;—Bulla physis, Muller describes smaller ones, such as the Akera bullata, Zool. Dan,, LXXI, or Bulla akera, Gm, ; GASTEROPODA HETEBROPODA. AQ G. Meckelii ; Rosse, Diss. de Pteropodum Ordine, Hale, 1813, f. 11—13; and Blainv. Malacol., pl. xlv, f. 5; or Clio amati, Delle Chiaie, Memor., pl. ii, f. 1—8. A small animal an inch long, and two broad, the wings being extended. From the Mediterranean. For the present, and until our anatomical studies are more ex- tended, we are under the necessity of placing in this order of Tecti- branchiata, and even very close to the pleurobranchus, the singular genus. GastropLax, Blainv.—Omprettrs, of Lam. The animal is a large and circular mollusca, whose foot projects con- siderably beyond the mantle, and its upper surface is studded with tubercles. ‘The viscera are in a round, superior, and central part. The mantle is only visible by its slightly projecting and trenchant edges, along the whole of the front and of the right side. The lamel- lated pyramidal branchie, like those of the Pleurobranchus, are under this slight margin, and behind them is a tubular anus. Under this same margin and forwards, are two tentacula, longitudinally cleft, as in Pleurobranchus, at whose internal base are the eyes; between them is a kind of proboscis, which may possibly be the organ of generation. There is a large concave space in the anterior margin of the foot, the edges of which are susceptible of being drawn up like the mouth of a purse, and at the bottom of which is a tubercle, pierced by an orifice, which perhaps is the mouth, and surmounted by a fringed membrane. The inferior surface of the foot is smooth, and serves the animal to crawl on, as in the other Gasteropoda. The animal carries a shell which is stony, flat, irregularly rounded, thickest in the middle, with trenchant edges, and marked with slightly concentric striez. It was at first thought to be attached to the foot, but more recent observation has proved that it is on the mantle, and in the usual place*, ORDER V. HETEROPODA, Lam\. The Heteropoda are distinguished from all other mollusca by * In the specimen from the British Museum described by M. de Blainville, Bullet. Phil., 1819, p. 178 ; by the name of Gasrrop.ax, the shell is, in fact, attached to the under part of the foot, and by what means it is difficult to determine ; the mantle, however, is so thin, that it seems as if it must have been protected by the shell. M. Reynaud has just brought to France a specimen which had lost its shell, but where, it appears, traces of the membranes which attached it to the mantle can be perceived, notwithstanding which, no remains of muscles are visible. A similar shell is also found in the Mediterranean ; its animal, however, has not yet been observed. t M. de Blainville makes a family of the Herzroropa, which he names Nec- roropa, and unites them in his order of the NuCLEOBRANCHIATA with another family that he calls Preropopa, and which, of all my Pteropoda, only includes the Limacina. He joins the Argonaula with it, on account of some conjecture, of which ITamignorant. - . VOL, It, E 50 MOLLUSCA, thei foot, which, instead of forming a horizontal disk, is compressed into a vertical muscular lamina, which they use as a fin, and on the edge of which, in several species, is.a dilatation forming a hollow cone, that represents the disk of the other orders. Their branchiz, composed of plumiform lobes, are situated on the hind part of the back, directed forwards, and immediately in their rear are the heart and a small liver, with part of the viscera and the internal organs of generation. ‘Their body, a gelatinous and transparent substance lined with a muscular layer, is elongated and usually terminated by a compressed tail. There is a muscular mass belonging to the mouth, and a tongue furnished with little hooks ; the oesophagus is very long; theix stomach thin; two. prominent tubes. on the right side of the visceral bundle afford a passage to the feces,semen or ova. They usually swim on their back with the foot upwards*. They have the faculty, of distending their body by filling it with water, in a way not - wellunderstood. Forskahl comprised them all in his genus, Prerorracuea, Forsk. But we have. been compelled to subdivide them. Carmaria,. Lam. t Have the: nucleus formed of the heart, liver, and organs of generation, covered. by a slender, symmetrical and conical shell, the point. of which is bent backwards. and frequently relieved by a crest, under — whose anterior edge float the feathers of the branchiz ; two tenta- cula on the head, and the eyes behind their base. One species, Carinaria cymbium, Lam.; Péron, Ann. du Mus., XV, iii, 15; Poli, IIT, xliv; Ann. des Sc, Nat., tome XVI, pl. 1, inhabits the Mediterranean. Another, the Carinaria fragilis, Bory Saint-Vincent, Voy. aux Isles d’Afr., I, vi, 4}, is found in the Indian Ocean. —— * This mode of natation induced Péron to think that the’ natatory lamina was.on. the back, and the heart and branchie under the belly, and has given rise to many errors as respects the place of these animals. A simple inspection of their ner+ vous, system led me to suppose, in my Memoirs on the Mollusca, that they were analogous to the Gasteropoda. A more exact anatomical investigation, made since then, with that given by M. Poli in his vol. III, fully confirms my supposition. The fact is, that there is but little difference between the Heteropoda and the | Tectibranchiata, notwithstanding which, M. Laurillard believes their sexes to be separated. , + Forskahl comprised all these animals in his genus PreroTRACHEA, for which name Brugitre substituted that of Frrona. Péron having divded the genus, appropriated the name of Carinaria to those with a shell, and that of Firola. to the others. Rondelet gives the Carinaria, but without its shell.—‘* De Insect. Zooph, cap. XX,” ety + Add, Carinaria depressa, Rang. Ann, des Se. Nat., Feb. 1829, p.. 136s ee a ee = GASTEROPODA HETEROPODA. 51. The Argonaula vitrea of authors, Favanne, vii, c, 2; Martini, 1, xiii, 163, must berthe shell of alarge Carinaria, but the animal is not yet known. : Artianta, Lesueur *. The Atlante of Lesueur, according to the recent observations of M. Rang, are animals of this order, the shell of which, instead of being well opened like that of a Carinaria, has a narrow cavity, spirally convoluted on one plane; its contour is relieved by a thin crest. They are extremely” small Mollusca from the Indian Ocean, in one of which Lamanonthought he had discovered the original Cornu Ammonis}t—At/anta Peronii and Atlanta Keraudrenii, Lesueur, Journ, de Phys., Ixxxv, Novemb. 1817; and Rang, Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat., tome III, p. 373, and pl. ix. Frrota, Péron. The body, tail, foot, branchiz and visceral mass as in the Carinaria, but.no shell has ever been obseryed; the snout is elongated into a re- curved proboscis, and the eyes are not preceded by tentacula. From theend of the tail is frequently observed to proceed a long articu- lated fillet, which Forskahl took for a Tenia, and whose nature is not yet. very clearly ascertained. One species, the Peterotrachea coronata, Forsk.; Péron., Ann, du Mus., XV, ii, 8, is very common in the Mediterranean, and M. Lesueur describes several from the same sea, which he considers as different.—Journ. Acad. Nat: Se. Philad., Vel. I, p. 3, but which require further comparisonf. M. Lesueur distinguishes the Firoloide, where the body, instead of terminating in a compressed tail,.is abruptly truncated behind the visceral, bundle, Ib. p. 37§. To these two, now well known genera, I presume we must add; when better understood, the Timorienna, Quoy and Gaym. Voy; de Freycin., Zool. pl. lxxxvii, f. 1, which appears to be a Firola - divested.of its foot and bundle of viscera; and the Monopnora, Jd.|| . r, de Freycin., Zool. pl. lxxxvii, f. 4, 5; which has nearly the form: Palette, but: is: without. a foot, distinct bundle of Se and. shell. | : -* We must not confound the Atlante of Lesueur with the Atlas described by him in: the» sume" place, and» which, so confused is: his description, I do not know how to class, : ‘Voyage de Lapeyrouse, IV, p: 134, and pl. 63, fi 1—4. + mie Waedeoean gibbosa;—F. Forskalea;—F. Cuviera, which is the Ptero- trachea coronata, Forsk.;—F. Frederica, copied Malacol. Blainy., pl. xlvii, f. 4 ;— F. Peronii.—Add, Pterotrachea rufa, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pl. 87, f. 2 and*s: ine _ -§ Firoloida Demarestia;—Fir. Blaiavilliana ;—Fir. aculeata, Less. || We must not confound them with the Monophore of M, Bory Saint-Vincent,. (Voy. aux Isles d’Afr.,) which are. Pyrosomeay i i ig E 52 MOLLUSCA. ‘We are not so certain that we should place there the 3.9) Puyturrog, Péron., An du Mus., XV, pl. ii, f. 1, where the transparent and strongly cc com- pressed body has a snout before, surmounted by two long tentacula without eyes, a truncated tail behind and which allows the heart, nervous system, genital organs of both sexes to be seen through the integuments, The genital orifices and that of the anus are on the | right side, and sometimes a tolerably long penis is visible ; I can find no other organ of respiration than its thin and vascular skin*, ORDER VI. PECTINIBRANCHIATAfH. This order forms, beyond all comparison, the most numerous divi sion, inasmuch as it comprises the whole of the spiral univalves, and several that are simply conical. Their branchiz, composed of nu- merous lamellz or strips laid parallel with each other, like the teeth of,a comb, are attached on one, two, or three lines, according to the genus, to.the ceiling of the pulmonary cavity, which occupies , the last, whorl of a shell, and which has a large opening between the edge of the mantle and the body. oS, 6s In two genera only, Cyelostoma and Helicina, do we find, instead of branchie, a vascular network, covering the ceiling of a cavity, in other respects very similar ; they are the only ones that Pe se whe natural air; all the others respire water. All the Pectinibranichiata have two tentacula and two eyes, some- times placed on particular pedicles, and a mouth resembling a more or less elongated proboscis; the sexes are separated. The penis of » the male, attached to the right side of the neck, cannot usually be re- tracted within the body, butis reflected into the cavity of the br anchie; it is sometimes very stout, and the Paludina is the only one which , can retract it through an orifice perforated in its right tentaculum, Z The rectum and oviduct of the female also creep along the right,side — of the cavity, between them and the branchize is a peculiar organ > composed of cells, from which exudes an extremely viscid fluid; this forms a common envelope which contains the ova; and which is * These observations are made from individuals presented ‘to me Ly’ M. Quoy. M., de Blainyille makes a family of Philliroe, which he names Psillosoma, bce ‘witch is the third of his Aporobranchiata: the others are Hyale, &e. + M. de Blainville’s sub-class Paracephalophora Dioica.’ _, at least some appendages to the sides of the feet. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 53 deposited with them. The figure of this envelope 1s often very complex and singular *. 9 Their tongue is armed with little hooks, and by slow and repeated rubbing acts upon the hardest bodies. : The greatest difference in these animals consists in the presence or _ absence of the little canal formed by a prolongation of the edge of the pulmonary cavity of the left side, and which passes through a similar canal or emargination in the shell, to enable the animal to breathe without leaving its shelter. There is also this distinction between the genera—some of them have no operculum; the species differ from each other by the filaments, fringes, and other ornaments of the head, foot, or mantle. These Mollusca are arranged in several families according to the forms of their shells, which appear to bear a constant relation to that _ of the animal. FAMILY I. TROCHOIDA, This family is known by the shell, the aperture of which is entire, without an emargination or canal for a siphon of the mantle, as the animal has none, and is furnished with an operculum or some organ - in place of itt. Trocuus, Lin. t Have shells, the angular aperture of whose external border ap- . proaches more or less to a perfect quadrangular figure, and in an oblique plane, with respect to the axis of the shell, because the part of the margin next to the spire projects more than the rést. Most ‘of these animals have three filaments on each edge of the mantle, or _Of those that, have no umbilicus, there are some in which the colu- mella, that has the form of a concave arch, is continuous with the external margin, without any projection. It is the angle and projec- tion of this margin which distinguishes them from Turbo— Tecta- rium, Montf. § * For, Murex, see Lister, 881, Baster, Op. Subs,, I, vi, 1, 2; for, Buccinum, . Baster, Ib. V, 2, 3. + They are the Paracephalophora Dioica Asiphonob hiata of Blainville. _ o> This great genus constitutes the family Goniostoma, Blainv. do Trach. inermis, Chemn., V, elxxiii, 1712—13 ;—Tr. Cookii, Id., elxiy, 1551 ;— _ Tr. calatus, Id., clxii, 1536--37 ;—Tr. imbricatus, Ib., 1532—33 ;—Tr, tuber, Id,, elxv, 1573—74;—Tr. sinensis, Ib., 1564—65 ;—Turbo pagodus, 1d., elxiii, 1541— _» 425—Turbo tectum-persicum, Ib., 1543—44. 54 . MOLLUSCA. ‘Several are flattened, with a trenchant edge, which has caused them to be compared to the rowel of a spur—Calcar, Montf.* Some again are slightly depressed, orbieular and shining, with a semi-round aperture, the columella convex and callous—Rotella, Lam.+ The columella of others is distinguished near the base by a dittle prominence, or vestige of a tooth, similar to that of the Monodontes, from which these Trochi only differ in the angle of ‘their aperture, and ‘the projection of their margin. The aperture ‘is usually about as high as it is wide—Cantharis, Montf.t In some of them, on thevcontrary, the aperture is much wider than it is high, and their convex base approximates them to the Calyp- tracea—Infundibulum, Monte. § In others again, where the ‘aperture is also much wider than it is high, the columella forms a spiral canal}. Those which have a turreted shell approach Cerithium—Telesco- pium, Montf.4 Among the umbilicated Trochi, there are some in which there is no projection in the columella; most of them are flattened, and have the external angle trenchant. ‘Of this number is Tr. agglutinans, L.; Chemn., V, clxxii, 1688, 9. Remarkable for the habit of glueing to its shell, and even incorporating with it, as fast as it increases in size, various foreign bodies, such as little pebbles, fragments of other shells, &c. ; it frequently covers its umbilicus with a testaceous plate **, ‘The margin‘of others, however, is rounded, such as Tr. cinerarius, L.; Chemn., V. clxxi, 1686. A ‘small species, and the most common on the coast of France; greenish, ob- liquely streaked with violet. Some umbilicated Trochi have a prominence near the bottom of the columella ff. And, finally, there are others in which it is tin gicionliby cre- nate tt. ‘The * Turbo calcar, L., Chemn., V. clxiv, 1552;—T, stellaris, Id., 1553; T..aculeatus, ‘Id., 1554—57 ;—T. imperialis, Id., 1714. 4 + Tr. vestiarius, L., Chemn., V. clxyi, 1601. At Tr. iris, Chemn,,. 1522—23 ;—Tr. granatum, Ib,, 1654—55;—-Tr. rijeyphinus, Ib., clxvi, 1592-98 ;—Tr. conus, clxvii, 1610 ;—Tr. maculatus, dxvitt, 1617—I8 ; — Tr. americanus, clxii, 1534—35 ;—Tr. comuins, Gualt., LXX, M. § Trochus concavus, Chemn., V, clxxviii, 1620, 21. \| Trochus foveolatus, Chemn., V, elxi, 1516—19;—Tr. mauritianus, Id., clxiii, 1547—48 ;—T*. fenestratus, Ib., 1549—50;—Tr. obeliscus, clx, 1510—12. q Trochus telescopium, Chessh.; V, clx, 1507—9, ** Add, Trochus Iudicus, Chemn., V, clxxii, 1697—98;—T*r. Imperialis, clxxiii, 1714, and elxxiv, 1715 ;—Tr. solaris, “Tb, + 1701—1702, and 1716—1717 ;—Tr. ' planus, Tb., 1721, 1722. +t Tr. virgatus, Chemn., V. clx, 1514—-15 ;—Tr. niloticus, Chemn., V. elxvii, 1605—7, clxviii, 1614 ;—Tr. vernus, Id., clxix, 1625—26;—Tr. inequalis, clxx, 1636—37 ;—Tr. magnus, elxxi, 1656—57 ;—Tr. conspersus, Gualt., lxx. B.;—T7r. jujubinus, elxvii, 1612—13. tt Tr. maculatus, elxviii, 1615—1616 ;—Tr. costatus, clxix, 1634 ;—Tr. visittis, clxx, 1644 ;—T*r. radiatus, Ib., 1640—42. GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 55 Ai Sorartum, Lam. Is distinguished from all other Trochi by a dea broailconical spire, at the base of which is an extremely wide umbilicus in which ~ may be seen the internal edges of all the whorls, marked bya cre- nated cord*. Evompuatus, Sowerby. Fossil shells resembling a Solarium, but wanting the dentations on — the internal whorls of the umbilicus}. The genus ‘Torso, Lin.t Comprehends all the species with a completely and regularly. turbi- nated shell, and a perfectly round aperture. Close observation has -eaused them to be greatly subdivided. In the 7 Turso, Lam. Properly so called, Have the shell round or oval, and thick; the aperture completed on the side next to the spire, by the penultimate whorl. The animal has two long tentacula, and the eyes placed on pedicles at their ex- ternal base; the sides of. the foot are provided with membranous wings, sometimes simple, at others fringed, and occasionally fur- nished with one or two filaments. It is tosome of these that belong those petrous and thick opercula observed in cabinets, which were formerly employed in medicine under the name of Unguis odoratus. Some of them,—Me.eacer, Montf.¢ are umbilicated, and others, —Twvrso, Montf.,|| are not. Detpuinou.a, Lam. | Have the shell thick, as in Turbo, but convoluted in nearly the same plane; the aperture completely formed by the last whorl, and the margin not tumid; the animal similar to that of a Turbo. __* Dr, perspectivus, L., Chemn., V. clxxii, 1691—96 3—Tr. stramineus, Th. 1699 ; —T*. varieyatus, 1b., 1708—1709 ;—Tr. infundibuliformis, Ib., 1706-1707. + Evomphalus pentangulaius, Sowerb., Min. Conch., I, pl. xlv. f. 2;——-Ev. nodosus, _. ¥d., xlvi, &e. _ $ This great genus constitutes the family Crtcostoma of Blainville. © © _ § Turbo pica, L. List., 640, 30 ;—T. argyrostomus, Chemn., V, clxxvii, 1758— 61 ;—T. margaritaceus, 1b., 1762;—T. versicolor, List., 576, 29 ;-——T.. mespilus, Chemn., V, clxxvi, 1742—4353—T. granulatus, Tb., 44—46 ;—T. ludus, Tb., 48, 49 ;—T. diadema, td., p. 145 ;—T. cinereus, Born., XII, 25, 263—T. forquatus, Chemn., X, p. 295 ;—T. undulatus, Th., clxix, 1640—41. \| Turbo petholatus, List., 584, 39;—T7. cochlus, Ib,, 40;—T. ‘thrysostomus, Chemn., V, clxxviii, 1766 ;—T. rugosus, List., 647, 41 ;—T. marmoratus, Td., 587, 46;—T. sarmaticus, Chemn., V, elxxix, 1777—18, 1781;—-T. cornutus, Tb., 1779— 80 ;—T. olearius, Id., clxxviii, 1771, 72;—T. radiatus, Td., elxxx, 1788-89 ;—T. __ dmperiatis, Tb.. 1790 ;—T. coronatus, Ib., 1791—93 ;—T. canaticulatus, ¥d., clxxxi, 1794 ;—T. setosus, Tb., 95—96;—T. spinosus, Ib., 1797;—T. sparverius, Ib., 1798 ;—T. Moltkianus, Tb., 99—1800 ;—T. Spenglerianus, Tb., 1801-2 ;—T. casta- nea, Id., clxxxii, 1807, 1814 ;—T. erenulatus, Ib., 1811—12;—T. smaragduias, Tb., 815—16 ;—T. cidaris, Chemn., V. clxxxiv ;—T. helicinvs, Born., X11,23-—24. ~~ * 56° MOLLUSCA. The most common species, Zurbo delphinus, L.; List., 608, 45, takes its name from the ramous and convoluted spines, | which have caused it to be compared to a dried fish*. 7] PiEevrotroma, Defr. Fossil shells with a round aperture, on the external margin of which is a narrow incision which ascends considerably; it is proba- ble that it corresponded, like that of the Siliquarize, to some cleft in the branchial part of the mantle. M..Deshayes already makes upwards of twenty fossil species. The ScissurELLz of M. d’Orbigny are living species of the same. TourritTELtia, Lam. The same round aperture as in Turbo properly so called, and completed, also, by the penultimate whorl; but the shell is thin, and is so far from being convoluted in one plane, that its spire is pro- longed into an obelisk (turreted). The eyes of the animal are placed on the external base of its tentacula; the foot is small. They are found in great numbers among fossils; the Proro, Defr., should be approximated to them. ~ Scanaria, Lamm. Have the spire, as in Turritella, elongated into a point, and the aperture, as in Delphinula, completely formed by the last-whorl ;. it is moreover surrounded by a ridge, which is formed, from space to space, as the shell of the animal increases in size, resembling so many steps. The tentacula and penis of the animal are long and slender. | ; es : One species celebrated for the high price it commands (a), the Turbo scalaris, L.; Chemn., IV, clii, 1426, &c. viulg. Sealata, is distinguished by the whorls only coming in contact at the points where the ribs unite them, the intervals being open. A second species, the Turbo clathrus, l.; List., 588,50, 51, is not marked by this peculiarity; it is more slender, and very common in the Mediterranean. Some terrestrial or fresh water subgenera, in which the aperture is entire, round, or nearly so, and operculated, may be placed here. Of this number is the Me * Add, Turbo nodulosus, Chemn., V, clxxiv, 1723—-24;—T. carinatus,, Born., XIII, 3—4 ;—Argonauta, cornu, Fichtel and Moll., Test. Micros., I, a, e, or Lip- piste, Montf. + Turbo imbricatus, Martini, IV, clii, 1422 ;—T. replicatus, Ib., cli, 1412; List., 590, 55 ;—T. acutangulus, List., 591, 59 ;—T. duplicatus, Martini, 1V, eli, 1414 ;:— T. evoletus, List., 591, 58 ;—T. terebra, Id., 590, 54;—T. variegatus, Martini, 1V, clii, 1423 ;—T. obsoletus, Born., XIII, 7. &> (@ This is the Wentletrap of the collectors. We remember seeing one in Bullock’s Museum, which was valued at 200 guineas, and also four specimens were sold at one sale, which brought from £16 to £20,—ENG. Ep. © GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 57 Cand ga Lae “ e Ada, Valvata planorbis, Drap., I, 34, 35 ;—V. minuta, Id., 36—38, ee . § They constitute the Exuipsostoma of M, de Blainyille. te oa 70 38 Dio 58 MOLLUSCA, Patopina, Lam. This genus has lately been separated from the Cyclostome, because there is no ridge round the aperture of the ‘shell; because there ‘is a small angle to that aperture as well as ‘to ‘the operculum, and finally, because the animal, being provided with branchiz, inhabits the water, like all other genera of this family. It has a very short snout and two pointed tentacula; eyes at the external base of the latter, but on no particular pedicle, and a small membranous wing on each side -of the fore part of the body. The anterior edge of the foot is double, and ‘the wing of the right side forms a little canal which introduces water into the respiratory cavity, the incipient indication of the siphon in the following family. The. common species, Helia viwipara, L.; Drap., 1, 16, whose smooth and greenish shell is marked with two or three purple, longitudinal bands, and which abounds in stagnant waters, in France, produces living young ones: in the spring of the year they may be found in the oviduct of the female, in every stage of deyelopment. Spallanzani assures us that if the young ones * be taken at the moment of birth and be reared separately, they will reproduce without fecyundation, like those of the Aphis. The males, however, are nearly as common _as the females; they have a large penis which. protrudes and retracts, as in Helix, but through a hole pierced in the right tentaculum, a circum- stance which renders that tentaculum apparently larger than the other, and which furnishes us with a mode of recognizing the male *. The Ocean produces some shells-which only differ from the Palu- dine in being thick. They form the Lirrorina, Feruss., Of which the common species, Le Vigneau-—Turbo littoreus, L., Chemn. V, clxxxv, 1852, abounds on the coast of France, where it is eaten. The shell is round, brown, and longitudinally streaked with blackish. The Monopox, Lam. Only differs from Littorina in having a blunt and slightly salient tooth at the base of the columella, which sometimes has also a fine notch. The external edge of the aperture is crenulated in.several species. The animal is more highly ornamented, and is generally furnished with three or four filaments, on each side, as long as its tentacula, ‘The eyes are planted on particular pedicles at the exter- nal base of the tentacula ; the operculum is round and horny. * Add, Cyclost. achatinum, Drap. 1, 18;—C. impurum, Id., 19, 20, or Helix tentaculata, L., &e.; and the small species of salt-water ihe described by Beu- dant, Ann. du ‘Mus. ,XV,p. 199. GASTEROPODA ‘PEOTINIBRANCHIATA. "59 A small species, the T'rochus tesselatus, L.; Adans., Seneg., XII, 1; List., 642, 33, 34, with a brown shell spotted with whitish, is very abundant on ‘the coast of France *, Puasianecia, Lam. _, An oblong or pointed shell, similar to that of several Bulimi and Lymnaer ; the aperture also higher than it is wide, and furnished with a strong operculum ; base of the columella sensibly flattened, ‘but. no umbilicus, __ They inhabit the Indian Ocean, and are much souglit for by col- lectors on account of the beauty of their colours. e animal is provided with two long tentacula, with eyes placed on two tubercles at their external base, and with double lips that are emarginated and fringed, as well as the wings, each of which has three filaments f. AmpuLiaria, Lam. A round, ventricose shell, with a:short spire, as in most of the He- lices; the aperture higher than it is wide, and provided with an oper- culum; the columella umbilicated. : They inhabit the fresh or brackish waters of hot countries. The animal has long tentacula, and eyes placed on pedicles at their base. In the roof of the respiratory cavity, by the side ofa branchial-comb, according to the observations of Messrs. Quoy and Gaymard, is a large pouch, without an issue, that ‘is filled with air, and which may be considered as a natatory bladder‘. : The Lanist®, Montf., are Ampullarie, with a large, spiral, con- voluted umbilicus §. Hexicrna, Lam.|| Judging by the shell, the Helicinee are Ampullarie in which the in of the aperture is reflected 4. ‘When this reflected margin is trenchant, they are the Ampulline, Blainy. ; and when it is in an obtuse ridge, the Olygire, Say. * Add, Trochus labeo, Adans., Seneg., XII, List., 68, 442; Troeh. Pharaonius, - List., 637, 25 ;—Tr. rusticus, Chemn., V, clxx, 1645, 46;—Tr. nigerrimus, Ib. 47 ; —Tr. egyptius, Id., clxxi, 1663, 4;—Tr. viridulus, Th. 1677 ;—Tr. carneus, Ib. 1682 ;—Tr. albidus, Born., XI, 19, 20 ;—Tr. asper, Chemn., Tb., elxvi, 15825—Tr. citrinus, Knorr,, Del., 1, x, 7;-——7'r. granatum, Chemn., V, clxx, 1654—55,; Tr. crocatus, Born., XII, 11, 12;—Turbo atratus, Chemn., V, ‘clxxvi, 1754—55 ;— Turbo dentatus, Id., clxxviii, 1767, 8, &e. + Buccinum tritonis, Chemn,, IX, cxx, 1035, 1036 ;—Helix solida, Born., XIII, 18, 19. + Helix ampullacea, L., List., 130 ;—Bulimus urceus, Brug., List., 125, 26. _. § Ampulla carinata, Oliv., Voy. en Turq., pl. xxxi, f. 7, copied Blainv., Malac., xxxiv, 3. ; {| Montfort has changed the name Helicina into Pitonnilla, but it has not bee ~~ adopted, and can only be quoted as a synonyme. q The Hel siriafc, Blainv., Malac., xxxv, iv. 60 MOLLUSCA. ‘There is one species which is remarkable for a border and stony traverse, on the internal face of its operculum *. The organs of respiration in these animals are arranged as in the Cyclostomee, and like the latter they can live out of water t. Mevania, Lam, A thicket shell; the aperture, higher than it is wide, enlarges oppo- site to the spire; the columella without plice or umbilicus; length of the spire very various. The Melanie inhabit rivers, but are not found in France, the ani- mal.has long tentacula, the eyes being on their external side, and at about the third of their length}. The | Rissoa, Freminv.—AcmEaA, Hartm. Differs $6 om Melania, because the two edges of the aperture unite above§. The MELANopsis, Feéruss., Where the form is nearly that of a Melania, differs from it ina callus on the columella, and in a vestige of an emargination near the bottom of the aperture, which seems to indicate a relation with the Terebre of Brugiéres||. In the Pirena, Lam., We not only find this little sinus below, but likewise a second on ~ the opposite side. These two subgenera, as well as the Melanie, inhabit the rivers of southern Europe and of all hot countries. There are two genera, detached from the Volute, which, but that * The Hel. neritella, List., LXI, 59, copied Blainv., Malac., xxxix, 2. “+ It is from this circumstance that M. de Férassac has been ‘induced ‘to class this ‘subgenus with that of the Cyclostome in an order which he names the Pul-: monea Operculata, See the Monograph of this genus by M. Gray, Zool. Journ., Nos. 1 and 2, ; t Mélanie thiare (Melania amarula, Lam.), Chemn., Tab,, 134, f. 1218 and 1219; from the Isle of France and Madagascar. Add, Mel. truncata, Lam., Encyclop., pl. 458, f. 3, a—b ;—WMel. coarctala, Id., Encyclop., pl. 458, f. 5, a—b., and a great many fossil species, among which are, Mel. semi-placata, Defr. scnsgines, Cuvieri, Desh., Coq. Poss., des environs ds’ Paris, tome II, pl. xii, f. 1, 2 ;—Mel. constellata, Lam. § M. de Fréminville describes seven species in the Nouv. Bullet. dew Se. Nat. de la Soc. Phil., 1814, p. 7, and M. Audouin, three, in the Deser. de ’Eg.; Riss, Freminvillii, Coq., pl. iil, f. 20 ;—Riss. Desmarestii, Tb., 21 5s. Orhan . Ibip fi 222 fr Melan. buccinoidea, Féruss., Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, torad 1, ph. . vii, f. 1—11, &e. See Sowerby, No. XXII. q Pir

at a -, ar eee, o> Py * Coriocolle noire, Blainy. Malac., XLII, f. 1. This animal is not deprived of a. shell, as:the author of the genus imagined, but it is thin and flexible. + Besides the species in the British Museum (Cr. Leachii, Blainv. Malae., XLII, 3), we have one (Cr. corolinwa, Cuv.) sent from Carolina by L. L’Herminier. ~ t They are the Par.:cevhalophora Divica Siphonobranchiata of Blainville. § M, de Blainville unites the Coni, Cypree, Ovule, Terebella, and the Voluta, in a i which he calls ANGYosTOMA, . . = i here the genera with a straight aperture, we must not be understood as a ng to approximate them to the preceding family, but only to present them ~ first, as possessing the most striking characters of all those which are furnished with a siphon. VOL. ITI. ey he, AR TOL LA Be RO er 66 . MOLLUSCA, thinness of the animal is proportioned to the narrowness of the aperture through which it issues; its tentacula and proboscis are highly protractile; the eyes are placed on the outer side of the former, and near the point; the operculum situated obliquely on the hind-part of the foot, is too narrow and short to close the whole of the aperture. The shells of this genus, being usually ornamented with the most beautiful colours, are very common in cabinets. The seas of Europe produce very few *. ‘They are distinguished by the flatness or slight projection of the spire; by the whorls being tuberculated or not; by its being more salient and even pointed, and furnished, or not; with turbercles. There are some in which the spire is sufficiently salient to give them a cylindrical appearance, in which case it may be either smooth or tuberculated f. The appellation of crowned spire is applied to that which is studded with tubercles, Cyprama, Lin. The spire projecting but little, and the aperture narrow and extending from one extremity to the other; but the shell, which is protuberant ‘in the middle, and almost equally narrowed at both ends, forms an oval, and the aperture in the adult animal is transversely wrinkled on each side. The mantle is sufficiently ample to fold over and envelope the shell, which at a certain age it covers with a layer of another colour, so that this difference, added to the form acquired by the aperture, may easily cause the adult to be taken for another species. The animal has moderate tentacula, with the eyes at their external base, and a thin foot without an operculum. The colours of these shells, also, are extremely beautiful ; they a are extremely common in cabinets, though with’ very few exceptions they all inhabit the seas of tropical countries t. In the Ovuta, Brug. The shell is oval, and the aperture narrow and long, as in Cyprea, but without plice on the side next to the columella; the spire is con- cealed, and the two ends of the aperture equally “emarginated, or equally prolonged in a canal. Linnzus confounded them with the Bulle, from which Brugiéres has very properly separated them. The * For the species of this beautiful genus see the article and the plates of Brugiéres in the Encycl. Method., where they are .extremely well described and figured, and the enumeration still more complete than in the Ann. du Mus. XV, by M. de Lamarck. "hee + Species with a crowned spire: Con, cedonulli, L., a shell much sought for, and of which there are many varieties, Encycl. Method., pl. 316, f. 1; Con, marmoreus, L., Enc., pl. 317, f. 5;—Con. arenatus, Brug., Encycl., pl. 320, f. 6, &e. Species with a simple spire: Con. litteratus, L., Encyel., pl. 326, f..13—Con. tessellatus, Brug. Enc.. pl. 326, f. 7 ;—Con, virgo, Brug. Enc. pl..325, f. 5, &e. -t For the species see the genus Cyprea, Gmel., and the figures collected by Bru- gieres for the Encyclop., the Gen. of shellsby Sowerby, No. XVII, and particularly a Monograph by M. Gray, published in the Zool, Journal, Nos. 2, 3, and 4, GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 67 animal has a broad foot, an extended mantle which partly folds over the shell, a moderate and obtuse snout, and two long tentacula, on which, at about the third of their length, are the eyes, Montfort particularly designates, by the term Ovu.a, those in which the external margin is transversely sulcated *. Those in which the two extremities of the aperture are prolonged into a canal, and in which the external margin is not sulcated, he calls Navettes Vorivet. When this external margin is not suleated, nor the extremities of the aperture prolonged, he styles them CaLpurnz}. Teresettum, Lam, An oblong shell, with a narrow aperture, without plicz or wrinkles, and increasing regularly in width to the end opposite the spire, which is more or less salient, according to the species§. ‘I'he animal is not known. The Vowuta, Lin, Varies as to the form of the shell and that of the aperture, but is nised by the emargination without a canal which terminates it, and by the salient and oblique plice of the columella. From this genus Brugiéres first separated the - Ouiva, Brug. So named from the oblong and elliptical shape of the shell, the aperture of which is narrow, long and emarginated opposite to the spire, which is short; the plice of the columella are numerous, and resemble strize ; the whorls are sulciform. These shells are quite as beautiful as the Cypreez|j. ! The animal has a large foot, the anterior part of which (before the head) is separated by an incision on each side; its tentacula are slender, and the eyes are on their side about the middle of their length. The proboscis, siphon and penis are tolerably long; but it has no operculum. MM. Quoy and Gaymard have observed an appendage on its posterior portion, which enters the sulcus of the whorls. The remainder of the genus Voluta was afterwards divided inte five, by M. de Lamarck]. The Vorvania, Lam., Closely resembles the Oliva in its oblong or cylindrical form; but * Bulla ovum, L., List., 711, 65, Encyclop., 358, 1, - + Bulia volva, L., List., 711, 63, Encycl., 357, 3; B. birostris, Encycl. 357, 1 ; Sowerb., Ib. + Bulla verrucosa, L., List., 712, 67, Encyc., 357, 5. from which we do not sepa- rate the Uttim®, Montf.: or Bulla gibbosa, L., List., 711, 64, Encye. 357, 4. § Terebellum subulatum, Lam., Bulla terebellum, L. List., 736, f. 30, Encye., 360, 13;—Tereb. convolutum, Lam., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. VI. || Oliv. subulata, Lam., Encyc., pl. 368, f. 6, a, b;—Vol. hiatula, L. ;—Vol. por- phyria, Vol. oliva, and, in general, all the cylindrical Volute of Gmel., p. 3438, et seq. { Exclusive of the Zornatelle and Pyramidelle already mentioned. . r2 68 MOLLUSCA. the aperture is narrow, and its anterior edge ascends to the top of the spire, which is excessively short. There is one plicae, or several, at the foot of the columella. The lustre and whiteness of this shell are such, that on some coasts it is used for making necklaces*. -A small fossil species is found in the vicinity of Paris}. In the true Volute or the Votvuta, Lam. The aperture is ample, and the columella marked with large plice, the one furthest from the spire being the largest. The degree of projection in the spire varies greatly. In some of them, Crmprum, Montf.; Cympa, Sowerb., the last whorl is ventricose; the animal has a large, thick and fleshy foot, and a veil on the head, from the sides of which issue the tentacula. The eyes are on this same veil outside of the tentacula, The proboscis is tolerably long, and there is an appendage on each side of the base of the siphon. They attain a large size, and many of them are extremely beautiful f. In others, Vo.tuta, Montf., the last whorl is conical, becoming narrower at the extremity opposite to the spire§. The foot of the animal is not so large as that of the preceding ones; their shells are frequently remarkable for the beauty se their colours or their ar- rangement. MarGineuua, Lam. Form of the shell, similar to that of a true Voluta; but the external margin of the aperture is tumid ; the emargination is but slightly marked. The foot of the animal, according to Adanson, is very large, and has no operculum. By turning up the lobes of its mantle it partly covers the shell. ‘The eyes are on the external side rf the base of its tentacula||. M. de Lamarck also distinguishes the CoLompriia, in which: the plicee are numerous, and the varix of the external margin is inflated in the middle]. It appears that the operculum is wanting. * Volv. monilis, L.; Volv. triticea, Lam., &c. + Folvaria bulloides, Lam., Encye. Method. ., pl. 384, f.4. t Volv, ethiopica, List., 797, 4;—V. cymbium, 796, 3, 800, 7 ;—-V. olla, 794,13 V. Neptuni, 802, 8:—V. navicula, 795, 2;-—V. piapilldris; Seb., Ili, ixiv, 9 ;— V. indica, Martini, III, lxxii, 772, 773 ; genus MELO, Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. XXVIII ;—cymbiola, Chemn., X, exlviii; 1385, 1386 ;—V. preputium, List., 798, 1 ;—V. spectibilis, Davila, I, viii, 8. $ Voluta musica, List., 805, 14, 806, 15 ;—V. sdciphhdd 799, 6 ;-—V. vespertilio, 807, 16, 808, 17 ;—V. hesbren: 809, 18 ;-—V. vevillum, Martini, Il, xx, 1098;— V. flavicans, Tb., xev, 922, 923 ;—V. wndélate Lam., Ann. du Mus., &c,.. For the other species consult the Memoir of M. Broderip, Zool. Journ., April 1825. || Voluta glabella, Adans., IV, genus, X, 1 ;—Voluta faba, Ib.; 2;—Vel. pruaum, Ib., 3 ;—Vol. ah ae Ib., 4, and all pl. xiii, vol. II, of Martini 3— Vol. marginata, Born., IX, 5, 6 q Voluta mervaloria; List., 824, 43 ;—-Vol. rustica, List., 824, 44. ;—Vol. mendi- caria, and nearly all plate xitv of Martini, vol. IT ;—Col. ‘strombifor mis ;—~Vol, labi- osa ;-—~Vol. punciata, &e., Sowerb., Gen, of Shells, No. IX... Pf —— Brae gy s - ee ey GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 69 Mirra, Lam. The aperture oblong, with a few large plice on the columella, the one nearest the spire being the largest; the spire usually pointed and elongated. Several species are brilliantly spotted with red on a white ground*, The foot of the animal is small; the tentacula are of a moderate length, with the eyes on the side, near their inferior third; the siphon also is of a moderate length, but it frequently pro- trudes a proboscis longer than its shell. CanceLiaria, Lam. The last whorl ventricose ; aperture ample and round, the internal margin forming a plate on the columella. The spire is salient and pee and the surface of the shell marked with decussating sulcif. 1e : ee, Buccinum, Lin. { Comprises all the shells furnished with an emargination or a short otto inflected to the left, and in which the columella is destitute of Brugiéies has divided them into the four genera of Buccinum, Purpura, Cassis, and Terebra, part of which have been again subdi- vided by Messrs de Lamarck and Montfort. The ; Buceinum, Brug. Includes the emarginated shells without any canal, whose general form, as well as that of the aperture, is oval. The animals—all such as are known, are deprived of the veil on the head, but are furnished with a proboscis, two separated tentacula, on the external side of which are the eyes, and a horny operculum. ‘Fheir siphon extends out of the shell. | ’ The name of Buccinum is especially applied by M. de Lamarck to those in which the columella is convex and naked, and the margin without plice or varix. Their foot is moderate, their proboscis long and thick, and their penis, frequently, excessively large§. In the * Such are Vol. episcopalis, List., 839, 66;—Vol. papalis, Ib. 67; and 840, 68; —Vol. cardinalis, 838, 65. Add, Vol. patriarchalis ;—Vol. perlussa, 822, 40 ;—Vol. vulpecula, Martini, IV, exlviii, 1366 ;—Vel. plicaria, List., 820, 37 ;—Vol. sangui- suga, List., 821, 8;—Vol. caffra, Martini, IV, cxlviii, 1369, 1370 ;—Vol. acus, Id., clvii, 1493, 14943—Vol. scabricula, Id., cxlix, 1388, 1389 ;—Vol. maculosa, Ib., 1377 ;—Vol. nodulosa, Ib., 1385 ;—Vol. spadicea, Id., cl, 1392 ;+—-V. aurantia, Ib., 1293, 1394 ;—V. decussata, 1395 ;—V. tunieula, 1376. oprah + Foluta cancellata, L., Adans., VIII, 16;—Vol. reticulata, 830, 25, &c.—Sow- erb., Gen. of Shells, No. V. : t M. de Blainville makes a family of his Paracephalophora Dioica Siphonobranchiata of this great genus, which he calls the ENoTOMOSTOMA. § Buccinum undulatum, L., List., 662, 14 ;—Bucc. glaciale, L. ;—B. anglicum, List., 963, 17 ;—B. porcetum, Martini, LV. exxvi, 1213, 1214 ;—B. levissimum, Id., éxxvii, 1215; 1216 ;—B. igneum, Ib., 1217 ;—B. carinatum, Phips. Voy., XII, 2 ;— B. solutum, Naturf., XVI, ii, 3, 4 ;—B. strigosum, Gm., No. 108, Bonan., III, 38 ;— By glaberrimum, Martini, 1V, cxxv, 1177, 1182 ;—B, strigosum, Ib, 1183, 1183 ;— B. obtusum, Ib., 1193 ;—-B. coronalum, CXXI, 1115, 1116. 70 MOLLUSCA. Nassa, Lam. The side of the columella is covered by a more or less broad and thick plate, and the emargination is deep, but without a canal. The animal resembles that of a true Buccinum, and there are gradual transitions among the shells, from one subgenus to the other*. M. Delamarck calls Esvurna, Lam., Those, which to a smooth shell without a plicated margin, add a’ widely and deeply umbricated columella. The general form of their shell is closely allied to that of the Olive. Their animal is unknown t. Awnciuiaria, Lam. The same smooth shell, and at the lower part of the columella a marked lip; there is no umbilicus, neither is the spire sulcated. The animal of several species resembles that of the Olivze, the foot being still more developed}. The same naturalist calls Doxium, Lam. Those in which projecting ribs, that follow the direetion of the whorls, render the margin undulated; the inferior whorl is ample and ventricose. Montfort subdivides them into Doutum, properly so called, where the lower part of the columella is twisted§, and into Perpix, where it is trenchant.|| | Their animal has a very large foot, widened before; a proboscis longer than its shell, and slender tentacula, on the external side of which, and near the base, are the eyes; the head has no veil, nor has the foot an operculum. Harpa, Lam. The Harpe are easily recognized by the projecting, transverse ribs on the whorls; the last of which forms a lip on the margin. The shell is beautiful, and the animal has a very large foot, pointed behind, * Buccinum arcularia, List., 970, 24, 25 ;--B. pullus, List., 971, 26 ;—B, gib- bosulum, List., 972, 27, and 973, 28 ;—B. tessellatum, List., 975, 30 ;—B. fossile, Martini, III, xciv, 912, 914 ;—B. marginatum, Id. exx, 1101, 1102 ;—B. reticula- tum, List., 966. 21 :—B. vulgatum, Martini, IV, exxiv, 162, 166 ;—B., stolatum, Ib., 1167, 1169 ;—B. glans, List., 981, 40;—B. papillosum, List., 969, 23 ;—B. nitidulum, Martini, 1V, exxv, 1194, 1195. + Buccinum glabratum, List., 974, 29 ;—B. spiratum, List., 981, 41 ;—-B. zey- lanicum, Martini, IV, exxii, 1119. t Ancillaria cinnamomea, Lam., Mart., II, pl. 65, f.731 ; Voluta ampla, Gm., Mart., Ib. f. 722, and the species described by M. de Lamarck and figured in the Encyc. Method., 393. See alsothe Monograph, No. 36, p. 72, of the Ancillarie by M. W. Swainson, Journ. of the Sc. and Arts, No. 36, p. 272. § Buc. olearium, List., 985, 44, and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. 29 ;—B. galea, List., 898, 18 ;—B. dolium, List., 899, 19 ;—B. fasciatum, Brug., Mart., III, exviii, 1011 ;—B. pomum, 1d., II, xxxvi, 370, 371. || Bucc. perdix, List., 984, 43. a a ee ’ GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 71 and widened in its anterior portion, which is distinguished by two deep emarginations. The eyes are on the sides of the tentacula, and near their base. It has neither veil nor operculum*, The Purpura, Brug. ‘Ts known by its flattened columella, which is trenchant near the end opposite to the spire, and which, with the external margin, forms a canal there, sunk in the shell, but not salient. The Purpure were scattered among the Buccina and the Murices of Linneus. The ani- mal resembles that of a true Buccinumf. The genus Licorne, Montf.,—Mownocerros, Lam., consists of shells sinaitlus to the Purpure, but in which the external edge of the emar- gination is furnished with a salient spinet. Others, also resembling the Purpure, in which the columella or at least the margin is provided, in the adult, with teeth which narrow ie aie form the Sisrra, Montf., or the Ricrnuta, Lam.§ Concnouepas, Lam. The general characters of the Purpure, but the aperture is so enormous, and the spire so small, that the shell has almost the appear- ance of a Capulus, or one of the valves of the Arca; a small salient tooth is visible on each side of the emargination. The animal re- sembles that of a true Buccinum, with the exception of its foot, which is enormous in width and thickness, and that itis attached to the shell by a muscle shaped like a horse-shoe, as in the Capuli;, it has.a thin, narrow, and horny operculum. ~_ But a single species is known, the Buccinwm concholepas, _ Brug.; Argenv., pl. ii, f F, D; and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. VI. From the coast of Peru. Casis, Brug. The shell. oval; aperture oblong or narrow ; the columella covered with a plate as in Nassa, and that plate transversely plicated, as well as the external margin; the emargination terminating in a short canal, that is reflected and pushed back, as it were, to the left: varices are frequently observed on it. The animal resembles that of a trie Buccinum, but.its horny operculum is denticulated, in sed to’ pass t between ‘the plice of the external margin. stern 4h FOP oo! : &* Buccinum herpa, ie andthe other. species long confounded with it—List., 992, 993, 994; Mart., III, exix: Buec. costatum, Ib. Messrs. Reynaud, Quoy and have observed, that, under certain circumstances, the posterior part of the foot is spontdtieously detached. ‘} Buceinum persicum, List., 987, 46, 47 ;—B. patulum, Id., 989, 49 ;—B. he- mastoma, Id., 988, 48 ;—B. trochlea, B. lapillus, Id., 965, 18, 19 ;— Sucus, Id. 990, 50 ;—Mur. histriz, Martini,, Ill, ciy 974, 975 3——Mur. mancinella., List., 956, 8, 957, 9-—10 st-iiery Admenestannan, List., 955, 996, 990, 991. ‘t) Beccinum monodon, Gm., Martin Ill, inix, 761 ;—Buce. narval, Brug, ;—B. si, Sid ‘undetreias' Id.fisi¢ § Murex ricinis, L,, Seb., ll, lx, 37; 39, 42 ;—Mur. ncriloideus, Gm., No, 43, List., 804, aallithe 3, 4 72 MOLLUSCA. In some, the lip of the margin is denticulated externally near the emargination*, In others it is entiret. ‘The , Morro, Montf.—Cassiparia, Lam. Was separated from Cassis by Montfort. The canal curves less suddenly, and the whole shell leads directly to certain Murices. The animal resembles that of a Buccinum, but its foot is more developed f. Trrasra, Brug., : The aperture, emargination and columella of a true Buccinum; but the general form is turriculated, that‘is to say, the spire is lengthened into a point§. In the Cerituium, Brug., — , Very properly separated from the Murex of Linnwus, we observe a shell with a turriculated spire; the aperture is oval, and the canal short, but well marked, and reflected to the left or backwards. The animal has a veil on its head, and is furnished with two separated tentacula, on the side of which are the eyes, and with a round, horny operculum. Many are found fossil]. M. Brongniart separates from the Ceri- thia the Poramipa, Brongn. Which, with the same form of shell, has a very short and scarcely emarginated canal, no sulcus on the upper part of the right margin, and the external lip dilated. The Potamidz inhabit rivers, or, at least, their mouths, and fossil specimens are found in strata, which contain other fresh-water or land species only. The genus * Buccinum viber, Martini, II, xxxv, 364, 365 ;—B. glaucum, Listi, 996, 60;— B, erinaceous, List., 1015, 73. +t The Buccinum of the second division of Gmelin, except the B. echinophorum, strigosum, No. 26, and tyrrhenum, which are Cassidarie. It must also be recollected, that, among the true Cassides, Gmelin appears to have several repetitions. t Buccinum caudatum, L., List., 940, 36;—B. echsriphorum, List., 1003,.68 ;— B. strigosum, Gm., No. 26, List., 1011, 71, f. ;—Buce. tyrrhenum, Bonam., ITI, 160. § The whole of the last subdivision of the Buccina, Gmelin, such as, Buceinum maculalum, L., 846, 74 ;—Bucc. erenulatum, L. List., 846, 75;—Buec. dimidiatum, L., List., $43, 71;—Bucc. subulatum, L., List., 842, 70, &ce. M. de Blainville separates from them the genus suBULA, which he founds on a difference in the animal, and moreover on the presence of an operculum. i Murer vertagus, List., 1020, 83 ;—M. aluco, List., 1025, 87;—-M. annularis, Martini, IV, clvii, 1486;—M. singulatus, Ib., 1492;—-M. Terebella, Id., clv, 1458, 9;—M, fuscatus, Gualt., 56, H;—M. granulatus, Martini, IV, clvii, 1483 ;—M. moluccanus, Ib., 1484, S. &c., with the numerous fossil species described by M. de Lamarck, Ann, du Mus. M. Deshayes has separated from the Cerithia, under the name of NEVINEA, some small species, where the margin is prolonged into the aper- ture, and divides it into three distinct orifices. ; It is also near the Cerithia that we must place several fossil shells, which form the genus NERINEA of M. Defrance, and which is distinguished by strongly marked plie en each whorl and on the columella, the centre of which, besides, is hollow _ throughout. Nine species are already ascertained. . § See Brongn,, Ann. du Mus., XV, 367. In this subgenus should be placed the Cerithium atrum, Brug., List., pl. 115, f. 10;—Cer. palustre, f. Ib., 836, f. 62 ;— C. muricatum, Ib., 121, f. 17, &c., and among the fossils, the Potamida Lamarkii, Brongn., loc, cit. pl. xxii, f, 3. ——. lt ae ee ee — GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 73 Murex, Lin.* Comprises all these shells in which thére is a salient and straight canalt. The animal of each subgenus is furnished with a proboscis, long approximated tentacula on the external side of which are the eyes, and with a horny operculum; the veil on the head is wanting ; and, the length of the siphon excepted, it otherwise resembles that of the Buccina. Brugiére divides them into genera, which have been since subdivided by Messrs. Lamarck and Montfort. The Murex, Brug. Includes all those which have a and salient straight canal, with varices across the whorlsf. Lamarck appropriates this name to those in which the varices are not contiguous on two opposite lines. | ’ If their canal be long and slender, and the varices armed with ‘spines, they become the Murez, properly so called, of Montfort§. When, with this long canal, the varices are mere knobs, they form the Brontis, Montf, || Some of them, which, with a moderate canal, have projecting tubes that penetrate into the shell between spiny varices, constitute the Typhis, Montf.{ When, instead of spines, the varices are furnished with plicated lamellae, slashed, or divided into branches, they are the Chicoracea, Montf.** Their canal is long and moderate, and their foliaceous productions vary infinitely in figure and complication. When, with a moderate or short canal, the varices are mere knots, and the base is provided with an umbilicus, they form the Aqutla, Montf. Several species inhabit the coast of France +f. If the umbilicus be wanting, they are his Lotorium ff. Finally, when the canal is short, the spire elevated, and the varices simple, they are his 7ritoniwm. Their mouth is usually plicated oy * This great genus forms the family stpnonostomA, Blainv. - t+ To which Linnzus also added several Purpure in which the canal is not salient, and all the Cerithia in which it is recurved. ‘ bt }, Vavices are knobs with which the animal borders its mouth, at each interruption in the growth of its. shell. . § Murex tribulus, List., 902, 22;—Mur. brandaris, List., 900, 20 ;—"Mur. cornu- tus, List., 901, 21;—Mur. senegalensis, Gm., and the costatus of No. 86, Adans, Se- neg. VIII, 19. Mi | Murex haustellum, List., 903, 23 ;—Mur. caudatus, Martini, Conch., ITT, f. 1046, § Murex tubifer, Roissy, Brug., Journ. d’ Hist. Nat., I, xi, 2; Montfort, 614. ** Murex ramosus, List., 946, 41, and allits varieties; Martini, III, ev, cx, cxi; —-Mur. scorpio, Martiui, cvi;—Mur, saratilis, Martini, evii, eviii, and several others hot yet well characterized. th Murex cutaceus, L., Seb,, IIT, xlix, 63, 64;—Mur. trunculus, Martini, ITI, cix, 1018, 20;—Mur, miliaris, Id., i, Vign., 36, 1—5 ;—Mur. pomum, Adans., IX, 22; —Mur. decussatus, fb., 21. : tt Mur, lotorium, L., Martini, IV, exxx, 1246—-9 ;—Mur. femorale, Id., cxi, 1039; ——Mur. triqueter, Born., XI, 1, 2. 7 74 MOLLUSCA. transversely on both margins. Very large ones inhabit the seas of Europe *. | The varices are sometimes numerous, compressed, and almost membranous, constituting the Trephona, Montf. t At other times, they are compressed, very salient, and but few in numbert. M. de Lamarck separates from all the Murices of Brugiére, the Raneta, Lam., Characterized by opposing varices, so that the shell is bordered with them on both sides. Their canal is short, and their surface studded with mere tubercles; margins of the aperture plicated§. The Apolles, Montf., are merely umbilicated Ranelle ||. The Fusus, Brug. ‘Geniptises all shells with a salient and straight canal, which are destitute of varices. When the spire projects, the columella is without plice, and the margin is entire, they are the Fusus properly so called, Lam., which Montfort again subdivides; when they have no umbilicus, they are his Fusus4. The shortest and most ventricose gradually approach the form of the Buccina**, When provided with an umbilicus they are his Lathira tt. The Struthiolarie are distinguished from the true Fusi by a bor- der which surrounds their aperture, and which covers the columella. The margin of the adult is inflated, which connects them with Murextf. When the spire is salient, the columella without plicee, and there is a small indentation or well marked emargination of the margin near the spine, they are the Plewrotoma, Lam.§§ * Mur. tritonis, L., List., 959, 12 ;—Mur. maculosus, Martini, IV, exxxii, 1257, 1258;—Mur. australis, Lam., Martini, IV, exxxvi, 1284;—-Mur. pileare, Martini, IV, exxx, 1243, 48, 49;—Mur. argus, Martini, IV, exxxi, 1255, 1256 ;—Mur. rubi- cula, Id., cxxxii, 1259, 1267. + Mur. magellanicus, Martini, IV, exxxix, 1297. { Mur. tripterus, Born., X, 18, 19;—Mur. obeliscus, Martini, Ill, exi, 1033, 1037. § N.B. They are the Mur. bufo, Montf. 574;—Mur. rana, List., 995, 285;—__ Mur. reticularis, List., 935, 30 ;—Mur. affinis, and the species or varieties of Martini, 1229, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, and 1269, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76. iadhad Miaves gyrinus, List. 939, 34. +t Mur. cochlidium, Seb. III, lii, 6;—-Mur. morio, List., 928, 22 waidinaee canali- cutatus, Martini, III, lxvii, 742, 743 ;-—Mur. candidus, Martial; IV, ‘¢aliv; 1339 5— Mur. ansatus, Id. Ib., 1340 ;—Mur. levigatus, Martini, exli, 1319, 1320 ss Mas. longissimus, Ib., 1344 ;—Mur. undatus, Ib., 1433 3—Mur. colus, L., List., 927, 10;—Mur. striatulus, Ib., 1351, 1352;—Mur. pusio, List., 914, 7 ;—Mur. verru- cosus, Ib., 1349, 1350, &c., and the numerous fossil species described by M. de La- —— t Mur. islandicus, Martini, IV, cxli, 1312,1313, &e.;—Mur. dnttonty, Tb., exxxviii, rage and List., 962, 15;—-Mur. despettus, Martini, 1295. §§ Mur, besperfilte, Id., exlii, 1323, 24. ||| Mur. stramineus, Gm., Encye. Method., 431, 1, a, b;—-Struthiolaria crenulata, Lam. "9 Mur. babilonius, L., List., 917, 11;—Mur. javanus, Martini, TV, 138, and a ae ae es le GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 75 The Clavatule, in which the emargination is wide and reaches to the spire, are also properly distinguished. - When the spire is but slightly marked, flattened or rounded, and the columella is without plicz, they are the Pyrula, Lam. Some are umbilicated*, and others nott. From these Pyrule, Montfort again separates the species with a flattened spire, internally striated near the lip, by the name of Fi- gurt. They are a sort of Pyrule with a plicated columella, the plicee being sometimes almost insensible. Among these divisions of the Fusi of Brugiéres, the Fasciolarie, Lam.§, are distinguished by some ye and well marked plicee on the columella, near the origin of the siphon||. The TuRBINELLA, Lam.., Also consists of shells with a straight canal, but without varices, dis- tinguishable by the large transverse plice on their columella, which extend the whole length of the aperture, and which closely approxi- mate them to the conical Volute; they only differ from the latter in the elongation of their aperture into a sort of canal ||; the line that separates them is not easily traced. The genus Strombus, Lin. Includes those shells with a canal that is either straight or inflected towards the right, of which the external margin of the aperture di- lates with age, but still presérves a sinus near the canal, under which passes the head of the animal, when it extends itself. In most of them the sinus is at some distance from the canal. They are subdivided by M. de Lamarck into two subgenera. The | Stromsus, Lam. In which the margin expands into a wing of more or less extent, the immense number of fossil species described by Lamarck and other conchy- ® Mur. rapa, Martini, IIL, lxviii, 750, 753 ;—Buccinum bezoar, Gm., Martini, LII, lxviii, 754, 755. : + Bulla ficus, L., List., 750, 46 ;—Murew ficus, Ib., 741. > Murev perversus, L., List., 907, 27 ;—Mur. aruanus, List., 908, 28;—Mur. ca- naliculatus, Martini, L11, lxvi, 738, 740, and Ixvii, 742, 3;—Mur. spirillus, Martini, III, exv, 1069;—Pirula canaliculata, Lam., Montf., 502, which appears to me the same as the Mur, carica, Martini, III, lxvii, 744. - § Mur, tulipa, L., List., 910, 911 ;—Mur trapezium, List., 93, 26 ;—Mur polygo- nus, List., 922, 15;—Mur. infundibulum, List., 921, 14;—Mur. striatulus, Martini, IV, exlvi, 1351, 1352;— Mur, versicolor, 1b., 1348 ;— Mur. pardalis, Id, exlix, oo ;—-Mur. costatus,, Kuorr., Petrif., C, n. 7;—Mur. lancea, Martini, IV, cxlv, || Mur. scolymus, Martini, IV, exlii, 1325;—Voluta pyrum, Martini, III, xev, 916, 9175-—-¥ oluta ceramica, List., 829, 51;—Voluta rhinoceros, Chemn, X, 150, f. 1407, - '1408;—Volula turbinellus, List., 811, 20;—Vol. capitellum, List., 810, 19;—Vol. globulus, Chemn., XI, 178, f., 1715;—Vol, turrita, Gm. 76 MOLLUSGA, but not digitated. The foot is proportionably small, and the eyes are supported by lateral pedicles of the tentacula, thicker than the ten- tacula themselves The operculum is horny, long and narrow, and placed on a thin tail*, In the Prerocera, Lam. The margin, in the adult, is divided into long and slender digita- tions, varying in number, according to the species. The animal is the same as that of the true Strombus ft. In other Strombi, the sinus of the external margin is contiguous to the canal, forming the Mostellaria, Lam. There is usually a second canal ascending the spire, formed by the ‘external margin and by a continuation of the columella. In some of them, the margin is still digitated. Their animal re- sembles that of a Murex, but has only a very small operculum f. In others, we merely observe a dentated margin. Their canal is long and straight§. | In — again, that margin is entire; they are the Htppocrenes. Montf. || ORDER VII. TUBULIBRANCHIATA. The Tubulibranchiata should be detached from the Pectini- branchiata, with which they are very closely allied, because the shell, which resembles a more or less irregularly shaped tube, only spiral at the commencement, attaches itself to various bodies; they conse- quently are deprived of copulating organs, and fecundate themselves. In the : Vermetus, Adans., We remark a tubular shell whose whorls, at an early age, still form a kind of spire, but then continue on in a tube more or less irregu- larly contorted, or bent like the tubes of a Serpula. This shell usually attachés itself by interlacing with others of the same species, or is partly enveloped by Lithophytes: the animal, having no power of * Nearly all the Strombi comprised in the second and third division of Gmelin, observing, that owing to the various degrees of development acquired by the exter- nal margin, there are several repetitions. fi + Strombus lambis, Rondel., 79 ;—Martini, III, Ixxxvi, 855 ;—Stér. chiragra, List., 870;—Str. millepeda, List., 868, 869 ;—Str. scorpius, List., 867. t Strombus pes pelecani, L., List., 865, 866. § Strombus fusus, L., List., 854, 11, 12, 916, 9. || Strombus amplus, Brander., Foss., Hant., VI, 76, or Rostellaria macroptera, _ Lam.; Str. fissurella, Lam., Encycl. Method., p. 411, 3, a, b, which is not that of Martini, IV, clviii, 1498, 1499, &c. ‘ A ad GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 77 locomotion, is deprived of a foot, properly so ealled; but the part which in ordinary Gasteropoda forms the tail, is here turned under it, and extends to beyond the head, where its extremity becomes inflated and furnished with a thin operculum; when the animal withdraws into its shell, it is this mass which closes the entrance; it is sometimes seen with various appendages, and in certain species, the operculum is spiny. The head of the animal is obtuse, and has two moderate tentacula, on the external sides of which, at the base, are the eyes. The mouth is a vertical orifice, beneath which is a filament on each side, that has all the appearance of a tentaculum, but belonging in reality to the foot. The branchiz form but a single range along the left side of the roof of the branchial cavity. The right side is occupied by the rectum and the spermatic canal, which also transmits the ova, _There is no penis, the animal fecundating itself. , i The species are numerous, but not very distinct. Linnzeus left them among the Serpule *. . The Vermilie, also left by M. de Lamarck near the Serpulz, are similar to the Vermeti f. Macaixus, Monéf., The Magili have a longitudinally carinated tube, which is at first regularly spiral, and then extends itself in a line more or less straight; although the animal is unknown, it is highly probable that it should be placed near the Vermetif. The SiriquaRiaA, Brug. Resembles Vermetus in the head, the position of the operculum, and in the tubular and irregular shell; but there is a fissure on the whole length of this shell which follows its contour, and which corresponds to a similar cleft in that part of the mantle which covers the branchial cavity. Along the whole side of this cleft is a branchial comb, com- posed of numerous, loose and tabular-like lamelle. Linnzus left them with the Serpule, and till very lately they were considered as belonging to the class of the Annelides§. . ‘ «® 7irhiiteer "® Serpula lumbricalis, L., Adans., Senegal, XI, 1, and several new species. | > Serpula triquetra, Gm., Born., Mus., pl. xviii, t.-14. 3 Magilus antiquus, Montf. Il, pl. 43, and Guettard, Mém., IIT, pl. Lxxi, f. 6. § Serpula anguina, L.;—Serpula muricata, Born., Mus., XVIII, 16. N.B. M. de Lamarck considered the Siliquaria and the Vermilie as neighbours of the Serpule. M.de Blainville has approximated them to the Vermeti; M. Au- douin has lately observed and described the animal, and to him do we owe what is stated above. 78 MOLLUSCA, ORDER VIII. SCUTIBRANCHIATA*. The Scutibranchiata comprise a certain number of Gasteropoda,simi- lar to the Pectinibranchiata, in the form and position of the branchie, as well as in the general form of the body, but in which the sexes are united, in such a way, however, as to allow them to fecundate them- selves. heir shells are very open, without an operculum, and most of them without the slightest turbination, so that they cover these animals, and particularly their branchie, in the manner of a shield. The heart is traversed by the rectum, and'receives the blood from two auricles, as is the case in the greater number of bivalves. The Hatyotis, Lin.+ Is the only genus of this order in which the shell is turbinated ; ‘it is distinguished from that kind of shell by the excessive amplitude of the aperture, and the flatness and smallness of the spire, which is seen from within. This form has caused it to be compared to the ear of a quadruped. In the. : Hatyortis, Lam., Or the true Halyotes, the shell is perforated along the side of the columella by a series of holes; when the last hole is not terminated, it gives to that part the look of an emargination. The animal is one of the most highly ornamented of all the Gasteropoda. A double mem- brane, cut into leaves and furnished with a double range of filaments, extends, at least in the most common species, round the foot and on to the mouth; outside its long tentacula, are two cylindrical pedicles which support the eyes. ‘The mantle is deeply cleft on the right side, and the water, which passes through the shell, penetrates through it into the branchial cavity; along its edges we observe three or four filaments which the animal can protrude through these holes. The mouth is a short proboscis ft. The Padoll@, Montf., have an almost circular shell, in which the holes are nearly obliterated, and there is a deep sulcus that follows the middle of the whorls, and is marked externally by a salient ridge ; Padole briqueté, Montf., II, p. 114. * M. de Blainville unites this order and the following one (the Chitones ex- cepted) in his sub-class of the Paracephalophora Hermaphrodita. + The Paracephaloph. Hermaph. Otid., Blainv. t All the Halyotides, Gm., except the imperforata and the perversa. This genus, although it has been denied, most certainly has its counterpart among the fossils. M. Marcel de Serres has described a species found in the cal- eareous strata of Montpellier (Hal. Philberti), Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome XII, pl. xly, f. A. eee Te ae a eee, ee er, = a a ee GASTEROPODA SCUTIBRANCHIATA. - 99 Srromatis, Lam. The shell more hollow, the spire more salient, and the holes want- ing ; otherwise resembling that of the Halyotides, which it thus con- nects with certain species of Turbo. The animal is much less orna- mented than that of the Halyotides*. In the following genera, which are separated from the Patellz, the shell is perfectly symmetrical, as well as the position of the heart and _branchie +, In the. Fissureiya, Lam., We perceive a broad fleshy disk under the belly, as in the Patella, a conical shell placed on the middle of the back, but not always completely covering it, and perforated at its summit by a small ori- fice, which affords at once an issue to the feces and a passage to the water, required for respiration ; this orifice penetrates into the cavity of the branchie, situated on the fore part of the back, and in the bottom of which terminates the anus; a cavity otherwise widely opened above the head. A branchial comb is symmetrically arranged on each side; the eyes are on the external base of the conical tenta- cula, and the sides of the foot are furnished with a range of fila- ments f. EMARGINULA, Lam. The structure of the Emarginule is similar to that of a Fissurella, except that instead of the hole in the summit, there is a small cleft or emargination in the anterior margin of their mantle and shell, which also penetrates to the branchial cavity ; the margin of the mantle envelopes and covers a great part of that of the shell; the eyes are placed on a tubercle of the external base of the conical tentacula, and the margin of the foot is furnishes with a range of filaments §. Parmopnuorus, Lam. A great portion of the shell curved by the reflected margin of the mantle, as in the Emarginyle ; the shell itself oblong, slightly conical, and without hole or emargination ; the branchiz and other organs, as in the preceding genera |}. ’ * Halyotis imperforata, Gm., Chemn., X, clxvi, 1600, 1601. t+ They are the PARACEPHALORA C&RVICO-BRANCHLZ BRANCHIFERA, Blainy. ¢ All the Patelle of the fifth division of Gmelin, except Pat. fissura; among others, Pat. greca, List., 527, 1, 2;—P. nimbosa, List., 528,4. We havea species in which the shell, at least six times the size of the mantle, simply surrounds the hole of the summit like a ring,—Fissurella annulata, Cuv. § Patella fissura, L., List., 543, 28, &e. The PALMARIA, Montf., must be allied to this genus. | Patella ambigua, Chemn., CXCII, 1918. N.B. Fissurelle, Emarginule, and Parmaphori are also found fossil. 80 MOLLUSGCA. ORDER IX. CYCLOBRANCHIATA *. The branchiz of the Cyclobranchiata resemble small lamelle, or little pyramids forming a cordon more or less complete under the borders of the mantle, very nearly as in the Inferobranchiata, from . which they are distinguished by the nature of their hermaphroditism ; for, like the preceding genus, they have no copulating organ, but fe- cundate themselves. Their heart does not embrace the rectum, but varies as to situation. But two genera of this order are known, in both of which the shell never approaches in the least to the turbi- nated form. Patetita, Lin, The entire body covered with a shell, formed of a single piece, in the form of a broad-based cone; a cordon of little branchial lamelle under the margin of the mantle; the anus and genital orifices some- what to the right and above the head, which is furnished with a thick and short snout, and two pointed tentacula, on the external base of which are the eyes; the mouth is fleshy, and containing a spiny tongue, which inclines backwards, and is reflected deeply in the in- terior of the body. ‘The stomach is membranous, and the intestine long, thin, and greatly flexed; the heart is forwards, above the neck, and a little to the left f. Some species abound on the coast of France. Cuiton, Lin. A range of testaceous and symmetrical scales along the back of the mantle, but not occupying its whole breadth; edges of the mantle - * M. de Blainville, who calls the order in which he places Doris CycLOBRAN- CHIATA, makes an order of the Patella, and of the three preceding genera, which he names CERVICOBRANCHIATA, which he divides into the Retifera and the Branchi- Jera. The Retifera are the Patelle, because he supposes that they respire through the medium of a network in the cavity which is over their head. I have vainly sought for it, however, nor could I discover there any other organ of respiration than the cordon of lamelle which extends round the under part of the margin of the mantle. See Anat. of the Patel'a in my Mém. on the Mollusca. + I separate from the PAtrLLa and arrange among the TROCHOIDA, all the animals comprised in the genera, CREPIDULA, NAVICELLA, CALYPTR&A of M. de Lamarck, to which I add the Caputtr; and his genera FissuRELLA, EMARGINULA, and PARMOPHORA, or Patella ambigua, Chemn., XI, 197, 1918, I place among the ScUTIBRANCHIATA. The UMBRELLA, Scutus, Montf.,—Patella umbrella, Martini II, vi, 18, is one of the TeECTIBRANCHIATA. The Pat. anomala, Miil., belongs to. the BRACHIOPODA and is my genus OrBICULUS. The other’species quoted by Gm. remain in the genus Patella. | GASTEROPODA CYCLOBRANCHIATA. 81 coriaceous, and furnished either with a naked skin or little scales, which give it the appearance of shagreen, or with spines, hairs, or setaceous fasciculi. Under these edges, on each side, is a range of lamellar, “Sonera branchie; and before, a membranous veil on the mouth supplies the warit of tentacula. The anus is under the posterior extremity. The heart is situated behind, on the rectum, the stomach is. membranous, and the intestine very long and greatly contorted. The ovary is situated over the other viscera, and appears to open on the sides by two oviducts. A few small species are found on the coast of France; very large ones abound in the seas of hot climates *. — nr CLASS IV. ACEPHALA. The Acephala have no apparent head; but a mere mouth concealed in the bottom, or between the folds of their mantle. The latter is almost always doubled in two, and encloses the body as a book is clasped by its cover; but it frequently happens, that, in consequence of the two lobes uniting before, it forms a tube; sometimes it is closed at one end, and then it represents a sac. This mantle is generally provided with a calcareous bivalve, and sometimes multivalve shell, and in two genera only is it reduced to a cartilaginous, or even mem- branous nature. The brain is over thé mouth, where we also find one or two other ganglia. The branchiz usually consist of large lamellz covered with vascular meshes, under or between which passes the water; they are more simple, however, in the genera without a shell. From these branchiz the blood proceeds to a heart, generally unique, which distributes it throughout the system, returning to the pulmo- nary artery without the aid of another ventricle. __ The mouth is always edentated, and can only receive the molecules brought to it by the water: it leads to a first stomach, to which there is sometimes added a second; the length of the intestines is extremely various. .The bile is thrown by several pores into the stomach, which is surrounded by the mass of the liver. All these animals fecundate themselves, and in several species, the young ones, which are innumerable, pass some time in the thickness * The Carronetii of Lamarck, and all the species of Carron of authors, should be left in this genus, of which M. de Blainville has thought proper to make a separate class, called PoLYPLAXIPHORA, supposing that it leads to the Articulated VOL. I, G 82 MOLLUSCA., of the branchiz previously to being brought to light *. All the Ace- phala are aquatic t. : ORDER TI. ACEPHALA. TESTACEA. Testaceous Acephala, or Acephala with four branchial leaflets t, are beyond all comparison the most numerous. , All the bivalves, and some genera of the multivalves belong to this order. Their body, which contains the liver and viscera, is placed between the two lami- ne of the mantle; forwards, and still between these laminz are the four branchial leaflets, transversely and regularly striated by the ves- sels: the mouth is at one extremity, the anus at the other, and the heart towards the back; the feot, when it exists, is inserted between the four branchie. On the sides of the mouth are four triangular leaflets, which are the extremities of the two lips, and serve as tenta- cula. The foot is a mere fleshy mass, the motions of which are effected by a mechanism analogous to that which acts on the tongue of the Mammalia. Its muscles are attached to the bottom of the valves of the shell. Other muscles, which sometimes form one mass and sometimes two, cross transversely from one valve to the other to keep them closed, but when the animal relaxes these muscles, an elastic ligament placed behind the hinge opens the valves by its contraction. A considerable number of bivalves are provided with what is termed a byssus, or a fasciculus of threads more or less loosely connected, which issues from the base of the foot, and by which the animal ad- heres to various bodies. It uses its foot tu direct the threads ‘and to agglutinate their extremities; it even reproduces them when cut, but the nature of the production is not thoroughly ascertained. Reaumur considered these threads as a secretion, spun and drawn from the sulcus of the foot; Poli thinks they are mere prolongations of tendi- nous fibres. * Some naturalists are of the opinion that the very minute bivalves, which in cer- tain seasons fill the external branchie of the Anodontes and Mytilus, are not the progeny of those Mollusca, but a different and parasitic species. See, on this subject, the Dissertation of M. Jacobsen. The difficulty seems to be removed by the observations of Sir Ev. Home. + M. de Lamarck at first changed my name of Acephala into that of Acephalata. M. de Blainville forms a class, which he calls ACEPHALOPHORA, from my Acephala and my Brachiopoda. t+ M. de Lamarck, in his last work, has made his class of the ConcHirEeRA from my Y Testaceous Acephata ; and M. de Blainville has converted the same into his order of the ACEPHALOPHORA LAMELLIBRANCHIATA : but it is always the same thing. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 83 The shell essentially consists of two pieces, called valves, to which in certain genera are added others, connected by a hinge that is sometimes simple and sometimes composed of a greater or smaller number of teeth and plates, which are received into corresponding cavities. There is usually a projecting part near the hinge called the swm- mit or nates. Most of these shells fit closely when the animal approximates them, but there are several which exhibit gaping portions either before or at the extremities. - FAMILY I. OSTRACEA. The mantle is open, without tubes or any particular aperture. _ The foot is either wanting in these Mollusca or is small; they are mostly fixed by the shell or byssus to rocks and other submerged bo- dies. Those which are free, seldom move except by acting on the water by suddenly: closing their valves. Tn the first subdivision there is nothing but a muscular mass reach- ing from one valve to the be tic as seen by the single impression left upon the shell. It is thought proper to class with them certain fossil shells, the valves of which do not even appear to have been held together by a ligament, but which covered each other like a vase and its cover, and were con- nected by muscles only. They form the genus ° Acanpa, Brug.—Osrracita, La Peyr., Of which M. de Lamarck makes a family that he names Rupisra. The shells are thick, and of a solid or porous tissue. They are now divided into the Rapioutes, Lam., In whieh the valves are striated from the centre to the circumfe- rence. The one is flat, the other thick, nearly conical and fixed*. * The species of Brugiére, 173, f. 1, 23, which forms the genus AcarpaA, Lam., appears to be nothing more than a double epiphysis of the vertebra of some ceta- ceous animal. The Discina, Lam., are Qrbicals ; it is also thought that his Cranie should be approximated to _ The Jopamirs of M. de France or Brrosrrires, Lam., are mere moulds of SpHaruuires or at least of the bodies always found in their interior, although they do not adapt themselves to their form. See M, Charles Desmoulins on the Spherulites. Gc 2 84 MOLLUSCA. SpuHarvuuitres Lameth.., Where the valves are roughened by irregularly raised plates. It is also thought we may add the CALCEOLA, One valve of which is conical but free, and the other flat and even, somewhat concave, so that they remind us of a shoe; and even the Hirpurires, Where one valve is conical or cylindrical with two obtuse, longi- tudinal ridges on the inside; the base even appears to be divided into several cells by transverse septa*; the other valve fits like a cover. The BatouitHEs, Montf. 334, Are cylindrical and straight Hippurites; they are frequently found greatly elongated. There is much incertitude, however, with respect to all these bodies +. i As to the well known living testaceous Acephala, Linnzus had united in the genus | OstreA, Lin., All those which have but a small ligament at the hinge, inserted into a little depression on each side, and without teeth or projecting plates. OstreA, Brug. The true Oysters have the ligament as just described, and irregu- lar inequivalve and lamellated shells. They adhere to rocks, piles, and even to each other, by their most convex valve. The animal—P xoris, Poli,—is one of the most simple of all the bivalves, possessing nothing remarkable but a double fringe round the mantle, the lobes of which are only united above the head, near the hinge; but there is no vestige of a foot. O. edulis, LL. The common oyster is well known to every one. Its fecundity is as astonishing as its flavour is delicious. Among the neighbouring species we may observe, . O. cristata, Poli, Il, xx, or the little Mediterranean. oyster. Among the foreign species we have, O. parasitica, L.; Chemn., VIII, Ixxiv, 681. Round and flat ; it adheres to the roots of such mangroves and other trees of the torrid zone, as the salt-water can reach. * See Deshayes, Ann. des Sc. Nat., June, 1825; and Ch. Desmoulins, loc. cit. Several Hippurites have been described by La Peyrouse under the improper name of Crthoceratiles. The Cornucopia of Thompson, Journ de Phys, an X, pl. ii, is also one of them. + The observations of M. Deshayes and Audouin even lead us to believe that, in a part of these shells, there were two muscular impressions. ee ee ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 85 O. foliwm, L.; Ib., xxi, 662, 666. Oval; the margin plicated in zig-zag; it attaches itself by the indentations in the back of its convex valve to the branches of the Gorgoniz and other Lithophytes *. M, de Lamarck separates by the name of- Gryeuea, Lam., . Certain oysters, mostly fossil, of the ancient calcareous and schist- ous strata,in which the summit of the most convex valve greatly projects and curves more or less into a hook, or is partially spiral; the other valve is frequently concave. The greater number of these shells appear to have been free ; some of them, however, seem to have adhered to other bodies by their hook f. G.tricarinata. The only living species known. | _Pecren, Bruq., : - The Pectens, very properly separated from the Oysters by Bru- giére, although they have the same kind of hinge, are easily distin- guished by their inequivalve semi-circular shell, almost always regu- larly marked with ribs, which radiate from the summit of each valve to the edge, and furnished with two angular productions called ears, which widen the sides of the hinge. The animal,—Arevs, Poli, has but a small oval foot{ placed on a cylindrical pedicle be- fore a sac-like abdomen that hangs between the branchie. Some species, known by a deep emargination under their anterior ear, are furnished with a byssus. The others cannot adhere, and even swim with se gin by suddenly closing their valves. The mantle is sur- rounded with two ranges of filaments, several of the external ones being terminated by a little greenish globule. The mouth has nu- merous branched tentacula in place of the four, usual, labial leaflets, The shell is frequently tinged with the most lively colours. The great species of the French coast,, Ostrea maxima, L., has convex valves, one whitish, the other reddish, with fourteen ribs each, that are broad and longitudinally striated. The animal is eaten. We may also remark the Sole of the Indian Ocean, Ostrea so- lea, Chemn., VII, lxi, 595, with extremely thin and almost equal * The various species of Oysters, on account of their irregularity, are not easily distinguished: to this genus are referred the Ost. orbicularis ;—0O. fornicata ;— O. sinensis ;—O. Forskahlii;—O. rostrata ;—0O. virginica ;—O. cornucopia ;—0O. senega- lensis ;—O. stellata ;—-O, ovalis ;—O.papyracea, and the Mytilus crista-galli ;—M. ee ee Gmel., and those figured by Brugiére in the Encyc. Method., pl. 179, 188. , ot apters certain, however, that several of these pretended species are mere varieties. The Ost. semi-aurita, Gualt., 84, H, is a young Avicula hirundo. e + See Brug., Encyc. Method., pl. 189. } Improperly styled by Poli the abdominal trachea. 86 MOLLUSCA. ssihwiie one brown, the other white, and internal riba; fine as hairs, approximated two by two*, Lima, Brug. The Lime differ from the Pectens in the superior length of their shell in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, the ears of which are shorter, and the sides less unequal, thus forming an oblique oval. The ribs of most of them are relieved with scales. The valves can- not join during the life of the animal, whose mantle is furnished with numberless filaments of different lengths without tubercles, and more internally, with a large border which closes the opening of the shell, and even forms a veil in front. The foot is small and the bys- sus trifling. The Lime swim with rapidity by means of their valves. One species, the Ostrea lima, L.; Chemn., VII, Ixviii, 651, of a fine white, inhabits the Mediterranean. It is eaten +. Prpvm, Brug. The oblong and oblique shell with small ears, of the Lime; but the valves are unequal, and the one only that is most convex has a ‘deep emargination for the byssus. ‘The animal is similar to that of a Lima, but its mantle is only furnished with a single rape: of small, slender tentacula, Its byssus is larger. But a single species ” is” + known ; it inhabits the Indian Ocean f. | Certain fossils may be placed here which have the hinge, ligament, and central muscle of the Ostrez, Pectines, and Lime, but are distinguished by some of the details of the shell. Hinnita, Defr. The Hinnitz appear to be Ostrez or Lime with small ears, and ad- hering, irregular and very thick shells, the convex valve in particular. A depression is observed on the hinge for the ligament §. * Add the ninety-one species of. Ostrea, Gmel.; we must remember, however, that some of them are far from established on a solid foundation. For the fossil species, consult Sowerby (Mineral Conchology), and Brongniart, App. Cuv., Oss. Foss. tome II, Env. de Paris. + Add, Ostrea glacialis, Chemn., VII, lxviii, 652, 653;—Ostr. excavata, Ib., 654 ;—Ostr. fragilis, Ib., 650 ;—Ostr. hians, Gault., LXXXVIII, FF, G. For the fossil species, see Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., VIII, p. 461; Brocchi, Conch. Foss., and Sowerb., Min. Conch. t Ostrea spondylotdea, Gm., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxii, 669, 670. § Some living species have very lately been referred to the genus Hinnira, Defr. M. Gray,—Ann. of Phil., August 1826,—describes one by the name of Hin-. . nita gigantea ; Sowerby,—Zool.. Journ, IX, p. 67, adds a second by that of H. corallina; finally, M. Deshayes refers the Ostrea sinuosa, L., to this genus, and de- scribes a fourth living species under the name of Hinnita Defrancii; M. Defrance also admits two fossil species, the H. Cortesii, Blainy., Malac., pl. lxi, f. 1, and the H. Dubuissonii. ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 87 PLAaGiostoma, Sowerb., The oblique shell of a Lima, flattened on one side; very small ears ; the valves more convex, striated, without scales, the opening for the byssus smaller *. Found in formations anterior to chalk. Pacuyres, Defr. Nearly the same form as that of the Pectines; shell regular, with small ears; a flattened transverse space between their summits, which in one of the valves is marked by a deep triangular notch, in which passed the ligament. Found in chalk}. In the Drancuora, Sowerb., The valves are oblique and Nik haw one of them adherent and with a perforated summit, the other free and with earsf. Popopsis, Lam... Regular striated valves without opercula ; the summit of one of them more salient, truncated and adherent, frequently very thick, and form- ing a sort of pedestal to the shell §. | 3 Although multivalve, we should approximate the AnomiA, Brug. To the Ostree. The Anomie have two thin, unequal, irregular valves, the flattest of which is deeply notched on the side of the ligament, which is similar to that of the Ostreze. The greater part of the central muscle traverses this opening to be inserted into a third plate that is sometimes stony and sometimes horny, by which the animal adheres to foreign bodies, and the remainder of it (the muscle ) serves to join one valve to the other. The animal,—Ecuion, Poli, has a small vestige of a foot, similar to that of a Pecten, which slips between the emargination and the plate that closes it, and per- haps serves to direct water to the mouth which is close to it |). These shells are found attached to various bodies like the Ostree. They are found in every sea 4. acer : * Plagiostoma gigas, Sowerb., Encyc. Method., Test., pl. 238, f. 3 ;—PIl. la- vigatum, Parkins., Org. Rem.. III, pl. xiii, f..6 ; and the other species given by Sowerby, Min. Conch., pl. 113, 114, and 382. + Pachytos spinosus, Fr. Sowerb., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, Env. de Paris, pl. iv, 2, A, B, C, and Blainv., Malac., pl. lv, f. 2: Pach. hoperi, Sowerb., 380. t Dianch, striata ;—D. lata, Sowerb., Min. Conch., pl. 80. § Podops, truncata, Encyc. pl. 188, f. 2, 6, 7 ; Cuv., Oss. Foss. ; Env. de Paris, pl. v, f. 2. sue. / N.B. M. de Blainville considers these four last genera as more nearly related to the Terebratule, M. Deshayes, on the contrary, Ann. des Sc, Nat. Dec. 1834, it proximates them to the Spondyli. || This foot escaped the notice of M. Poli. : | Anomia ephippium, Gm. ;—A. cepa ;—A. electrica ;—A. squamula;—A. acu- leala ;—A. squama ;—A. punctata ;—A. undulata,—and the species added by Bra- giéres, Encyc. Method., Vers., 1, 70, et seq. ; ard pl. 170, 71. The other Anomie of Gmelin are Placune, Terebratule, and Hyale. 88 MOLLUSCA, Piacuna, Brug. A small genus allied to the Anomiz, in which the valves are thin, unequal, and frequently irregular, as in the latter, but both entire. Two projecting ribs,en chevron, are seen on the inside of one of them, near the hinge. The animal is not known, but it must resemble that of the Onieots; or that of the Anomie *. | Spronpy.us, Lin. A rough and foliaceous shell as in the Ostrez, and frequently spiny ; but the hinge is more complex; besides the cavity for the ligament, analogous to that of the Ostree, there are two teeth to each valve that enter into fosse in the opposite one; the two middle teeth be- long to the most convex valve, which is usually the left one, and which has a projecting heel, flattened as if sawed through behind the hinge. The animal, like that of a Pecten, has the borders of its mantle furnished with two rows of tentacula, some of the external ones being terminated by coloured tubercles; before the abdomen is a vestige of a foot formed like a broad radiated disk on a short pe- dicle, and endowed with the faculty of contraction and expansion f. From its centre hangs a filament, terminated by an oval mass, the use of which is unknown. The Spondyli are eaten like oysters. Their shells are frequently tinged with the most brilliant colours. They adhere to all sorts of bodies tf. Pucatuia, Lam. The Plicatula, separated by Lamarck from the Spondyli, have nearly the same kind of hinge but no heel, and flat, almost equal, irre- gular, plicated and scaly valves, as in many of the Ostreze §. Mateus, Lam, A simple pit for the ligament as in the Ostrez, where the Mallei were left by Linnzeus, on account of their having the same irregular and inequivalve shell, but distinguished by a notch on the side of this liga- ment for the passage of a byssus. The most known species, Ostvea malleus, L.; Chemn., VIII, Ixx, 655, 656, which ranks among the number of high-priced and rare shells, has the two ends of the hinge extended and forming something like the head of a hammer, of which the valves, elongated in a transverse direction, represent the handle. It inhabits the Archipelago of India. There are some others, possibly young ones of the same species, in * Anomia placenta, Chemn., VIII, Ixxix, 716 ;—An. sella, Ib., 714. See also pl. 173 and 174, Encyc. Method., Vers. + Called by Poli “‘ the abdonthal trachea”’ in the Spondyli, &c. t Spondylus gederopus, Chemn., VII, xliv, et seq., IX, exv ;— (@ Or the Acephales sans coquilles of our author.—Ene. Ep. (b) As this family has received no name from our author, we have been com- pelled in conformity with the plan adopted from the commencement of the work, to remedy the omission, for such we consider it, by the above word ; in the selection of which we have been governed bythat which the Baron himself affixes to the second family, or his Aggregés.—ENG. Ep. 112 MOLLUSCA. cular bands embrace the mantle and contract the body. The animal moves by taking in water at the posterior aperture. and forcing it out through that near the mouth, so that it is always propelled backwards, | a circumstance which has led some naturalists into error by causing them to mistake the posterior opening for the true mouth*. It usually swims on its back. The branchiz form a single tube or riband, furnished with regular vessels, placed obliquely in the middle of the tubular cavity of the mantle, in such a manner that it is con- stantly bathed by the water as it traverses that cavity+. The heart, viscera, and liver are wound up near the mouth and towards the back; but the position of the ovary varies. The mantle and its en- velope when exposed to the sun exhibit the colours of the rainbow, and are so diaphanous, that the whole structure of the animal can be seen through them: in many they are furnished with perforated tubercles. The animal has been seen to come out from its envelope without appearing to suffer pain. The most curious circumstance respecting them, is their remaining united for a long time, just as they were in the ovary, and thus swimming in long chains where the individuals are disposed in different ways, but each species always according to the same order. M. de Chamisso assures us, that he has verified a still more sin- gular fact relative to these animals ; it is, that the individuals which have thus issued from a multiplex ovary, are not furnished witha similar one, but produce insulated young ones of various forms, which - have an ovary like that which produced their parent, so that there is, alternately, a generation of a few insulated individuals, and another of numerous and aggregate ones, and that these two alternating generations do not resemble each other f. It is very certain that in some species little individuals have been observed adhering to the interior of large ones, by a peculiar kind of sucker, which were different in form from those that contained them §. These animals are very abundant in the Mediterranean and the warmer portions of the ocean, and are frequently phosphorescent. The Tuatiz, Brown, have a small crest or vertical fin near the posterior extremity of the back |. * This has also happened to M. de Chamisso, in his Dissert. de Salpis, Berl., 1819, and to others after him, but it is evident that there is no good reason for changing the denomination of parts in an animal merely because it swims on its back, with the head behind. It is thus that naturalists have been led into error with respect to the organization of the Pterotracheata, which always swim on their back, a mode of natation common to numberless Gasteropoda both testaceous and naked. + Some authors assert that this tube is perforated at both ends, and that the water traverses it; I have endeavoured to convince myself of the truth of this assertion, but in vain. t Chamisso, loc. cit., I. p. 4. § See my Mem. sur les Biphores, f. II. || Holothuria Thalia, Gm., Brown’s Jam., xliii, 3;—-H. caudata, 1b., 4;—H. denudata, Encyc. Method., Vers., Ixxxviii ;—Salpa critata, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixviii, 1, figured under the name of Dagysa by Home, Lect. on Compar. Anat. IT, lxiii ;—Salpa pinnata, Forsk., xxv, B. ACEPHALA NUDA. 113 Of the Satp#, properly so called, some have a gelatinous dark co- _loured plate, in the substance of the mantle and above the visceral mass, which may be the vestige of a shell *. In others it is a simple prominence, of the same nature as the rest of the mantle, but thicker f. Others again have neither plate nor prominence, but their mantle is extended by points, and of these : Some have a point at each extremity }, Others have two at the extremity nearest the mouth§, and even three or more |}. Some have but a single one at this same extremity 4. The greater number is simply oval or cylindrical **, - In the Ascipia, Lin.—Turyton of the Ancients, The mantle and its cartilaginous envelope, which is frequently very thick, resemble sacs everywhere closed, except at two orifices, which correspond to the two tubes, of several bivalves, one serving to admit water and the other affording a passage to the feces, The branchize form a large sac, at the bottom of which are the mouth and the vis- ceral mass. The envelope is much larger than the mouth, which is fibrous and vascular, and on which, between the two tubes, is one of the ganglions. These animals attach themselves to rocks and other bodies, and are deprived of all power of locomotion; the chief sign of vitality which they exhibit, consists in the absorption and evacu- ation of water through one of their orifices; when alarmed they eject it to aconsiderable distance. They abound in every sea, and some of them are eaten tt. | * Salpa seutigera, Cuv. Ann. du Mus., IV, lxviii, 4, 5, probably the same as the Salpa gibba, Bosc., Vers, Il, xx, v. + Salpa Tilesii, Cuv., loc. cit. 3 ;—S. punctata, Forsk., xxv, C. ;—S. pelagica, Bose., loc. cit., 4; —S, infundibuliformis, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin., Zool. 74, ¥5 13. : t Salpa maxima, Forsk., xxxv, A ;—S. fusiformis, Cuv., loc. cit., 10, perhaps the same as Forsk., xxxvi ;—S. mucronata, Ib., D ;—S. aspera, Chamisso, f. iv ;— S. runcinata, Id., f. v, G, H, I. But, according to the author, it is the aggregate generation of a species, of which the other generatian is cylindrical, ’ § Salpa democratica, Forsk., xxxvi;—S. longicauda, Quoy and Gaym., loc, cit., pl. 73, f. 8;—S. constata, Ib., f. 2. \| Salpa tricuspis. 1b., f. 6 ;—S. spinosa, Otto., Nov. Ac. Nat. Cur., t. pl. xiii, | ; { Holothuria zonaria, Gm., Pall., Spic., X, i, 17 ;—Thalia lingulata, Blumenb., Abb., 30.5” ** Salpa octofora, Cuv., loc. cit., 7; perhaps the same as the small Dagyse, Home, loc. cit., xxiii, 1:—S. africana, Forsk., xxxvi, C ;—S. fasciata, Ib., D;— S. confederata, 1b., A; perhaps the same as the S. gibba, Bosc., loc. cit,, 1, 2; 3 ;— 8. , Ib., F ;—S. cylindrica, Cuv., loc. cit., 8 and 9;—Dagysa strumosa, Home, I, c., lxxi, I ;—S. ferruginea, Chamiss., X:—S. caerulescens, Ld., ix ;—S. va- ginata, Id., vii, and several others. ° ++ The whole genus Ascrp1a, Gm., to which must be added the Asc. gelatinosa, Zool. Dan. xliii ;— Asc. pyriformis, Tb., clvi ;—Salpa sipho, Forsk., xliii, C ;—Ascidia microsma, Redi, Opusc., ITI, Pl., App., VII, the same as the Asc. sulcata, Coque- bert, Bullet. des Se. Avril, 1797, I, 1;—Ase. glandiformis, Coqueb., 1b.—N.B. VOL, Ul, I 114 MOLLUSCA. Some species are remarkable for the long pedicle which supports them *. FAMILY II. AGGREGATA, The second family consists of animals more or less analogous to the Ascidie, but united in a common mass, so that they seem to communicate- organically with each other, and in this re- spect to connect the Mollusca with the Zoophytes; but independently of their peculiar organization, these animals, according to the observa- tions of Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards, at first live and swim separately, only becoming united ata certain subsequent period, a fact which is in direct opposition to this opinion. Their branchie, as in the Ascidie, form a large sac, traversed by the aliment before it arrives at the mouth; their principal ganglion is also situated between the mouth and the arms; a nearly similar disposition obtains with respect to the viscera and ovary f. Notwithstanding this, some of them, like the Biphora, have an opening at each extremity. Such is the Botrytis, Gert., Of an oval form, fixed on various bodies, and united by tens or- twelves, like the rays of a star. The brianchial orifices are at the The Ascidia canina, Miill., Zool. Dan., lv, Ase. intestinalis, Bohatsch, X, 4, and perhaps even the Asc. patula, Miill., Ixv, and A. corrugata, Id., Ixxix, 2, appear to form but one species. There are also some interversions of synonymes, and the species, generally, are far from being well ascertained. M. de Savigny has endeavoured to subdivide the Ascidiw, Mem. sur les Anim. sans, vert., part II, 1816, into several subgenera, such as, ist. The CyNTHIa, whose body is sessile, and branchial sac. longitudinally pli- cated; their envelope is coriaceous ; 2d. The PHALLUSI&,which differ from the Cynthie in the branchial sac, which is not plicated ; their envelope is gelatinous ; 3d. The CLAVELLIN&, whose branchial sac is without plicee, and does not pene- trate to the bottom of the envelope, and whose body is supported by a pedicle; their envelope is gelatinous ; 4th. The BoLTENIA, whose body is pediculate, and the envelope coriaceous. He also takes into consideration the number and form of the tentacula which internally surrouud the branchial orifice, but these characters, which are partly -anatomical, cannot be applied with certainty to a great number of species. M. Macleay (Lin. Trans., XIV, part III) establishes two more, CysTinG1a and -Dexpropoas, founded on similar characters. * Ascidia pedunculata, Edw., 356 ; and Asc. clavata, or Vorticella Boltenii, Gm. +. It is to M. de Savigny that we are indebted for our recent knowledge of the singular organization of the whole of this family, formerly confounded with the Zoophytes, properly so called. At the same time, Messrs. Desmarets and Lesueur, made known the particular structure of the Botrylli and Pyrosoma. See the ex- cellent work of M. Savigny in his Mem. sur les anim. sans. verteb,, part II, fase. T. ACEPHALA NUDA. 115 external extremities of these rays, and the anus terminates in a com- mon cavity, which is in the centre of the star. If an orifice be irri- tated, but a single animal contracts ; if the centre be touched they all contract. These very small animals attach themselves to certain Aseidie, Fuci, &c*. In some particular species, three or four stars appeared to be piled one on the other +t. Pyrosoma, Peron. The Pyrosomee unite in great numbers, forming a large hollow cylinder, open at one end and closed at the other, which swims in the ocean by the alternate contraction and dilatation of the individual animals which compose it. The latter terminate in a point on the exterior, so that the whole external surface of the tube is bristled with them; the branchial orifices are pierced near these points, and the anus debouches in the internal cavity of the cylinder. A Pyrosuma may thus be compared to a great number of stars of Bo- trylli strung together, the whole of which is moveable f. The Mediterranean, and the Ocean, produce large species, the animals of which are arranged with but little regularity. They exhibit a phosphorescent appearance during the night§. A smaller species is also known|], where the animals are arranged in very regular rings. The remainder of these aggregated Mollusca, like the ordinary Ascidize, have the anus and branchial orifice approximated to the same etremity, The species known are all fixed, and till now they have been confounded with the Alcyonia, The visceral bundle of each individual is more or less extended into the common cartilaginous or gelatinous mass, more or less narrowed or dilated in certain points ; but each orifice always forms a little six-rayed star on the surface. We unite them all under the name of Poryctinum ¥. Some of them are extended over bodies like fleshy crests **, * See Desmarets and Lesueur, Bullet. des Sc. May 1815 ;—Botryllus stellatus, Gertner, or Alcyonium Schlosseri, Gm., Pall., Spic. Zool., X, iv, 1—5. + Botryllus conglomeratus, Gert., or Alcyonium conglomeratum, Gm,; Pall., Spic. Zool. X, iv, 6. t See Desmarets and Lesueur, loc. cit, § Several of the Polyclina and Aplidiaof Savigny. || Pyrosoma atlanticum, Péron., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxii ;—Pyrosoma gigas, Desmar., and Lesueur, Bullet, des Se. June 1815, pl. v, f. 2. { The Pyrosome élégant, Lesueur, Bullet. des Sc., June 1815, pl. v, f. 2. ** Itis from the number of strangulations, that is to say, the greater or less separation of the branchie, stomach, and ovary, that M.de Savigny has formed his Po- Lyeninum, ApLipium, DipemMuM, Evca.ium, DIAzona, S1GrtLuina, &c. which, in our opinion, need not be retained. Here, also, should come the Alcyonium ficus, Gm.; the Distomus variolosus, Gertn., or Alcyonium ascidioides, Gm., Pall., Spic. Zool., xX, BY, 7. a I 116 MOLLUSCA, . Others project in a conical or globular mass*, Or expand into a disk comparable to that of a flower or of an: Actinia}, or are elongated into ‘cylindrical branches supported by slender pedicles, &c. { or, form parallel cylinders §. Recent observations even seem to show that the Escuara®, hitherto. placed among the Potyrr, belong to this family of the Mollusca}. : CLASS VY, ~BRACHIOPODA 4. The Mollusca Brachiopoda, like the Acephala, have .a bilobed mantle which is always open. Instead of feet they are provided with two fleshy arms furnished with numerous filaments, which they can protrude from, and draw into the shell. The mouth is between the base of the arms. Neither their organs of generation, nor their ner- vous system are well known. All the Brachiopoda are invested with bibalve shells, fixed and immoveable. But three genera are known. Lineuta, Brug. Two equal, flat, oblong valves, the summits of which are at the ex- tremity of one of the narrow sides, gaping at the other end, and attached between the two summits to a fleshy pedicle, which suspends them to the rocks; the arms become spirally couvoluted previously. to entering the shell. It appears that the branchiz consist of small leaflets, disposed around the internal face of.each lobe of the mantle. But a single species—Lingula anatina, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., I, vi, Seb., III, xvi, 4, is known. It inhabits the Indian Ocean, and has thin, horny and greenish valves**. * The Eucelium, Savig. ; the Distomi are arranged in the same manner, ‘ + The genus Diazona, Sav., consisting of a large and beautiful purple species discovered near Ivice by M. Delaroche. — + The genus Sigillina, Sav., whose cylindrical branches are frequently a foot long, and the animals, slender as threads, but three or four inches. § The genus Synocium, Lam. j || Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards on the one hand, and M. de Blainville on the other, have lately verified this fact, which the observations of Spallanzani pre- viously seemed to announce. § M.de Blainville has given to my BRACHIOPODA, the name of PALLIOBRAN- CHIATA, and makes an order of them in his class of the ACEPHALOPHORA. ** Linnzus, who knew but one of the valves, called it Patella unguis. Solander and Chemnitz, who were aware of its having two, called it, one, the Mytilus lingua, and the other, Pinna unguis. Brugiéres knew its pedicle, and consequently made a genus of it bythe name of LineuLa, Encyc. Method., Vers, pl. 250. It is singular that before us, no one had remarked that it is well figured with its pedicle by Seba, loc. cit. BRACHIOPODA. 117 TeresratuLa, Brug. "Two unequal valves united by a hinge; the summit of one, more salient than the other, is perforated to permit the passage of a fleshy icle which attaches the shiell to rocks, madrepores, other shells, &c. nternally, a small bony piece of frame-work is observed, that is some- times very complex, composed of two branches which articulate with the unperforated valve, and that support two arms edged all round ‘with a long close fringe, between which, on the side next to the large valve, is a third, simply membranous and much. longer appendage, usually spirally convoluted, and edged, like the arms, with a fine and close fringe. The mouth is @ small vertical fissure between these three large appendages. The principal part of the body, situated near the hinge, contains the numerous muscles which reach from one valve to the other, and between them are the viscera, which occupy but little space. The ovaries appear to be two ramified productions, adhering to the parietes of each valve. . I have not yet been able to ascertain exactly the positon of the branchiz. Numberless Terebratulze are found fossil or petrified, in -certain secondary strataof ancient formations*. The living species are less numerous. The shell of some is transversely broader or longer, in a direction Per ndicular to the hinge, with an entire or emarginated contour, two or several lobes; some of them are even triangular ; the sur- pon is smooth, sulcated in radii, or veined ; they are thick or thin, and even diaphanous. In several of them, in lieu of the hole in the summit of the thin valve, there is a notch, and this notch is sometimes partly formed by two accessory pieces, &e. It is probable that when naptin known, their animals will present generic differences. Already in the Spirirer, Sowerby, Two large cones have been recognized, formed of a spiral thread, which appear to have supported the animalf, In . Tiecwea, Def., The pedicle seems to have been incorporated with the small valve §. _ ’ * M. Defrance distinguishes upwards of two hundred. . | + Anomia scobinata, Gualt., 96, A ;—An: aurita, Id., Tb., B ;—An. retusa ;—Aan. jibes Chemn., VIII, Ixxvii, 711 ;— An. capensis, Ib., 703 nal +9 pubescens, Id., Ixxviii, 702 ;—An. detruncata, Ib., 705 ;—An. sanguindlenta, Ib., 706 ;—Aan. olives, Ib., 707, 709 ;—An. dorsata, Ib., 710, 711; An. psittacea, Ib. 713; An cranium, &c. For the fossil species, see Encye. Method. Vers, pl. 239—246. t For this genus see Sowerb., Min. Conch. and the article Spirifére of M. De- ~ france, Dict. des Sc. Nat. t. L. § Thecidea mediterranea, Risso, Hist. Nat. de la Fr. Merid., IV, f, 183°;—Th. radiata, Fauj. Mont. St Pierre, pl. xxvii, f. 8. Further, and more precise observa- ‘tions are requisite, to enable us to class the MAGAs of Sowerby, the STRIGOCE- “PHALA of Defrance, and some other neighbouring groups. 118 MOLLUSCA. OrpicuLta, Cuv. The Orbiculze have two unequal valves, one of, which, that is round and conical, when viewed by itself, resembles the shell of a Pa- tella; the other is flat and fixed toa rock. The arms of the animal, —Criopus, Poli,—are ciliated and spirally recurved like that of the Lingule. The seas of Europe produce a small species, Patella anomala, Mill., Zool. Dan. V, 26; Anomia turbinata, Poli, XXX, 15; Bret. Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pl. xxvi, f. 1. The Discinz, Lam., are Orbiculee, the inferior valve of which is marked by a fissure. The | Crania, Brug. Should be approximated to the Orbiculze. The arms of the animal are also ciliated, but the shells have deep and round internal muscu- lar impressions, that have caused it to be compared to the figure of a skull. One of them inhabits European seas; Anomia craniolaris, L. ; or Crania personata, Bret. Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pl. xxv, f. 3. Several are fossil; such as the Cran. antiqua, and the others of which M. Heeninghaus has given an excellent Mono- graph. — eee CLASS VI. (ae CIRRHOPODA *. [Lepas and Triron, Lin.] The Cirrhopoda, in several points of view, are intermediate between this division and that of the Articulata. Enveloped by a mantle, and testaceous pieces which frequently resemble those seen in several of the Acephala, their mouths are furnished with lateral jaws, and the abdomen with filaments named cirri, arranged in pairs, composed of a multitude of little ciliated articulations, and corresponding to a sort of feet or fins similar to those observed under the tail of several of the Crustacea. Their heart is situated in the dorsal region, and the branchize on the sides; the nervous system forms a series of ganglions * M. De Lamarck has changed this name into CirripEDA, making it a class. M. de Blainville also makes a class of them, but he changes the name to NEMATO- popA, and places them with the Chitones, in what he calls his type of the MALEN- TOZARIA, _CIRRHOPODA. 119 on the lower part of the abdomen. These cirri, however, may be considered as analogous to the articulated appendages of certain species of Teredo, while the ganglions in some respects are mere repetitions of the posterior ganglion of the bivalves. The position of these animals in the shell is such, that the mouth is at the bottom and the cirri near the orifice. Between the last two cirri is a long fleshy tube, that has sometimes, but erroneously, been takon for their proboscis, and at the base of which, near the back, is the opening of the anus. Internally, we observe a stomach inflated by a multitude of small cavities in its parietes, which appear to fulfil the functions of a liver, a simple intestine, a double ovary, and a double serpentine oviduct, whose walls produce the prolific fluid, and which, prolonged in the fleshy tube, open at its extremity. These animals are always fixed. Linnzeus comprised them all in one genus—Lepas, which Brugiéres divided into two, that have in their turn been subdivided *. Anatira, Brug. A compressed mantle, open on one side and suspended to a fleshy tube, varying greatly as to the number of testaceous pieces with which it is furnished; twelve pair of cirri, six on each side, those nearest to the mouth being the thickest and shortest.. The branchie. are elongated pyramidal appendages, that adhere to the external base of the whole of the cirri, or of part of them. The two principal valves, of the most numerous species (PENTA- tasmis, Leach,) resemble those of a Mytilus; two others seem to complete a part of the edge of the Mytilus opposite to the summit, and a fifth azygous one unites the posterior edge to that of the oppo- site valve; these five pieces cover the whole of the mantle. From the usual place of the ligament arises the fleshy pedicle; a strong transverse muscle unites the two first. valves near their summit; the mouth of the animal is concealed behind it, and the posterior extre- mity of its body, with all the little articulated feet, is a little beyond it, between the four first valves. ~The most common species of the European seas, Lepas ana- tifera, L., owes its specific appellation to the fable which repre- sents it as producing the Bernacles and Macreuses, a story founded on the rude resemblance that has been observed to exist between the em of this shell, and a bird. The Anatifee adhere to rocks, piles, kecls of vessels, &c.¢ We may distinguish from them * This name of Lepas formerly belonged to the Patella, Linnzus, supposing that some of these Cirrhopoda existed which had no shells, gave them the name of Triton: but the existence of these Tritons is not confirmed, and we are to conclude that Linnzus merely saw the animal of an Anatifa torn from its shell. + Add Lepas anserifera, Chemn., VIII, c. 856 ;—Anat. dentata, Brug., Encyc. Method., pl. 166, f. 6, or Pentalasmis faleata, Leach, Edinb. Encyc. 120 . MOLLUSCA, Potuicipxes, Leach, Where, besides. the five principal valves, there are several nal ones near the pedicle *, some of which, in certain species, are nearly as large as the former ¢; frequently there is an azygous valve, oppo- site to the ordinary one of the same description. In the ‘Crneras, Leach, The cartilaginous mantle contains but five small valves, which du not occupy the whole of its extent {. In the Orion, Leach, The cartilaginous mantle contains but two very small valves, with three little grains which hardly merit that name, and has two tubular auriform appendages §: TETRALASMIS, Cwv. But four valves, which surround the aperture; two of them longer than the others. The animal is partly confined within the pedicle, which is large, and covered witlr hair. They are a kind of tubeless Balani I Batanus, Brug. The principal part of the shell of the Balani consists of a testaceous tube attached to various bodies, the aperture of which is more or less closed by two or four valves. This tube is formed of various pieces, which appear to be detached, and separated in proportion as the growth of the animal requires it. The branchize, mouth, articulated tentacula, and the anal tube, differ but little from those of the Ana- tifee. In Bawanus - Properly so called, the tubular portion is a truncated cone formed — * Lepas pollicipes, L., or Poll. cornucopia, Leach; Encye. Method., pl. 226, f. 10, 11;—Poll. villosus, Leach, Edinb. Encyc. + Lepas mitella, Chemn., VIII, 849, 850, Encye. Method., pl. 266, f, 9, or Polylepe couronné, Blainv., Malac.;—Poll. scalpellum, Chemn., VIII, p. 294, or Polylepe vulgaire, Blainy., Malac., Ixxxiv, f. 4. It is the genus SCALPELLUM, Leach, loc. cit. t Cineras vittata, Leach, Edinb. Encyc., or Lepas coriacea, Poli, vi, 20, or Gym- nolepas Cranchii, Blainv., Malac., Ixxxiv, 2. § Otion Cuvieri, Leath: or. Lepas leporina, Poli, 1, vi, 21, or Lepas aurita, Chemn., VIII, pl. c. f. 857, 858, M. de Blainville unites Cineras and Ofion in his genus GYMNOLEPA. ; \| Tetral. hirsutus, Cuv., Moll. Auatif., f. 14. N. B. The Lirnorrias of howerby, converted by Blainville into Lirnourra, may be, as is conjectured by Rang, merely an Anatifa accidentally fixed in a hole excavated by some bivalve. The ALEPAS, Rang, should be Anatifee, whose cartilaginous mantle is without any shell whatever; I have never seen them. At all events, they must not be con- founded with the Triton of Linnzus, which was the animal of an Anatifa separated from its mantle and shell. CIRRHOPODA. 121 of six projecting pieces, separated by as many depressed ones, three of which are narrower than the others.. Their base is usually formed of a calcareous lamina, and fixed to various bodies. The four valves of their operculum close the orifice exactly. The rocks, shells, &c., on the coast of Europe, are, in a man- ner, covered with a species of Balanus, the Lepas balanus, L., Chemn., VIII, xevii, 826*. Naturalists have separated from it The Acasra, Leach, whose base is irregular, convex towards the exterior, and which does not become fixed; most of them are found in sponge f, The Con, Blainv., the tube of which has but four salient pieces f, The Asem®, Ranzani, where the tube has no decidedly salient pieces §, The Pyreoma, Savigny, whose tubular position, forming a strongly depressed cone, has but a very small orifice, almost like the shell of a Fissurella |}, , The Ocruosi#, Ranzani, which have but three salient pieces in the tube,and only two valves to the operculum 4, The Crevusia, Leach, with four salient pieces, and two valves to the operculum **, . M. de Lamarck, under the name of CoronuL2, separates the very wide species, where the parietes of the cone are occupied, by cells so large, that they resemble chambers {{; and under that of TUBICINELLAZ, those in which the tubular portion is elevated, narrower near the base, and divided into annuli, which mark its growth ft. | There are some species of these last two subgenera, which affix themselves to the skin of the Balzenz, and even penetrate into their blubber. To the preceding subgenera must be added the * Add, Lepas balanoides, Chemn., VIII, xcvii, 821—825 ;—L. tintinnabulum. Ib, 828—831 ;—L, minor, Ib. 827;—L. porosa, Id., xcviii, 836 ;—L. verruca, Ib., 840, 841 ;—L. angusta, Tb., 835 ;—L. elongata, Ib., 838 ;—L. patellaris, Ib., 839 ; ~-L. spinosa, Ib., $40 ;—L. violacea, Id., xcix, 842 ;—L. tulipa, Ascan. Icon., X ;— L. cylindrica, Gronoy., Zooph., XIX, 3, 4 ;—L. cariosa, Pall. Nov. Act. Petrop., II, vi. 24, A, B. + Acasta Montugui, Leach, Edinh. Encyc., copied Blainv., Malac., Ixxxv, 3 ;— Lepas spongites, Poli, I, vi, 5. t Conia radiata, Blainv., Malac., Ixxxv, 5. . > § Lepas porosus, Gm., Chemn., VIII, xeviii, 836, 837, Encyc. Method., pl. 165, + 9, 10. \| Pyrgoma cancellata, Leach, loc. cit., copied Blainy., Malac. Ixxxv, 5. 9 Lepas Stremii, Mill., Zool. Dan., ITI, xciv, 1—4. ** Creusia spinulosa, Leach, loc. cit., copied Blainv., Malac., lxxxv, 6. tt Lepas balenaris, L., Chemn., VIII, xcix, 845, 846 ;—L, testudinarius, Ib., 847, 848, which attaches itself to the shell of Tortoises. . tt The Tubdicinella, Lam., Ann. du Mus., I, xxx, 1, 2. 122 MOLLUSCA. Daiwema, Ranz.” Where the tubular portion is almost spherical, and which has but two small valves almost hidden in the membrane which closes the operculum. The opercular valves would not effectually closes the orifice without the membrane which unites them. They also live on the Baleenz, and Otiones are-frequently observed attached to their surface *. * Lepas diadema, Chemn., VIII, xcix, 843, 844. THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. ee) ' ANIMALIA ARTICULATA. Tus third general form is as well characterised as that of the Verte- brata; the skeleton is not internal as in the latter, neither is it anni hilated as in the Mollusca. The articulated rings which encircle the body, and frequently the limbs, supply the place of it, and as they are usually hard, they furnish to the powers of motion all requisite points of support, so that here, as among the Vertebrata, we find the walk, the run, the leap, natation and flight. Those families only are restricted to reptation which are either deprived of feet, or in which the articu- lations are membranous and soft. This external position of the hard parts, and the internal one of the muscles, reduce each articulation to the form of a sheath, and allow it but two kinds of motion. When connected with the neighbouring parts by a firm joint, as happens in the limbs, it is fixed there by two points, and can only move by gyn- glymus, that is, in one single plane, a disposition which requires a greater number of joints to produce a same variety of motion. A greater loss of muscular power is also the result, and consequently more general weakness in each animal, in proportion to its size. But the parts which compose the body are not always articulated in this way; most generally they are only united by flexible membranes, or they fit into each other, and then their motions are more various, but have not the same force. The system of organs in which the Articulata resemble each other the most, is that of the nerves. Their brain, which is placed on the esophagus, and furnishes nerves to the parts adhering to the head, is very small. T'wo cords which embrace the esophagus are extended along the abdomen, and united 124 ARTICULATA. at certain distances by double knots or ganglia, whence arise the nerves of the body and limbs. Each of these ganglia seems to fulfil the functions of a brain to the surrounding parts, and to preserve their sensibility for a certain length of time, when the animal has been divided. If to this we add, that the ‘jaws of these animals, when they have any, are always lateral and move from without, 1n- wardly, and not from above, downwards, and that no distinct organ of smell has hitherto been discovered in them, we shall have expressed all that can be said of them in general. The existence, however, of the organs of hearing, and the existence, number and form of those of sight, the product and mode of generation *, the kind of respiration, the existence of the organs of circulation, and even the colour of the blood present great differences, which must be noticed in the various subdivisions. Distribution of the Articulata into four Classes. The Articulata, whose mutual relations are as varied as numerous, present however four principal forms, either internal or external. The Anne.ipes, Lam., or Rep-BLoopED Worms, Cuv., constitute the first. Their blood, which is generally red, like that of the Vertebrata, circulates in a double and closed system of arteries and veins, sometimes furnished with one or several visible hearts or fleshy ventricles. Respiration is performed in organs which are sometimes developed externally, and at others remain on the surface of the skin or dip into its interior. Their body, more or less elongated, is always divided into numerous rings, the first of which, called: the head, scarcely differs from the rest, except in the presence of the mouth and the principal organs of the senses. The branchize of several are uniformly distributed along their body or in its middle ; in others, which are generally those that inhabit tubes, they are all placed anteriorly.. They never have articulated feet, but most of them, in lieu thereof, are furnished with setee or fasciculi of stiff and movable hairs. "They are mostly hermaphrodites, and some of them require a reciprocal coitus. The organs of their mouth sometimes consist in jaws, more or less strong, and at others of a simple tube, those of the external senses in fleshy, and sometimes articulated ten- tacula, and in certain blackish "yea considered as eyes, but which do not exist in all the species. * M. Hérold-has made a remarkable discovery on this subject, viz. that in the ovum of the Crustacea and Arachnides, the vitellus communicates with the interior by the back. See his Dissert. on the ovum of Spiders, Marburg, 1824, and ‘that of M. Rathke on that of the Astaci, Leipsic, 1829. ARTICULATA.’ 125 The Crustacea constitute the second form or ‘class of articulated animals. They are provided with articulated and more or less com- plexed limbs, attached to the sides of the body. Their blood is white : it circulates by means cf a fleshy ventricle placed in the back, which receives it from the branchize, situated on the sides of the body, or under its posterior portion, and to which it returns by a ventral and sometimes double canal. In the last or lower species, the heart or dorsal ventricle is itself extended into a tube. They all have antennee or articulated filaments, inserted in the fore-part of the head, usually four in number, several transverse jaws, and two com- pound eyes. A distinct ear is only to be found in some species. The Aracunipes form the third class of the Articulata. Their head and thorax, as in many of the Crustacea, are united in one single piece, furnished, on each side, with articulated limbs ; but their principal viscera are enclosed in an abdomen connected to the © posterior portion of that thorax. Their mouth is armed with jaws, and their head furnished with simple eyes, that vary as to number, but the antenne are always wanting. Their circulation is effected by a dorsal vessel, which gives off arterial branches, and receives venous ones from them; but their mode of respiration varies, some of them still having true pulmonary organs, which open on the sides of the abdomen, while others, receive air by trachee, like Insects. _ In both of them, bore we obsérve lateral openings or true’ stig- mata, The Insecta constitute the fourth class of the Articulata, and'the most numerous of all the animal kingdom. With the exception of some genera, the Myriapoda, in which the body is divided into nu- merous and nearly equal parts, it is always divided into three portions: the head, furnished with the antennze, eyes and mouth; the thorax, to which are appended the feet and wings, when they exist; and the abdomen, which is suspended behind the thorax and contains the principal viscera. ‘Those which have wings, only receive them at a certain age, and frequently pass through two more or less different forms before they assume that of the winged insect. In all their states they respire by trachez; that is, by elastic vessels which receive air through stigmata pierced on their sides, and distribute it by infinite ramifications to every part of the body. A vestige of a heart only is perceptible, consisting of a dorsal vessel, which experiences an alternate contraction and dilatation, but to which, no branch has ever been discovered, so.that we are forced to believe that nutrition is effected in this class of animals by imbibition. It is, probably, this sort of nutrition which necessitated .the kind of respiration proper to In- 126 ANNELIDES. sects; for as the nutritive fluid is not contained in vessels*, and could not be directed towards pulmonary organs in search of air, it was requisite that this air should be diffused throughout the body to reach the fluid. ‘This is also the reason why insects have no secretory glands, but are provided with mere spongy vessels, which, by the extent of their surface, appear to absorb the peculiar juices they are to produce, from the mass of the nutritive fluid f. Insects vary infinitely as to the form of the organs of the mouth, and those of digestion, as well as in their industry and mode of life; the sexes are always separated. The Crustacea and Arachnides were long united with the Insecta, under one common name, and resemble them in many points of their external form, in the disposition of their organs of motion, and of the sensations, and even in those of manducation. EEE CLASS LI. ANNELIDES}. The Annelides are the only invertebrate animals that have red blood. It circulates in a ‘double system of complicated vessels §. Their nervous system consists in a double knotted cord, like that of insects. Their body is soft, more or less elongated, and divided into.a, fre- quently, considerable number of segments, or at least of transverse plice. They nearly all inhabit the water—the Lumbrici or Earth-worms excepted ; several penetrate into holes at the bottom, or construct * M. Carus has observed regular movements in the fluid which fills the bodies of certain larvee of Tusects ; but this movement does not take place in a system of closed vessels, as in the superior animals. See his treatise entitled ‘‘ Discovery of a simple circulation of the blood, &c.’’ in German, Leipsic, 1827, 4to. + On this subject see my Memoir on the nutrition of Insects, printed 1799. Mem. de la Sorc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris. Baudouin, an vii, 4to, p, 32. t I established this class, distinguishing it by the colour of its blood and other attributes, in a Memoir read before the Institute in 1802. See Bullet. des Sc., Mesidor, an X, where I described the organs of the circulation. M. Lamarck has adopted and named it, Annelides. Brugiéres previously united it to the order of the intestinal worms, and before him, Linnzus placed part of these animals among the Mollusca, and the rest among the Intestini. § It has been asserted that the Blood of the Aphrodite is not red. I think I have observed the contrary in the Aphrodita squamata, ANNELIDES. 127 tubes there with the ooze or other matters, or even exude a calcareous substance, which envelopes them with a sort of tubular shell. Division of the Annelides into three Orders. This class, which contains but few species, presents a sufficient basis of division in its organs of respiration. The branchize of some resemble tufts or arbuscul, attached to the head or anterior part of the body: they, nearly all, inhabits tubes. We will call them the Tusicona. Those of others resemble trees, tufts, laminze or tubercles in which vessels ramify, and are placed on the middle of the body: most of them inhabit mud or swim in the ocean, the smaller portion being furnished with tubes. We name them the DorsiprancuiATa. Others again have no apparent branchie, and respire, either by the surface of the skin, or as some authors opine, by the internal cavities. Most of them live free in mud or water; some of them only, in humid earth. They are the Apranomar”. The genera of the first two orders are all furnished with stiff sete, of a metallic colour, that issue from their sides, sometimes simply, and at others in fasciculi, which serve in lieu of feet; but there are some genera in the third order which are deprived of that support *. The special attention paid by M. Savigny to these feet or organs of locomotion, has resulted in the distinction of the following parts : 1. The foot itself, or the tubercle which supports the sete; some- times there is but one to each ring, and at others there are two, one above the other, styled a simple or double oar. 2. The setae, which compose a fasiculus for each oar, and which vary greatly in form and consistence, sometimes constituting true spines, and at others, fine and flexible hairs, frequently dentated, barbed, &c.t 3. The cirri or fleshy filaments adhering to the foot, either above or beneath. The head of the Annelides of the two first orders is generally fur- nished with tentacula or filaments, to which, notwithstanding their fleshy nature, some modern naturalists give the name of Antenne ; and several genera of the second and third, are marked with black and shining points, usually considered as eyes. The organization of their mouth varies greatly. * M. Savigny has proposed a division of the Annelides, to be founded on the presence or absence of these locomotory setw ; those in which they are wanting being reduced to Leeches. M. de Blainville, who has adopted this idea, forms his class of the Enromozoar_® CuetTopopes with the Annelides that have sete, and that of the Enromozoari# Apopis with those which have none, but in mixing many of the Intestini with the Apodes, he has done what M. S. did not do. t See on this subject, the Mem. of M. Savigny on the invertebrate animals, and those of Messrs. Audouin and M. Edwards on the Annelides. 128° ANNELIDES. ORDER IT. TUBICOLZE *. Some of the Tubicole form a calcareous, homogeneous tube, proba-’ bly the result of transudation, like the shell of the Mollusca, with which however they have no muscular adhesion; others construct one by agglutinating grains of sand, fragments of shells and particles of mud, by means of a membrane, also unquestionably transuded; the tube of others again is entirely membranous or horny. To the first belongs: the genus SerPuLA, Lin. The calcareous tubes of the Serpulee twine round and cover stones, shells, and all submarine bodies. The section of these tubes is some- times round, and sometimes angular, according to the species. . The body of the animal. is composed of numerous segments; its — anterior portion is spread into a disk, armed on each side with seve- ral bundles of coarse hairs, and on each side of its mouth is a tuft of branchize, shaped like a fan, and usually tinged with bright colours. At the base of each tuft is a fleshy filament, one of which, either on the right or left, indifferently, is always elongated, and dilated at its extremity into a variously formed disk, which serves a an operculum, and seals up the orifice of the tube when the animal has withdrawn into it f. Serp. contortuplicatat, Ell., Corall., XXXVIII, 2. The most common species; its tubes are round, three lines in diameter, and twisted. The operculum is infundibuliforum, and the bran- chiz are frequently of a beautiful red colour, or variegated with yellow, violet, &c. Vases or other objects thrown into the. sea are soon covered by its tubes. | Serp. vermicularis, Gm.; Miill., Zool. Dan., LXXXVI, 7, 9 &c. A smaller species, with a ‘claviform operculum, ‘armed with two or three small points. The branchiz are sometimes blue. No spectacle is‘ more beautiful than that of a group of these Serpulee when well expanded. They are found on the coast of France. * M. Savigny adds the Arenicole to this order, and changes its name to SER- PULACEA; M. Lamarck, adopting his plan, converts the SERPULACEA into SEDEN- TARIA. The genera of my Tubicole form the family of the AMPHITRITES, Savigny, and those of the AMPHITRIT&A and SERPULACEA, Lamarck. ‘They form the order ENTOMOZOARIA CHETOPODA HETEROCRISINA, Blainville, who, in defiance of his own definition, places there Spro and PoLyporvs. + The disk of the common Serpula being funnel-shaped, has induced naturalists to consider it as a proboscis, but it is not perforated, and in all the other 5 ign it is more or less claviform. t It is the same animal as the Amphitrite penicillus, Gm., or Pr oboscidea, ite: a or ‘Proboveiplectanos, Fab. Column. Aquat., c, xi, p. 22. TUBICOLA, 129 In others the operculum is flat and bristled with more numerous points*, One of them is the | Serp. gigantea, Pall., Miscel., X, 2, 10. It is always found among the Madrepores, which frequently surround its tube; the branchiz become spirally convoluted when they enter the latter, and its opercalum is armed with two small branching horns, re- sembling the antlers of a deer}. M. Lamarck distinguishes the Spirorsis, Lam., Where the branchial filaments are much less numerous—three or four on each side ; the tube is regularly spiral, and the animal usually very small f. | eA SaBELLA, Cuv.§ The same kind of body, and similar flabelliform branchiv, as the Serpulz ; but the two fleshy filaments adhering to these branchiz ' both terminate in a point, and without forming an operculum ; some- times they are even wanting. ‘The tube of the Sabellze is most com- monly composed of granules of clay or mud, and is rarely calcareous. The species known are large, and their fan-like branchize remark- able for their delicacy and brilliancy. | Some of them, like the Serpulee, have a membranous disk on the anterior part of the back, through which pass the first pairs of the bundles of setee; their pectiniform branchiz are spirally contorted, and their tentacula reduced to slight folds||. . ab ge Sab. protula, Cuv.; Protula Rudolphii, Risso. A large and splendid species inhabiting the Mediterranean. Its tube is calcareous, like that of the Serpule, its branchiz orange- coloured, &c. 4 ' . ass They are the GALEULARL&, Lam. A single operculum is seen, Berl., Schr., , iii, 6. + The same as the Terebella bicornis, Abildg., Berl. Schr., IX. iii, 4; Seb., III, xvi, 7, and as the Acfinia, or Animal-flower, Home, Lect. on Comp. Anatom., II, pl. 1. M.Savigny established his subdivision of the SerpuLa CyMospir2, of which M. de Blainville has since made a genus, upon this spiral convolution of the Add, Terebella stellata, Gm., Abildg., loc. cit. f. 5, remarkable for its operculum, which is composed of three plates strung together. } Serpula spirillum, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., V, pl. v, f. 21;—Serp. spirorbis, Mill., Zool. Dan. III, lxxxvi, 1—6. § This name, in the works of Linneus and Gmelin, designates various animals, | with factitious, and not transuded, tubes; we restrict its application to those which resemble each other in their peculiar characters. M. Savigny employsit in the latter way, our first division excepted, which he places among his Serpule. Our Sabelle are the AmpurtTrRires of Lamarck. || This division is left by M. Savigny among the Serpule, and constitutes his Serevu_s# SprRaAMELL., of which M. de Blainville has since made his genus SPrRA- MELLA. uy : -¥& The existence of this magnificent species, and the calcareous nature of its tube, are incontestable, notwithstanding the doubt expressed in the Dict. des Se., Nat., LVII, p. 443, note. The Sabella bispiralis,—Amphitrite volutacornis, Lin. Trans., VII, vii, differs but slightly from it. I dare not assert it is the same as Seb., I, xxix, 1, erroneously cited by Pallas and Gmelin under Serpula gigantea, for that figure shows no disk. ’ VOL. Ii. K 130 ANNELIDES. ~ Others have no membranous disk anteriorly; their two pectiniform branchize are equal and spiral*. There are sometimes two ranges of filaments on each comb t. In others again, only one of the two combs is thus formed; the other, which is smaller, enveloping the base of the first,—Sabella unispira, Cuv.; Spirographis Spallanzantt, VivianiyPhosph. Mar., pl. iv, vf. Wy There are some whose branchiz merely form a simple funnel round the mouth; their filaments, however, are numerous, crowded, and strongly ciliated on the internal surface§. Their silky feet are almost imperceptible. Finally, others have been described which have but six filaments, arranged in a stellate form |. : ‘ TEREBELLA, Cuv. J The Terebelle, like most of the Sabellee, inhabit an artificial tube, but it iscomposed of grains of sand, and fragments of shells; their body, moreover, has fewer rings, and their head is otherwise deco- rated. Numerous filiform and extremely extensible tentacula sur- round their mouth; their branchie, placed on the neck, are not infun- dibuliform, but resemble arbuscule. | Several species are found on the coast of France, long con- founded under the name of Terebella conchilega, Gm., Pall., Miscel:, IX, 14—22, most of which are remarkable for tubes formed of large fragments of shells, the edges of their opening being prolonged into several little branches, composed of simi- lar materials, and containing the tentacula, In the greater number there are three pairs of branchie, which, in those where the tube is branched, issue through a peculiar hole formed for that purpose**. | * The simple SaBeLLa of Savigny, Amphitrite reniformis, Mill., Ver., XVI, or Tubularia penicillus, Id., Zool., Ixxxix, 1, 2, or Terebella reniformis,Gm. ;— Amph, infundibulum, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, viii ;—Amph. vesiculosa, Id. Ib., XI, v. ; + The Sasett2 AsTART#, Savig., such as the Sabella grandis, Cuv., or Indica, Sav. ;—Tubularia magnifica, Shaw, Lin. Trans., V, ix. eve + The SABELLZ SPIROGRAPHICA, Savigny. * N.B. On account of the imperfection of the figure of Ellis, Coral., pl. xxxiii, I do not know to which of these subdivisions we should refer the Amphitrite ventilabrum, Gm. or Sabella penicillus, L., Ed. XII. § Sab. villosa, Cuy., a new species. ; \| Tubularia Fabricia, Gm., Fabr., Faun. Greenl., p. 450—the genus Fapricia, Blainvy. § Linneus, in his twelfth edition, had thus named an animal described by Keehler, and which might have belonged to this genus because it was thought to perforate stones. Lamarck has employed the same name—An, sans vert., p. 324, for.a Nereis and for a Spio. The Terebelle, Gm., comprehend Amphinome, Nereides, Serpule, &e. Messrs. Savigny, Monteg., Lamarck, and Blainyille, employ this name as above, which was proposed by me, Dict. des Se. Nat.,; II, p. 79. ** They are the simple TEREBELL& of Savigny; such as, Tereb. medusa, Sav., Eg., Annel., I,f. 3;—Ter. cirrhata, Gm., Mill., Ver., XV ;—Ter. gigantea, Montag., TUBICOLAs 18k. AMPHITRITE, Gis’ The Amphitrites are easily recognized by the golden coloured sete, ed like a crown, or the teeth of a comb, in one or two rows, on the anterior part of their head, where they probably serve as a means of defence, or perhaps enable the animal. to crawl, or to col- lect the materials of its tube. Numerous tentacula encircle the mouth, and on each side of the fore part of the back are pectiniform branchiee. | Some of them construct light tubes of a regularly conical figure, which they carry about with them. Their gilded sete form two combs, whose teeth incline downwards. Their capacious and fre- quently flexed intestine is usually filled with sand+.° Such is the Amph. auricoma belgica, Gm.; Pall., Miscel., IX,3—5. Its tube:is two inches long, and formed of variously coloured round granules {. Amph. auricoma capensis, Pall., Miscel., 1X, i, 2. From the ~~ South Seas ; its thin and polished tube appears to be transversely - fibrous, and formed of some dessicated, soft, and stringy sub- stance, It is a larger species§. There are others which inhabit artificial tubes fixed to various bodies. Their gilded setze form several concentric crowns on their head, from which results an operculum that seals up their tube when they contract, but the two parts of which can separate. Each foot is furnished with a cirrus. The body is terminated behind in a Lin, Trans., XII, 11 ;—T. nebulosa, Id. Ib., 12, 2;—T: constrictor, Id. Tb., 13, 13. —T. venusta, Tb.,2; he also calls one of them 7. cirrhata, Ib., XII, 1; but which does not appear to be the same as that of Miiller. Add 7, variabilis, Risso, &c. ‘N.B. M. Savigny makes two other divisions ‘of Terebelle, the T. PayzeLia, which have but two pairs of branchie, and the T. IpA.ix, that have but one pair. Among the latter would come the Amphitrite cristata, Miill., Zool. Dan., Ixxi, 1, 4; Amph. ventricosa, Bose., Ver., I, vi, 4—6. * This genus, as it stands in Miller, Brugitres, Gmelin, and Lamarck, also in- cludes some Terebelle and Sabella, In 1824, Dict. des Sc. Nat. II, p. 78, I reduced it to its actual limits; since then, M. Lamarck has changed my divisions into genera, his PecrinARL#2 and SABELLARIA, termed APHICTENaZ and HERMELLZ by Savigny. The Ampurirrires of Lamarck are my SABELL&, M. Savigny, on the contrary, makes it the name of a family. : + They are the Pecrrnarra, Lam.; Aparctena, Savig. ; CiRysopONTES, Oken ; and the Cisrenm of Leach. This perpetual changing of names—and in this particular case there was not even the pretext of a change of limits in the group prepa deepsea wk Pig a a much more difficult study than that of ¢ The same as the Sabella belgica, Gm., Klein., tab. I, 5, Echinod., xxxiii, A, B, and as the Amph. auricoma, Miill., Zool, Dan. xxvi, of which Brugiéres has made his Amphitrite dorée. _ _§ The same as the Sabella chrysodon, Gm, Berg., Stock. Mem., 1765, IX, 1, 3; as ee ear ve me Id., Stat., Miill., Nat. Syst., VI, xix, 67, which is a mere 4 ; as the Sabella indica, Abildgaart, Berl. Schr., IX, iv. See also Mat. Slabber, Fless, Mem., I, ii, 1—3, | | i ; K 132 ANNELIDES. tube bent towards the head, which doubtless affords an ‘issue to the feces. 1 have found a muscular gizzard in them *. % Such is the species found along the coast of France, the Sa- bella alveolata, Gm.; Tubipora arenosa, L.; Ed. XIk, Coral., XXXVI. Its tubes, united in one compact mass, have their orifices regularly arranged like the cells of a honey-comb +. Another, the Amph. ostrearia, Cuv., establishes its tubes on the shells of Oysters, and it is said greatly hinders their propagation. It is to this order I suspect that we must refer the SypHostoma, Olto, . Where, on the superior part of each articulation, is inserted a fasci- culus of fine setee, and on the inferior a simple seta, and on the ante- rior extremity two fasciculi of strong golden coloured sete. Under these setaceous appendages is the mouth, preceded by-a sucker sur- rounded by numerous soft filaments, which may very possibly be branchie, and accompanied by two fleshy tentacula. The knotted medullary cord is seen through the skin. They live buried in mud f. Hitherto, the genus 3 Dentatium, Lin., Has always been placed in this vicinity. The shell is an elongated, arcuated cone, open at both ends, and has been compared to the tusk of an elephant in miniature. The recent observations of M. Savigny, and those of M. Deshayes especially§, have, however, rendered this. classification extremely doubtful. . The animal of the Dentalia, has neither any sensible articulation, or lateral setae, but is furnished anteriorly with a membranous tube, inside of which is a sort of. foot, or fleshy and conical opercu- lum, which closes its orifice. On the base of this foot is a small flattened head, and plumose branchiz are observed on the nape. _ If the operculum recall to our minds the foot of the Vermeti and Sili- quarize, which have been placed among the Mollusca, the branchize strongly remind us of those of the Amphitrites and Terebelle. Ulterior observations upon their anatomy, and principally upon that of their nervous and vascular system, will resolve this problem. * The SABELLARI®, Lam.; the HERMELLA, Savigny. + This is perhaps the place for the Amphitrite plumosa of Fab., Faun. Greenl., p- 288, and Miill., Zool. Dan., xc ; but their descriptions are so obscure, and agree so little with each other, that I dare not attempt to assign it. It forms the genus © Puerusa, Blainville. na has vars. : t Siphostoma diplochaitos, Otto ;—Siph. uncinata, Aud. and Edw., Litt., de la Fr., Annel,, pl. ix, f.. 1. , § Monograph of the genus DENTALIUM, Mem. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, t. II, p- 321. s m : DORSIBRANCHIATE, 133 The shell of some of them is angular *, or oo sence striated f. That of others is round f. | ORDER II. DORSIBRANCHIAT 2. The organs of the Dorsibranchiate, and the branchiz in parti- cular, are equally distributed along the whole of the body, or at least of its middle portion. At the head of the order we will place those genera in which the ergans are most completely developed. AreNICcOLA, Lam. § Branchiz, resembling small trees, on the rings of the middle part of the body only : the mouth, a fleshy and more or less dilatable pro- boscis; and have neither teeth, tentacula nor eyes, visible. The posterior extremity not only wants the branchie, but the setaceous fasciculi ies which the rest of the igi is furnished; the cirri totally de- cient. Aren. piscatorum, bp Lumbricus marinus, L. ; Pall, Noy. Act. Petrop., ii, 1, 19—29. Very common in the sand on the sea-shore, where it is disinterred by the fishermen, who use it as bait. It is about-a foot long, of a reddish colour, and diffuses an abundant yellowish liquid when touched. It has thirteen pairs of branchicze ||. sian #8 ) AMPHINOME, Brug. qj A pair of more or less complex, tufted or plumose branchive on each ring of the body, and to each of the feet two fasciculi of separate setee, and two cirri; no jaws to the proboscis.. The Amphinomes are divided by M. Savigny into * Dent. es gated Martini, Fy; 5; At—Dent. aprinum, Ib., ar 3—D. stria- tulum, Tb., 5, B;—D. arcuatum, Gualt., X, G ;—D. sexangulum. ; + Dent. dentalis, Rumpf., Mus., xli, 6 =D. peeeheuny Mestinl Conch., I, 1, 3, B;—D. rectum, Gualt., X; H, &e. t Dent. entalis, Martini, I, i, 2, &e, § M. Savigny has made a family of this genus by the name of THELETHUSZ, which has been adopted by his successors. || Add, Arenicola clavata, Ranzani, dec. I, p. 6, pl. i, f. 1, should it prove to be a distinct species. { This genus has very properly been withdrawn $y Brugiéres, from the APHRODITA of Pallas and the TereseLLa® of Gmelin. It forms the type of M. Savigny’s family of the AMpH1INOM 4, also adopted by his successors. - 184 ; ANNELIDES. Curoeta, Sav., — Where the head is furnished with five tentacula, and the branchize resembles a tripinnate leaf, The Indian Ocean produced one of them, the Amphinome che- vellue, Brug.; Terebella flawa, Gm.; Pall., Miscell. VIII; 7— 11, very remarkable for its long bundles of lemon-coloured sete, and the beautiful purple. plumes of its branchise. Its form is broad and depressed, and it has a vertical crest on the snout. And into the | ; | Pori0one, Sav.—Ameuinome, Blainv., - Where, with the same tentacula, the branchize are tufted. The Pleiones are also from the Indian Ocean, and some of them are very large*. ‘To these he adds the Evpurosing, Saw. t Where the head has but a single tentaculum, and the tree-like branchiz are very complex and greatly developed. To this sub- genus, Messrs. Audouin and Edwards Sproat the Hipronoz, Which has nocaruncle, and but a single bundle veh sete, and a single cirrus to each foot. Hip. Gaudichaudii, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. XVII, plivi. A species from Port Jackson. In the | Evunics, Cuv.t The branchize are also plumose, but the proboscis is well armed with three pair of differently formed horny jaws; each foot is furnished with two cirri and a bundle of setee, there are five tentacula above the mouth and two on the nape. In some species only, we find two small eyes. | 7 Eun. gigantea, Cuv. The largest of the known Annelides, being upwards of four feet in length. From the sea of the An- tilles. Several smaller species are found on the coast of France §. * Terebella carunculata, Gm., Amph. car., Pall., Miscell., VIII, 12, 13 ;—Ter. rostrata, 14—18 ;—Ter. complanata, Ib., 19—26 ;—Pleione alcyonia, Say., #6, “9 Annel., I, f. 3. + Buphrosine laureata, Id. Ib., f. 13-——E. mirtosa, Id., Ub., 2. N.B. The genus ARISTENIA, Sav. ., Eg., Annel., wi ii, f. 4, should also come near the Amphinomes ; but it is only established on a mutilated specimen. + Eunice, the name of a Nereis in Apollodorus. M. Savigny makes it the name of a family, and calls the genus Leodice. M.-de Blainyille has changed these names, first to Branchionereis, and then to Nereidon. § Nereis norvegica, Gm., Mill., Zool. Dan., I, xxix, 1;—N. pinnata, Ib., 2;— N. cuprea, Bosc., Ver. 1, v, 1;—WLeodice gallica, and L. hispanica, Savig.—aAdd ‘Leod. anteanata, Sav., Annel., V, 1 ;—Zunice bellii, Aud., and Edw., Litt., de Ja Fr., Annel., pl. iii, f. 1—45—Biutne harassii, Ib., f. y, 11. DORSIBRANCHIAT. 135 By the name of Marruisz, M. Savigny distinguishes those spe- cies, otherwise very similar, in which the two tentacula on the nape are wanting; their upper cirrus is very short®. A species at least closely allied to them,—wN. tubicola, Miill., Zool. «, J, xviii, 1—5, inhabits a horny tube f. After these genera with complex branchia, we may place those where they are reduced to simple laminze or slight tubercles, or in ‘which they are even replaced by cirri. | Some of them are still allied to the Eunices, by the strong arma- ture of their proboscis, and their azygous antennz. Such is the Lysivice, Sav. Where, with jaws similar to those of the Eunices, and even more numerous and frequently azygous, the only branchize consist of three _tentacula and the cirri f. Acuiaura, Sav. The jaws of the Aglaure are also numerous and azygous, con- sisting of seven, nine, &c.; but their tentacula are either wanting or completely concealed ; their branchize are also reduced to cirri§. Nereis, Cuv.—Lycorts, Sav, The true Nereides have an even number of tentacula, attached to the sides of the base of the head, and a little further forwards, two others that are biarticulate, between which are two simple ones. Their branchize consist of small laminee between which is spread a network of vessels; each foot is alsc furnished with two tubercles, two fasciculi of setee, one cirrus above, and another beneath. Several species inhabit the coast of France |. In the vicinity of these Nereides are grouped several genera in * Nereis sanguinea, Montag., Lin. Trans., XI, pl. 3. + After the Eunices probably should come the Nereis crassa, Miill., Ver., pl. xii, which, without having seen it, M. de Blainville proposes to refer to the genus _Ereonr, Sav., although the branchie of the latter are very different. 1 Lysidice Valentina, Say.;—L. Olympia, Id. ;—JL. galatina, Id., Eg., Annel., 55. § I unite the AGLAuR& and CENONES, Sav., and even certain species without -tentacula, left among the Lysidices by Messrs. Audouin and Edwards; Aglaura ful- gida, Eg. Annel., V, 2 ;—Cénone lucida, Ib., f. 3. . || Nereis versicolor, Gm., Mill., Wurm., VI ;—N. jimbriata, Id., viii, 1—3 ;—N. pelagica, Id., vii, 1—3 ;—Terebella rubra, Gm., Bommé, Mém. de Fless., VI, 357, f. 4, A, B;—Lycoris agyptia, Eg., Annel., pl. iv, f. 1 ;—Lycoris nuatia, Id. Ib. f. 2; —WNereis beaucoudrasii, Aud., and Edw., Littor. de la Fr., Annel., pl. iv, f. 1—7;— Ner. pulsatoria, Ib., f. 8—13. ‘'N.B. The Nereis verrucosa; Miul., Ver., pl. vii, and incisa, Ott., Fabr., Soc. Hist. . Nat. Copenhag., V, part I, pl. iv, f. 1—3, seem to have the head of a Lycoris, but with long filaments in place of branchie: they require examination. 136 ANNELIDES. which the body is also slender, and the branchiz are reduced to sim- ple laminz, or even simple filaments or tubercles. The jaws or ten- tacula are wanting in some of them. PuytLopoce, Sav.—Nereipnyiia, Blainv. The Phyllodoces, like the true Nereides, have an even number of tentacula on the sides of the head, and four or five small additional ones before. They are furnished with eyes; their large proboscis, which is studded with a circle of very short fleshy tubercles, presents “no jaws, and, what particularly distinguishes them, their branchize resemble broad leaves, arranged in a single row on each side of the body, and overlapping each other; finely ramified vessels are distri- buted over them *." ‘ ~— Atcrora, Aud. and M. Rdw. The mouth and tentacula nearly similar to those of the Phyllodoces ; but the feet, independently of the tubercle which supports the setze and the two foliaceous cirri or branchie, are furnished with two branchial tubercles which occupy their superior and inferior edges +. Srio, Lab. and Gm. The body slender; two very long tentacula which have the appear- ance of antenne; eyes in the head and on each side of every segment of the body; branchiz in the form of a simple filament. They are small worms from the Arctic Ocean, and inhabit membranous tubes :- Syius, Sav. An odd number of tentacula, articulated like the beads of a rosary, as well as the superior cirri of the feet, which are simple and have * Nereis lamellifera atlantica, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., II, pl. v, f. 11—18, per- haps the same as the Nereiphylle de Pareto, Blainv., Dict. des Sc. Nat. ;—N. flava, Ott., Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenhag., V, part I, pl. iv, f. 8—10. N.B. The N. viridis, Mill., Ver., pl. xi, of which, without having seen it, M. Savigny proposes to make the genus EULALIA, and the two Eunom1#, Risso, Eu- rop. Merid., IV, p. 420, also appear to me to be Phyllodoces ; perhaps we should also so consider the Nereis pinnigera, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, vi, 3; and the Nereis stellifera, Mill., Zool. Dan., pl. xii, f. 1, of which, without having seen it, Savigny proposes:'to make a genus by the name of Lerrpra; and the N. longa, Ott., Fabr., placed by Savig. with the N. flava in his genus ETEONE: All these Annelides require to be carefully examined according to the detailed method of M. Savigny. We must not confound these Phyllodoces of Savigny with those of Ranzani, which are allied to the Aphrodite, and particularly to the Polynoes. + Alciopa Reynaudii, Aud., and Edw.,—from the Atlantic Ocean.—The pretended Nais Rathke, Soc. Hist. Nat. Copen., V, part I, pl. iii, f. 15, may very possibly be an Alciopa. fii 2 + Spio seticornis, Ott., Fabr., Berl., Schr., VI, v, 1, 7;—Spio filicornis, Tb., s— 12. The Porypor®, Bose., Ver. I, v, 7, appear to me to belong to this genus. Spio, the name of a Nereid. ? . " DORSIBRANCHIATZ, = 187 but a single bundle of sete. It appears that there is some variety re- lative to the existence of the jaws *. Giycera, Sav. “The Glycerze are recognized by their head, which is a fleshy and conical point resembling a small horn, and divided at the summit into four scarcely visible tentacula, The proboscis of some still pre- sents jaws, in others, they are said to be imperceptible tf. Neputuys, Cw. The proboscis of the Phyllodoces but no tentacula ; two bundles of widely separated setee on each foot, between which is a cirrus f. Lumprinera, Blainv. The tentacula wanting ; bug a single small forked tubercle, from which issues a little bundle of setz, on each articulation of the elon- ted body. If there be any external organ of respiration, it can only consist of an upper lobe of this tubercle §. ° Arica, Sav. The teeth and tentacula wanting ; two ranges of lamellated cirri on the back of the elongated body; anterior feet furnished with notched crests not found on the others |}. Several species of these genera are found on the Atlantic coast of France. 7 Hesione, Lam. A short thick body composed of but few and feebly marked rings ; a very long cirrus, that probably exercises the functions of branchie, ie * Syllis monilaris, Sav., Eg., Annel., IV, f. 3, copied Dict. des Se. Nat. N.B. The Nereis armillaris, Mill., Ver., pl. ix, of which, without having seen it, M. Savigny proposes to make the genus Lycasris, has tentacula and cirri formed like @ rosary asin Syllis, but the tentacula are represented as being in even numbers, It should be examined, + Nereis alba, Miill., Zool. Dan., Ixxii, 6, 7 ;—Glyc. Meckelii, Aud., and Edw., Littor, de la Fr., Annel., pl. vi, f. 1. t Nephthys Hombergii, Cuv., Dict. des Se. Nat. § Nereis ebranchiata, Pall. Nov. Act. Petrop., II, pl. vi, f. 2;—Lombrinere brilliant, Biainyv., pl. of the Dict. des Se. Nat. ;—Lumbricus fragilis, Miil., Zool. ‘Dan., pl. xxii, of which, but with hesitation, M. De Blainyille makes his genus ScoLETOMA. N.B. The Sco.o.eres, Blainv., which are only known _by the fig. of Abildga- ardt (Lumbricus squamatus, Zool. Dan., IV, clv, 1\—5,) have a very slender body with numerous rings, each furnished with a branchial cirrus and two bundles of sete, the inferior of which seems to proceed from a fold of the skin compressed like a scale; their head has neither jaws nor tentacula. || Aricia Cuvieri, Aud., and Edw., Litt., de la Fr., Annel., pl. vii, f. 5—13. The Lumbricus armiger, Mill., Zool. Dan., pl. xxii, f. 4 and 5, of which, without having seen it, M. de Blainville proposes to form a genus by the name of ScoLorLe, appears to want both teeth and tentacula, and to have simple small bundles of short ‘setee on its first segments, and a bifid wart, a small seta, and a long ae bran- chial lamina on the others. 138 ° ANNELIDES. on the top of each foot, and has.another beneath, with a bundle of setee; a large proboscis with neither tentacula, nor jaws. Several species are found in the Mediterranean *. OpuHELINA, Sav. The body thick and short, with feebly marked rings and scarcely visible sete; long cirri in lieu of branchiz on two thirds of its length; palate of the mouth with a dentated crest; the lips surrounded with tentacula, of which the two superior are the largest}. — Cirruatuius, Lam. The branchie consisting of a very long filament; two small bundles of setze to each of the articulations of the body, which are numerous and compact; a series of long filaments round:the nape. The slightly marked head has neither tentacula nor jaws {. Patmyra, Sav. The Palmyre are recognized by their superior fasciculi, the sete of which are large, flattened, flabelliform, and glisten like highly po- lished gold; their inferior fasiculi are small; their cirri and bran- chi feebly marked. They have an elongated body,. two extended tentacula, and three very small ones. ‘ Palm. aurifera, Sav. The only species known; it is from one to two inches in length, and is found at the Isle of France. Apuropita, Lin. This genus is easily known by the two longitudinal ranges of broad membranous scales that cover the back, to: which, through a very groundless assimilation, the name of elytra has been given, and under which, their branchize, in the form. of fleshy crests, are con- . cealed. , ; Their body is usually flattened, and shorter and. broader than in the other Annelides. Their extremely thick and muscular esopha- gus is susceptible of being protruded like a proboscis; their intestine is unequal, and furnished on each side with numerous branched czeca, the extremities of which are fixed between the bases of the setaceous fasiculi, which serve as feet. M. Savigny distinguishes from them the * Hesione splendida, Say.,Eg., Annel., pl. iii,f. 3 ;—H. festiva, Id. Ib., p. 41 ;— H. pantherina, Risso, Eur. Merid., IV, p.418. ' + This is probably the place for the Nereis prismatica, and bifrons, Fabr., Soc. . Hist. Nat. Copen. V, part 1, pl. iv, p. 17—23. he { Lumbricus cirrhatus, Ott., Fabr., Faun. Greenl., f. 5, from which the Tere- bella tentaculata, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, and the Cirrhinére filigere, Blainv., pl., of the Dict. des Sc. Nat., N, do not appear to differ as to the genus ;—Cirrh. Lamarkii, Aud., and Edw., Litt., de la Fr., Annel., pl. vii. f. 1—4. * DORSIBRANCHIAT. + 139 Hauirnga, Sav. Where there are three tentacula,.a small crest between two of them, and where the jaws are wanting. A species is found on the coast of France, which, with re- spect to its colouring, is one of the most splendid of all ani- _mals—the Aphrodita aculeata, L. Pall., Misc., VU, 1—13. It is oval, from six to eight inches in length, and from two to three in breadth. The scales on its back are covered and con- cealed by a sort. of stuff resembling tow, which arises from the sides. From the latter also spring groups of stout spines, which portty transfix the tow, and fasciculi of flexuous setee of a splen- golden colour, whose changeable tints rival those of the rainbow. They are not inferior in beauty to the plumage of the humming-bird, or to the lustre of the richest gems. Further down is a tubercle from which arise three groups of spines, of as many different diameters, and finally, a fleshy cone. There are forty of these tubercles on each side, and between the two first are two small fleshy tentacula, There are fifteen pairs of wide, and sometimes inflated scales on the back, and fifteen small branchial crests on each side. Some of these Halitheze have none of this tow-like material on the back* :; one species—Aphr. hystriz, Sav.t, is found in the seas of Europe. A second subdivision of the Aphroditz is that of the Poutynor, Sav.—Eumoire, Oken. Where there is none of this tow on the back; they have five ten- tacula, and their proboscis is furnished with strong and. horny jaws. Several small species are found on the coast of France f. The Sieatrones, Aud. and Edw., have a much more elongated form, than the other Aphrodite ; each foot is furnished with cirri§. The Acogrrs, Aud. and Edw., are provided with cirri which saan with the elytra|} ; their jaws are stronger and more deeply . entated. _. © "They are the Halithées hermiones_of Savigny, of which M. de Blainville has made his genus HERMIONE. + Littoral de la France, Annel., pl. i, f. 1—9. {t Aphr. squamata, Pall., Misc., Zool., VII, 14; Littor., de la Fr., Annel., pl. i, f. 10—16 ;—Polyn. levis, Aud., and Edw., Ib., pl. ii. f. 11—18 ;—Aphr. punctata, Milll., Ver., XIII ;—Aphr. cirrhosa, Pall., Misc. Zool., VIII, 3—6;—Aphr. lepidota, Id., Ib., 1, 2 ;—-Aphr. clava, Montag., Lin, Trans., LX, vii, which is at least closely allied to the Aphr. plana, Mill., Ver., XIX ;—Polynoe impatiens, Sav., Eg., Annel., pl. 3, f. 2;—Poly. muricata, Id., Ib., f. 1. . ‘ § Mathilde, Aud., and Edw., Littor. de la France, Annel. \| Aco@tes Pleei, Aud,, and Edw., Collect. of the Museum. 140 ANNELIDES. A large species is found at the Antilles which inhabits a tube of the consistence of leather *, This is the only situation we can assign to a new and very singu- lar genus which I call CumropTerus, Cuv. The mouth has neither jaws nor proboscis, and is furnished above with a lip, to which are attached two tentacula. Next comes a disk with nine pairs of feet, followed by a pair of long silky fasciculi re- sembling wings. The lamellated branchize are rather beneath the body than above it, and extends along its middle. Chetopterus pergamentaceus, Cuv. This species, which is - found at the Antilles, is from eight to ten inches in length, and inhabits a tube resembling parchment f. f). yv ORDER III. ABRANCHIATSZS. The Abranchiate have no apparent external organ of. respiration whatever, and appear to respire, some, like the Lumbrici, by the en- tire surface of the skin, and others, like the Hirudines, by internal cavities. They have a closed circulating system, usually filled with red blood, and, like all the Annelides, a knotted nervous cord tf. Some are also provided with sete, which enable them to crawl, and others are deprived of them. This has caused their division into two families. * N.B. The Phyltodoce macillosa of Ranzani, called POLYODONTE by Reinieri, and Eumolpe maxima by Oken, seems to be closely allied to the ACOETES ; its pro- boscis and jaws are the same, and neither of the genera has, perhaps, been described from perfect specimens. There remain various Annelides so imperfectly deseribed, that. we are unable to characterize them well; such are the Nereis ceca, Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copen. part I, pl. iv, f. 24—28;—WN. longa, Id., Ib., f. 1113 2-N; aphroditoides, Ib., 4—7; Ib., 11—13 ;—Branchiartus quadrangulatus, Montag. Lin. Trans., XII, pl. xiv, f. 5 ;—Diplotes hyalina, Id., 1b., f. 6 and 7; and the pretended Hirudo bran- chiata, Archib. Menzies, Lin. Trans. I, pl. xvii, f. 3. I have also omitted the MyriAN and two or three other genera of M. Savigny, on account of my having . had no opportunity to re-examine them. + It will be more minutely described by Messrs. Adid., and Cuv., in “the Annales des Sciences Naturelles. + For the anatomy and physiology of the abranchiate Annelides, see the Memoir of M. Ant. Dugés, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Sept. 1828. ABRANCHIATA. ‘141 FAMILY I. ? ABRANCHIATZ SETIGERZ. ‘This first family comprises the Lumbrici and Naides of Linnzus. Lumpricus, Lin. The Earth-worms, as they are commonly called, characterized by a long cylindrical body, divided by ruge into a great number of rings, and by an edentated mouth, necessarily required to be sub- divided. Lumpricus, Cuv. Eyes, tentacula, branchie and cirri, all wanting; a tubercle or visible enlargement, particularly sensible in the nuptial season, serves to attach the two sexes to each other in coitu. The intestine is straight and rugose, and in the anterior part of the body we observe some whitish glands which appear to be concerned in the process of gene- ration. ‘The Lumbrici are certainly hermaphrodites, but it is possi- ble that their coalescing may serve to excite them to the act of self- impregnation. . According to the observations of M. Montégre, the ova descend between the intestine and the external envelope, to the circumference of the rectum, where they are hatched. The young ones issue, living, from the anus. M. Leon Dufour, on the contrary, affirms that their ova resemble those of the Leech. The nervous cord it nothing more than a crowded suite of numerous little ganglia *. M. Savigny subdivides them again. His Enrerionss have four pairs of small sete, eight in all, under each ring. . Every one knows the Common Earth-worm—Lumbricus ter- restris, L.—with a reddish body, that attains nearly a foot in length, and which is composed of upwards of one hundred and twenty rings. The tubercle is near the anterior third. Under the sixteenth ring are two pores, the use of which is unknown. This animal traverses the soil in every direction, and swallows “a quantity of earth. It also eats roots, ligneous fibres, animal fragments, &c. In the month of June it rises to the surface during the night, to seek for a companion in the process of _ copulation f. .* Conf. Montégre, Mem. du Mus., I, p. 242, pl. xii, and Leon Dufour, Ann. des Se. Nat. V, p. 17, and XIV, p. 216, and pl. xii, B, f. 1—4. See also the treatise of Morren, De Lumbrici Terrestris Historia Naturali nec non Anatomica, Bruss., 1829, 4to. > What is here stated is common to many species, first ascertained by M. Sa- vigny. He has distinguished twenty of them. See my Analyse des Travaux de VAcad, des Se., 1821. M. Dugés distinguishes six, but does not refer them exactly to those of M. Savigny. : N. B. Miiller and Fabricius speak of Lumbrici with two sete to each ring, of which Savigny proposes to make his genus CLITELLIO, (Lumbricus min, tus, Fab., Faun., Greenl., f. 4), and of others with four and six sete; but their dc scriptions require to be confirmed and completed ere their species can be classed. 142. ANNELIDESs His Hypog@ones have, besides, an azygous seta on the back of each ring. | The only species known is from America *, Messrs. Audouin and M. Edwards also distinguish the Trophoniea, which have four bundles of short setz on each ring, and on the an- terior extremity a great number of long and brilliant sete which surround the mouth f. | Nats, Lin. The Naides have an elongated body, the rings of which are less dis- tinct than in the Lumbrici. They inhabit holes made by them in the ooze, from which one half of their body projects and is constantly in motion. Black points are observed on the head of some of them, which may be taken for eyes. They are small worms, whose power of reproduction is as astonishing as that of the Hydre. Several species are found in the rivers, &c. of France. — Some of them have long sete f. And sometimes a long proboscis before §. | j Or several small tentacula at the posterior extremity ||. Others have very short setz {. : a Certain Annelides, hitherto referred to the Lumbrici, which con- struct tubes of clay, &c., in which they live, might be approximated to this genus **. sii CLymEna, Sav. The Clymenz also ‘appear to belong to this family. Their thick body has but few rings, which are mostly furnished with stout sete; a little higher, and near the back, is a bundle of finer ones. There are neither tentacula nor appendages to the head. ‘Their posterior extremity is truncated and radiated. They inhabit tubes tt. | * Hypogeon hirtum, Sav., Eg., Annel., p. 104. + Trophonia barbata, Aud,, and Edw., Littor., de la France, Annel.; pl. x, f. 13—15. t Nais elinguis, Mill., Wurm., II ;—N. littoralis, Id., Zool., Dan., xxx. § Nais proboscidea, Id., Wurm., I, 1—4, of which Lamarck makes his genus STYLARIA. {| Nats digitata, Gm., ceca, Mull., Tb., V, the genus Proto, Oken.. § Nais vermicularis, Gm., Res., ILI, xciii, 1—7;—N. serpentina, Id., xciii, Mill., IV, 2—4 ;—Lumbricus turbifex, Gm., Bonnet., Vers d’eau douce, III, 9, 10, Miill., Zool. Dan., lxxxiv ;—Lumbricus lineatus, Mill., Warm., III, 4—5. ** LIumbricus tubicola, Mill., Zool. Dan., lxxv ;—Lumb. sabellaris, Ib., civ, 5. M. Lamarck unites them with the Nais tubifex, and makes it his genus TUBIFEX ; it requires, however, a new examination. +t Clymena amphistoma, Sav., Eg., Annel., pl i, f. ;—Cl. lumbricalis, Ott. Fabr., | Aud. and Edw., Litt., de la France, Annel., pl. x, f. 1—6 ;—Cl, Ebiensis; Aud., and, Edw., Ib., f, 8—12. i ABRANCHIATE. 143 FAMILY It. ! i Fase + ABRANCHIATZ ASETIGERZE. ‘The second family consists of two great genera, both of which are aquatic. Hirupo, Lin. Leeches have an oblong, sometimes depressed, transversely. plicated ; the mouth is encircled by a lip, and the posterior extremity furnished with a flattened disk, both of which are well adapted for adhering to bodies by a sort of suction, and are the principal organs of locomotion possessed by these animals; for after extending itself, the Leech fixes its anterior extremity and approximates the other, which in its turn adheres to allow the former to be carried forward. In several we observe on the under part of the body two series of pores, the orifices of as many small internal pouches, considered by some naturalists as organs of respiration, although they are usually filled with a mucous fluid. The intestinal canal is straight, inflated from space to space, for two-thirds of its length, where there are two cca, The blood swallowed is preserved there, red and unchanged, for several weeks. : : The ganglions of the nervous cord are much more separate than in the Lumbrici. The Hirudines are hermaphrodites. A large penis projects from a anterior third of the body, and the valve is a little further behind. | Several of them form their eggs into a cocoon, and envelope them with a fibrous excretion *. They have been subdivided from characters principally drawn from the organs of their mouth, In the Saneuisuca, Sav. t _ Or the Leech properly so called, the superior lip of the anterior cup or sucker is divided into several segments ; the aperture is trans- verse and contains three jaws, each edge of which is armed with two rows of very fine teeth, which enables them to penetrate through the skin without causing a dangerous wound, It is marked with ten small points, considered as eyes. : We all know the medicinal or common Leech—Hirudo me- - dicinalis, L., that usefnl instrument for the local abstraction of * See Mémoires pour servir a Hist. Nat. des Sangues, by P. Thomas; a Memoir of Spix, Acad. Bav., 1813; and a third of M. Carena, Acad. Turin., t. XXV ; but especially the Syst2me des Annélides, Savigny, and the Monographie des Hirudines, Moquin-Tandon, Montpellier, 1826, 4to. See also Esssai d'une Monographie de la famille des Hirudinées, extracted from the Diet. des Se. Nat. by M. de Blainv., Paris, 1827, Svo., and the article SanGsveE of the same work, by Audouin. + M. de Blainville changes this name into JarRoBELL®. For the various medi- cinal Leeches, see the fig. of Messrs. Carena, Acad, Turin., t. XXV, pl. xi, and Mo- guin-Tandon pl. v. 4d ANNELIDES. . yeblood... It is usually blackish, with yellowish streaks above, and yellowish with black spots beneath. It is found in all-stag> nant waters. The Heamorsis, Sav.* “Differs from the preceding in the teeth of its jaws, which a are few and obtuse. : Hemop. sanguisorba, Satis ; Hirudo sanguisuga, L. Bfions Tand., pl. iv, f. 1; Car., pl. xi, f. 7 (The Horse Leach). Much larger, and entirely greenish-black. It is said to cause emage- _ ous wounds}. In the > €. ae te BpE.LLa, Savit 18 .ybod LEO “There are but eight eyes, and the jaws are pe edentated. Bd. nilotica, Eg. Annel., pl. v,f.4. Inhabits the Nile. ‘In vit theiixor DAE OLENA AE BS Nepuetis, Sav.§ There are also but eight eyes; the interior of the mouth has but three folds of skin. Several small species are found in the stagnant waters of France; it is thought proper to distinguish from them the a > TROCHETIA, Dutroch ||. ai “Which only differs from them in an inflation at the. spot where the genital organs are placed. — One species is found in France—Geobdella trochetii, Blainv. Dict. des Sc. Nat., Hirud., pl. IV, f. 6, which 2 iio ce feghed' the water in pursuit of Lumbrici. M. Moquin-Tandon, under the name of AuLastoma, even 9g scribes a subgenus, where the mouth is merely furnished with numerous longitudinal plicee—Aulast. nigrescens, Mog. cabana ‘Ph. vig f. 4. Cees * * This name is changed by M. de Blainville to HypoBDELL&. ey + There is a singular diversity of opinion with respect to the faculty of drawing blood possessed by this animal. Linnzus says that nine of them will kill a Korse. Messrs. Huzard and Pelletier, on the contrary, in a» Memoir, ad hoc, presented to the Institute, and inserted in the Journal. de. Pharmacie, March 1825,, assert. that it attacks no vertebrated animal. M. de Blainville thinks this is owing to its having been confounded with a neighbouring species, the Sangsue noire, which “he makes the type of a genus called PSEUDOBDELLA, the jaws of which are mere,folds of: skin without any teeth. I think this fact worthy of examination. Both repo Sasa the Lumbrici with avidity. : > tM. Moguin-Tandon changes this name to Limnatis...... , iT “§ M. de Blainville calls them ERPOBDELL™. Oken had cretion hana rt Hr.uvo., Such are: Hir, vulgaris, L., or H, octoculata, Bergm., Stock,,; Mem., 1757,pl. vi, f. 5—8;—N. alomavia, Caren., L., C, pl. xii... See also pl. vi of Moquin- Tandon, oth guikvniens: tte, Weliaies | M. de Blainville changes this name to GEOBDELLA. se iepon wit doadew ABRANCHIAT. (145 ‘Immediately after the Nephelides come the Brancutospe tra, Odier, remarkable for their two jaws and the absence of eyes. One species is known which lives on the branchiz of the Astaci*. In all these subdivisions the anterior sucker is but slightly sepa- rated from the body; in the two following ones it is clearly distin- guished from it by a strangulation, is composed of a single segment, and has a transverse orifice. In the Hamoc nanis, Sav. t In addition to this conformation, there are eight eyes, a slender body, and but slightly distinct rings. The jaws are salient, and scarcely visible points. The Hemochares do not swim, but walk i the caterpillars called Geometre, and adhere particularly to es. One species, Hirudo piscium, L.; Reese), II, xxxii, is fre- quently observed on the Cyprinif. The Axpiona, Sav.§ Differs from the preceding subgenera in the body, which is studded = tubercles, and in having six eyes. The Albionz inhabit the cean, Alb. muricata ; Hirudo muricata, L. A very abundant spe- cies in the seas of Europe; it is covered with small tubercles |}. There is a parasitic animal that lives on the Torpedo called Bran- cuELuion 4, which closely resembles a leech in its two cups, depressed body, and transverse plicee. Its anterior cup, which appears to have a very small mouth in the posterior margin, is placed on a narrowed portion resembling a neck, at the root of which is a small hole for the organs of generation; there appears to be another behind. The lateral edges of its plicee, which are compressed and salient, have been considered as branchize, but I can find no vessels there ; its epi- dermis is ample, and the envelope like a very loose sac*¥*. We also commonly place among the Leeches the * Branchiobdella Astaci, Od., Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, t. I, pl. iv. + M. de Blainville, who had named them Piscrco.a, a name adopted by La- marck, has again changed it to lorHyYoBDELLA. t Add, Piscicola cephalota, Caren., pl. xii, f. 19, and Mogq. Tand., pl. vii, f. 2;— Piscic. tesselata, Moq. Tand., f. 3. § The Ponrospe tia, Leach and Blainv. | Add, Pontobdella areolata ;—Pont. verrucata ;—Pont. spinulosa, Leach, Zool. Miscel., Ixiii, Lxiv, Ixv ;—Hirudo vittata, Chamiss., and Eisenhardt, Noy, Act, Nat. Cur., t. X, pl. xxiv, f. 4. § The Potypora, Oken; BRANCHIOBDELLION, Rudolphi; and the BRANCHIOB- DELLA, Blainv. ** It is the Branchellion torpedinis, Sav., but it mustnot be associated with the species found on the Tortoise (Hir branchiata, Menzies, Lin. Trans., I, xviii, 3), which really appears to have branchie that resemble a branch of feathers, and which it is requisite again to examine. VOL, Ii. L 146 ANNELIDES, CLEsPINE, Sav.—Guossopora, Johns *, The Clespines have a widened body, a posterior cup only, and a probosciform mouth without a sucker; some of them, however, may be found to belong to the family of the Planarix +,’ I consider them more closely allied to the Phylline, Oken }, and to the Malacobdelle, Blainv.§, which also have broad bodies, and are deprived of a pro- boscis and anterior sucker. They are parasitic animals, Gorpivs, Lin. , The body resembling a thread, the only mark of the articulations being slight, transverse plice ; it has neither feet, branchie, nor ten- tacula, Internally, however, a nervous system is perceptible in a knotted cord. Perhaps it will be necessary in the end to place them among the cavitary Intestina, like the Nemertes. They live in fresh water, in the mud, and in inundated grounds which they perforate in every direction. The different species are not yet well distinguished; the most common—Gordius aquaticus, L., is several inches in length, almost as fine as a hair, and brown, with blackish extremities. * The GLOSSOBDELLA, Blainv. os +. Hirudo complanata, L., or sexoculata, Bergm., Stock. Mem., 1757, pl. vi, f. 12——14 ;—Hir. trioculata, 1b., f. 9—11 ;—Hir. hyalina, L., Gm., Trembley, Polyp., pl. vii, f.'7 ;—-Clespine paludosa, Mogq. Tand., pl. iv, f. 3, &e. + EPIBDELL#, Blainv. ;—Hir. hippoglossi, Mull., Zool. Dan., liv. 1—4. § Hir. grossa, Miul., Zool. Dan., xxi. _ THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. (CONTINUED.) ee CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, AND INSECTA: OR SDEISULAT ED ANIMALS WITH ARTICULATED FEET*, TueseE last three + classes of the Articulata, which were united by Linneeus under the general name of Jasecia, are distinguished by at least six ¢ articulated feet. Each articulation is tubular, and contains the muscles of the succeeding one, which always moves by gyngly- mus, that is, in but one direction. The first articulation, which attaches the foot to the body, and which is composed of two pieces §, is called the cowa, or hip; the following one, which is, usually, nearly in a horizontal position, the - * For the sake of brevity, I have designated them by the term Condylopes. This series of articulatiens, of which their body is composed, has been compared by some Naturalists to a skeleton, or the vertebral column. But the use of this denomination is so much the more fallacious, in as much as these articulations or pretended ver- tebre are mere portions of thickened skin, and as this skin is continuous, simply being thinner, and almost membranous at intervals or at the joints, A general character, which ‘serves to distinguish these animals from all other Invertebrata, consists in their ewuviability, or habit of changing their skin, The situation of the encephalon, pharynx, and eyes, as in the more elevated animals, establishes the limits of the back and abdomen, and of their respective appendages. + Dr. Leach forms a separate class of the Myriapoda. The Arachnides Tra- chearie, considered anatomically, might also constitute another, but they are so elosely allied to the Pulmonaria in so many other particulars, that we have not thought proper to separate them. + Hexapoda. Those which have more than six, are termed by Savigny the Spiriopoda. I designate them more precisely by the appellation of Hyperhexapoda, (more than six feet), § In many of the Crustacea the second portion of the coxa aa soa of the thighs. The tibia, as in the Arachnides, is divided into two joints. | 5 L 148 CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, INSECTA, femur, or thigh; and the third, generally vertical, the tibia or leg. To these ensues a suite of small ones which touch the ground, forming the true foot, or what is denominated the tarsus. The hardness of the calcareous or horny* envelope of the greater number of these animals, is owing to that of the excretion, which is interposed between the dermis and epidermis, or what is termed in man the mucous tissue. This excretion also contains the brilliant and varied colours with which they are so often decorated. They are always furnished with eyes, which are of two kinds; simple or smooth eyes+t, which resemble a very minute lens, gene- rally three in number, and arranged in a triangle on the summit of the head; and compound eyes, where the surface is divided into an infinitude of different lenses called facets, to each of which there is a corresponding filament of the optic nerve, These two kinds may be either united or separated, according to the genera. Whether - their functions be essentially different in those cases where they are found to exist simultaneously, is a problem that, remains to be solved ; but vision is effected in both of them by means differing widely from those which produce it in the eye of the Vertebrata}. Other organs which for the first time are here presented to us, and which are found in two of these classes, the Crustacea and the Insecta§, the antenne, are articulated filaments varying greatly in form, and frequently according to the sex, attached to the head, appearing to be peculiarly devoted to a delicate sense of touch, and perhaps to some ‘other kind of sensation of which we have no idea, aut whieh may ‘refer to the state of the atmosphere. These animals enjoy the sense of smell and that of hearing. aa authors place the seat of the first in the antenne ||, others, M. Dumeril ad +, According to M. Aug. Odier, Mém. de la Soc. d’ Hist, Nat., 1823, t. I, p. 2 et seq., the substance of this envelope is of a peculiar nature, which he calls tidiine. He states that the phosphate of lime forms the great mass of all the salts contained in-the teguments of Insects, while that in the shell of the Crustacea is but trifling, . though it abounds in the carbonate, which: is not found in the preceding. animals. Other observations, those of M. Straus in particular, demonstrate that the teguments here replace the skin of the Vertebrata, or that they do not form a true skeleton. Those of M. Odier also militate against all the analogies attempted upon this subject. + Occelli stemmata. t See the Memoir of Marcel de Serres on the simple and compound eyes of Insects, Montpellier, 1815, 8vo. Also the observations of M. de Blainville on the eyes of the Crustacea, Bullet. de la Soc. Philomatique, We shall return to this subject at another period.. § And eyen in the Arachnides, but under different forms, and with different Fuhe- tions. \} As regards insects, and when they are claviform, or terminate in a club more or less developed, or furnished with numerous hairs. According to M. Robineau, Desvoidy, the intermediate antennee of the Crustacea Decapoda are the olfactory “< CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, INSECTA. 149 for instance, in the orifices of the tracheze, and Marcel de Serres, &e, in.the.palpi; neither of these opinions, however, are corroborated by positive and conclusive facts, As to the second, it is only in the Crustacea Decapoda, and some few of the Orthoptera, that we can find a visible ear. . The mouth of these animals presents a great. analogy, which, according to Savigny*, and at least with respect to the Hexapoda, extends to those which can only feed by the suction of Pane aliment. Those called 7; ritores or Grinders (broyeurs ), on account of their haying j jaws fitted for triturating their food, always present them in lateral pairs, placed one before the other; the anterior pair are especially called mandibles ; the pieces which cover them before and behind are named /abia}, and the front one, in particular, /abrum. The palpi are articulated filaments attached to the jaws or to the lower lip, “and appear to be employed by the animal in recognizing its food, The form of these various organs determines the nature of the regimen with as much precision as the teeth of quadrupeds. The ligula, or tongue, commonly adheres to the lower lip... Some- times, in the Apes and other Hymenopterous insects, it is consider- organ, Bullet. des Sc. Nat. ; but he adduces no one direct experiment in proof of his" opinion. It would, if this were so, seem probable that in the highly carnivo- rous Crustacea, such as the Gecarcini and others, we should find this organ in a com- ee ge greater state of development, whereas the fact is directly the reverse. His deas respecting the external composition of the Crustacea Decapoda suppose the san of a skeleton. He should have commenced, however, by establishing the connexion of these animals with the Fishes, and not by admitting, as a positive fact, what is at least a matter of doubt. ® Mémoire sur les animaux sans vertebres, The original idea was thrown out, but undeveloped, in my Hist. Gen, des Insectes. mee + We here more particularly alude to insects with six feet, or to the Hexapoda... Gat Or rather labium, since the other is termed labrum. It is protected, before, by jroduction formed by a cutaneous prolongation, and articulated at the base erior portion of the head called the mentunt or chin. Its palpi, always two Boe ‘are distinguished from those of the maxille by the epithet labial,» When ¢ latter amount to four they are designated as external and internal ; they are con- dasa modification of the external and terminal division of the maxille. - This ; ction, which, in his Ulonates or the Orthoptera, Fabricius termed the Galea, is still the same maxillary division, but more dilated, arched, and fitted to cover ‘the internal division which, here, on account of its scaly consistence and of its teeth, resembles a mandible. In the last insects, and particularly in the Libellule, the interior of the buccal cavity presents a soft or vesicular body, distinct from the lip, and which, compared to the Crustacea, appears to be the true tongue—labium, Fab. This part is perhaps represented by those Anteral divisions of the ligula termed para- glosse. (See the Coleoptera Carnivora, Hydrophili, Staphylini, the two penceil- shaped pieces that terminate the lip of the Lucani Apiariw, &c.) The above- mentioned Insects, the Orthoptera and the Libellule of Linneus, evidently demon- _Strate that this membranous and terminal portion of the inferior lip, which projects more or less between its palpi, and is particularly elongated in several of the Hyme- _ noptera, is very distinct from that internal caruncle which I consider the tongue 150 CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, INSECTA. ably elongated, as are also the jaws, forming a sort of false proboscis (promuscis ) at the base of which is the pharynx, and frequently covered by a sort of sub-labrum, styled by M. Savigny the epipha- ryne*, At other times, in the Hemiptera and Diptera, the mandibles and maxille are replaced by scaly pieces in the form of setee, which are received in an elongated tubular sheath, that is either cylindrical and articulated, or formed with more or less of an elbow, and termi- nated by a kind of lips. In this case they constitute a true proboscis. In others that also live by suction, the Lepidoptera, the maxille alone are greatly elongated and united, producing a tubular setiform body, resembling a long, slender, and spiral tongue (or the spirv- trompe, Lat.); the remaining parts of the mouth are considerably reduced. Sometimes again, as in many of the Crustacea, the anterior feet approach the maxille, assume their form, and exercise part of their functions—the latter are then said to be multiplied. “It may even happen that the true maxille become so much reduced, that the maxillary feet supply their place in toto. Whatever be the modifications of these parts, however, they can — be sat ores and referred toa general type ft. properly so called ; notwithstanding this, nearly all Entomologists designate this external extremity of the lip by the name of ligula or languette. To say, however, that the tongue properly so called, is usually so intimately connected with the lip that at the first glance they seem to be confounded, is correct. The pharynx is situ- ated in the middle of the anterior face of this lip a little above its root, and in the Coleoptera provided with paraglosse, at their point of union. In order to unders stand well the primitive composition of the under lip, it must be studied in the larve, and chiefly in those of the Aquatic Carnivorous Coleoptera, See General Pipers vations on Insects. * There is a membranous production beneath the labrum, in many Coldstitera, which appears to me to be analogous to the epipharynx. The labrum is to it, what the mentum is to the labium. ‘+ It is only by a comparative and gradual study of the mouth of the Crustacea, - that we can acquire correct and exact ideas respecting the various transformations. of these parts, and the means af establishing, if not a certain, at least a probable general concordance between these various organs in the three classes. The man- dibles, maxille, and the labium, are in fact, a sort of feet appropriated to the masti- catory or buccal functions, but susceptible of being so modified as to become organs of locomotion. ‘This principle even extends to the antenne, or at least to the two intermediate ones of the Crustacea. By adopting it, we are enabled to reduce the composition of these organs to one general type, and we shall hereafter see that, in this respect, neither the Arachnides nor Myriapoda present any naenree F CRUSTACEA. 151 CLASS I. CRUSTACEA. The Crustacea are articulated animals, with articulated feet, re- spiring by means of branchic, protected in some by the borders of @ shell, and external in others, but which are not inclosed in special cavities of the body, and which receive air from openings in the sur- face of the skin. Their circulation is double, and analogous to that of the Mollusca. The blood is transmitted from the heart, which is placed. on the back, to the different parts of the body, whence it is sent to the branchize, and thence back again to the heart *. These branchiz, sometimes situated at the base of the feet, or even on them, at others on the inferior appendages of the abdomen, either form pyramids composed of laminee in piles, or bristled with setee or tufted filaments of simple ones, and even appear in some cases to consist wholly of hairs. Some of the Zootomists, Baron Cuvier in particular, had already made known to us the nervous system of various Crustacea of differ- ent orders. The same subject has lately been thoroughly examined by Messrs. Victor Audouin and Milne Edwards in their third Memoir on the Anatomy and Physiology of these animals—Ann. des Se. Nat. ’.77,—and all that is now wanting to complete their researches, is the publication of those made by M. Straus on the Branchiopoda and the Limuli in particular, which they have not noticed. “The nervous system of the Crustacea submitted to our observa- tidn, say they, présents itself in two very different aspects, which constitute the two extremes of the modifications visible in that class. Sometimes, a as in the 'Talitrus, this apparatus is constituted by nu- merous similar. nervous inflations, arranged in pairs, and united by cords of communication in such a way as to form two ganglioni¢ chains, sep separated from each other, and extending throughout the length et Wed the animal. Atothers,on the contrary, it is solely com-. posed of two ganglions or knotty enlargements, dissimilar in form, volume, and arrangement, but always simple and azygous, and situated, one in the head and the other in the thorax. Such is the case in the Maia. “ These two modes of organization, at the first glance, certainly seem essentially different, and if the study of the nervous system of * See the order Decapoda. d52 CRUSTACEA. ithe. Crustacea were limited to these two animals, it would be ex- tremely difficult to recognize the analogy between the central nervous taass in the thorax of the Maia, and the two ganglionic chains which occupy, the same region of the body 1 in the Talitrus, But if we re- member the various facts detailed in this memoir, we necessarily arrive at this remarkable result.” _, They were led to it by the exact and careful study of the nervous system of various intermediate Crustacea, forming so many links of the series, such as the Cymothoe*, the Phyllosome },.Astacus a Paleemon, and Palinurus, They haye also supported their positions by. the observations of Cuvier, and those of M. Treviranus. The consequence deduced by them is, that notwithstanding this difference, the nervous system of the Crustacea is formed of the same elements, which, insulated in some and uniformly distributed throughout. the length. of the body, present in others, various degrees of centraliza- tion, at first from without inwardly, and then in a longitudinal direction ; and that finally, this approximation in all directions is carried to its extreme point, when it is reduced to a single nucleus in the thorax—as in Cancer, properly so called, or the Brachyura, Of all the Decapoda Macroura examined by Messrs. Audouin and Ed- wards, the Palinurus was found to have the venous system most cen- tralized ; and in fact, that animal in our system is but little removed from the Brachyura. But this should not be the case with Palemon and the Astacini, for according to them the former approximates more closely in this respect to Palinurus than the latter, while in ouryar- rangement the second precede the first, a disposition which ADRIAT® to.us to be founded on several very natural characters. The Crustacea are apterous or deprived of wings, furnished, with compound eyes, though rarely with simple ones, and usually with four.antenne,.. They have mostly-—the Pecilopoda excepted—three pairs of jaws, the two superior ones, designated by the name of man- dibles, included; as many foot-jaws §, the last four of which, how- ever, in a great many instances, became true feet ; and ten feet pro- perly so called, all terminated by a single. small nail. When the last cK Veotndas ae Stomapoda. iS bay smisd t For this subgenus and the two following subgencra, see the Datepoih Macroura. § Auxiliary jaws, as they are termed by M. Savigny, at least when. speaking of the Crustacea Decapoda. As the two superior ones, in the Amphipoda and Tsopoda, form a sort of lip, he there calls them the auviliary lip. He distinguishes the jaws in Phalangium, a genus of Arachnides, as principal jaws ; those which are “attached ‘to the palpi—/false palpi, according to him; and as supernumerary jaws, those which are attached to the first four feet. Those parts of the same animals which have been considered as mandibles, are his mandibules succédanés. He admits of two auxiliary lips in the Scolopendre, CRUSTACEA. 153 tivo pairs of foot-jaws exercise the same functions, the ‘number ‘of féet is increased to fourteen. The mouth, as in insects, presents ‘a labrum and a ligula, but no lower lip properly so called, or com- parable to that of the latter; the third pair of foot-jaws, or the first, closes the mouth exttertially, and replaces that part. ; The sexual organs, at least those of the males, are always double, ‘and situated on the breast or at the inferior origin of that posterior and abdominal portion of the body commonly called the tail, and never posteriorly. Their envelope is usually solid, and more or less calcareous, They change their skin several times, and generally preserve their primitive form and natural activity. They are mostly carnivorous and aquatic, and live several years. They do not attain their adult state until after casting their skin a certain number of times. With the exception of a few in which these changes some- what influence their primitive’ form and modify or augment their locomotive’ organs, they are at birth, size apart, such as oer are ‘always to remain. Division of the Crustacea into Orders. The situation and form of the branchiz, the mode in which the head is articulated with the trunk*, the mobility or fixedness of the ‘eyes f, the organs of manducation, and the teguments, constitute the ema of our divisions, and give rise to the following orders t. “We divide this class into two sections, the ee and the Ewn'romostraca §. nO AaB The first are usually furnished with very solid inauiiiees of a cal- careous nature, and with ten. or fourteen feet ||, generally unguicu- lated.’ The mouth, situated in the ordinary place, is composed of a labrum, tongue, two mandibles (frequently furnished with palpi), “ator bé ~Y* With respect to fhis term, and that of thorax, which are frequently employed in sie BOO manner, see our general observations on the class of Insects. FF organs are either pediculated and movable, or sessile and fixed. ‘Tt is ‘ihe ‘character that Lamarck has divided the Crustacea into two great sections, the Pediocles and the Sessiliocles ; for which denominations, but restricting its application to the Malacostraca, Doctor Leach has substituted those of Podop- thalma and Edriopthalma, Gronovius was the first who had recourse to this dis- face sn Seees | ~ Although we possess but few observations on the nervous system of the , all'those which have been made support the truth of our divisions, § They might be still further divided into the Dentata and the Edentata, accord- ing to the presence or absence of the mandibles. Jurine, jun., has already peegeeed these divisions in hi« excellent Mémoire sur 1’ Argule foliac¢, \|. The four anterior, when there are fourteen, are formed by the last four posterior foot-jaws. In the Decapoda, the six foot-jaws belong to the meuth, and dpe the ‘office of maxille. 154 CRUSTACEA, and two pairs ‘of maxillee covered by the foot-jaws, In a great num- ber each eye is placed on an articulated and movable pedicle, and the branchive are concealed under the lateral margins of the upper or lower shell; in the others they are usually placed under the post- abdomen. This section consists of five orders: the Drcapopa, SromAropa, LamopiropaA, Ampuipopa, and the Isoropa. The four first embrace the genus Cancer of Linneus, and the last his Oniscus, : The second, the Entomostraca, or “Insects with shells” of Miiller, is formed of the genus Monocunus, Lin, Here the teguments are horny and very thin, while a shell, resembling a buckler, composed of from one to two pieces, covers or incloses the body of the greater number, The eyes are almost always sessile, and frequently there is but one. The feet, the number of which varies, are mostly. fitted for natation, and without a terminal tail. Some of them, having an anterior mouth composed of a labrum, two mandibles—vrarely fur- - nished with palpi, a tongue, and one, or at most two pairs of jaws, of which the external ones are naked or are not covered by the foot-jaws, approximate to the preceding Crustacea. In the other Entomostraca, which seem to appproach the Arachnides in several particulars, the organs of manducation are sometimes simply formed by the coxze of the feet, projecting and arranged like lobes bristling with small spines round a large central pharynx. At others, they either compose a little siphon or beak, used for suction, as in several Arachnides and Insects, or they are wholly (or nearly so) invisible externally, either because the siphon is internal, or heeayse she suction is prodwcndst in the manner of a cup. | The Entomostraca are thus dentated or edentated. The first will form our order of the Brancuropopa *, and the second that of the PaciLoropa, which, in the first edition of this work, were a, mere section of the preceding order. The singular fossils called TRiLoBiTEs, oft which: M. Brongniart | has given an excellent Monograph, being considered by him, as well as by many other naturalists, as Crustacea allied to the Entomos- traca, we will briefly speak of them after we have done with the latter. uo ~* Tn my work entitled Familles Nat. du Régne Animal, the ‘Entomostraca are. divided into four orders : the LopHyROPODA, PHYLLOPODA, X1PHOSURA, and the SIPHONOSTOMA. i ns vou ‘Ss (Saxo m, CRUSTACRA. (155 _ FIRST GENERAL DIVISION. MALACOSTRACA. The Malacostraca naturally divide themselves into those whose eyes are placed on a movable pedicle, and those in which they are sessile and fixed. ' ” : . ” Eyes placed on a movable and articulated pedicle. ‘Eyes* placed on a movable pedicle composed of two articulations, anid received into fossule, distinguish the Decapoda and Stomapoda from all the others. Anatomically considered, they appear to be still further removed from them,—Lecons d’Anat. Compar., Cuy.; Ann, - des Se. Nat., t. XI,—inasmuch as they are the only ones that present sinuses in which the venous blood is collected previous to its trans- mission to the branchize on its return to the heart. The Decapoda and Stomapoda resemble each other in several cha- racters common to both, A large plate, called a shell, covers a greater or less extent of the anterior portion of their body. They all have four antennze +, the middle ones of which are terminated by two or three filaments; two mandibles, each of which, at its base, bears a palpus that is divided into three joints, and usually laid on it; a bilo- bate tongue; two pairs of jaws; six foot-jaws, the four posterior of which, in some, are transformed into claws; and ten feet, or fourteen, in those where the four foot-jaws have that form. “In the greater number. the branchiz, of which there are seven pairs, are concealed under the lateral margin of the shell: the two anterior pairs are situated at the origin of the four last foot-jaws, and the others at that of the feet properly so called. In the other Crus- +. "6 Behind the cornea according to Blainville, is a choroides perforated with nume- rows holes; then a true crystalline, resting on a nervous eae and divided into eee of a fasciculi. + We must nguish the peduncle—séipes,—and the stem—caulis funiculis. The peduncle Pecan ce we ic tachi composed of three joints, a number which seems Z ese organs eir imperf ect or rudimen state. The stem is seta- , and divided into a variable number of very Soa ieee, - That of the exter- nal antenne is simple, but that of the interior ones, consists of at least two filaments, and in several of the Decapoda Macroura, of three. Passing gradually from these latter to the Brachyura, the antenne become shortened, so that, in several of the Quadrilatera, the lateral ones, at least, are very small, In this case the two termi- nal divisions of the intermediate ones form a sort. of bifurcated forceps, or unequal and articulated fingers. 156 CRUSTACEA. tacea they are annexed, in the shape of tufts, to five pairs of paddles (feet) placed under the post-abdomen. The under part of this pos- terior portion of the body is similarly furnished, in the others, with four or five pairs of bifid appendages. _ : 7), Vv ORDER T. DECAPODA. The head, in the Decapoda, is closely joined to. the thorax, and covered with it by a shell, entirely continuous, but. that most fre- | quently exhibits deep lines dividing it into various regions which indicates the places occupied by the principal external organs*. |The mode of their circulation presents characters which distinguish them from the other Crustacea. The circumscribed heart +, of an) oval form and with muscular parieties, gives organs to six trunks of vessels, three of which are anterior, two inferior, and the sixth pos- terior. Of the three anterior arteries, the median—the ophthalmic is distributed almost exclusively to the eyes; the two others—the antennaries—spread over the shell, the muscles of the stomach;a portion of the viscera and the antennz ; the two inferior ones—the hepatics—transmit blood to the liver; the last—the sternal—is. the most voluminous of the three, and arises from the posterior part of the body, sometimes on the right side and at others on the left; its chief course is to the abdomen, and to the organs of locomotion. It gives origin to a great number of large vessels, among which we should particularly observe the one called by M. Audouin and. Ed- wards the superior abdominal, because it arises from the posterior part of that artery, at a short distance before the articulation of the thorax with the abdomen, vulgarly termed the tail, and. because. it oon dips into the abdomen—tail—where it divides into twola rge * M. Desmarest, in his Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés Fossiles, and in his Con- sidérations Générales sur la Classe des Crustacés, has presented us, in relation to ‘this point, with:an ingenious nomenclature, based on the concordance of the portions of the external surface of the shell with the organs they cover. But, in addition to the fact that the shell of several Decapoda presents no impressions, or has them nearly obliterated, these denominations may be replaced by others more simple, more fami- liar, and relating to these same organs; as the middle or centre, the antérior “and posterior extremities, the sides, &c.: it appears useless to increase our nomeiclature in this case. Le Sere) teh . + These observations are extracted from the excellent memoir of Messrs. Audouin and Edwards, published in the Ann. d’Hist. Nat., t, XI, 283—314, and 352-393. See ‘also the Mém. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat., wheve M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire has inserted the results of his curious researches on the solids, and on the circulation of the Lobster, : “ebigwha 3 bas af DECAPODA. 157 branches, running backwards, becoming gradually smaller and ter- minating : at the anus. The blood which has nourished these various organs, and thus become venous, collects from all quarters into two large sinuses*, one on each side and above the feet, and formed of venous sacs united in a longitudinal series, or like achain. It is thrown into an external vessel—efferent—of the branchize, where it is renewed and becomes arterial; thence proceeds into an internal vessel—afferent ; and finally seeks the heart through canals —branchio-cardiac—laid beneath the arch of the flanks. All the canals of a side ‘wnite in one large trunk, and open into ~ the lateral and corresponding part of the heart by a single orifice, the folds of which form a double valve that opens to allow the transit of the bloodfrom the’branchize to this viscus, but prevents a retrograde motion by-closing. Examined internally, the heart exhibits numerous fasciculi and muscular fibres, variously intercrossed and forming se- weral' small chambers’ before the orifices of the arteries. These ¢ehambers are so many small auricles, which | communicate freely with each other when it dilates, but appear to form a similar number of little cells for each vessel when it contracts, their capacity being proportioned to the quantity of blood in their peculiar vessels. These wvessels debouche in the interior of the heart by eight openings, the ‘two lateral valvular ones above mentioned included. Such, with ‘the: exception of some modifications ¢, is the general system of the ens a9 in the Decapoda. ~The superior face of the braint is divided into four lobes, each of nr * These Gerned pr compare them to the two lateral hearts of the Cep! lopoda, and the analogy has been admitted by Baron Cuvier in his general repo ae em aon the Acad. Roy: des. Sc., for 1827; but the idea had been aloe aerate me to M.Audouin, and was a necessary consequence of my theory Rion of the blood in the Crustacea, published in a note of my Esquisse id’ une’ Distribution Generale du Regne Animal, p. 5. As the writers alluded to have tin my work of what I have stated in this particular, both in the pamphlet quoted, Re work on the “ Families of the Animal Kingdom,” I beg leave to produce **T submit the following opinion to the judgment of Zootomists, and of MuCuen in particular, viz. that in those of the Vertebrata possessed of a.¢irciila- tion, the organ called heart represents, in its functions, a left ventricle, the arterial ‘and, dorsal trunk, of Fishes and of the larve of the Batrachians; that one or two arteries, which in the Cephalopoda have the form of hearts, replace the right-ven: tricle. .The focus. of the circulation, highly concentrated in the first of the Verte- brata, thus becomes gradually weaker, so that finally there is no cireulation whatever. The .dorsal. vessel of Insects would then be the mere rudiment of the heart of the Mollusca and.Crustacea.’’ . I will add, that twenty-five years ago, in my Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des Insectes, I rectified the error of Reesel eomerne. peereme aet the spinal marrow, which had been taken for a vessel. fp See general observations on the family of the Macroura. .» }. These observations are extracted from the Legons d’ Anatomie Comparée of Baron ‘Cuyier.. For other details and particular facts, see the Memoir To er and M. Edwards, loc. cit. J 158 CRUSTACEA, © the two middle ones furnishing from its anterior margin an optit nerve that plunges directly into the pedicle of the eye and there divides into numerous filaments, each of which is destined to a facet in the cornea of that organ. The inferior face of the brain produces four nerves, which belong to the antenna, and that also give off some twigs to the neighbouring parts. Two nervous-and very long cords, embracing the esophagus laterally and uniting beneath it, arise from its posterior margin. There, as in the Brachyura, this union only takes place in the middle of the thorax, the medulla then as- suming the form of a ring whose proportions are eight times larger than those of the brain: six nerves on each side arise from this ring the anterior ones belong to the parts of the mouth, and the five others to the five feet of the same side. From the posterior margin arises another nerve which runs to the tail, without producing any sensible ganglion, and that apparently represents the ordinary nervous cord. Here, as in the Macroura, each of the two nervous cords, previous to uniting beneath the esophagus, and at about the middle of its length, gives off a thick nerve for the use of the mandibles and their muscles. United, they form a first—suwb-cervical—ganglion, that distributes neves to the maxillee and the foot-jaws;* they afterwards continue approximated throughout their length, presenting eleven successive ganglions, each of the five first furnishing nerves to as many pairs of feet, and the remaining six those of the tail; that of the Pagurus has some ganglions less, thus appearing to form the passage from the Brachyura to the Macroura. M. Serres thinks that he has recognised in these Decapoda, vestiges of the great sym- pathetic f. The lateral margin of the shell is bent ‘under, to cover ond pro- tect the branchiz, leaving an opening anteriorly for the passage of water, Sometimes,—see Dorippe—the posterior and inferior ‘extre- mity of the thorax has two peculiar apertures for that purpose. The - branchie are situated at the origin of the last four foot-jaws and feet; the four anterior ones have less extent. The six foot-jaws ‘are * According to M. Straus, the anterior division of the body of the Limuli, that which is covered by a semi-lunar buckler, presents, besides the brain, no other ganglion but this, whence we may infer that the inferior organs of locomotion correspond to the parts of the mouth in the Decapoda, Stomapoda, and even in the Arachnides, and that those of the other division of the body, or of the second uckler, are analogous to the feet of the same Decapoda. ‘++ Messrs. Audouin and Edwards have observed in the Maia and in the Palinurus a nerve analogous to the one called Lyonet, in bis Anatomie de la Chenille du Saule, “ recurrent.’’ The discovery of the other gastric nerves ¥ also due to them, DECAPODA. 159 all of a different form, are applied to the mouth, and divided into two branches, the exterior of which resembles a small antenna, formed of a pedicle, and asetaceous and pluri-articulate stem—it has been com- pared to a whip, 'palpus flagelliformis *. The two anterior feet, and sometimes the two or four following ones, are in the form of claws. The penultimate joint is dilated, compressed, and in the form of a hand ; its inferior extremity is lengthened into a conical point, repre- senting a sort of finger, opposed to another formed by the last joint, or the tarsus proper. This one} is moveable, and has received the name of thumb-——pol/ew ; the other is fixed, and considered as the index— index. These two fingers are also called mordaces. The last is sometimes very short, and has the form of a simple tooth; in this case the other is bent underneath. The hand with the fingers con- stitutes our forceps properly so called. The preceding, or antepenul- timate joint is termed carpus. | The respective proportions and the direction of the organs of locomotion are such, that these animals can walk sideways or back- wards, | } With the exception of the rectum, which opens at the end of the tail, all the viscera are contained in the thorax, so that this portion of the body represents the thorax and the greater part of the abdomen of insects. The stomach, supported by a cartilaginous skeleton, is armed internally with five bony and notched appendages, which com- pletes the trituration of the aliment, In it, in the moulting season, which arrives near the end of the spring, we observe two calcareous bodies, round on one side and flat on the other, commonly called crabs’ eyes, that disappear after the change is completed, thereby inducing us to believe that they furnish the material for the renewal of the shell. ‘The liver consists of two large clusters of blind vessels, filled with a bilious humour, which they pour into the intestine, near the:pylorus. The alimentary canal is short and straight. The flanks present a range of holes situated immediately at the insertion of the branchiee, but which can only be seen by removing those organs, The —— “® ‘There is a long, tendinous and hairy lamina at its base. ' hand bein pingrd on dea. nigh: the Eager ja uppermost, which, in order to acco ourselyes to common parlance, we have retained "very improper ; it can apply to the posterior terminal appendages of the exte y beyond it, See my Fam, Nat, du Regne Anim, ps E $ : E 160 CRUSTACEA. bits transverse cells formed by crustaceous laminz, and separated in their middle by a longitudinal range of the same nature. The sexual organs of the male are situated near the origin of the two posterior feet. ‘T'wo articulated pieces, of a solid consistence, and resembling horns, stylets, or setaceous antenn, placed at the junction of the tail with the thorax and replacing the first pair of subcaudal appendages, are regarded as the male organs of copulation, or at least as their sheaths. But, according to our observations on various Decapoda, each of them consists of a little membranous body, sometimes setaceous, and at others filiform or cylindrical, that pro- jects from a hole situated at the articulation of the hip of the two posterior feet, with the lower shell. The two vulve are placed on this piece, between those of the third pair, or on their first joint, a disposition depending on the widening and narrowing of the lower shell. Copulation takes place, ventre a ventre. These animals grow but slowly, and live a long time.’ It is among them that we find the largest and most useful species, but their flesh is not easily digested. The body of some Palinuri attains the length of a metre. Their claws are efficacious weapons, and have such power in large indivi- duals, that they have been seen to seize a goat, and drag it from the shore. They usually inhabit water, but do not instantly perish when deprived of it; some species even pass a part of their lives on land, only visiting the water in the nuptial season, and for the purpose of depositing their spawn. Even they are compelled to fix their domicile either in burrows, or in cool, damp places. The Decapoda are vora- cious and carnivorous. Certain species even penetrate into ceme- tries, and devour the dead. Their limbs are regenerated with sur- prising promptitude, but it is requisite that the fracture be at the junction of the articulations, and when accident determines it other- wise, they know how to apply a remedy. When they wish to change their skin, they seek a retired and solitary spot, in order to be shel- tered from their enemies, and to remain at rest. When the change is effected, their body is soft, and has a more exquisite flavour.. A chemical analysis of the old shell proves it to be formed of the car- bonate and phosphate of lime, united in different portions with gela- tine. On these proportions depends the solidity of the shell: it is much less thick and flexible in the latter genera of this order, and further on, it becomes almost membranous. M.de Blainville has observed that the shell of the Palinurus is composed of four superin- cumbent layers, the superior and two inferior of which are mem- branous ; the calcareous matter is interposed between them, forming the fourth. Exposed to heat, the epidermis becomes of a more or DECAPODA. 161 less vivid red, the colouring principle being decomposed by boiling water ; other combinations of this principle produce, in some species, a very agreeable mixture of colours, that frequently border on blue or green. _ The greater number of fossil Crustacea hitherto Menitned belones to the order of the Decapoda. Among those of Europe, the oldest approach to species now living in the vicinity of the tropics; the others, or more modern ones, are closely allied with the living species of Europe, The fossil Crustacea of the tropical regions, however, appear to me to bear the closest similitude to several of those now found there in a living state, a fact of much interest to the geologist, should the study of the fossil shells of those countries, collected from the deepest strata, furnish a similar result. > 3 wor ciemina FAMILY I.* - BRACHYURA.—Kzerstacwarma, Fab. . Tail shorter than the trunk, without appendages or fins at the extremity, and doubled under, in a state of rest, when it is received in a fossula on the chest. Triangular in the males, and only furnished ‘at base with four or two appendages, in the form of horns, the supe- rior of which are the largest, it becomes widened, and convex in the females}, presenting beneath four pairs of double hairy filaments f, destined to support the ova, and analogous to the sub-caudal alas feet of the Macroura, and others. .. The yulye are two holes situated under the pectus, aries oo third pair of feet. The antennz are small: each of the intermediate ones, usually lodged in a fossula under the anterior edge of the shell, om ae -® The sections thus named are based on an ensemble of important anatomical ons and generally correspond to the Linnean genera, and sometimes also to those established by Fabricius in his earlier works. These families are more exten- tensive than the sections thus named in my other writings: but if they be con- sidered as first divisions of orders, and if what I have termed tribes be considered as families, it will be seen that the method is essentially the same. There is, then, the opinions of others to the contrary notwithstanding, no real discrepance in this respect. On the same principle, the subgenera, with the exception of some whose - characters are too minute or too slightly marked, will become genera in a more detailed and special system. + The apparent number of segments, which is usually seven, sometimes also varies according to the sex; it is less in the females. Dr. Leach has made great use of this consideration, which appears to us of but little importance, and opposed to the natural order, ~~ Several of these filaments exist in the males, but in a rudimental stat. VOL. Tit. M 162 CRUSTACEA. terminates in two very short filaments. The ocular pedicles are generally longer than those of the Decapoda Macroura. The auri- eular tube is almost always stony. The first pair of feet terminate in a forceps or claw. The branchize are disposed on a single range, in the form of pyramidal ligule, composed of a multitude of leaflets piled one on another, in a direction parallel to their axis. The foot- jaws are generally shorter and broader than in the other Decapoda, the two external ones forming a sort of lip *. Their nervous system also differs from that of the Macroura f. This family, as in several of tle systems anterior to the distribution of these animals by’ Daldorf, might constitute but one genus, that of “Cancer, Lin. In the greater number, all the feet are attached to the sides of the pectus, and are always exposed; this is the case in the first five sec- tions. The first, or that of the Pinnipedes {, to this character, adds that of having the last feet, at least, terminated by a very flat or fin- like joint that is oval or orbicular and broader than the same joint of the preceding feet, even when they also are shaped like a fin. They seldom frequent the coast, and are generally found in the high seas. With the exception of the Orithyiz, we observe but five dis- tinctly marked va ar in the tail of the a while that of the * Those of the Macroura are longer and narrower. It is on this difference that Fabricius established his order of the Exochnata. + See general observations on the Decapoda. . ¢ This systematie arrangement of the Brachyura is artificial, or but little natural in some respects; in consequence of which; we have ‘somewhat, altered it in our Familles Naturelles du Régne Animal, The QUADRILATERA compose our first tribe, at the head of which are the Ocypoda and other Land-Crabs, ending with the River-Crabs, or the J'elphuse. The ArcutTa form the second. That of the CryPTOPODA appearing to us more closely allied to the preceding one than the TRIANGULARIA, will immediately follow, and be the third, and not the fourth, as in this method. Immediately after the Areuata we will place those genera whose. claws are in the form of a crest, whose lateral antenne are always very short, and the third articulation of whose foot-jaws is triangular, and frequently entire, or without any emargination; such are the Hepati, Matute, Ovithyie, and Mursie. Brachyura approaching the latter in the form of the same articulation, but whose claws differ, and where the lateral antenne are salient, advanced, and fre- quently hairy, such as the Thia, Pirimele, and Atelecyeli, will immediately precede these latter subgenera. As the Telphusze seem to be connected with the Eriphie and the Pilumni, and as from these we naturally pass to Cancer properly so called, or the Cancer, Fab., it follows that the Portuni and other natatory Arcuata should be at the head of this tribe. Then follow the OnBICULARIA, the TRIANGULARIA, and the NororpopA. But of these the Dromie and the Dorippes should be placed higher in the scale. The Homola, Lithodes, and Ranine, appear to me to be of alk the Brachyura, those which are most closely allied te the Macroura. The external. foot-jaws of the Homole and of the Lithodes greatly resemble those of the Macroura. by their length and projection. Although we have divided the Decapoda into two genera only, in order to eon- form to modern systems, and to diminish the number of subgenera, our sections may be converted into tribes, corresponding to as many subgenera, to be afterwards divided into various subgeneric sections. DECAPODA. 163 females. presents seven. We will begin with those in which all the feet, except the claws, are natatory. , Marura, Fabr. | _ The Matute have an almost orbicular shell armed on each side with a very stout tooth in the form of a spine; the superior edge of the hands dentated like a crest, and their external face studded with pointed tubercles; the third joint of the external foot-jaws, without any apparent emargination, terminates in a point, so that it forms, with the preceding joint, an elongated and almost right- angled triangle, The external antennz are very small, and the ocular pedicles slightly arcuated. 7 De Geer mentions a species—Cancer latipes, which he says is from the American seas, and has its front terminated by a straight and entire margin. All those we have seen, how- ever*, were brought from the East, and the middle of that re always presents a bidentated or emarginated projection. he Po.ysivs, Leach, Is allied to the Portuni, but the shell is proportionably narrower and more rounded; the sides are merely furnished with ordinary teeth. The third-joint of the external foot-jaws is obtuse and emar- sane The eyes are’ much thicker than their pedicles, and glo- ular. 3 But a single species is as yet known}; it was found on the coast of Devonshire, and has also been observed by M. D’Or- bigny on the sea-coast of the western departments of France t. In all the following swimmers, the two posterior feet only are formed like fins §. : We may first separate those whose shell is almost ovoid and trans- versely truncated before, and where the tail of the males (the only séx known) consists of seven distinct segments. Such is the Orytuyima, Fabr. The only species known,—Orith. mammillaris, Fabr., Cancer bimaculatus, Herbst., XVIII, 101, is found in the sea of China, or at least forms a part of the collections of Insects sold by its inhabitants to foreigners. The ocular pedicles are longer in proportion than those of the Portuni. | * M. victor, Fab. ; Herbst., VI, 44.—M. planipes, Fab. ; Herbst., xlviii,\6; M. lunaris, Leach, Zool. Miscell., exxvii, 3—5, var.;—M. Peronii, Tb., tab., ead., i—2. Perhaps we should refer the fossil species called by M. Desmarest, Portune_ d’ Héricart, Hist. Nat. des Crust., Foss. V, 5, to this genus, or the Mursta; Leach. . sehr + Polybius Henslowii, Leach, Malac, Brit., IX, B. t The tarsi of the intermediate feet of the Portumni, Leach, are almost com- pressed into a fin; they might be placed after the Polybii. § Always wider and more oyal than the preceding tarsi. M 2 164 CRUSTACEA. The shell of the last swimmers is much wider before than behind, forming either the segment of a cirele narrowed towards the tail and truncated, or a trapezium, or is almost in the shape of a heart. Its greatest transverse diameter generally surpasses the opposite one. There are but five segments in the tail of the males, instead of the seven found in that of the females, the number usually peculiar to the tail of the Decapoda; the third and the two following ones are confounded or form but one; frequently, however, traces of them are discovered, at least on the sides. : We will first separate those whose eyes are supported by very long _and slender pedicles, arising from the middle of the anterior margin of the shell, extending to its lateral angles, and received into a groove run under the edge. Such is the Poporutruatmus, Lam., Where the shell forms a transverse trapezium, wider and straight before with a long spiniform tooth behind the ocular cavities. The claws are elongated, spiny, and similar to those of most of the species of the genus Lupa, Leach. The only living species known * inhabits the coasts of the Isle of France, and those of the neighbouring seas. al The valuable cabinet of one of the most. learned fossil con- chylidogists of Europe, contains au internal cast of a fossil Podophthalmus, to which M. Desmarest has affixed the name of its possessor, M. de France t. | The ocular pedicles of the other Crustacea, belonging to this sec- tion, are short, occupy but a very small portion of the transverse diameter of the shell, are placed in oval cavities, and resemble, gene- rally, those of the ordinary Crabs with which these swimmers are almost insensibly connected. They may all be united in one single subgenus, that of ' Portunus, Fab. Certain species } peculiar to the Indian Ocean, such as the Admete, Herbst., LVII, 1, are distinguished from all the following ones by their shell, which is of a transversely quadrilateral form, narrowed posteriorly, and whose ocular cavities occupy its anterior lateral angles ; the eyes are thus separated by an interval almost equal to the greatest width of the shell. The insertion of the lateral antennze is at a considerable distance from these cavities. Other species, whose shell forms the segment of a circle, poste- riorly truncated and widest in the middle are remarkable for the length of their claws, which is at least double that of the shell. Each side presents nine teeth, the posterior largest and spiniform. ‘non of the males is frequently very different from that of the emales. * Podophthalmus spinosus, Latr., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, 1, and II, 1; Leach, Zool., Miscell. exlviii; Portunis vigil, Fab. tT Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., V, 6, 7, 8. ~ Genus THALAMiITA, Lat. DECAPODA, 165 _ These Portuni constitute the genus, Lupa, Leach, and are mostly of a large size and foreign to Europe. One species, however, is found in the Mediterranean *. A third division will consist of species analogous to the last in the form of their shell, but whose lateral teeth, usually five in number, are nearly equal, or where, at least, the posterior tooth differs but slightly from the preceding ones ; the length of the claws does not much exceed that of the shell. Those which have from six to nine teeth on each side are exotic. The Portunus tranquebaricus, Fabr., Herbst., Canc., XXXVIII, 3, is the only one known that has nine equal teeth on each lateral edge; it is large, and is much esteemed as food. wie 8 A Ne wi the P. leucodonte, Desmar. ., Hist. Nat. des Crust. 1—3, is the same species in a fossil state; it is also te India. The following species, all from European seas}, have five teeth on each lateral edge of the shell. P. puber, Fab.; Cancer puber, L.; Penn. Brit. Zool. IV, iv, 8; Herbst., VI, 59; Leach, Malac. Brit., VI. Covered with a yellowish down ; eight small teeth between the eyes, the two middle ones longest, obtuse and divergent; claws sulcated, armed with a stout dentated tooth on the inner side of the carpus, and from one joint to the following one or the hand; fingers blackish. This species is usually called in France, where its flesh is considered a delicacy, P Etrille. P. oe atus; Cancer c atus, Penn. Brit. Zool., IV, pl. v, 9; h, Malac. Brit., VII, 1, 2. The shell rugose, covered with a yellowish down, and furnished with three equal, and almost lobuliform teeth in front; the three posterior teeth of the lateral margins very sharp and spiniform. P. menas; Cancer menas, L., and Fab. This common species of the French coast, called Crabe enr é, appears to me to belong to the Portuni, rather than to the habs properly so called; its posterior fins are only somewhat narrower. Such was the first opinion of Dr. Leach, who subsequently made a * Portunus Dufourii, Latr., Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., Ed. II. This species figured in the Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. closely approaches the Cancer hastatus, Lin., which he says is found in the Adriatic. The following are to be referred to the same division: Cancer pelagicus, Herbst., viii, 55,—C. forceps, 1d., lv, 4; Leach, Zool., Miscell., liv ;—C. sanguinolentus, Herbst., erp 56, 57;—C. cedonulli, Id., xxxix; Cc. reticulatus Ib,, 1;—C. hastatus, Ib. lv, 13—C. menestho, Ib., 3 ;—C. ponticus, Ib. 5 t For the, Mediterranean species see Petagna, Risso and Olivi; for those on the western coast of France and the British seas, the Catalogue Méthodique des Crustacés du departement du Calvados, by Brebisson, and especially the excellent work of Dr. Leach, Malacostraca Podophthalmia Britannia. _M. Desmarest has well developed the system of this author in his Considérations Generales sur les Crustacés, an extremely useful book to those who make this branch of Zoology their study. See also our article Portune, Encye. Methodique. 166 CRUSTACEA, peculiar genus for it called Carcinus, (Malac. Brit., XII, tab. v), It also has five teeth on each side, anda similar number in front’ the internal oculars included. The top of the'shell is glabrous’ finely shagreened, with deeply impressed lines. The tarsi are _ striate; the upper edge of the hand is so compressed as to form a rounded ridge, terminated by a small tooth; a second: but stronger one is observed on the inner side of the preceding joints ; fingers striate, and almost equally dentated, with a blackish tip. A fossil species is found in the marly limestone of Monte- Bolea, which, according to Desmarest ,—Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., p. 125, is closely related to the moenas. In the Ps iieis Rondeletii, Risso, there are no teeth in front. The one he calls Longipes, presents the same character, but its feet are longer in proportion than those of other ana- logous species. — We will form a fourth division with the subgenus. Puatyonicuus, Lat. Which name has replaced that of Portwmnus, Leach, on aceount of the too great similarity between the latter and the word Portunus already adopted. Here the shell is at least as long as it is broad, and almost cordate. All the tarsi of the feet, the claws excepted, termi- nate in a small, semi-elliptical, elongated and pointed lamina; the index is strongly compressed. This division also comprises but a single species, the Cancer latipes, Plancus,—De Conchis minus notis III, 7, B, C,—and which has also been figured by Leach—Malac. Brit., IV. "There. are three front teeth, and on each lateral edge five*. From the swimmers we pass to those whose feet all terminate in a point, or conical and sometimes compressed tarsus, but never form- ing a fin properly so called. Those of them whese shell is tapering, forming the arc of a circle before, and narrowed and truncated be- hind, in which the claws of both sexes are alike, where the number of the caudal segments is the same as in the Portuni, and which, with the exception of the tarsi, almost completely resemble them, will constitute our second section, that of the Arcuata. In the Cancer, Fabr. Or the Crab properly so called, the third joint of the external foot-jaws is emarginated or marked with a sinus near the internal and almost square extremity. The antennz scarcely extending be- yond the front and composed of but few articulations, are flexed and glabrous, or but slightly hairy. The hands are, rounded and have no appearance of a crest on the upper edge. The radical joint of the external antenne is, in some, much finger than the following ones, and resembles a laminz ; terminated by a salient and advanced tooth, closing inferiorly the internal corner of * See the article Platyonique, Encye. Methodique, "DECAPODA. 167 the ocular cavities. The fossulze of the middle or internal antenne are nearly longitudinal. Such is the is C. pagurus, L.; Crabe poupart, &c.; Herbst.,1X,59. Shel! reddish, wide, plane, almost smooth above, with nine festoons in each lateral margin, and three teeth in front. Its claws are large, smooth, with black fingers studded internally with blunt tubercles. It is sometimes a foot wide, and weighs five pounds. Common on the Atlantic coast of France, but less abundant in the Mediterranean, Its flesh is esteemed. Dr. Leach separates it generically from the other Crabs: Malac. Brit., XVII, x. In the others, the lower joints of the Antenne are cylindrical; al- though somewhat larger, the first does not differ from the following ones in form or proportion, and does not extend beyond the internal zanthus of the ocular fossule; those of the intermediate antennz are prolonged in a direction rather parallel to the breadth of the shell than to its length. ' ‘There are some of them—C.11-dentatus, Fab., in which the ex- tremity of the fingers are excavated like the bowl of a spoon: they form the Clorodius, Leach. Several species, where they terminate in a point, are remarkable for the arcuation of the edges of the shell which terminate iorly by a fold and overlapping projection, in the manner of anangle. Those with a tridentated front, and whose shell only presents that projection or posterior tooth, com- pose his genus Carpilius. The species. of this subdivision,—C. co- rallinus, F.; C. mauewlatus, Id., are marked with round blood- coloured spots. They more particularly inhabit the Indian Ocean. Many fossil Crabs appear to me to belong to this subdivision. The Xantho, of the same, some of which, Xanth. floridus, Leach, Malac. Brit., XI ;—Cancer poressa, Oliv., Zool. Adriat., II, 3, in- habit the voast of France, have their antennz inserted in the internal canthus of the ocular fossule, and not in the outer one, as in those just mentioned. Other considerations would authorise us to augment the number of these divisions, but our limits require us merely to indicate the principal ones. The * Crabe vulgaire de nos cétes” of the first edition of this work, has in this one been placed among the Portuni—P. mezas. Pirmeca, Leach. These Crustacea completely resemble Crabs, but their external antennz extend considerably beyond the front, and their stem, longer than their pedicle, consist of numerous joints. The fossule of the intermediaries, as in the C. pagurus, are rather longitudinal than transversal. But a single species is known, the P, denticulata, Leach, Malac. Brit, Ville it is found in the British channel and in the Mediterranean. Perhaps we should refer to this species, the fossil described by Desmarest under the name of Alélécycle ru- queuz, in the Hist. Nat. de Crust. Foss., IX, 9. 168 CRUSTACEA. Are ecycius, Leach *. Fossulz of the intermediate antennz longitudinal ; lateral antennze elongated, salient and composed of many joints, but very hairy as well as the claws; the latter strong, and with compressed hands. The third joint of the foot-jaws sensibly narrowed above, resembling an obtuse or rounded tooth; conical tarsi, and the ocular pedicles of the ordinary size. The tail is longer than in the preceding Crus- tacea. Two species have been described}. One from the coast of England, of a sub-orbicular form, and the other from that of France, Mediterranean, as well as Oceanic. ‘The ' Tua, Leach, Approaches Atelecyclus in the lateral antennz, in the direction of the fossule, in which the intermediaries are placed, in the form. of the third joint of the external foot-jaws, and in the sub-orbicular shell ; but the eyes, together with the pedicles, are extremely small and scarcely salient. The tarsi are strongly compressed and sub- elliptical. ‘The front is arcuated, rounded, and without any marked dentations. The pectoral space between the feet is very narrow, and of the same breadth throughout. The claws are much weaker in proportion. The shell is smooth, and in some’ respects the Thiz approach the Leucoste and the Corystes. | The type t of this subgenus, whose habitation was unknown, has been discovered by Milne Edwards in the sandy shores of the Mediterranean, near Naples. Risso—Journ. de Phys., 1822, p. 251,—described a second, dedicated to M. de Blainville, which he found in the river at Nice. The — : Morsia, Leach §. Of which but a single species is known, and which is peculiar to that part of the Ocean which bounds the southern extremity of Africa, approaches the Matutee and several Portuni, in the long spine with which each side of the shell is armed posteriorly; it also approximates to the true Crabs in the form of-the shell, and of the external foot-jaws, with this difference, that their third joint forms an elongated square, narrowed and obliquely truncated at its supe- rior extremity; but, as in the Calappee and Hepati, the hands are strongly compressed above, having a sharp and dentated edge, re- sembling a crest]. | ' Hepatus, Latr. The Hepati have a considerable affinity with the true Crabs in the * We had, at first, placed this subgenus, as well as the following one, among the Orbicularia. : + See Consid. Génér. sur la Classe des Crust., Desmar., p. 88, 89. _ Thia polita, Leach, Zool, Miscell. ciii. § This name must be changed to avoid confounding the division with that of Nursia, another subgenus. || Desmarest, Consid. Génér., &e., IX, 3. DECAPODA. 169 widened form of their shell, and the shortness of their lateral antenne, approaching the Mursize and Calappe in their compressed hands, the upper edge of which resembles a crest ; but the third joint of their external foot-jaws form an elongated; narrow, and pointed triangle, without any apparent emargination, a character also observed in the Matutze and Leucosiz. | _ The species * which served as the type of this division was confounded by Fabricius with the Calapp. It it as large as an ordinary Pagarus. The shell is yellowish, dotted with red, and the margins finely and un ly crenulated. The eyes are small and approximated, and the feet are traversed by red bands.. Although the tail of the male has but five complete seg- ments, the traces of two others may still be discovered on the sides. This species is common at the Antilles. In our third section, or that of the QuaprizaTeEra, the shell is nearly square or heart-shaped, the front generally prolonged, in- flected or much inclined, and forming a sort of clypeus. There are seven segments, distinctly marked. across their whole breadth, in the tail of both sexes. The antenne are usually very short. The eyes of most of them are fixed on long or stout pedicles. Several live habitually on land, inhabiting holes excavated by them- selves ; others frequent fresh-water streams. They move with great swiftness f. | A first division will comprise those in which the fourth joint of the external foot-jaws is inserted at the superior internal extremity of the preceding one, either in a short, truncated projection, or ina si- nus of the inner margin. They approach nearest to the Crabs proper. The shell of some is nearly square, or a trapezium, but not trans- verse, or almost in the form of a truncated heart. The ocular pedi- cles are short, and inserted either near the lateral and anterior angles of the shell, or more internally, but always at a considerable distance from the middle of the front. Here comes the Eripwa, Lat. Where the lateral antennz are inserted between the ocular cavi- ties and the median antennz ; the nearly cordiform shell is truncated posteriorly, and the eyes are removed from its anterior angles. The coast of France furnishes a species—Cancer spinifrons, -Fab.; Herbst., XI, 65; Desmar., Considér., XIV, 1, which is the Pagurus of Aldrovandus.. The sides of its shell are fur- nished with five teeth, the second and third bifid. The front and claws are spiny; the fingers black. * Hepatus fasciatus, Latr.; Desmar., Considér., IX, 2;—Calappa angustata ues itheilaiaince Bosc, ; Herbst., xxxvii, 2. See also his Cancer armadillus, » 42, 43. + I consider them, with respect to their habits and some of the characters of their organization, as being the furthest removed from the other Decapoda ; they should be placed at one of the extremities of that order. 170 ORUSTACEA. Trapezia, Lat. The Trapezize resemble the Eriphiee in the insertion of their lateral antennz, but their shell is nearly square,depressed, and smooth ; the eyes are placed at its anterior angles, and the claws, in comparison with the other feet, very large. All the species. are exotic*, and inhabit Eastern Seas. The : Pitumnvs, Leach, | Differs from the two preceding subgenera, in the insertion of the lateral antenne at the internal extremity of the ocular cavities, above the origin of the pedicles of the eyes, The Pilumni, as to the form of the shell, approach nearer to the Crustacea of the second section, than the other Quadrilatera, and in this respect stand some- what ambiguously between the two. As in most of the Arcuata the third joint of their foot-jaw is nearly square or pentagonal. The lateral antennee are longer than the ocular pedicles, and have a seta- ceous stem, longer than the peduncle, and composed of numerous small joints. The tarsi are simply pilose +. TueLpeuusa, Lat. t The lateral atenne situated as in the Pilumni, but shorter than the ocular pedicles, composed of but few joints, and with a cylin- drico-conical stem, hardly longer than.its peduncle.. The shell is almost shaped like a truncated heart, and the tarsi are furnished with spinous or dentated ridges. i | : Several species are known, all of which inhabit fresh water, but capable, as it would appear, of living at.a distance from it for a considerable time. One of them, mentioned by the an. cients, is found in the south of Europe, the Levant, and in Egypt; it isthe Crabe fluviatile, of Belon, Rondelet, and Ges- ner§. It is very common in several brooks and various. lakes of the craters of the south of Italy; its effigy is observable on different antique Grecian medals, particularly on those of Sicily. The shell is about two inches in each diameter. It is greyish or yellowish, as the animal is living or dead, mostly smooth, with little incised. ruge and asperities on the anterior sides. The front is transversal, inclined, reflected, and edentated. The claws are rough, with a reddish spot at the extremity of the fingers, which are long, conical, and unequally dentated. The Greek monks eat it raw, and during Lent it fornis one of the articles of diet used by the Italians. : * Cancer eymodoce, Herbst.,-li, 5 ;—C. rufo-punctatus, Id., -xlvii, 6 ;—C. glaber-. rimus, Id., xx, 115. See the article Trapézie, Encyc. Methodique. + See the article Pilumne, Encyc. Method., and Desmarest, op. cit. p. 111. + The Potamophiles of the first edition of this work. That name having been already applied to a genus of Coleopterous Insects, I have substituted the present one.—See this word in the second edition of the Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. .They are the Potamobie, Leach, Potamon, Savigny. ; § See Olivier Voy., en Egypte, pl. xxx, 2; and the plates of Nat. Hist., inthe great work on that country. DBCAPODA. 171 Two naturalists, travellers of the government, prematurely taken from the sciences, Delande and eels Mebanes. discovered two other'species; one was. collected by the first.in his travels to the south of Africa, and the other by thesecond:imthe mountains of ar, pa of Fabricius (Herbst.,:XJky.5); should, in my opinion, be referred to the same subgenus, It;inhabits: the Hast Indies. Aspecies peculiar to America, the Thelphusa serrata, Herbst., X, ii, is proportionably wider and flatter than the others, pre- senting certain characters which seem to indicate a particular - division*., : . 7 7 Other Quadrilatera having, like the preceding ones, the. fourth joint of the external foot-jaws inserted in the external extremity of 0g revious joint, differ from them in the trapezoidal, transverse and widlened” orm of the fore-part of the shell, as well as in their ocular pedicles, which, like those of the Podophthalmi, are long and slender, extending to the anterior angles, and inserted near the: middle of the front. ‘The claws of the males are long and cylindrical : such is the _ Gonopiax, Leach. ‘Two species of which are found in European seas; one of them, however, may possibly be a mere variety of the other. - The first—Cancer angulatus, L.; Herbst., 1, 13; Leach, Ma: lac. Brit., XIII, has the anterior angles of its shell prolonged into a point, and a‘second, but smaller spine behind. Two others are observed on the claws of the males; one.on the joint called the arm, and the other on the internal side of the carpus ; _ the hands are elongated, and somewhat narrowed at base ; -ano- ther tooth is found on the superior extremity of the thighs of the other feet. The body.is reddish. It inhabits the western coast of France, and that of England. _ Inthe second—Cancer rhomboides, L., the shell presents no other spines than those formed by the prolongation of the ante- rior angles. The body is smaller, and of a reddish-white or flésh colour. From the rocky localities of the Mediterranean f. In the second division of the Quadrilatera, the fourth joint of the external foot jaws, or those which cover the other parts of the mouth below, is inserted in the middle of the extremity of the preceding joint, or more outwardly. i * See also the subgenus Ocypops. I have made a new one called TRICHODAC- TYLUS, with a fresh-water species from Brazil, analogous to the preceding ones, but with an almost square shell, the third joint of the external foot-jaws forming an elongated triangle hooked at the end, and the tarsi covered with a close down. The Graspus tesselatus, of the pl. (ccev, 2) of Nat. Hist., Encye. Method., is also the type of the new genus MELIA, but one of too little importance to be treated of in detail in a work like this. : t+ See the article Rhombille, Encye. Methodique. 172 CRUSTACEA. Sometimes the shell is trapezoidal or ovoid, or is shaped like a heart truncated posteriorly. The ocular pedicles, inserted at a short dis- tance from the middle of its anterior margin, extend to its anterior angles, or even beyond them. Commencing with those whose shell is transversely quadrilateral, widened before and narrowed behind, or which has the form of an egg, we first observe the MacropuTuatmus, Lat. Where the shell, as in the Gonoplaces, is trapezoidal, and the claws are long and narrow; the ocular pedicles are slender, elongated, and lodged in a groove under the anterior margin of the shell. The first joint of the intermediate antenne is rather transverse than lon- gitudinal, and the two which terminate them are very distinct and of a mean size. The external foot-jaws are approximated inferiorly at their inner edge, leaving no interval between them, and their third joint is transverse. They* inhabit the Eastern Ocean, and the seas of New Holland. The following, which constitute the subgenera Gelasimus, Ocy- pode, and Mictyris, inhabit burrows, are remarkable for the celerity of their course, and have the fourth pair of feet, and next to them, the third, longer than the others. The intermediate antenne are exces- sively small, and hardly bifid, at their extremity ; the‘radical joint is nearly longitudinal. They are peculiar to hot climates. Here the shell is solid, of a quadrilateral or trapezoidal form, widest before. Gexasimus, Lat.—Uca, Leach. © Eyes terminating their pedicles like a small head; third joint of the external foot-jaws forming a transverse square ; last segment of the tail of the males almost semi-circular, that of the females nearly orbicular. The lateral antennz are longer, and more slender in proportion, than those of the Ocypodes. One of the claws, now the right, and then the left, varying in individuals of the same species, is much larger than the other; the fingers of the small one are frequently shaped like a spoon or spatula. The animal closes the entrance of its burrow, whichy it excavates in the vicinity of the sea-shore, or in marshy places, with its large claw. ‘These burrows are cylindrical, oblique, very deep, and placed close to each other, but are usually inhabited by a single individual. Their habit of holding the large claw in an upright position before the body, as if making an appellative gesture, has obtained for them the name of Calling-Crabs (Cancer vocans). One species, observed by Bosc., in South Carolina, passes the three * Gonoplax transversus, Latr., Encyc. Method., Hist. Nat., eexevii, 2 ;—Cancer brevis, Herbst., Ix, 4. The Gonoplace de Latreille, a fossil species described by Desmarest, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., IX, 1—4, and perhaps also his G. incisé, 1X, 5, 6, may be a Macrophthalmus ; generally speaking, however, his fossil Gono- places are Gelasimi. The species he calls Gélasime luisante, VIII, 7, 8, does not appear to differ from the living one which I have called the maracoant, Encyc. Method., Ib., cexevi, 1. DECAPODA. 173 winter months in its retreat without leaving it, and only visits the sea when about to spawn*. Ocypoveg, Fabr. Eyes extending into the greater part of the length of their pedicles, or claviform ; third joint of the external foot-jaws forming a lon square; tail of the males very narrow, and the last joint an elongate triangle ; that of the females is oval. The claws are nearly similar, strong, but short, and the forceps shaped like a reversed heart. Agreeably to the indication afforded by their generic name, these Crustacea run with great swiftness, which indeed is such, that a horse can scarcely overtake them, whence the name of Eques, given to them by the older naturalists. They are now sometimes termed Land- tah; and occasionally, naturalists have confounded them with the Gecarcini, under the general deno- mination of Touwrlouroux. The Ocypodes, during the day, remain in the holes or burrows they have excavated in the sand, near the sea- shore, and quit them after sun-set. Ocyph. eques; Cancer cursor, L.; Cancer eques, Bel.; Ocyph. ippeus, Oliv., Voy. dans ’ Emp. Ottom., II, xxx,l. _Dis- tinguished from all the others by the bundle of hairs, which ter- minate the ocular pedicles. It inhabits the coast of Syria, that of Africa bordering on the Mediterranean, and is even found at Cape de Verd. In the Ocyp. cerathophthalmus ; Cancer cerathopt., Pall., Spic. Zool., fasc. 1X, vy, 2—8, the superior extremity of these pedicles ex- tends beyond the eyes for more than a third of their whole length, in a conical and simple point. The forceps are codiform, very rough, and their cutting edge dentated. From the East Indies. f In others the pedicles are terminated by the eyes forming a sort of club. Some from the eastern continent, and all those of the western world, are thus formed; but the latter possess a peculiar character, which indicates more acquatic habits, or that they swim with more facility; their feet are smoother, flatter, and furnished with a fringe of hairs. Such is the O. blanc, Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Crust , I, 1. The Cumuru of Marcgrave belongs to this divisiont. In classing the collection of the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, we placed among the Ocypodes, under the specific name of guadridentata, a crustaceous animal, which appears to us to bear a close resemblance * See the article Gélasime, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the same article in the work of Desmarest on animals of that class. The Crabs, cietie-ete, cictie- panama, of Marcgrave, appear to me synonymous with the Gelasimus pugilator. According to the obssrvations of M. Marion, communicated to the Acad. Roy. des Se., by M. de Blainville, this inequality of the forceps is peculiar to the males, at least such was the case in all the numerous specimens-examined by him in his voyage to the East Indies. ; t+ For the Ocypodes of the Western Continent, see the observations of M. Say, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. His Ocyp. reticulatus is a Grapsus. Consult, also, the article Ocypode, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist Nat., and the work of M. Desmarest. 174 CRUSTACEA, to the Géecarcin trois-épines, Desmar:, a fossil species, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss,, VIII, 10; he suspects it may belong to the genus Thelphusa. as Here, at least in the females, the shell is very thin, membranous, and flexible, and the body almost round or subovoid. The ocular pedicles are sensibly shorter than in the preceding subgenera. First. comes the M ictyrRis, Lat. Where the body is subovoid, highly inflated, narrower, and more obtuse before, and truncated posteriorly; the clypeus considerably diminished, and its extremity narrowed into a point. The claws form an elbow at the junction of the third and fourth joint, the latter of which is almost as large as the hand; the. other feet are Jong, with angular tarsi. ‘T’o these essential characters we will add, fat the ocular pedicles are curved, and crowned with globular eyes; that the external foot-jaws are very ample, and their internal edge hairy, the second joint being very large, and the following one almost semi- circular. Two species are known: one is found in the Australasian Ocean *, and the other in Egypt +, where it was observed by M. Savigny. Immediately after these come the é . Prnnotusrrss, Lat. Very small crustacea, which during a part of the year, in Novem- ber particularly, inhabit various bivalve shells, chiefly the Mytili and Pinnz. The shell of the females is sub-orbicular, very thin and soft, while that of the males is solid, almost globular and somewhat nar- rowed into a point before. The feet are of a middling length, and the claws straight and formed as usual. The external foot-jaws pre- sent but three distinct joints, the first large, transversal, and arcuated, and the second furnished at-its internal base with a small appendage. The tail of the female is very ample, and covers the whole under part of the body. The ancients believed that they resided with the Mollusca, in whose shells they are found, on friendly terms, warning them of danger and seeking food for them. The inhabitants of certain districts, at the present day, attribute to their presence the unwholesome qualities sometimes manifested in the Mytili t. We now arrive at Crustacea, which, although analogous to those just mentioned in the insertion of their ocular pedicles, are removed from them in respect to their shell. It is heart-shaped, and trunca- ted posteriorly, elevated, dilated and rounded on the sides near the anterior angles. The ocular pedicles are shorter than those of the * Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, 40; Encye., Method., Atlas d’Hist. Nat. eexevii, 3; Desmar., Considér., XI, 2. This subgenus, and that of the Pinnotheres, in the first edition of this work, constituted part of the Orbicularia; but in their natural order they approach the Ocypodes, Gecarcini, &c. + Pl. d’Hist. Nat., of the great work on Egypt. t For species see Leach, Malac. Podoph. Britt., and Desmar,, Considér. Génér. sur les Crust., 116. DECAPODA. 175 preceding subgenera, and do not quite extend to the lateral extre- mities of the shell. The intermediate antennz are always terminated by two. very distinct divisions. The inhabitants of the French colonies designate them by various appellations, such as Tourlourouz, Crabes-peints, Crabes de terre, and Crabes violets, which may apply to different species, or to varieties from age ; no observations worthy of credence have as yet settled this point of nomenclature. These animals more particularly inhabit intertropical countries and those which adjoin them. Their habits are a constant source of interest to travellers, but by abstracting from their accounts all improbable and doubtful facts, their history will be as follows. The greater portion of their life is passed on land, where they secrete themselves in holes, from which they never issue but at night. Some inhabit cemeteries. Once in the year, about the spawning season, they collect in immense. _ bands and ue a direct course to the sea, heedless of all obstacles ; after depositing their ova, they return much enfeebled. It is said that they seal up the mouth of their burrow during the time they are casting their shell. When this is effected, and while yet soft, they are called Bowrsiers, and their flesh is much esteemed, although some- times poisonous This quality is attributed to the fruit of the man- chineel, which they are supposed, falsely perhaps, to have eaten.- In some of them, such as the : Oe i Uca, Lat., The size of the feet, commencing with those of the second pair, progressively diminishes; they are extremely pilose, and the tarsi simply sulcated without any remarkable spines or dentations. : The only species known—Cancer uca, L., Herbst., VI, 38, inhabits the marshes of Guiana and of Brazil. In others, the third and fourth pair of feet are longer than the second and fifth ; the tarsi are marked with dentated or very spinous ridges. They form two subgenera. Carpisoma, Lat. “The four antenne and all the joints of the external foot-jaws posed; the three first joints of these same foot-jaws . straight ; the third shorter than the second, emarginated superiorly and nearly. iform; the first of the lateral antennze almost similar and broad. y are called Crabes blancs at the Antilles, though sometimes they have a yellow shell striped with red *. Gecarcinus, Leach. The four antennz covered by the clypeus; second and third joints of the external foot-jaws, large, flattened, arcuated, and leaving a space between their inner sides, the last one forming a curvilinear triangle, obtuse at the summit; it reaches to the clypeus, and covers the three following ones, or the fourth, fifth, and sixth. * Cancer cordatus, L.;—Cancer carnifer, Herbst., XLI, 1 IV, 37 ;—C. guan- humi, Maregrave. The tarsi have four ridges; there are two additional ones in the 176 CRUSTACEA. The most common pa a ruricola, L., Herbst., It, 36, when young, IV, xx, 116; xlix, 1, is of a more or less lively blood-red colour, more or less extended, and sometimes spotted with yellow with a deeply marked impression of the letter H. It is the Crabe violet, and Crabe peint of travellers; the name of Tourlourou appears to me to be more peculiarly applied to this species *. Sometimes the shell is nearly square, subisometrical or not, broader than it is long, flattened, and the front turned down for nearly the whole of its width. The ocular pedicles are short and inserted at the anterior lateral angles. The two ordinary divisions of the interme- diate antenne are very distinct. The inner sides of the exterior foot- jaws are separated, leaving an angular space between them; their third joint is almost as long as it is broad. The claws are short and. thick, and the other feet very flat; the fourth pair, and then the third, are longer than the others ; tarsi spinous. Priagusta, Lat. The mediate antenez lodged in two longitudinal and oblique fissures traversing the whole thickness of the middle of the ey yHe They are inferior or covered by this part in . Grapsus, Lam. Where the shell is somewhat wider before than behind, or at’ least not narrower, while in the Plagusize it widens from before aronsh wards. The Grapsi are found throughout all parts of the globe, but are more particularly abundant in the vicinity of the tropics. They are not seen in Europe beyond 50 deg. of latitude. If I mistake not they are called Cériques at Martinique. Marcgrave has figured some Brazilian species by the name of Aratu, Aratu-pinima ( Grapsus cruentatus, Lat.) and Carava-una. At Cayenne they are called Ragabeumba, or soldier. hese animals conceal themselves during the day under stones, &c., at the bottom of the sea. I have been informed that some of them even climb up the trees on its shores and hide beneath their bark. The broad and flattened form of their body and feet enables them to support themselves for a moment on the surface of the water; they always walk sideways, sometimes to the right, and et others to the left. Certain species inhabit rivers within the bounds of tide water, * See the article Tourlourou in the Encyc. Methodique. Messrs. Audouin and Edwards have lately communicated to the Acad. Roy. des Sc., some very curious remarks upon an organ peculiar to these animals, which form a sort of reservoir capable of containing a certain quantity of water, and placed immediately above the branchie. This accounts for the unusual convexity of the anterior sides of, their thorax. + P. depressa, Lat. ; Herbst., Ill, 35 ;—P. clavimana, Lat., Herbst., lix, 3 ; Desmar., Considér., XIV, 2. The tail appears to me to consist but of four distinct segments. The third, however, presents one or two deep and transverse lines. In the Grapsi there are seven segments, the third of which has an angular anareton on each side of its base. DECAPODA. 177 but most frequently live on their banks or on land. They assemble in great numbers, and when any one appears among them, they hurry to the water with a tremendous noise, caused by striking one claw inst the other. Their habits are similar to those of other carni- us Crustacea *, _ G. varius, Lat.; Cancer marmoratus, Fab.; Oliv., Zool., Adr., Il, 1; Cancre madre, Rondel.; Herbst., XX, 114. Size middling; nearly square, hardly broader than long ; yellowish or livid; greatly elongated above, and marked with numerous fine lines and points of a reddish brown; four flattened projections ed transversely at the base of the clypeus, and three teeth at the anterior extremity of each lateral edge, The tarsi are spiny. The Ft G. porte-pinceau; Cuv. Régne Anim., IV, xii, 1; Rumph., Mus. X, 2; Desmar., Consider., XV, 1, is remarkable for the numerous long and blackish hairs with which the superior sur- faces of the fingers are furnished. The tarsi are without spines, a character exclusively peculiar to this species. It is found in the East Indies +. In our fourth section or the Orsicunata f, the shell is either sub- Gener. rhomboidal, or ovoid, and always very solid; the ocular pe- icles are always short or but slightly elongated; the claws of un- equal size according to the sex, those of the males being largest ; there are never seven complete segments in. the tail; the buccal cavity grows gradually narrower towards its superior extremity, and the third joint of the external foot-jaws always forms an elongated triangle. The posterior feet resemble the preceding ones, and neither of the latter is ever very long. In the _ Corystes, Latr., The shell is an ovoidal oblong, and crustaceous; the lateral antennz are long, projecting and ciliated; ocular pedicles of a mean size and separated ; third joint of the external foot-jaws longer than the pre- ceding one, with a visible emargination for the insertion of the next. The tail is composed of seven segments, the two middle ones oblite- rated in the males. A species—Cancer personatus, Herbst., XII, 71, 72; Leach, Malac. Brit., VI, 1, is known on the coast of France. The oe edge of its shell is marked with three notches on each side, A second was brought from the Cape of Good Hope by the late Delalande. oa ” 7 at * See Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Crust. + See the Article Plagusie, Encye. Method., and the Histoire des Animaux sans vertébres of Delamarck, genus Grapse. Prt } The Orythie and the Dorippes, in a natural series, would, in my opinion, belong to this section, and lead to the Corystes ; their shell is a truncated ovoid. VoL, Ul, N 178 CRUSTACEA. Levcosia, Fab. Form of the shell varying, but generally ovoid or almost globular, and always very hard and stony; lateral antennze and eyes very small ; eyes approximated. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is smaller than the second, and without any apparent internal sinus ; these parts are contiguous inferiorly along the internal edge, and form an elongated triangle, the extremity of which is received into two. upper cells of the buccal cavity. The tail, which is ample and subor- bicular in the females, usually consists of from four to five segments, but never seven. | 8 Doctor Leach * has separated this genus of Fabricius into several genera, which, however, we will consider as simple divisions. | Those species which have a transversal shell, with the middle of its sides greatly prolonged or dilated, so as to resemble a cone or cylinder, forms his genus Jaa}. | Those which have a rhombvidal shell with seven conical points, re- sembling spines on each side, compose that of [phis. If the shell still has the rhomboidal figure, but merely presents angles or sinuses on the sides, it becomes his genus Nursia. . If these lateral edges are smooth, we have his Ebalia. The Leucosize with an ovoid or nearly globular shell, and other- wise distinguished from several of the preceding by the claws being always longer than the body, and thicker than the other feet, and by the tarsi being sensibly striate, may be divided thus : In some the front projects, or at least is not surpassed by the supe- rior extremity of the buccal cavity. The outer branch of the external foot-jaws is elongated, and almost linear. Here the claws are slender, the hands.cylindrical, and the fingers long. > Sometimes the shell is nearly globular, and either very spiny, as in the genus Arcania, or smooth as in Ix1A. ' At others, the shell is suborbicular and depressed, as in the genus Persephona, or ovoid as in Myra. There the claws are thick, with ovoid hands and short fingers. They constitute the true Leucosie of that naturalist. In the others, the superior extremity of the buccal cavity outreaches the front. ‘The outer branch of the external foot-jaws is short, and arcuated ; the shell rounded and depressed. ‘This last division com- prises his genus Phylira. per te Other considerations, founded on the proportions of the feet and the form of the external foot-jaws, strengthen. these characters. The Leucosie noyau; Ilia nucleus, Leach ; Cancer nucleus» Lin., Herbst., XI, 14, is common in the Mediterranean; its shell is globular, granulated on the sides and posteriorly; the front is ah * Leach Zool. Misc. III; Desmar., Consid. + Leucosia cylindrus, Fabr., Herbst., II, 29—31.. DECAPODA. 179 notched; two teeth on the posterior margin, and two others widely separated on each lateral muscle; the posterior largest | “se spiniform, and situated above the origin of the posterior Teet. The sea coast of the western departments of France uces some other species, which belong to the genus Ebalia, Leach *. All the remaining ones are from India and America, Some fossil Leucosize are found in the East Indies, Three ~ species have been deseribed by M. Desmarest, two of which, according to him, are true Leucosia, Leach, and which are - now living in the same countries, and peculiar to them. Our fifth section, that of the Triaona, is composed of those species whose shell is usually triangular or subovoid, narrowed before into a point or kind of 49 generally uneven and rough, with lateral eyes, The interyal comprised between the antennz and the buccal cavity is always nearly square, as long, or almost as long, as broad. The claws, at least those of the males, are always large and elongated. The following feet are very long in a great number, and sometimes the two last even differ in form from the preceding ones, The third ‘joint of the external foot-jaws is always nearly square or hexagonal, in those at least whose feet are of the ordinary length. The apparent number of the caudal segments varies. In both saa of several it is seyen; in others, however, the males at least, it is less. . Several of these Crustacea are designated by the vulgar appellation of Araignées de mer or Sea-spiders. Although the species of this tribe are very numerous, but two have as yet been discovered except in a fossil state, one of which at least—Maia squinado—exists at the present day ina living state, and in the same localities +. A first division will comprehend those whose second and. following feet are similar, and which diminish progressively in size. From the latter we will form a first group of all those where the tail, either in both sexes, or in the females alone,is composed of seven segments,. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is almost aah square, and truncated or notched at the superior internal ery large claws, particularly so when compared with the other feet, which are extremely short, directed horizontally and perpendi- cularly tothe axis of the body, as far as the carpus or joint immedi- ately preceding the hand, then reflected anteriorly on themselves with the fingers bent, suddenly forming an angle; very short ocular pedi- cles, projecting but little, if at all, from their cavities; a stony and very uneven or spiny shell, designate the Partuenopr, Fab. The lateral antennee of some are very short, not exceeding the in ite ee ad a ee * Malac. Brit., xxv. : + See Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust, Foss, 5 N 180 CRUSTACEA. length of the eyes; the first joint is entirely situated under the ocular cavities. If there are seven segments in the tail of both sexes, we have the genus Parthenope properly so called * of Leach. If that of the males presents but five, it is his genus Lambrus +. ~The lateral antennee of the others are sensibly longer than the eyes ; their first. joint extends to the superior internal extremity of the cavities peculiar to these latter organs, and appears to be confound~ ed with the shell. The post-abdomen is always composed of seven segments. The claws of the females are much shorter than those of the opposite sex. The same naturalist distinguishes these Crustacea ‘generically by the name of Eurynoma. But asingle species is known which inhabits the English and French coasts t. All the other Parthenopes, one excepted §, are from the Indian Ocean. In the following ones, the claws always project, and their length, at most, is double that of the body ; their fingers are not suddenly bent into an angle |. Here the length of the longest feet—the second—barely exceeds that of the shell from the eyes to the origin of the tail. The under part of the tarsi is usually either dentated or spiny, or furnished with a ciliated fringe terminated like a club. ‘We will commence with those whose ocular pedicles are very short, or of a mean length, susceptible of being entirely retracted within their cavities, and whose claws, at least in the males, are considerably thicker than the other feet. Mirnrax, Leach. Robust claws; ends of the fingers like the bowl of a spoon; stem of the lateral antenne sensibly shorter than the pedicle ; ; the tail composed of seven segments in both sexes. All the known species are from the American seas 4. 7 Acantuonyx, Latr. A tooth or spiniform projection on the inferior side of the tibie; under part of the tarsi pilose, and as if pectinated ; superior surface © * Parthen. horrida, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., IX, 1; Seba, III, xix, 16,17; Herbst , XIV, 88. +. Panth. longimana, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., VILI ;—P. giraffa, Fab.; Herbst., XIX, 108, 109;—P. lar, Fab. ;—P. rubus, Latr. ;—Cancer contrarius, Herbst., 1x, 3 ;—P. macrocheles, Lat., Herbst., XIX, 107 ;—Cancer longimanus, L., fem., P. trigonomana, Lat. ; Cancer prensor, Herbst., xli, 3. + Cancer asper, Penn., Brit. Zool., TV ; Eurynoma aspera, Leach, Malac. Brit., XV. § Parthenope angulifrons, Latr., Encyc. Method. ; Cancer longimanus, Olivi. || The first joint of the lateral ‘antennee appearing to form part of the shell, has been mistaken by several naturalists, the second having been considered by them as the first. § Mithrax spinicinctus, Latr.; Desmar., Consid., p. 150;—Cancer, hispidus, Herbst., XVIII, 100 ;—Cancer aculeatus, Herbst., XIX, 104 ;—C. spinipes, ejusd., XVII, 94. The Tachus hircus; Fab., is perhaps a congener, . DECAPODA. 181 of the shell smooth, The tale of the males presents, at most, but six complete segments *. | Pisa, Leach, Claws of amean size, with pointed fingers ; tibize without any spine beneath, and the tail composed of seven segments in both sexes. As in the preceding subgenera, the lateral antenne are inserted at an equal distance from the fossulz that receive the intermediate ones, and from the ocular cavities, or rather nearer to the latter. | These, as in the genus Nazia ,Leach +, have two ranges of den- tations on the under part of the tarsi. Those have but a single row of dentations, or a simple fringe of thick claviform cilia, under the same joint. The latter constitute the genus Lissa of that author}. . Among those which have a range of dentations, the feet some- times gradually diminish in length, as happens in his Pisa§, pro- perly so called, and at others, the third ones, in the males, become abruptly shorter than those which precede them, as in his Chort- nus ||. ' : df: PO 10 Pericera, Latr. The Pericerze, though approaching the Pisze in the form and pro- portions of the claws, and the number of their caudal segments, are removed from them, as well as from the other anterior subgenera, by the insertion of their lateral antennz under the snout, and their approximation to the fossulz lodging the intermediate ones, being closer than to those which receive the ocular pedicles 4. In the two following subgenera the ocular pedicles are short or moderate, as well as in the preceding ones. But the claws, even those of the males, are hardly thicker than the following feet, _ The tail always consists of seven segments. In the Mara, Leach, The second joint of the lateral antennze seems to arise from the internal canthus of the ocular fossee, . The hand and the joint which precedes it are nearly of the same length. The shell is ovoid. __.. _ This subgenus established by Lamarck, and originally consisting of a great number of species, comprises, at present, according. to the method of Dr, Leach, but one, the Cancer squinado, Herbst, XIV, eee ——$—_ * Maia glabra, Collect. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat.; Maia lunulata, Risso, I, 4; + Pisa aurita, Latr., Encyce. Method.—P. monoceros, Ib. _ . } Pisa chiragra, Latr., Encyc. Method.; Desmar., Consid. , § Pisa xyphias, Latr., Ib. ;—ejusd., Ib. P. aries;—P. barbicornis ;—P. corni- gera;—P. styx ;—P. bicornuta;—P., trispinosa ;—P. armata, Leach, Malac. - Brit., XVII; Cancer muscosus ? Lin.;—P. tetraodon, Leach, 1b. xx. : || Pisa heros, Latr., Encye. Method. { Maia taurus, Lam.; Cancer cornudo, Herbst., lix, 6. N.B. The genus Amathia of M. P. Roux, Hist. des Crust. de la Mediterr., &c., liv. I, does not differ from my Pericera—it even appears to me to have the same type. The Lithographic plates which accompany this work are distinctly and faithfully executed. ; 182 CRUSTACEA. 884, 5, lvi; Inachus cornutus, Fab. It is very common on the coast of France and in the Mediterranean, where it is called Araignée de mer. It is one of the largest of the European Crustacea, and the ' Maia of the ancient Greeks, figured on some of their coins. They attributed great wisdom to it, and considered it as sensible to the charms of music. Miciprr, Leach. The first joint of the lateral antennze curved, dilated at its supe- rior extremity into a transverse and oblique blade, closing the ocular fossze; the ensuing joint inserted under its superior margin. The shell, viewed from above, appears widely truncated before; its an- terior extremity is inclined, and terminates in a sort of clypeus or dentated rostrum *. The : Srenocionors, Leach, - Js distinguished from al] other subgenera of this tribe by long and slender ocular pedicles which protrude from their fossulee + : There the under surface of the feet presents neither ranges of den- tations nor claviform cilia. Those of the first pairs, at least, are one half longer than the shell, and frequently much longer. The body is usually more abbreviated than in the preceding subgenera, being either nearly globular, or formed like a shortened egg. A species of this tribe —Maza retuja, Coll. du Jard. du Roi, whose shell is woolly and forms a truncated ovoid, or is obtuse anteriorly ; whose strongly curved elongated ocular pedicles are - received into fossule situated under the lateral margin of the shell; whose carpus is elongated as in Maia ;—presents another character which exclusively distinguishes it, viz. the length of the feet seems to augment progressively from the second pair on- wards, or at least to differ but little. It is the type of the genus Camposcia, Leach. Hoe In the others, as usual, the length of the feet progressively di- minishes from the second pair to the last. hn - In some of them, the ocular pedicles, although much shorter than in the Stenocionops, are always salient, and the third joint of the pedicle of their lateral antennz is as long, or even larger, than the preceding one, the antennz themselves terminating in a long seta- ceous stem. The approach the Micippes; such is the a Hams, Latr.t In those which constitute the two following sub-genera, the ocular * Canter cristatus, L.; Rumph., Mus., VIII, 1, the male.—Cancer phylira, Herbst. lviii, 4; Desmar. Considér., XX, 2. + Cancer cervicornis, Herbst., lviii, 2, from the Isle of France. M. Desmarest was mistaken in citing, as the type, Consid. Gen. sur les Crust., p. 153, the Maia taurus, Lamarck. t~ Two species, one of which appears to be allied to the Cancer superciliosus, L.; Herbst, XIV, 89. ; at hy Ses ar DECAPODA. 183 pedicles are susceptible of being entirely retracted within their fos- sule, and are protected posteriorly by a dentiform projection, or angle, of the lateral edges of the shell. The second joint of the pe- duncle of the lateral antennze is much larger than the following one ; they are terminated by a very short stem resembling an elo stylet. Hyas, Leach. Lateral edges of the shell dilated behind the ocular cavities, which are large oval ; external side of the second joint of the lateral antennee compressed and carinated; ocular pedicles, when erected, entirely exposed. The body is sub-ovoid*. In the Lisinia, Leach, The ocular fossulz are very small and nearly orbicular, and the ocular pedicles are very short, and but very slightly exertile. The second joint of the lateral antennz is cylindrical, and not compressed, ‘or but very slightly so, ‘The body is nearly globular, or triangular. - We will unite ‘the Doclea and the Egeria of Leach to his Lr- BINIE, | In his Libiniee, properly so called +, the claws of the males are thicker than the two following feet, and almost as long. The length of the longest does not exceed twice that of the shell. 1 The claws of the male Doclzea t are much shorter than the two following feet. The length of the latter is hardly more than once and a half that of the shell, which is nearly globular and always co- vered with a brown or blackish down. nly ; ~ In the Egeric § the claws are filiform, and the hands much elon- gated and almost linear. The following feet are five or six times longer than the shell. The body is triangular. » Having reviewed all the sub-genera of this tribe in which the feet subsequent fo the claws are ofa similar form, and in which the tail, of the females at least, and most generally in both sexes, is composed of seven complete joints or segments, we now pass to those in which it never consists of more than six. The feet are usually long and filiform, asin the last sub-genera. With the exception of the Lep- topi, these Crustacea are almost removed from the preceding by the form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws. It is proportionally narrower, and contracted at base, and the ensuing joint appears to be inserted at the middle of its superior margin, or more externally. The following sub-genus differs from those which succeed to it, in the tail of the males, where we only find three segments. The form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws appears to me the same as in the preceding sub-genera. o/™ Cancer araneus, Li; Leach, Malac, Brit.; XXJ, A; Herbst., XVII. 59;— Hyas coarctata, Leach, Ib., xxi, B. + Libinia canaliculata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. vol. I, p. 77, iv, 1 --L; emarginata, Leach, Zool. Mise., eviii. ~ Doclea Rissonnii, Leach, Zool. Mise. Ixxiv. The Jnachus ovis and the T. hybridus, Fab., should be referred to it. , . § Egeria indica, Leach, Zool. Misc., lxiii; Inachus spinifer, Fab. “584 CRUSTACEA. Lepropus, Lam. Tail. of the females composed of but five segments; the body: con- vex.and feet very long. But a single species is known which is part of the déliection uh the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, where it is called Maia longipes. Doctor Leach proposed to designate this genus by the name of Ste- nopus, a denomination we have not adopted, inasmuch as it is al- ready appropriated to another. That of Leptopus, Lam., is composed of several species, which, the above mentioned one excepted, siecord- ing to the characters here given, must be excluded from it. If we except some species of Hymenosome i in which the tail pre- sents but four, or at most five, distinct segments, that part of the body-consists of six in all the following sub-genera, either in both sexes, or inthe males. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is sometimes in the form of an inverted triangle, or of a posteriorly narrowed oval, and sometimes in that of a heart. The ensuing joint is inserted in the middle of its superior margin, or rather more out- wards than inwards. Some of them, such as the three following sub-genera, be biskih those of which we have just spoken by the almost isometrical, or at least transversal form of the epistoma. The base of the intermediate antenne is but a short distance from the superior margin of the buccal cavity. . One of these sub-genera is distinguished from the others by the flatness of the shell, and by the superior extremity of the first joint (free in several) of ‘the lateral antennze, which does not extend he: yond that of the ocular pedicles. Such is the. Hymenosoma, Leach. ‘\ The shell is triangular or orbicular *. The species are generally : small and peculiar to the Indian Ocean and coast of Australia. The number of caudal segments varies, but never extends beyond six.. In the two following sub-genera, the shell is more or less convex, always triangular and terminated before in a rostrum. The first joint of the lateral antennz, always fixed, forms a ridge or salient line between the fossule of the intermediate antenne and that of the eyes, and which is prolonged beyond the end of the ocular pedicles, In the INacHus, Fab.; The tail is always composed of six segments; all the tarsi are nearly straight, or but slightly arcuated; the ocular pedicles are smooth, susceptible of being concealed within their ossule, and there is a tooth orspine, at least in the males, at the posterior extremity of the latter cavities. Doctor Leach has considerably reduced the original extent of this group ft. * Hymenosoma orbicularis, Desmar., Consid,, xxvi, 1. + Cancer dodecos? L.; Inachus scorpio, Fab. ;—JInachus Dorsettensis, Leach, Ma- lac. Brit., xxii, A ;—Inachus phalangium, Fab.; Inachus dorynchus, Leach, Ib., DECAPODA. ‘185 Acuzus, Leach. . Six segments in the tail, but the four posterior tarsi are arcuated or falciform; the ocular pedicles are always salient and present a tubercle anteriorly *. ~ Next come those in which the epistoma is longer than it is broad, shaped like an elongated triangle truncated at the apex, and in which the origin of the mediate antennz is separated by a considerable space from the superior margin of the buccal cavity. The ocular pedicles are always salient when the head is triangular and termi- nated in a point more or less bifid or entire. Srenoruyncenus, Lam.—Macropopia, Leach. Six caudal segments in both sexes; anterior extremity of the shell bifidt. | (ftom: Lepropvopia, Leach. rs Fiye segments in the tail of the male; one more in that of the fe- male, The shell is prolonged anteriorly into a long, entire, and dentated point f{. rere _. The latter Trigona differ from the preceding in the dissimilitude of their posterior feet. ee 3 ; Pacro.us, Leach. The four or six anterior feet simple, or without forceps. The in- ternal extremity of the penultimate joint of the four posterior ones is prolonged into a-tooth, forming with the last joint a forceps or didactyle hand. The form of the shell is that of the Leptopodiz, and the tail presents the same number of segments: but the feet are much shorter; those of the third pair were wanting in the individual which served as the type of this section §. Liruopes, Lat. _ The Lithodes, as to the form of the first eight pairs of feet, re- semble the other Trigona; their length, however, seems progressively to increase from the second to the fourth, but the two last are very small, bent,’ pueetty nate, beardless, and apparently useless. The tail is membranous with three crustaceous and transverse spaces on the sides, and another on the end, representing the segmentary divisions. The eyes are approximated inferiorly. The external foot-jaws are elongated and salient, and the shell is triangular, ex- xxii, 7, 8 ;—ZJnachus leptorinchus, ejusd., Ib., xxii, B; Cancer tribulus, L.? Near the Inachi comes a new genus lately established by M. Guerin, called Eurypode, minutely deseribed and carefully figured, Mém. du Mus. d’His., Nat. XVI. It ap- proaches that of Inachus, but the ocular pedicles are always salient; the post-abdo- men is composed of seven completely separate segments in both sexes, and the penultimate joint of the feet, or the metarsus, is inferiorly dilated and compressed. * Acheus Cranchii, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxi, C. | t Macropodia tenuirostris, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxiii, 1—5; Inachus longirostris? Fab.; Macrop. phalanguim, Leach, Ib., xxiii, 6. -} Unachus sagittarius, Fab. ; Leach, Zool. Misc., Ixvii. § Pactolus Boscii, Leach, Zool. Misc., Ixviii. 186 CRUSTACEA. tremely spinous, and terminated anteriorly by a dentated point. These Crustacea are peculiar to the Arctic Seas *. Our sixth section, that of the Cryproropa + consists of Brachyura remarkable for a vaulted projection of the posterior extremities of their shell, under which their feet, the two anterior or the claws excepted, can be completely retracted and concealed. The shell is nearly semi- circular or triangular, The superior edge of the forceps is more or less elevated and notched in the manner ofa crest. In those species where they are largest, they cover the anterior part of their body, and hence the name of Cog de mer (Sea Cock), and Crabe honteux (Bashful Crab), which have been given to some of them. One sub- genus of this section, that of Athra being closely allied by other cha- racters with the Parthenopes of Fabricius, the first sub-genus of the preceding section, it follows, in a natural order, the Cryptopoda should be placed between the Orbiculata and the Trigona. | Carappa, Fabr. An extremely convex shell; the forceps triangular, strongly com- pressed, dentated superiorly like a crest, and perpendicularly cover- ing the anterior part of the body, during the contraction of the feet. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is terminated like a hook, and the superior extremity of the buccal cavity is contracted and divided longitudinally into two cells by a septum. In most of them, the two posterior and lateral dilatations of the shell are incised and dentated. 7 : One species, the Calappe migrane,—Cancer granulatus, L.; Calappa granulata, Fab.; Herbst., XIII, 75, 76, vulgarly styled Coq de mer and Crabe honteux, is found in the Mediterranean. The shell is reddish and marked with two deep sulci, and un- equal tubercles ofa carmine red.. That portion of the lateral margin which precedes the posterior dilatations, is at first nearly entire, and terminates by four very short teeth, the two first being most strongly marked ; those of the edges of the dilatations are large, and six in number, two on the posterior margin, and the others lateral. There are two others on the front. The forceps are also furnished with red tubercles, and their crest is formed by seven teeth, the superior of which are acute {. * Cancer maja, L.; Parthenope maja, Fab.; Inachus maja, Id.; Lithodes arc- tica, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxiv. See also the Maja camptschensis, Tiles., Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 1812, .V, VI. + Several of the Arcuata, such as the Hepati, Mursie, Matute, among the swimmers, have a crested forceps, and seem to be naturally allied to the Crypto- poda, so that this section should be placed higher in the scale. The same observa- tion applies to the last one, or that of the Notopoda, for some of them approach the Arcuata, and others the Orbiculata and the Trigona. -t In this division come the following species of Fabricius: C. tuberculata, Herbst., XIII, 78; lviii, 1?—C. lophos, Herbst., XIII, 77,—C. cristatus, Herbst. ; xl, 3;——-C. marmoratus, Herbst., xl, 2.—The Guaja apera, Pison and Marcgr., should probably be referred to this. species, and, according to the citation of Barére, is the Crabe des palétuviers of the colonists of Cayenne. The Cancer hepaticus of Linneus is also a Calappa. DECAPODA. 187 The others, such as the C. voiité—Cancer calappa, L.; Ca- lappa fornicata, Fab.; Herbst., XI, 73, 74, have the marginal _.. dilatations of the shell entire. This species inhabits the seas in the ©. vieinity of Australia and the Moluccas. — at ZErura, Leach. ! The Athree differ from the Calappe in their very flat shell, in their forceps, which are not raised perpendicularly, and which do not overshadow the forepart of their body, and in the almost square form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws. . 7 Sometimes* the shell is a transversal oval, and at otherst forms a short and very wide triangle laterally dilated and rounded. The claws are but slightly elongated, and are tolerably thick; here the are longer, angular, and remind us, as does also the form of the shell, of the Parthenopes. These latter species might constitute a separate subgenus. inally, our last and seventh division, that of the Noropopa, con- sists of Brachyura, whose last four or two feet are inserted above the level of the others, or which appear to be dorsal and look upwards. In those where they terminate by a sharp hook, they are usually employed by the animal in seizing various bodies, such as shells, Alcyonii, &e., with which it covers itself. The tail consists of seven segments in both sexes. ‘The tail of some of them, as in other Brachyura, is folded under, and their-feet terminate in a sharp hook and are not fitted for natation. 44 _. Here the shell is nearly square, and terminates anteriorly in an advancing and dentated point, or it is sub-ovoid or truncated before. In the Awwns Homota, Leach, The eyes are supported by long pedicles closely approximated at the base,.and inserted under the middle of the front. The two posterior feet are alone turned up. The claws are larger in the males than in the females. | The shell is extremely spinous, with a dentated projection on the pity of the front. The superior foot-jaws are elongated and sa ient. ae | ; ’ ~ : - These Crustacea inhabit the Mediterranean, and were designated by Aldrovandus under the name of Hippocarcini; they are the Thel- wiopes of Rafinesque. Some of the species attain a great size f. 1B eaten dh. ee - Dorirere, Fab. The fis widely gape and placed at the anterior and lateral angles of the shell; the four posterior feet turned up; the claws short * Aithra depressa, Lam., Hist. des Anim. sans Verteb.; Cancer scruposus, L. ; t Homola spinifrons, Leach, Zool. Misc., Ixxxviii; Cancer epinifrons, Fab. See the article Homoie, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. Ed. IT, and Desmar., Considér., XVIII, 1. The Dorippe Cuvieri, Risso, belongs to this subgenus. 188 CRUSTACEA, in both sexes; the shell ovoid, widely truncated, without any needa tion like a rostrum, and flattened. As remarked by Desmarest, we may observe on: each ais and above the origin of the claws, an oblique fissure resembling a button- hole, longitudinally intersected by a diaphragm, ciliated, like itself, on the margin that communicates with the branchie, and affording an issue to the water that bathes them. Three species are found in the Mediterranean*; the others inhabit Oriental seas, and one of them D. quadridens, Fabr., Herbst., X, 70, is also obtained there in a fossil state, There, the shell is sometimes nearly orbicular, or globular,’ anil sometimes arcuated anteriorly and narrowed posteriorly, and dentated or spinous on the sides. ‘The eyes are situated near the middle of the front, and placed on short pedicles. Drom, Fab. ye is Vieecmatss The four posterior feet inserted in the back, and vain’ by a double hook; the shell suborbicular or nearly globular, convex and woolly, or very hairy. ‘With their hind feet they seize upon Alcyonii, shells, and bier bodies, beneath which they shelter themselves, AuanSPOC HAE, them wherever they go. The most common species,—Cancer dormia, L. Ruiiiph., Mus., XI, 1; Herbst., XVIII, 103, is found in every sea, that of the North excepted, It is covered with a brown down, and has five teeth on each lateral margin and three in front, The fingers are stout, deeply dentated on the two edges, and partly x rose- coloured. Some authors say that it is venomous. The Death's Head;—Cancer caput mortuum, L.; Dormia clypeata, Act. Hafn., 1802, is smaller, more convex, almost globular, with three teeth on each side in its anterior margin, and has a short front, emarginate in the middle aud laterally sinuous. It is found on the coast of Barbary f. DynomenE, Lat. The two posterior feet much smaller than the others, alone dbtnal, and apparently unarmed; the shell widened, and nearly resembling a reversed heart truncated posteriorly, ie that of the last Quadri- latera, and simply pubescent. | _o ocular pediches are longer than those of ‘the Dromi. But a single species, the Dynoméne hispide, Desmar., Consid., XVIII, 2, is known; it is found at the Isle of France. The last Notopoda differ from the preceding in the feet, all. of which except the claws, terminate in a fin, and from all the Brachy- ura in the extension of their tail. Such is the * Dorippe lanata; Cancer lanatus, L.; Desmar., Considér,, XVII, 2;—D. affinis, Id.; Herbst., XI, 67;—-Cancer mascarone, Herbst., XI, 68. + For the other species see Desmar., Consid.. Gen. sw la Classe des Crust., p. 136, et seq. DECAPODAs 189 tHe Wee tide Ranina, Lam., - In which the elongated shell is gradually narrowed from before backwards, and usually resembles a reversed triangle with a den- tated base. The ocular pedicles are extended, and the lateral an- tenne long and a The external foot-jaws are similarly lengthened and narrow, the extremity of the third joint is com- pressed into.a point. All the feet are closely approximated, or almost contiguous at their origin, and from the fourth pair ascend towards the back; the two last, however, are alone on it. ‘The for- ceps are compressed, have the figure of a reversed triangle, and are dentated; the fingers are suddenly flexed. These Crustacea are closely allied to the Albunee of Fabricius, the first sub-genus of the following family, and thus forrh the passage from the Brachyura to the Macroura. From the approximation of the feet it is even probable that the genital orifices of the female are situated as in the Macroura. According to Rumphius, they not _ only leave the water, but even climb to the tops of houses; from,the form of their feet, however, this appears impossible, or at least very improbable. | A fossil species was described by Aldrovandus, which the Abbé Ranzani and M. Desmarest have since made _ better known *. FAMILY II, . Ad ; 1 ae MACROURA.—Exocanata, Fab. ~ In the Decapoda Macroura, the end of the tail is provided with appendages}t which most frequently form a fin on each side ; the tail itself is at least as long as the body, extended, exposed and simply ie ills of 7 j ’ : § or | ® Ranina Aldrovandi, Ranz., Mem. di Stor. Nat.; Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., VI, xi, 1.. The fig. x, 5, 6, appears to us to belong to a Hippa rather than to a Ranina ;—Ranina serrata, Lam.; Cancer raninus, L; Albunea scabra, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., VII, T. V.;—Ranina dorsipes, Lam.; Albunea dorsipes, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., X, 3; Desmar., Considér., XIX, 2. _geThe genus Symethis, Fab., is unknown to us, but we presume it is allied to the 9 Ramine, or the first subgenera of the subsequent family. + These appendages consist of three pieces, one of which seryes as a base or tle to the others, and is articulated with the penultimate segment; the latter, ‘in conjunction with them, ‘usually forms a fan-like fin; but in the last subgenera of this family these appendages are replaced by setaceous filaments.. The false feet under the tail are similar in their structure to these natatory appendages. In the first subgenera they frequently do not exceed three or four pairs, and are smaller, or even null in the males, the two anterior ones always excepted; the Pagura, as it appears to me, only have them on one side: the terminal pieces are often un- equal. In the succeeding ones, however, these feet are longer, and always form five pairs, the ova attached to them; and they are used by the animal in swimming. We observe that in the Macroura, where they are fewer in number, or less de- veloped as in those which we term the Anomala, the peduncle of the intermediate antenne is longer in pro n than in the others, and that the two or four last four feet are smaller. ese Crustacea, in some respects, seem also allied to the hc : 7 190 ORUSTACEA. curved towards its posterior extremity. Its under surface usually presents in both sexes five pairs of false feet, each terminated by two laming, or as many filaments, This tail is always composed of seven distinct segments. The genital orifices of the females areon the first joint of the third pair of feet. The branchi are formed of vesicular, bearded and hairy pyramids, arranged in several of them either in two rows, or in separate fasciculi, The antenne are generally elongated and salient, The ocular pedicles are usually short. The external foot-jaws are mostly narrow and elongated, resembling palpi, and do not wholly cover the other parts of the mouth. The shell is narrower and more elongated than that of the Brachyura, and usually terminates DY a point in the middle of the front. For more minute details we vote the reader to the precited memoir of Messrs. Audouin and Edwards. These gentlemen have observed a character in the Lobster,—Astacus marinus, Fab.—which, af it applied to the other Macroura, would be decisive; it is, that besides the two venous sinuses of which we have spoken in our general observations upon the order, there is a third, situated in the sternal canal between the two preceding ones, and extending from one end of the thorax to the other. This curious arrangement, according to them, establishes a connexion between the venous system of the Macroura, and that of the Stomapoda. The Macroura never quit the water, and, with the exception of a small number, are all marine Crustacea. . - In imitation of Dee Geer and Gronovius, we will arrange them in a single genus *, that of Astacus, which we divide in the following. manner : Some, by the proportions, figure, and uses of their feet, of which the first, or at least the second pair, are in the form of claws, and by the subcaudal situation of their ova, evidently approach the preceding Crustacea, and approximate still more closely to those commonly known by the names of Craw-fish, Lobster, and Shrimp. The feet of the others are very slender, and are furnished with an exterior and elongated appendage or branch, which seems to double their number.. They are exclusively adapted for natation, and none of them terminates in aforceps. The ova are situated between them, and not under the tail. iat fa We will subdivide the former into four sections; the ANoMaLA, the Locust, the Asracina, and.the Caripzs. The latter will compose the fifth and last sections of this family, and of the Decapoda, or that of the Scuizopopa. In the first, or the Anomala, the two or four last feet are always * The seetions which we are about to describe might form so many generic divi- sions, haying for their basis the genera of Fabricius. _ DECAPODA. 191 much smaller than the preceding ones. The under part of the tail is never furnished with more than four pair of appendages or false feet *. The lateral fins of the end of the tail, or the pieces which t them, are thrown on the side and do not form with the last segment a flabelliform fin. The ocular pedicles are generally longer than those of the Ma- croura belonging to the following sections. Here (the Hippides, Latr.), all the superior teguments are solid. The two anterior feet sometimes terminated in a monodactyle hand, or one without a finger, in the manner of a game and sometimes in a point; the six or four following ones end in a fin; the two last are filiform, reflexed, and situated at the inferior origin of the tail. The latter becomes suddenly narrowed immediately after the. first segment, which is short and broad; the last is in the form of an elongated triangle, and the lateral appendages of the penultimate in that of curved fins. There are four pairs of sub-caudal appendages, composed of avery slender and filiform stem. The antenne are very pilose or strongly ciliated ; the lateral first incline to the intermediate, and are then arcuated or contorted outwards. Arsunga, Fabr. The two anterior feet, terminated by a very compressed triangular, monodactyle hand; the last joint of the following ones falciform. The lateral antennz are short, and the intermediate ones are termi- nated hy a single long and setaceous filament. The ocular pedicles occupy the middle of the front, and form, together, a sort of flat trian- gular.snout, with the external sides arcuated. The shell is almost plane, and nearly square; the posterior angles are rounded, and their anterior margin finely dentated. _ The only well known species, Cancer symnista, L,; Albunea symnista, Fabr.. Herbst., XXII, 2; Desmar., Considér., xxix., 3, ___ inhabits the Indian Ocean t, If the Cancer carabus of Linnzeus belong to the same subgenus, a species would be found in the Mediterranean. Hiepa, Fab.—Emenita, Gronov. The two anterior feet ‘terminated by a strongly compressed, nearly ovoid and adactyle hand: the lateral antenne much shorter than the intermediate, and contorted; the latter terminated by two short, obtuse filaments placed one on the other; the ocular pedicles long and filiform, and the third joint of the foot-jaws very large and * With the exception of the two that are anterior, these appendages in the males are mere rudiments, or are even wanting, a character common'to the Galathee Scyllari, and Palinuri, We should also observe that in these three subgenera the caudal fins are thinner or almost membranous at their posterior extremity. In this section, as well as in the Galathew, the thoracic portion to which the two posterior = a attached forms a sort of petiole, so that these feet seem to be annexed to e . ° ‘ ‘ + M. Desmarest hesitatingly places the genus Posydon of Fabricius, who speaks of two species, near the Albunee ; but according to the latter the anterior antenne are bifid, a character which does not belong to the Albunee. Owing to the imper- fect manner in which he describes this genus, we are not able to recognize it, or to appreciate its affinities. 192 CRUSTACEA. laminiform, emarginated at the end and covering the ensuing joints. The shell is nearly ovoid, convex, and truncated at both ends. > ~~ The last joint of the second feet and of the two following pairs is triangular, but approaching, in the latter at least, to the form of a crescent; the two last of the fourth pair are turned up, and laid on the two preceding ones; the first segment of the tail is marked with two impressed and transverse lines *. | ; Remipgs, Lat. The two anterior feet elongated, the last joint conical, compressed; and hairy; the four antenne closely approximated, very short, and nearly of an equal length, the intermediate ones terminated by two filaments ; ocular pedicles extremely short and cylindrical ; external foot-jaws in the form of small claws, thinned and arcuated at the end} and terminated by a stout hook. The shell is shaped like that ofthe Hippe. ria? The last joint of the second and third feet forms a triangular blade, with an emargination in its external side; the same joint of ‘the fourth is triangular, narrow, and elongated. As in the Hippe, the first caudal segment presents two impressed and transverse lines, © T'wo species are known; one from the Australian Sea +, and the other from the Antilles, and the coast of Brazil. There (the Pagurii, Latr.), the teguments are somewhat crus- taceous, and the tail is most commonly soft, contorted, and in the form of asac. The two anterior feet terminated in a didactyle hand, the four following ones in a point, and the four posterior, which are shorter, in a sort of forceps or little didactyle hand. The first joint of the peduncle of the lateral antenne presents a pointed or spiniform appendage or projection. : These Crustacea, termed Carcinion by the Greeks, and Cancelli by the Latins, usually inhabit empty univalve shells. Their tail, that of the Birgi excepted, presents but three false feet, (in the females only), situated on one of the sides, each of which is divided into two filiform and hairy. branches. The three last segments are suddenly narrowed. ~In some of them, suchas the _ Bireus, Leach, The tail is tolerably solid, suborbicular, and is furnished beneath with two rows of laminiform appendages. The fourth feet are buta little smaller than the two preceding ones ; the two last are folded and concealed, their extremities being received into a depression at the bottom of the thorax; the fingers at the extremity, as well as those of the penultimate pair, are hairy or spinous. The claws excepted, all the feet are visibly separated at their origin. The. thorax has the figure of a reversed heart, and is pointed anteriorly. * Hippa adactyla, Fab.; H. emeritus. Id.; Cancer emeritus, L.; Emerita, Gro- nov., Zoop., xvii, 8, 9; Herbst., xxii, 3; Desmar., Considér., xxix, 2, in the seas of both Indies. . + Remipes testudinarius, Latr.; Desmar., Consid,, xxix, 1; Cuv., Régne Animal, IV, xii, 2. . ; : af : DECAPODA. 193 Tt appears that from their size, the form of their tail, and the more solid consistence of their teguments, the Birgi are unable to helter themselves in shells. ‘They must retreat to holes, or fissures in, the rocks. — "The best known species, Cancer latro, L., Herbst. XXIV; Rumph., Mus., IV; Seba, Thes., III; xxi, 1, 2, according to the . ‘Indians, feeds on cocoa-nuts, which it obtains during its nocturnal excursions for that purpose *. In the others, or the Paqurus, Fab., ‘The last four feet are much shorter than the preceding ones, and. the forceps are covered with granules, The tail is soft, long, cylin- drical, narrowed near the extremity, and has usually but a single row of filiform oviperous appendages. ‘I'he thorax is ovoid or oblong. -With the exception of some species domiciliated in sponges, Ser- pulee and Alcyonii, they atl inhabit univalve shells, whose aperture they close with their anterior claws, and most frequently with one of their fingers, which is usually larger than the other. It is asserted that the female spawns twice or thrice in the year. ome species, Canonira, Latr.; distinguished from the others by their projecting antenne, of which the mediate are nearly as long as the external or lateral, and are furnished with elongated filaments, whose thorax is ovoido-conical, narrow, elongated, strongly com- pressed on the side, with the anterior cephalic portion shaped like a , establish their domicile in terrestrial shells on rocks near the sea, whence at the approach of danger, they roll down with them t. ; The true Paguri—Pacurus, Latr.,—on the contrary, have theme- diate antennze curved, much shorter than the lateral ones, with the two filaments short, the superior forming an elongated or subulated cone ; the anterior division of the thorax is square, or forms a reversed and curvilinear triangle. They inhabit marine shells. The Hermit,—Cancer Bernhardus, L., Herbst., XXII, 6; Pa- gurus streblonyx, Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVI, 1—4,—is ofa mean size. Its two claws are bristled with spines, with the forceps almost in the shape of a heart, the right one being the largest. ‘The last joints of the ensuing feet are also spinous. It is very common in European seas. A second but fossil species, the Pagure de Faujas,—Desmar., Hist. Nat, des Crust. Foss., XI, 2,—is closely allied to it. | A third species, the Pagurus angulatus, Risso, Crust. de Nice, I, 8; Desmar., Considér,, XXX, 1, is remarkable for its forceps, ™ Pagurus laticauda, Cuy. Régn., Anim., IV, xii, 2; Desmar., Considér. p. 180, from the Isle of France. Very curious facts relating to the anatomy of the preceding species have been published by M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, from which — however we do not draw similar conclasions. ‘ + Pagurus clypeatus, Fab.; Herbst., xii, 2. VOL, If. i oO 194 CRUSTACEA. which are strongly suleated with longitudinal ridges. The right one is the largest *. : A fourth from the same sea is removed from the preceding by several characters, and merits the distinction of forming a separate subgenus, the Propnyax, Latr. The tail, with the exception of the superior surface of the three last segments, instead of being soft and arcuated, and having but a single range of oviferous filaments, is covered with a coriaceous tegument, is straight, and is only curved beneath at its extremity; its inferior surface presents a groove and two rows of false feet. The body also is linear, and the two lateral appendages of the end of the tail are almost equal, the larger divi- sion being foliaceous and ciliated. The last four feet are slightly granulated at their extremity, and appear to be terminated by a sin- gle finger, or at least are not distinctly bifid. Perhaps we should refer to this division those Paguri which inhabit the Serpule, and Aleyonii, such as the Pagurus tubularius, Fab. , xe In all the following Macroura, the two posterior feet at most are smaller than the preceding ones. Most generally the sub-caudal false feet form five pairs, The teguments are always crustaceous. The lateral fins of the penultimate segment of the tail, and its last, form a common one arranged like a fan. {2 iit The two subsequent sections possess a common character, which separates them from the fourth or that of the Carides. The antennze are inserted at the same height, or on a level; the peduncle of the lateral ones, when accompanied bya scale, is never entirely covered by it. There are frequently but four pairs of sub-caudal false feet. The two mediate antenne are always terminated by two filaments only, usually shorter than their peduncle, or scarcely any longer. The external leaflet of the natatory appendages of the penultimate segment of the tail is never divided by transverse suture. In our second section, or the Locust#, so called from the name Locusta given by the Latins to the most remarkable Crustacea, of this division, and from which is derived that of Langouste, applied to them in France, there are never more than four pairs of. false feet. The posterior extremity of the fin that terminates the tail is always nearly membranous, or less solid than the rest. The peduncle of the mediate antennee is always longer than the two terminal filaments, and more or less bent or geniculate; the lateral ones are never fur- nished with scales ; sometimes they are reduced toa single peduncle which is dilated, -very flat, and in the form of a crest; sometimes they are large and long, terminating in a point and bristled with spines. All the feet are nearly similar and end in a point; the two first are merely somewhat larger; their penultimate joint and that of the two last are at most unidentated, but without forming with the last a per- * For the other species see the article Pagure, Encye. Méthod.; the Atlas @’Hist. Nat., of the same work; Desmarest, Considér. Gener. sur la Classe des Crust. ; the plates of the Voy. de Freycinet. We should observe that in the figure of the Cancer megistos, Herbst., LXI, 1, the tail is false; this arises from the fact that the tail was wanting in the individual from which the drawing was made, the. artist supplying it by copying the fin-tail of an ordinary Macroura. DECAPODA. 195 feetly didactyle hand. The pectoral space included between the feet is triangular; the thorax is almost square or sub-cylindrical, and with- out any frontal prolongation or rostrum. Scyiiarus, Fab. The Scyllari, or Sea-Grasshoppers as they are called, present a very usual character in the form of their lateral antennw; the stem is wanting and the joints of the peduncle, very much dilated trans- ieee form a large, flattened, horizontal crest more or less den- ated. The external branch of the sub-caudal appendages is terminated ey leaflet; but the internal one, in some of the males, is a mere tooth. - Doctor Leach has established three genera of them, founded on the proportions and form of the thorax, the position of the eyes, and some other parts. They are, - 1. Seytuarvus, where the thorax is as long as it is broad or longer, and without any laternal incisure, the eyes always situated near its anterior angles; the penultimate joint of the two posterior feet. uni- dentated in the females. They excavate holes in the clayey soil near the shore, which serve them for habitations. In one of them the Scydlare ours ; Cancer arctus, L.; Cigale de mer, Rondel., liv. XIII,chap, VI; Herbst., XXX, 6, the external or lateral antennz are much dentated. The thorax is marked with - three longitudinal and dentated ridges, and the superior surface of the tail sculptured, but its lateral margin not crenulated. The other, Scyllarus equinowialis, Fab.; Scyllarus orientalis, Risso; Squille large, or the Orchetta, Rondel. ; Gesn., Hist. des Anim., II, p. 1097, is large, shagreened, and without ridges. The crests are edentated, and the margin of the segments of the tail crenulated. Its flesh is highly esteemed, and the ova are of a vivid red. 2. Tuxnvus, where the fore part of the thorax is broader than it is long, each lateral margin deeply incised, and the eyes are placed at its anterior angles*. | 3. Inacus, only differing from Thenus in the position of the eyes, which are approximated to the origin of the intermediate antenne. In an Australian species, Ibacus Pronii, Leach, Zool. Miscel., CXIX; Desmar., Consid., XXX, 12, the exterior lateral margin of the third joint of the external foot-jaws is transversely striated, and notched in the manner of a crest}. In the u * Thenus indicus, Leach ; Scyllarus orientalis, Fab.; Ruimph., Mus., 11, D.; Herbst., XXX, 1; Encye., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXIV; Desmar., Consid., XXXI, 1. + Add Scyllarus antarctieus ; Fabr., Herbst,, xxx, 2; Rumph., Mus., II, D. See the article Scyllare, Encyc, Méthodique, : o2 196 CRUSTACEA. PALINUR Us, Fab. The lateral antenne are large, setaceous, and bristled. peer spines. Of these Crustacea, called Carabos by the Greeks, and Locusta by the Latins, and on which Aristotle made several important observa- tions, some attain a length of nearly two metres, the antenne in- cluded. The species found in European seas remain in deep water during the winter, and only visit the coast on the return of spring. Rocky localities are its favourite haunts. It subsequently deposits . its ova, which are of a beautiful red colour, whence their name of Coral. .At this period more males are taken than females, while after the spawning season the latter are most abundant. According to Risso a second copulation, followed by another production of ova, takes place in the month of August, The Palinuri are disseminated throughout all the scas of the temperate and intertropical zones, but — are particularly abundant in the latter. Their shell is rough, covered with prickles, and armed in front with ‘stout, projecting, and more or less numerous spines or teeth. Its colour, as also that of the. tail, ‘consists of an agreeable mixture of red, green, and yellow. The_tail frequently presents transverse bands or spots, sometimes ocellated, arranged in regular series. Their flesh, that of the females particu- larly, before and after the spawning season, is highly esteemed. In the species taken on the coast of France, and probably in others, the extremity of the penultimate joint of the two posterior feet of the female is provided with a tooth or spur peculiar to me sex. The same observation applies to the Scyllari. _ Palinurus quadricornis, Fab.; Astacus sae Herbst., xxix, 1; Leach, Malac. Brit., xxx, or "the Langouste commune ‘of the French, is sometimes half a metre in length, and. when loaded with ova weighs from twelve to fourteen pounds. The shell is spinous and. downy, with two stout teeth notched beneath be- fore the eyes. The superior surface of the body. is of a greenish _ or reddish brown; the tail is spotted and dotted with yellowish, and its segments are marked by a transverse sulcus interrupted in the middle, its lateral edges forming a dentated angle. The - feet are picked i in with red and yellowish. It inhabits the coasts of France, that of the Mediterranean in particular. It is found fossil in Italy *. : The third section, that of the Asracint, Latr., is distinguished from the preceding by the form of the two anterior feet, and fre- * M. Desmarest, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., p. 132, speaks of two other fossil species, the second of which, however, may probably belong to the subgenus As- taceous properly so called, and approach the A. norwegicus of Fabricius. For the other living species, see Ann. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat., t. I1I, p. 391, et seq. ; the article Palinure, Encyc. Méthod., and its Atlas d’Hist. Nat. ; that of Lasestate, Nouv: Dict. d’Hist. Nat., Ed. IT; and the same in: the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea.' As respects ‘the nervous system of the species that inhabits the French coast, see Audouin and Edwards, op. cit.; according to them, all the thoracic gan- glions are as if soldered together, end to end. DECAPODA. 197 uently by that of the two following pairs, which terminate in a Fi ‘with two blades, or a didactyle hand. In some, the last two, or four, are much smaller than those which precede them, therein approaching the Anomala; but the fan-like fin of the extremity of their tail and other characters remove them from that section. The thorax is narrow anteriorly, and the front projects in a pointed snout or rostrum. Some of them,—Galathadee, Leach, as well as the preceding Ma- croura, have four pairs of false feet-; the mediate antennz flexed like an’ elbow, with the two filaments representing the stem, are mani- festly shorter than their peduncle. That of the lateral antennz is never provided with a lamina in the form of a scale. The two ante- rior feet alone terminate in a didactyle hand, which is frequently much flattened.” The last segment of the tail is bilobate, at least i in most of them. At the head of this division come those whose * posterior feet are much smaller and thinner than the preceding ones; they are filiform, = up, and useless in locomotion. In the GaLarueza, Fab. The tail is extended, the thorax nearly ovoid or oblong, the medi- ate antennee salient, ‘and the forceps elongated. The superior surface of the body is usually deeply incised or striate, spinous and ciliate, The most remarkable species of the European seas are the Galathea rugosa, Fab.; Leo, Rondel., Hist. des. Poiss., p. 390; Penn. Brit. Zool., IV, xiii ; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXIX, the claws of which are long and cylindrical, the mandibles eden- tate, and that has three long spines in the middle of the front, directed forwards, and ten similar and equally projecting ones on the tail, six on the second segment, and four on the following one f. Galathea strigosa; Cancer strigosus, L.; Herbst., XXVI, 2; Penn. Brit. Zool. IV, xiv; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVIII, B. Similar, as respects the mandibles, to the preceding species, but having a projection in front, or a rostrum, with four teeth on each side, and an eighth at the end; the claws are large, but “neither very long nor linear, and very spinous, as is a great part of the following fect. This last character distinguishes it froma third species, also found in European seas, the Galathea squamifera, Leach., Malac. Brit., XXVIL, B. This learned entomologist has made a peculiar Pere GrinoTea, of the Galathea gregaria of Fabricius, ‘The second joint of the in- termediate anterine terminates in a club, and the three last external * According to a verbal communication from Doctor Leach, in the Galathea amplectens, Fab., it is not only the two posterior feet which are smaller, but the penultimate likewise. This species would then form a separate genus. + This species forms the genus MuNnipA, Leach. See Desmar., Considér., page 191. “The latter is mistaken however in attributing to the former the credit of having been the first to discover the identity of this species with the lion of Ron- delet, See my Hist, Gener. des Crust. et des Insectes., t. VI, p. 198. 198 CRUSTACEA, foot-jaws are foliaceous. It is of a red colour, and was discovered by Sir Joseph Banks in his voyage round the world. It collected. in such immense numbers that the Ocean seemed to be of one blood-red. colour. The Aglea, Id., is only distinguished from the preceding genus, and from Galathea, by the dentation of the mandibles, by the second joint of the external foot-jaws being shorter than the first, and by the surface of the body being generally smooth *, That which Risso first named Catypso, and subsequently JANIRA, in the opinion of Desmarest,—Considér., p. 192, does not differ from Galathea. PorceELuana, Lam. The Porcellane form a singular exception among the Macroura, with respect to their tail, which is doubled under as in the Brachyura. They are otherwise removed from the Galathese by the more ab- breviated, suborbicular, or almost square form of their thorax; by the mediate antenne, which are sunk in their fossule, by their tri. angular forceps; and finally, by the internal dilatation of the inferior joints of their external foot-jaws. Their body is very flat. They are small, slowly-moving Crustacea, found in every sea, and conceal themselves under stones near the shore. Doctor Leach has formed a genus with certain species—hexapus Latr.,—longicornis, Id.,—Bluteli, Risso, Crust., 1,7, &c., which he calls Prstp1a.. According to Desmarest, however, it does not differ in any appreciable character. Some of them are remarkable for their extremely large and pilose or ciliated forceps. Suchare, 1. The Porcellane larges pinces ; Can- cer platycheles, Penn., Brit. Zool., IV, vi, 12; Herbst., XLVI, 2, where only the external margin of the forceps is pilose and the nearly naked thorax is rounded; it is found on the rocks in the seas of Europe. 2. The P. hirta, Lam., the whole superior surface of whose forceps and thorax is pilose, and where the latter is nearly oval and becomes thinner anteriorly. It was brought from King’s Island by Messrs, Péron and Lesueur. : The forceps of the others are glabrous. Such is the Cancer hez- apus, L.; Herbst. XLVII, 4. The thorax is marked with short, transverse, and slightly ciliated lines: the front trifid, with its middle tooth finally notched. The claws are covered with little blood-red scales and granules, the fingers separated and without internal den- tations. It inhabits European seas fF. oe. The genus Monouepis , Say,—Journ. of the Acad. of Nat. Se. of Philad., I, 155; Desmar., Consid., p. 199 and 200, appears to con- stitute the passage from the Porcellane to the Megalopes. It ap- proaches the first in the two posterior feet, and in the direction of the tail. But this tail has but six segments, and the eyes are very large —* * Aiglée lisse, Desmar., Considér., xxxiii, 2; Latr., Encyclop. Méthod., Atl., d’Hist. Nat. cccviii, 2. 4) + See the article Porcellane, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., Ed., 11.; and Desmar., Consid. sur les Crust., p. 192—199. a DECAPODA, 199 as in the second. It would also appear that the lateral fins of the end of the tail resemble those of the latter. he remaining Crustacea of the same division differ from the pre- oad in their posterior feet, which are similar to their preceding ones in form, proportion and uses, or equally master nek They are also removed from them by the greater thickness and eight of the body, the shortness of the lateral antennze, the smallness of the claws, the large eyes, and lateral fins of the tail, which are composed of a single lamina. This tail is extended, narrow, and simply bent under near its extremity. Meeavorus, Leach.—Macropa, Latr., Encyc. Four species are known, three of which inhabit European seas, and the fourth the Indian Ocean *, whence it was sent to Paris by the late M. Leschenault and Messrs. Quoy and Gaymard. . In our second division of the Astacini, Latr., will be comprised _ those which have five pairs of false feet, the mediate antenns straight or nearly so, salient, projecting, and terminated by two fila- ments as long as their peduncle, or longer; and which,a single sub- genus excepted—Gebia—have the four or six anterior feet termi- nated by a didactyle hand. Their tail is always extended; their two posterior feet are never more slender than the preceding ones, nor folded. The peduncle of the lateral antennze is frequently accompanied by a scale. Some of them, as well as others of the ensuing section, inhabit fresh water. | ‘Those in which the first four feet, at most, terminate in two fingers, whose lateral antennze never have a scale at the base, and where the external leaflet of the lateral fins of the end of the tail, presents no transverse suture, will form a first subdivision. Most of their feet are ciliated or pilose. They inhabit salt-water, and conceal themselves in holes which they excavate in the sand. Sometimes the index or immoveable finger, formed by a projection of oy 2 aemmcgpe me joint of the claws, is very evidently shorter than = thumb or moveable finger, merely constituting a simple tooth. yh sy GEBIA, Leach, : ipproaches the preceding sub-genera in the two anterior feet, which are alone didactyle. The leaflets of the lateral fins of the end of the tail widen from the base to their extremity, and are marked with longitudinal ridges. The intermediate piece or the last segment of the tail is nearly square f. ; Tuaxassina, Lat. The four anterior feet terminated by two fingers ; leaflets of the lateral fins of the end of the tail narrow, elongated, and without _® For the European species, see Desmar., Consid., p. 200—202, and pl. xxxiv, 2 of the same work. . _t Thalassina litoralis, Risso, Crust., 111, 2 ;—Gebia stellata, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxxi, 19. See Desmar., Consid,, p. 203, 204. 200 CRUSTACEA. ridges; the last caudal segment or intermediate portion forming an elongated triangle *. Sometimes the four anterior feet, or the two first and one of the second + are terminated by two erga fingers, forming a complete force The. two anterior claws are the largest ; the lateral leaflets of the fin terminating the tail, are in the form of a reversed triangle, or widest at the posterior magin ; the intermediary, on the contrary, 1s narrowed from base to apex, and terminates in a point. - Canuanassa, Leach. , The claws of the Callianassee are very unequal, both as to form and proportion ; the carpus of the largest of the two anterior ones is trans- versal, and forms a common body with the forceps; the same joint of the other claw is elongated; the two posterior feet are almost didactyle. The external lcaflet of the lateral fins at the end of the tail is larger than the internal, and has a ridge; the latter is smooth. The ocular pedicles are squamiform, and the cornea is situated near the middle of their external margin. The filaments of the mediate antennze are not longer than their peduncle. Callianassa subterranea, Leach, Malac. Brit., XXXII, is the only known species. It is found on the coasts of France and England. The Axius, Leach, Differs from Callianassa in the claws, which are nearly equal, rae in the carpus, which does not form part of the forceps ; the posterior feet are similar to the. prec eding ones, The leaflets of the lateral fins are nearly equal in size, and have each a longitudinal ridge. The filaments of the mediate antenne are nitrous longer sme their peduncle. The | Aatus stirha ynchus, Leach, Malac. Brit., X XXIII; is sfoalla on the coast of England, and on that of the ‘western departments of France, where it was observed by M. d’Orbigny, sen., a’ cor- responding member of the Mus. d’Hist. Nat. © Our second and last subdivision consists of Crustacea whose six anterior feet form as many claws, terminating in a perfectly didac- tyle forceps, a character which distinguishes them from all the pre- ceding Decapoda, and one which approximates them to the first of the ensuing section; but here the claws of the third pair are the largest, whereas there, it is the two first, besides which they are much thicker. The peduncle of the lateral antennee is accompanied by a scale or spine. The external leaflet of the lateral fins at the end of the tail, in all the living species, is divided in two by a transverse suturet In the * Thalassina scorpionides, Lat. ; Cancer anomalus, Herbst., LXII; Leach, Zool., Miscel., CXXX; Desmar., Consid., XXXVI. ? + The left claw of the second pair seems to be monodactyle in the Callianasse, and the penultimate joint dilated into a palette. + This character is common to the following section, so that by it we might divide the Macroura, the Schizopoda excepted, into two great divisions. ’ DECAPODA. 201 (h Bhi se? Eryon, Desmar., . rite Fo the leaflets of the caudal fin are narrowed at their extremity and terminate in a point; the external one presents no transverse suture. The two filaments of the mediate antennee are rey short, and hardly longer than their peduncle. The sides of the shell are deeply emarginated. The forceps of the two anterior claws are narrow and elongated. This subgenus was established by Desmarest on a fossil species,— Eryon Cuviéri, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., X, 4; Consid., XXXIV, 3, found in a lithographic, calcareous stone from Pappenheim and Aichtedt in the margravate of Anspach. — Astracus, Gronov., Fab. _ Leaflets of the lateral fins at the end of the tail widened and rounded at their extremity; the external one divided transversely. by asuture, and the posterior extremity of the mediate obtuse, or rounded. The two filaments of the mediate antennz are much longer than ir peduncle. The sides of the shell are entire, or not incised. In some, all inhabiting salt water, the last segment of the tail, or that which occupies the middle of the terminal fin, presents no trans- verse suture. ; Those whose lateral antenne have a large scale on their peduncle, whose eyes are very large and reniform, and the forceps of whose two anterior claws are narrow, elongated, prismatic, and equal, form the genus Nernroprs of Leach, the type of which is the Cancer norwegicus, L.; de Geer, Insect., VIJ; XXII; Herbst., XXVI, 3; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVI. The two anterior claws are furnished with dentated spines and ridges, and the superior surface of the tail is sculptured. It is found in the seas of the north of Europe, and in the _ Mediterranean. ‘Those in which the peduncle of the lateral antennz presents no- thing but two short projections in the form of teeth or spinés, whose eyes are neither large nor reniform, and whose forceps are more or less oval, compose, with the fresh water species, the genus Astacus, properly so called, of the same author. Me ..( Astacus marinus, Fab.; Cancer gammarus, L.; Herbst., _ XXV; Penn., Brit. Zool., V,x, 21; (the Common Lobster), The _ point or rostrum of the anterior extremity of the shell has three '. teeth on each side, and another double one at its base. . The an- terior claws are very large and unequal ; the largest finger of the forceps is oval, with great molar teeth, the other is-elongated, and has numerous small.ones. Old individuals are sometimes more than half a metre in length. — Its flesh is highly esteemed. It is found in the European Ocean, in the Mediterranean, and even on the eastern coasts of North America. Its internal structure has been carefully studied by Messrs. Victor Andouin, and Milne Edwards. | In the fresh water species, which otherwise resemble the preced- ing in their antennee, eyes, and form of the claws, the last segment of 202. CRUSTACEA. the tail, or the middle one of its terminal fin, is transversely divided by a suture. The Astacus communis ; Cancer astacus, L.; Reoesel, Insect., III, liv, vii. The Craw-Fish has its anterior forceps granulated, and | the inner edges finely dentated. There is a tooth on each side of the snout, and two at its base; the lateral edges of the seg- ments of the tail form an acute angle. Its colour, which is usually a greenish brown, is sometimes altered by accidental ~ circumstances. This species, which inhabits the fresh waters of Europe, has been more particularly studied, both as respects its anatomy and habits, and the faculty enjoyed by the Crustacea of regene- rating their antennz and feet when they are either mutilated or destroyed. When about to cast its shell, two stony concretions are found in the stomach, formerly much used in medical prac- tice as an absorbent, but now replaced by the carbonate of mag- nesia. It conceals itself in holes, or under stones, never quitting its retreat except to search for food, which consists of small Mollusca and Fishes, and the larve of Insects. It also feeds on putrid flesh, the carcases of quadrupeds, for instance, which are placed as a bait for them in nets, or in the centre of fagots of wood. ‘They are also taken in their holes by the light of torches. It changes its shell towards the end of spring. Two months after coition, which takes place ventribus junctis, the female preduces her ova, which are at first collected in masses, and glued to the false feet, by means of a viscid humour. They are of a reddish brown colour, and enlarge before they are hatched. Theyoung Astaci, at first extremely soft and precisely like their parent, shelter themselves under her tail, and remain there several days, until their bodies acquire a certain degree of solidity. | The term of existence assigned to the Astaci seems to be twenty years and upwards, their size augmenting in proportion to their age. Those are preferred for the table which inhabit running streams of fresh water. A parasitic animal belonging to the Annelides is found on their branchie, long ago observed by Reesel, but imperfectly known until the researches of M. In Odier *._ The fresh-waters of North America produce another species, the A. Bartonii, figured by Bosc.—Hist. Nat. des Crust., IT, > ee A third inhabits the rice-fields of the same country, to which, according to Majer Le Conte, one of the best naturalists of the United States, it is very injurious. the fourth section, that of the Caries, the intermedial antennze are superior or are inserted above the laterals: the peduncle of these latter is completely covered by a large scale. * See his Mémoire sur le Branchiodelle, inserted in the Mém. dela Soc. d’Hist. Nat. tome I, p. 69, et seq. DECAPODA. 203° Their body is arcuated, almost gibbous, and of a less solid con- sistence than that of the preceding Crustacea. The front is always drawn out into a point, and most frequently so as to resemble a ros- trum or pointed lamina compressed and dentated along the edges. The antennz always project; the laterals are usually very long and resemble very fine sete; the intermediaries of a great number ter- minate in three threads. ‘The eyes are closely approximated. The external foot-jaws, more elongated and narrow than usual, resemble palpi or attennee. The mandibles of most of them are compressed ind arcuated at the extremity. One of the first pairs of feet is fre- quently flexed upon itself. The segments of the tail are dilated or widened laterally. The external leaflet of its terminal fin is always divided in two by a suture, a character observed nowhere else ex- cept in the last Crustacea of the preceding section; the azygous por- tion of the middle, or the seventh and last segment, is elongated, - narrowed near the extremity, and provided above with ranges of small spines. .The false feet, of which there are five pairs, are elon- gated and usually foliaceous. . Immense numbers of these Crustacea are consumed in all parts of the world, Some species are even salted in order to preserve them. . : In some of them, the three first pairs of feet form a didactyle claw, the length of which progressively augments, so that the third pair is the longest. Such are the © Penzus, Fab., ‘Where there is no annular division in any of the joints of the feet. Their mandibular palpi, are turned up and foliaceous. A little elliptical appendage may be seen at the base of the feet, a character which seems to approximate them to Pasiphzea, the last genus of this section, and to those of the following one. Some, all indigenous to Europe, on account of the shortness of the two threads of their intermediate antennee, form a first division. It contains the following species. . _ P. sulcatus ; Palemon sulcatus, Oliv., Encyclop. ; Caramote, Rond., Hist. Nat. des Poiss., liv. xviii, chap. 7. Nine inches long; on the middle of the thorax a longitudinal carina bifur- cated at base, terminated by a projecting rostrum, compressed, with eleven teeth in its upper edge and one in the lower; a lon- gitudinal sulcus along each side of the carina. This species is very common in the Mediterranean and the object of considerable commerce. It is salted and shipped to the Levant. The P. trisulcatus, Leach, Malac. Brit. XLII, which inhabits the coast of England, is perhaps a mere local variety of the sulcatus. Its thorax is trisulcate and the rostrum bidentate beneath. In the P. d’ Orbigny,—Lat., Nouv. Dict. d’Hist, Nat., Ed. I, article Pénée, the carina is not sulcated. ‘The intermediate antenne of others are terminated by long threads; they constitute our second division, to which we refer. 204 CRUSTACEA: ~~ Peneus monodon, Fab.; Squilla indica, Bont., Hist. Nat., P ~ 81, which inhabits the Rndiasi cean, P. antennatus, Risso, Crust., I, 6,and P. mars, Id.; I, Bit also appear to belong to it. Srenopus, Lat. Distinguished from the Penzei by the transverse and annular ‘ divisions of the two penultimate joints of the four posterior feet. The entire body is soft ; the antennz and feet are long and slender, those of the third pair widest. But a single species is known. It was brought from the seas of New Holland by M. Péron, and. Lesueur. - Olivier retains it in the genus Palemon—Cancer setiferus, Li; .P.. hispidus, Oliv., Encyclop. and Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXIX, 2; Seba, Mus., Ill, XXI, 6,7; Herbst., XX XT, 3, where I first placed. it. The remaining Carides, the intermediate antenne of many of which are terminated by three threads, have at most but two pairs of didactyle claws formed by the four anterior feet. A subgenus founded on a single species peculiar to ) North America, that of Atya, Leach, Is removed from all analogous Crustacea by an anomalous charac ter. The forceps terminating the four claws is cleft down to its base, or seems tu be composed of two fingers i in the form of thongs united at their origin; the preceding joint is crescent-shaped. The second pair is the ee The intermediate antennze have sig two threads. In all the following subgenera, the Binds of the forceps originate at a certain distance from the base of the penultimate article, or of that which has the form of a hand; the body or the part that ] pre- cedes it is not lunulated.. We now have in the first instance those Carides whose feet are generally robust and not filiform, and which have no appendage to their external base. Their body is neither very soft nor greatly elongated. Among these subgenera, whose feet are deprived of this appen- dage, the three following present an insulated form with respect to their claws. CRANGON, Fab. 2 The two anterior claws, which are larger than the subsequent feet, have but a single tooth in place of the index or immoveable finger, and that which is moveable is bent and hooked. ‘The superior or intermediate antennze have but two threads. | The seccend feet are folded up,and are more or less distinctly bifid or didactyle at their extremity ; neither of the joints is annulated. The rostrum is very short. We do not separate the Eezon, Risso, or the PonrorHitus, Ltiach from Crangon, In the former, the last joint of the external foot- jaws is twice the length of the preceding one, while in the latter DECAPODA,. 208. they are equal. . The second feet of the Egeones are shorter than the thin and ‘the smallest of the whole number, whilst in Crangon their length is the same. Besides, as the number of species is very limited, this generic distinction becomes the less necessary. C. vulgaris, Fab. ; Rees., Insect., IIT, Ixiii, 1, 2, oo Shrimp), about two inches long. It is smooth, of a pale g ucous green, dotted with grey. That part of the thorax which supports the third pair of feet projects in.a point. -This species is very com- _mon on the oceanic coast of France, where it is vulgarly called the Cardon. tis taken there annually in nets. Its flesh is deli- cate, and highly esteemed. In the same locality, though rarely, according to M. Brébisson, is found the C. ponetué de rouge, of Risso; but I consider it, with him, as a mere variety. The C. , loricatus—Egeon loricatus, Risso; Cancer cataphraetus, Oliv. , ‘|! Zool., Adriat., III, 1; has three longitudinal and dentated ridges on the thorax. . _ 9 » Northern seas produce a large species, the Crangon boreas, -» »Phipps., Voy. to the North Pole, pl. xi, 1, Herbst. X XIX, 2. Processa, Leach.—Nrxa, Risso. One of the two anterior fect simply terminating in a point, the _ other in a didactyle claw; the two following are unequal, slender, and also didactyle, One of these second feet is very long, its carpus and the preceding joint being annulated, a character which on the other foot is only found in the first of these joints: The fourth pair of feet are longer than the preceding and two following ones. The superior antennz have but two threads. . . P. edulis ; Nika edulis, Riss., Crust., LIT, 3, is of a flesh colour ’ dotted with yellowish; a line of small yellow spots in the middle. - The anterior extremity of the shell is furnished with three ‘sharp points, the intermediate of which, or the rostrum, is the longest. ‘The two anterior feet are equal in size, the right one *’ forming a forceps. This species is found during the whole year ’ in'the markets at Nice. it is also found on the coast of the _ department of France, called the Bouches-du-Rhone *. regs aye ® -. Hymenocera, Latr. The two anterior feet terminated by a long hook with a bifid ex- tremity, and composed of very short divisions. The two following are very large; the hands, immoveable finger, and superior thread of the intermediate antenne are dilated, membranous, and almost foli- scoite ) The external foot-jaws are equally foliaceous, and cover the mouth, , | _ The only species known is in the collection of the Museum _ d’ Histoire Naturelle, and was captured in the Indian Ocean. -.®* Por the remaining species, see Risso, Hist. Nat. des Crust. de Nice ; Leach, — Malac. Brit., XLI > and the Nouv. Dict. ad’ Hist. Nat., Ed. Il. nH) 206 CRUSTACEA. We now pass to the subgenera, in which the claws present no re- markable or insulated peculiarity. Sometimes the superior or intermediate antenns are only termin- ated by two threads. The rostrum is usually short. Gnatuopny.ium, Lair. The Gnathophylla are the only ones which approach the Hyme- nocerve in the size of their foot-jaws. The four anterior feet form didactyle claws; the second pair is longer and thicker than the first. Neither of the segments of the four is annulated *, Ponronta, Lair. The four anterior feet, as in the two following iubganbies’ didac- tyle claws, but the carpus is not annulated t. : Aupueus, Fab.. The four anterior feet also terminated by a didactyle claw, but the carpus of the second is articulated. The latter are shorter than’ the former f. . ! * Hyppotyte, Leach. The Hyppolytes only differ from Alpheus in the respective. pro- portion of their claws; the second are longer than the first §. The two last following subgenera have this peculiarity ; but a sin- gle pair of their feet terminate in a didactyle claw. In the AvToNOMEA, Risso, It is the two anterior, which are also distinguished from the others by their size, their thickness, and their disproportion ||. In Panparus, Leach, The two anterior feet are simple, or hardly bifid ; the-two following ones are longer, of unequal length and didactyle, the carpus and preceding segment annulated. The external foot-jaws are very long and slender, at least in some of them. The anterior projection of the shell is greatly extended, and multidentate f. * Alpheus elegans, Risso, Crust., II, 4; Desmar., Consid., p. 228. + Alpheus thyrenus, Risso, Crust., II, 2; Astacus thyrenus. Petag., V, 5; Des mar., Ib., p. 229. ¢ Alpheus malabaricus, Fab., and probably some other species, with which, however, I am not sufficiently acquainted. See Desmar., Consid., p. 222, 223. § To this subgenus should be referred the Palemon diversimane, and P. marbré of Olivier. See Desmar., Consid., p. 220. || Autonomea Olivii, Risso, Crust., p. 1663; Cancer glaber, Oliv., Zool. Adriat., III, 4; Desmar., Consid., p. 251, and 252. 4] Pandalus annulicornis, Leach, Malac. Brit., LI.; Pandalus narwal, Latr.; Astacus narwal, Fab. ; Palemon pristis, Risso; Cancer armiger ? Herbst, XXXIV., 4. See Desmar, Consid., p. 219, 220. DECAPODA. 207 Sometimes the superior antennze have three threads. They have four didactyle claws, the smallest of which are folded up, and an elongated rostrum. | Pitazmon, Fab. Prawns are distinguished from the two following subgenera by their inarticulated carpus; the second feet are larger than the first ; the latter are doubled up. A remarkably large species is found in the East Indies, the second claws of which are very long. Tolerably large ones are also found at the Antilles, some of which frequent the mouths of rivers. Those on the coast of France are much smaller, and are known there by the vulgar names of Crevettes and Salicoques. Their flesh is more highly esteemed than that of the Shrimp. Ac- vording to M. de Brébisson—Catal. Method. des. Crust. terrest. et fluviat.,du Depart. du Calvados,—they are taken in the same manner as the latter Crustacea, but in the summer only, Prawns swim well, particularly when escaping from pursuit, and in various directions. They are always found about the shore. The lithographic stone of Pappenheim and Solhnofen frequently exhibits the debris of a fossil erustaceous animal, referred by Desmarest to the Prawns, under the specific appellation of spinipes—Hist. Nat.des Crust. Foss. XI, 4. It does in fact resemble it, but the claws are wanting. A second fossil speciés, but much larger, has been discovered in England. Pal. serratus, Leach, Malac. Brit. XLII, 1, 10; Herbst,, XXVII, 1, is from four to five inches long, of a pale red colour, which becomes more vivid on the antenne, the posterior margin of the segments of the tail, and particularly on the terminal fin. The rostrum extends beyond the peduncle of the intermediate antennée, is recurved at its extremity, and has five teeth above, exclusive of the point, and five beneath. The fingers are as long as the penultimate joint. It is found on the coast of France and England, and is the species of this subgenus that is more particu- ~Tarly sold at Paris. A sort of wen is frequently, and at all sea- sons, observed on one side of the shell, which covers a parasite Bopyrus, which fastens upon its branchie. Pal. squilla, Leach, Malac. Brit., XLIII, 11—13; Cancer squilla, L.; Squilla fusca, Bast., Opusc. subs., lib. 2, J11, 5, is but half the size of the serratus. Its rostrum scarcely extends beyond the peduncle of the superior antenne, is almost straight, or but slightly recurved, is emarginated at the extremity, and has seven or eight teeth above, and three below. The fingers of the claws are somewhat longer than the hand. Common on the coast of France and England *, The carpus is articulated, or presents annular divisions in the two following genera, viz. .® See the article Palémon, Encyclop. Méthod., and of the second edition of the Nouy. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., and Desmar., Consid., p. 236—238. See also in relation to the neryous system, the Mem, Cit. of Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards, 208 CRUSTACEA. Sysmata, Risso : ante Mrnicerta, ejusd. Where the second pair of claws are larger than the first *, and . Arnanas, Leach, In which, on the contrary, the first pair is larger than the second f+. The last subgenus of this section, that of Pasipnma, Sav., Although closely approximated to several of the preceding by the superior antennze which are terminated by two threads, by the form of the four anterior feet, terminating in a didactyle forceps, and pre- ceded by a joint, without annular divisions, and by the shortness of the rostrum, differs from them in several respects. A testaceous ap- pendage is very | evident at the external base of their feet; these latter, with the exception of the claws, which are larger and nearly equal, are very slender and filiform; the body is greatly elongated, strongly compressed, and extremely soft. Pas. stvado; Alpheus sivado, Risso, Crust.,; ITI, 2; Desmar., Consid., p. 240, is two inches and a half long; and four lines and a half in breadth The body is transparent, of a nacre white edged with red, the caudal fin marked with small dots of the same colour. The rostrum is sharp and slightly curved at the point. Claws reddish. . It is very abundant on the shores of Nice, and according to Risso spawns in June faye July. No other species has yet been observed. aoe Our fifth and last section of the Macroura, that of the Kee vet appears to connect the Macroura with the following order. The feet, none of which terminates in a forceps, are very slender, resem- ble thongs, are furnished with an appendage more or less long, arising from their external side near their base, and serving for natation only. The ova are situated between them, and not under the tail. The ocular pedicles are very short. As in most of the Macroura the front projects into a point or rostrum. The shell is thin, and the tail terminates, as usual, in a sort of fin. They are small, and inhabit salt water. Here the eyes are very apparent; the lateral antenne are accom- panied by ascale, and the intermediaries terminated by two threads and composed of several small segments, as in the preceding genera. Mysis, Lair., Antenne and feet exposed; the shell elongated; nearly square or cylindrical ; the eyes closely approximated, and the feet vee sera as if formed of two threads 7. : * Lysmata seticauda, Risso, Crust., II, 1; Desmar., Consid., p. 238. + Athanas nitescens, Leach, Malac. ‘Belts, XLIV ; Desiari Consid., p. 239, 240; de Bréb., Crust., du Calv., p. 23, 24. t Myjsis Pedrictt Léath ; Encye. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 8, 9; Cancer oculatus, Oth. ; Fab., Greenl., fig. 1. See Desmar., Consid.,p. 241, 242. STOMAPODA. 209 Cryrpropvus, Latr. Asubovoid inflated shell, curving downwards on the sides, enve- loping the body as well as the antennz and feet, exhibiting beneath a mere longitudinal fissure. The eyes are separated, and the feet in the form of thongs, with a lateral appendage *. There the eyes are concealed ; the intermediate antennz are coni- cal, inarticulated, and very short; the laterals are composed of a peduncle, and a thread without any distinct articulations, There is no—at least salient—scale at their base. Such is the Mutcion, Latr. The body is soft and thorax ovoid. The feet are in the form of a ,and most of them have an appendage at their base; the fourth pair is the longest. ‘» I know but one species, the Mulcion Lesweurti, which was _—e by that zealous naturalist in the seas of North America. The late Olivier, in the Pinna marina, found a crustaceous animal very similar at the first coup d’cil to the Lesueurit, but the specimens were so much injured that it was impossible for me to study their characters, The Nebaliz, which we at first placed in this section, having no natatory appendages under the last segments of their body, and their feet vot Be tolerably similar to those of a Cyclops, will pass with the Condylura into the order of the Branchiopoda, at the head of: which ’ they will stand. The Nebaliz, by their very prominent eyes, which seem to be on pedicles, and by some other characters, appear to con- nect the Schizopoda with the Branchiopoda. Seer eee ORDER II. _ STOMAPODA. The branchize of the Stomapoda are exposed and attached to the five pairs of sub-adominal appendages, exhibited to us by that part of the body, called tail, in the Decapoda, and which here, as in most of the Macroura; are fitted for natation, or are fin-feet. Their shell is divided into two portions, the anterior of which supports the eyes and intermediate antennze, or composes the head, without giving origin to the foot-jaws. These organs, as well as the four anterior feet, are frequently approximated to the mouth on two lines that converge * Cryptopus Defrancii, Latr., from the Mediterranean. VOL. II. P 210 CRUSTACEA. inferiorly, and hence the denomination of Stomapoda, affixed to this order. Judging by the Squille, the most remarkable genus of this - order, and the only one hitherto studied, the heart is elongated, and similar to a large vessel. It extends along the whole length of the back, rests upon the liver and intestinal canal, and terminates poste- riorly and near the anus ina point. Its parieties are thin, transparent, and almost membranous. From its anterior extremity, placed imme- diately behind the stomach, arise three principal arteries, the mediate of which—the opthalmic—giving off several branches on each side, is more particularly directed to the eyes arid intermediate antenne ; and the two lateral ones—the antennaries—pass over the sides of the stomach and are lost in the muscles of the mouth and of the externél -antennee. No artery arises from the superior surface of the heart» but a'gteat many issue from its two sides, each pair of which, as it appears to us, corresponds to a particular segment of the body, com- mencing with the foot-jaws, whether these segments be external, or concealed by the shell, and even very small, as is the case with those that are anterior. Ona level with the first five abdominal annuli, or those to which the natatory appendages and the branchie are at- tached, this superior surface of the heart receives, near the median line, five pairs of vessels—a pair to each segment—proceeding from these latter organs, and which, according to Messrs. Audouin and — Milne Edwards, are analagous to the branchio-cardiacs of the Deca- poda. A central canal * situated under the liver and intestine re- ceives the venous blood which is poured into it from all parts of the body. On the level of each segment to which the foot-jaws and branchie are attached, it gives off a branch on each side, running to that partof the branchize which is situated at the base of the corre- sponding foot-jaw. The parieties of these vessels appear to the above- mentioned gentlemen to be smooth and continuous, but formed by a layer of lamellated cellular tissue glued to the neighbouring muscles, rather than by a membrane proper; these vessels also appeared to them to communicate with each other near the lateral margin of the annuli, but they could not possitively affirm it. The afferent or in- ternal vessels of the branchie, which in these Squille form tufted bunches, are continuous with the branchio-cardiac canals, are no longer lodged in cells, pass between muscles, turn obliquely over * See our general observations on the Macroura. Neither this vessel nor the venous sinuses have been observed in the subsequent orders ; but the heart preserves the same elongated form, and presents similar anterior arteries. From its sides also arise other arteries corresponding to the articulations of the body. In addition to the pre-cited Memoir, see the Lecons d’Anatomie Comparée of the Baron Cuvier. STOMAPODA. 211 the lateral part of the abdomen, reach the anterior margin of the pre- ceding ring, and terminate on the superior surface of the heart near the median line, one partly mounting on the other. The medullary ‘cord, exclusive of the brain, presents but ten ganglions, of which the ‘anterior furnishes nerves to the mouth; the three following, those of the six natatory feet, and the last six, those of the tail. Thus, although the four last foot-jaws represent the four anterior feet of the Decapoda, they nevertheless form a part of the organs of man- ducation. The stomach of these Crustacea—Squillee—is small and has but a few very small teeth* near the pylorus. It is followed by a straight and slender intestine which extends along the whole abdo- men, accompanied on the right and left by glandular lobes, which appear to supply the want of a liver. A ramous appendage adhering to the inner base of the last ‘pair of feet appears to one, care the male, - The teguments of the Stomapoda are thin, and, in several, sidleay membranous or diaphanous. The shell is sometimes formed of two shields, of which the anterior corresponds to the head, and the pos- terior to the thorax, and sometimes of a single piece, which however is free behind, usually exposing the thoracic segments, bearing the three last pairs of feet, and having an articulation before that serves _ ‘as a base to the eyes and intermediate antennz ; these latter organs are always extended and terminated by two or three threads. The eyes are always approximated. The formation of the mouth is essentially the same as in the Decapoda; but the palpi of the mandi- bles, instead of being laid on them, are always vertical. The foot- jaws are deprived of the flagelliform appendage presented to us by the same parts in the Decapoda. They have the form of claws, or of small feet, and, at least in several—the Squillee,—their external base as well as that of the two anterior feet properly so called, exhibits a vesicular body. Those of the second pair, in the same Stomapoda, are much larger than the others, and even than the feet, which has caused ‘them to be considered as true feet; fourteen of them have been counted +. The four anterior feet have also the form of claws, but are terminated as well as the foot-jaws by a hook which curves to- wards the head, on the inferior and anterior edge of the preceding joint or of the hand. In others however—the Phyllosoma for instancet * They form two riage of transverse and parallel strie, +. The second jaws of these Stomapoda no longer present the same form as those of the Decapoda. They have the figure of an elongated triangle divided into four segments by transverse lines. The mandibles are bifurcated and well dentated. t In all those where the four anterior feet are in the form of claws, the six last are natatory. P2 912 ORUSTACEA. —all.these organs are filiform and have no forceps. Some of them.at least, as well as the last six and equally simple ones of the Stomapoda provided with claws, have an appendage or lateral branch. . The seven last segments of the body, containing a large portion of the heart and furnishing a base for the attachment of the respiratory or- gans, can no longer in this respect be assimilated to that portion of the body which is called the taz/ in the Decapoda : it isa true abdomen. Its penultimate segment has a fin on each side formed like the caudal of the Macroura, but is frequently, as well as the last segment or intermediate portion, armed with spines or teeth. The Stomapoda are all marine Crustacea. Their favourite habita- tion is in the intertropical latitudes, and they are not found beyond the temperate zones. Of their habits we are totally ignorant; that those which are furnished with claws use them in seizing their prey, in the manner of those Orthoptera called in Provence Pregadious or Man- tes*, we cannot doubt. Hence their vulgar appellation of Sea- Mantis: they are the Crangones and Crangines of the Greeks. According to Risso they prefer sandy bottoms in deep water, and copulate in the spring. Other Stomapoda, those of our second family, being less favoured with natatory appendages, and having a much flatter and more superficially extended body, are generally found on the surface of the water, where they move very slowly. We will divide the Stomapoda into two families. FAMILY 1.” UN IPELTATA. ‘Th this family the shell consists of a single shield, of an elongated quadrilateral form, usually widened and free behind, covering the head, the antennee and eyes excepted, which are placed on a common anterior articulation, and at least the first segments of the body. Its anterior extremity terminates in a point, or is preceded by a small plate with a similar end. All the foot-jaws, the second of which are very large, and the four anterior feet are closely approximated. to the mouth on two inferiorly converging lines, and have the form of claws with a single finger or mobile and flexed hook. . With the exception of the second feet, all these organs are furnished at their external origin with a little pediculated vesicle. The other six feet, at the base of whose third segment is a lateral appendage, are linear, terminated by a brush, and simply natatory. The lateral antenne * Some other analogous Orthoptera, such as the Phyllium, resemble leaves, The Phyllosome, Crustacea of the same order, exhibit similar affinities. STOMAPODA. 213 have'a’scale at their base, and the stem of the intermediaries 1s com- posed of three filaments. The body is narrow and elongated ; the ocular pedicles are always short. This family is composed of but one genus, that of Sauitta; Fab., Which we will divide in the following manner :— __ ‘In some the crustaceous shield is preceded by a small and more or’ less triangular plate, situated above the segment, in which the eyes and mediate antenne are inserted, only covers the anterior portion of the thorax, and does not curve downwards on the sides, The piece which serves as a peduncle to the mediate antennz, as well as the ocular sarang and the external sides of the end of the abdomen, are exposed. perat ‘Here the body is almost semi-cylindrical, the posterior edge of the last segment being rounded, dentated or spinous; the lateral appen- dages of the last six feet are styliform. : | Sevitia, Lat., The true Squille, along the whole inner side of the penultimate segment of the two large claws, have an extremely narrow groove, dentated on one of its edges and spinous on the other, and the ensuing joint, or the claw, falciform and usually dentated. - Squilla mantis; Cancer mantis, L.; Herbst., X XXIII, 1; Encyclop. Méthod., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXIV; Desmar., Consid., XLI, 2, is about seven inches in length. The base of the large forceps is furnished with three moveable spines, and its claws have six elongated and sharp-edged teeth, the last one being the largest. The segments of the body, the last one excepted, are marked by six longitudinal ridges, mostly termi- nating in a sharp point; the middle of the last is strongly cari- nated, punctured, and terminated posteriorly by a double range of indentations, and four very stout points, the mediate teeth of ' which are most closely approximated; each lateral margin has “two reflected or thicker divisions, the last one terminating in a | point. The peduncle of the lateral fins is prolonged beneath and terminated by two very strong teeth. It is common in the Mediterranean. he Squille de Desmarest, Risso, Crust. II, 8, which also inhabits the same sea, is but two inches and a half in length. Its claws have five teeth; the shell and the middle por- tion of the abdominal segments, the last ones excepted, are smooth*. Inthe ~— =. — Gonopacry us, Lat., The groove of the penultimate segment of the large claws is widened at its extremity, presenting neither dentations nor spines. The finger is-dilated, or resembles a knot near its base, terminating * For the other species, see the article Squille, and pl. of the Encye. Method. ; Renan Consid: In pl. XLII, he has given a detailed figure of the Squille queue-rude, 214 CRUSTACEA. | in a straight or slightly curved compressed point. They are all foreign to Europe *, } There, the body is extremely narrow and depressed, and the last segment almost square, entire, and without dentations or spines. The lateral appendage of its last six feet is in the form of an almost orbicular and slightly bordered palette; the antennze and feet are shorter than in the preceding; the penultimate segment of the large claws has its inner margin fringed with numerous cilia in the form of little spines; the figure. is falciform. | Coronis, Lair. But a single species is known f. : In the remaining Stomapoda of this family the shell is almost membranous and diaphanous, covers the whole thorax, is curved laterally beneath, prolonged anteriorly into a spine or ensiform blade, and projects above the base of the mediate antennee and of the eyes. This base or support is susceptible of being curved under and en- closed in the case formed by the curvature of the shield. The pos- terior fins are concealed under the last segment. | These very small, soft’Crustacea, are peculiar to the Atlantic Ocean and the Eastern seas. ‘The fingers of the large claws have no teeth; the second joint of the ocular pedicles is much larger than the first, and has the figure of a reversed cone; the eyes properly so called are large and almost globular; the fin-like appendage of the feet resembles that of the Squillz and Gonodactyli. In the Ericutuvus, Latr.—Smernvis, Leach, The first joint of the ocular pedicles is much shorter than the second; the middle of the lateral edges of the shield has a strongly angular dilatation, and their posterior extremity exhibits two teeth f. In Ama, Leach, | The first joint of the ocular pedicles is slender, cylindrical, and much longer than the following one ; the body is narrower and more elongated than that of an Erichthus: the lateral borders of the shield are nearly straight or are but slightly dilated; there is a slight longitudinal carina on its middle, and each of its angles forms a spine, the two posterior of which are the largest §. FAMILY II. BIPELTATA. , In this family we find the shell divided into two shields, the anterior » * Squilla scyllarus, Fab,; Rumph. Mus., III, F3;—Squilla chiragra, Fab.; Desmar. Consid., XLIII. See the article Squille, of the Encyclopedia Méthodique. + See Encyclop. Méthod., art. Squille. Squilla eusebia ?- Risso. + Erichthus vitreus, Lat. See art. Squille, Atl. d’Hist. Nat. of the Encyclop. Méthod., pl. eecliv; and Desmar. Consid., XLIV, 2, 3. § Alima hyalina, Lat., Encyclop. Méthod., art. Squille, and Tbid. Atl, d’Hist. Nat., CCCLIV, 8; Desmar., Consid., XLIV, 1. CRUSTACEA. 215 of which, very large and more or less oval, forms the head, and the posterior, corresponding to the thorax, transverse and angular in its circumference, supports the foot-jaws and feet. These latter, with the exception at most of the two posterior and two last foot-jaws, are slender and filiform, usually very long and accompanied by a lateral, ciliated appendage, The other four foot-jaws are very small and conical. The base of the lateral antennee exhibits no scale; the intermediaries are terminated by two threads. The ocular pedicles are long. The body is much flattened, membranous, and diaphanous ; the abdomen small and its posterior fin without spines, _ It comprises but a on genus, the Puytiosoma, Leach, Of which all the species inhabit the Atlantic Ocean and Oriental seas *, _ —— MALACOSTRACA. b. Eyes sessile and immoveable, The Branchiopoda are the only Crustacea of which we shall hence- forward have occasion to speak, that exhibit eyes placed on pedicles. But independently of the fact that these pedicles are neither articu- lated nor lodged in special cavities, the Branchiopoda have no shell, and are otherwise removed from the preceding Crustacea by various characters. All the Malacostraca of this division are also deprived of a shell; their body, from the head downwards, is composed of a suite of articulations of which each of the first seven is furnished with a pair of feet, the following and last ones, seven at most, form- ing a sort of tail terminated by fins or styliform appendages. ‘The head presents four antennze, the two intermediate superior, two eyes, and a mouth composed of two mandibles, a tongue, two pairs of jaws, and a sort of lip formed by two foot-jaws that correspond to the two superior ones of the Decapoda; here, as in the Stomapoda, the flagrum no longer exists. The four last foot-jaws are transformed TT. b oho Pte * See Biieseioh. Méthod., and Nouy. Dict. Hist. Nat., Ed. ‘Il, article Phyl- losome ; also the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea and the Zoology of the Voy. de Freycinet. As respects their nervous system, the Phyllosome seem to be in- termediate between the preceding and subsequent Crustacea. See Audouin and Edwards, op. cit. 216° CRUSTACEA. into feet, sometimes simple and at others constituting a claw, but almost always with a single toe or hook. According to the observations of Messrs. Audouin and Rawards, the two ganglionary cords of the spinal marrow are perfectly sym- metrical and distinct throughout the whole of their length, and from those of the Baron Cuvier it would appear that the Onisci are only removed from them because these cords do not present the same uniformity in all the segments of the body, and because there are some ganglions less *. Thus, according to them, the nervous system. of the Crustacea is the simplest of all; in the Cymothoz and Idotez the two ganglionary chains are no longer distinct, and those ganglions which immediately follow the two cephalics, form as many small circular masses situated on the median line of the body; but the. cords of communication which serve to connect them, remain isolated and attached to each other. It would appear from these facts that the latter Crustacea are higher in the animal scale than the preceding ones, but other considerations seem to us to require a con- siderable separation between the Talitri and Onisci, and the arrangement of the Cymothoz and Idotex in an intermediate rank. The organs of generation are situated inferiorly near the origin of the tail. The two first appendages with which it is furnished beneath, and which are analogous to those presented to us by the same part in the preceding Crustacea, but more, diversified, and always, as it appears, supporting the branchie, differ in this respect, according to. the sex. The coitus takes place like that of insects, the male placing himself on the back of his female; the latter carries her ova under the thorax, between scales which ccm a sort of pouch. There they are developed, and the young remain attached to the feet or other parts of the body of their mother, until they have acquired the strength requisite for natation, and providing for their wants. All these Crustacea are small, and mostly inhabit the sea-coast or fresh water. Some are terrestrial, and others are known which are parasitical. They are divided into three orders: those whose mandibles’ are furnished with a palpus, appear to be naturally connected with the preceding Crustacea—such are the Amphipoda ; those in ‘which these organs are deprived of them will constitute the two following orders —the Lzemodipoda and the Isopoda. The Cyami, a genus of the second one, being parasitical, naturally lead us to the Bopyri and Cymothoz, with which we commence the Isopoda. *See OnISCUS, APHIPODA. 2 l 7. AMPHIPODA. ® The Amphipoda are the only Malacrostraca with sessile and im- moveable eyes, whose mandibles, like those of the preceding Crusta- cea, are furnished with a palpus, and the only ones whose subcaudal appendages, always very apparent, by their narrow and elongated form, their articulations, bifurcations, and other incisures, as well as by the hairs or cilia with which they are provided, resemble false or natatory feet. In the Malacostraca of the following orders, these ap- pendages have the form of lamin or scales; here these hairs and cilia appear to constitute the branchie. Many of them, like the Sto- mapoda and the Lamodipoda, have vesicular burs either between their feet or at their external base, the use of which is unknown. The first pair of feet, or that which corresponds to the second foot- jaws, is always annexed to a particular segment, the first after the head. The antenne, which with a single exception—the Phronime, —are four i in number, project, gradually taper into a point, and consist, as in the preceding Crustacea, of a peduncle and a single stem, or one furnished at most with a little lateral branch, and usually com- posed of several joints. The body is generally compressed and curved beneath posteriorly. The terminal appendages of ‘the tail are most frequently styliform and articulated. Most of them swim and leap with facility, and always laterally. Some inhabit springs and rivulets, and are often found in couples consisting of the two sexes; most of them however live in salt water. Their colour is uniform, verging on reddish or greenish. ) said : They may all be comprised in a single genus, that of TA © ‘ator Gammarus, Fab. “Which we may subdivide, in the first place, into three eh acas from the form and number of the feet. 1, Those which have fourteen ig all terminated by a hook,: or. ina point. En 2. Those which also have Na feet, but which are—the four last ee least—simple natatory. 3. Those which have only ten apparent feet. "The first section is divided into two. Some of them,—the Urorrera, Latr., usually have a large head ; the antenne are frequently short, and in some but two in number; the body is soft. All the feet, the fifth pair at most excepted, are simple, the anterior are short or small, and the tail is either furnished at the extremity with lateral fins, or is terminated by points or appendages, widened and bidentated, or forked at their posterior extremity. They 218 ORUSTACEA. inhabit the bodies of various Acephala or Linnean Medusze, and of some other Zoophytes. Here, as in | , Puronma, Lat., There are but two—very short and biarticulated—antenne; the fifth pair of feet is the largest of all and terminates in a didactyle for- ceps; the six appendages of the extremity of the tail are styliform, elongated and forked or bidentated at the end; six vesicular sacs may be observed between the last feet. Several species appear to exist, but they have not been strictly and comparatively described. That which has been taken for our type is the Cancer seden- tarius, Forsk., Faun. Arab., p. 95; Latr., Gener. Crust. et In- sect. I, ii, 2, 3, which is found in the Mediterranean, and inha- bits a membranous transparent body that has the figure of a cask, and which appears to proceed from the body ofa species of Beroe. The Phronime sentinelle, Risso, Crust., I, 3, inhabits the interior of Medusz, constituting the genera Equorée and Géronie of Péron and Lesueur. Another species, according to Leach, has been observed on the coast of Zealand. pe iat _. There we observe four antenne ; all the feet are simple; on each side of theextremity of the tail is a lamellated or foliaceous fin, the leaflets of which are acuminated or unidentated at the end: Hyperia, Lat. The body thickest anteriorly ; the greater portion of the head occu- pied by oblong eyes somewhat emarginated on the inner edge; two of the antenne, at least halfas long as the bedy and terminated by a long setaceous stem composed of several small joints *. Purosine, Risso. Form of the body and that of the head similar to the Hyperie, but the antenne, at most, the length of the latter, composed of but few and styliform joints, or terminated by a stem resembling an elongated cone }. 5 2 Sie ; - * Cancer monoculoides, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. XI, ii, 3 ;—Hypérie de Le- sueur, Lat.,.Encyclop. Méthod., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXVIII, 17, 18; Des- mar. Consid., p. 258. ger ’ N.B. Near the Hyperie should be placed the genus TuHrmisto, Lat., carefully figured and described in the Mem. dela Soc. d’Hist. Nat., tome [V. As in the Hyperiz, the eyes are very large and occupy the larger portion of the head; two of the antenne (the inferior), all terminated by a multi-articulated stem tapering to a point, are evidently longer than the others. The part there called lévre inferieure, is the ligula; those which appear to form the third pair of jaws are the first of the - foot-jaws, and, as in the Amphipoda and Isopoda, close the mouth inferiorly under the form of a lip. The four remaining foot-jaws are very short, directed forwards and laid upon the mouth in such a way that they seem to constitute a part of it, so that if we do not count them, or if we merely consider the following locomotive and much more apparent organs as feet, this animal, like the Hyperia and Phrosine, appears at the first glance to have but ten feet instead of fourteen, The third pair of foot-jaws is terminated by a small didactyle forceps. The same pair of feet, pro- perly so called, is much longer than. the others; its penultimate joint is greatly elongated, and is armed with a range of small spines forming a sort of comb. But a single species is known. + Phros. macrophthalma, Risso, Jour. de Phys., Octob, 1822; Desmar,, Ib., p. 259; Cancer galba, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, ii, 2. AMPHIPODA, — 219 oie + Dierytocera, Lat. The body not thickened anteriorly; the head moderate, depressed, nearly square; eyes small; four extremely short, antennze composed of but few joints, as in Phrosine, of various forms—the inferior being thin and styliform, and the superior terminated by a small concave plate on the inner side—resemble a spoon or forceps *, _ The others—Gammarin”, Latr.—always have four antenne ; their body, invested with coriaceous and elastic segments, is generally compressed and arcuated; the posterior extremity of the tail is de- prived of fins; its appendages are styliform and cylindrical, or conical, At least two of their four anterior feet are usually terminated by a forceps. ; | Pin Veaibalay burszes in those where they have been observed— the Gammarine, Latr.—are situated at the exterior base of the feet, mmencing with the second pair, and are accompanied by a small plate, The pectoral scales which inclose the ova are six in number. Sometimes the four antenna, although of different proportions in several, have a similar form and use; the inferior have no resem- blance to feet nor do they perform their functions. A subgenus which we haye established under the denomination of Tong, Lat., Only, however, from a figure given by Montagu—Oniseus thora- cicus, Trans. Lin, Soc., IX, III, 3, 4—exhibits very peculiar charac- ters which separate it from all others of the same order, The body consists of about fifteen joints, but only distinguished by lateral tooth-like incisions. ‘The four antenne are very short; those that are external, being longer than the others, are the only ones visible when the animal is seen on its back, Each of the two first segments of the body of the female is provided with two elongated, fleshy, flattened cirri resembling oars. ‘The feet are very short, concealed under the body and hooked. The six last segments are furnished with lateral, fleshy, elongated, fasciculated appendages, which are simple in the male and like oars in the female. At the posterior extremity of the body we also observe six simple, recurved appen- dages, two of which are larger than the others. The abdominal valves are very large, cover the whole inferior surface of the body, and form a sort of receptacle for the ova. This animal remains con- cealed under the shell of the Calinassa subterranea, on the side of which it forms a tumour. Montagu, having withdrawn one of these Crustacea from its domicil, kept it alive for several days. The female is always accompanied by the male, who fixes himself firmly to her abdominal appendages by means of his forceps. It isa rare animal which, inits habits, approaches the Bopyri f. ‘ ' All the ensuing Amphipoda have the segments of the body perfectly distinct, throughout their whole extent; in neither sex nor in any * Phros. seminulata, Risso, Ib. ; Desmar. The stem of the inferior antenne consists of twoor three joints, while in Phrosine it is inarticulate. There also, the joints of the peduncles of the same antenne are shorter. + See Ann, des Sc. Nat., Decemb. 1826, XLIX, 10, the male—11, the female. 220 CRUSTACEA, of the species do we find those long oar-like cirri observed in the first of the Iones. In the latter, when it exists, the moveable toe of the foot, termi- nated by a forceps, is formed of a single joint. Of these last, there are some whose superior antennee are much shorter than the inferior, and even than their peduncle; the stem of the latter is composed of numerous joints. Orcuestia, Leach. The second. feet of the male terminated by a large fiaGepes the moveable toe long and somewhat curved ; those of the female by two toes. The third joint of the inferior antenne is at most twice the length of that of the preceding ones *, Tauriprus, Lat. Neither of the feet forming a forceps. The third joint of nie in- ferior antennee more than twice the length of that of the preceding ones; the antennee large and spinous }. In the following, the superior antenne are never much shorter than the inferior. Some of them, furnished with elongated setaceous antennee ter- minated by a pluri-articulated stem, and without any remarkable forceps, approach the preceding in their superior antenne, which are somewhat shorter than the inferior, and are removed from those that follow by the form of their head which is narrowed before into a kind of snout. Such is Arytus, Leach t. All those which succeed have the superior antennze as long as the inferior, or longer; their head is not elongated into a snout. Here, as in the five following genera of Leach, the peduncle of the antennee is formed of three joints §. Some, in their superior antennz, present a character which is unique in this order—the internal extremity of the third joint of the peduncle is provided with a little articulated thread. It distinguishes the ; Gammarus, Lat., : Where the four anterior feet have the form of small forceps, the moveable toe folding beneath. * Oniscus gammarellus, Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascic., 1X, iv, 8; Cancer gammarus littoreus, Montag.; Desmar., Consid. +) p- 261, XLV, 3. + Oniscus loctsta; Pall., Spice: Zool., Fascic. IX, iv, '7; Cancer gammarus saltator, Montag. ; Desmar., Consid., XLV, il. t Atylus cartnatus: Leach, "Zool. ‘Mise., LXIX; Desmar., Consid., p. 262, XLV, 4; Gammarus carinatus, Fab. ;—G. necate ? ejasdi ; Phipps, Voy. to the North Pole, XII, 2; § The- third joint of the peduncle may be very snail and thus become assi- milated to the following, or those of the stem; this peduncle, as in the Dexamines, then appears to consist of but two joints. According to the system of Leach the stem is understood to form another but compound joint. AMPHIPODA. 22) The species best, known and. the: type of this subgenus is the Cancer pulex, L.; Squilla pulex, De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxiii, 1,2.. It inhabits brooks, fee. The other species are marine *. __ The antennze of the following, as in all the other irs ca are simple or without appendages. Meuira, Leach. The second pair of feet, in the male, terminated by a (an com- pressed forceps, the toe folding under its internal surface; the an- tennee nearly equal in length ; a small foliaceous appendage on each side of thie posterior extremity of the body ¢. Mara, Leach. The second feet in the males terminated as in the Melita, but the toe folds under the inferior edge of the forceps and is not concealed. ‘The superior antenne are longer than the inferior, and the foliace- ous pepe of the posterior extremity of the body are want- ing f. AmpnirHog, Leach. The four anterior feet nearly similar in both sexes; the penultimate article or hand proper, ovoid §. Purrvsa, Lack. The nes only differ from the preceeding subgenus in the igi of the forceps, which is filiform |}. There, the peduncle of the antennz is only composed of two joints, the third being so small as to be confounded with those of the stem, or forming that of the base ; the superior are longer than the inferior. All the feet are simple, or without forceps.’ Such is Dexamine, Leach 4. In those, the moveable toe of the two forceps is bi-articulated, ™, antennée are of equal length. LevcornoE, Leach. The antenne short, their peduncle formed of two joints ; the four anterior feet: terminated in a stout forceps ; toes of the two first bi-ar- * See Desmar., Consid., p. 265, 267. + Cancer palmatus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., VII, p. 69; Encyclop. Méthod., Atl. d’ Hist. Nat.. CCCXXXVI, 31; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 7. z Cancer, gammarus grosimanus, Montag., Trans, Lin,, Soc., IX, iv. 5; Desmar. Consid., p. 264. § Cancer rubricatus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., TX, p. 99; Encyclop. Méthod., Atl. d@’ Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 33 ; Desmar., Consid. » XLV; O5-~-Onieone sundillen, Pall., Spic. Zool. "Fascic., IX, iii, 18; Géneneren cancellus. Fab. : Nase Susicola, Leach; Trans. Lin, Soc., XI, p. 360; Desmar., Consid., p-. 268... { Cancer gammarus spinosus, Montag., Trans, Lin. Soc., XI, p. 3; Desmar., Consid., XLV, ¢ 6. 222 CRUSTACEA. ticulated; those of the second pal conalating’ of a ee and long joint*, Crrarus, Say. j Large antenne, the peduncle consisting of three—the superior— or four—the inferior—joints; the two anterior feet small, with a uni-articulated toe; the two following terminating in a large triangu- lar, smooth, dentated hand, with a bi-articulated finger, Ceraphus tubularis, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philad., I A iv, 7—ll; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 2. It inhabits a little cy- lindrical tube, and in this respect approaches the subsequent subgenus. Very common at Egg Harbour, New Jersey, among the Sertularize on which it appears to feed. Finally, the inferior antennge, sometimes much larger than the superior, their stem consisting at most of four joints, have the form of feet, and appear to serve, at least occasionally, as organs of pre- hension. Here the second feet are terminated by a large forceps. Popocervs, Leach. Eyes very prominent f. J Assa, Leach, Eyes not prominent f. There, neither of the feet is terminated by a large See \ Cororuium, Lat. C. longicornis ; Cancer grossipes,L.; Gammarus longicornis, Fab.; Oniscus volutator, Pall., Spic. Zool. Fascic. IX, -iv, 93 Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 1, called Peryns, on the coast of. Ro- chelle, lives i in holes, which it forms in the mud, that is covered with hurdles, called bowchots, by the inhabitants. ‘The animal does not make its appearance till the beginning of May. It wages everlasting war against the Nereides, Amphinome, Arenicole, and other marine Annelides, which inhabit the same locality. A curious spectacle is presented by these Crustacea, when the tide is coming in; myriads of them may then be seen moving in every direction, beating the mud with their great arms, and diluting it in order to discover their prey—is it one of the above men- tioned Annelides they have discovered, which is ten or twenty times larger than themselves? they unite to attack and devour it. The carnage never ceases until the mud has been thoroughly turned up and its inequalities levelled. They do not even spare Mollusca, Fishes, or dead bodies on the shore. They mount upon the hurdles which contain Muscles, and fishermen * Cancer articulosus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. VII, 6; Desmar., Consid. +» Pe 263, XLV, 5. + Podocerus variegatus, Leach, Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, p. 361; Desmar., Consid. 9 p- 269. t Jassa pulchella, Leach, Ib;, p. 361; Desmar., Consid., p. 269. AMPHIPODA: 223 assert that they will cut the threads that keep them there, in order to precipitate them into the mud, where they may devour them at their leisure. They appear to breed during the whole summer, as females carrying their ova are to be met with at various periods. Waders and different Fishes prey upon them. For these interesting observations we are indebted to M. D’Or- bigny, Senior, conservator of the Rochelle Museum and corre- sponding member of that of Paris *. The second section—Herterrora, Lat.—is composed of those with fourteen feet, the last four of which, at least, are unarmed and destined for natation only. It comprises two subgenera f. Prerycocrra, Latr. _The thorax divided into several segments; four antennze furnished with setze or hairs in bunches; all the feet natatory and the last large and pinnated ts cylindrical, articulated appendages to the posterior extremity of the body. i Arseuprs, Leach—Evruxvs, Risso. The thorax also divided into several segments, but the two anterior feet terminated by a didactyle forceps; the two following ones clavi- form, ending in a point and dentated on the edges; the next six slender and unguiculated at the extremity; the last four natatory. The antenne are simple. The body is narrow, elongated, and has two long setaceous appendages at its posterior extremity$. The third and last section—Dxrcemrrpes, Lat.—is composed of Amphipoda, which present but six distinct feet. - Bi, Typuis, Risso, - But two very small antennz, the head large, and eyes not promi- nent; each pair of feet annexed to its peculiar segment, and the four anterior terminated by a didactyle forceps. On each side of the thorax are two moveable plates, forming a sort of lids or valves, i . “ ~ * See Encyclop. Method., article Podocére. _ + This and the following section, in the first edition of the Régne Animal, form the second of the Isopoda, that of the Phytibranchiata. But independently of our having discovered mandibular palpi in some of these Crustacea, the form of the subcaudal appendages appears to us to approximate them much nearer to the Amphipoda than to the Isopoda. We may also observe that these animals, of which we haye seen but very few, have not yet been well studied. ¢ According to the figure of Slabber—Oniscus arenarius, Encyclop. Méthod., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXX, 3, 4,—the number of feet is but eight; reasoning from analogy, J presume it to be fourteen; besides, if the figure be exact, this genus would belong to the next section. § Eupheus ligioides, Risso, Crust., III, 37; Desmar., Consid., 285 ;—Apseudes talpa, Leach ;—Cancer gammarus talpa, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., IX, iv, 6; Des- mar., Consid.;: XLVI, 9. See the Gammarus heteroclitus, Viviani, Phosphor. Maris, II, ii, 12. N.B, The genus Ruaa, M. Edwards, Ann. des Se. Nat. XIII. xiii, A, 292, dif- ae from the preceding in the superior antenne, which are stouter, longer, and 224 CRUSTACEA, which when joined, the animal folding up its feet and tail beneath, enclose the body inferiorly, and give it a spheroidal appearance. The posterior extremity of the tail has no appendage*, Ancrus, Risso -—Gwaruia, Leach. The thorax divided into as many. segments as there are pairs of feet, but all the latter simple and monodactyle; four setaceous an- tenn; a stout square head with two large projections in the form of mandibles; extremity of the tail furnished with foliaceous fin-like appendages f. Praniza, Leach. Four setaceous antenne, as in the preceding; but the thorax viewed from above presents but three segments, the two first of which are very short and transverse, each supporting a pair of feet, while the third, much larger and longitudinal, supports the others. The feet are simple ; the head is triangular, pointed before, and has prominent eyes. Each side of the posterior eorny of the body is also pro- vided with a fin f. Various genera of Messrs. Savigny, HaSneadue and Say§, but the characters of which have not been described or sufficiently eveloped, appear to belong to this order of the Amphipoda. Even some of the ‘subgenera I have just quoted require to be re-examined. M. Milne Edwards has made several valuable and detailed obser- vations on several of these Crustacea, which will most certainly tend to elucidate the subject. ne) ORDER IV. - LAEMODIPODA. The Leemodipoda are the only Malacostraca with sessile eyes, in which the posterior extremity of the body exhibits no distinct bran- chize, and which are almost deprived of a tail, the two last feet being | inserted in that extremity, or the segment which connects them with it being merely followed by one or,two very small joints. They are also the only ones in which the two anterior feet, that correspang to the second foot-jaws, form part of the head. * Typhis ovoides, Risso, Crust., II, 9; Desmar., Consid., p. 281, XLVI, 5. + Anceus forficularis ; Risso, Crust., 11, 10; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 6 ;—An- ceus maxillaris ; Gancer mawillaris. Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., VII, vi, 2; Desmar. Ib., XLVI, 7. , t Oniscus ceruleatus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., XI, iv, 2; Encyclop. Méthod., Atl. d’Hist. Nat., CCCXXIX, 28, and CCCXXIX, 24, 25; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 8. § I can say nothing of the G. ergine, Risso: the number of its feet would seem to place it in the last section of the Amphipoda; while the manner, in which they terminate, and the number of the segments of the body, appear to throw it among the Isopoda. LE&MODIPODA. 225 ‘They all have four setaceous antennze supported by a tri-articulated pedtincle, mandibles, without palpi, a vesicular hody at the base of at least the four pairs of feet, beginning at the second or third pair, those of the head included. The body, usually filiform or linear, is com- posed of eight or nine segments, including the head, and some small appendages in the form of tubercles at its posterior and inferior ex- tremity) The feet are terminated by a stout hook. The four anterior the second of which are the largest, are always terminated by a mo- nodactyle forceps or a claw. In several, the four following ones are shortened, less articulated, without the terminal hook, or are rudi- mental, and nowise adapted for the ordinary uses of similar parts. » The females carry their ova under the second and third segments of the body in a pouch formed of approximated scales. ca, “They are all marine Crustacea. M. Savigny considers them as allied to the Pycnogonides, and constituting with the latter the tran- sition from the Crustacea to the Arachnides. In the first edition of this work they formed the first section of the Isopoda, that of the Cis- tibranchiata, © | DH cape names “We may unite them in a single genus which, by the law of priority should be called the | ae ae a eh | Cyamus, Lat. Some—the Fiirorma, Lat—have a long and very slender or linear body with longitudinal segments; feet equally slender and elongated, and the stem of the antennz composed of several small olnts. . They are found among marine plants, walk like the caterpillar termed the Geometra, sometimes rapidly revolving in a circle, or turning up their body, during which time the antenne are vibrating. hile swimming, the extremities of their body are curved. 5s ' Lepromerra, Lat.—Proto, Leach. Oy Ary > Fourteen feet, including the two annexed to the head, all complete and in a continuous series. :, “Here, as in our Lerromera proper—Gammarus pedatus, Miill., Zool. Dan., CI, 1, 2—all the feet, the two anterior excepted, have a vesicular body at their base. There, as in the Proro, Leach—Cancer pedatus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., II, 6; Encyclop. Method., Atl. d’Hist. Nat. CCCXXXVI, 38—those appendages are only proper to the second, and four fol- lowing feet *. * We should also refer to the Leptomere, the Squilla ventricosa, Mill., Zool. Dan., LVI, 1—3 ; Herbst., XXXVI, ii:—the Cancer linearis, L., is perhaps a ‘con, gener. Hie describes it as having six feet, but does not include the head. te VOL, Il, Q 226 CRUSTACEA. Navprepra, Lat. , - But ten feet, all in one continuous series; the base of the second and two following pairs provided with a vesicular body *. Capretia, Lam. _ Ten feet also, but in an inlerrupted series, commencing with the second segment, exclusive of the head; both this segment and the BERENS have two vesicular bodies, and are totally deprived of eetT. * xf ‘ The other—Ovatia, Lat,—Lemodipoda have an oval body with transversal segments. The stem of the antennee appears to be inar- ticulated, and the feet are short but slightly elongated; those of the second and third segments are imperfect and terminated by a long cylindrical joint without a hook; their base is provided with an elongated vesicular body. They form the subgenus. Cyramus, Lat—Larunpa, Leach, I have seen three species, all of which live on the Cetacea ; the most common, Oniseus ceti, L.; Pall., Spicil. Zool. Fascic. IX, iv, 14; Squille dela Baleine, De Geer, Ins., VII, vi, 6; Pye- nogonum ceti, Fab.; Savig.,Mém. sur les anim. sans verteb. Fascic., I, v, 1, is also found on the Mackerel: it is called by fishermen Pou de Baleine. A second very analogous species was brought to France by the late Delalande from the Cape of Good Hope. The third, which is much smaller, establishes itself on the Cetacea of the Indian Ocean. ' a ee e 4 ORDER V. —"*" ISOPODA ¢. The Isopoda approach the Leemodipoda by the palpi of the man- dibles being absent, but are removed from thém in several other re- * A subgenus founded on a species from the coast of France, which appears to me undescribed, + The Squilla lobata, Miill., Zool. Dan., LVI, 4,6; his Gammarus quadrilobatus, Ib., CXIV, 12; the Oniscus scolopendroides, Pall, Spic. Zool. Fascic., IX, iv, 15, are Caprell, but their specific differences are not well characterized. We had referred the Cancer linearis, L., to the first, which, now appears doubtful. His Cancer filiformis is probably a Caprella ; the Cancer phasma, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc., VII, vi, 2, is a congener. His figure is copied Encyc. Méthod., Atl. d’Hist. Nat. CCCXXXVI, 37. For details concerning this order and genus, see the Nouv. Dict. @ Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea. + The Polygonata, Fab., with the exception of the genus Monoculus, ‘ Messrs. Audouin and Edwards—Ann. des Sc. Nat., About. 1827, p. 379, 381— heve published some interesting observations on the circulation of the Isopoda, and ISOPODA. 227 spects. The two anterior feet are not attached to the head, and belong as well as the following ones, to a particular segment. They are always fourteen in number, unguiculated, and without any vesicular appendage at their base. The under part of the tail is furnished with very apparent appendages resembling leaflets or vesicular burse, the two first or external of which, either partially or wholly, usually cover the others. The body is generally flattened, or is wider than it is thick. The mouth consists of the same pieces as in the preceding Crustacea; but here, those which correspond to the two superior foot-jaws of the Decapoda, exhibit an appearance of a lower lip terminated by two palpi, still more than in the latter. The two mediate antenne are almost obliterared in the last Crustacea of this order, which are all terrestial and also differ from the others in their respiratory apparatus. The male organs of gene- ration are usually announced by linear or filiform appendages, and sometimes by hooks, situated at the internal origin of the first sub-caudal lamin, The females carry their ova under the thorax, either between scales, or in a pouch or membranous sac, which they open in order to allow a passage to their young, which are produced with the form of parts peculiar to their species, merely changing their skin as they increase in size. Most of them are aquatic. Those which are terrestrial, like all other Crustacea which live out of water, still require a certain degree of atmospheric humidity to enable them et on that of the Ligie in particular. The heart resembles a long vessel extended above the dorsal surface of the intestine. From its anterior extremity arise three arteries, similar to those of the Decapoda. Lateral branches are also to be observed running from the heart towards the feet. On a level with the two first segments of the abdomen (the tail), that organ receives, from the right and left, small canals vessels) which seem to proceed from the branchie. From their experiments on the Ligie, it would appear that the venous system is less complete than in the Decapoda macroura, and that the blood driven from the heart into various parts of the body, passes into lacune formed between the organs in the infe- rior part of the body which communicate freely with the afferent vessels of the branchie. The blood having traversed the respiratory apparatus, returns to the through the branchio-cardiac vessels. This disposition would form the tran- sition from the circulating system of the Decapoda to that of certain Branchi Aécording to Cuvier, the two anomalous cords which form the mediate portion of the nervous system of the Onisci—and, probably, of the other Isopoda and even of the Amphipoda—are not in complete juxtaposition, and may be distinguished throughout their whole course. There are nine ganglions without counting the brain, but the two first and two last are so closely approximated that we may reduce the number to seven, The second and six subsequent ones furnish nerves to the seven pairs of feet; the four anterior, although, by the order of the parts, analogous to the four last foot-jaws of the Decapoda, are true feet. The segments which immediately follow, or those which form the tail, receive their nerves from the last ganglion; these seg- ments may be considered as simple divisions of one segment represented by this gang- lion ; thus we find that the number of these posterior segments varies. Q 228 CRUSTACEA. to breathe, and to preserve their branchize in a proper state for the exercise of that function. This order according to the system of Linnzus embraces the genus Oniscus, Lin., Which we will divide into six sections. The first—Epricaripxs, Latr.—is composed of parasitical Isopoda, with neither eyes nor antenne, the body of which, in the male, is very flat, small and oblong; much larger in the female, and having an oval form narrowed and slightly curved posteriorly, hollow beneath, with a thoracic border divided on each side into five mem- branous lobes. The feet are placed on this border and cannot be used either for locomotion or natation. The under surface of the tail is provided with five pairs of small, ciliated, imbricated leaflets, corresponding to as many segments, and arranged in two longitudi- nal series ; there is no appendage, however, to the posterior extre- mity. The only parts distinctly visible in the mouth are two mem- branous leaflets laid upon another of the same nature, forming a large quadrilateral figure. The inferior concavity forming a sort of shallow basket, is filled with the ova. Near their outlet is always found the individual presumed to be the male. Its extreme smallness seems to forbid all possibility of copulation; according to Desmarest it is provided with two eyes; its body is straight and almost linear. — These Crustacea form but a single subgenus, that of — Boryrvus, Lat., The most common species is the Bopyrus crangorum, Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect., 1, 114; Monoculus crangorum, Fab. ; Fouger. de Bondar, Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sc., 1772, pl. 1; Desmar. Consid. XLIX, 8—13. It lives on the Paleemon ser: ratus, and the Pal. squilla, placed directly on the branchize and under the shell; it occasions a tumour on one of its sides, re- sembling a wen. The fishermen of the British channel con- stder them as very young Soles or Plaice. A second species, the B. des palémons, has been described by Risso, under the female of which he observed eight or nine hundred living young ones *. i The second section—Cymornoapa, Lat.—comprises Isopoda with four very apparent setaceous antenne, almost universally terminated by a pluri-articulated stem; having eyes, a mouth composed as usual + ; vesicular branchie arranged longitudinally and in pairs; the tail formed of from four to six segments, with a fin on each side near the end; and the anterior feet usually terminated by a small stout nail or claw. They are.all parasitical. . The eyes are sometimes placed on tubercles on the top of the head ; the tail consists of but four segments. * See the work of Desmarest, who has completely described this subgenus. — + See our general observations on the Malacostraca with sessile eyes. eS eS ee ; ee : nae! Se , a rv - ISOPODA. » 229 jos Serouis, Leach. But a single species is known, the Cymothoa paradoza, Fab. The antennz are placed on two lines, and terminated by a pluri- articulated stem. Under the three first segments of the tail, between the usual appendages, there are three others, trans- versal and terminated posteriorly in a point *. Sometimes the eyes are lateral and not placed on tubercles ; the tail is composed of five or six segments, Here the organ of sight is not formed of smooth, granular, ap- proximated eyes; the antennee are placed on two lines, and consist of seven joints at least; the six anterior feet are usually terminated by a small, stout nail. In some, where the tail always consists of six segments, the length of the inferior antennz never surpassed the half of that of the body. We will begin with those whose mandibles, as usual, are but slightly, or in no degree salient. Cymortuoa, Fab. The antennz nearly equal in length; eyes scarcely apparent; last segment of the tail forming a transverse square; the two pieces ter- minating the lateral fins, linear, equal and styliform f. - Iernyoruitus, Lat.—Nerociza, Livoneca, Leach. The antenne, equal in length, and but slightly visible eyes; the last segment of the body almost triangular; the two pieces termi- nating the lateral fins in the form of leaflets and lamine, the exterior of which is largest in the Nerocilee, and of the size of the other in Livoneca f. | In the four following subgenera the superior antenne are mani- festly shorter than the inferior. In several, as in Cymothoa, all the feet are terminated by a small, stout, and strongly curved nail; the last eight are not spinous; the eyes are always separated and convex. They form three genera in the system’of Leach, but may be united in a single subgenus, under the common denomination of one of them, or the Canoura, Leach—Anmocra, Ovencina, Ejusd, The laminz of the fins in the Olenciree§ are narrow and armed with spines. In the Anilocree || the external leaflet of the same parts is longer than the internal; the reverse is the case with the Canoliree §. The eyes, besides, are but slightly granulous while in the preceding that disposition is evident. * For other details consult Desmar., Consid., p. 292—294. + Cymothoa estrum, Fab.; Desmar, Consid., XLVI, 6, 7;—C. imbricata, Fab. For the other species, see Desmar., loc. cit. t See Desinar., op. cit. p. 307, genera Nerocila and Livoneca, and various species of Cymothow of Risso, p. 310, 311. § Desmar., Consid., p. 306. || Desmar., Consid., Anilocre du Cap, XLVIII, 1. § Desmar., Consid., p. 305. 930 CRUSTACEA, In the three following subgenera, the second, third and fourth feet alone are terminated by a strongly curved nail, and the last eight are spinous. The eyes are usually but slightly convex; they are large and converge anteriorly. Aiea, Leach. The two first joints of the superior antenne very broad and com- pressed, while in the two subsequent subgenera they are almost cy- lindrical *. Rocrweta, Leach. The Rocinele differ from the Auge, as just stated, in the form of the two first joints of their superior antennee, but otherwise approach them, as in their large eyes which approximate anteriorly +. The Conti, Leach, Resembles Rocinela in the antennz; but the eyes are smaller and distant, and the edges of the segments nearly straight and not falci- form nor prominent f. The last subgenus, among those of this section in which the an- tennze are placed on two lines, where the tail is composed of six segments, and the inferior antennz are always short, is distin- guished from all the preceding by strong and salient mandibles. It is the Aas ay Synopus, Lat., A subgenus established on a single species §. In those that follow, the tail is usually composed of but five seg- ments. The length of the inferior antennee is more than the half of that of the body. ee | Crrotana, Leach, The tail composed of six segments ||. In the NELocirA, Leach. | It consists of but five. The cornea of the eyes is smooth 4. Evryoicz, Leach. Similar to Nelocira in the number of caudal segments, but re- moved from it by the granulous eyes **, ray This subgenus leads us to those in which these organs are formed of granules or approximated simple eyes, and that also have the four antennie, composed of four joints at most, inserted on one hori- zontal line, and all the feet fitted for walking. The tail consists of « * Desmar., Consid., p. 304, Aga entaillée, XLVII, 4, 5. + Desmar., Consid., p. 304. + Desmar., Consid., p. 304. § See Encyc. Method., article Synodus. \| Desmar., Consid., p. 303. { Desmar., Consid., p. 302 ; Nélocire de Swainson, XLVIII, 2, ** Desmar., Consid,, p. 302. ISOPODA. 231 me segments, the last of which is large and suborbicular. Such is e Limnortra, Leach. The only living species known is the Limnoria terebrans, Leach, Edinb. Encyclop., VU, p. 433; Desmar., Consid., p. 312. Although scarcely above two lines in length, its habits and fecundity render it highly noxious. It perforates the tim- bers of ships in various directions and with alarming rapidity. When taken in the hand it rolls itself into a ball. It is found in various parts of the British seas. | The figure and description of a small fossil crustaceous ani- mal has been sent to Count Dejean by Professor Germar, which seems to us to belong to this subgenus *. - The third section—Sruzromipes, Lat.—exhibits four very dis- tinct, short, setaceous or conical antenne, and a single genus—An- thura—excepted, always terminated by a stem divided into several small joints; the inferior, always the longest, are inserted beneath the under part of the first joint of the superior which is broad and thick. The arrangement of the mouth is as usual. The branchia are vesicular or soft, exposed, and arranged longitudinally in pairs. But two complete and moveable segments are observed in the tail, the first, however, frequently presents impressed and transverse lines indicating vestiges of others; on each side of its posterior ex- tremity is a fin terminated by two leaflets, of which the inferior alone is moveable; the superior ¢ is formed by an internal prolongation of the common stem. The branchial appendages are curved in- wards: the inner side of the first are accompanied, in the male, by a small linear and elongated projection. The anterior part of the head situated beneath the antennz is triangular, or has the figure of a heart reversed. bm _ Some have an oval or oblong body, usually assuming, when con- tracted, the form of a ball; the antennz terminated by a pluri-articu- lated stem, and the inferior, at least, visibly longer than the head. The lateral and posterior fins are composed of a peduncle and two lamine, forming with the last segment a common fin, shaped like a fan. ‘ In these, the impressed and transverse lines of the anterior seg- ment of the tail, which is always shorter than the next or last one, do not extend to the lateral margin. The first joint of the superior antennee has the form of a triangular palette, | The head, viewed from above, forms a transverse square. The leaflets of the fins are much flattened, and the intermediate piece or the last segment is widened and rounded laterally. . * The Oniscus pregustator, figured. in Parkinson, is allied to this species, or at least, appears to belong to the same section. » + It folds over the posterior edge of the last segment, and in several, such as the Zuzare, and Nese, Leach, like an arch. ' 932 CRUSTACEA. Zuzara, Leach. Leaflets of the fins very large; the superior, which is the shortest, separates from the other to form a border to the last segment *. SpHmroma, Lat. Leaflets of a moderate size, equal, and laid one over the other f. In those, the impressed lines or transverse sutures of the anterior segment of the tail extend to its lateral edges and cutit. The first joint of the superior antenne forms an elongated square, or linear lette. em The leaflets of the fits are uaually narrower and thicker than in the preceding; the external sometimes (Cymodocea) incloses the other, which is prismatic ; the point at which they unite resembles a knot or joint. Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is visibly longer through- out all its width than the preceding ones and that ie follows. Only one of the two leaflets projects. Nasa,—CAmpEcopza. Leach. ¢ Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is as Hee as the preced- ing ones and as that which follows. Ciicma, Leach. Only one of the fin-leaflets salient, the other being placed against the posterior edge of the last segment §. Cymopocga, Leach. Both leaflets salient and directed backwards; the sixth segment is not prolonged posteriorly, and the extremity of the last one presents a small lamina in an emargination ||. DyYNAMENE, Leach, Similar to the Cymodocz in the projection and direction of the leaflets of the fins, but the sixth segment is prolonged posteriorly, and the last one exhibits a mere fissure without the lamina 4. The others, such as the Antuura, Leach, Have a vermiform body, and the antennee, composed of four joints, scarcely as long as the head. The leaflets of the . posterior fins by their disposition and approximation form a sort of capsule. The anterior feet areterminated by a monodactyle er ne, * Desmar., Consid., p. 298. + Desmar., Consid., p. 299—302. Sphérome dentée, XLVII, 3—Oniscus ser- ratus, Fab. ~t Desmar., Consid., Nesée bidenté, XLVII, 2;—Campecopée velue, Id., It., 1 § Desmar., Consid., Cilicée de Latreille, XLVIII, 3. ||} Desmar., Consid., XLVIITI, 4, “{ Desmar., Consid., p. 297. **® Desmar., Consid., Anthure gréle, XLVI, 133 Oniscus gracilis, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. IX, v, 6;—Gammarus heteroclitus, Vivian., Phosph. Mar., II, 11, 12. ee ae Oy, a ee ISOPODA. | 233° In the fourth section—Ipor ries, Leach—there are also four anten- ne, but they are placed on one horizontal and transverse line; the laterals terminate in a tapering, pointed, pluriarticulated stem; the intermediaries are short, filiform or slightly inflated at the end, and consists of four joints, neither of which is divided. The composition of the mouth is the same as in the preceding sections. The branchiz, white in most of them, are in the form of bladders, susceptible of inflation, serving for natation and covered by two lamine or valvulze of the last segment that adhere laterally to its edges; they are longi- tudinal, biarticulated, and open in the middle on a straight line like folding doors. The tail consists of three segments, the last of which is much the largest, and has neither terminal appendages not lateral fins. They are all marine, Iporga, Fab. All the feet alike, and strongly unguiculated; the body oval or simply oblong, and the lateral antennz shorter than half the length of the body *. Srenosoma, Leach. The Stenosomz only differ from the Idotez in the linear form of their body, and the length of their antennz which is more than half that of the body ft. Arcrourvs, Lat. The Arcturi are very remarkable for the form of the second and third feet, which incline forwards and terminate by a long, bearded and unarmed or feebly unguiculated joint; the two anterior are laid on the mouth and are unguiculated; the last six are strong, ambula- tory, thrown behind, and bidentated at the extremity. In the length of the antennze and form of the body they approach the Stenosome. I have never seen but a single species, the Arct. tuberculatus, which was brought to Europe, from the Arctic seas, in one of the last expeditions to those regions. : The_ fifth section—AsrLiora, Lat.—comprises Isopoda with four very apparent setaceous antenne, arranged on two lines, and termi- nated by a pluriarticulated stem; two mandibles; four jaws covered, as usual, by a kind of lip formed by the first foot-jaws; vesicular branchiz, in pairs, covered by two longitudinal and biarticulated, but free leaflets; a tail composed of a single segment, without late- ral fins, but with two bifid stylets, or two very short tubercular ap- sl on the middle of its posterior edge. Other lamelliform appendages situated at its inferior base, which are now numerous in the males, distinguish the sexes. AsELLus, Geoff. : Two bifid stylets at the posterior extremity of the body; eyes * Oniscus entomon, L.; Squilla entomon Deg., Insect, VII, xxxii, 1, 2 ;—Jdota. tricuspidata, Latr.; Desm., Consid., XLVI, ii. For the other species, see Idotea, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., Ed, II, and Desmar. op. cit. + Stenosoma lineare, Leach; Desmar. op. cit. Ib. xlvi, 12 ;—Stenosoma hecticum, Ib. ;—Jdotea viridissima, Risso, Crust., III, 8. For the other species, see Desmar, op. cit. ‘ 934. CRUSTACEA: separated; the superior antennz at least as long as the peduncle of the inferior ; the hooks at the end of the feet entire, Fasu The only species of this subgenus that is known—the Aselle, d’eau douce, Geoff., Ins. II, xii, 2; Squille aselle, Deg., Insect., VU, xxi, 1; Desmar., Consid., XLIX, 1,2; Idotea aquatica, Fab.,—is very abundant in fresh and stagnant waters as well as in the marshes, in the vicinity of Paris. Its gait, unless alarmed, is very slow. In the spring it issues from the mud in which it has passed the winter. The male, much larger than the fe- female, carries the latter for eight days, clasping her with the fourth pair of feet. When he abandons her she is loaded with a great number of ova inclosed in a membranous sac, situated under the thorax, which affords an issue to the young through a longitudinal fissure. : | Oniscopa, Lat. The Oniscodée or Janirze * of Leach differ from the Aselli in the approximation of their eyes, in the superior antennz which are shorter than the peduncle of the inferior, and in the hooks of the tarsi which are bifid. apie The only species known, the Janira maculosa, Leach ; Des- mar., Consid., p. 315, was found on the coast of England among the Fuci and Ulve. JzRA, Leach, But two tubercles at the extremity of the tail in place of the stylets. Butasingle species has been described, the gera albifrons, Leach; Desm., Consid., p. 316, which is very common on the English coast among the Fuci and Ulvee. | Finally, the Isopoda of the sixth and last section—Ownrscipzs, Lat.—have four antennz also, but the two intermediate ones are very small, but slightly apparent, and are composed at most of but two joints; the lateral are setaceous. The tail consists of six segments, with two or four styliform appendages on the posterior. margin of the last one, and is without lateral fins. Some of them are aquatic and others terrestrial. In the latter, the first leaflets of the under part of the tail exhibit a series of small holes, through which air pene- trates to the organs of respiration therein contained. In some, the sixth joint of their antenne, or the stem, is so com- posed, that by counting the little joints of this part the total number amounts at least to nine. These Isopoda are marine and form two subgenera. The | Tyxos, Lat., Appears to possess the faculty of rolling itself into a ball. The last segment of the body is semicicular, and exactly fills up. the emargination formed by the preceding one; the posterior appendages * A name employed by Risso for a genus of the same class; I haye consequently been obliged to replace it with another. ISOPODA, 235 are small and entirely inferior. The antenne consist of nine joints, the last four composing the stem, On each side is a depressed tubercle representing one of the intermediate antennze ; the interven- ing space is raised. The branchize are vesicular, imbricated, and covered by laminse *, Lia, Fab. | The stem of the lateral antenne composed of a great number of small joints; two very salient stylets divided at the end into two branches, at the posterior extremity of the body. Ligia oceanica ; Oniseus oceanicus, L., Desmar., Consid., XLIX, 3, 4, about an inch long, grey, with two large yellowish spots on the back. The lateral antennze are less than half the length of the body, and their stem consists of thirteen joints. The stylets are as long as the tail. This animal is very common on the coast of France, where it is seen climbing up the rocks, &c. _ If an attempt be made to capture it, it quickly folds up its feet and lets itself fall. | In the Ligta ttalica, Fab., the lateral antenne are nearly as _ long as the bays the sixth joint, or the stem, is divided into seventeen small ones. The stylets are much longer than the tail. Ligia muscorum; Oniscus hypnorum, Fab., Cuv., Journ. d’Hist. Nat. II, xxvi, 3, 4,5; Omseus agilis, Panz., Faun., Ins. Germ., Fascic. [X, xxiv. The lateral antennz shorter than the half of the body, and their stem composed of but ten small joints. ‘The peduncle of the posterior stylets is furnished on the inner with a tooth and seta. | 3 In others, all terrestial, the lateral antennz consist at most of eight joints which gradually diminish in size towards the extremity, so that no one of them appears to be divided or compound. ‘ Here, the posterior appendages, or stylets, project beyond the last segment. The body does not contract into a ball, or does it im- perfectly. a | | Puirosora, Lat. The lateral antennz divided into eight parts and exposed at base ; the four posterior appendages nearly equal, They are only found in wet places ft. wen, Oniscvus, Lin. The true Onisci have also eight joints in their lateral antenne, but their base is covered, and the two external appedages of the extremity of the tail are much larger than the others. These animals and those of the two following subgenera ere vulgarly called C/ous- a-porte, and by syncope Cloporte, Porcelets de Saint-Antoine (a ). - © Tylos armadillo, Lat., fig, in the pl. d’Hist. Nat. of the great work on Egypt— from the Mediterranean. + Onisens sylvestris, Fab. ; Oniscus muscorum, Cav., Journ, d’Hist. Nat. II, xxvi, 6, 8; Coqueb., Tl, Icon. Insect., Dee. I, vi, 12. {KH (a) These ‘+ Pigs of St. Anthony” are American Wood-Lice—Boiled in milk they still constitute a favourite remedy with numerous patients, and some few equally intelli- t practitioners, who attribute to them diuretic, absorbent, and aperient qualities. they may actas an emetic, I can readily admit.—Ene, Ep. 236 CRUSTACEA. They inhabit retired and obscure places, cellars; fissures in walls, old buildings, under-stones, &c., &c. They feed on decaying vegetable and animal matters, and seldom issue from their retreat except in rainy weather. They move but slowly, unless they are alarmed. The ova are inclosed in a pectoral pouch. The young, at birth, have one thoracic segment less than the adult, and consequently have but twelve feet. They are no longer employed inmedicine*. Porce.uio, Lat. The Porcelliones ‘differ from the Onisci in the number of joints that compose the lateral antennze, which is only seven, In their other characters they are alike +. | There, as in Armapi1o, Lat. The posterior appendages of the body do not project ; the last seg- ment is triangular; a little lamina resembling a reversed triangle, or widest and truncated at the end, formed by the last part of the late- ral appendages, fills on each side, the space between that segment and the preceding one. ‘The lateral antenne have but seven joints. The superior subcaudal scales exhibit a range of small holes f. | me SY SECOND GENERAL DIVISION. Pe ENTOMOSTRACA. Under this denomination, which is taken from the Greek and sig- nifies Insects with shells, Othon Frederic Miiller comprises the genus Monoculus of Linnzus, to which we must add some of his Lernzeze His investigation of these animals, the study of which is so much the more difficult as they are mostly microscopic, and the observations of Schzeffer and of M. Jurine, Sen., have excited the admiration and secured the gratitude of every naturalist. Other but partial labours such as those of Randohr, Straus, Herman, Jun., Jurine, Jun., A. Brongniart, Vistor Audouin, and Milne Edwards, have extended our knowledge of these animals and particularly of their anatomy ; * Oniscu, murarius, Fab.; Cuv., Journ. d’Hist. Nat., II, xxvi, 11, 13; Le Clo- porte ordinaire, Geoff., Insect. II, xxii, 1; Cloporte aselle, Deg., Insect. VII, xxxv. 3; Desmar. Consid., XLIX, 5. + Oniscus asellus, Cuv., Ib.; Panz., Faun. Ins. Germ.,IX, xxi; Cloporte ordinaire, var. C, Geoff. ;—Porcellio levis, Latr. ; Cloporte ordinaire, var. B, Geoff, 7 t Oniscus armadillo, L.; Cuv., Ib., 14,15; Oniscus cinereus, Panz., Ib., Fascic. LXII, xxii ;—Oniscus variegatus, Vill., Entom., IV, xi, 16; Armadille pustulé, Des- mar., Consid., LXIX, 6 ;—Armadille des boutiques, Dumer., Dict., des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 117, a species from Italy formerly employed by the apothecaries. ENTOMOSTRACA. 287 but in this respect, Straus, as well as M. Jurine, Sen., although pre- | ceded by Randohr in the observation of several important details of organization, of whose memoir on the Monoculi, 1805, they seem to have been ignorant, has surpassed them all. Fabricius’ merely adopted the genus Limulus of Miiller, which he placed im his class of the Kleistagnatha, or our family Brachyura of the order Decapoda. All the other Entomostraca are united as by Linnzus in one single genus, Monoculus, which he places in his class of. the Polygonata or our Tsopoda. These animals are all aquatic and mostly inlinhis fresh water. Their feet, the number of which varies, and that sometimes extends to beyond a hundred, are usually fitted for natation only, being some- times ramified or divided, and sometimes furnished with pinnulz or formed of lamellee. Their brain is formed of one or two globules. The heart has always the figure of a long vessel. The branchize | composed of hairs or sete, singly or united,in the form of barbs, combs or tufts, constitute a part of those feet or of a certain ineinbér of them, and sometimes of the upper mandibles *. Hence the origin of our term Branchiopoda, affixed to these animals,of which at first we formed but a single order. Nearly all of them are provided with a shell composed of one or two pieces, very thin, and most generally almost membranous and nearly diaphanous, or at least with a large anterior thoracic segment, frequently confounded with the head, which appears to replace the shell. The teguments are usually rather horny than calcareous, thereby approximating these animals to the Insecta and Arachnides. In those which are provided with ordinary jaws, the inferior or exterior are always exposed, all the foot-jaws performing the office of feet properly so called, and none of them being laid upon the mouth. The second jaws, those of the Phyllopa at most excepted, resemble these latter organs; Jurine sometimes distinguishes them by the name of hands. These characters distinguish the gnawing Entomostraca from the Malacostraca ; the others, those which constitute our order of the Peecilopoda, cannot be confounded with the Malacostraca, inasmuch as they are deprived of organs of mastication, or because the parts which seem to act as jaws are not united anteriorly nor: preceded by a labrum as in the antecedent Crustacea and the gnawing Insecta, but are simply formed by the branches of the locomotive organs, which, for that purpose, are furnished with small spines. The Pee- cilopoda in this class of animals represent those which in that of insects are known by the name of Suctoria or the Suckers.. Nearly * See Cypris. 238 - CRUSTACEA. all of them are parasitical, and they seem to lead to the Lernee by insensible gradations; but the presence of eyes, the faculty of changing their skin, or even of undergoing a sort of metamorphosis *, and that of locomotion by means of their feet, appear to us to esta- blish a positve line of demarcation between the former and the latter We have consulted several’ erudite naturalists with respect to these transformations, but none of them have observed a change of skin to occur. The antenne of the Entomostraca, whose form and number greatly vary, serve for natation in several. The eyes are rarely placed on a pedicle, and when this is the case, that pedicle is a mere lateral prolongation of the head, and is never articulated at the base ; they are frequently closely approximated and even form but one. The organs of generation are situated-at the orgin of the tail; it has beén thought but erronenously, that their seat was in the antennz of the male. This tail} is never terminated by a fan-like fin, nor does it present those false feet observed in the Malacostraca. The ova are collected under the back, or are external, and covered by a common envelope, and resemble one or two small clusters at the base of the tail; it appears that they can be kept in a desiccated state for along period without losing their properties. “ It is only after a third change of skin that these animals become adult and capable of continuing their species. It has been proved, with respect to some of them, that a single copulation fecundifies several successive generations’ | ORDER TI. BRANCHIOPODA. A mouth composed of a labrum, two mandibles, a ligula, and one or two pairs of jaws, and branchiz, the first of which, when there are several are always anterior, characteriz, this order or the sixth of the class, : | These Crustacea are always wandering and are generally protected by a shell resmbling that of a bivalve, and furnished with four or two * The young of Daphnia, and of some neighbouring subgenera, and probably also those of Cypris and Cytherea, with the exception of size, scarcely differ, if at all, from their parents on quitting the egg; but those of Cyclops, the Phyllopa, and the Arguli, experience considerable changes while young, either as respects the form of the body or the number of feet. These organsin some, the Arguli for instance, expe- rience changes which modify their uses, t If we excepted the Phyllopa, the last feet are thoracic, or foot.jaws (Cypris). BRANCHIOPODA. 239 antennee. Their feet, with a few exceptions, are wholly natatory. Their number varies, being but six in some, while in others it amounts to twenty, forty-two, or more than a hundred. Many of them have but one eye, Most of these animals, as we have already stated, being nearly microscopical, it is evident that the application of one of the charac- ters we have employed—that of the presence or absence of the palpi of the mandibles—with respect to them, presents almost insuperable difficulties *. The form and number of the feet, that of the eyes. the shell, the antennz, furnish us with more visible marks, and such as are within the observtion of every one. . This order in the systems of De Geer, Fabricius and Linnzus, a single species excepted—M. polyphemus, contained by a single genus Monocutus, Lin.t Which we will divide into two principal sections. The first,—that of the Lopnyrora—is distinguished by the number of feet, which never extends beyond ten; their joints are also more or less cylindrical or conical, and never entirely lamelliform or foli- aceous; the branchize are but few in number, and most of them have but one eye. Several besides, have mandibles provided with a pal- pus {; there are, almost always, four antennee which serve for loco- motion. ine Hap In the second section—that of the Puyttopa—the number of feet is increased to at least twenty, and in some amounts to many more ; their joints, or at least the last ones, are flattened and resem le cili- ted leaflets. The palpi of the mandibles are always wanting. They all have two eyes, situated in some at the extremity of two moveable pedicles; their antennze, but two in number in several, are generally small and not fitted for natation. We will divide the Lephyrope into three principal and very natural grou , the two first of which approach the Crustacea of our three orders in their mandibles, each of which is furnished with a alpus, and in some other characters. . Those Carcinorwa, Lat.—whose more or less ovoid shell is not doubled like that of a bivalve, and leaves the inferior portion of the body exposed. They never have antennze resembling ramified arms They have ten feet, more or less cylindrical or setaceous. The ova, in those females whose gestation has been observed, are contained in two external sacs situated at the base of their tail. Some of them have eyes. * We will begin, however, with those Branchiopoda whose mandibles are furnished, with palpi; they constitute the two first divisions of the Lophyropa. + And that of Binocle in the system of Geoffroy. ~ M. Straus appears to attribute this character exclusively to Cypris and Cythe- tea, which compose his order of the Ostrapoda ; but from the observations of Jurine, Sen., and Randohr, it seems that it also belongs to Cyclops. — 240 _ CRUSTACEA. 2. Those—Osrracopa, Lat.; Ostraropa, Straus—whose shell is formed of two pieces or valves resembling those of a muscle, united by a hinge, and closing while the body is quiescent. They have but six feet *, neither of which terminates in a digitated fin, nor is accom- panied by a branchial lamina. Their antenne are simple, filiform orsetaceous. ‘They never have more than one eye. Their mandi- bles and superior jaws are furnished with a branchial leaf. The ova are placed under the back. 3. The last—-CLanocera, Lat.; Dapunipes, Straus—have but one eye, and the shell doubled but without a hinge (Jurine), termi- nating posteriorly in a point, and leaving the head, which is covered by akind of shield like a rostrum, exposed. They have two, usually very large, antenne, resembling arms, divided into two or three branches directly above the peduncle, which are furnished with threads, always projecting and serving as oars. Their ten feet ¢ are terminated by a digitated or pectinated fin accompanied, the two first excepted, by a branchial lamina f. Their ova are also placed under the back ; their body always ter- minates posteriorly in the manner of a tail, with two or three threads atthe end. The anterior extremity of the body is sometimes pro- longed into a kind of rostrum, and at others forms a kind of head, almost entirely occupied by a large eye. The first division ofthe Lophyropa Branchiopoda—that of the Carcinoida—may be divided into two according to the number of the eyes. "as of them have two. . Here the shell completely invests the thorax; the eyes are large and very distinct, and the intermediate antenne are terminated by two threads. ZozA, Bose. Very large globular eyes peer! exposed, and cipal pro- jections on the thorax. Zoea pelagica, Bosc., Hist, Nat: Crust. II, xv, 3,4. The body semi-diaphanous; four antenne ‘inserted under ‘the eyes, the external ones bent into an elbow and bifid; akind of long rostrum on the forepart of the thorax and between the eyes, and a long pointed prominence on the posterior part of the back. The feet are very short and hardly visible, the two last excepted, which are elongated or terminate in a fin. The tail is as long as the thorax, curved, and formed of five joints, the last being large, crescent- shaped and spinous. It was discovered by Bosc in the Atlantic Ocean. | * According to Straus, the first pair of feet; but although these parts by serv- ing as oars perform their functions. I nevertheless consider them as analogous to the lateral antenne of the superior Crustacea and to the two superior ones of a Cyclops, which here also concur with the feet in producing locomotion. t+ Miller gives eight to the Cytheree ; reasoning from analogy, we may presume that he was mistaken. t This character applies especially to Daphnia, the most numerous subgenus of this division, and by analogy, to Polyphemus and Lynceus. BRANCHIOPODA. 241. The Monociwlus tauras, Slabber, Microse. V, and the Cancer. germanus, L., appear to be allied toit*®. Nespas, Leach. Triangular, flattened eyes, partly covered by a triangular and arched scale. / The feet are forked, and the terminal appendages of the tail seta- ceous ft. : . There the thorax or the shell, viewed from above, is divided into five segments, of which the first is much the largest, and has the an- tennze, eyes, and foot-jaws attached to it; the second and the third have each one pair of feet, the fourth has the two following pairs, and the fifth, the last. The eyes are small and not prominent; all. the antennz are terminated by a single thread. Conpytura, Lat. The inferior antennz longest; the anterior sides of the first seg- ment prolonged into a point forming two scales approximated into a kind of rostrum; feet terminating in a silky point; some of the in- termediaries, as in the Schizopoda, with an external appendage near the base; the tail narrow and formed of seyen annuli, the last of which, conical .and elongated, projects between the two lateral appendages that are slender, styliform, and composed of two joints, the last silky f. ' We should remark, that the genus Nicothoe of MM. Audouin and Milne Edwards, by admitting it to have mandibles and jaws, would belong to this section ; but as the animal on which it is founded * See the Hist. Nat. des Crust. et des Insect., of Latreille, and the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea, This genus has not yet been completely described, and we have not been able to procure a single specimen of it. ; + Nebalia Herbstii, Leach, Zool. Miscell., XLV; Desmar., Consid., XL, 5; Rand., Monoc. 1, 8? The Nébalie ventrue, Risso, Journ. de Phys., Octob. 1822, probably forms a peculiar subgenus in the section of the Schizopoda. In the Cyclops eviliens, Viviani, the thorax is divided into several segments, a circumstance which excludes it from the Nebaliz. It also forms a new subgenus intermediate between the preceding and following one. : N.B. A new species of this genus, the N. Geoff. Saint-Hil., Ib., XV, 1, has been very minutely described by Milne Edwards. The head is terminated anteriorly by a rostrum articulated at base, or moveable and pointed ; the eyes are pedunculated ; the superior antenne are inserted under them, and the second joint of the peduncle is furnished with alamina; the mouth is surrounded with three pairs of appendages, which appear to correspond in their progressive order to the palpigerous mandibles and four jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda ; beneath are placed five pairs of foliaceous and ciliated lamin which appear to be branchial, and further down are four pairs of bifid and natatory feet; the abdomen is composed of seven annuli, the first of which support two small rudimental filaments; the last is terminated by two elongated stylets furnished with long hairs, As it is extremely probable that there is, as usual, another pair of feet, the two inferior and branchial appendages above men- tioned. may very well represent that pair. In the other appendages we should find foot-jaws and the parts of the ligula: in that case the Nebalie must be referred to the last section of the Decapoda Macroura. ~ Condylura Dorbigni, Lat. From the sea coast of Rochelle. YOL. Ul, : R 242 CRUSTACEA. is parasitical, and, as I think I perceive in it a vestige of a sucker, I have placed it among the Peecilopoda. I would observe, however, that the fect, the anterior excepted, closely revYemble those of Cyclops, and that the females also carry their ova in two sacs situated at the base of the tail as in the latter genus *. In the remaining Lophyropa of our first division, the thorax, as in the Condylura, is divided into several segments, the first of which is much the largest; they have but one eye situated in the centre of the front between the superior antennze. such is the CyYcLops, Miill., So well studied by Jurine, Sen., and Randohr. The body is more or less oval, soft or gelatinous, and divided into two portions, one anterior, composed of.the head and thorax, the other posterior, or the tail. The segment immediately preceding the sexual organs, and which, in the female, is provided with two appendages in the form of little feet—fulera, Jurine—may be considered as the first of the tail, which is not always decidedly or suddenly distinguished from the thorax. It is composed of six parts or segments; under the second in the males, are two articulated appendages, sometimes sim- ple, and at others with a small branch on the inner side of various forms, and constituting, either wholly or partially, the organs of generation. The vulva, in the other sex, is situated on the same. segment. The last one is terminated by two points or stylets, form- ing a fork, and is more or less furnished with setee or peniform threads. The other or anterior portion of the body is divided into four seg- ments, the first of which is much the largest, and composes the head and part of the thorax, which are also covered by a common scale. In it, are inserted the eye, four antennz, two mandibles—mandibules internes of Jurine, furnished with a palpus, either simple or divided into two articulated branches, two jaws—mandibules externes, or lévre avec des barbillons of Jurine t, and four feet, each divided into four cylindrical stems furnished with hairs or bearded. threads ; * Near the Condylure should be placed the genus Cuma, M. Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII, xiii, B. ‘The superior antenne are rudimental, and consist.of but one joint. The head is distinct from the thorax, which is divided into, four seg- ments; to the first of which are attached the four anterior feet, each of the follow- ing having a pair; all these feet are natatory, directed forwards, and have no hook at the end; the two first pairs alone are bifid. The genus PontiA, Id., [b., XIV. appears to us to approach Cyclops. The head is distinct from the trunk, and terminated by a rostrum which is rather acute and appears to be formed of two pieces; it has two sessile eyes; four antennz, the superior of which are setaceous, multi-articulated and ciliated; the inferior are pediform, composed of a peduncle, serving as a base to two divisions or branches, each terminated by a pencil of hairs, one of them having two joints, the last widened at the end, and the other consisting of one. ‘The thorax is divided into five annuli, and has six pairs of natatory and bifid feet. The abdomen is formed of two segments and terminated by two spatula-like appendages or fins. + According to the successive order of the parts of the mouth in the, Decapoda, the part situated immediately beneath the mandibles is the ligula; but the denta- tion of those here spoken of indicates maxillary organs. The ligula may have escaped the notice of M. Jurine. BRANCHIOPODA. 243 the anterior pair, corresponding to the second jaws, differs slightly from those that follow. Jurine compares it to a kind of hands. To each of the three following segments is attached.a pair of feet formed like the last of the preceding ones. Two of the antennz, superior to the others, are longer, setaceous, simple, and com of nu- merous small joints; by their action, they facilitate the motion of their body, and almost perform the office of feet. The inferior— antennales, Jurine—are filiform, usually present but four joints, are sometimes simple, and at others, forked; by the rapidity of their motions in the water, they occasion a kind of whirlpool. In the males, the superior antennz or one of them only (C. castor) are marked by a strangulation and dilatation, followed bya joint witha hinge. By means of these organs, they seize their females, in theiramorous preludes, either by the posterior feet, or by the extremity of the tail, and keep them, no- lens volens, in the peculiar position in which they fix themselves. The latter carry off the males, when they are unwilling to gratify their desires on the spot. The business of coition is performed, as in the preceding Crustacea, and by prompt and repeated acts. Jurine observ- ed it to occur three times in the space of fifteen minutes. Until the pub- lication of his remarks, it was thought that the male organs of genera- ion were placed on the superior antenne, and this error appeared to be the more probable, inasmuch as an analogous conformation was known to exist in the Araneides. On each side of the tail, in the female, is an oval sac, filled with eggs—ovaire externe, Jurine-—ad- -hering by a very slender pedicle to the second segment, ‘close to its junction with the third, where the orifice of the oviduct is also visible. The pellicle, forming these sacs, is a mere continuation of that of the internal ovary. The number of ova they contain augments with age; they are at first brown or dark, afterwards become reddish, and, when the young ones are about to be hatched, are almost transparent, but without increasing in size. If insulated or detached, at least until a certain period, the germ perishes. A single, but indispensa- able fecundification suffices for several successive generations. The same female may spawn ten times in the space of three months. Al- lowing it to occur but eight times in that period, and the number of young ones produced to be forty, the sum total of births will amount to near four thousand. five hundred millions. The length of time which the young remain in the ovaries, varies from two to ten days, according to the temperature of the season, and various other circum- stances. The oviferous sacs sometimes present.a greater or less number of elongated glandiform bodies which appear to consist of a collection of I ria. The young, at birth, have four feet, and their body is rounded and without a tail. It was with these that Miiller formed his genus Amymone. Some time after—fifteen days, from February to March —they acquire another pair of feet, constituting the genus Nauplius, Miiller. After the first change they have the form and all the parts which characterize the adult animal, but more exiguously propor- tioned; their antennz and feet are proportionally shorter. After thrice changing their skin they are capable of propagation. Most of these Entomostraca swim on their back, dart about ren great R > 244 CRUSTACEA. vivacity, and move backwards and forwards with equal facility: For want of animal substances they will attack vegetable matters, but the fluid in which they live does not pass into their stomach. The alimentary canal extends from one extremity of the body to the other. The heart in the C. castor is oval, and situated under the second and third segments of the body; a vessel is given off at each of its extremities, one running to the head, and the other to the tail. Directly under it is a second analogous, but pyriform organ, which also produces a vessel at each end, corresponding perhaps to the branchio-cardiac canals, mentioned in our observations on the circu- lation of the Crustacea. Decapoda, From several experiments made by Jurine upon various Cyclopes, alternately asphyxiated and resus- citated, it would appear that in this sort of resurrection the extremity of the intestinal canal gives the first signs of life, and that the irri- tability of the heart is less energetic; that of the antenne, in the males especially, of the palpi, and lastly of the feet, is inferior. No alteration is effected in the antennz by amputating a portion of them ; the reintegration takes place under the skin, for the organs reappear in all their entireness at the ensuing moult. The..G. staphylinus, from its shorter antennz, the superior of . whichconsist of aconsiderably less number of joints than those of other Cyclopes, while the inferior, on the contrary, have more; and from the shape of its body which gradually diminishes towards its posterior ex- tremity, so that it seems to have no tail or at least none that is abruptly formed, and its back, in the females, being armed with a kind of horn posteriorly arcuated, forms a particular division. The C. castor, and some others whose inferior antennz and mandibular palpi are divided’ above their base into two branches, may also compose another group. The one designated by Leach under the general name of Calanus, might in fact constitute a separate subgenus, if it were true that the animal on which it is founded had noinferior antennee; but has that gentleman satisfied himself that such is the fact, by personal observa- tion, or does he depend upon the assertion of Miiller ? C. quadricornis; Monoculus quadricornis, L.; Miill., Entom., XVIII, 1—14; Jurine, Monoc., I, IJ, HI. All the antennz simple or undivided; the inferior with four joints, and their length hardly equal to one-third of the others; the body, pro-— perly so called, inflated and almost ovoid; tail narrow and formed of six segments. The colour varies greatly; some are reddish, others whitish or greenish. The whole length of the animal is two lines. This species is very common *. The second general division of the Lophyropa Branchiopoda, or that in which the shell is formed of two valves uniting by a hinge— Osrracopa, Lat.; Ostrapoda, Straus—is composed of two subgenera, the first of which, Cythere, since the interesting and valuable obser- vations of the latter upon the second or Cypris, appears to solicit a more profound examination than that of Miller, our only authority * Desmar., Consid., p. 364. For the other species, see the same work, p. 361 —364, LIV; Mill., Entom., CycLops; Jurine, Hist. des Monoc., p. 1—84, prem. fam. des Monoc. a coquille univalve; Rand., Monoc., I, II, III, BRANCHIOPODA. 245 with respect to its characters, in order that they may be clearly defined. According to Miiller we find in the Crruere, Mill—Cyruenina Lam. Eight simple feet *, terminating in a point, and two equally sim- ple setaceous antennz, composed of five or six joints, furnished with scattered hairs. They are found in the salt and brackish waters of the sea-coast among the Fuci and Conferve ft. : Cypris, Miill. But six feet {; the two antennz terminated by a bundle of setz resembling a pencil. The shell forms an oval, laterally compressed body, with an arcu- ated and convex back, or towards the hinge; the opposite side is almost straight, or slightly emarginated or reniform. Before the hinge and on the median line is the eye, forming a large, blackish, round point. The intermediate antennz, inserted above, are shorter than the body, setaceous, composed of from seven to eight joints, the last of which are shortest and terminated by a bundle of twelve or fifteen setee, serving as fins, The mouth consists of a carinated labrum, two large dentated mandibles, each furnished with a triarti- culated palpus, to the first segment of which adheres a small branchial leaf with five digitations §, and two pairs of jaws. The two supe- rior are much the largest, and have four moveable and silky appen- dages on their internal margin, and a large, pectinated, branchial lamina on their anterior edge; the second are composed of two joints, with a short, nearly conical, inarticulated palpus ||, silky at the end, as is the extremity of the jaws themselves. A sort of compressed sternum fulfils the functions of a lower lip4].. The feet are divided into five joints, the third representing the femur, and the last the tarsus. The two anterior feet, inserted under the antennz, are much shorter than the others, incline forwards, and are furnished with rigid setee, or long hooks united in a bundle at the extremity of the last joints. They are deficient in the four following feet, The second, situated in the middle of the under part of the body and at first directed backwards, are arcuated and terminated by a long and strong hook inclining forwards.. The two last are never visible ex- _* Itis probable there are but six. See Cypris, note }. . + If thes eEntomostraca inhabit salt-water exclusively, it is easy to see that Jurine and other observers whose geographical position limited their researches to the fresh-water genera, could not have spoken of the former. See Miill., Entom., Cyruere, and Desmar., Consid., p. 387, 388, LV, 8. . t Four according to Randohr, and eight according to Jurine ; the first consider- ing the two last as appendages of the males, and the second looking upon the palpi of the mandibles and the branchial laminz of each upper jaw—the two first feet of his second division of the body, those which he says are composed of but one joint and terminated in a dentated spoon—as so many feet. The latter does not include in this number those which the former considers as sexual organs; he states them— p- 161, 166—to be five jointed threads issuing laterally from the pouch of the matrix, of the use of which he is ignorant. § Interior lip, Randohr. || Forked in the Cypris strigata, Id, § Exterior lip, Id. 246 CRUSTACEA. ternally, but are turned up, applied to the posterior sides of the body. in order to support the ovaries, and terminate in two very small hooks *. The body presents no distinct articulations, and terminates posteriorly in a kind of soft tail which is doubled underneath, with two conical or setaceous threads furnished with three setae or hooks at the end, directed backwards and issuing from the shell. The ovaries constitute two large, simple and conical vessels forming a cul-de-sac at their origin and situated on the posterior sides of the body, underneath the shell, and opening, side by side, in the ante- rior portion of the abdomen where the canal formed by the tail estab- lishes a communication between them. The ova are spherical. These Crustacea spawn, and change their skin, as frequently as the Cy- clopes and other Entomostraca, and their mode of life is the same. Ledermuller states, that he observed them in coitu. Modern natur- alists, who have most closely studied them, however, have never been able to discover their sexual organs with certainty, nor been fortunate enough to see them in actu. M. Straus observed, under the origin of the mandibles, the insertion of a stout conical vessel filled with a gelatinous substance, which appeared to communicate with the csophagus by a straight canal, that he suspects may be a testis or salivary gland. The individuals which were the subjects of these observations having ovaries, the Cyprides according to the first supposition must be hermaphrodites. This is so much the more doubtful, however, as he himself remarks that it is possible the males may only exist at a particular season of the year, and-that the vessel’ alluded to seems to be more nearly connected with the function of digestion than with that of generation f. According to Jurine, the antennz are true fins, the chcehas of which are spread out or united at the will of the animal, and in pro-' portion to the degree of velocity it wishes to communicate to its motions; sometimes but a single one is visible, at others they are all displayed. We also think that these threads, and those of the two anterior feet, may be considered as aiding in respiration, quite as much as the lamine of the mandibles and of the two superior jaws, which M. Straus distinguishes by the name of branchial. The last, or those of the jaws, appear to me to be true but greatly dilated palpi, and the two others are appendages of the mandibular palpi. See Jurine, Hist. des Mon. VI, 3. According to the naturalist of Gendvi before mentioned, these animals, while they are swimming, move their anterior feet as ra- pidly as their antennze, but very. slowly when walking over the sur- face of aquatic plants. These feet, conjointly with the two terminated by a long hook, or the penultimates, then support the body. He sup- poses that those which, according to him, form the second pair, are destined to create an aqueous current and to direct it toward the * In the figure given by Randohr these feet consist of but three joints, and the last is somewhat dilated and emarginated at the end, with a hook in the middle of the emargination. $ See the alimentary canal of the Daphnia pulex, figured by Jurine, X, 7, and Randohr, Monoc. Tab. V, ii, d, d, and x, BRANOHIOPODA. 247 mouth, thereby assimilating their functions to those of the second inferior antennz, which he calls antennule. The two threads com- posing the tail unite on leaving the shell, and seem to form but one ; they serve, as he sup , to brush out its interior. The female deposits its ova in mass, fixing them on _— or the mud by means pa Sa During this operation, which lasts about twelve hours, and in the largest species produces twenty-four eggs, she clings with her second feet, and in such a manner as not to fear the shock of the water. He collected some of these packets of newly laid eggs, and after separating them, observed the hatching of the young ones, and obtained a second generation without the intervention of the males. A female which deposited her ova on the 12th of April, changed her skin ‘six times between that period and the 18th of the following May. On. the 27th of the same month she spawned a second time, and two days afterwards, on the 29th, a third. From this, he con- cludes that the number of these changes in the young animal is in proportion to the gradual developement of the individual; that this developement can only take place by a general separation of an en- velope become too small to contain the animal; and that the size of the latter has a determined limit to which it must attain *. . The’ Polyropha of our third division—Cuavocera, Lat.; Daph- nides, Straus—form the second family of the Monoculi of Jurine. The form of two of their antennz, which resemble ramified arms and serve as oars, and the faculty of leaping which they possess, have acquired for one of the most common species the name-of the aquatic » arborescent flea. The first of these naturalists, who has given us an excellent mono- graphy of the Daphniz, a subgenus of this division, establishes two new ones; one by the name of Larona, characterized by antennz, in the form of oars, divided into three branches, and of but one joint +; and the other by that of Stpa, which approaches other known subgenera of the same division, in having similar antenne, divided into two branches only, but of which one is composed of two joints, and the other of threef. The Daphniz, according to him, are distinguished from the preceding and from the Lyncei, inasmuch as one of the two branches of these oars is composed of three joints and the other of four. Jurine, however—Hist. des Mon. p. 92—states, that each branch is composed of three joints; but it seems that he did not include the first of the posterior branch, a very short one, it is true §. The last, in all these Lophyropha, is terminated by three threads, and each of the preceding ones gives out another ; these threads are either simple or barbed. There are also two other but very short antennz * See Mill., Entom. genus Cypris; Hist. des Monoc., second divis., Mon. a coquilles bivalves, p. 159-179, XVII—XIX; Rand., Mon., IV; Straus, Mém. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., VII, 1; Desmar., Consid., p. 3830—386, LV, 1—7. Des- marest—Crust. Foss., XI, 8—has figured a fossil species which he calls Cypris feve, found in great abundance near the Gergovian mountain in the Puy-de-Ddme, and | between Vichy-Les-Bains and Cussac. + Daphnia setifera, Mill., Entom. ~ Daphnia cristallina, Ejusd. Ibid. § Randobr has given it in the Fig. II, vii, tab. V, of these antenne. 248 CRUSTACEA. —particularly in the females—situated at the anterior and inferior extremity of the head, which have but a single joint with one or two setee at the extremity. In the | Potypuemus, Miill., As in Daphniz and Lynceus, the antenne are in the form of oars divided into two branches; but each of them is composed of five joints. The head, moreover, which is very distinct and rounded, is provided with a sort of neck, and is almost entirely occupied by a large eye. The feet are completely exposed. But a single species has hitherto been discovered, the Mono- culus pediculus, L.; Deg., Insect,, VII, xxviii, 6—13 ; Polyphe- mus oculus, Miill., Entom.,xx, 1—5 : Cephaloculus stagnorum, Lam.; Jurme, Monoc., xv, 1—3; Desmar., Consid., LIV, 1, 2. The feet, according to Jurine, have no resemblance whatever to the Monoculi of this division. They consist of a thigh, leg, and a tarsus composed of two joints, from the extremity of which, that. of the last pair excepted, issue several small threads. Two small antenne, consisting of a single joint and terminated by two threads, project from the anterior extremity of the head. The shell is so extremely diaphanous, that all the viscera can be distinguished, The matrix, when filled with eggs, occupies the greater part of its interior. Their greatest number never exceeds ten. In following the gradual developement of the foetus, we are struck with the early appearance of the eye, in comparison with that of other parts of the body. It is greenish at first, and passes insensibly to a deep black. The abdo- men, after being flexed from behind forwards, bends suddenly back- wards to form a long, slender, pointed tail, from which issue two long articulated threads. The animal always swims on its. back, and most frequently in a horizontal direction, by the quick and repeated motion of its arms and feet, and executes all sorts of evolutions with ease and agility. When young; and after its first changes, it is sub- -jeet to a disease called the ephippiwm*; but this ephippium or saddle always has a determinate figure, and never contains the two oval ampulle observed in the Daphniz. These animals do not live long ina state of captivity, nor can their young ones be raised, at least such was the case with Jurine, who could not preserve them after their first changes. Among all the specimens which were the subjects of his observations, he could not find a single male, though, it is true, he could procure but very few of them, this species being rare in the environs of Geneva, It.is said, however, to be very common in the marshes and ponds of the north, where it aggregates'in considerable numbers. In the Darpuni, Miill., _ The oars are always exposed to their base or to the origin of their peduncle; they are as long, or almost as long as the body, and are divided into two branches, the posterior of which consists of four joints, the first very short, and the other, or the anterior, of three. * See the following article, Daphnia, p. 250. BRANCHIOPODA. 249 Their eye is small or punctiform, and, with the exception of certain species, has not, as in Lynceus, the small black punctiform spot before it, which Miiller considered as a second eye*. Although the extreme smallness of these animals might be supposed ‘to defy any attempt to investigate their organization, but few are better known. Exclusive of those who have devoted themselves to microscopic researches, four of the most profound naturalists, Scheeffer, Randohr, Straus, and Jurine, Sen., the third particularly, have studied them with the most scrupulous attention. If some anatomical details escaped the notice of the latter, the omission has been remedied by the labours of Randohr and Straus; Jurine also completes the observations of the former with respect to their habits, which he studied for a long period, and with the greatest success. The mouth is situated beneath at the base of the rostrum; we consider (with Randohr) the inferior portion of the head, which Straus denominates a labrum, as an elongated clypeus, and we apply the former term to that part which he styles the posterior lobule of the labrum. Directly under it are two strong jaws—interior jaws of Randohr—without palpi, vertically inclined, and applied to two horizontal jaws ¢ termi- nated by three stout horny spines, in the form of recurved hooks. Then come ten feet, the second joint of all of which is vesicular; the first eight terminate by an expansion in the manner of a fin, the edges furnished with sete or barbed threads arranged like a crown or a comb; the two anterior seem to be specially appropriated to the purposes of prehension, and in fact Randohr considers them as double ar the external and internal; they are the same parts, elsewhere yclops—called hands by Jurine. In the figures which they have . published, the terminal setze appear to be bearded: if this be so, we do not see why these appendages may not concur in the process of respiration}, a property confined by Straus to the following ones, because the latter have, besides, a lamina on the inner side, which, with the exception of the two last, is edged with a pectinated series of setze, that according to the figures of Jurine and Randohr are also bearded. The structure of the two last feet is somewhat different, and Randohr distinguishes them by the name of claws. The abdo- men, or body properly so called, is divided into eight segments perfectly free between its valves, and is long, slender, recurved at the extremity, and terminated by two small hooks directed backwards. On the superior surface of the sixth segment is a range of four papille forming indentations, and the fourth presents a sort of _* Such also is the opinion of Randohr, Monoc. pl. V, fig. II, iii, 6; and as he discovered it in the Daphnia sima, it is possible that, although but slightly visible in several species, this character may be common to this subgenus, and that of Lynceus. Scheffer had previously noticed it. + The exterior jaws, in the language of Randohr; Jurine not having separated these parts from the preceding ones, supposed that the latter were accompanied by a kind of valve and by a palpus. Hist. des Monoc. IX, f. 13—17. t According to Straus, Cypris and Cythere are not true Branchiopoda, inasmuch as their feet are not provided with branchie ; but, as we have already observed, the sete and hairs of the two anterior ones and those of the antenne may exercise the functions of branchie as well as those of the palpi and first jaws. 250 CRUSTACEA. tail*. The ovaries are situated along the sides between this segment and the first, and open’separately near the back into a cavity—matrix, Jurine—formed betwixt the shell and the body, in which the ova remain for some time after they are produced. Miiller has given the name of ephippiwm, or saddle, to a large, obscure, and rectangular spot, which at certain periods and particu- larly in summer, appears, after the females have changed their tegument, on the superior part of the valves of the shell, and which he attributes to disease. According to Straus this ephippium pre- sents two oval, diaphanous ampulle, placed one before the other, and forming with those of the opposite side two small oval capsules, opening like that of a bivalve, It is divided, as are also the valves of which it forms a part, into two lateral halves, united by a suture along their ‘superior edge; its interior exhibits another similar, but smaller one, with free edges, provided it be not the superior that is attached to the valves, the two -halves of which, playing upon each other as if hinged, present-the same ampulle as the exterior lids. Each capsule contains an egg with a greenish and horny shell, otherwise similar to an ordinary ovum, but requiring a greater length of time for its developement, and being destined to pass the winter in statu quo. When the animal is about to change its tegument, the ephippium, as well as its ova, is abandoned with the exuviee, of which it consti- tutes a part, and which protectthem during the winter from the cold. The heat of spring hatches them, and young Daphnie are produced exactly similar to those which come from the ordinary eggs. Scheeffer affirms that they will remain for a long period in a desiccated state without losing the vitality of the germ, but none of those pre- served in that condition by Jurine were ever hatched. ‘ They are en- . tirely free, or do not adhere to each other in their peculiar cavities. In summer, according to Jurine, they may be hatched in two or three days. In the climate of Paris, where Straus observed them at all periods of the year, they require at least one hundred hours. The foetus, twenty-four hours after the production of the ovum, is a mere rounded and unformed mass, on which, when closely examined, may be seen obtuse rudiments of arms in the form of very short and im- perfect stumps glued to the body; neither head nor eye is perceptible; and as yet, the green or reddish body dotted with white, like the egg, exhibits no motion. It is only at the nineteenth hour, and when the hour has appeared, and the arms and valves ‘are elongated, that the foetus begins to move. By the hundredth hour it is very active, and finally, at the hundred and tenth it only differs from the newly hatched. animal in the setze of the oars which are still glued to their stem, and in the tail of the valves which is bent under and received between their inferior edges, Towards the end of the fifth day, the tail, which terminates the valves in the young animal, and the sete of the arms become free, and the feet for the first time begin to move. The young being ready to make their appearance, the mother lowers her * We omit various details of the organization, because some can only be com-. prehended by means of drawings, and others appear common to most of the Bran- chiopoda. BRANCHIOPODA. 251 abdomen and they dart out, Newly laid eggs deposited in a glass jar, where they were observed by Straus, were developed in this order. Jurine has also furnished us with the result of his analogous observations upon the successive changes in the embryo Daphniz, but made during the winter, and, as the eggs were not hatched till the tenth day, he could consequently detect their developement with more precision. The ovum, on the first day, presents a central babble, surrounded by smaller ones, with coloured molecules in the intervals, These bubbles and molecules appear destined to form the organs by proximating towards the centre, and finally disappear. The form of the foetus begins to be defined on the sixth day; on the seventh the head and feet are distinguishable ; on the eighth appears the eye as well. as the intestine ; on the ninth the network of that eye begins to be visible, and the bubbles have entirely disappeared, the central one excepted, which contains the alimentary canal under the heart; on the tenth the developement of the foetus is terminated, the young Daphnia issues from the matrix and for a moment remains motionless. il The males, of those species at least observed by Straus, are very distinct from the female. The head is proportionably shorter ; the ros- trum less salient ; the valves narrower and less gibbous superiorly, and gaping in front in such a manner as to present a wide and almost cir- cular opening. The antennz.are much larger and have the appear- ance of being furnished with two horns bent underneath, which are considered by Miiller.as the organs of generation. Straus could not discover these sexual parts, but he remarks that the little nail termi- nating the last joint of the two anterior feet—or the second, if we suppose the oar to be the first—is much larger than those in the female, that it has the form of a very large hook with a strong outward cur- vature, and that the seta of the third joint is also much longer; it is by means of these hooks that he seizes the female. The mammille of the sixth segment of the abdomen are much smaller, and at an early age have the form of tubercles. The inferior antennz excepted, which are longest, the two sexes are nearly alike, and the two valves of their shell terminate in a stylet, dentated beneath, arcuated below, and nearly as long as the valves. Every time the animal changes its tegument, this stylet becomes shorter, so that in the adult it forms a mere obtuse point. The males pursue their females with much ardour, and several frequently unite in their advances to the same individual. A single copulation fecundates the female for several successive enerations, and for a period of six months, as ascertained by Jurine. traus, remarking that the orifices of the ovaries are placed very deeply under the valves and that consequently no part of the body of the male could reach them, suspects that he has no copulating organ, but darts the feeundating fluid under the valves of the female, whence it finds its way to the ovaries; analogy however seems to disprove this conjecture *. Jurine saw them in actu, for a period of eight or * See Jurine, Hist. des Mon, p. 106, et seq. 252 CRUSTACEA, ten minutes. The male, first placing himself on the back of the female, seizes her with the long threads of his anterior feet; he then seeks the inferior margin of her shell, and approximating the aper- ture of his own to that of the latter, he introduces the threads, as ell as the hooks of these same feet. He now brings his tail in con- tact with that of his companion, who at first, refusing to comply, flies with her amorous mate, but finally yields. Little granulated bodies of a green, rose, or brown colour, according to the season, gradually ascend into the matrix and become eggs. Jurine observes, that the males of the D. pulex are but few, when compared to the number of females; that they are extremely rare in spring and sum- mer, but less so in autumn. About the eighth day after they are hatched, the young Daphnia effects its first change of tegument, and repeats the same process every five or six days, according to the increased or diminished tem- perature of the weather; it is not merely the body and valves which lose their epidermis, the branchize and sete of the oars undergoing the same operation. It is only after the third change that they are fitted to continue their species. At first the female lays but a single egg, then two or three, gradually augmenting the number, which in the D. magna amounts to fifty-eight. The day after she has pro- duced her ova, the female changes her skin, and in the teguments which she abandons may be found the shells of the eggs she has pre- viously laid. The next moment a new batch is produced. The young from each set of eggs are generally of one sex, and it is rare to find two or three males proceding from that which produced females, and vice vers’. But in five or six of these broods, in the summer, one at most consists of males. Individuals are frequently remarked, whose integuments are of a milky white, opaque and thickened; they do not however appear to be affected by it, and on the renewal of the shell, but slight rugous traces of this alteration are perceptible. These animals cease to propagate, and no longer cast their skins on the approach of winter; they perish before the extreme cold has arrived. The ova contained in the ephippia, and which were laid during the summer, are hatched on the first approach of the vernal heat; and the ponds soon abound again with countless Daphnie. Some naturalists attribute the occasionally sanguine tinge of these waters to the presence of myriads of the D. pulex, but Straus says he never remarked the fact, and that this species is at all times but slightly coloured. Morning and evening, and even during the day in cloudy weather, they keep on the surface ; but in the heat of sum- mer, or when the sun darts his rays directly upon the pools which they inhabit, they descend to the depth of six or eight feet; frequent- ly, not one is to be seen on the surface. Their mode of natation is by little bounds, of a greater or less extent, according to the length’ of their oars, and in proportion to the projection of the shell which covers the body, an increase of its size impeding their movements. According to Straus, their food consists exclusively of small parcels of vegetable substances which they find at the bottom, and frequently of Conferve. They always refused the animal substances he pre- sented to them, He repeatedly saw them swallow their own feces, BRANCHIOPODA. 253 carried along by the current formed by the action of their feet, which : directs their ordinary aliment towards their mouth. They use the hooks which terminate the extremity of their tail to clean their branchiz. Daphnia pulex ; Monoculus pulex, L.; Pulew aquaticus arbo- rescens, Swamm., Bib. Nat., xxxi; Perroquet d’eau, Geoff., Hist. Ins, Il, 455; Schef., Die Griin., arm., Polyp., 1755, I, 1, 8; Straus, Mem. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. V, xxix, 1—20; Jurine, Mon., viii—xi. According to Straus, this species has a large convex rostrum; sete of the oars plumose; first tubercle of the sixth segment linguiform ; inferior edge of the valves dentated ; valves terminated by a short tail, which is obtuse in the females, This last character distinguishes it from another species with which it has been confounded, the Daph. longispina, Str. Deg. Insect. VII, xxvii, 1—4. The female is four millimetres in length *. The last subgenus of the Lophyropa is _ Lynogvus, Miill,—Cutmovorvs, Leach. It can scarcely be distinguished from the preceding except by the oars, evidently shorter than the shell, the inferior portion of which has but little or no projection. According to Straus the articula- tions of the branchiz are more numerous than in the preceding sub- genera. They all have a little spot before their eye which has the appearance of a second one. The rostrum, longer in proportion than that of the Daphnize, is curved and pointed f. . The second section of the Branchiopoda, that of the Puy.uora, is distinguished from the first, as already stated, by the number of feet, which at least amounts to twenty { and by the lamellated or foliaceous form of their joints. There are always two eyes, which are some- times pediculated : several of them have also an ocellus. They form two principal groups. | In the first-—Cxrrarorpruatma, Lat.—there are never less than ten pairs of feet, nor more than twenty-two ; the vesicular body at their base is wanting; the anterior are never much longer than the others, nor ramified. The body is contained in a shell resembling that of a bivalve, or is naked, each thoracic segment bearing a pair of exposed feet.. The eyes are'sometimes sessile, small, and closely approximated ; at others, and most frequently, they are situated at the extremity of two moveable pedicles. The ova are internal or external, and are contained in a sac at the base of the tail. Here the eyes are sessile and immoveable ; the body is invested * For the other species, see Mem. cit. of Straus; Mill., Entom., and Jurine, Hist. des Mon. fam. II, p. 185—88, and p. 181, 200. For the D. sima and D. longispina, see Rand., Monoc., V-VI1. + See Mill., Entom., G. lynceus; Jurine, Monoc. p. 151, 158; and Desmar., Consid., 375—378. ‘ : t These avimals represent among the Crustacea, the Myriapoda of the class of nsects, 254 CRUSTACEA. with an oval shell resembling that of a molluscous bivalve, and the ovaries are always internal. Such is the Limnapia, Ad. Brong. * The Limnadiz are so closely allied to the preceding subgenus, that the only species known was placed among the Daphniz by the younger Hermann. The shell is bivalve, oval, and incloses the body, which is elongated, linear, and inflected forwards. In the head, and almost confounded with it, we find: 1, two eyes closely approxi- mated and placed transversely; 2, four antenne, two of which are much the largest, each composed of a peduncle of eight joints and of two setaceous branches or threads divided into eight segments and somewhat silky; the two others are intermediate, small, simple, and widened at base; 3, the mouth, situated beneath, and consisting of two inflated mandibles arcuated and truncated at the inferior extre- mity, and of two foliaceous jaws. These parts, when united, form a sort of inferior rostrum. The body, properly so called, is divided into twenty-three segments, each of which, except the last, bears a pair of branchial feet. All these feet are similar, strongly compressed, and bifid; their external division is simple, and ciliated on the exterior edge; the other has four joints, and is strongly ciliated along its inte- rior margin. ‘The first twelve pairs are of equal length, and larger than the others; the length of the latter progressively diminishes. The eleventh pair, and the two following ones, have a slender thread at their base, which ascends into the cavity situated between the back and the shell, in order to support the ova. The last seg- ment on the tail is terminated by two threads. The ovaries are internal, and placed along the sides of the intestinal canal, extending from the base of the first pair of feet to the eighteenth; their open- ings appear to be at the root of some of those that are intermediate ; the eggs, after having been produced, occupy the dorsal cavity above mentioned, and are secured there by means of small threads, which adhere to those of the feet. At first they are round and transparent ; they afterwards assume a yellowish tint, which is subsequently darker towards the centre, and their figure becomes irregular and angular. All the individuals examined by M. Ad. Brongniart were provided with them. The males, allowing the sex to exist, do not appear at the same time as the females, which is during the month of June, and are unknown. | | Limnadia Hermani, Ad. Brongn., Mém. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., VI, xiii; Daphnia-gigas; Herm., Mém. Apterol., V. Found in great numbers in the little pools of the forest of Fon- tainebleau. . There, each eye is situated at the extremity of a pedicle, formed by a lateral prolongation, in the shape of a horn, of each side of the head. The body is naked, without a shell, and annulated throughout. The * In my work on the natural families of the animal kingdom, this subgenus, with that of Apus, courposes my family of the Aspidiphora ; it approximates to this one in the number of feet, and to the Daphniz in the shell. BRANCHIOPODA. 255 ova of the females are contained in an elongated capsule, situated near the base of the tail in those which are thus terminated, or in the “acres extremity of the body and thorax in those which have no tail, Some are provided with a tail. Artemia, Leach. - Eyes placed on very short pedicles; the head confounded with an oval thorax, furnished with ten pairs of feet, and terminated by a long and pointed tail. The antennz short and subulate. A. salina; Cancer salinus, L.; Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. XI, xiv, 8—10; Gammarus salinus, Fab.; Desmar., Consid., P. 393. A small species found in the salt marshes of Lymington, n England, when nearly dry, of which as yet we have buta very imperfect account. Branouipvus, Lat.—Curroceruarus, B. Prevost, and Jurine. _ Eyes placed on projecting pedicles; the body narrow, elongated and compressed; the head distinct from the trunk, furnished with appendages varying according to the sex, and with two appendages resembling horns between the eyes; eleven pair of feet; the tail terminated by two leaflets more or less elongated and edged with cilia, : Although Scheffer and Benedict Prevost*, have published ve detailed monographs of two species of this genus, they are still imperfect with respect to the profound and comparative study of the organs of the mouth, and of some other parts of the head. Considering the two sexes together, we find the following general conformation : the body is almost filiform, composed of a head separated from the trunk by a kind of neck; of a trunk or thorax longitudinally hollow beneath, divided, at least above, exclusive of the neck, into eleven segments, each bearing a pair of branchial, strongly compressed feet, usually composed of three foliaceous joints, with a fringe of hairs or bearded threads along the edges; and of an elongated tail tapering to a point, consisting of nine segments terminated by two more or less elongated leaflets fringed with cilia. Under its second segment we find the male organ of generation, and in the female an elongated sac containing the ova she is ready to produce. In the head we observe, 1. Two reticulated eyes situated at the extremity of two flexible peduncles formed by lateral prolongations of the head ; 2. Two antennz at least, frontal, scarcely longer than the head, slender, filiform, and composed of very small joints; 3. Two projec- tions under them, sometimes resembling a uniarticulated horn, and at others digitiform—the premier doigt des mains, Bened. Prevost— and biarticulated ; 4. A mouth underneath, composed of two kinds of dentated mandibles without palpi, and of some other parts. We suspect that these horn-like projections are merely an appendage, larger and differently formed in the males, of the frontal antennz; * Mém. sur le Chirocéphale printed at the end of the Hist, des Monoc. of the late Lewis Jurine, and previously published in the Journal de Physique. 256 CRUSTACEA. the two other antenne may be wanting or be obliterated in the female, and form in the other sex of one of these species—Chiroce- phala diaphana, Prevost—those singular appendicated and dentated tentacula, in the form of a soft proboscis which is susceptible of being spirally convoluted, designated by Benedict Prevost under the name of doigts des mains, or fingers. It is probable that, as in Apus, the mouth is furnished with two pairs of jaws, a ligula and a labrum, but their respective form and situation have not yet been well ascertained. I am convinced that the part resembling a rostrum mentioned by Scheeffer, and which Prevost calls a valve (soupape) is the labrum ; that the four bodies or tubercles placed on the sides, mentioned by the former, are the mandibles and the two upper jaws; and that the parts considered by the second as cirri (barbillons) are also maxillary. The two first feet, which, according to Scheffer, are composed of but two joints, the last terminating in a pvint, would represent the two first foot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, and the two large anten- niform feet of an Apus*. The chief of the male organs of genera- tion, at least those which are considered as such, consist in two conoid biarticulated bodies, which only project by pressure (Scheeffer), situated under the second ring, in which vessels terminate that arise from the first. M. Prevost presumes that the two vulve of the female are placed at the extremity of the tail, but that they afford no issue to the ova. This issue (two apertures according to Scheffer), is in the second ring, and communicates internally with the sac con- taining the eggs, which acts as an external matrix. But there is no crustaceous animal known in which the female organs of generation are placed at the posterior extremity of the body, and hence we can allow but little weight to this opinion. The observations of Scheeffer on the hairs of the feet of these Crustacea, prove that they are so many air tubes; even the surface of the feet of which they are composed, appears to absorb a portion of the air, which adheres to it under the form of little bubbles. The Chirocephalus diaphanus, Bened. Prevost, which seems to us to be very closely allied to our Branchipus palustris, if it be indeed different, has, when first hatched, a body divided into nearly equal and almost globular masses. In the first we observe an ocellus, two short antenne, two very large oars ciliated at the extremity, and two short slender feet, composed of five joints. After the first change of tegument, the two compound eyes make their appearance, the body is elongated posteriorly, and terminated by a conical, articulated tail with two threads at. the extremity. The subsequent changes gradually develope the feet, and the oars disappear. The valve—soupape—which at first extended over and covered the abdomen, diminishes in proportion. . . The Branchipi are found, and usually in great numbers, in little. muddy, fresh water pools, and frequently in those that are formed. by heavy rains, particularly in spring and autumn. On the first approach of cold weather they perish, They swim with the greatest * See Mém. sur les Anim. sans Verteb., Savign. part I. BRANCHIOPODA. 257 facility on their back, and their feet, which they cannot use for walking, while thus employed, present a graceful and undulating motion. This motion creates a current between them, which, follow- ing the canal of the thorax, directs to its mouth the atoms which con- stitute its food; when the animal wishes to advance it strikes the water, right and left, with its tail, which forces it forwards by bounds and leaps. Withdrawn from its element, it moves its tail for a while, and curves itself into a circle. Deprived of a certain degree of humidity, it remains motionless. Benedict Prevost states, that when the male of the species which constitutes the object of his memoir seeks his female, he swims round her, seizes her by the neck with the two horn-like appendages of his head, and remains fixed there, until she turns up the posterior extremity of her tale, in order to approximate the two valves of the i oem organs ; this process is analogous to the coitus of the Li- bellulee. The ova are yellowish, spherical at first, and afterwards — angular; the shell is thick and hard, a circumstance which tends to preserve them. It appears that even desiccation, provided it be not carried to far, produces no change in the germ, and that the young are hatched as soon as a sufficiency of rain has fallen. M. Desmarest has frequently remarked Branchipi in the little hollows filled with rain water, on the summit of the rocks at Fontainebleau. The female Chirocephalus produces several distinct sets of eggs, after each copu- lation, at different times, occupying some hours, and even the whole day in the process. Each set consists of from one to four hundred eggs; they are rapidly ejected from the female in jets of ten or a dozen, and with sufficient force to sink them slightly in the mud. Benedict Prevost has remarked that the Chir. diaphanus was sub- ject to certain diseases, of which he gives a description. This spe- cies, as we have already stated, does not differ from our Branchipus palustris *, The two horns, situated under the superior antenna, are composed, in both sexes, of two joints, the last of which, how- ever, is large and arcuated in the male, and very short and conical in thefemale. In the Branchipus. stagnalis +, the horns consist of a single joint, and those of the males resemble the mandibles of the ucanus cervus, in their form, dentations, and direction. Others have no tail; their body terminates almost directly behind the thorax and last feet. Such is the Eviimene, Lat. The body of the Eulimenes is almost linear, and has four nearly filiform antennz, two of which are smaller than the others, bearing a | ag resemblance to palpi, and placed on the anterior extremity of the head. Their head is transverse, with two eyes seated on large * Cancer paludosus, Mill. Zool. Dan. XLVIII, 1—8; Herbst., XXXV, 3—5; _ Chirocephalus diaphanus? Prev., Journ, de Phys.; Jurin., Monoc., XX—XX1I. See Desmar., Consid. LVI, 2—5. This last species is described in the Manuel du Naturaliste of Duchesne, under the name of Marteau d’ eau douce. t+ Branchiopoda stagnalis, Lat., Hist. des Crust. et des Ins., IV, p. 297; Cancer stagnalis, L.; Gammarus stagnalis, Fab. ;. Apus pisciformis, Scheff.; Gammarus stagnalis, Herbst., XXX, 3—10. ~ VOL. Itt. s 258 CRUSTACBA. and cylindrical peduncles. There are eleven pairs of branchial feet, the three first joints and the last small and tapering; directly after them follows a terminal and nearly semiglobular piece replacing the tail, and from which issues an elongated thread, that, perhaps, is an oviduct. Near the middle of the fifth pair of feet, and of the four ‘following ones, I have remarked a globular body, possibly analogous to the vesicles presented by these organs in the following sub-_ genus. The only species known, Euliméne blanchdtre, Lat., Régne Animal; Cuv., III, p. 68; Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. X, 333; Desmar., Consid., p. 353, 354, is very small; whitish eyes, and eh extremity of the body blackish. From the vicinity of ice, , The remaining Phyllopa—AspipipHora, Lat.—have sixty pairs of feet, all furnished externally near their base with a large oval vesi- cle *, and the two anterior of which, although much larger and ram- ous, resemble antenne; a large shell, covering the greater part of the superior portion of the body, almost entirely free, clypeiform, emarginated posteriorly, provided anteriorly in a circumscribed space with three simple, sessile eyes, the two anterior of which are largest and lunated ; and two bivalve capsules containing the ova, and an- nexed to the eleventh pair of feet. Such are the characters which mark the Apvus, Scop., Which makes part of the genus Binoculus, Geoff,, and of the Li- mulus, Miiller. The body, including the shell, inclines to an oval, wider and more rounded before, and narrowed behind in the manner of a tail; ab- stracting the shell, it is at first nearly cylindrical, convex above, concave and divided longitudinally beneath by a furrow, and termi- nates in an elongated cone. It consists of thirty annuli, which are considerably smaller at the posterior extremity, and which, the last seven or eight excepted, give origin to the feet. The first ten are membranous, soft, without spines, exhibit a small button-like promi- nence on each side, and have each but.a single pair of feet. ‘The others are more solid or horny, with a range of small spines on the posterior margin; the last is larger than the preceding ones, nearly square, depressed, angular, and terminated by two articulated threads or setze. In some species composing the genus Lepmurus, Leach, a horny, flattened, and elliptical lamina is seen between them. . If the number of feet be about a hundred and twenty, the last annuli, be- ginning with the eleventh or twelfth, must necessarily have more than one pair, a circumstance which in this respect approximates these Crustacea to the Myriapoda. The shell, perfectly free from its anterior adhesion, invests a great part of the body, and thus protects the primary segments, which, as already stated, are softer * Possibly analogous to the vesicles forming the second joint of the feet of the Daphniz. , BRANCHIOPODA. 259 than the others. It consists of a large, horny, extremely thin, and almos bAaphanons scale or plate, which represents the superior tegu- “ments of the head and thorax united, and forming a large oval con- vex shield, angularly notched and dentated at its posterior extremity. Its upper surface 1s divided by a transyerse line forming two united ares in two areas, the anterior nearly semilunar, corresponding to the head, and the posterior to the thorax. In the middle of the first we observe three closely approximated simple eyes, or without appa- rent facets, the two anterior of which are largest and almost reniform, and the posterior much smaller and oval. A duplicature of the ante- rior portion of the shell forms a sort of frontal, flattened, semilunar shield beneath, which serves as a base to the labrum, The posterior area, that which corresponds to the thorax, is carinated throughout the middle of its length. This shell is only adherent by its anterior cian so that looking from this point we can discoyer the whole back of the ie Eac aide of the abel, seen, fram beneath and in a strong light, presents a large spot, formed by numerous lines desesbing concentric ovals, which r to be tubular and filled with a red fluid. Directly under the shield or frontal disk, we find the antenne and mouth. The former, two in number, are inserted on each side of the mandibles, are very short and filiform, and are com- posed of two nearly equal joints. The mouth consists of a square, ting labrum; of two strong, horny, inferiorly inflated mandi- les, compressed and dentated at the extremity and without palpi ; of a large and profoundly emarginated ligula; and of two pairs of foli- acegus jaws laid on each other, the superior of which are spinous and ciliated along the inner margin, and the inferior almost membranous and similar to small false feet; they are terminated by a slender, elongated joint, and are prolonged externally from their bas¢ into a ecies of auricle, (oreillette), furnished with an uniarticulated and ciliated appendage, which may be considered as a kind of palpus. According to Savigny *, the ligula exhibits a ciliated canal, which leads directly to the cesophagus. The feet, which amount to about one hundred and twenty, insensibly diminish in size, commencing from the second’ pair; they are all strongly compressed, foliaceous, and are composed of three joints, exclusive of the two long threads at the extremity of the two anterior feet, and the two leaflets at the end of the following ones, parts, which, when united, we may con-. sider as constituting a fourth, forceps-like joint, or one with two elongated toes coverted into a sort of antenniform threads. On the fae sta side of the first joint is inserted a large, branchial, triangu- t membrane; the second also, on the same side, has a red, vesicu- lar and oval sac. On the opposite margin of these feet are four trian- gular and ciliated leaflets, the superior of which is closely approxi- mated to the toes of the forceps, appearing to form a third to the se- cond and following feet, as far as the tenth pair. In proportion as these organs diminish in size, the leaflets approximate more closely, the the forceps is more clearly defined and less pointed, and the first toe — * Mém. sur les Anim. sans Verteb., Savig., part I, fasc. I. s2 260 CRUSTACEA, becomes wider, shorter, and rounder. The two anterior feet, which are much larger and are formed like oars, resemble ramous antennz, and have been considered as such by some writers *: they exhibit four multi-articulated setaceous threads, the two last joints, one of them particularly, being much longer than the others, which are si- tuated on the internal side or anteriorly. The two at the extremity are evidently analogous to the toes.of the forceps, the remaining two also correspond to as many of the lateral leaflets; it is easy to convince ourselves of this by comparing these parts in young speci- mens. After their sixth or seventh change of tegument, the two or three following feet of the latter greatly resemble the two anterior ones, and even their antenne are longer in proportion than in the adult, and are terminated by sete or hairs. ‘Fhe eleventh pair are very remarkable t+. The first joint, behind the vesicles, presents two circular valves, laid one on the other, formed by two leaflets, and containing the ova, which resemble granules of a bright red colour. Every specimen which has hitherto been examined being always found to possess this kind of feet, they have been considered as hermaphrodites, and are considered capable of self impregnation. These animals inhabit ditches, pools, stagnant waters, &c., and usually in myriads. Abducted, when thus assembled, by violent winds,.they have been seen to descend in rain. They generally make their appearance in spring, and in the beginning of summer. Their customary food isthe Tadpole. They swim well on their back, and when they sink into the mud they erect their tail. When first produced they have but one eye and four feet, resembling arms or oars, furnished with tufts of hairs, the second of which are the largest. Their remaining organs are regularly developed. after each change of tegument. M. Valenciénnes, an attaché of the Mus. d’Hist. Nat., has remarked that these Crustacea are frequently de- voured by the bird vulgarly called the Lavandiére (a). : The number of species known being very small, it is unne- cessary to imitate Leach in forming a separate genus—Lept- purus, Leach—for those which have a. lamina between the threads of the tail. Such is the Apus prolongatus ; Monoculus apus, L.; Scheeff., Monoc., VI; Limule sirricaude, Herm., Jun.; Desmar:, Consid., LIT, 2. The carina of the shield terminates posteriorly in a small spine, which is not seenin the Apus can- ciformis ; Binocle & queue en filet, Geoff., Insect., XXI, 4; Li- mulus palustris, Miill.; Scheeff., Monoc. I—V ; Apus vert, Bosc.; ‘Desmar., Ib., LI, 1; the latter, besides, has no lamina between the caudal threads; it is the type of the genus Apus, Leach, or * They also seem to represent the two first foot-jaws. | . + Scheffer distinguishes them by the name of uterine feet. The preceding nine pairs, according to his phraseology, form forceps, those of the first oars, or true feet; finally, those which follow the uterine feet, or the twelfth pair and following ones, branchial feet. The vesicular sacs lengthen and lessen just as gradually ; their use is unknown, ; XH (a) The Motacilla alba, and cinerea, L.—EnG. Ep. PHCILOPODA. 261 the Apus properly so called. The same naturalist has figured epee species, Apus Montagui, Edinb. Encyclop. Suppl. -_ ORDER II. PAECILOPODA. The Peecilopoda are distinguished from the Branchiopoda by the diversity in the form of their feet, among the anterior of which an indeterminate number are ambulatory, or fitted for prehension; while the others, lamelliform or pinnate, are branchial and natatory. It is principally, however, by the absence of the usual mandibles and jaws that they are removed from all other Crustacea. Sometimes these parts are replaced by the spinous haunches of the first six pairs of feet; and sometimes the organs of manducation consist either of an external siphon in the form ofan inarticulated rostrum, or of some _ other apparatus fitted for suction, but concealed or slightly apparent, The body is almost always, either wholly, or for the greater por- tion, invested with a shell in the form of a shield, consisting of a single plate in most of them, and of two in others, which always pre- sents two eyes when those organs are distinct. Two of their antennz —Cheliceres, Lat.—form a forceps in several, and fulfil its functions. Most of them have twelve feet *, and nearly all the remainder have either ten or twenty-two. Their usual habitat is on aquatic animals, and most commonly on fishes. _ We divide this order into two families ft. FAMILY I. — XYPHOSURA. This family is distinguished from the second by several characters : there is no siphon ; the haunches of the first six pair of feet are cover- ed with small spines and perform the office of jaws; there are twenty- * Fourteen in several, according to Leach ; those which he considers as the two first, however, appear to me to be two inferior antenne. The Arguli, which seem to be the most favoured subgenus with respect to locomotiou, have but twelve feet. + In my Fam. Nat. du Régoe Anim, they form two orders, 262 CRUSTAGEA. two feet; the first ten, with the exception of the two anterior ones in the males, are terminated by a didactyle forceps, and ifiserted, as well as the two that follow, under a large semi-lunar shield; the latter have the sexual organs attached to them, and the form of large leaflets, as in the case with the ten following, which are branchial and inserted undera second shell, terminated by a very hard, ensiform and moveable stylet. They are wandering animals, and form the genus b Limutus, Fab. The species are known in commerce by the name of the Molucca Crab. The suborbicular, slightly elongated, and posteriorly narrowed body is divided into two parts, invested by a solid shell composed of two pieces, one to each part, very hollow beneath, and presenting above two longitudinal sulci, one on each side, and a carina on the middle of the back. The first part of the shell, or that which covers the fore-part of the ‘body, is much larger than. the other, forms an extensive semi-lunar shield, with a reflected edge, furnished above with two oval eyes of numerous facets, resembling granules, one oh each side, exterior to a longitudinal carina; and on the anterior ex- tremity of the middle one, and common to both pieces of the shell, two small, closely approximated, simple eyes*; these carinze are armed with teeth or acute tubercles. The duplicature of this shell at its anterior extremity, beneath, forms a level border, strongly arcuated, and terminated inferiorly by a double arc, projecting like a tooth towards the centre of union. Immediately under this projec- tion, in the cavity of the shield, is a small inflated labrum, carinated in the middle, and terminating-in a point, above which are inserted two little antenne, in the form of small didactyle forceps, flexed into an elbow in the middle of their length, at the point of union between the first joint and the second, or of the forceps properly so styled. Directly beneath, inserted and approximated by pairs, and on two lines, are twelve feet, the ten first of which, the two or four anterior ones of the males excepted, terminate in a didactyle forceps; their radical joint, projecting inwards like a lobe and covered with points, performs the office of a jaw. The size of these feet augments pro- gressively ; those of the fifth pair excepted, they are all composed of six joints, the moveable toe of the forcepsincluded. The latter have an additional joint, and also differ from the preceding ones by having, at their external base, a bi-articulated appendage, directed back- wards, the last joint of which is compressed and obtuse; by their fifth joint being terminated on the inner side by five small, moveable, horny, narrow, elongated and pointed leaflets, and by the two toes of the forceps being moveable or articulated at base. The two pieces situated between these feet, which M. Savigny considers as the ligula, appear to me to be merely two maxillary lobes of these organs, but detached or free. The pharynx occupies the interval included by all these feet. The males are distinguished from the. * One on cach side of the tooth that terminates this carina. PACILOPODA. 263 females by the form of the forceps, which terminate the two or four anterior feet: they are inflated and deprived of the moveable toe. The two last feet of this shield are united in the form of a large, membranous, and almost semi-circular leaflet, having the sexual organs on its posterior face, and presenting, in the middle of an emargination of the posterior margin, two small, triangular, elongated, and pointed divisions, which appear to represent the internal toes of the forceps ; the other articulations are indicated by sutures. The second piece of the shell, articulated with the first in the middle of its posterior emargination, and filling the interval it forms, is nearly triangular, and is ly truncated and emarginated at its posterior extremity. Its lateral edges are alternately emarginated and dentated, and in the middle of each of the emarginations, counting from the second, is an elongated and moveable spine, six on each side. Inclosed in the inferior cavity, and disposed in pairs on two longitudinal ranges, are ten fin-like feet, almost similar in form to the two last, but simply united at base, laid one on the other, and bearing, on their posterior face, the branchize, which appear to be composed of numerous and crowded fibres arranged on the same plane one against the other. The anus is situated at the inferior root of the stylet terminating the body. According to an observation communicated to us by M. Straus, we only find in the interior of the first shield, besides the brain, a single sub-cesophagal ganglion*. The two nervous cords are then prolonged into the interior of the second shield, forming there, and at the origin of the branchial feet, some small ganglia, which send branches to those organs, According to Cuvier, the heart, as in the Stomapoda, is a large vessel furnished internally with fleshy columns, extending along the back, and giving out branches on both sides. A wrinkled cesophagus, ascending in front, leads to a yery muscular gizzard, lined with a cartilaginous kind of velvet, studded with tubercles, and followed by a wide and straight intestine. The liver pours its bile into the intestine by two ducts on each side. A great portion of the shell is filled by the ova- ries in the female, and by the testes in the male. These animals are sometimes found two feet in length; they inha- bit the seas of hot climates, and most generally frequent their shores. They appear to me to be proper to the East Indies and the coast of America. The species found in France—L. cyclops—is commonly called the Casserole(a), from its having some resemblance to the form of that utensil, and use, when the feet are removed, its shell is used to hold water. Major Le Conte, one of the most intelligent of naturalists in the United States, and who has so largely contributed to advance the science of entomology by his discoveries and re- searches, states that itis given to the hogs. Savages employ the stylet of the tail to point their arrows, which, thus armed, are much * The two anterior feet may represent the mandibles of the Decapoda, the four following ones their jaws, and the last six their foot-jaws ; those of the second shield would correspond to the thoracic feet. {> (@ The King-crab, of American fishermen, or the Horse-shoc. Very common on the coast of New Jersey.—EnG. Ep. 264 CRUSTACEA. dreaded. Their eggs are eaten in China. When these animals walk, their feet are not seen. Fossil specimens are found in certain strata of a moderate antiquity *. In some, the four anterior feet, at least in one of the sexes, are terminated by a single toe. ; But a single species of this division is known; it is the Limu- lus heterodactylus, and is the type of the genus Tachypleus Leach}. I have seen it figured on Chinese vellums. In the others, the two anterior claws at most, are alone monodac- tyle. All the ambulatory feet are didactyle, at least in the females. This division is composed of several species, which, owing to the little attention that has been paid to the detailed form of their parts, to the differences resulting from sex and age, and from their peculiar localities, have not yet been characterized in a rigorous and com- parative manner. The common American Limulus for instance, when. young, is whitish, or of a light colour, and has six stout teeth along the whole ridge of the middle of the upper shell, and two others equally strong and pointed on each lateral ridge of the shield, or of the first piece of that shell; while older specimens, sometimes more than a foot and a half in length, are of a deep brown colour, or almost blackish, their teeth, the middle ones especially, being almost obliterated. Here also the lateral margins of the second piece of the shell are marked with fine dentations, which are scarcely apparent or wanting in the former. We should consider as young individuals the Lim. cyclops, Fab., and the L. Sowerbit, Leach, Zool. Miscell., LX XIV ; his L. tridentatus, and the L. albus, Bosc.: and as older ones, my Limule des Moluques; Monoculus polyphemus, L.; Clus., Exot., lib. VI, cap. xiv, p. 128; Rumph., Mus., XII, a, b, which I at first considered a distinct species, under the belief that these large individuals inhabited those islands exclusively. In all of them, or at all ages, the tail is somewhat shorter than the body, and triangular, the upper ridge finely denticulated and without any decided sulcus beneath. We will designate this species by the name of Limulus polyphemus.- These latter characters will distinguish it from some others described by Dr. Leachf. FAMILY II. SIPHONOSTOMA. The Siphonostome have no kind of jaws whatever. A sucker or siphon, sometimes external, and in the form of an acute inarticulated * Knorr, Monum. of the Deluge, I, pl. XIV; Desmar., Crust. fossil., XI, 6,7. It would seem from these figures that the lateral spines of the second piece of the shell, in lieu of spines, merely form smaller teeth articulated at base; but these arti- culations have perhaps disappeared. + This Limulus is perhaps the Kabutogani or Unkia of the Japanese, and.repre- sents the constellation of Cancer on their primitive Zodiac. ~ See Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. Ed. II. ; Desmar., Consid., p. 344—358. PACLLOPODA. 265 rostrum*, and at others concealed or but slightly visible, fulfils the functions of a mouth. There are never more than fourteen feet. The shell is very thin and composed of a single piece. They are all parasitical, We will divide this family into two tribes. The first—Catiemwes, Lat.—is characterized by the presence of a shell resembling an oval or semi-lunar shield; by the number of visible feet, which is always twelve,—or fourteen, if we include those which Leach considers as such, and which I call inferior antenne; by the form and size of the tenth pairs which are sometimes multifid, pinnate, or terminated in a fin, and well adapted at all times, and in the adult, for the purposes of natation, and sometimes foliaceous, or broad and membranous. The sides of the thorax are never furnished with wing-like expansions directed backwards and inclosing the body posteriorly. Here, the body, exhibiting several segments above, is elongated and narrowed posteriorly, terminating in a kind of tail with two threads, or as many other salient appendages at the end; this extre- mity is not covered by a segment of the superior teguments in the form of a large rounded scale, deeply notched in the posterior margin. The shell is at least half the length of the body. This subdivision will comprise two genera of Miiller. : } Areutus, Mill. This genus was at first designated under the name of Ozolus, and but very imperfectly described. Jurine, Jun., has since studied its type with the most scrupulous attention, followed it throughout all its changes of age, and produced a perfect and complete monograph of it. He has restored to the genus the original name given by Miiller, The Arguli are furnished with an oval shield, posteriorly emargi- nated, covering the body, the posterior extremity of the abdomen excepted, and bearing on a mediate, triangular space distinguished by the name of clypeus, two eyes, four very small, almost cylindrical antenne placed in front, the superior of which, shorter and triarti- culated, have a stout, edentated and recurved hook at their base; and the inferior quadriarticulated, with a small tooth on the first joint. The siphon is directed forwards. There are twelve feet. The two first terminate in a transversely annulated disk, striated and edentated along the margin, and presenting internally a sort of rosette formed * The composition of this rostrum or beak is not well known. It is evident, from the figure of the Argulus foliaceus, given. by Jurine, Jun., that it contains a sucker; but is this the case with the others, and of how many pieces is it composed ? I connot answer the question. I presume, however, that this siphon consists of the labrum, mandibles and the ligula which forms the sheath of the sucker. In the preceding Entomostraca, the four anterior feet, whose form is very different from that of the following ones, would correspond to the four jaws of the Decapoda. 266 CRUSTACEA. by the muscles, and apparently acting in the manner of a cup or’ sucker, Those of the second pair are prehensile, the thighs large and spinous, and the tarsi composed of three joints, the last. of which is provided with two hooks. The remaining feet are terminated. by a fin formed of two elongated pinnulee, whose edges are fringed with bearded threads: the two first of the latter, or those of the third pair, including the four that precede them, have an additional but recurved toe. The two last are annexed to. that portion of the body which projects posteriorly from the shell, or the tail. The female has but a single oviduct, covered by two small feet situated behind the two palettes. The organ which is considered as the penis of the male, is placed at the internal extremity of the preceding joint of the same feet near the origin of the two toes. On the same joint of the two preceding feet, and facing these organs of copulation, is a vesicle presumed to be seminal. The abdomen, by which we mean that part. of the body which extends posteriorly from the ambulatory feet, the rostrum, and a tubercle containing the heart, is entirely free, without distinct articulations, and terminates directly after the last feet behind, by a sort of tail, in the form of a rounded lamina, deeply emarginated or bilobate, and without terminal hairs; it is a species of fin. The body is so transparent that the heart may be distinguished through its parietes. It is situated behind the base of the siphon, lodged in a solid tubercle, semi-diaphanous and composed of a single ventricle. The blood, formed of little diaphanous globules, is impelled forwards in a column which soon divides into four branches, two of which proceed directly towards the eyes, and two towards the antenne; the latter are then reflected backwards and united to the former, constituting a single column on each side, which descends towards the cup, turns round its base, and disappears. A little beneath the two following feet, we may distinguish on each side another sanguineous column which curves outwards, extends along the borders of the shell, and having reached the two penultimate feet, is flexed forwards and ceases to be visible. Another, where, as in the preceding, the blood flows from the anterior part of the body to the posterior, and traverses longitudinally the middle of the tail; it unites behind with two other currents that may be seen on the edges of the tail, but which flow in a contrary direction, or appear to return the blood to the heart, Jurine avoids using the term vessel, because the blood which is driven into the anterior part of the body appears to be diffused there in such a manner as to induce us to believe that its globules, instead of being contained in particular vessels, are dispersed in the parenchyma of those parts. From what we have stated, how- ever, with respect to the circulation in the Decapoda, it is evident, that the blood, in the first instance, is distributed in the Arguli in the same way, and that the currents or columns of which we have just spoken seem to indicate the existence of peculiar vessels. This able observer, in fact, subsequently acknowledges that the circulation is not every where carried on in so diffused a manner as in the anterior part of the shell, where, however, in our opinion, it is effectuated as in the Decapoda. The brain, which is situated behind the eyes, appeared to him to be divided into three equal lobes, one anterior and PASCILOPODA. 267 two lateral. The anterior patt of the stomach gives origin to two large appendages, each divided into two branches, which ramify in the wings of the shell. The brownish coloured aliment they contain renders these ramifications visible. The caecum is provided near its orga with two vermiform appendages. he excessive ardour of the a fr ay induces them to mistake one sex for the other, or to make their advances to pregnant or dead females, They are placed in coition on their back, to which they cling by means of their feet with cups for several hours. The ~ period of gestation is from thirteen to nineteen days. The ova are smooth, oval, and milk-white. They are fixed with gluten on stones or other indurated bodies, either in a straight line or in two ranges, and from one to four hundred in number; being pressed against each other, their form becomes almost hexagonal. Twenty-five days after the extrusion of the ova, and after they have assumed a yellowish and opaque tinge, the eye and parts of the embryo are perceptible. In about ten days more, the shell opens aca sa and the tadpole issues from it, being at this period about three-eighths of a line in length. Its general form is similar to that of the adult, but the organs of locomotion present a very essential difference. Miiller has described it in this state by the name of Argulus charon. Four oars or long arms, two situated before the eyes and two behind, each terminated by a pennate and flexible pencil of hairs that have a simultaneous motion, by which the animal is impelled by jerks, project from the anterior extremity. of the shell : they do not répresent the antenne, for they also are visible. The feet with cups are replaced by two stout feet, flexed into an elbow near the extremity, and terminated by a strong hook, with which it clings to Fishes. The only feet proper to the adult, that are developed and free, are those of the second and third pairs, or the two ambu- latory and the two first natatory feet; the following ones are as yet fixed to the abdomen. The heart, proboscis, and ramifications of the appendages of the stomach are distinct. After the first change of tegument, which is effected by a laceration of its inferior surface, the oars disappear, and all the natatory feet are visible. In three days more the second change ensues, but without producing any important alteration. But after the third, which occurs forty-eight hours subsequently to the second, these same feet are converted into those with cups, still, however, preserving the terminal hook. At the expiration of nine days, there is a new change of skin, and the organs of generation, male and female, are apparent ; another change of tegument, however, is required ere the sexes are fitted for copula- tion, so that the period of their metamorphosis extends to twenty-five days. Still, however, they have attained but the half of their proper size. For that purpose fresh changes of the tegument, which occur ae six or seven days, are requisite. Jurine satisfied himself of the fact, that propagation never ensues without the intervention of the male. The females, which he kept separate, perished from a disease which was announced by the appearance of several brown globules, arranged in a semicircle on the posterior portion of the 268 CRUSTACEA, clypeus, and apparently formed in the parenchyma, for they were not dispersed by the change of tegument. Argqulus foliaceus, Jurine, Jun., Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. VIT, -xxvi; Monoculus foliaceus, L.; Argulus delphinus, Herm. Jun., Mem. Apter., V, 3, VI, ii; Monoculus gyrini, Cuv., Tabl., Elem. de l’Hist. Nat. des Anim., p. 454; Ozolus gasterostet, Lat., Hist., Nat. des Crust. et des Insect., IV, xxix, 1—7; Des- mar., Consid., L.; Louse of the Stickleback, Baker, Micros., II, xxiv. This species, the only one of the genus that is known, attaches itself to the under part of the body of the tadpoles of Frogs, of that’of the Stickleback or Gasterosteus, and sucks its blood. The body is flattened, of a light yellowish green colour, and about two lines and a half in length. Herman, Jun., who has well described this Argulus in its perfect state, and who quotes a manuscript of Leonard Baldaneur, a fisherman of Stras- bourg, dated 1666, in which the same animal is figured, says, that in the environs of that city it is seldom found, except on the Trouts, and that it frequently kills them, those especially which are kept in ponds; it is also found on the Perch, Pike, and Carp. He has never found it on the gills. It has a habit of whirling round like the Gyrini. He says that the body is divided into five rings, but slightly distinct on the back. ~Cauieus, Mull. Neither of the feet with cups; those of the anterior pair unguicu- lated ; the others divided into a greater or less number of pinnule or membranous leaflets. A considerable portion of the body is not covered by the shell, and is usually terminated posteriorly by two long threads, and sometimes by fin-like or styliform appendages.* The vulgar name of fish-louse, by which they are collectively desig- nated, announces their habits to be similar to those of the Arguli and other Siphonostomee. Several naturalists have considered the tubular threads at the posterior extremity of their body as ovaries; I have sometimes found ova under the posterior and branchial feet, but never in these tubes. Besides, external oviducts thus prolonged are never met with except in females whose eggs are to be deposited in deep holes and cavities—now this is not the case with the Caligi. Miiller and other zoologists have remarked that these Crustacea erect and agitate the appendages in question. _We believe with Jurine, Jun., and such also is the opinion of his father, that they serve for respi- ration, like the terminal filaments of the abdomen of an Apus f. * The interval also frequently exhibits other, but smaller or much less salient appendages, + In the Ann. Génér. des Sc. Phys., vol. III, p. 343, Brussels, is an extract from the observations of Dr. Surriray on the foetus of a species of Caligus which he believes to be the elongatus, and which is very common on the operculum of the Esozx belone. That gentleman informs us, that, by pressing the two caudal threads of the animal in question,a number of transparent and membranous ova were ex- truded, each of which contained a living foetus, very different from the mother, and of which he gives a description. From these observations we might be induced PARCILOPODA. 269 Some of them whose feet are free, and (the two last excepted) annexed to the anterior part of the body—Cephalothoraz, Lat.— covered by the shield, in which some of the posterior feet are fur- nished with numerous and pennated threads, and in which the siphon is not apparent, have the abdomen naked above and terminated by two long threads, or as many styles; they compose the subgenus. Cauiaus, properly so called,—Cauieus riscutus, Leach *. In all others, the superior surface of the body is imbricated, or that parte of the body is inclosed in a kind of case formed by the last eet which resemble membranes and fold over it. . . Of these latter, there are some whose antenne never project like little claws, whose feet are free, and whose last ones do not envelope the body like a membranous case. They form the following sub- genera. Prerycopopa. Lat.—Noeaus ? Leach. Where the posterior extremity of the body is terminated by two kinds of fins; where the under part of the post abdomen or of the second division of the body, not covered by the shield,is furnished with pinnated or digitated feet; and where there is a distinct pro- boscis or rostrum f. . : Panparus, Leach. Two threads at the posterior extremity of the body; the first and fifth pair of feet unguiculated, and the remainder digitated; no ap- parent siphon f. Dinemoora, Lat, — Two long anal filaments and an apparent siphon ; the two anterior feet unguiculated’; the two following ones terminated by two long toes, and the remainder membranous leaflets §. The last subgenus of this subdivision, that of - Awnraosoma, Leach, Approximates to Dinemoura in the presence of a siphon, and in the two caudal threads; but it is removed from it, as well as the pre- ceding ones by its projecting antennz, which resemble little mono- dactyle claws, and by its six last feet which are membranous, to conclude that these threads are a kind of external oviducts ; but is there no mistakein this? I have studied these same organs in various specimens—preserved in spirits, it is true—but could never discover any body whatever. * Caligus piscinus, Lat.; Cal. curtus, Mill. Entom. XXI, 1, 2; Monoculus pis- cinus, L.; Cal. Mulleri, Leach ; Desmar., Consid., L, 4; found on the Cod. The Oniscus lutosus, Slabber, Encyclop. Méthod., Atl. d’Hist. Nat. CCCXXX, 7, 8, from the fin-like appendages of its tail, seems to indicate a separate subgenus. The Binocle % queue en plumet, Geoff., might be placed in it. + A single living species found on the Shark. See the genus Nogaus, Desmar., Consid., p. 340. } Pandarus bicolor, Leach; Desmar., L. 5; Pandarus Boscii, Leach, Encyc. Brit. Suppl. I, xx. For the other species, see Desmar., Ib., p. 339. § Caligus productus, Mill., Entom. XXXI, 3, 4; Monoculus salmoneus, Fab. 270 CRUSTACEA. united inferiorly, and folded laterally over. the post-abdomen, enye- loping it like a case; those of the first and third pairs are ungui- oulsteds the second feet are terminated byltwo short and obtuse toes *. There, the body is: oval, without salient caudiform appendages, composed of threads or fin-like productions at its posterior extre- mity. A portion of the superior teguments forms a shield, which does not cover its anterior half, is rounded and emarginated before, widened and as if bilobate behind; then follow three pieces or scales, posteriorly rounded and emarginated, the second of which, and the smallest of the three, is almost in the form of a reversed heart; the last, and the largest, is arched. The four posterior feet are in the form of laminze, and are united by pairs; those of the first and the third are unguiculated; the extremity of the second is bifid. The siphon is apparent. The ova are covered by two large, oval, conti- guous, coriaceous pieces, placed under the abdomen, and surpassing itin length. Such are the characters of the genus Crcrops, Leach, Of which a single species only is known. Cecrops Latreillii, Leach, Encyc. Brit., Supp. I, xx ; 1, 3, the male; 2, 4, the female ; 5, the antennz magnified; Desmar., Con- sid. L,2. Found on the branchiee of the Tunny and Turbot. The second tribe, that of the Lernerrormes, Lat., consists of Ento- mostraca, which approximate to the Lerneze, in their external confi- guration, still more than the preceding subgenera. There are but ten feet visible +, mostly very short, and but slightlyor nowise adapted to natation. Sometimes the body is nearly vermiform and cylindrical, the anterior segment being merely somewhat widened and furnished with two projecting didactyle claws ; sometimes, on account of two lateral expansions resembling lobes or wings behind the thorax, and of two posterior ovaries, it forms a small quadrilateral mass. This tribe is composed of two genera. In the first or the Dicuevestium, Herm., Jun. We observe a narrow elongated body, slightly dilated before, and composed of seven segments, the anterior of which—the thorax of Herm.—is wider than the others, rhomboidal, and formed of the head and a portion of the thorax united. It bears: 1, four short antennz, of which the lateral are filiform and consist of several joints, and the intermediate project like little arms and are quadri-articu- lated, the last joint terminating in a didactyle claw; 2, an inferior, membranous, and tubular siphon ; 3, three kinds of deformed palpi— * Anthosoma Smithii, Leach; Desmar., Consid., L, 3; ,Caligus imbricaius, Risso. + There are probably two more, asin the. preceding subgenera, but they are either indistinct or have such a,peculiar form that they have not been recognised. PACILOPODA. 271 two multifid feet ?—on each side placed on an eminence ; 4, four pre- hensile feet, the two first of which consist of a a and leg termi- nated by various unequal and dentated hooks, the others of an enlarged thigh terminated by a small but stout nail. The second and third segments are almost lunulated, each bearing a pair of feet formed of a single joint, terminated by two kinds of toes, dentated at the end. ‘To the fourth segment is attached another pair of feet, the fifth and last, but having the form of simple, oval, divergent, and immoveable vesicles, which Hermann presumes are rather ovaries than feet. This segment, as well as the next, ismearly square. The sixth is much longer, and cylindrical. The seventh and last is three times shorter, almost orbicular, flattened, and terminated by two small vesicles. The eyes are notdistinct. Dichelestium stwrionis, Herm., Jun. Mem. Apter. p. 125, V, 7,8; Desmar., Consid. L,v. About seven lines long and one broad. The second segment is prolonged on each side into an obtuse papilla, and the four following are red in the middle, with whitish-yellow along the lateral margins. When viewed from above, the feet are not visible. This animal penetrates deeply into the skin and places itself on the osseous arches of the branchiz, but without, as it appears, intruding upon their combs. Twelve of them were taken by Hermann from a sirigle fish. Of this number, two or three, perhaps males, were one third shorter than the others, and had a curved body; one of the twelve lived three days. They are constantly whirling about and with considerable vivacity. By means of their frontal claws they are enabled to cling -with great tenacity. NIcCOTHOE, Aud. and Edw. These animals terminate the Crustacea, and are. distinguished from all others of that class by their heteroclitical form. To the naked eye they seem nothing more than two lobes united in the form of a horse-shoe, which inclose two others. By the aid of glasses, how- ever, we discover that the two large lobes are formed by the great expansion of the sides of the thorax, which ‘resemble wings, are almost oval and thrown behind; that the two others are external ovaries or clusters of eggs, analogous to those of a female Cyclops, and inserted, one on each side, into the base of the abdomen by means of a short pedicle; and that the body of the animal is com- posed of the following parts: 1, a distinct head furnished with two separate om two short, setaceous, lateral antennze formed of eleven joints, each with a hair on the inner side ; a mouth forming a circular aperture which acts as a cup, and accompanied on each side with— anterior feet—maxilliform appendages: 2, a thorax of four seg- ments, with five pairs of feet beneath, the two anterior of which are terminated by a stout hook, and are bidentated on the inner side ; the remaining eight being formed of one large joint, terminated by two nearly equal and cylindrical stems, each composed of three joints, and furnished with sete : 3, a pointed abdomen of five annulli, the first and largest of which gives origin to the oviferous saes ; the last 272 CRUSTACEA. is terminated by two long hairs. The lateral expansion merely ap- pears to be an excessive developement of the fourth and last ring of the thorax. Within we may perceive two kinds of entrails origi- nating from the median line of the body, which may be considered as czeca or divisions of the intestinal canal in a state of hernia. They are endowed with a very decided peristaltic motion. We have seen that the stomach of the Arguli also exhibits two czeca, which ramify in the wings of their shell, and it is possible that these thoracic ex- pansions of the Nicothoes may be two analogous lobes *. Nicothoe astact, Aud. and Edw. Ann. des Sc. Nat., 1826, XLIX, 1,9. The only species known; it is about half a line long and three lines broad, the thoracic enlargement included. It is rose-coloured, paler on the oviperous sacs; the expansions yellowish. It adheres closely to the branchize ‘of the Lobster, and penetrates deeply between the filaments of those organs. It is only found in small numbers, and on a few individuals. All the Nicothoes observed by these two naturalists were furnished with ovaries; it is probable that previously to fixing themselves on the branchiss of the Lobster, and before their thoracic lobes have acquired their ordinary developement, they can swim ; that developement, as is the case with the body of the Ixodes, _* - be the result of superabundant nutrition. TRILOBITES. According to Brongniart and various other naturalists, it is in the vicinity of the Limuli and other Entomostraca with numerous feet, that we should place these, ‘singular fossil animals, originally con- founded under the common name of Entomolithus paradorus, and now designated by that of Trilobites, of which an excellent mono- graph, enriched with good lithographic figures, has been published by that gentleman +. By this hypothesis we have to admit as a positive or at least highly probable fact, the existence of locomotive organs, although, notwithstanding the most careful investigation, no vestige of them has been discovered {. Presuming, on the contrary, * In this case, the geuus may be approximated to the preceding one. + M. Eudes Deslongchamps, professor of the University of Caen, Count Ra- soumowski, M. Dalman and other savans_ have since published new observations on these fossils. M. Victor Audouin, zealously advocating the opinion of Brovgniart, has contested that published by me, in which I approximate them to Chiton. The great difficulty was to prove the existence of feet, and this he has notdone. The application of his theory of the thorax of Insects to the Trilobites, appears to me so much the more doubtful, as, according to my view of the matter, the first annuli of the abdomen of Insects alone represent the thorax of the Crustacea Decapoda. t M. Parkinson (Outlines of Oryctology) thinks he has perceived them, and suspects that they are unguiculated. See also the Entomostracite granuleux, rian, ead Trilob., ITI, 6, Ann, des Se, Nat, tome XV, PAECILOPODA, 273 that these animals were deprived of them, I thought that their natural position was in the neighbourhood of the Chitones, or rather that ‘they constituted the original stock of the Articulata, being con: nected on the one hand with these latter Mollusca, and on the other with those first mentioned, and even with the Glomeres *, to which some Trilobites, such as the Calymenes, appear to approximate, as well as to the Chitones, inasmuch as by contracting they could also become spherical. Since the publication of M. Brongniart’s work, some naturalists have rejected his opinions and adopted mine, either wholly or in part; others still hesitate. Be this as it may, these animals appear to have been annihilated by some ancient revolution of our planet. The Trilobites, one heteromorphous genus excepted, that of Agnostus, have, like the Limuli, a large anterior segment in the form of an almost semicircular or lunated shield, followed by from about twelve to twenty-two segments {, all transversal except the last, and divided by two longitudinal sulci into three ranges of parts or lobes, whence their name of Trilobites t. Some naturalists call them Entomostracites. * First edition of the Régne Animal, tome III, p. 150, 151. There is no Bran- chiopoda known which can contract ‘itself into the form of a ball. This character is peculiar to Typhis, Spheroma, Tylos, and Armadillo among the Crustacea, and, among the class of apterous Insects, to Glomeris, a genus which is at the head of that class, and which leaves bétween it and the latter Crustacea a considerable hiatus. The Calymenes, with respect to this contractility, evidently. approach these latter Insects, the Typhes and Spherome ; but it does not appear that the posterior extremity of their body is provided with lateral natatory appe endages, a negative cha- racter, ae would remove them from the Spheerone, but approximate them to and particularly to Tylos, where the ‘superior part of the thoracic segments is divided into three. Thsideaby 0 pxathgcecbcvediypiehelen hexemanenticn shes; like the Limuli, they a tach, Ai A hy pete and that the cornea was granulous or with facets. The non-existence of the superior antennz also indicates a new affinity between these same Trilobites and the Limuli. — + The body of various Trilobites, and particularly of the Asaphi; seems to consist, exclusive of the shield; of twelve segments, well separated on the sides, and of another forming the post-abdomen, or a triangular or semi-lunar tail, whose divisions are superficial and do not eut its edges. In the Paradoxides, on the contrary, the lateral lobes terminate by well marked acute prolongations, and twenty-two of them can be distinctly counted. A species of Trilobite, mentioned by Count Rasoumowski in his memoir on fossils, Ann. des'Se. Nat. June, 1826,’ pl. xxviii, ii, which he pre- sumes should constitute a new genus, is, in this | , very remarkable. Its lateral lobes form very long thongs or ‘slips tapering to a point. The feet of the pupe of the Culices are elongated, flattened, -inarticulated lamine terminated by threads and folded on the sides. ‘They are in a rudimental state, and may be Saar the lateral divisions of this species of Trilobite, allied to the Para- t re Squille, and various Amphipodous and Isopodous Crustacea have also several of their segments trisected by two impressed and longitudinal. lines ; but these lines are nearer to the edges and do not form deen sulci. . VOL, Il. T 274 CRUSTACEA. Acnostus; Brongn. The only genus where the body is semicircular or reniform. In all’ the other genera it is oval or elliptical, and exhibits the general characters above mentioned. CaLyMENE, Brongn. The Calymenes are distinguished from all other Trilobites, by the faculty of contracting their body into a ball, and in the same manner as Spheroma, Armadillo, and Glomeris, that is, by approximating the two inferior extremities of the body. The shield, as broad as it is long, or broader, is furnished, as in the Asaphi and Ogygize, with two oculiform prominences. The segments do not project beyond the sides of the body, and are united throughout; the body is ter- minated posteriorly by a sort of triangular and elongated tail. In Asapuus, Brongn. The oculiform tubercles seem to exhibit a sort of eye-lid, or are granulous; the species of tail which terminates the body posteriorly is less elongated than in Calymene, and is either nearly semicircular, or in the form of a short triangle *. In the Ocyeia, Brongn. The shield is longer than it is broad; its posterior angles are ex- tended into a kind of spine, The oculiform tubercles exhibit neither eyelid nor granulations. The body is elliptical. ParapoxivEs, Brongn. The eye-like tubercles cease to exist, or are not apparent in this genus. The segments, or at least most of them, project beyond the sides of the body, and are free at their lateral extremity. Such are the characters of the five genera established by M. Alex- ander Brongniart, which may be arranged in three principal groups ; the Reni formes—Acwnostus ; the Contractiles—CaLYMENE ; and the Eztensi—-Asaruvus, Ocye1a, and ParapoxinEs. For a description of the species and their localities, we refer the reader to the excellent work of this celebrated naturalist, who in his labours upon the fossil Crustacea, properly so called, or universally admitted as such, has availed himself of the talents of one of his most distinguished pupils, M. Desmarest, frequently referred to by us, not only with respect to this particular part of the science, but in relation to his work on the living Crustacea. Different naturalists have proposed various generic sections of these fossils; but being restricted to general considerations, I have adopted those presented to us by the best work hitherto produced on. the subject. * Inthe Asaphus Brongniarti, described and figured by M. E. Deslongchamps, the posterior angles of the shield, instead of being directed backwards as in the other species, are recurved. sae CLASS II. eT om ARACHNIDES. The Arachnides, which compose the second class of articulated animals provided with moveable feet, are, as well as the Crustacea, deprived of wings, are not subject to changes of form, or do not ex- perience any metamorphosis, simply casting their skin. Their sexual organs also are at a distance from the posterior extremity of the body, and situated at the base of the abdomen, those of several males ex- cepted ; but they differ from them as well as from Insects in several particulars. Like the latter, the surface of their body presents aper- tures or transverse fissures called stigmata,* for the introduction of air, but they are few in number—eight at most, and usually but two—and confined to the inferior portion of the abdomen. Respiration is also effected either by means of air-branchiz, fulfilling the function of lungs, that are contained in sacs of which these stigmata are the apertures, or by radiated tracheeet. The visual organs merely con- sist of ocelli, which, when numerous, are variously grouped. The head, usually confounded -with the thorax, in place of the antennz has two articulated pieces in the form of small didactyle or monodac- tyle chelee, improperly compared to the mandibles of Insects, and so denominated, moving in a contrary direction to the former, or from above downwards, still however co-operating in the manducation, and replaced in the Arachnides, where the mouth has the form of a siphon or sucker, by two pointed blades which act as lancetsf. A kind of lip—labium, Fab.— or rather ligula, produced by a pectoral prolongation; two jaws formed by the radical joint of the first seg- * A vague and improper appellation, for which we might substitute pneumos/oma, —air-mouth,—or + See general observations on Insects. ~ Chelicera, or forceps-antenne ; the evident result of the comparison between them and the intermediate antenne of various Crustacea, those of the Pecilopoda particularly. It cannot then be said, strictly speaking, that the Arachnides are deprived of antenne, a negative character, which, previous to us, had been exclu- sively attributed to them, — ‘ T 276 ARACHNIDES. ment of two small legs or palpi*, or by an appendage or lobe of that same joint; a part concealed under the mandibles, called langue sternale by Savigny—description and figure of the Phalangium cop- ticwm—and composed of a projection.in the form of a rostrum, produced by the union of a very small clypeus, terminated by an extremely small triangular labrum, and of an inferior longitudinal carina, usually very hairy, are the parts, which, with the pieces termed mandibles, constitute with some modifications the mouth of most of the Arachnides. The pharynx} is placed before a sternal projection which has been considered as a lip, but which, from being placed directly behind the pharynx, and having no palpi, is rather a ligula. The legs, like those of Insects, are commonly terminated by two hooks, and even sometimes by one more, and are all annexed to the thorax, or rather cephalo-thorax, which except. in a small number, is only formed of a single segment, and is frequently intimately united to the abdomen. This latter part of the body is soft, or but slightly defended, in most of them. With respect to their nervous system, the Arachnides are greatly removed from the Crustacea and Insects; for if we except the Scor- pions, which from the knots or joints forming their tail have some additional ganglions, the number of these enlargements of the two nervous cords is never more than three, and even in the latter, all counted, it never extends beyond seven. Most of the Arachnides feed. on Insects, which they either seize alive, or to which they adhere, abstracting their fluids by suction. Others are parasitical, and live on vertebrated animals, Some of them, however, are only found in flour,. on cheese, and even on various vegetables.. Those which live on other animals frequently * They only differ from legs, properly so called, by their tarsi, which are composed of a single joint, and are usually terminated by a small hook, resembling, in a word, the ordinary feet of the Crustacea. See our general observations on the first order. These jaws and palpi appear. to correspond.to the palpigerous mandibles of the Decapoda, and to the two anterior feet of the Limuli. In Phalangium, the four following legs have a maxillary appendage at their origin, so that these four appen- dages are analogous to the four jaws of the preceding animals, I had described these parts, long before.the publication of Savigny’s memoirs on the invertebrate animals, in a monograph of the species of this genus properto France. From these and preceeding observations, it is evident that the composition of these animals is easily reduced to the same general type which characterizes all articulated animals with ar- ticulated feet. The Arachnides are not then a sort of acephalous Crustacea, as stated by this savant, usually so exact in his anatomical observations, of which, unfortu- nately for the sciences, he has become the victim. + Although Savigny admits of two orifices, neither Straus. nor myself can find but one; it must have been the effect of an optical illusion arising from the fact of his having only perceived the lateral extremities of the fissure, its middle being concealed by the tongue with which its anterior face is thickened in its mediate portion. ARACHNIDES. 277 multiply there to a great extent, ‘T'wo of the legs, in some species, are only developed by a change of the tegument, and in general it is not until'the fourth or fifth change of skin that these animals are capable of propagation* Division of the Arachnides into Orders. ‘ ‘Some have pulmonary sacs}, a heart with very distinct vessels, and six or eight simple eyes. ‘They compose our first order, or that of the Putmonar1&, | The others respire by trachez, and have no organs of circulation, or, if they have, the circulation is not complete. The trachez are divided near their origin into various branches, and do not, as in Insects, form two trunks which run parallel to each other throughout the whole length of the body, and receive air from various points by. means of numerous stigmata. Here, but two, at most, are distinctly visible, and they are situated near the base of the abdomen{. The number of: simple eyes. is at most but four. They constitute our second and last order, or that of the TracnEariz, t ORDER I. PULMONARLAS. We here find a well marked circulating system and pulmonary sacs, always placed under the abdomen, announced externally by transverse openings or fissures (stigmata), of which there are sometimes eight, four on each side, and at others four, or even two. The number of simple eyes is from six to eight||, while in the following order it * We have seen, according to the observations of Jurine, Jun., that they only acquire this faculty after the sixth change. This fact is also applicable to the Lepidoptera, and probably to other insects that frequently cast their skin, for caterpillars usually change it four times before they enter into the state of a chry- salis, which is a fifth.’ The insect does not become perfect until after another, so that it changes its skin six times. ’ , + Sacs containing air-branchiz, or fulfilling the functions of lungs, and distin- guished by me from the latter by the name of pneumo-branchia. t The Pycnogonides exhibit no stigmata, and seem, in this respect, to approach the last of the Crustacea, such as Dichelestium, Cecrops, and other Siphonostomous Entomostraca. Savigny thinks they have a closer affinity to the Lamodipoda, from which, however, they are greatly removed, by the organization of the mouth as well as by their eyes and feet. We still believe, however, from the ensemble of their characters, that they rather belong to the class of Arachnides, and that they approxi- mate particularly to Phalangium, with which various authors have arranged them. We also think that they may respire by the-surface of their skin. At all events, we must await the results of anatomical investigation before we can decide. § UNOGATA, Fab. d | The Tessarops of Rafin, according to him, has but four eyes ; I presume, how- ever, that the lateral ones escaped his notice. See the subgenus Eresus. 278 ) PULMONARLA. never exceeds four, and is most generally but two; sometimes they are hardly perceptible, or even annihilated. .The organ of respiration is formed of little laminze. The heart is a large vessel which extends along the back, and gives off branches on each side and anteriorly*. There are always eight legs. The head is always confounded with the thorax, and presents at its anterior superior extremity two man- dibles— so called by authors, the chelicere or antenne-pinces, Latr. —terminated by two fingers, one of which is moveable, or by a single one resembling a hook or claw that is always moveablet. The mouth is composed of a labrumf, of two palpi, sometimes resembling arms or claws, of the two or four jaws, formed, when there are but two, by” the radical joint of these palpi, and moreover, when there are four, by the same joint of the first pair of feet, and of a ligula consisting of one or two pieces §. If we base our arrangement on the progressive decrease of the number of pulmonary sacs and stigmata, the Scorpions where it is eight, while in the other Arachnides it amounts to but four or two, should form the first genus of this class, and consequently our family of the Pedipalpi should precede that of the Araneides]|. But the latter Arachnides are in a manner insulated by their male organs of generation, by the claw or hook of their frontal mandibles, by their pediculated abdomen and its spinning apparatus, and by their habits; besides this, the scorpions appear to form a natural transition from the Arachnides Pulmonarie to the family of the Pseudo-Scor- piones, or the first of the following order. We will therefore com- mence, as we have said, with the Araneides or spinners. * According to Marsel de Serres, Mémoire sur le Vaisseau Dorsale des Insectes, the blood, in the Araneides and Scorpions, is first directed to the organs of respiration, and thence proceeds to various parts of the body through particular vessels. Judg- " ing, however, from the affinity of these animals to the Crustacea, the circulation would seem to be effected in the contrary direction, See the Memoir of Treviranus on the Anatomy of Spiders and Scorpions. + These parts are formed ofa first very large and ventricose joint, one of whose superior angles, when the chele are didactyle, forms the fixed finger, and of a second joint, that which forms the opposite and moveable finger or the hook, when there is but one finger. In the latter case, as with several of the Crustacea, I will employ the term claw. } See our general observations on the class. §. That of the Scorpions appears to be composed of four pieces, forming an elon- .gated and pointed triangle, directed forwards; the two lateral ones however are evidently formed by the first joint of the two anterior feet, and. may be considered as two jaws analogous to the first. Wesee by Mygale, Scorpio, &c., that the palpi are divided into six joints, of which, in the other Araneides, the first or radical one, is anteriorly and internally dilated to form the maxilliform lobe. Even this lobe, in some species, is articulated at base, and thus becomes a maxillary appendage of this same joint. Exclusive of this joint, the pulpus consists of but five, and such is the most usual mode of supputation. In the Scorpions the moveable finger of the for- ceps, as in that of the Crustacea, forms the ‘sixth joint. || Inmy Fam. Nat, du Régne Animal, I begin with the Pedipalpi. M. Leon Dufour also thinks that the Scorpions should come first. ARACHNIDES. 279 FAMILY I. ARAN EIDES. This family is composed of the genus Aranza, Lin., or the Spiders. They have palpi resembling little feet, without a forceps at the end, terminated at most in the females by a little hook, and the first joint of which, in the males, gives origin to various and more or less com- plicated sexual appendages*. Their frontal chelicerze (the mandibles of authors) are terminated by a moveable hook, flexed inferiorly, underneath which, and near its extremity, which is always pointed, is a little opening, that allows a passage to a venomous fluid contained in a gland of the preceding joint. There are never more than two jaws. The ligula cousists of a single piece, is always external and situated between the jaws, and either more or less square, triangular, or semicircular. The thoraxt usually marked with a depression in the form of a V, indicating the space occupied by the head, consists of a single segment, posteriorly to which, by means of a short pedicle, is suspended a moveable and usually soft abdomen; it is always fur- nished, under the anus, with from four to six closely approximated cylindrical or conical articulated mammille with fleshy extremities, which are perforated with numberless small orificest for the passage of silky filaments of extreme tenuity proceeding from internal reser- voirs. The legs, identical as to form, but of different sizes, are com- posed of seven joints, of which the two first form the hip, the third the thigh, the fourth § and fifth the tibia, and the two others the tarsus: the last is terminated by two hooks usually pectinated, and in several by one more, which is smaller and not dentated. The intes- tinal canal is straight, consisting of a first stomach composed of _ * From all the observations that have been made on the mode of copulation of the Araneides, I am still inclined to believe that these appendages are the genital organs. I have vainly sought for particular organs on the base of the abdomen of a large male Mygale preserved in spirits. We are not always to judge from analogy; for the sexual organs in the female Glomeris, Julus, and other Chilognatha, are situated near the mouth, a fact of which no second example is to be found. . + The term cephalo-thorax would be more strict and proper; not being in use, however, I have thought it best to avoid it ; neither will I employ that of corselet, although generally admitted, because, with respect to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera, &e., it only applies to the prothorax or first thoracic segment. t These holes are pierced in the last segment, which is frequently retracted. If it be strongly compressed, very small mammille, (at least in some species,) perfo- rated at the extremity, are protruded— they are the true fusi or spinning apparatus. Some naturalists think that the two smaller mammillz, situated in the middle of the four exterior ones, furnish no silk. § This joint, or the first of the tibia, is a kind of patella. ’ 280 ARACHNIDES. several sacs, and then of a second stomach or dilatation sur- rounded with silk. According to the observations of M. Leon Dufour —Ann. des Sc. Phys. VI—it occupies the greater part of the abdomi- nal cavity, and is immediately enveloped by the skin. It is of a pulpy consistence, and is formed of granules*, whose individual ex- cretory ducts unite in several hepatic canals, which pour the secreted matter into the alimentary tube. In the middle of its superior sur- face is a depressed line, where the heart is lodged, and which divides that organ into two equal lobes. Its form, like thatof the abdomen, va- ries according to the species ; thus in the Epeira sericea its contour is festooned. In this subgenus, as in the Lycosa tarentuda, its surface is covered with a whitish coat split into areole, which, in several species, are easily perceived through the glabrous skin; they may be seen obeying the impulse communicated to them by the systole and diastole of the heart. Both sexes frequently eject from the anus an excre- mentitious fluid, part of which is milk-white, and the remainder black as ink. _ The nervous system is composed of a double cord occupying the median line of the body, and of ganglions which distribute nerves to the various organs. M. Dufour has not been able to determine the number and disposition of these ganglions, but from the figure of this system given by Treviranus—Veber deninnern, bau des Arachniden, tab. V. fig. 45—there are but two. The observations of the latter will also supply the want of those relative to the organ of the circu- lation by M. Dufour, which, according to him, appears to consist of a simple dorsal vessel, as well as with respect to the testes and spermatic vessels, on which he is totally silent. The dorsal region of the abdomen in several Araneides, those especially which are glabrous or but slightly pilose, exhibits depressed points varying both in number and arrangement. M,. Dufour has ascertained that these little orbicular depressions are caused by the insertion of filiform muscles, which traverse the liver, and which he has also observed in the Scorpions, The one or two pairs of pulmonary sacs are indicated externally . by as many yellowish or whitish spots near the ventral base, and — immediately after the segment, which, by means of a fleshy thread, unites the abdomen with the thorax. Each pulmonary bursa is formed by the superposition of numerous, triangular, white, and extremely thin leaflets, which become confluent round the stigmata, and whose number exactly equals that of the pulmonary sacs. When there are * The liver of the Scorpions is composed of pyramidal and fasciculated lobules, a circumstance which seems to announce a more advanced degree of organization. - PULMONARLE. 281 four, a sort of fold or annular vestige found even in those where there are but two, and placed directly behind them, forms a line that separates the two pairs, “The females have two very distinct ovaries, lodged in a species of capsulé formed by the liver. In an unfecundated state they appear to be composed of a spongy, flaky kind ‘of tissue, formed by the agglomeration of rounded and scarcely visible corpuscles, which are the germs of eggs. As the results of fecundation become more apparent, the cluster formed by these ova * becomes less compact, and they are seen to be laterally inserted on several canals, Their great analogy to the ovarier of the Scorpions induces the same observer to presume that they form meshes terminating in two distinct oviducts, which open into a common vulva. The figure of the latter varies ; sometimes it is a longitudinal bilabiated slit, as in the Micrommata argelasta ; ‘sometimes it is protected by an elongated operculum with a caudiform termination, asin the Epeira diadema; and 4 others resembles a tubercle. With respect to the simple eyes, or ocelli, he remarks that they shine in darkness like those of Cats, and that the Araneides most probably enjoy the faculty both of nocturnal and diurnal vision. The abdomen becomes so putrid and decomposed after death, that its colours and even its form are soon destroyed. M. Dufour, by means of a rapid desiccation, the ‘mode of which he points out, has succeeded in remedying this evil to a great degree. The silk, according to Reaumur, is first elaborated in two little reservoirs, shaped like tears of glass, placed obliquely, one on each side, at the base of six other reservoirs, resembling intestines, situated cldése to each other, flexed six or seven times, proceeding from a little ‘vessel beneath the origin of the abdomen, and terminating in the papille by a very slender thread. It is in these last mentioned vessels that the silk acquires a greater degree of firmness and other proper- ties peculiar to it; they communicate with the preceding ones by branches, forming a number of geniculate turns, and then various pieces of net-work +. ‘The newly spun filaments, when first drawn from the mammille, are adhesive, and a certain degree of desiccation or evaporation is required to fit them for their destined purposes. When the temperature is propitious, however, a single instant is sufficient, as the animal employs them the moment they escape from the apparatus. Those white and silky flocculi that may be observed as their developement and that of the fetus, see the admirable work of H . - ft See Treviranus, on the same subject. 282 ARACHNIDES. floating about in spring and autumn in foggy weather, vulgarly termed in France fils de la Vierge, are certainly produced—as we have satisfactorily ascertained by tracing them to their point of origin —by various young Araneides, those of the Epeiree and Thomisi particularly; they are mostly the larger threads which are intended to afford points of attachment to the radii of the web, or those that compose the chain, and which, becoming more ponderous by the access of moisture, sink, approach one another, and finally form little pellets : we frequently observe them collected near the web com- menced by the Spider, and in which it resides. It.is also very probable that many of these young animals not having as yet a sufficient supply of silk, limit their structure to _throwing out simple threads. It is, I think, to the young Lycos that we must attribute those which intersect the furrows of ploughed grounds, whose numbers are rendered so apparent by the reflection of light after sunrise. By chemical analysis, these ils de la Vierge exhibit the same characters as the web of the spider—they are not. then formed in the atmosphere, as, for want of proper observation, ex visu, that celebrated naturalist, M. Lamarck, has conjectured. Gloves and stockings have been made with this silk; but it was found impossible to apply the process ona large scale, and, as it is subject to many difficulties, is rather a matter of curiosity than utility. This substance, however, is of much greater importance to the little animals in question. With it, the-sedentary species; or those which do not roam abroad in search of their prey, weave webs* of a more or less compact tissue, whose form and position vary accord- ing to the peculiar habits of each of them, and that are so many snares or traps, where the insects on which they feed become entangled, or are taken. No sooner is one of them arrested there by the hooks of -its tarsi, than the Spider, sometimes placed in the centre of his net, or at the bottom of his web, or at others lying in ambush in a peculiar domicile situated near and in one of the angles, rushes towards his victim, and endeavours to pierce him with his murderous dart, dis- tilling into the wound a prompt and mortal poison; should the former resist too vigorously, or should it be dangerous to the latter to approach it, he retreats, waiting until it has either exhausted its powers by struggling, or become more entangled in the net; but should there be no cause of fear, he hastens to bind it by involving the body in his silken threads; with which it is sometimes completely enveloped. * Those of some exotic species are so strong, that small birds are entangled in them ; they even oppose a certain degree of resistance to man. PULMONARIZ&. 283 Lister says that Spiders dart their threads in the same way that the Porcupine darts his quills, with this difference, however, that in the latter, according to the popular belief, the spines are detached from the body, whereas in the former, these threads, though propelled to a considerable distance, always remain connected with it. The pos- sibility of this has been denied. Be it as it may, we have seen threads issuing from the mammillee of several Thomisi from straight lines, and, when the animals moved circularly, producing moveable radii. A second use to which this silk is applied by the female Ara- neides is in the construction of the sacs destined to contain their eggs. The texture and form of these sacs are variously modified, according to the habits of the race. They are usually spheroidal ; some of them resemble a cap or tymbal, others are placed on a pedicle, and some are claviform, They are sometimes partially en- veloped with foreign . bodies, such as earth, leaves, &c.; a finer material, or sort of tow or down, frequently surrounds the eggs in their interior, where they are free or agglutinated and more or less numerous. As they are voracious animals, the males, in order to avoid a surprise and to prevent themselves from falling victims to their premature desires, approach their females in the nuptial season with the greatest circumspection and mistrust. They cautiously and repeatedly touch them, and frequently for a long time before they yield to their wishes, and when this is the case they quickly and repeatedly apply the extremity of their palpi to the inferior surface of the abdomen, protruding at each time, and as if by a spring, the fecundating organ contained in the button formed by the last joint of those palpi, and insinuate it into a sub-abdominal slit, near the base and between the respiratory orifices; after a moment’s interval the same act is repeatedly performed. Such is the mode of copulation of a small number of. species belonging to the Orbitele. It is impos- sible to avoid feeling the most lively interest in reading what: has been written upon this subject by that learned naturalist, who of all others. has most profoundly studied these animals, the celebrated Walckenaer, member of the Acad. des Inscriptions et Belles-lettres. The apparatus of the male organs of generation, or at least of what are considered as such, is usually highly complicated and very various ; it consists of scaly pieces, more or less hooked and irregular, and of a white fleshy body, on which sanguineous looking vessels are some- times perceptible, which is considered as the fecundating organ, pro- perly so called; but in the Arachnides with four pulmonary sacs, and in some belonging to the division where there are but two, the last joint of the palpi of the males only exhibits a single horny piece in 284 ARACHNIDES. the.form of a-hook or ear-picker, without the smallest visible opening. Although Miiller and others were mistaken:when they placed the male organs of certain Entomostraca upon two of their antennz, it is very certain that the parts considered as analogous to them in the Araneides are very different from those observed on the antennz of those Crustacea, and that if we refuse to admit of their exercising this function, it:is:impossible to conceive of: their use *. According to the experiments of Audebert, who has given us a history of the Monkeys worthy of ‘the talents of ‘that great’ painter, it is certain that a single fecundation is sufficient for several succes- sive generations, but that: with them, as with all Insects and other analogous classes, the ova are sterile without a union of the sexes. Their nuptial season in France lasts from the latter end of summer till the beginning of October. The ova first laid are frequently hatched before the termination of autumn: the others remain in statu quo during the winter. The females of certain species of Lycosa have been observed to tear open the egg-sac when the young ones were about to issue from the ovum. The latter then mount on the back of their mother, where they remain some time. Other female Araneides carry their cocoons under the abdomen, or remain near them and watch them. The two posterior feet of some-.of the young ones are not developed until several days after they have been hatched. Some, during the same period, live:together, ‘and appear tospinincommon. Their colouring is then more uniform, and the young naturalist may easily err in multiplying their species. One of our collaborators for the Encyclopedie Methodique, M. A. Lepelletier of Saint-Fargeau, has observed that these animals, as well as the Crustacea, possess the faculty of reproducing a lost limb. I have ascertained that a single wound from a moderate sized Araneid will kill our common Fly in a few minutes. It is also certain that the bite of those large Araneides of South “America, which are there called Crab-Spiders, and are placed by us in the genus Mygale, kills: the smaller vertebrated animals, such as Humming-Birds, Pigeons, &c., and produces a violent fever in Man; the sting of some species in the south of France ‘has even occasionally proved fatal. We may, therefore, without believing all the fabulous stories of Baglivi and others respecting the bite of the Tarantula, mistrust the Araneides, and particularly the larger ones. . Various insects of the genus Sphex, Lin., seize upon these Spiders, pierce them with their sting, and‘ transport them into‘holes where they lave. deposited their eggs, as’ a source of food’ for their young. * They must at all events be organs of excitation. PULMONARIE, 285 Most of them perish in winter, but there are some which live several years—such are the Mygales,the Lycosa, and probably several others, Although Pliny states that. the genus .Phalangiwm is unknown in Italy, we still presume that these latter Araneides and other large species which weave no web, as.also the Galeodes .and. Solpuge, are. the animals they collectively designated by that name, and of which they distinguished several species. Such also was the opinion of Mouffet, who, in his Theat. Insect., p, 219, has figured a Lycosa or Mygale, of the island of Candia, as a species of Phalangium. _ Lister was the first and most successful observer of the Spiders, whose habits he was enabled to study; those of Great Britain laid the foundations of a natural arrangement, of which most of those that have been since published are mere modifications. The more recent discovery of species peculiar to hot climates, such as the Araignée magonne described by the abbé Sauvages, and some others, the use of the organs of manducation introduced into the system by Fabricius, a more exact study of the general disposition of the eyes, and of their respective sizes, with that of the relative length of the legs, have all contributed to extend this classification. Walckenaer has entered into the most minute of these details, and it would be a difficult matter to discover a species that could not find its place in some one of his divisions. One character, however, existed, the ap- plication of which had not. been made general: I allude to the pre- sence or absence of the third terminal hook of the tarsi. Savigny, so far as this is concerned, has given us a new method, of which, how- ever, I have only seen a simple sketch*. | M. Leon Dufour, who has published many excellent memoirs on the anatomy of Insects, who has especially studied those of Valencia, among which he has detected several new species, and to whose labours the science of Botany is not less indebted, has paid particular * See Walck., Faun. Franc., note to genus Aééa. We knew nothing of the observations of M. Savigny on the Spiders, which accom- pany the plates of Nat. Hist. of the great work on Egypt, until long after our arti- cle relative to the same animals was printed. That gentleman—Hist. Nat. ut sup.—establishes the following genera in the family of the Araneides: 1. ARIADNE, near that of Segestria, having but six eyes, of which the two intermediate posterior ones are further forwards ;—2. LAcuEsis, near Drassus, but with the hooks of the Chelicere, (forcipules, Savign.,) very small ; —3. EriGONne, also allied to Drassus as well as to Clubiona; thorax very high before ; second joint of the palpi spinous, and dilated into an angle or tooth at the ex- tremity ;—4. Herstcta, allied to Agelena and Theridion of Walckenaer ; feet long and slender, the superior nails bidentate ; eyes united on an eminence, arranged in two transverse lines, and curved backwards ; two very long fusi forming a tail ; 5. ARACH- NE, which does not appear tous to differ from Angelena;—6. Areyores, Epeire whose anterior, lateral eyes are much smaller than the others ;—7. Enyo, fifth family of the Theridion, Walck. ;—s. OcyAtr, second family of the Dolomedes, Id. 286 ARACHNIDES. attention to the respiratory organs of Spiders, and it is from him that we have taken our divisions, which consist of those that have four pulmonary sacs—with as many external stigmata, two on each side, and closely approximated—and of such as have but two*. The first, which embraces the order of the Theraphosz of Walckenaer, and some other genera of the one he collectively designates by the name of Spiders, according to our method form but the single genus MYGALE. Their eyes always situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax, and usually, closely approximated; feet and cheliceree robust; copu- lating organs of the males always salient and frequently very simple. Most of them have but four fusi, of which the two lateral or external, situated somewhat above the others, are longest, and consist of three segments, exclusive of the prominence that forms their peduncle. They weave silken tubes in which they reside, and which they con- ceal either in holes excavated. by them for that purpose, or under stones, bark of trees, or between leaves. ; aig The Theraphose of Walckenaer will form a first division, the characters of which are: 1. Four fusit, of which the two that are intermediate and inferior are usually very short, and the two that are exterior very salient; the hooks of the chelz doubled underneath, or along their carina or inferior edge, and not on the inner side of their internal face, or upon it; eight eyes always, usually grouped on a little eminence, three on each side, forming a reversed triangle, and the two superior ones approximated; the remaining two arranged transversely between the preceeding The fourth pair of legs are the longest, and then the first; the third is the shortest. Here the palpi are inserted into the superior extremity of the jaws ; so that they appear to consist of six joints, the first of which, narrow and elongated, with the internal angle of the superior extremity salient, fulfils the functions of a jaw. The ligula is always small and nearly square. The last joint of the palpi of the males is short, has the form of a button, and bears the organs of generation at its extre- mity. The two anterior legs of the same sex have a stout spine or spur at their inferior extremity. Such are the characters of the Myearr, Walck., Or the true Mygales. In some of them we find no transverse series of horny and moveable spines or points, resembling the teeth of a rake, at the superior extremity of their chelicerse immediately above the insertion of the claw or hook which terminates them. The hairs which decorate the under part of their tarsi form a thick and broad * Section of the Territele of our first edition. +. I have perceived, in the Atypi, vestiges of two other mammille, those which, in the Spiders of the ensuing division, are placed between the four exterior ones, and are, there, very visible ; as they are here but scarcely apparent, I have not thought it requisite to notice them. PULMONARIZ. 287 brush, projecting beyond the hooks, and usually concealing them. The male organs of generation consist of a single scaly piece, termi- nated by an entire point, or neither emarginated nor divided ; some- times it is formed like an ear-pick—M. dela Blond, Lat.—usually, however, it is globular inferiorly, then becomes narrow, terminates in a point, and forms a kind of arcuated hook. This division is composed of the largest species of the family, some of which, when at rest, cover a circular space of from six to seven. inches in ‘diameter; they sometimes seize upon Humming-birds. They establish their domicile in the clefts of trees, under the bark, in the fissures of rocks, or on the surface of leaves of various plants. The cell of the Mygale avicularia has the form of a tube, narrowed into a point at its posterior Seige It consists of a white web, of a closé, very fine texture, semi-diaphanous, and ‘resembling muslin. One of them, presented to me by M. Goudot, when unrolled, was about two decimetres in length, and six centimetres in breadth, mea- - sured across its greatest transversal diameter, The cocoon of the same species Was of the figure and size of a large walnut. Its enve- lope, consisting of thé same material as that of its domicile, was formed of three layers. It appears that the young are hatched in it, and © undergo their first change of tegument there. The naturalist just. mentioned stated to me, that he had taken a hundred of them from a single cocoon*. This Mygale—Aranea avicularia, L.; Kléem. Insect, XI, and XII, the male—is about an inch and a half long, blackish, and extremely hairy; the extremity of the feet and palpi, and the in- ferior pili of the mouth reddish. The genital organ of the male is hollow at base, and terminates in an elongated and very acute point. South America and the Antilles produce other species, called by the French colonists Araignées-crabes. ‘Their bite is reputed to be dangerous. A very large species—M. fasciata; Seb., ‘Mus., I, lxix,i; Walck., Hist. of Spiders, IV, i, the female—is also found in the East Indies. A species, nearly as large as the - avicularia, inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. Another of the same division—M. Valentina—was discovered in the sandy and desert districts of Moxenta, in Spain, by M. Dufour, who has described and figured it in the Ann. of the Phys. Sciences, Brus- sels, Vol. V. Walckenaer has also described a second species from that peninsula which has two prominences above its respi- ratory organs. These two latter species forma particular group, characterized by the hooks of the tarsi, which are salient or exposed ft. ) In the following Mygales{, the superior extremity of the first * See my memoir on the habits of the Avicularia in the Ann. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat. VIII, p. 456. i + For details concerning these and the following species, as well as for the other genera of this family, see the corresponding articles in the Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., where we treat of them at length. ~ The genus Creniza, Lat., Fam. Nat. du Régne Animal. 288 ARACHNIDES, joint ofthe. chelicere presents a series. of, spines, articulated’ and moveable at base-—according to the observations of Dufour—and forming a sort of rake. EP PO GOS OG The tarsi are less pilose underneath than in the preceding division, and their hooks are always. exposed. ‘The. males of one species, the only ones I have seen, have more complicated organs of generation than those of the preceding division. The principal and scaly, piece incloses a peculiar, semiglobular . body, terminating in a pifid point, in an inferior cavity *, Ge bbord These species, in the dry and mountain. districts. of the south of Europe and of some other countries, excavate subterraneous galle- ries, which are frequently two feet in depth; and so extremely tortu- ous, that, according to Dufour, it is frequently impossible to trace them. At the mouth, they construct a moveable operculum with earth and silk, fixed by a hinge, »which, from its form, nicely adjusted to the aperture, its inclination, its weight, and the superior position of the hinge, spontaneously shuts, and completely closes the entrance of their habitation, forming a kind of trap-door, which is scarcely distinguishable from the surrounding earth. -Its inner surface is lined with a layer of silk, to which the animal)clings, in order to keep its door shut and. prevent intruders from opening it. If it be slightly raised, it is a sure indication that the owner is within: Unearthed by laying open the gallery front of the entrance, it be- comes stupified, and allows itself to be captured without resistance. A silken tube, or the nest properly so called, lines the inside of the gallery. M. Dufour thinks that the males never excavate, .“Inde- pendently of his having found them under stones only, they do not seem to him'so well prepared with organs adapted to such work f. Without deciding upon this point, we presume, with him, that the Mygale carminans of France—Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., art. MyGaue —is merely the male of the following species: -Walckenaer, however, doubts it. . | : M. cementaria, Lat.; Araignée magonne, Sauvag., Hist. de VAcad. des Sc., 1758; p. 26; Aratgnée mineuse, Dorthés., Trans. Lin. Soc. IJ, 17, 8; Walck., Hist. des Aran., fase. IIT, x; Faun. Frang., Arach., II, 4; Dufour, Ann:.des Sc. Phys, V, lxxiii, 5. The female Mason. Spider, as it is called, is about eight lines in length, of a reddish colour, verging, on.a brown more or less deep; edges of the thorax paler... The .chelicere are blackish, each one furnished above, near the articulation of the hook, with five points, of which the internal is the shortest. The abdomen is of a mouse-grey, with streaks of a darker hue. The first joint of all the tarsi is furnished with small spines. The hooks of the last have a spur at their base, and a double range of acute teeth. The mammille are but slightly prominent. . * On this point I am contradicted by M. Dufour. I was compelled ‘again to examine the fact, and have convinced myself that I was not mistaken. It is possible the specimens he examined did not present this character. tifes + See his excellent memoir entitled ‘‘ Observations sur quelques. Arachnides Quadripulmonaires.’’ PULMONARIA. 289 According to Dufour—Ann. des Sc. Phys., V. lxxiii, 4—the supp male, of which I have made a species. MM]. cardeuse, di from the preceding individual in the greater length of its feet, in the hooks of the tarsi, which are twice the number of the other, but have.go spurs, and in the diminished length of its mammillze. A more apparent character may be found in the stout spine, which terminates, inferiorly, the two anterior tibiz. This Mygale is found in the southern departments of France, situated on the borders of the Mediterranean, in Spain, &c. M. fodiens, Walck., Faun. Frang., Arach., II, 1, 2;M. Sau- vagesti, Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixxiii, 3; Aranea Sawvagesii, Ross. The female is somewhat larger than that of the preceding species, and of a light reddish-brown, without spots. The exterior fusi are long. The four anterior tarsi are one furnished with small spines; all have a spur at the end, and their hooks have but a single tooth, situated at their base. The chelicerz are stouter and more bent than those of the Ce- mentaria ; the teeth of the rake are rather more numerous, and there are two ranges of teeth under the first joint. The male is unknown. This species is found in Tuscany and Corsica. ‘There is a small clod of earth in the Museum d’Hist. Nat. of Paris, in which are four of its nests, forming a regular quadrilateral figure. : | M. Lefévre who has made so many sacrifices to the science of Entomology, has discovered a new species of Magale in Sicily, the entire body of which is of a blackish brown. The extremity of the anterior tibiz of the male does not exhibit that stout spine which appears to be peculiar to the individuals of the same sex, in the other Mygales. Another species is found in Jamaica—M. nidulans—figured, together with its nest, by Brown in his Nat. Hist. of Jamaica, pl. xliv, 3. There, the palpi are inserted into an inferior dilatation of the ex- ternal side of the jaws, and consist of but five joints. The ligula, at first very small—Atypus—lengthens, and then advances between the jaws, and this character becomes general. he last joint of the palpi, in both sexes, is elongated, and pointed near the end. There is no spur to the extremity of the anterior tibize of the males. Aryrvus, Lai.—O.terera, Walck. The Atypi have a very small ligula almost covered by the internal portion of the base of the jaws, and closely approximated eyes group- ed on a tubercle. un Atypus Sulzeri, Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, v, 2, the male; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxili, Aranea picea, Sulz.; Olétére atype, Walck., Faun, Frang., Arach., II, 3. Body entirely blackish, and about eight lines in length. The thorax is nearly square, depressed posteriorly, inflated, widened, and broadly truncated anteriorly, presenting an appearance very VOL, IT, U 290 ARACHNIDES. different from that of the same part in the Mygales. The che- liceree are very stout, and underneath the claw and at its base is a little eminence resembling a tooth. The last joint of the palpi of the male is pointed at the end. From the genital organ arises, . inferiorly, a little squamous semi-diaphanous piece, widened and unequally bidendated at the end, with a small seta or cirrus at one of its extremities. This species excavates a cylindrical gallery in sloping grounds covered with grass ; in this gallery, seven or eight inches in length, horizontal at first and then inclined, it weaves a tuhe of white silk of the same form and dimensions. The cocoon is fastened with silk by both ends to the bottom of the gallery. It is found in the environs of Paris and Bourdeaux ; M. Basoches has observed a variety near Séez, which is always of a light brown. M. Milbert has discovered another species—Atypus rufipes— near Philadelphia, which is entirely black, with fulvous feet. Eriopon, Lat~—Muissutena, Walck, The Eriodons differ from the Atypi in their elongated, narrow ligula, advancing between their jaws, and in their eyes, which are scattered over the anterior part of the thorax. The only species known—Eriodon occatorius, Lat.; Missu- lena occatoria,Walck., Tabl. des Aran. pl. II, ii, 12—is an inch long, blackish, and peculiar to New Holland, where it was dis- covered by MM Péron and Lesueur *. In our second and last division of the quadripulmonary Spiders or Mygales, we find characters common to Eriodon, such as the ligula being prolonged between the jaws, and the palpi consisting of five joints; but the claws of the chelicerze are folded over their inner face, there are six fusi, their first pair of legs is the longest and not the fourth, and the third is always the shortest. Some of them have but six eyes. The number of pulmonary sacs will notallow us to remove the subgenera of this division from the preceding ones, and as they conduct us to Drassus, Clotho, and Segestria, subgenera with but two pulmonary sacs, the natural order will not permit us to pass from the Mygales to the Lycos and other hunting or wandering Spiders. The Mygales are true tapissiéres—or true spiders which line their galleries with silk—and in fact, it was in this division that the Ara- nea avicularia of Linnzeus was formerly placed. : This second division comprises the two following subgenera. —_ * In the first memoir of M. Dalman upon the Insects found in-amber,that celebrated naturalist mentions (p. 25) a spider which, it appeared to him, should be made the type of a new genus (Chalinura). The eyes are placed on avery high anterior tubercle, four of them, of which the two anterior are very large and approx- imated, occupying the centre. The external fusi are much elongated. From these characters it would seem that this spider approaches Mygale or some other analo- gous genus, PULMONARIA. 291 Dyspgera, Lat. But six eyes arranged in the figure of a horse-shoe, the opening in front; the cheliceree very stout and projecting; jaws’ straight and dilated at the insertion of the palpi *. ’ Fiuistata, Lat. Eight eyes grouped on a little eminence at the anterior extremity of the thorax; the chelicerze small; the jaws arcuated on the outer side, and surrounding the ligula t. We now pass to Araneides with but one pair of pulmonary sacs and as many stigmata. They all have palpi formed of five joints, inserted into the external side of the jaws near their base, and most frequently in a sinus; a ligula extending between them, either nearly square, triangular or semicircular, and six fusi at the anus, The last joint of the palpi, in the males, is more or less ovoid, and usually encloses, in an excavation, a complicated and varied organ of copu- lation: it is rarely—Segestria—exposed. With the exception of a few species, which enter into the genus Mygale, they compose that of Aranga, Lin, Aranrus, of some authors. A first division will comprehend the ARANEm SEDENTARLA, or seden- tary spiders. They make webs, or throw out threads to ensnare their prey, and always remain in these traps, or their vicinity, as well as near their eggs. Their eyes are approximated anteriorly and are sometimes eight in number, of which four or two are in the middle and two or three on each side, and sometimes six. Some, which, from the circumstance of their always moving for- wards,we term the Recticrapm, weave webs and are stationary ;their legs are elevated when at rest; sometimes the two first and two last are the longest, and at others those of the two anterior pairs, or the fourth and the third. The general arrangement of the eyes does not form the segment of a circle or a crescent. They may be divided into three sections: the first, or that of the Tubitelee, has cylindrical fusi approximated into a fasciculus directed backwards ; the legs are robust, the two first or the two last, and vice versa, longest in some, and the whole eight nearly equal in others. We will commence with two subgenera, which, with respect to the jaws that describe a circle round the ligula, approach the Filis- tatee, and are removed from those that follow. Crorno, Walck.—Urocrga, Dufour. A singular subgenus. The chelicere are very small, can separate but little—thereby approximating this subgenus to the last—and * Dysdera erythrina, Lat.; Walck., Tab. des Aran., V, 49, 50; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys. V. lxxiii, 7; Aranea rufipes, Fab.; Dysdera parvula, Dufour, Ib, . + Filistata bicolor, Lat.; Walck., Faun, Frang., Arach., VI, 1—3, A moder- ate size species is founded at Guadaloupe, the male of which has long and slender legs, curved palpi, with the genital organs situated at the extremity of the last joint, and terminated by a slender and arcuated, or falciform hook. é we eten U 992 ARACHNIDES. are not indented; very small hooks; the-shortness.of the body and length of the legs produce a resemblance to the Crab-Spiders or Thomisi. The relative length of these organs differs, but. little; the fourth pair, and then the preceeding one are merely somewhat longer than the first; the tarsi, only, are furnished with spines, The eyes are further from the anterior margin of the thorax than in the fol- lowing subgenus, and are approximated. and arranged asin the genus Mygale of Walckenaer ; three on each side form a reversed triangle ; the two others form a transverse line in the space comprised between the two triangles. The jaws and the ligula are proportiona- bly smaller than those of the same subgenus; a short projection or slight dilatation on the external side of the jaws, gives insertion to the palpi; the jaws terminate in a point; the ligula is triangular and not nearly oval as in Drassus. The two superior or most lateral fusi are long, but what, according to Dufour, particularly charac- terizes his Urocteze or our Clothos, is, that there are two. pectiniform valves which open and shut at the will of the animal *, in place of the two intermediate fusi. But a single species is known, the Uroctea 5-maculata, Du- four, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixxvi, 1; Clotho Durandii, Lat. The body is five lines in length, of a fine chesnut colour; abdo- men black; five small, round, yellowish spots above, four of which are arranged transversely in pairs, and the last or fifth posterior; legs hairy. It is evident from the plates of the great work on Egypt, that M. Savigny found it in that country, and proposed forming a new genus with it. Count Dejean brought it from Dalmatia; and Schreiber, director of the Imperial Museum of Vienna, has sent me specimens captured in the same coun try. M. Dufour also found it in the mountains of ‘Narbonne, in the Pyrennees and among the rocks of Catalonia. To this latter naturalist we are indebted not only for our knowledge of the external characters of this spider, but for many curious observations relative to its habits. ‘She constructs,” says he, « a shell resembling a calotte or patella an inch in diameter, on the under surface of large stones or in the fissures of rocks. Its contour presents seven or eight emarginations, the angles of _ which are alone attached to the stone by silken fasciculi, the margin being free. This singular tent is admirably woven. The exterior resembles the very finest taffeta, formed, according to the age of the animal, of a greater or Jess number of layers. Thus, when the young Uroctea first commences her establish- ment, she merely forms two webs, between which she seeks for shelter. Subsequently, and I believe at each change of tegument, * I have seen, in a well preserved specimen, six fusi, of which. the) two, superior were much the longest and terminated by an elongated joint, forming an elliptical lamina, and the other four small, the inferior ones particularly, and arranged in a square. ‘The anus, placed under a little membranous projection resembling a cly- peus, was furnished on each side with a pencil of retractile: hairs. These pencils are the parts named by Dufour pectiniform valves, and are distinct from the two intermediate fusi, which are concealed by the two inferior ones, |. _ PULMONARLE, 293 ') she adds a certain number of layers’ Finally, when the nuptial season has arrived, she lines an apartment with a softer and more downy material which is to enclose the sac of eggs and young -Yones. Although the exterior shell is more or less soiled by foreign -».° bodies which serve to conceal it, the chamber of the industrious ~- architect is always extremely neat and clean. | There are four, five, or six egg pouches or sacculiin each domicil ; they are len- ticular, more than four lines in diameter, and formed of a snow- white taffeta lined with the softest down. The ova are not pro- duced till the latter end of December or the beginning of January; the young are to be protected from the rigour of winter and the incursions of enemies—all is prepared ; the recep- taecle of this precious deposit is separated from the web that adheres to the stone by soft down, and from the external calotte by the various layers I have mentioned. Some of the emar- ginations in the edge of the pavilion are completely closed by the continuity of the web, the edges of the remainder are merely laid on each other, so that by raising them up, the animal can _. issue from its tent or enter it, at pleasure. When the Uroctea - leaves her habitation for the chase, she has nothing to fear, she _ only possesses the secret of the impenetrable emargination, and has the key to those which alone afford an entrance. When her offspring are able to provide for themselves, they leave their native dwelling, to establish elsewhere their individual habita- - tions, while the mother returns to it and dies—it is thus her , eradle and her tomb.” Drassus, Walck. The Drassi differ from Clotho in several characters. . Their che- licerze, are robust, projecting and dentated beneath; their jaws are obliquely truncated at the extremity, and the ligula forms an infe- riorly truncated oval, or an elongated curvilinear triangle; the eyes are nearer to the anterior margin of the thorax, and the line formed by the four posterior ones is longer than the anterior, or extends beyond it on the sides, There is but little difference in the propor- tions of the fusi, and we do not observe between them the two pecti- niform valves peculiar to Clotho. Finally, the fourth pair of legs, and then the first, are manifestly longer than the others. The Tibiz and first joint of the tarsi are armed with spines. _, These Spiders live under stones, in the fissures of walls, and on leaves; they construct their cells with an extremely fine white silk. The cocoons of some are orbicular and flattened, and consist of two valves laid one on the other. M. Walckenaer distributes the Drassi into three families, according to the direction and approximation of the lines formed by the eyes, and the greater or less dilatation of the middle of the jaws. The species which he calls viridissimus, Hist. des Aran. fascic. -IV,9, and. which alone composes his third division, weaves a » fine, white, transparent web on the surface of a leaf; under this ‘web it seeks for shelter. I have sometimes observed a similar web on the leaf of the Pear-tree, but the margin was angular _ 294 ARACHNIDES. and resembling a tent, like that of the Clotho, beneath which » was the cocoon. It is, I presume, the work of this species of © -Drassus, and proves the analogy of this subgenus with the pre- ceding one. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, xcv, 1, has given a very complete discription of a species of Drassus —D. segestriformis—found by him under stones in the highest Pyrennees, and never beneath the Alpine region. It is one of the largest of this subgenus, and appears to me to be closely allied to my melanogaster, which I believe to be the D. lucifuqus Walckenaer, Scheeff. I con. CI, 7. One of the prettiest species, which is very commonly observed running along the ground in the vicinity of Paris, is the D. relucens. It is small, and almost cylindrical, with a fulvous thorax, invested with a purple silky down; the abdomen is a mixture of blue, red, and green, with metallic reflections, and marked by two transverse and golden lines, of which the ante- - rior isarcuated., Four golden dots are sometimes observed on it *. In the other Tubitelee the jaws do not surround the ligula; their external side is dilated inferiorly beneath the origin of the palpi. Some have but six eyes, four of which are anterior, and form a transverse line, and the two others posterior, situated, one on each side, behind the two lateral ones of the preceding line. Such is the essential character of the . SeceEstria, Lat. The ligula is elongated and almost square. The first pair of legs, and then the second, is the longest; the third is the shortest. These spiders construct long, silky, cylindrical tubes in the chinks and crevices of old walls, which they inhabit; their first pairs of legs are always directed forwards, and diverging threads border the external entrance of their domicil, forming a net for ensnaring Insects. The genital organ of the S. perfida—Aranea florentina, Ross., Faun. Etrusce., XIX, 3—a large black species with green chelicerz, which is not rare in France, is shaped like a tear, or is ovoido-conical, very acute at the end, entirely salient, and red f. The remaining Tubitele have eight eyes. On account of the dif- ference in the site of their habitations, we may divide them into the terrestrial and the aquatic. Although the last family of the Araneides of Walckenaer (his Naiades) is composed of these latter, they are so closely allied to the other Tubitele, that notwithstanding this disparity of habits they must be placed together. In those which are terres- trial, the ligula is almost square, or but very slightly narrowed, with a very obtuse or truncated summit; the jaws are straight, or nearly so, and more or less dilated towards the extremity; the two eyes of each lateral extremity of the ocular group are generally separated from each other, or at least are geminate and placed on a particular eminence like those of the aquatic Tubitele. 4 * For the other species see Faun. Paris., Walck., and Tabl. des Aran., Id. + Add the Seg. senoculata, Walck., Hist. des Aran., V, vii; Aranea senoculata , L.; Deg. . PULMONARLE. 295 . Civsiona, Lat. This bare ee is only distinguished from the tug raven one by the nearly equal length of the exterior fusi, and by the straightness of the line formed by the four anterior eyes. The Clubione construct silky tubes under stones, in chinks of walls, or between leaves. Their cocoons are globular *. ARANEA. The true Aranez, which we at first designated by the generic ap- pellation of Tegenaria, retained by Walckenaer, and to which we add his Angelene and Nyssi, have their two superior fusi much longer than the others, and their four anterior eyes arranged in a line pos- teriorly arcuated or forming a curve. They construct in our houses, in the angles of walls, on plants, hedges, along the roads, in the earth, and under stones, a large and nearly horizontal web, at the upper part of which is a tube where they remain motionless +. : Then follow the Naiades of Walckenaer, or our aquatic Tubitele, which form the ‘ Arcyroneta, Lat. | The jaws are inclined on the ligula, which is triangular. Th two eyes of each lateral extremity of the ocular group are’ closely approximated and placed on a particular eminence; the four others form a quadrilateral. _ Argyroneta aquatica; Aranea aquatica, L., Geoff., Deg. Blackish brown, the abdomen darker; silky; four depressed points on the back. It is found on the stagnant waters of Europe, . where it swims with the abdomen enclosed in a bubble of air; it forms an oval cell, filled with air, and lined with silk, from which various threads extend to the surrounding plants. Here it lies in wait for its prey, deposits its cocoons, which it carefully watches, and encloses itself to pass the winter. In the second section of the sedentary and rectigrade spiders, that of the InequirEe., the external papillae are nearly conical, project but little, are convergent, and form a rosette; the legs are very slen- der. . The jaws incline. over the lip, and become narrower at their, superior extremity, or at least do not sensibly widen. > Most. of them have the first pair of legs longest, and then the fourth. The abdomen is more voluminous, softer, and more coloured than in the preceding tribes. Their webs form an irregular net composed of threads which cross each other in every direction, and on several planes. They lie in wait for their prey, display much ‘eh Sos Se eae ae - * Aranea holosericea, L.; Degeer, Fab. ; Walck., Hist. des Aran. IV, iii, fem. ; —Aranea atrose. Deg., Fab. : List., Aran., XXI, 21; Albin, Aran., X, 48, and XVII,.82... See also Tab. des Aran., and the Faun. Paris., Walckenaer. + Aranea domestica, L., Deg., Fab.; Clerck., Aran. Suec., pl. ii, tab. ix ;— Fouenerie civilis, Walck., Hist. des Aran., V, v ;—Aranea labyrinthica, L., Fab. ; erck, Aran., Suec. pl. ii, tab, viii. See the Tab. des Aran., Walck. 296 ARACHNIDES. anxiety for the preservation of their eggs, and never abandon them till they are hatched. . They are short-lived. Ih some, the first pair of legs, and then the fourth, are the longest. . 2 BO Scyropres, Lat. ~ But six eyes arranged in pairs, According to Dufour, the. hooks of their tarsi are inserted into a supplementary joint. Two species are known, one of which, the. thoracica * ahha. bits houses in Europe, and the other, /a blonde, Ann. des Sc. Phys. V, lxxvi, 5, was found under calcareous debris in the mountains of Valencia. It weaves a uniform tube of a thin milk-white tissue, like that of the Dysdera erythrina. TueEripion, Walck. Eight eyes disposed.as follows: four in the middle forming a square, the two anterior of which are placed on a little eminence, and two on each side, also situated on a common elevation. ‘The thorax has the figure of a reversed heart, or is nearly triangular. This sub- genus is very numerous f. 0 Therid. malmignatte ; Aranea 13-quttata, Fab. ; Ross: Faun. Etrusc., II, ix, 10. The lateral eyes separated fr om éach other ; body black, with thirteen small, round, blood-red spots on the ‘abdomen. Its bite is considered’ venomous ‘and even mortal. From Tuscany and Corsica f. The A. mactans, Fab., a second species of Theridion habit. ing South America, is equally dreaded in that country. This prejudice against these animals appear to originate shot bhetr: black colour, varied with sanguine spots. | Ervisinus, Walck. Eight eyes also, but they are approximated on a common elova- tion ; the thorax is narrow and almost cylindrical §. ye In the remaining Inequitele, the first pair of legs, and ‘then: the: second are the longest. Such is the Puoucus, Walck. Where the eight eyes are placed on a tubercle, and dintiied into three groups; one on each side consisting of three eyes, forming a triangle, and the third in the middle, somewhat anteriorly, and com- posed of two on a transverse line. tor oad Scytodes thoracica, Lat., Gen. Crust: et Insect. I, v, 4; Walck. Hist, des Aran., I, x, and II, Suppl. a) + Sie the Tab. aidid Hist. des Aran., Walcken., the Ann. des Sc. Nat., and Ann, des Sc. Phys. The Aranez bipunctata, ‘pelindie, L ., and the A. albo- macutitfa; Deg., - &e,, should be referred to this genus. PIIEMIOD Ya § t This species is the type of the genus Latrodecta, Walck., which he distinguishes from that of Theridion by the difference in the respective length of the feet; in this, : however, he appears to me to have erred. His Theridion benignum, Hist. des Aran. fasc. V, viii, whose habits he has care- fully studied, establishes its domicil between the clusters of grapes, and defends them from the attacks of various Insects. : § Episinus truncatus, Lat, Gener, Crust. et Insect, t. “gi p- 371. Italy, and environs of Paris, PULMONARLE. 297 mon! SQPhS phalangioides, Walck., Hist. des Aran., fasc. V, tab. x; Araignée domestique & longues pattes, Geoff. . The body long, Jeo@narrow, pale yellowish or livid, and pubescent; abdomen nearly cylindrical, very soft, and marked above with blackish spots; yery long, slender legs; a whitish ring round the extremity of “0° t¢he'thighs and tibi. ‘Common in houses, where it spins a web of a loose texture, in the angles of the walls. The female cements oC chér°eggs into a round naked mass, which she carries between »~ ‘her mandibles. NOM PEE ’ “ M. Dufour has found a second species, the Pholque & queue ~~ —Ann, des Sc. Phys, V, Ixxvi, 2,—in the clefts of the rocks in Moxente, Valencia. Its abdomen terminates in a conical point, and thus forms a sort of tail, like that of the Epeira conica. Like . .-the preceding species, it balances its body and feet. The genital ., organs of the male are very complex. ; «dn the third. section of the sedentary rectigrade spiders, the Orer- TeLe, or Araignées Tendeuses of others, the external fusi are almost conical, slightly salient, convergent, and form a rosette; the legs are slender,.asin the. preceding section, but the jaws are straight and evidently, wider at their extremity. eek’ . The, first pair of legs, and then the second, are always, the longest. There,are. eight. eyes thus arranged: four in the middle forming a quadrilateral, and two on each side. wl move ;The Orbitelee approach the Inequitele in the size, softness, and diversity, of colour of the abdomen, and in their short term of exist- ence; but their web.is a regular piece of net-work, composed of con- centric circles, intercepted by straight radii diverging from the centre, where they almost always remain, and in an inverted position, at the circumference. Some conceal themselves in a cell or cavity which they have constructed near the margin of the web, which is sometimes horizontal, and at others perpendicular. Their eggs are agglutinated, very numerous, and inclosed in a voluminous cocoon... The threads which support the web, and which can be extended one-fifth of their length, are used for the division of the micrometer. This observation was communicated to us by M. Arrago. & Qitiattot 299 Linypai, Lat. ia “The Linyphiee are well characterized by the disposition of their eyes; four in the middle form a trapezium, the posterior side of which is widest, and is occupied by two eyes much larger and more distant ; the remaining four are grouped in pairs, one on each side, and in.an cblique line. The jaws are only widened at their superior extremityscn cc They construct on bushes a loose, thin, horizontal web, attaching to its upper surface, at different points, or irregularly, separate threads. The animal remains at its inferior portion, and in a reversed position *, _ * Linyphia triangularis, Walck., Hist. des Aran., V, ix, female; Aranea sylvestris, De Geer; Aranea montana, L. ; Clerck., Aran. Suec., pl. Lil, Tab. 1j;— Aranea resupina domestica, De Geer, 298 ARAGHNIDES. Unonorvs, Lat. The four posterior eyes placed at equal intervals on.a straight line, and the two lateral ones of the first line nearer to the anterior edge of the thorax than the two comprised between them, so that the line is arcuated posteriorly. Their jaws, like those of the Epeire, begin to widen a little above their base, and terminate in the form of a palette or spatula. The tarsi of the three last pairs of legs terminate by one small nail. The first joint of the two posterior ones has a range of small sete. a ae ‘he body of these animals, as well as in the following subgenus, is elongated and nearly cylindrical. Placed in the centre of their web, they advance their four anterior legs in a straight line, and extend the two last in an opposite direction; those of the third pair project laterally. | These Arachnides construct webs similar to those of other Orbi- telze, but they are looser and more horizontal. They will completely envelope the body of a small coleopterous insect in less than three minutes. Their cocoon is narrow; elongated, angular at the margin, and suspended vertically to a web by one of its extremities. The other end is bifurcated or terminated by two prolonged angles, one of which is shorter than the other, and obtuse; there are two acute angles on each side. For these interesting observations I am indebted to my friend M. Leon Dufour. . Uloborus Walchenaerius, Lat*. About five lines in length; reddish-yellowish ; covered with a silky down forming two series of little fasciculi on the top of the abdomen; paler rings on the legs. From the woods in the vicinity of Bourdeaux, and in various departments of the south of France. TrerraGnatua, Lat. The eyes placed ‘four by four on two nearly parallel lines, and separated by almost equal intervals; jaws long, narrow, and only widened at their superior extremity. The cheliceree are also very long, in the males especially. The web is vertical +. Epeira, Walck. The two eyes on each side approximated by pairs, and almost con- tiguous; the remaining four forming a quadrilateral in the middle. The jaws dilate from their base, and form a rounded palette. _The cucurbitina is the only species known whose web is horizon- tal; that of the others is vertical, or sometimes oblique. Some place themselves in its centre in a reversed position, or with their head downwards; others construct a domicil close by it, either vaulted on all sides, or forming a silky tube cumposed of leaves drawn together by threads, or open above, and resembling a cup or the nest of a bird. The web of some exotic species is formed of such * Lat., Gen. Crust. et Insect., I, 109; see also second edition of the Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., article Ulobore. + Tetragnatha ewxtensa, Walck., Hist. des Aran., V, vi; Aranea extensa, L., Fab., De Geer ;—Aranea virescens ? Fab. ;—Aranea mawillosa, Id. See Tab. des Aran, of Walckenaer, PULMONARIA. 299 stout materials that it will arrest small birds, and even impede the progress of a man. Their cocoon is usually globular; that of some species, however, is a truncated oval, or very short cone. - The natives of New eh mg & la recherche de la Pey- rouse, p. 239—and those of some of the South Sea Islands, for want of other food, eat a species of Epeira, closely allied to the Aranea esurtens, Fab, | M. Walckenzer, in his Tableau des Aranéides, mentions sixty-four species of Epeiree, remarkable, in general, for the diversity of their colours, form and habits. He has arranged them in various small and very natural families, the study of which we have endeavoured to simplify in the second edition of the Nouv. Dict, d’Hist. Nat., article Epeire. Certain important considerations, such as those of the sexual organs, had been neglected or were not sufficiently attended to; thus, for instance, the female Ep. diadema, and others, present at the part which characterizes their sex, a singular appendage, which reminds us of the apron of the Hottentot women. These species should constitute a separate division. By pursuing this examination other not less natural divisions might be established. - We will content ourselves with mentioning a few of the principal species, commencing with those that are indigenous to Europe. Ep. diadema; Aranea diadema, L., Fab.; Reoes., Insect. IV, xxxv—xl. Large, reddish, velvety; abdomen of the females extremely voluminous, particularly when about to lay their eggs, and of a deep brown or yellowish red; a large rounded tubercle on each side of the back near its base, arida triple cross, formed of small white spots or dots; palpi and legs spotted with black. Very common in Europe in autumn. The eggs are hatched in the spring of the ensuing year. Ep. scalaris ; Aranea scalaris, Fab.; Panz., Faun. IV, xxiv. Thorax reddish ; top of the abdomen usually white, with a black epot in the form of a reversed triangle, oblong and dentated, weaves its web along the banks of ponds, brooks, &c. Ep. cicatricosa; Aranea cicatricosa, De Geer; A. impressa, Fab. The abdomen flattened, and of a greyish brown or obscure . yellowish ; a black band, festooned or edged with grey along the middle of the back; eight or ten large impressed points in two lines. It constructs its web on walls or other bodies, and remains concealed in a nest of white silk, which it forms tinder some projecting object, or in some cavity in the vicinity. It only works and feeds during the night, or when the light of day is but weak. It retires under the bark of old trees or logs. Ep. sericea, Walck., op. cit., III, ii: Covered above with a silvery and silken down; abdomen flattened, immaculate and with festooned margins. South of Europe and Senegal. Ep, fusca, Walck., Hist. des Aran. Il, i, the female. Very common in the cellars of Angers. Its cocoon is white, almost lobular, fixed by a pedicle, and composed of very fine threads ; it is soft to the touch, like wool. That of the Ep. fasciata, Walck,, op. cit. III, i, the female, is about an jnch 300 rs ARACHNIDES. long; it.resembles a little balloon; of a grey colour, with longi- tudinal. black stripes, one of whose extremities is truncated and . elosed by a flat and silky operculum; a fine down envelopes the .-< @@gs in its interior, This species weaves a vertical and irregular . web, in the middle of which it remains, along the banks: of rivu- lets, &c, Its thorax is covered with a soft. and silvery down, and its abdomen is of a beautiful yellow, intersected at intervals with transverse brown, or blackish-brown lines, arcuated and slightly undulated.. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Se. Phys. VI, pl. xev, 5, has given a detailed description of this species, and’ of its habits, and was the first who ascertained the male. He has figured its sexual organ. The penis resembles a twisted scta.' Ep. cucurbitina ; Aranea cucurbitina, L.; A. senoculata, Fab.; Walck. Hist. des Aran., II, iii. Small; abdomen ovoid and lemon-coloured, marked with black points; a red spot on the anus. It weaves a small horizontal web between the stems and leaves of plants. Ep.conica; Aranea conica, De Geer and Pall.; Walck. Hist: Nat. des Aran., III, iii. Remarkable for its abdomen, which is gibbous anteriorly and has a conical termination; the anus is placed in the centre of an eminence. When’ it has extracted the juices from an insect, it suspends it toa thread. .,. Immediately after the conica, we may place the species called by Dufour Epeire de ? opuntia—Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixix, 3 —from the circumstance of its always weaving its loose and irregular web among the leaves of the Agave and Opuntia. It is black, with white hairs laid close to the body, having an appearance of scales. The abdomen has two pyramidal tuber- cles on each side, and terminates posteriorly in. two others, which are obtuse, and separated by a wide emargination, The posterior face of each tubercle is marked with a beautiful jsnow- _white spot, resembling nacre; these spots are connected. with each other, and with one or two more behind them, by white zig-zag lines. In the newly-hatched animal, these tubercles are not visible. ‘The cocoons are oval, whitish, and formed of two coats, the interior of which is a kind of tow that envelopes the ova. Seven, eight, and even ten of these cocoons are frequently found arranged in file, or one after the other. From Catalonia and Valencia. Some of the species foreign to Europe are very remarkable. Here we observe that the abdomen is invested with an extremely firm skin, furnished with points or horny spines*; and there the legs are provided with bundles of hairs f. * The Ar. militaris, spinosa, cancriformis, hexacantha, tetracantha, geminata, forni- cata, of Fabricius. M. Vauthier, one of our best painters of subjects, of natural history, has described and figured, Ann. des Sc. Nat., I, p. 161, a species of this division—curvicauda—which is very remarkable for its posteriorly widened abdomen, terminated by two long arcuated spines: it inhabits Java. These spinous species might form a peculiar subgenus. ae + The Ar. pilipes, clavipes, &c., of Fabricius. His Ar. maculata forms the genus Nephisa, Leach. See the Tab. and Hist. des. Aran. of Walckenaer, PULMONAR. 301 We now come to Spiders that are sedentary, like the preceding, but whichvhave the faculty of moving sideways, forwards, and back- wards,;in»a word, in all directions. They constitute our section of the, Larericrapa, » The four anterior legs are always longer than the others; sometimes the second pair surpasses the first, and at others, they are nearly equal ; the animal extends them to the whole of their length on the plane of position. ADE RE, Oi » The’ cheliceree are usually small, and their hook is folded trans- versely, as in the four preceding tribes, Their eyes, always eight in number, are frequently very unequal, and form a segment of a circle or crescent: the two posterior or lateral ones are placed farther back than the others, or are nearer to the lateral margin of the thorax. The jaws, in most of them, are inclined on the lip. The body is usually flattened, resembling a crab; the body is large, rounded, and triangular. _ These Arachnides remain’ motionless on plants, with their. feet extended. They make no web, simply throwing out a few solitary threads to arrest their prey. Their cocoon is orbicular and flattened. They conceal it between leaves, and watch it until the young ones are hatched.’ ~Micrommata, Lat.—Sparassvs, Walch; Jaws straight, parallel and rounded at the end; eyes arranged four . by four, on, two transverse lines, the posterior of which is longest, and arcuated backwards. The second legs, and then the first, are the longest; the ligula is semicircular *. _ « Mierom.smaragdula; Ar. smaragdula, Fab.; Ar. viridissima, +» De Geer; Clerck, Aran. Suec. pl. 6, tab. iv. A medium ‘size ; © green; the sides edged with light yellow; abdomen greenish yellow, intersected on the middle of the back by a green line. | Tt ties three or four leaves in a triangular bundle, lines the interior with a thick layer of silk, and places its cocoons in the middle; ‘the latter is round, white, and so diaphanous, that the ' Ova'can be perceived through its parietes. The eggs are not © agglutinated. | ~~ M. Argelas; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, p. 806, XCV, 13) Walck., Hist. des Aran., IV, ii. This animal, whose specific ‘appellation will remind the French naturalists of one of their ~’“most zealous sevans, one already recommended by me to their esteeni as my protector from the horrors of the revolution, is one » of ‘the largest species stebon te to France; M. Dufour. has completed my description of it, and has observed its habits. ‘The o!! body’ is’ about seven or eight lines in length, of a cinereous flaxen colour, covered with down, and more or less spotted with black. The top of the abdomen, from its middle to the extre- _» Mity, is marked with a band formed of a series of small hatchet- » shaped ‘spots, of the last mentioned colour. A black longitudinal | * M. Walckenaer places this genus in that series which is. composed. both,of. the Vagabunde dad the Sercstatie, such as the Afte or our Saltici, the Thomisi, Philo. dromi, Drassi, and Clubione, and which have but two hooks to the tarsi.) 4°) 802 ARACHNIDES. band, grey in the middle, runs along its under surface. The legs are annulated with black. This species was discovered by the naturalist to whom TI have dedicated it, in the environs of Bourdeaux. M. Dufour has since found it in the most barren mountains of Valencia. It runs with great volocity, the feet being extended laterally. Its unguiculated palettes enable it to cling to the smoothest surface, and in every possible possition. It constructs a cocoon, which in texture resembles that of the Clotho of Durand, on the under surface of stones, to which it retires for shelter in bad weather, to escape from enemies, and to lay its eggs. It isan oval tent, nearly two inches in diameter, attached to the stone in the manner of a marine Patella. It is formed of an external envelope, consisting of a yellowish taffeta, as fine as the peel of an onion, but rigid, and of an inner lining which is more supple, softer, and open at both ends. . It is from these openings, which are furnished with valves, that the animal issues. The cocoon is globular, and placed underneath its dwelling, so that it can brood over it; it contains about sixty eggs. The ‘same naturalist has described and figured another species, the M. a tarses spongieuw—Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxix, 6— which he found on a tree in a garden at Barcelona. From its habits, however, and some of its characters, I presume that it belongs to the genus Philodroma of Walckenaer *. Senetors, Duf. The Senelops form the transition from the preceding genus to the following one. The jaws are straight or but slightly inclined, with- out any lateral sinus, and taper to a point obliquely truncated on the inner side. The ligula is semicircular like that of the Micrommate, but the eyes are arranged differently. There are six before forming a transverse line; the two others are posterior, and situated one on each side, behind each extremity of the preceding line. The legs are long; the second pair, and then the third and fourth, are longer than the first. The type of the genus, Senelops omalosoma, Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys. V, lxix, 4, was found by M. Dufour in Valencia, but it is very rare there. The body is about four lines in length and very flat, of a greyish red, with cinereous spots; the feet are annulated with black. The posterior part of the abdomen seems to exhibit vestiges of annuli, forming on the sides an ap- pearance of teeth. It lives among rocks, and when escaping from pursuit flies with the rapidity of an arrow. It is also found in Syria-—Collection of M, Labillardiére—and in. Egypt. * For-the other species, see the Tab. des Aran., Walck., and his Hist des Aran., fascic. LV, Sparassus roseus, X, the male ;—Ib., fascic, Il, viii, the male, I think we should refer to this subgenus the Aranea venatoria, L.,—Sloane’s Hist. of Jam., CCXXV, 1, 2; Nhamdiu, 2? Pison;—and another species from India very analo- gous to the preceding, figured on Chinese drawings and paper-hangings. PULMONARIA. 303 ' Other species inhabit Senegal, the Cape of Good Hope and the _ Isle of France. ' 7 ne we id €@ne 1! MOTEMGs) yon: Purtopromus, Walck *. 1457 68 : : ‘ _ The Philodromi differ from the two preceding subgenera in their jaws, which are inclined on the ligula, which is also higher than it is wide, The almost equal eyes always form a crescent or semi- circle, The lateral ones are neyer placed on tubercles or eminences. The chalicere are elongated and cylindrical: the four or two last legs do not materially differ in length from the others. According to Walckenaer these animals run with great swiftness, their legs extended laterally, lie in wait for their prey, throw out solitary threads to entrap it, and conceal themselves in crevices or among leaves. In some the body is broad and flat, the abdomen short and widened posteriorly, and the four intermediate legs the longest. Such is the Philodrome tigrée; Thomise tigré, Lat.; Araneus margaritarius, Clerck, V1, iii; Scheeff., Icon., lxxi, 8; Frisch. Ins., Centur., Il, xiv; Aranea levipes, L.? It is about three lines in length, Its two anterior intermediate eyes and the four lateral ones are situated on a slight elevation, and the lat- ter, according to the same naturalist, are somewhat the largest, or at least are more apparent. The thorax is very wide, flat- tened, of a reddish fawn colour, brown laterally and posteriorly, and white anteriorly, The abdomen, which forms a kind of pentagon, is speckled by the red, brown and white hairs which cover it, and edge laterally with brown; there are four or six impressed points on the middle of the back. The belly is _ whitish, and the legs are long, slender and reddish, with brown - spots, This species is very common on trees, wooden partitions, walls, &c., where it remains as if glued, with the feet extended. If _ touched, itruns with astonishing rapidity, or falls to the ground supported by a thread. The cocoon is of a beautiful white, and contains about a hundred eggs, which are yellow and free. The - female places it in hollows of trees or clefts of posts, &c., ex- _ posed to the north, and carefully watches it. The other Philodromi, which, according to the method of M. Walckenaer, form several small groups, have the body, and some- times the chelicerse, proportionably longer. The abdomen is some- times. pyriform or oyoid, and sometimes cylindrical. The second pair of legs and then the first or the fourth are the longest. Philodromus rombiferus, Walck., Faun. Franc., Aran., VI, 8, the male. Its body is three lines and a half in length and reddish; the second legs and then the two last are the longest ; © In the first edition of this work, this subgenus formed our first division of the 304 ARACHNIDES. sides of the thorax brown; the abdomen ovoid, with a black or brown lozenge-shaped spot above, bordered with white. Philodromus oblongus, Walck., Ib., tab. ead., fig. 9, This. species, as respects the relative proportion of the legs, and the disposition of the eyes, belongs to the same division; but the ~ abdomen is longer and almost cylindrical or forming an elon- © gated cone, with three brown longitudinal streaks and points on a yellowish ground, which is also the colour of the thorax, In the middle of the latter are two brown streaks forming an elongated V. These two species inhabit the environs of Paris. For the other, see the Faune Francaise, from which we have extracted the preceding descriptions. | Txomisus, Walch. The Thomisi differ from the Philodromi in their chelicersee, which are smaller in proportion and cuneiform, and in their four posterior legs. which are evidently and even suddenly shorter than the pre-— ceding ones. The lateral eyes are frequently situated on eminences, while those of the Philodromi are always sessile. Here also the two posterior lateral ones are further behind than the two that are inter- mediate on the same line, while in the Thomisi these four eyes are nearly on a level. ; ea The species of this genus are those more particularly designated by the name of Crab-Spiders. The males frequently differ greatly from the females in colour and are much smaller. Some of them, all exotic *, have their eyes arranged four by four on two transverse and almost parallel lines, the posterior of which is the longest. In the others, and the greater number, the ensemble of these eyes represents a crescent, the convex side of which is forwards and out- wards. Thomisus globosus ; Araneaglobosa, Fab.; Araneairreqularis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. fascic. LXXIV, tab. xx, female ; Walck., Faun. Franc., Aran., VI, 4.. Three lines long; black ; abdomen globular; red or yellowish all round the back... Thomicus cristatus ; Clerck, Aran, Suec., pl. 6, tab. vi, size of the preceding ; body grey-reddish, sometimes brown, with scattered hairs; feet with small spines; lateral eyes largest and placed on a tubercle; a transverse yellowish stripe on the front of the thorax; two others of the same colour on the back forming a V; abdomen rounded, and a yellowish band on the middle of the back with three indentations on.each side. A common species frequently observed on the ground. . Thomisus citreus ; Aranea citrea, De Geer; Scheeff. Icon. In- sec., tab, xix, 13. A lemon yellow, with a large abdomen wider * Thomisus Lamarck, Lat., a species allied to the Aranea nobilis, Fab. ;—T. canceridus, Walek., ejusd. ;—'T. leucosia; Aranea reyia? Fab. ;—T, plagusius ;—T. pinnotheres. oe LOS PULMONARIZE. 305 ” behind; two red or saffron coloured streaks or spots are. fre- ‘i sgpently observed on the back. On flowers*, e°.% ee established by M. Walckenaer, under the name of Sro- RENA, but which is yet but imperfectly known, should apparently terminate this section and lead to Oxyopes, which are as nearly allied to, the ( rab-Spiders as to the Citigrade. The Storenz have'their jaws.inclined on the ligula, which is nearly of the same length, and forms.an elongated triangle; the cheliceree are conical; the two ante- rior legs, and then the second, longest; the two following ones longer than the last. The eyes are arranged in three transverse lines, 2, 4, 2; the posterior, with the two intermediate ones of the second lines, form a small square, and the two anterior ones are distant. Other Araneze whose eyes, always eight in number, extend more along the length of the thorax, than across its breadth, or at least almost as much in one direction as the other, and which form either a truncated curvilinear triangle or oval, or a quadrilateral, constitute a second general division, or the Vacasnunpm, which I have thus’ — named to distinguish them from those of the first, or the Sedentariz. Two or four of their eyes are frequently much larger than the others; the thorax is large, and the legs robust; those of the fourth pair and then the two first, or those of the second pair, are usually the longest. | y They make no web, but watch for their prey and seize it, either by: hunting it down, or by suddenly leaping upon it. We divide them into two sections. raed The first, that of the Cirigrapa&, is composed of the ARAIGNEES*' Lours of authors. The eyes form either a curvilinear triangle, an oval, or a quadrilateral, of which, however, the anterior side is much narrower than the widest part of the thorax. This part of the body is ovoid, narrowed before, and carinated along the middle of its length. The legs are usually only fit for running. The jaws are always straight, and rounded at the end. Most of the females remain on their cocoon, or carry it with them at the base of the abdomen, or suspended to the anus. Nothing but the most extreme necessity will induce them to abandon it, and, when . the danger is over, they always return in search of it. They also take care of their young for a certain period after they are hatched. o mA ot Oxyores, Lat—Spuasus, Walck. : The eyes arran two by two, or fouy transverse lines, the two extreme ones the shortest; they describe a sort of oval, truncated at each end. The ligula is elongated, narrowest at base, dilated and rounded towards the end. The first pair of legs is the longest; the fourth and second are nearly equal; the third is the shortest tf. * See the Tab. des Aran., Waleck; the Faune Franc., Id., and the Ann. des Se. Phys., for the Spanish species described by M. Dufour, see also Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. second edition, article Thomise. + See Tab. des Aran., Walck., IX, 85, 86. -} Sphasus heterophthalmus, Wall See Ate fasc. ITI, tab. viii, female ; Oxyopes variegatus, Lat. : Sphasus , Walck., Tb., Fasc. I'V, tab. viii, female; VOL, III. x 306 ARACHNIDES. Crenus, Walck. The eyes arranged in three transverse lines; which become gra- dually longer—2, 4, 2—-and form a sort of curvilinear, reversed tri-. angle, with a truncated apex. The ligula is square, and almost iso- metrical; the fourth pair of legs, and then the first, are the longest ; the third is the shortest. 3 This genus was established on a large species found at Cayenne. Others have since been discovered in the same island and in Brazil, but none of them have been described. Dotomepes, Lat. The eyes, arranged in three transverse lines, 4, 2, 2, form a quad- rilateral, somewhat wider than long; the two posterior ones are placed on an elevation. The second pair of legs is as long as or longer than the first; those of the fourth are still longer. The ligula is square and as broad as it is high, like that of a Ctenus. In some, the two lateral eyes of the anterior line are larger than the two intermediate ones; their abdomen is an oblong oval termi- nating in a point. The females construct an infundibuliform, silky nest on the tops of trees covered with leaves, or on bushes; there they lay their eggs, and when they go abroad to hunt or are forced to abandon their retreat, they always bear off their cocoon which is attached to the base. of the abdomen. Clerck says he has seen them spring upon flies which were buzzing around them *. They inhabit the borders of streams, run over their surface with the most surprising rapidity, and can even partly enter the water without becoming wet. The females weave a coarse irregular web, betweew the branches of plants, in which they place their cocoon. They watch it till the ova are hatched +. | Lycosa, Lat. The eyes of the Lycosz also form a quadrilateral, but one as long or longer than it is wide; the two posterior eyes.are not placed on an elevation. The first pair of legs is evidently longer than the second, but.shorter than: the fourth, which, in this respect, surpasses all the others. The internal extremity of the jaws is obliquely truncated. The ligula is square, but ‘longer than it'is broad. _ Almost all ithe Lycosze keep on the ground, where they run with great swiftness. They inhabit holes accidentally presented to them,. Oxyopes lineatus, Lat., Gener., Crust. et Insect., I, v, 5, female; See article Oxyope, in the entomological part of the Encyclop. Méthod., the Tab. des Aran., Walck., and the Faune Francaise. *- Araneus mirabilis, Clerck, Aran. Suec., pl. v, tab. 10; Aran. rufo-fasciata, De Geer; Ar. obscura, Fab. See the Faune Frangaise—Dolomédes sylvains—and the Ann. des Sc. Phys.—Doloméde spinimane, Dufour, V. Ixxvi, 3. + Dolomedes marginatus, Walck. ; Araneus undatus, Clerck, V, tab. 1; De Geer. Insect. VII, xvi, fig. 13, 15; Panz., Faun,, LXXI, 22 ;—Dolomedes fimbriatus, Walck ; De Geer, Insect. VII, xvi, 9—11; Avaneus fimbriatus, Clerck, V, tab. ix. These species compose the division of the shore Dolomédes of Walckenaer. PULMONARIA. 307 or which they excavate, lining their parietes with silk, and enlarging them in proportion to their growth. Some establish their domicil in chinks and cavities in walls, where they form a silken tube, covered externally with particles of earth or sand. In these retreats they change their tegument, and, as it appears, after closing the opening, pass the winter. There also the females lay their eggs, n they go abroad they carry their cocoon with them, attached to the anus by threads. On issuing from the egg the young ones cling tw the body of the mother, and remain there until they are able to provide for themselves. The Lycosz are extremely voracious, and courageously defend thier dwelling. A species of this genus, the Tarentula, so called from Taren- tum, a city of Italy, in the environs of which it is common, is highly celebrated. The poisonous nature of its bite is thought to produce the most serious consequences, being frequently fol- lowed by death or Tarentism, results which can only be avoided by the aid of music and dancing. Well-informed persons, how- ever, think it more necessary in these cases to combat the terrors of the imagination than to apply an antidote to the poison; medi- cine at all events presents other means of cure. Several curious observations on the Lycosa tarentula of tlie scuth of France have been published by M. Chabrier, Acad. de Lille, fascic. IV. This Benue is very rich in species, which have not as yet, however, been well characterized. Lye. tarentula; Aranea tarentula, L., Fab.; Albin, Aran., tab. xxxix; Senguerd. de Tarent. An inch long; under part of the abdomen red, crossed in the middle by a black band. The Tarentula of the south of France—Lycose narbonnaise, Walck., Faun. Frang., Aran., 1, 1—4, is not quite so large ; the under part of its abdomen is very black, and edged all round with red. | A similar species is found in the environs of Paris, the Lycose ouvrtére, or L. fabrilis, Clerck, Aran. Suec., pl. 4, tab. ii; Walck., Faun. Frang., Aran. II, 5. Lye. saccata; Aranea saccata, L.; Araneus amentatus, Clerck, IV, tab. viii; Lister, tit. 25, f. 25. Small; blackish ; carina of the thorax, obscure reddish, with a cinereous line; a little bundle of grey hairs at the superior base of the abdomen ; legs of a livid red, varied with blackish spots; the cocoon flat and greenish—very common about Paris *. We will terminate this section with the subgenus Myrmecia, Lat., Which seems to lead to the following one, and whose characters we have detailed in the Ann. des Se. Nat., III, p. 27. The eyes form a * For the other species see the Tabl. and Hist. des Aran. of Walckenaer, and the Faune Frangaise, Aran, Id. See also the second edition of the Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. x2 308 ARACHNIDES. short and broad trapezium; there are four before in a transverse line; two others, more internal than the two last of the preceding ones, form a second transverse line; the last two are behind the two preceding ones. The cheliceree are stout. The jaws are rounded, and very hairy at the end. The ligula is nearly square; somewhat longer than broad. The legs are long, and almost filiform; those of the fourth and first pairs are the longest of all. The thorax seems to be divided into three parts, of which the anterior is much the largest and square; the two others resemble knots or humps. ‘The abdomen is much shorter than the thorax, and is covered with a solid epidermis, from its origin to the middle. _ The Myr. fulva, on which I have established this genus, inha- bits Brazil; other species, however, appear to be found in Geor- _ gia, United States of America. | In the second section of the Vagabunde, that of the Sarticrap”, called by others Araignées phalanges, the eyes form a large quadrila- teral, the anterior side of which, or the line formed by the first ones, extends across the whole width of the thorax ; this part of the body is almost square or semi-ovoid, plane, or but slightly convex above, as wide anteriorly as in the rest of its extent, and descending suddenly on the sides. The legs are fitted for running and leaping. The thighs of the two fore legs are remarkable for their size. The Araignée a chevrons blanes of Geoffroy, a species of Sal- ticus very common in summer on walls or windows exposed to the sun, moves by jerks, stops short after a few steps, and raises itself on its fore legs. If it discover a fly, or particularly a mus- quito, it approaches softly, and then darts upon the victim with a single bound. It leaps fearlessly and perpendicularly on a wall, being always attached to it by a thread, which lengthens as it advances. This same filament also supports it in the air, enables it to ascend to its point of departure, and allows it to be wafted by the wind from one place to another. Such, generally, are the habits of the species that belong to this division. Several construct nests of silk resembling oval sacs open at both ends, between leaves, under stones, &c. Thither they retire to change their tegument and to seek shelter in bad weather. If danger menaces them there, they leave it at once and escape with speed. | The females construct a sort of tent, which becomes the cradle of their posterity, and in which the young ones, for a time, live in common with the mother. : Certain species, resembling Ants, elevate their anterior legs and make them vibrate with great rapidity. | Singular combats sometimes ensue between the males, but no fatal issue occurs. A subgenus established by M. Refinessie, that of ees TESSAROPS, Appears to us to approximate closely to the following one in most — of its characters and habits, but to be widely removed from it, if there PULMONARIZ. 309 be no mistake, in the number of the eyes, which is but four. See Ann. Gener. des Sc. Phys., VIII, p. 88, - - second subgenus, which also is only known to us by description, is the | Patrimanus, Duf., Described by M. Dufour in the Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxix, 5, and which appears to him to be intermediate between Eresus and Salticus. The disposition of the eyes is about the same as in the first of these two subgenera. The ligula is similarly triangular and pointed, and the jaws are still dilated and rounded at the end; but, according to M. Dufour, they are inclined and not straight like those of the Eresi. The terminal joint of the anterior tarsi is inserted laterally, and has no hvoks. He describes one species, the Palpimane bossu. It never jumps, walks slowly, and is found under stones in Valencia, where, however, it is extremely rare. A new species has been discovered by M. Lefévre in Sicily, which appears to me to belong to this genus. In the two following subgenera there are always eight eyes; the jaws are straight, Eresus, Walck. Four eyes forming a small trapezium near the middle of the ante- rior extremity of the thorax, the other four on its sides forming a similar but much larger figure. The ligula is triangular and pointed. The tarsi-are terminated by three hooks*. Sa.ricus, Lat.—Artus, Walck. Four eyes, the two intermediate of which are the largest, on the anterior part of the thorax in a transverse line, and the other near its lateral edges, two on each side; they also form a large square open behind, or a parabola. The ligula is very obtuse or truncated on the summit. There are but two hooks to the extremity of the tarsi. Several of the males have very large chelicere. The thorax of some are very thick and sloping, (en talus) and much inclined at base. Salt. Sloanei; Aranea sanguinolenta, L. Black; a white line formed by down on each side of the thorax; the abdomen of a cinnabar-red, with an elongated black spot on the middle of the back. South of France, on stones f. * Eresus cinnaberinus, Walck. ; Aranea quatuor-guttata, Ross., Faun. Etrusc., II, 1, 8, 9; Coqueb., Illust. Icon, Insect., dec. III, xxvii, 12 ;—Aranea nigra, Petag., Specim. Insect. Calab. M. Dufour, Ann. des Se. Phys., has described two Spanish species ; one of them; the Eresus acanthophilus—VI, xcv, 3, 4—is my Erese rayé of the Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat.; the other, Eresus imperialis—V, lxix, 2—is closely allied to the Aranea nigra, Petagna, above quoted. These two species are figured in the Faune Francaise, Aran., pl. IV, 3,4, 5. See also on same plate, fig. 7, the Erése cinabre. + This division comprises the following Atti of Walckenaer : bicolor, chalybeus, niger, cupreus, muscorum, the Aranea gossipes, De Geer, 310 ARACHNIDES. The thorax of the others is much flattened, insensibly sloping at its base. e's Sometimes their body is simply oval, and furnished with hairs or thick down; the legs short and robust. Saltique chevronné; Aranea scenica, L.; Araignée a chev- rons, Geoft.; Aratgnée a bandes blanches, De Geer, Insect., ~ VII, xvii, 8,9. About two lines and a half long ; above, black ; margin of the thorax, and three lines en chevron on the top of the abdomen, white. Very common *. Sometimes the body is narrow, elongated, almost cylindrical and shorn; the legs long and slender. Salt. formicarius; Aranea formicaria, De Geer, Insect., VII, xviii, 1, 2; Atte fourmi, Walck., Faun, Frang., Aran., V, 1— 3. Reddish; fore part of the thorax black; black band and two * white spots on the abdomen + FAMILY II. PEDIPALPI. In the second family of the Arachnides Pulmonarie, we find very large palpi, resembling projecting arms, terminated by a forceps or a claw; didactyle chelicerze, one finger of which is moveable; an abdomen composed of very distinct segments, without fusi at the extremity ; and the sexual organs placed at the base of the abdomen. — The whole body is invested with a firm tegument; the thorax con- sists of a single piece, and exhibits three or two simple eyes, approximated or grouped, near the anterior angles; and near the middle of its anterior extremity, or- posteriorly, but in the median line, two others equally simple and approximated. There are four or eight pulmonary sacs. Those which form the genus TarantuLa, Fab., Have their abdomen attached to their thorax by a pedicle, or por- tion of their transverse diameter; it has no pectinated laminz at its base, nor sting at its extremity. Their stigmata, four in number, are situated near the origin of the venter, and are covered with a plate. Their cheliceree (mandibles) are simply terminated by a * Add, Attus tardigradus, Walck., Hist. des Aran. V, iv, female. See his Tabl. des Aran, + For the remaining species of this subgenus, see the Aran. of the Faune Fran- caise. M, Walckenaer, author of that portion of the work, in his Tabl. des Aran., mentions a species enclosed in amber, PULMONARIA. 3ll moveable hovk. ‘Their ligula is elongated, very narrow, and con- cealed. They have but two jaws, which are formed by the first joint of their palpi. They ali have eight eyes, of which three, on each side and near the anterior angles, form a triangle; and two near the middle at the anterior margin are placed on a comman tubercle or little elevation, one on each side. The palpi are spinous. The tarsi of the two anterior legs differ from the others, being formed of numerous seta- ceous or filiform + eae and without a terminal tail. are confined to the hottest portions of Asia and America. Their habits are unknown to us. They now constitute two subge- nera, Purynus, Oliv. Palpi terminating in a claw; the body much flattened ; thorax broad, and almost in the form of a crescent; abdomen ecaudate, and the two anterior tarsi very long and slender, resembling setaceous antenne *, Tuetypuonvs, Lat. The Thelyphoni are distinguished from the preceding subgenus by their shorter, thicker palpi, terminated by a forceps, or by two united fingers; by their long body with its oval thorax, and the extremity of the abdomen furnished with.an articulated seta formin a tail. Their anterior tarsi are short, of a uniform appearance, an composed of few articulations +. The others have their abdomen intimately united to the thorax throughout its entire width, presenting, at its inferior base, two moveable pectiniform laminz, and terminated by a knotted tail armed with a terminal sting. Their stigmata, eight in number, are exposed and arranged four by four along the belly; their chelicere are ter- minated by two fingers, of which the exterior is moveable. They form the genus Scorpio, Lin. Fab. Scorpions have an elongated body, suddenly terminated by a long slender tail formed of six joints, the last of which terminates in an arcuated and excessively acute point or sting, which affords issue to a venomous fluid contained in an internal reservoir, forming a long square, and usually marked in the middle by a longitudinal sulcus, presenting on each side, and near its anterior extremity, three or two * Phalangium reniforme, L.; Pall. Spic. Zool. fascic. IX, iii, 5; 6; Herbst. Monog. Phal., 111; East Indies, the Sechelles ; Herbst., Ib., 1V, 1, South America; Tarantula reniformis, Fab.; Pall. Spic. Zool., LX, iii, 3, 4; Herbst. Ib. V, 1; ejusd, IV, 2, var. ? the Antilles. , + Phalangium caudatum, L.; Pall. Spic. Zool. fascic. LX, iii, 1, 2, from Java. South America produces another species described and figured in the Jour. de Phys. et d’Hist. Nat., 1777; the inhabitants of Martinque call it the Vinaigrier, A third species, smaller than the preceding ones, and with fulvous feet, inhabits the penin- sula beyond the Ganges. 312 ARACHNIDES. simple eyes, forming a curved line, and near the middle of the back two others, also simple, which are approximated The ‘palpi are very large, with a forceps at the extremity resembling a hand; their first joint forms a concave and rounded jaw. There is a triangular appendage at the origin of each of the four anterior legs, which (appendages) by their approximation have the appearance of a qua- dripartite lip; the two lateral divisions, however, may be considered as a kind of jaws, the remaining two forming the ligula. The abdo- men is composed of twelve annuli, those of the tail included ; the first is divided into two parts, of which the anterior bears the sexual organs, and the other the two combs. These appendages are com- posed of a principal, narrow, elongated, and articulated piece, moveable at base, and furnished along its inner side with a suite of little hollow laminee, united to it by an articul.tion, that are narrow, elongated, parallel, and similar to the teeth of a comb; their num- ber is more or less considerable according to the species ; it varies to a certain extent, and perhaps with age, in the same species. No positive experiment has yet determined the use of these appendages. The four following annuli have each a pair of pulmonary sacs and stigmata. Directly after the sixth, the abdomen becomes suddenly narrowed, and the remaining six, under the form of joints, compose the tail. All the tarsi are alike, and consist of three juints, with two hooks at the end of the last. The four last legs have a common base, and the first joint of the hip is soldered; the two last are even partly fixed against the abdomen. The two nervous cords, proceeding from the brain, unite at inter- vals and form seven ganglions, the last of which belong to the tail. In all other Arachnides, there are never more than three. The eight stigmata open into cs many white bursee, each ccntain- ing a great number of very slender, small laminze, between which it is probable that the air passes. A muscular vessel extends along the back, and communicates with each bursa by two branches*; it also distributes vessels to every part of the animal, The intestinal canal is straight and slender. The liver is composed of four pairs of glandular clusters, which pour their humour into the intestine at four points. The male has two copulating organs arising near the combs, and the female has two vulvee. The latter open into a matrix consisting of several inter-communicating canals, which in the proper period are found filled with living young ones; the testes are also_ formed of some anastomosing vessels t. These Arachnides inhabit the hot countries of both hemispheres, live on the ground, conceal thea selves under stones and other bo- dies, most commonly in ruins, dark and cool places, and even in houses. They run with considerable swiftness, curving their tail over their back, They can turn it in every direction, and use it for the purposes of attack and defence. With their forceps they seize Onisci and various insects, Caribici, Orthoptera, &c., on which they * See our preceding remarks on the circulation of the Arachnides Pulmonariz. + For the anatomy of the Scorpion, see Treviranus, Marcel de Serres, and Leon Dufour, Journ, de Phys., June 1817. PULMONARIA. 313 feed, pierce them with their sting by directing it forwards, and then pass their prey through their cheliceree and jaws. They are particu- larly fond of the eggs of Spiders and of Insects. The wound occasioned by the sting of the ewrop@us is not usually dangerous. That of the Scorpion of Souvignargues, of Maupertius, _of the species which I have named Roussatre ( occitanus ), and which is larger than the preceding one, according to the experiments of Dr. Maccary courageously tried upon himself, produces serious and alarming symptoms; the older the animal the more active seems to be the poison. The remedy employed is the volatile alkali, used externally and internally. , tee Some naturalists have asserted that the European species produce two generations in the year, That which appears to me to be the most unequivocally ascertained occurs in August. The female in coitu is laid on her back. According to Maccary she changes her teguments previous to the production of her young. The male ex- periences a similar alteration at the same epoch. The young are produced at various intervals. The mother carries them on her back for several days, during which time she never leaves her retreat, and .watches over them for a month, when they are strong enough to establish themselves elsewhere, and provide for their subsistence. Two years are required to qualify them for con- tinuing their species. Some have eight eyes; they form the genus Buthus of Leach. S. afer, L., Fab.; African Scorpion, Rees., Insect., 3, lxv; Herbst., Monog. Scorp., 1. Five or six inches long, and of a blackish brown; forceps large, cordate, rough and somewhat hairy; anterior edge of the thorax deeply emarginate; thirteen teeth to each comb. From the East Indies, Ceylon. S. roussdtre; S. oecitanus, Amor.; S. tunetanus, Herbst. Monog. Scorp. III, 3; Buthus occttanus, Leach, Zool. Miscell., exliii. Yellowish or reddish; tail rather longer than the body, with elevated and finely crenulated lines. Upwards of pana 4 eight teeth—fifty-two to sixty-five, Maccary—to each comb. From the south of Europe, Barbary, &c.—Very common in Spain. The others have but six eyes; they compose the genus Scorpio, properly so called, of the same naturalist. S. europeus, L., Fab.; Herbst. Monog. Scorp., III, 1, 2. Brown, more or less dark ; legs and last joint of the tail paler or yellowish ; forceps cordate and angular; nine teeth to each comb. From the extreme southern and eastern departments of France. qe ORDER II. TRACHEARILA, The Arachnides which compose this order differ from those of the preceding one in their organs of respiration, which consist of radi- 314 ARACHNIDES. ated or ramified trachez *, that only receive air through two stigmata ; in the absence of an organ of circulation +; and in the number of their eyes, which is but from two to four}. The want of sufficiently general anatomical observations, has prevented the limits of this order from being rigorously determined. Some of these Arachnides, the Pycnogonides for instance, exhibit no stigmata; their mode of respiration is unknown. | The Trachearie are very naturally divided into ‘those which are furnished with chelicerze, terminated by two fingers, one of which is moveable, or by one that is equally so; and into those where these organs are replaced by simple lamin, or lancets, which with the , * The trachee are vessels which receive the aerial fluid and distribute it to every part of the interior of the body, and thus remedy the want of circulation, They are of two kinds. -Those that are ¢ubular or elastic are formed of three membranes, the intermediate of which is composed of a cartilaginous elastic filament spirally con- torted ; the two others are cellular. The vesicular tracheze consist of but two mem- branes of the latter description. They are a kind of pneumatic pouches susceptible of being inflated and depressed. Aquatic Insects, and others that are aerial, are deprived of them. ‘They communicate with each other by tubular trachee. In several of the Orthoptera, where they are well developed, cartilaginous arches, formed by appendages of the inferior semi-annuli of the abdomen, give points of attachment to the muscles which form them. The branchie are divided into two principal trunks which extend longitudinally throughout the body, one on each side, receiving air through lateral openings or stigmata, and then throwing off numerous branches and twigs which distribute it. In several Insects, however, there are two other trunks more or less long, situated between the two preceding ones, and com- municating with them. M,. Marcel de Serres distinguishes them by the term pulmo- nary trachee: the others he calls arterial trachea. He also distinguishes two sorts of stigmata: one kind, or the ordinary stigmata, simple, and consisting of two membranous lips, furnished with transverse strie or fibres, and opening merely by contraction ; the others, which he calls ¢rémaéres, are formed of one or two (usually two) horny, moyeable pieces, opening and closing like shutters. De Geer—Descript., Gryllus migratorius—compares them to eye-lids. They are peculiar to certain Orthoptera, and their position shows them to be the stigmata of the mesothorax. M. Leon Dufour—Ann. des Se. Nat., May 1826—has given excellent figures of these various kinds of stigmata, but without employing the names of the preceding authors. It would appear from his description of the abdominal stigmata, that they have the characters of the trémaéres, while those which he afterwards describes as different, are the ordinary stigmata. Our own opinion is that these differences are mere simple modifications of the lips. Reaumur, Mem., I, iv, 16, has figured a stigma of this latter kind, where the lips have an internal border, which, from all appearances, must be corneous. By supposing them to be almost entirely of this nature, we have the trémaére of M. de Serres. Certain aquatic larve have a pecu- liar respiratory apparatus, of which we shall speak hereafter. + The presence of trachez excludes a complete circulation, that is to say, the distribution of the blood to the different parts of the body, and its return from the organs of respiration to the heart. Thus, although some vessels have recently been discovered in certain Insects—Phasme—and, although they may possibly exist in various Arachnides Trachearie, it does not exclude them from the general system. M. M. de Serres has observed that the intestinal tube of the Phalangium gives off numerous ceca or vermiform appendages, which seem to have some analogy with the hepatic vessels, and that the trachez ramify over them ad infinitum. t Aecording to Miller the Hydrachna umbrata has six eyes: but may this-not have arisen from an optical illusion or some mistake? TRACHEARLE. 315 ligula constitute a sucker, Most of these animals, however, being very small, great difficulties necessarily accompany these investi- gations, and it is readily perceived that such characters should only be resorted to when it is impossible to avoid it. ESE FAMILY TI. PSEUDO-SCORPIONES. In this family we find the thorax articulated, its first segment much the largest, and resembling a corselet; the abdomen is very distinct and annulated, and the palpi very large and in the form of legs or claws. There are eight legs in each sex, with two equal hooks at the extremity of the tarsi, the two anterior ones, at most, excepted, and two apparent chelicere terminated by two fingers and two toes, formed by the first joint of the palpi. They are all terrestrial, and have an oval or oblong body. This family comprehends but two genera. Ga.eopes,Oliv.—Sorpuea, Licht., Fab. Two very large chelicerz, with strongly dentated vertical fingers, one superior, fixed, and frequently furnished at its base with a slender, elongated, pointed appendage*, and the other moveable; large pro- jecting palpi in the form of feet or antennz, terminated by a short, vesicular joint, resembling a button without a terminal hook ; the two anterior feet of an almost similar figure, equally unarmed, but smaller; the others terminated by a tarsus, the last joint of which is furnished at the end with two little pellets, and two long toes termi- nated by a hook; five semi-infundibuliform pediculated scales on each posterior leg, arranged in one series along their first joints; and two eyes closely approximated on an eminence anterior to the first tho- racic segment, which represents a large head bearing the two anterior feet, as well as the parts of the mouth. . Their body is oblong, generally soft, and bristled with long hairs. The last joint, of the palpi according to M. Dufour, contains a parti- cular organ formed like a disk, of a nacre-white, and which never rotrudes unless the animal is irritated. The two anterior feet may e considered as second palpi. The labrum has the form of a little, strongly compressed, recurved rostrum, pointed and hairy at the end. The ligula is small, shaped like a keel, and is terminated by two divergent, bearded setee, each posted on a little joint. The other ee of legs are annexed to as many segments, I have perceived a rge stigma on each side of the body, between the first and second pair of legs, as well as a slit at the base of the inferior part of the abdomen. The abdomen is oval, and composed of nine annuli. * I do not think it is peculiar to either sex. 316 ARACHNIDES, It is supposed that the ancients designated these animals by the names of Phalangium, Solifuga Tetragnatha, §c. M. Poé dis- covered a species in the environs of Havanna, but the others are pecu- lar to the hot and sandy countries of the eastern continent (a). They run with great celerity, erect their head when surprised, and show . signs of resistance ; they are considered venemous *. CuELirer, Geoff.—Obsisium, Illig. The palpi elongated, in the form of an arm, with a hand terminated by a didactyle forceps; all the legs equal, terminated by two hooks ; the eyes placed on the sides of the thorax. These animals resemble small Scorpions destitute of a tail. Their body is flattened, and the thorax nearly square, with one or two eyes on each side. They run swiftly, and frequently retrograde or move sideways like Crabs. Roesel saw one female lay her eggs and collect them into a heap. Hermann, Sen., says that she carries them under her abdomen, united in a pellet. “He is even of the opinion that these Arachnides can spin. . Hermann, Jun.—Mem. Apter.—divides this genus into two sec- tions. In some—Chelifer, Leach—the first segment of the trunk or thorax is divided by an impressed transverse line ; the tarsi consist of a single joint; there is a kind of stylet at the extremity of the moveable finger of the cheliceree, and the hairs of the body are shaped like a spatula. Ch. cancroides ; Phalangium cancroides, L.; Scorpio can- croides, Fab.; Rees., Insect. III, Supp. LXIV, vulgo Book-Scor- pion. Found in herbaria, old books, &c,, where it feeds on the small insects that destroy them. ‘ Ch. cimicoides; Scorpio cimicoides, Fab.; Herm., Mem. Apter., VII, 9. Inhabits under bark of trees, stones, &c. _ In others—Obisiwm, Leach—the thorax is entire, the chelicerze are destitute of a stylet, and the hairs on the body are setaceous t. A more important character however is found in the number of eyes. In Obisium it is four,and but two in Chelifer properly so ealled f. * Solpuga fatalis, Fab.; Herbst., Monog., Solp. I, i, Bengal ;—S. chelicornis, Fab., Herbst. [b. II, 1;—Phalangium araneoides, Pall., Spicil. Zool., fascic. IX, iii, 7, 8, 9. See also the Monog. of this genus by Herbst., and the Voy. of Pallas and Olivier. . + Herm., Mem. Apter., V, 6; VI, 14. t See Leach, Monog. of the Scorpions, Zool. Miscell. III, tab. 141, 142; anda memoir on the Insects found in copal by M. Dalman, where he describes and figures a species under the name of eucarpus, and mentions several others. (<> (a) Our author does not seem aware of the fact’ that two species of this genus havebeen discoveredby Mr. Say near the Rocky Mountains :they are, 1.Gal. pallipes‘ Say. Hairy; chelicere horizontal; fingers arcuated ; abdomen sub-depressed, livid. 2. Gal subulata, 1d. Hairy; chelicerz horizonal; thumb nearly rectilinear and destitute of teeth ; resembles the pallipes in-form, size and colour, but the superior finger of the chelicere is unarmed and rectilinear, and the inferior arcuated with about two stout teeth. Long’s Expedition, IT, p. 3.—Ene. Fp. TRACHEFARIA. 317 FAMILY If. PYCNOGONIDES. The trunk, in this family, is composed of four segments, occupying nearly the whole length of the body and terminated at each extremity by a tubular joint, the anterior of which is the largest, sometimes simple, and sometimes accompanied by cheliceree and palpi, or only one kind of these organs, that constitutes the mouth *. There are eight legs in both sexes, formed for running, but the female is furnished with two additional false ones, placed near the two ante- rior and solely destined to carry her eggs, The Pyenogonides are marine animals +t, analogous either to the Cyami and the Caprellz, or to the Arachnides of the genus Phalan- gium, where Linnzus placed them. Their body is commonly linear, with very long legs, composed of eight or nine joints, terminated by two unequal hooks which appear to form but one, and the smallest of which is cleft. The first segment of the body, which replaces the head and mouth, forms a projecting tube, cylindrical or in the form of a truncated cone, with a triangular aperture at its extremity. The chelicere and palpi are placed atits base. The former are cylindrical or linear, simply prehensile, and composed of two joints, the last of which is a forceps, the inferior finger, or the one that is fixed, being sometimes shorter than the other. The palpi are filiform, and consist of five or nine joints, with a terminal hock. Each of the following segments, the last excepted, bears’a pair of legs ¢ ; but the first, or the one articulated with the mouth, has a tubercle on the back, on which are placed two eyes on each side, and beneath, in the females only, two additional small folded legs, bearing the eggs which are collected around them in one or two pellets. The last segment is small, cylin- drical, and perforated by a little orifice at the extremity. No vestige of stigmata can be perceived. * On the siphon of a large species of Phoxichilus brought from the Cape of Good Hope by the late M. Delalande, I observed longitudinal sutures, so that it appears to me to be composed of the labrum, ligula, and two jaws, all soldered together. In this case the palpi belong to the jaws. + According to Savigny they form the transition from the Arachnides to the Crus- tacea. We place them here, but with some hesitation. t M. Milne Edwards, who has investigated the anatomy of these animals on the living subject, has told me that im the interior of these organs he observed lateral ex- pansions of the intestinal canal, or ceca. I have, in fact, observed traces of them under the form of blackish vessels, in various Nymphones. This induces me to» believe that these animals respire by the skin, a character by which we might form them into a particular order, and one perhaps intermediate between the Arachnides and Apterous Insects of the order of the Parasita. 318 ARACHNIDES. They are found among marine plants, sometimes under stones near the beach, and occasionally also on the Cetacea. | Pycnoconum, Brun., Mill., Fab. The cheliceree and palpi wanting; length of the feet hardly greater than that of the body, which is proportionably thicker and shorter than in the following genera. They live on the Cetacea *. Puoxicuitvs, Lat. The palpi wanting, as in the Pycnogoni; but the legs are very long, and there are two chelicere +. | Nympuon, Fad, The Nymphones resemble the Phoxichili in the narrow aod oblong form of their body, the length of their legs, and in the erprne of chelicere ; but they have, penaee, two palpi f. ti i FAMILY III. HOLETRAS. The trunk and abdomen are here united in one mass, under a com- mon epidermis, or, at most, the thorax is divided by a strangulation, and the abdomen, in some, merely éxhibits an APPESTANER: of annuli, formed by the plicze of the abdomen. The anterior extremity of their body frequently projects in a form of a snout or rostrum: most of them have eight legs, and the remainder six ||. | This family consists of two tribes. In the first or the PHananeira, Lat., we observe very apparent cheliceree which either project in * Mill. Zool. Dan., CXIX, 10—12, the female. Found on ourcoast by MM. Surirey and D’Orbigny. : + Refer to this genus the Pycnogonum spinipes of Othon Fabricius, his variety of the P. grossipes, without antenne ; the Phalangium aculeatum ; the spinosum, Montag., Lin. Trans. ; the Nymphon femoratum of the Acts of the Soc. of Nat. Hist. of Copen- hag., 1797; the Nymphon hirtum, Fab., which perhaps does not differ from the Phal. spinipes and spinosum above quoted. t Pyenogonum grossipes, Oth. Fab. ; Miill., Zool. Dan., CXIX, 5—9, the female; to compare with the Nymph. gracile and femoratum, Leach, Zool. Miscell., XIX, 1, 2. His genus Ammothea A. carolinensis, Ib.—differs from Nymphon in the-che- liceree, which are much shorter than the mouth, the first segment or radical joint being very small. The palpi consist of nine joints, while those of the Nymphones have but five. In this genus, as well as in Phowichilus and Pycnogonum, the second joint of the tarsi is very short. The tubercle on which the eyes are placed is some- times situated on an elevation, which projects above the base of the anterior pigs or the mouth. § HoxwetTra, Hermann. || The Trombidium longipes, Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter, pl. I, 8, is represented with ten legs, the two first very long. He allows but eight in the text: . TRACHEARIA. 319 front of the trunk, or are inferior, and always terminating in a di- dactyle forceps, preceded by one or two joints. They have two filiform palpi, composed of five joints, the last of which is terminated by a small nail; two distinct eyes; two jaws formed by the prolongation of the radical joint of the palpi, and fre- quently four more *, which are also a mere dilatation of the hip of the two first pairs of legs. The body is oval or rounded, and covered, the trunk at least, with a firmer skin ; there is also an appearance of annuli or plice on the abdomen. The legs, of which there are always eight, are long, and distinctly divided, like those of insectst Atthe origin of the two posterior legs, at least-in several—Phalangium— are two stigmata, one on each side, but hidden by their hips. Most of them live on the ground, at the foot of trees, and on plants, and are very active ; others conceal themselves under stones and in moss. Their sexual organs are internal, and placed under the mouth. Puataneium, Lin., Fab. The chelicerze projecting, much shorter than the body; eyes placed on a common tubercle. Their legs are very long and slender, and when detached from the body show signs of irritability for a few moments. The two sexes in coitu are placed opposite to each other; this occurs at the latter end of summer. The penis of the male is formed like a dart, and has a demi-sagittal termination. The female has a filiform, flexible, annulated and membranous oviduct, The trachez are tubular. Ph. cornutum, L., the male; Opilio, Id., the female; Herbst., Monog. Phal., I, 3, the male; Ib., I, the female. Body oval, reddish or cinereous above; black beneath; palpi long; two ranges of small spines on the ocular tubercles, and spines on the thighs; corneous chelicerz in the males; a blackish band with a festooned margin on the back of the female f. A celebrated English entomologist, M. Kirby, under the name of Gono.epres, has formed a particular genus of the species with spi- nous palpi, the two last joints of which are nearly equal, sub-oval, and terminated by a stout nail, and in which the hips of the two posterior 4. * If we suppose that the two superior jaws, with their palpi, represent the mandi- bles of the Crustacea Decapoda, the other four will also represent the jaws'of the same animals, and the two jaws and inferior lip of the triturating (Broyeurs) Insects: From M. Marcel de Serres we learn that the ganglion which immediately follows the brain is opposite to the third pair of legs, which, according to these approximations, are analogous to the first pair in Insects; now, there also we find the same ganglion in the latter. See M + The hips, thighs, tibie, and tarsi are the same as in the preceding families. But the legs of the Arachnides Trachearie are composed of short joints, whose rela- tive proportions differ very gradually, so that these distinctions of parts are less t. t. See the Monograph of this genus, published by Latreille at the end of the His- toire des Fourmis, and those of Herbst., and Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter, 320 ARACHNIDES. legs are very large, soldered, and form a plate under the body. These legs are separated from the others and placed behind*. In Phalan- gium properly so called, the palpi are filiform, spineless, and termi- nated by a joint much longer than the preceding one, with a little terminal hook. All the legs are approximated, with similar coxe contiguous at their origin. Such are all the species indigenous to Europe. | Srro, Lat. Projecting cheliceree nearly as long as the body; eyes separated and placed on different insulated tubercles f. Macrocuetts, Lat. | Extremely salient and very long chelicerze; but the eyes null or. ses- . sile; the two anterior legs very long and antenniform; the top of the body forming a plate or scale without distinct annuli. To this genus I refer the Acarus marginatus and the Ac. testudt- narius, of Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter., p. 76, pl. vi, fig. 6, and p. 80, pl. ix, fig. 1. Troautus, Lat. Anterior extremity of the body projecting like a clypeus, and re-» ceiving the chelicerze and other parts of the mouth into an inferior cavity, The body is flat and covered with a very firm skin f. In the second tribe of the Holetra, that of the AcarIpEs, we some- times find chelicerze, but they are simply formed of a single forceps, either didactyle or munodactyle, and are hidden in a sternal lip; some- times there is a sucker formed of united lancets; or finally, the mouth consists of a simple cavity without any apparent appendages. This tribe is composed of the genus Acarus, Lin. Most of these animals are very small or nearly microscopical; They are observed everywhere. Some of them are errant, and of these some are found under stones, leaves, the bark of trees, in the earth, in water, dried meat, old cheese, and putrescent animal matters. Others are parasitical, living on the skin or in the flesh of various animals, which they often, by their excessive multiplication, reduce toa state of great debility. The origin of certain diseases, such as the itch, is attributed to particular species. The experiments of Dr. Galet prove that if the Acari of the human psora be placed on the body of a perfectly healthy person, they will inoculate him with the virus of that disorder. ‘Various species of Acari are also found on» * Gonoleptes horridus, Lin. Trans., XII, xxii, 16; from Brazil. + Siro rubens, Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, vi, 2 ;—-Acarus crassipes, Herm., Mem. Apter., III, 6, and IX, Q. N. t Trogulus nepeformis, Lat. Gener. Crust. and Insect., I, vi, 1; Phalangium tricarinatum, 1..—South of France, Spain. TRACHEARIA. 321 Insects, and some of the Coleoptera that feed on cadaverous or excre- mentitious substances are frequently covered with them. ‘They have | even been observed in the brain and eye of man. The Acari, or Mites as they are vulgarly termed, are oviparous, and excessively prolific. Several of them at first have but six legs, the remaining two being developed shortly after. Their tarsi ter- minate in various ways according to their habits. Some—Acaripes, Lat.—or the Acari proper, have eight legs, solely destined for walking, and chelicere. Tromaipiom, Fab. The cheliceree menodactyle, or terminated by a movable hook; salient palpi, pointed at the end, with a moveable appendage or spe- cies of finger under their extremity; two eyes, each placed on a _ little immoveable pedicle. The body is divided into two parts, the first of which, or the anterior, is very small, and bears the two first pair of legs, together with the eyes and mouth. Tromb. holosertceum, Fab.; Herm., Mem. Apter., pl. 1, 2, and Il, 1. Very common in gardens in the spring; blood-red ; ab- domen nearly square, posteriorly narrowed, with an emargina- tion; the back loaded with vanities, hairy at base, and globular at the extremity. Tromb. tinctorium, Fab.; Herm. Apter.; I, 1. Three or four times the size of the preceding; it furnishes a red dye. The East Indies *. Erytureavs, Lat. The chelicere and palpi of Trombidium; but the eyes are not placed on pedicles, neither is the body divided . Gamasvus, Lat. Fab. Didactyle cheliceree; very distinct or projecting filiform palpi. The superior surface of the body, in some, is either wholly or partially invested with a scaly skin f{. © 7 The body is entirely soft in the remainder. Several species of this division live on Birds and Quadrupeds. Some are known ; ‘such as the ’ Gam. telarius ; Ac. telarius, Fab.; which form extremely fine webs on the leaves of several plants, particularly of the Elm, and . * T. fuliginosum, Herm. Mem. Apt. I, 3 ;—T. bicolor, Ib. II, 2;—T. assimile, Ib., 3; 1. curtipes, Ib., 4;—T. trigonum, Ib. 5 ;—T. trimaculatum, Ib., 6. + Erythreus phalangioides, Lat.; Trombidium phalangioides, Herm., Ib., I, 10; —Trombidium quisquilliarum, Ib., 9; —Tromb. parietinum, Ib., 12 ;—T. pusillum, Ib., I1, 4 ;—7. murorum, Ib., 5. t Gamasus marginatus, Lat.; Acarus marginatus, Herm., Mem. Apter., VI, 6, found on the corpus callosum of the human brain;—Trombidium longipes, Herm., Ib., 1, 8;—Acarus coleoptratorum, Fab.; De Geer, Mem. Insect., VII, vi, 5 ;—Acarus hirundinis, Herm., Ub., 1, 13 ;—Ac. vespertilionis, Ib. 14 ; Trombidium bipustulatum, Ib., II, 10 ;—Tromb. socium, Ib., 11, 13 ;—Tromb. tiliarium, Ib., 12;—Tromb. telarium, Ib., 15: these three species live in society on leaves, covering them with extremely i and silky filaments;—Tromb. celer, Ib., 14 ;—Acarus galling, De Geer, Insect, I, vi, 13. . VOL, Hl. Y 322 ARACHNIDES. are very i abe to them, ‘These particular species is reddish, with a blackish spot on each side of the abdomen. Cueyietus, Lat. Didactyle cheliceree; but the palpi are thick, resemble arms, iad have a falciform termination *. Oripata, Lat. Noraspis, Herm. The cheliceree are also didactyle in the Oribate, but their palpi are very short or concealed ; their body is invested by a firm, cori- aceous or scaly skin resembling a shield, and their legs are long or moderate. The anterior part of the body projects into a snout, and an ap- pearance of a thorax is often observable. ‘The tarsi, in some, are terminated by a single hook, and in others by two or three, without any vesicular pellet. They are found on stones, trees, and in moss; their gait is slow f. Uropopa, Lat. Judging from analogy, we presume that the Wiaoais are fur- nished with forceps-like chelicerze. Their palpi are not apparent; their body, still covered with a scaly skin, has but very short legs, and a filament at the anus, by means of which they attach them- selves to certain coleopterous Insects, paper ing themselves in the air f. Acarus, Fab. Lat.—Sanrcorress, Lat. Two didactyle chelicerze, and very short or concealed palpi, as in the preceding ; but the body very soft or without a scaly crust. The tarsi have a vesicular pellet at their extremity. Several spe- cies live on the food of Man, and others are found in his psoraic ulcers, and in those of the Horse, Dog, and Cat §. Others, called Ticks—Ricmnim, Lat.—also have eight legs, solely adapted for running, but are_ destitute of cheliceree, properly so called ; they are replaced, however, by two lancet-like blades, which, with the ligula, form a sucker. Sometimes they have distinct eyes; and salient, filiform, free ae: a sucker composed of membranous parts, and entire; and a very soft body. They are errant animals. Boeuia, Lat. Fab.—Scirvus, Herm. Elongated palpi, bent into an elbow, with setée or hairs at the ex- * Acarus eruditus, Schrank., Enum. Insect. Aust., No. 1058, Tab. IT, 1; ejusd., peciculus musculi, Ib., No. 1024, I, 5. + See Hermann, Mem. Apter., genus Notaspis ; and Olivier, Encye. Method., Insect., article Oribate. t ‘Acorns vegetans, De Geer; Insect., VII, vii, 15. The Acarus spinitarsus, Herm. Mem. Apter. VI, vi, 5, perhaps forms a genus intermediate between this and the preceding one. § Acarus domesticus, De Geer, Ib., V, 1—4 ;—Acarus siro, Fab. ;—Ac. sedbiei, Ib., 12, 13. See the dissert. of Dr. Galet ;—Ae. ‘faring, Ib., 15 de. avicularum, Ib., VI, 9;—Ae. passerinus, Ib., 12, remarkable for the size of its third pair of legs ;— Ac. dimidiatus, Herm., Mem. Apter. VI, 4 ;—Trombidium expalpe, Ib., II, 8. TRACHEARLEZ 323 tremity; four eyes; the posterior legs longest; sucker projecting in the form of a conical or subulate rostrum. Found under stones, bark of trees, and in moss. Bd. longicornis ; Acarus longicornis,L.; La Pince rouge. Geoff.; Sctrus vulgaris, Herm., Mem. Apter., III, 9; IX, S. Hardly half a line in length; scarlet; the feet paler; sucker in the form of an elongated and pointed rostrum; iarticu- lated palpi, the first and last joint of which are the longest; the latter somewhat the shortest of the two, and terminated by two sete. Common in the environs of Paris; under stones *. Smaripia, Lat. Distinguished from Bdella by the palpi, which are hardly longer than the sucker, straight and without terminal sete; by the eight eyes, and by the two anterior legs, which are longer than the others +. Sometimes these Ticks, with eight legs and without chelicere, have no eyes that are perceptible; their palpi are either anterior and projecting, but in the form of valvule, widened or dilated near the extremity, serving as a sheath to the sucker—or inferior; the parts composing the sucker are horny, very hard and dentated; the body is invested with a coriaceous skin, or has at least, anteriorly, a scaly te, ag animals are parasitical, gorge themselves with the blood of several of the Vertebrata, and from being extremely flat, acquire by suction a great volume and a vesicular form. They are round or oval. Ixopes, Lat. Fab.—Cynoruastes, Herm. The palpi forming a sheath to the sucker, and with it constituting a projecting and short rostrum, truncated and slightly dilated at the extremity. ; The Ixodes are found in thick woods abounding in bushes, briars, &c.; they hook themselves to low plants by the hind legs, keeping the others extended, and fasten on Dogs, Oxen, Horses, and other Quadrupeds, and even on the Tortoise, burying their sucker so com- pletely in their flesh, that they can only be detached by force, and by tearing out the portion that adheres to it, They lay a prodigious uantity of eggs, which, according to M. Chabrier, are protruded fom eir mouth. They sometimes increase to such an enormous extent on the Ox and Horse, that they perish from. the exhaustion. Their tarsi are terminated by two hooks inserted in a palette, or united at base on a common pedicle, The ancients designated these Arachnides by the term Ricinus. = “< Scirus longirostris, Herm,, Mem. Apter. VI, 2;—S. latirostris, Ib., II, 11};— S. setivostris, Ib., III, 12; IX, T. + Acarus sambuci, Schrank, and perhaps the following Trombidia of Hermann; Tr. 1, 7;—Tr. papillosum, 11, 6;—Tr. squammatum, Ib., 7. The seco is even closely allied to the species which serves as a type to the genus. ¥2 324 ARACHNIDES. Huntsmen in France call the species which attaches itself to the Dog, Louvette. It is the Ixodes ricinus ; Acarus ricinus, L.; Acarus reduvius, De Geer, Insect.,. VII, vi, 1, 2. A deep blood-red; the sealy, anterior plate still darker ; sides of the body turned up, and slightly hairy; palpi forming a sheath to the sucker. Ixodes reticulatus, Lat. Fab.; Acarus reduvius, Schrank, Enum. Insect., Aust., No. 1043, iii, 1,2: Cynorhestes pictus, Herm. Cinerous, with small reddish-brown spots, and little annular lines of the same colour; edges of the abdomen striate; palpi nearly oval. It infests Oxen, and when tumefied, is six lines in length. 3 The species of this genus have not been sufficiently studied *. Areas, Lat.—Ruynenorrion, Herm. Distinguished from Ixodes by the inferior situation of the mouth, and by the palpi which do not encase the sucker, have a conical form, and are composed of four joints, and not of three, as in the preceding genus. Argas reflecus; Inodes reflecus, Fab.; Lat. Gen. Crust. et Insect., I, vi, 3, Herm. Mem. Apt. IV, 10, 11. Pale yellow, with dark blood- coloured, or ig and anastomosing lines.-— On Pigecns. Argas persicus ; Malleh de Mianeh. This species, described by travellers under the name of Punaise venimeuse de Miana, with other Ixodes, constitutes the subject of some curious obser- vations published by M. Gotthef Fischer de Waldheim. Others again—HypracuneLie, Lat.—have also eight legs, but they are ciliated and adapted to natation. They form the Genus Hypracuna of Miiller} or that of Athax Fab., and are wholly aquatic. Their body is generally oval or nearly globular, and very soft. That of some males is narrowed posteriorly, so as to resemble a kind of tail, their genital organs being placed at its extremity; in the female, they are on the inferior surface of the abdomen. The number of eyes varies from two to four, or, accord- ing to Miiller, even to six. The mouth of those species, I have been able to study, offered the three following modifications, which have served as a base to three generic divisions, but to which it is almost impossible to refer all Miiller’s species of Hydrachne, that naturalist not having described them with sufficient minuteness. Cd * Acarus egyptius, L.; Herm. Mem. Apter., IV, 9; L. TV, 13 ;—Acarus rhino- cerotis, De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxviii, 5. 6 ;—-Acarus americanus, L.;—Ac. nigua, De Geer, Ib., XXVII, 9, 13. See the genus Ixodes of Fabricius, and the work of Leach on the apterous Insects of Linneus—Trans, Lin. Soc., XI. + Hydrachna, Herm. YRACHEARLA, 325 Eyuais, Lat. _ Chelicéré terminated by a moveable hook’. Hypracana, Lat. . The mouth composed of laminz, forming a projecting sucker; a moveable appendage under the extremity of the palpi f. Lumwocuares, Lat. The sucker mouth of the Hydrachnee, but the palpi are simple f Others,—Microruruira, Lat.—are removed from all the rest of the Arachnides by the number of their legs, which only amounts to six. They are all parasitical. Canis, Lat. A sucker and apparent palpi; the body rounded, flat, and covered with a scaly skin §. Lertus, Lat. A sucker and palpi as in Caris, but the body very soft and ovoid. Leptus autumnalis; Acarus autumnalis, Shaw, Zool. Miscell., II, pl. xlii. A very common species, in autumn, on grasses and other plants. Having reached the person of the passenger, it climbs up, insinuates itself into his skin at the root of the hairs, and occasions an itching as intolerable as that produced by a regular itch. It is called the Rouget in France, and in fact it is of a reddish colour and very small. The remaining species are found on different Insects, and belong to the division of the Trombidia herapoda, Hermann |j. - Actysta, Aud. The body shaped like a bagpipe, and furnished with a siphon, without distinct palpi, situated beneath its anterior extremity, which is narrowed, curved and obtuse; very small legs. The Aclysiz live on the Dytisci. But a single species—Ac. dytisci, Mém. de la Soc., d’Hist. Nat., I, p. 98, pl. v, fig. 2— was at first known, the one on which M. Victor Audouin esta- blished the subgenus. Count Manheiren, a Russian naturalist, to whom the science is much indebted for his entomological essays, and his readiness to second the efforts of those who study it, has, as it appears, discovered another. * Atax extendens, Fab.; Miill., LX, 4. + Atax geographicus, Fab.; Mill., VIII, 3, 5; At globator, Fab.; Miill., IX, I. } Acarus aquaticus, L. ;—Acarus aquaticus holosericeus, De Geer, Insect., VII; ix, 15, 20 ;—Trombidium aquaticum, Herm., Mem. Apter. I, ii. § Car:s vespertilionis, Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect. I,.161. \| Trombidium insectorum, Herm., Mem, Apter. I, 16; Ge Geer, Insect., VII, vii, 5 ;—Tromb. latirostre, Herm., Ib., 15 ;—Tromb. cornutum, Ib., 11, ii; Tromb. aphidis, 1b.; De Geer, Insect., VII, vii, 14;—Tromb. libellule, Herm. Ib.; De Geer, Ib., VII, 9 ;—-Tromb. culicis, Herm. Ib.; De Geer, Ib., VII, 12;—Tromb. lapidum, Herm., Ib., VII, 7. 326 ARACHNIDES, Aroma, Lat. Neither sucker nor palpi visible, the mouth merely consisting of a small orifice on the chest. The body is oval and soft, the legs very short*. The Ocyprte, Leach, Belongs to this tribe by the number of legs; but, according to him, these animals are furnished with mandibles f. * Acarus parasiticus, De Geer, VII, vii, 7 ;—Trombidium parasiticum, Hermann. + Ocypete rubra, Leach, Lin. Trans., XI, 396. On the Tipule. THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. (CONTINUED.) ee ee CLASS III. INSECTA. Insects, which form the third class of articulated animals provided with articulated legs, have, besides, a dorsal vessel analogous to the vestige of a heart, but totally destitute of any branch for the circula- tion*. They respire by means of two principal trachee, extending, * Anatomists are greatly divided with respect to the nature of this organ; some consider it as a true heart; others, among whom is the Baron Cuvier, deny it this quality, an opinion which appears to us to be fully confirmed by the admirable re- searches of M. Marcel de Serres—‘‘ Memoire Sur le Vaisseau Dorsal des Insectes ”’ —published in the Mém. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. According to the latter it secretes fat, whieh is subsequently elaborated in the adipose tissue which surrounds it. Lyonet says that it contains a gummy substance of an orange colour. Some very recent observations appear to establish the existence of certain very small vessels ; but in addition to the fact that this circulation must be very partial. Insects would still greatly differ, in this respect, from the Crustacea, inasmuch as the blood does not return to the heart. M. Straus in his report—Bullet. Univers., de M. le Baron de Férussac—on a Memoir of M. Hérold on this subject, has inti- mated his own opinion on the matter as deduced from his anatomical investigations of the Melolontha. ‘The dorsal vessel,’’ says that gentleman, ‘‘is the true heart of Insects, being, as in the higher animals, the locomotive organ of the blood, which, instead of being contained in vessels, is diffused throughout the general cavity of the body. This heart occupies all the length of the back of the abdomen, and terminates anteriorly by a single non-ramified artery which carries the blood into the head where it diffuses it, and whence it returns into the abdomen in consequence of is accumulation in the head, to again enter the heart; to this all the circulation in Insects is reduced, they having merely a single artery without branches and no veins. The ale of the heart are not muscular as is asserted by Hérold they are merely fibrous ligaments which keep the dorsal vessel in its place. The heart, that is to saythe abdominal part of the vessel (in the Melolontha vulgaris) is divided, internally, into eight chambers, separated from each other by two con- verging valvule, which allow the transmission of the blood from behind forwards, and from one chamber to another, into the artery which runs to the head, but which prevent it from retrograding. At the lateral and anterior part of each chamber, are 328 INSECTA. parallel to each other, throughout the whole length of the body, having centres, at intervals, from which proceed numerous branches, corresponding to external openings or stigmata*, which admit air. two transverse fissures which communicate with the abdominal cavity and through which the blood contained in the latter enters the heart. Each of these apertures is pro- vided, internally, with alittle semi-circular valve which presses on it during the systole of the heart. From this short description it will be seen, that when the posterior cham- ber dilates, the blood contained in the abdominal cavity penetrates into it by the transverse fissures of which we have spoken, and which we call auriculo-ventrieulairies. When the chamber contracts, the blood finding no exit into the abdominal cavity forces the inter-ventricular valve, passes into the second chamber which dilates to receive it, and which, at the same time, receives a certain quantity of blood by the true auriculo-ventricular apertures. When the second chamber receives the contract- ing impression, the blood passes into the third, which also receives a portion of it through the lateral openings, and thus the blood is forced from one chamber to another into the artery. It is these successive centractions of the chambers of the heart that we perceive through the skin of caterpillars.’? The heart of the Crustacea Decapoda, Squilli, Limule, Aranex, &c., as I have been assured by the same profound observer, also contains similar valvule. It is enclosed in a sort of sac or pericar- dium, which, according to him, acts in lieu ofan auricle. These divisions or chambers of the dorsal vessel are what Lyonet terms ailes or wings, he also saw that the dorsal vessel extended to the head, and terminated there in the manner already described: but he did not see the orifices and valvule mentioned by Straus.’ The definition of the dorsal vessel given by this naturalist, evidently proves, that, what- ever be its internal formation, it is not a true heart. Besides, these observations do not teach us the true nature of the liquid it contains, nor how it becomes diffused throughout the other parts of the body to effect their nutrition. It is however certain, from the observations of Lyonet, that all the parts of the body communicate with the corps graisseux by means of fibrilli. The trachez give off branches which extend to the extremities of the various appendages of the body. The action of the air may occasion the ascension of the nutritive juices in the interstices, forming a sort of capillary tubes.. . * Thenumber of segments in the body of the Myriapoda being undetermined, that of their stigmata is the same, and frequently extends to above twenty. In the Hexa- poda it is frequently eighteen, nine on each side. This computation, however, is rather true with respect to the animal as a larva than in its perfect state. Cater- pillars, the larve of the Coleoptera and those of various other Insects, have one pair of stigmata on the first. segment, or the one that bears the first pair of legs; the second and the third are destitute of them, owing, I presume, to the developement of the wings which occurs in these rings, and renders the presence of respiratory apertures useless in that particular place. The fourth and each of the seven follow- ing annuli exhibit a pair: but in coleopterous Insects in their perfect state, besides the two anterior stigmata concealed in the cavity of the pro-thorax, which had not been perceived, we observe two others, situated between the origin of the elytra and that of the wings: they belong to the mesothorax. There are none in the metatho- rax, unless we consider the two of the first abdominal segments, as supplementary to the thorax, a consideration founded on what occurs in the Diptera and Hymenop- terous Insects with a pediculated abdomen, where these two stigmata, with the semi-segment in which they are placed, make part of the thorax. Thus, generally speaking, the hexapoda have eight pairs of abdominal stigmata, the two last of which, however, are frequently obliterated, . In Acrydium, Truxalis, and Libellula, each side of the. mesothorax presents a stig- ma, or those which Marcel de Serres calls ¢rémaeres. In these latter Insects, as well as in others with naked wings, or without elytra, the two first thoracic stigmata are placed above, between the prothorax and the mesothorax, With the exception of the Libellule, the thorax proper offers no other distinct stigmata—I say thorax proper, because, as we have already observed, the two first of the abdomen, in several, are referable to the posterior extremity of the thorax. The metathorax of the Pentatome, and Scutellere is provided inferiorly with a pair of stigmata. In the apterous Spec- INSECTA. 329 They all have two antennz and a distinct head. The nervous sys- tem of most Insects—the Hexapoda—is generally composed of a brain formed of two opposing ganglions, united at base, giving off eight pairs of nerves and two single ones, and of twelve ganglions*, all inferior. The two first are situated near the junction of the head with the thorax, and are longitudinally contiguous ; the anterior sends nerves to the lower lip and adjacent parts; the second, third and fourth belong to each of the three first segments, or those which form the thorax in the Hexapoda; the remaining ganglions belong to the abdomen, so that the last or the twelfth corresponds to: its seventh ring, and is immediately followed by those which compose the organs of generation; each of these ganglions transmits nerves to the parts of its respective segments. The two last, which are closely approximated, also send some to the terminal annuli of the body. The frontal region exhibits three particular ganglions called frontal by Lyonet, fromthe first of which arises posteriorly a great nerve with enlargements, the longest of all, that he denominates the recurrent. The first ordinary or sub-cesophagean ganglion, gives off, according to him, four pairs of nerves, and each of the following ones, two; so that by counting the eight pairs of the brain, and the ten spinal bridles, which may also be considered as so many pairs. of nerves, we shall have in all forty-five pairs, exclusive of the two solitary nerves above-mentioned, or from twelve to fourteen more than are found in the human subject. The two nervous cords which form the ganglions by their union, are tubular and composed of two tunicks, in the exterior of which we observe trachez; a medullary substance fills the central canal. The admirable work of M. Hérold on the anatomy of the larva of the great Papilio brassicae, L., studied throughout its various degrees of developement, and to the period of its transformation into a chrysalis, shows us that the ner- vous system and that of the digestive organs experience remarkable changes; that in the. beginning, the nervous cords are longer and further apart, an observation which strengthens the opinion of one of the greatest zootomists of the age, Doctor Serres, on the origin and developement of the nervous system. In our general remarks on points common to the three classes of articulated animals provided. with articulated feet, we mentioned the various opinions of physi- tra, there is none in the second segment or mesothorax; but in the following one or the metathorax, there are two pairs, one anterior, which being situated near the articulation of this segment with the preceding, may be considered as belonging % probation and the other smaller, and placed close to that of the first abdominal ent. * Several of the Lamellicornes in a perfect state form exceptions. 330 INSECTA. ologists with respect to the seat of the sense of hearing and of smell. - We will merely add, in regard to the former, that the little nervous frontal ganglions of which he have spoken, seem to confirm the opinion of those who, like Scarpa, place it in the origin of the an- tennze. I have detected two small orifices near the eyes of certain Lepidoptera, which, perhaps, are auditory canals. If, in several Insects, particularly those furnished with filiform, or long, setaceous antenne, they (the antenne) are organs of touch, it seems to us difficult to account for the extraordinary developement they acquire in certain families, and mure particularly in the males, if we refuse to admit that they are then the seat of smell. The palpi also, in some cases, as when they are greatly dilated at the extremity, may > possibly be the principal organs of smell, part of which sense may also perhaps belong to the ligula. _ The digestive system consists of a preparatory or buccal apparatus, intestinal canal, biliary vessels, also called hepatic vessels, those styled salivary, but which are less general, free and floating vessels called excrementitious, the epiploon or corps graisseu«, and probably of the dorsal vessel. This system is singularly modified according to the difference of the aliment, or forms a great number of particular types, of which we shall speak when treating of families. We will merely say a word with respect to the buccal apparatus and the prin- cipal divisions of the intestinal canal, beginning with the latter. In those where it is the most complicated, as in the carnivorous Coleop- tera, we observe a pharynx, cesophagus, crop, gizzard, stomach or chylific ventricle, and intestines which are divided into the small in- testines, great intestine or czecum, and the rectum. In those Insects where the tongue, properly so called, is laid on the anterior or inter- nal face of the lip, or is not free, the pharynx is situated on that same face and this is most commonly the case *. We will also add, that a naturalist who first furnished us with correct observations on the respiratory organs of the Mygales, M. Gaede, professor of natural history at Liege, does not consider the biliary vessels as secreting organs—this opinion, however, does not appear to, be sufficiently well founded, and the observations of M. Leon Dufour +. even seem to destroy it. * See what we have stated respecting the ligula, in our general remarks on the three classes. + This latter naturalist, whom I shall have frequent occasion to mention, has published, with the most minute detail, every thing relative to the digestive system of Insects, in a series of admirable Memoirs, which have enriched the Annales des Scteuces Naturelles. Well arranged resumé of the whole by M. Victor Audouin may be found in the Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat., article INSEcTEs. INSECTA. 331 _ Some few, and always apterous Insectes, such as the Myriapoda, approximate to several of the Crustacea, either in the number of the annuli of their body and in their legs, or in some points of analogy in the conformation of the parts of the mouth; but all the others never have more than six legs, and their body, the number of whose segments never extends beyond twelve, is always divided into three principal parts, the head, trunk, and abdomen. Among the latter Insects, some are found without wings, that always preserve their natal form, and merely increase in size and change their skin*. In this respect they bear some analogy to the animals of the preceding classes. Nearly all the remaining Hexapoda have wings; but these organs, and even frequently the feet,’ do not make their appearance at first, but are only developed after a series of changes, more or less remarkable, styled metamorphoses, of which we shall soon have to speak, _ The head tbears the antenne, eyes, and menith The composi tion and form of the antennze are much more various than in the Crustacea, and are frequently more developed or unger in the males than in the females. . The.eyes are either compound or simple ; the first, according to the baron Cuvier, Marcel de Serres and others, are formed: 1, of a cornea, divided into numerous little facets, which is so much the more convex, as the insect is more carnivorous; its internal surface is covered with an opaque, and variously coloured, but slightly fluid substance, usually, however, of a black or deep violet hue: 2, ofa choroides, fixed by its contour and edges to the cornea, covered with a black varnish, exhibiting numerous air vessels, arising from tolera- bly large trunks of tracheze in the head, whose branches form a cir- cular trachea round the eye: it is frequently wanting, however, as well as the choroides, in various nocturnal insects; 3, of nerves aris- ing from a large trunk, proceeding directly from the brain, which then opens, forming a reversed cone, the base of which is next tu the eye, and each of whose rays or threads traversing the choroides and lining matter of the cornea, terminates in one of its facets: there is no crystalline nor vitreous humour. Several, besides these compound eyes, have simple ones, the cor- * My Homofenes (similar to the end) or the Ametobolia of Leach. _ + Its surface is divided into several little regions or ares called the clypeus (nose of Kirby), the face, the front, the vertex or summit, and the cheeks. The term clypeus being equivocal, I have substituted for it that of epistoma or overmouth. It gives insertion to the labrum or upper lip. 332 INSECTA; nea of which is smooth. They are usually three in number, and are disposed in a triangle on the top of the head. In most of the Aptera, and in the larvee of those that are winged, they replace the former, and are frequently united in a group; those of the Arachnides seem to indicate that they are fitted for the purposes of vision. The mouth of hexapodous insects is generally composed of six principal parts, four of which are lateral, are disposed in pairs, and move transversely ; the other two, opposed to each other in a contrary direction, occupy the space comprised between the former: one is placed above the superior pair, and the other beneath the inferior. In the triturating insects (broyeurs), or those which feed on solid matters, the four lateral parts perform the office of jaws, the other two being considered as lips; but, as we have already observed, the twe superior jaws have been distinguished by the peculiar appellation of mandibles, the others alone bearing that of maxille or jaws; the latter are also furnished with one or two articulated filaments called palpi, a character never exhibited, in this class, by the man- dibles. Their extremity is often terminated by two divisions or lobes, the exterior of which, inthe Orthoptera, is called the ga/ea. We have already said that the upper lip was called the Jabrum. The other, or the labium, properly so styled, is formed of two parts; the one, inferior and solid, is the mentum or chin; the other, which is usually provided with two palpi, is the digula *. In the Suctoria, or those that live by the suction of fluid aliament these various organs of manducation present themselves under’ two kinds of general modifications. In the first, the mandibles and the jaws are replaced by little laminz in the form of sete or lancets, forming, by their union, a sort of sucker, which is received into a sheath, supplying the place of a labium, and is either cylindrical or conical, and articulated in the form ofa rostrum, or fleshy or mem- branous, inarticulated, and terminated by two. lips constituting a * With respect to this, see what is stated in the general remarks which precede the particular exposition of each class. The inferior lip appears to us to be a mere modification of the second jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, combined’ with their ligula. The changes gradually effected in these parts in the Crustacea, Archnides, and Myriapoda, seem to authorize'this idea. According to this hypothesis, the six thoracic legs are analogous to the foot-jaws, a fact already recognized with regard to the Crustacea of the genus Apus. The five first abdominal segments of the Hex- apoda will then represent those, which, in the Crustacea Decapoda, bear the legs properly so called, or the third and four following pairs of the Amphipoda and Iso- poda, All the observations that have been published on the thorax of Insects, al- though otherwise useful, will necessarily be liable to continual changes, when that part of the body is compared in the thyee classes of articulated animals provided with articulated feet. In this respect our nomenclature is far from being fixed. INSECTA, 333 proboscis. The labrum is triangular and arched, and covers the base of the sucker. In the second modification, the labrum and mandibles are nearly obliterated, or are extremely small: the labium is no longer free, and is only distinguishable by the presence of two palpi, to which it gives insertion: the jaws have acquired a most extraordinary length, and are transformed into tubular filaments, which, being united at their edges, compose a sort of spiral proboscis called the tongue, but which, to avoid all equivocation, it would be better to call spirigna- tha; its interior exhibits three canals, the intermediate of which is the duct of the alimentary juices. At the base of each of these fila- ments is a palpus, usually very small, and but slightly apparent. | The Myriapoda are the only insects in which the mouth presents another mode of organization—it will be explained in treating of that order. The trunk * of insects, or that intermediate portion of their body which bears the legs, is generally designated by the term thorazg, or corselet by the French. It is composed of three segments, not well distinguished at first, the relative proportions of which vary consider- ably. Sometimes, as in the Coleoptera the anterior, much the largest, separated from the following one by an articulation, moveable, and alone exposed, appears at the first glance to constitute the entire trunk, and is called the thoraz or corselet; sometimes, as in the Hy- menoptera, Lepidoptera, &c., it is much shorter than the ensuing one, has the appearance of a collar, and, with the two others, forms a common body, attached to the abdomen by a pedicle, or adhering closely to it across its whole posterior width, and is also called thoraz. These distinctions were insufficient, and frequently ambiguous, inas- much as they were not based on a ternary division, distinctly an- nounced by me in the first edition of this work, as a character pro- per to the Hexapoda. M. Kirby having already employed the deno- mination of metathorax, to designate the after-thorax +, that of * This term, here, is synonymous with that of thorax. In order to avoid confusion, I think it would be better to restrict the application of the former to the Linnean Aptera with more than six legs, and where those organs are borne by particular seg- ments, that is, where the head is distinct from the trunk. With respect to. the Crustacea in which these parts of the body are confounded, the thorax might be called thoracida ; and cephalo-thorax in the Arachnides, animals presenting the same character, but in which the trunk or thorax is more simple and provided with fewer appendages. The Entomostraca, in this respect, approach the latter, but as they belong to another class, the term ¢horacida should still be applied to them; that of thorax would then be exclusively appropriated to the Hexapoda. . t+ This segment should not be restricted, in the Hymenoptera, to this superior, very short, and transverse division of the thorax, on the sides of which the second 334 INSECTA. prothorag and mesothoraz, the ternary division once established, naturally presented itself to the mind, and the celebrated professor Nitzsch was the first to employ it. Some naturalists have since desig- nated the prothorax or anterior segment, that which bears the two first feet, by the term collar, col/are. Wishing to retain the deno- mination of corselet, but to restrain its application within proper limits, we will employ that term in all those cases where this seg- ment is much larger than the others, and where these latter are join- ed to the abdomen, and seem to constitute an integral part of it—a dis- position proper to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera, and several of the Hemiptera. When the prothorax is short, and forms with the suc- ceeding segments a common and exposed mass, the trunk composed of the three will retain the name of thorax. We will also continue to style pectus the inferior surface of the trunk, dividing it according to the segments, into three arez, the ante-pectus, medio-pectus, and post-pectus. The median line will also constitute the sternum, which we divide into three parts = the ante-sternum, medio-sternum, and post-sternum. The teguments of the thoracic segments, as peal as of those of the abdomen, are usually divided into two annuli or semi-annuli, the one dorsal or superior, the other inferior, laterally united by a soft and flexible membrane, which, however, is but a portion of the same tegument that in many Insects, the Coleoptera particularly, i is less firm. At the point of junction between these annuli we observe a little space of a more solid texture, or of the consistence of the annulus itself, which bears a stigma, so that the sides of the abdomen present a longitudinal series of small pieces, or each segment seems to be quadripartite. Other equally corneous pieces occupy the inferior sides of the mesothorax and metathorax and immediately under the origin of the elytra and wings, which are supported by another longi- tudinal piece. The relations of these parts, the size and form of the first jointof the coxze, the manner in which they are articulated with wings are inserted. It is also formed of that portion of the thorax which extends backwards to the origin of the abdomen, a circumstance which evidently demonstrates the position of the two last stigmata of the trunk, they being placed on the sides of this extremity, behind the wings, and above the last pair of legs. Iam even of the opinion that this observation will apply to all winged Insects. Their metathorax should be divided, at least above, into two parts or semi-segments, one, in the Tetraptera, bearing the second wings and destitute of stigmata, and the other fur- nished with them; sometimes this latter portion, as in nearly all Insects, the Hyme- uoptera with a pediculated abdomen, the Rhipiptera and Diptera excepted, appears to belong to abdomen sometimes it is incorporated with the trunk or thorax and closes it posteriorly, asin those last mentioned. In the Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, Lepi- doptera and Diptera, the two anterior or thoracic segments are placed between the prothorax and the mesothorax. The abdomen will then consist of nine complete seg- ments, the three last of which compose the orgaus of generation. INSECTA. 335. the semi-annulus to which they belong, the extent and direction of that semi-annulus varying, furnish the thorax, thus considered, with a combination of characters, which in a systematic point of view are of great importance. Some naturalists, Knoch in particular, had already employed them, but on no fixed principle, and under arbitrary denominations. A necessary preliminary step was the careful and comparative study of the thorax, as it exists in all the orders of the class of Insects. This was undertaken at my request, by the late Lachat. His friend, M. Victor Audouin, has prosecuted his re- searches and presented to the Academie des Sciences an excellent memoir on the subject. All that is yet known of it, however, is from the general sketch given by the Baron Cuvier in his report *, * The exposition of the parts of the thorax, and a fixed nomenclature created for them, says the Baron in his report, should naturally be placed at the head of the work. The trunk of Insects is always divisible into three annuli, each of which bears a pair of legs, called by M. Audouin, from their position, the prothorax, the mesothorax, and the metathorax. Besides these legs, the mesothorax bears the first pair of wings, and the metathorax the second. Each of these three segments is composed of four parts: one inferior, two lateral (forming the pectus), and a fourth superior, which constitutes the back: the inferior is called the sternum; the lateral portion, or the flank, is divided into three principal parts, one which is attached to the sternum, called episternum, another behind the first, and to which the coxa is articulated, the epimera (épimére). A little moveable piece, hitherto unknown, which serves to unite the epimera and the coxa, is named trochantinus, (trochantin) by way of distinguishing it from trochanter. The third piece of the flank, which in the mesothorax and metathorax is situated before the episternum and under the wing, is called the hypothera. Sometimes there is also a small cor- neous piece round the stigma, styled the peritrema. The superior portion of each segment, which the author calls fergum, is divided into four pieces, named, from their position in each ring, prescutum, scutum, and postscutellum. The first is fre- quently, and the fourth almost always, concealed in the interior. Naturalists have seldom distinguished any other part of the mesothorax but the scutellum, which is frequently remarkable for its large size and its configuration, although an analogous piece is found in the three segments. Thus the trunk of Insects may be divided into thirty-three principal parts, and, if we count the hypothera, the number will amount to forty-three, more or less visible in the interior. From these pieces. besides, arise various internal productions, which, on account of their uses and im- portance, require to be named: thus, from the posterior portion of the sternum of each segment, a vertical apophysis arises internally, sometimes shaped like a Y, called by M. Audouin the enfothoraz. It furnishes insertions to muscles and pro- tects the medullary cord ; an analogous one is seen in the head and sometimes in the first annuli of the abdomen. Other internal prominences result from the pro- longation of the external neighbouring pieces that are soldered together. M. Au- douin names them apodema (apodémes). Some of them give insertion to muscles, others to the wings :—finally, there are other small moveable pieces either internally and between the muscles, or at the base of the wings, which our author styles the (épidémes) epidema. We have stated that the principal pieces, or vestiges of them, are always to be found, but they are frequently far from being separable. In par- ticular genera, or in certain orders, many are only to be distinguished by traces of sutures. M. Audouin—Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat., art. Insectes—has since substi- tuted the name of paraptera for thatof hypoptera. That of entothorax will also be changed, in some situations, into entocephala, relative to the head—and into ento- gaster, as respects the abdomen. He remarks that the head of Insects is composed of several segments. We have also observed. that the rostrum of the Cicade, repre- senting the lower lip, is not attached to the head but to the membrane which 336, INSECTA. and by the extract. published by the author in the article InszcrEs of the Dict. Class, d’Histoire Naturelle. Before wescan. adopt his nomenclature, and apply it. generally, we must wait; until his work and the figures which accompany it are published ; forall. practical purposes, however, the denominations already introduced may suffice. A second production relative to the same subject, which both justice and friendship here compel me to notice, is that of M. Chabrier on the flight of insects.. It forms part of the Mem. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., but is sold. separately. The figures are executed on a great scale, as are also those of a Memoir of Jurine, Sen. on the wings of the Hymenoptera, a work, like the preceding one, which is the result of infinite patience. As Insects inhabit all kinds of dwellings, they are provided with all sorts of locomotive organs, wings and feet, which in several, act as fins. The wings are membranous, dry, elastic organs, usually diapha- nous, and attached to the sides of the back of the thorax: the first, when there are four, or when they are unique, on those of its second segment, and the second on those of the following or of the meta- thorax. They are composed of two membranes laid one on the other, and are traversed in various directions by more or less numerous nervures, which are so many tracheal tubes, now forming a network, and then simple veins. A celebrated naturalist, Jurine, Sen., has taken advantage of the disposition and decussation of these nervures * _in a systematic point of view. The Libellule, Apes, Vespe, Papiliones, &c., have four wings ; but those of the latter are covered with small scales, which at the first glance resemble dust, and give them the magnificent colours in which they are drest. They are easily removed with the finger, and that portion of the wing becomes transparent. By the aid of glasses we discover that these scales are of various figures, and implanted in the wing by means of a pedicle, arranged gradually and in series, like tiles ona roof. Before the superior wings of these Insects are two species of epaulettes—ptery- goda—which extend posteriorly along a portion of the back on which they are laid. The wings of some Insects remain straight, or are unites it with the thorax, and thus also we find that the two medullary cords form two contiguous ganglions under the mouth. In accordance with these views, we consider the first segment of the body of the Scolopendre, that which bears the two hooks, as an analogous division of the head. It seems that Knoch had distin- guished the epimera by the names of scapule and parapleure, the post-pectus by that of acetabulum, while the mediopectus was his peristethium. The first joint of the four posterior coxee, in most of the Coleoptera, forms a transverse plate, enclosed in the flanks, and is the piece, as far as I can judge, that he calls the merium. * See general observations on the Hymenoptera. INSECTA, 337 doubled transversely. Those of others are folded or plaited longi- tudinally like a fan, Sometimes they are horizontal, and sometimes inclined in the manner of a roof: in several they cross on the back, and in others they are distant*. Directly under them, in the Diptera are two small moveable threads with a claviform termination, which, according to the general opinion +, seem to replace the two wings that are wanting. They are called (balanciers) halteres. Other two-winged and more extraordinary Insects have also two halteres, but situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax, which to distin- guish from the others we will call prohalteres. Above these append- ages is a little membranous scale formed of two pieces united by one of their edges and resembling a bivalve shell—it is the alula or cueilleron. 'Thesame appendage is also observed under the elytra (at their base) of some aquatic Coleoptera. Many Insects, such as the Melolonthe, Cantharides, &c., in lieu of the two superior or anterior wings, are furnished with two species of scales, more or less solid and opaque, which open and close, and be- neath which, when at rest, the wings are transversely folded. These scales or wing cases are called e/ytra t.' The Insects provided with them are named Coleoptera, and in such they are never absent, though this is sometimes the case with respect to the wings. In other Insects the extremity of the scale is completely membranous, or like the wing : they are styled Hemiptera. | The seutel or scutellum is usually a small triangular piece, situated on the back of the mesothorax, and between the insertions of the elytra or of the wings. Sometimes it is very large, and then it covers the greater part of the superior portion of the abdomen, In various Hymenoptera, behind the scutellum and on the meta- thorax, we find a little space called the post-scutellum. The ambulatory organs of locomotion consist of a coxa formed of two pieces, a femur, an uniarticulated tibia, and of a tarsus, which is divided into several phalanges. The number of its articulations varies from three to five, a difference which greatly depends upon the proportional changes experienced by the first and penultimate * The Insect is supposed to be at rest. The rapid vibration of these organs appears to us to be one of the. principal causes of the humming produced by these animals. The explanations hitherto given of it are not . t+ They are, in my opinion, appendages of the trachee of the first abdominal segment, and correspond to that space, perforated with a small hole, adjacent to the anterior side of an opening, witha membranous and internal diaphragm, that is seen on each side in the same segment in several species of Acrydium. See my Mém. sur les Append. Artic. des Insect., in the Mém. du Mus, d’Hist. Nat. } For their chemicai composition, see Odier, Mem. cit. in the Mem, de la Soc. @’Hist. Nat. ; and the article Jnsectes of the same work, VOL. I, Z 338 ANSHOTA, joints. _ Although their supputation may sometimes prove embarrass- ing, and this numerical series may not always be in exact accordance with the natural order, it furnishes a good character for the distinc- tion of genera. The last joint is usually terminated by two hooks. The form of the tarsi is subject to some modifications, according to the habits of the animal. Those of aquatic species are usually strongly ciliated and flattened, and resemble oars *. | The abdomen, which forms the third and last part of the body, is confounded in the Myriapoda, with the thorax: but in all other Insects, or those which: have but six feet, it is distinct. It contains the viscera and the sexual organs, presenting nine or ten segments or annuli, some of which, however, are frequently concealed or con- siderably reduced. The organs of generation ae situated at the posterior extremity and issue through the anus. The Tuli and Libellule alone constitute exceptions. The last annuli of the abdo- men, in several females, form a retractile or always projecting OVipositor—oviscapte of Marcel de Serres—more or less complicated, which act as an auger. A sting is substituted for it in many of the female Hymenoptera. The fecundating organ of the male is almost provided with hooks or a forceps}. The sexes usually copulate but’ once; and this junction in certain genera is even sufficient for the fecundation of several successive generations. The male places himself on the back of his mate, and remains there for some time. The latter soon lays her eggs t, and deposits them in the way best adapted for their preservation, and.in such a manner that the moment the larvee make their appearance, suitable aliment is always within their reach, Frequently she collects provisions for them. This maternal solicitude often excites our surprise, and more particularly unveils the instinct of Insects.. In the numerous societies of several of these animals, such as the Ant, Termes, Wasp, Bee, &c., those * M. Kirby, in his Monograph of the Bees of England, designates the two anterior tarsi by the name of hands. ‘The first joint is the palm,—palma. This gentleman, in conjunction with M. Spence, has published a very complete and detailed work on the elements of Entomology. + The generating organs of the male consists of an apparatas for the elabora- tion of the semen, and of the parts proper to copulation. The preparatory ap- paratus is composed of testes, vasa deferentia, and vesicule seminales. The copu- lating instrument is a penis provided with an armature consisting of surrounding parts, of various forms, acting like pincers or forceps, with which the male seizes the posterior extremity of the body of the female. The sexual apparatus of the latter is composed of an ovary, the receptacle or calyx formed by its base and the oviduct. For more minute details, see the memoirs of M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., and the Dissertation of Hegetschweiler, Zurich, 1820. t M. Audouin supposes, that, in a great number of Insects, the ova are fecun- dated, as they descend, in a sac situated near the anus; but this idea requires to be confirmed by experiment, and one of those naturalists who have most closely studied the anatomy of these animals, M. Dufour, is of a different opinion. INSRCTA. 339 individuals which form the greater portion of the community, and by whose labour and vigilance the whole community are maintained, have been considered as being of neither sex. ‘They have also been designated by the terms of /abowrers and mules. It isnow known, however, that they are females, whose sexual organs or ovaries have not been fully developed, and that if an amelioration of their diet perfect those organs at a particular epoch while they are young they become fruitful. The ova are sometimes hatched in the abdomen of the mother; she is then viviparous. The number of generations in a year depends on the duration of each of them. Most commonly there is but one or two. A species, all things being equal, is so much the more com- mon, as one generation succeeds more rapidly to another, and as the female is more prolific. A female Papilio or Butterfly, post coitum, lays her eggs, from which are hatched, not Butterflies, but animals with an elongated body, divided into rings, and a head furnished with jaws and several small eyes, having very short feet, six of which are anterior, scaly, and pointed, the rest varying in number and membranous, being attached to the posterior annuli. These animals, caterpillars, live in this state for a certain period, and repeatedly change theirskin. An epoch, however, arrives, when from this skin of a caterpillar issues a totally different being, of an oblong form and without distinct limbs, which soon ceases to move and remains a long time apparently desic- cated and dead under the name of a chrysalis. By close examination we may discover on the external surface of this chrysalis, lineaments which represent all the parts of the Butterfly, but under proportions differing from those they are one day to possess. After a longer or shorter period, the skin of the chrysalis splits, and the Butterfly, humid and soft, with flabby short wings, issues from it—a few mo- ments, however, and it is dry, the wings enlarge and become firm, and the perfect animal is ready for flight. It has six long legs, an- tenn, a spiral proboscis, and compound eyes—in a word, it has no resemblance whatever to the caterpillar, from which it has originated, for it is ascertained that these various changes are nothing more than the successive development of parts contained one within the This is what is styled the metamorphosis of Insects. In their first condition they are called /arve, in their second pupe@ or nymphs, and in the third perfect insects, It eeolr in the last state that they are capable of reproduction. All insects do not pass through ‘theda three states, 1a which z 340 INSECTA. aré apterous issue from the ovum with the form they are always to preserve*: they are said to be without a metamorphosis. Of those that have wings, many experience no other change than that of receiving them: these are said to undergo a demi-metamorphosis. Their larva resembles the perfect insect, with the single exception of the wings, which are totally wanting. The nymph only differs from the larva in possessing stumps or rudiments of wings, which are developed at its final change of tegument, and render the animal per- fect. Such are the Cymeces, Grylli, &c. Finally, the remaining Insects provided with wings, that are said to undergo a complete meta- morphosis, are at first Jarve, resembling caterpillars or Worms, and then become motionless nymphs, but presenting in that state all the parts of the perfect insect contracted, and as if wrapped in a bandage. In the nymph of the Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, &c., these parts, though closely approximated and in contact with the body, are free; but they are not so in that of the Lepidoptera and of many Diptera. An elastic or solid skin is moulded over the body and its external parts, forming a kind of case for it. That of the chrysalides of the Lepidoptera merely consisting of a simple pellicle applied to the external organs, following their contour in every direction, and forming, for each of them, so many moulds, like the envelope of a mummy, allows us to recognise and distinguish them}; but those of Flies and Syrphi, formed of the dried skin of the larva, resemble an egg-like shell. It is a species of capsule or case in which the animal is shut up tf. Many larvee, before they pass into their pupa state, prepare a cocoon in which they enclose themselves, either with silk which they draw from the interior of their bodies by means of the spinning apparatus of their lip, or other materials which they collect. The perfect Insect issues from the nymph through a fissure or slit which opens on the back of the thorax. In the pupz of Flies one of the extremities is detached, like a cap, to allow the egress of the animal. The larve and pupz of those Insects which experience a demi- metamorphosis only differ from the same in a perfect state, in the’ absence of wings. The other external organs are precisely alike. But in such as undergo a complete metamorphosis, the form of the body of the larva has no constant relation with that it is to possess in its perfect state. Itis usually more elongated; the head is frequently * The Pulex, the female Mutille, the Working Ants, and some few other Insects excepted. + Pupa obtecta, L. + Pupa coarctata, L. INSECTA, 341 very different, as well in its consistence as in its figure, having mere rudiments of antenne, or perhaps none at all; there are never any compound eyes. ‘There is also a great disparity in the organs of manducation, as may be easily seen by comparing the mouth of a caterpillar with that of the Butterfly, or the mouth of the larva of a Fly with that of the perfect Insect. Several of these larvee are destitute of feet; others, such as the caterpillars, have many, all the six first excepted, membranous, and without terminal hooks. Some Insects, such as the Ephemere, exhibit a singular anomaly in their metamorphosis—the animal arrived at its perfect state undergoes another change of tegument(a). The Insects which constitute our three first orders preserve for life their natal form. The Myriapoda, however, exhibit a kind of metamorphosis. At first they have but six legs, or, according to Savi, are altogether destitute of them; the others, as well as the seg- ments on which they depend, are developed by age. But few vegetable substances are protected from the voracity of Insects; and as those which are necessary or useful to Man are not spared by them more than others, they become very injurious, parti- cularly during seasons which favour their multiplication. Their destruction greatly depends upon our vigilance and knowledge of their habits. Some of them are omnivorous—such are the Termites, Ants, &c., whose ravages are but too well known. Several of those which are carnivorous, and all the species which feed on dead animal and excrementitious matters, are a benefit conferred on us by the Author of Nature, and somewhat compensate for the inconvenience and injury we experience from the others. Some are employed in medicine, the arts, and our domestic economy. They have numerous enemies: Fishes destroy many of the aquatic species ; Birds, Bats, Lizards, &c., deliver us from a part of those which inhabit the air or earth. Most of them endeavour to escape by flight or running from the dangers that surround them, but some have recourse to stratagem or arms. Having undergone their ultimate transformation, and being pos- sessed of all their faculties, they hasten to propagate their species :— this aim once accomplished, they soon cease to exist. Thus, each of — KS (@ ‘Se dépouillent encore de leurs ailes,”’ is the unguarded expression of our author. It is not the wings alone, but the entire animal, after attaining its perfect condition, that is thus divested of its external pellicle, even to the slender, setaceous appendages which terminate the posterior extremity of the body. It is the common May-fly of America, —ENG. Ep. 342 INSECTA. the three finer seasons of the year produces species peculiar to it. The females and males of those which live in societies, however, enjoy a longer term of life. Individuals hatched in autumn shelter them- selves from the rigours of winter, and reappear in spring. The species, like those of plants, are circumscribed within geogra- phical limits. Those of the western continent for instance, a very few, and all from the north, excepted, are strictly peculiar to it; such also is the case with several genera. The eastern continent, in turn, possesses others which are unknown in the western. The Insects of the south of Europe and north of Africa, and of the western and southern countries of Asia, have a strong mutual resemblance. The same may be said of those which inhabit the Moluccas, and more eastern islands, those of the Southern Ocean included. Several northern species are found in the mountains of southern countries, Those of Africa differ greatly from the opposite portions of America. The Insects of Southern Asia, from the Indies on the Sind eastward, to the confines of China, are very much alike. The intertropical regions, covered with immense and well-watered forests, are the richest in Insects of any on the globe; Brazil and Guiana are particularly so, All general systems or methods relative to Insects are reduced essentially to three. Swammerdam based his on their metamor- phoses; that of Linnzeus was founded on the presence or absence of wings, their number, consistence, superposition, the nature of their surface, and on the deficiency or presence of a sting. Fabricius had recourse to the parts of the mouth alone. In all these arrangements the Crustacea and Arachnides are placed among the Insects, and in that of Linnzeus, the one generally adopted, they are even the last. Brisson, however, had separated them, and his class of the Crustacea, which he places before that of Insects, comprises all of those animals which have more than six feet, or the Insectes Apiropodes of M, Savigny. Although this order is more natural than that of Linnzeus, it was not followed; and it is only in modern times, that anatomical observations and their rigorously exact application have brought us to the natural method *. I divide this class into twelve orders: the three first of which, composed of apterous Insects, undergoing no essential change of form or habits, merely subject to simple changes of tegument, or to a *° * Cuyv., Tabl. Elém. de l’Hist. Nat. des Anim., and Lecons @’ Anat. Compar. ; Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. sans Vertéb.; Latr., Précis des Caract. Génér. des Insect., and Gen. Crust. et Insect. For more minute details, see also the excellent elemen- tary work of Kirby and Spence. INSEOTA. 343 kind. of a metamorphosis, which increases the number of legs, and that of the annuli of the body, correspond to the order of the Arach- mdes antennistes of Lamarck. The organ of sight in these animals is usually a mere (more or less considerable) assemblage of simple eyes. resembling granules, The following orders compose the class of Insects of the same author, That of the Suctoria, which only comprises the genus Pulex, from its natural relations should appa- rently terminate the class, but as I place those Insects which are apterous at the beginning, this order, for the sake of regularity in the system, should immediately follow that of the Parasita. Certain English naturalists have formed new orders, based upon the wings; I see no necessity, however, for admitting them, that of the Stresiptera excepted, the name of which appears to me to be erroneous *, and which I will call Rhipipterat. In the first order, or the Myriapopa, there are more than six feet— twenty-four and upwards—arranged along the whole length of the body, on a suite of annuli, each of which bears one or two pairs, and of which the first, and in several even the second, seem to form a part of the mouth. They are apteroust{. In the second, or the Tuysanoura, there are six legs, and the bio. men is furnished on its sides with moveable parts, in the form of false feet, or terminated by appendages fitted for leaping. , In. the third, or the Parasira, we find six legs, no wings, and no other organs of sight than ocelli; the mouth, in a great measure, is internal, and consists of a snout containing a retractile sucker, or in - a slit between two lips, with two hooked mandibles. In the fourth, or the Sucroria, there are six legs, but no wings§ ; the mouth is composed of a sucker inclosed in a cylindrical sheath, formed of two articulated portions. In the fifth, or the Coreorrera, there are six legs, and four wings, the two superior of which have the form of cases, and mandibles, and maxillee (a) for mastication: the inferior wings are simply folded cross- = _s te ‘Twisted wings. The parts taken for elytra are not so. See this order. cp Wings folded like a fan. I Destitute of wings and scutellum. § They undergo metamorphoses and acquire organs of locomotion which they did not possess at first. This character is common to the following orders, but in the latter the metamorphosis deyelopes another sort of locomotive organs—the wings. ($c) The maxille of coleopterous Insects, in conjunction with the mandibles, usu- ally have this triturating function assigned tothem. M. Hentz, a distinguished Ame- rican entomologist, Trans. Phil. Soc., III, part ii, p. 458, is of the opinion that in many cases the maxille must be considered as mere appendages to the tongue, and that their office is to assist in deglutition, seldom serving to grind or lacerate, except in the Melolonthide, Rutelide, and some others, where there seems to be a departure from their primary use. In corroboration of this idea he adduces the configuration 344 - INSECTA. wise, and the cases, always horizontal, are abs bgt perience a complete metamorphosis. In the sixth or- the OrTHopreERa *, there are six legs; four wings, the two superior in the form of cases, and mandibles and jaws for mastication, covered at the extremity by a galea; the inferior wings are folded in two directions, or simply in their length, and the inner margins of the cases, usually coriaceous, are crossed. mare row | experience a semi-metamorphosis. : In the seventh or the Hemrprera, there are six legs and four wings, the two superior in the form of crustaceous cases, with membranous” extremities, or similar to the inferior, but larger and firmer; the mandibles and jaws are replaced by setee forming a sucker,enclosed in a sheath composed of one articulated, cylindrical or conical piece, in the form of a rostrum. In the eighth or the NEurorTeEra, there are six legs, four mem- branous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws for mastification ; the wings are finely reticulated, and the inferior are usually as large as the superior, or more extended in one of their diameters. ~ In the ninth or the Hymenoprera, there are six feet, and four membranous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws for mastica- tion; the inferior wings are smaller than the others, and the abdo- men of the female is almost always terminated by a terebra or sting. In the tenth or the Lerrporrrra, there are six legs, four mem- branous wings, covered with small coloured scales resembling dust ; a horny production in the form of an epaulette, and directed back-— wards, is inserted before each upper wing, and the jaws are replaced by two united tubular filaments, forming a kind of spirally convo- luted tongue f. of the maxille of several Insects, in which he has been fortunate enough to detect a retractile appendage hitherto unknown. The first is the Cantharis marginata, Fab., whose maxillz, when dried, offer but one bifid lobe; if, however, the abdomen and thorax of the recent animal be gradually compressed, a soft, elastic, sub-conic body is protruded from the cleft of that lobe, more than half its length, and extending beyond the palpi; a second appendage of the same kind, and about half its length, projects at right angles from the base of the first, which is directed forwards, both are covered with hairs. The second is the Canth. bimaculata, Fab., in which this appendage is still more sensibly and easily displayed, protruding by pressure from each maxilla in the form of a tapering filament covered with fine hairs, susceptible of considerable extension, reaching beyond the middle of the antenne, and consequently more than double the length of the maxilla itself. I have verified these facts in this last species. The use of these organs in collectiong nourishment from flowers is evident. See Trans. Phil. Soc. ut sup. pl. XV, f. i, e, and f. ii, e.—Ene. Ep. * De Geer established this order under the name of Dermaptera, improperly changed by Olivier to that of Orthoptera. We preserve the latter, however, as na- turalists have generally adopted it. + Spiritrompe. See our general observations on the class. The thorax of the Lepidoptera has more analogy with that of the Neuroptera than with that of the Hymenoptera, the segment which I have called the mediate appearing to form f INSECTA... 345, In,the eleventh or the Ruzrrprera, there, are six legs, two mem- branous wings folded like a fan, and two crustaceous.. moveable bodies; resembling little elytra *, situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax ; the organs of manducation are simple, setaceous jaws with two palpi. In the twelfth or the Drerera, there are six legs, two membranous extended wings, accompanied, in most of them, by two. moveable bodies or halteres, placed behind them; the organs of manducation area sucker composed of a variable number of setee, inclosed in an inarticulated sheath, most frequently in the form of a proboscis terminated by two lips. ORDER I. ~ MYRIAPODA f+. The Mytapoda commonly called Centipedes, are the only animals of this class which have more than six feet in their perfect state, and whose abdomen is not distinet from the trunk. Their body, destitute of wings, is composed of a (usually) numerous suite of annuli, most commonly equal, each of which, a few of the first excepted, — bears two pairs of feet mostly terminated by a single hook; these annuli are either entire or divided into two demi-segments, each bearing a pair of those organs, and one of them only exhibiting two stigmata f. The Myriapoda in general resemble little Serpents or Nereides, their feet being closely approximated to each other throughout the whole extent of the body... The form of these organs even extends to the parts of the mouth. ‘The mandibles are bi-articulated and immediately followed by a. quadrifid piece in the form of a lip with articulated divisions, resembling little feet, which, from its position, corresponds to the ligula of the Crustacea: next come two pairs of part of the abdomen, while in the latter and in the Diptera it is incorporated with the thorax. * Formed, as we presume, by pieces analogous to the Ss per or pterygoda of the Lepidoptera + The Mitosata, ‘Fab. ¢ The annuli of the body of Insects are usually provided with two stigmata. If those of the Scolopendre, particularly the larger species, those which have twenty- one pairs of feet, be thus considered, it will be found that they are alternately desti- tute of, and provided with, two stigmata, and that thus, compared with these latter animals, they are in fact but semi-annuli. Each complete segment will then have two pairs of feet, one of which is supernumerary, since, in other Insects, the annuli furnished with feet have but two. 846 INSECTA. little feet, the second of which, in several, resemble large hooks, that appear to replace the four jaws of the last-mentioned animals, or the two jaws as well as the lower lip of Insects : they are a sort of buccal feet. The antenne, two in number, are short, somewhat thicker towards the extremity, or nearly filiform and composed of seven joints in some; in others they are numerous and setaceous. Their visular organs are usually composed of a union of ocelli, and if in others they present a cornea with facets, the lenses are still larger, rounder, and more distinct, in proportion, than those of the eyes of Insects. The stigmata are frequently very small, and their number, owing to that of the annuli, is usually greater than in the latter, where it never exceeds eighteen or twenty. The number of these annuli and that of the feet increases with age, a character which also distinguishes the Myriapoda from Insects, the latter ab ovo always having the number of segments peculiar to them, and all their legs with hooks, or true legs, being developed at once, either at the same epoch, or when they pass into their pupa state. M. Savi, professor of Mineralogy at Pisa, who has paid particular attention to the Tuli, has observed, that on leaving the egg they are destitute of these organs: they experience then a true metamorphosis. In some, the male organs of generation are placed immediately after the seventh pair of feet, on the sixth or seventh segment of the body, and those of the female near the origin of the second feet: in the others the two sorts of organs are situated, as usual, at the posterior extremity of the body. The position of the male organs of the first compared with that in which they are placed in the Crustacea and Arachnides, . would seem to indicate the separation of the trunk and abdomen: with respect to these in which these organs are posterior, we observe that an inversion of the successive order of the stigmata takes place in an analogous portion of the body of certain species, which appears to announce a similar distinction. The Myriapoda live and increase in size bt than other Insects, and, according to Savi, two years are required to render the genital organs of some (the Juli) of them apparent. From this ensemble of facts, we may conclude, that pay: ee approach the Crustacea and Arachnides on-the one hand, and the Insects on the other; but that as respects the presence, form and. ° direction of the brachez, they belong to the latter. We divide them into two families, perfectly distinct both in their organization and habits, and forming two genera according to the system of Linnzus. MIRIAPODA. | 347 FAMILY I. CHILOGNATHA *. The body generally crustaceous and frequently cylindrical; the antenne somewhat thicker near the end or nearly equal, and com- posed of seyen joints; two thick mandibles without palpi, very dis- tinctly divided into two portions by a median articulation with imbri- cated teeth, implanted in a cavity of its superior extremity; a species of lip—ligula }—-situated immediately above, that covers them, is crustaceous, plane, and divided on its exterior surface by longitudinal sutures and emarginations, into four principal are, tuberculated on the superior margin, the two intermediate of which, narrower and shorter, are placed at the superior extremity of another aree, serving as a common base: the feet very short, and always terminated by a single hook; four feet, situated immediately under the preceding part, of the forni of the following ones, but more closely approxi- mated at base, with the radical joint proportionably longer; most of the other attached in double pairs to a single annulus. The male or- gans of generation are situated immediately after the seventh pair of feet, and those of the female behind the second. The stigmata are placed alternately, outside of the origin a each pair of feet, and are very small, The Chilognatha move very aisehiy: or slide along, as it were, and roll themselves spirally or into a ball. The first segment of the body, and in some the following one, is the largest, and has the form of a corsélet or little shield. It is only at the fourth in some, and at the fifth or sixth in others, that the duplication of the feet commences ; the first two or four feet are even entirely free to their origin, where they merely adhere to their respective segments by a median or sternal line. The last two or three rings are without feet. A series of pores is observed on each side of the body, which were considered as stigmata, but, according to Savi, they are simply designed to afford a passage to an acid fluid of an extremely disagreeable odour, which appears to serve as a means of defence; the respiratory aper- tures, for whose discovery we are indebted to him, are situated on * CHILOGNATA, Lat. or the genus Iunvs, Lin. + The lower lip composed of the two pairs of jaws of the Crustacea, according to Savigny. ; ‘ 348 . INSECTA, the sternal part of each segment, and communicate internally with a double series of pneumatic sacs strung together like a rosary, extend- ing along the body, from which proceed tracheal branches that ra- mify over the other organs. According to an observation of Straus, the sacs or vesicular trachea are not, as usual, connected with each other by a principal trachea. In the environs of Pisa, where M. Savi collected the preceding facts, the nuptial season of the common Iulus commences near the end of December, and terminates about the middle of May. ‘The male organs of copulation, in this species, are situated under the sixth segment, but they do not appear in this form till the individual has attained the one-third of its full size; until this epoch, that place is occupied by a pair of feet (the fifteenth), which is always found there in the females; in the latter, the orifice of the sexual organs is between the first and second segment. Some female Glomeres and Tuli, behind the origin of the second pair of feet, exhibit two convex mammilli, which appear to characterize this sex; that of the males also consists of two mammille, but each of them is terminated by a scaly and twisted hock. These insects, in coitu, erect the anterior extremities of their bodies, and place them in contact, face to face, twining round each other inferiorly. The body of the new-born ani- mal is reniform, perfectly smooth, and destitute of appendages. Eighteen days after, it undergoes its first change, and then for the first time assumes the form of the adult, still, however, having but twenty-two segments; the total number of feet also amounts.to twenty- six pairs. Savi appears to contradict the assertion of De Geer, who says that he only found three pairs and eight annuli in the young animal—but it is certain that this change of which Savi speaks is really the first ; and should we not, on the contrary, rather presume that these young individuals do not suddenly pass from a state in which they exhibit no locomotive appendages to one where we find them possessed of twenty-six pairs, or, in a word, that previous changes of tegument, which have escaped the notice of Savi, have taken place and successively developed this number of feet? . Do not,the obser- vations of the Swedish Reaumur confirm these gradual transitions ? Be this as it may, the first eighteen pairs of feet, according to Savi, alone serve for locomotion; at, the second change we observe thirty-six pairs, and at the third, forty-three ; the body then consists of thirty segments. Finally, in the adult state, the male has ‘thirty- nine, and the female sixty-four; two years afterwards they again experience a change, and then only do the genital organs make their appearance. From the moment of their birth, which occurs in March, —_— MYRIAPODA. 349. until November, at which time M. Savi terminated his observations, these changes take place about once a month, In their exuvize, we find even the lining membrane of the alimentary canal and trachee. The organs of the mouth were the only parts that Savi could not discover *. These Insects feed on dead and decomposed animal and vegetable matters; they deposit in the ground a large number of eggs. Ac- cording to the system of Linnzus they form but one genus, that of Iutus, Lin. Which we divide as follows : ’ Some have a crustaceous body without terminal appendages, and antennee enlarged near the end. Guiomeris, Lat. Resembling Onisci; oval, and rolling into a ball; the body convex above, and concave underneath, with a range of little scales analo- us to the lateral divisions of the Trilobites along each of its in- erior sides. It is composed, exclusive of the head, of but twelve segments, the first and narrowest of which forms a sort of semicir- cular transyerse collar; the following and the last are the largest of all; the latter is arched and rounded at the end. There are thirty- four feet in the female, and thirty-two in the male, his sexual organs replacing the pair that is deficient. ‘These animals are terrestrial, and live under stones in hilly places f. Tutus, Lin. The body of the true Iuli is cylindrical and very long, and has no ridge or trenchant edge on the sides of the annuli; they roll them- selves up spirally. The larger species live on land, particularly.in the woods and sandy places, and diffuse a very disagreeable odour. The smallest ones feed on fruit, or the roots and leaves of esculent vegetables. Others are found under the bark of trees, in moss, &e. ‘I, mawimus, L.; Marcgr., Bras., p. 255. Peculiar to South merica, and is seven inches long. : “+ Te sabulossus, L.; Scheff. Elem. Entom., lxxiii; J. fasciatus, De Geer, Insect. VII, xxxvi, 9, 10; Leach, Zool. Miscell., exxxiii, About sixteen lines in length, of a blackish-brewn, * See Bullet, Génér. et Univers. of the Baron Férussac, Decemb., 1823. The observations of Savi, an extract of which is contained in this work, were published in a memoir, intitled ‘‘ Osservazioni per servire alla storia di una specie di Julus communissima’’ Bologna, 1817. The same savant published another in 1819 on the Julus fetidissimus, ; + Iulus ovalis, L.; Gronov., Zooph., pl.. XVII, 4, 5 3—Oniscus zonatus, Panz, Fam. Insect. Germ., IX, xxiii; Glomeris marginata, Leach, Zool. Miscell., CXXXII ; —. MYRIAPODA. 351 composed of two mandibles furnished with a little palpiform appen- dage, which seemed to have been soldered in the middle, and ter- minated like the bowl of a spoon with dentated edges; of a quadrifid lip *, of which the two lateral divisions are the largest, and trans- versely annulated, resembling the membranous feet of caterpillars; of two palpi or little feet, united at base and unguiculated at the extre- mity, and of a second lip + formed by a second pair of feet, dilated and united at base, and terminated by a stout moveable hook, whose inferior extremity is perforated bya hole which affords an issue toa venomous fluid. , The body is depressed and membranous. Each of its rings is covered with a coriaceous or cartilaginous plate, and most generally bears but a single pair of feet {; the last is usually thrown backwards, and elongated into a kind of tail. The organs of respiration are wholly or partly composed of tubular trachez. These animals run very fast, are carnivorous, avoid the light, and conceal themselves under stones, logs, in the ground, &c. They are much dreaded by the inhabitants of hot climates, where they are very large, and where their venom is possibly more active. The S¢olo- pendra morsitans is styled in the Antilles the malfaisante. Some of them exhibit phosphorescent properties. The organs of generation are internal, and placed at the posterior extremity of the body, as in most of the following Insects. The stigmata are lateral or dorsal, and more apparent than in the preced- ing family. The Chilopoda, which, in the system of Leach, form the order Syngnatha, from these last characters, the nature of the respiratory organs and the feet, may be thus divided : * A part analogous to the lower lip of the Chilognatha, representing, in my opinion, the tongue of the Crustacea, but also capable of fulfilling the function of jaws; Savigny calls it the first auxiliary lip. + The second auxiliary lip of the same naturalist. It is not annexed to the head, but to the anterior extremity of the first semi-segment. The two hooked feet, by the union and dilatation of their first joint, form a plate resembling a mentum and lip. The same segment bears the two first ordinary feet. In the Scolopendre proper of Leach, the two first stigmata are situated under the third half-segment, the first not counted; the second and following one will compose the first complete ring, and then the two first stigmata are found, as in other Insects, placed on a space ding tothe prothorax. This second auxiliary lip may thus represent the iaferior lip of the grinding Hexapoda. But here the pharynx is placed before that lip, whereas in the Myriapoda it is situated before the first auxiliary lip. It is from these considerations and affinities, and from others furnished by the Entomostraca and Arachnides, that I consider the feet of the Hexapoda as analogous to the six foot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda. , ag n this case they are but semi-annuli, See our general observations on the order, 352 INSECTA. Some have but fifteen pairs of feet *, and their hody. viewed from above presents fewer segments than when seen from beneath, . ScuticeRA, Lam.—Crrmatia, Jllig. The body covered with eight scutelliform plates, under each of which M. Marcel de Serres has observed two pneumatic sacs or vesi- cular tracheee, which receive air and communicate with lateral and inferior tubular trachee. The under part of the body is divided into fifteen semi-annuli, each bearing a pair of feet, terminated by a very long slender multi-articulated tarsus; the last pairs are more elonga- ted; the eyes large and compound. : Their antenne are slender and tolerably long; the two palpi sali- - ent and furnished with small spines. The body is shorter than in the other genera of the same family, and the joints of their feet are proportionably longer. The Scutigerze, which by these characters form the passage from the preceding family to the present one, are extremely agile animals, and frequently part with some of their feet when seized. The species found in France} conceals itself between the beams and rafters of houses. Litxosius, Leach. “3 _- The stigmata lateral; body divided above and beneath into a simi- lar number of segments, each bearing a pair of feet; the superior plates alternately longer and shorter, and overlapping each other close to the extremity. L. forficatus ; Scolopendra forficata, L.; Fab., De Geer; Geoff., Hist. des Insect., I, xxii, 3; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., L., xiii; Leach, Zool. Miscel., ¢xxxvii f. . The others have a least twenty-one pairs of feet, and the segments both above and underneath are equal in size and number. ScoLopenpRA, Lin. Those which form the two feet that immediately follow the two hooks forming the exterior lip, presented but twenty-one pairs, and whose antenne have seventeen joints, constituting the genera Scolo- pendra and Crytops of Leach. There are eight distinct eyes, four on each side in the first, and that in which the largest species are found; in the second, they are null or but very slightly visible. The most southern departments of France and other countries of the south of Eurcpe, produce a species—Scolopendra cingu- * Dr. Leach makes two pairs more by including the palpi and the hook-like feet of the head. + The Scolopendre & vingt-huit pattes of Geoffroy which appears to differ from the the S. coleoptrata, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., L, xii, and from that of Linneus ;— Tulus araneoides, Pall., Spicil. Zool., IX, iv, 16 ;—Scolopendra longicornis, Fab., of Tranquebar. See also Leach, Zool. Miscell., Cermatia livida, CXXXVI, and Lin. Trans. XIV. + L. variegatus, levilabrum, Leach, Lin, Trans., XI. See also vol. III, of his Zoological Miscellany. “i eli : THYSANOURA. 353 1 lata, Lat.; Se. morsitans, Vill., Entom., TV, xi, 17, 18—which is nearly as large as the common species of the Antilles, but has a more flattened body *, Those which form the genus Crytops, Leach, have @ rougher an- \tenne than the Scolopendree, and their two posterior feet are more a r.. Leach mentions two species found in the environs of Lon- on In such as form the genus Geophilus, Id., the number of feet is more than forty-two, nal often considerably so. The antennz con- sist of but fourteen joints, and their extremity is less tapering; the body is proportionably narrower and longer. The eyes are but eae apparent. Some of the species are electrical f. ORDER II. THYSANOURA. This order consists of apterous Insects, supported by six feet, that experience no*metamorphosis, and have, in addition, particular organs of motion either on the sides or the extremity of the abdomen. ag FAMILY LI. LEPISMENZ, Lat. Setiform aritennite divided from their origin into very numerous and small joints; mouth furnished with.very distinct and salient palpi;,each side of the under part of the abdomen provided with a range of moveable appendages, in the form of false feet; abdomen terminated by articulated sete, three of which are the most remark- able ; body always covered with small shining scales. It comprises but one genus, the Lepisma,> Lin. The body of these animals is elongated and covered with small scales, frequently silvery and brilliant, from which circumstance the most * Scolopendra morsitans, L.; De Geer, Insect., VII, xliii, 1. For the other spe- cies, see Zool. Miscell., I11; the Scolopendra gigantea, L., Brown, Jam., XLII, 4, and other large but perfectly described species. +. Crytops hortensis, Zool. Miscell. ; CXXXIX; Id., Ib., Crytops Savignii. t S. electrica, L.; Erisch., Insect., XI, viii, I; —T. occidentalis, L,; List. Itin. vi;—S. phosphorea, Tait fell fromthe clouds on the decks of a vessel. one hundred miles from the continent. See Zool. Miscell., III, Geophilus maritimus; CXL, 1, 2; —G. Longicornis, tab. ead., 3—6, and some other species. VOL. IIl. AA 354 INSECTA. common species has been compared to a little Fish. The antenne are setaceous and usually very long. The mouth is composed of a labrum, of two almost membranous mandibles, of two bipartite jaws, with a palpus consisting of five or six joints, and of a quadri-emar- ginated lip bearing two quadri-articulated palpi. The thorax is formed of three pieces; the abdomen, which is somewhat narrowed at its posterior extremity, is furnished along each side of the venter with a range of small appendages, supported by a short joint, and ter- minating in silky points, the last of which are the longest; a sort of scaly compressed stylet, composed of two pieces, issues from the anus ; then come the three articulated setee, which are extended beyond the extremity of the body. The feet are short and frequently have very large strongly compressed coxe resembling scales. | Several species conceal.themselves in the cracks in the frame work of windows, under damp boards, in wardrobes, &c. Others retire under stones. | These Insects run with great velocity ; some of them by means of their caudal appendages are enabled to leap. They are divided into two subgenera. Macuaius, Lat.—Pertrosius, Leach. Eyes very compound, almost contiguous, and occupying the greater part of the head; body convex and arcuated above; abdomen termi- nated by small threads for saltation, of which the middle one, placed above the two others, is much the longest. The maxillary palpi are very large, and have the form of small feet. The thorax is strangulated, the first segment smaller than the second and arched. These Insects leap well, and frequent stony and enclosed places. All the species known belong to Europe *. Lerisma, Lin.—Forpioina, Geoff, Leach. Eyes very small, widely separated, and composed of a small num- ber of granules; body flattened, and terminated by three threads of equal length, inserted on the same line, and of no use in leaping. Their coxze are very large. Most of the species inhabit the inte- rior of houses. L. saccharina; Forbicine plate, Geoff., Insect., II, xx, 3; » Scheeff., Elem. Entom.,lxxv. Four lines in length; of a silvery and somewhat leaden hue, and immaculate; originally, it is said, from America, now very common in houses in Europe. L. vittata, Fab. Body cinereous, dotted with blackish; four streaks of the same colour along the back of the abdomen. Other species are found under stones, : * Lepisma polypoda, L.; L. saccharina, Vill.,-Entom. Lin., IV, xi, 1; Roem. Gener. Insect., XXIX, 1; Forbicine cylindrique, Geoff, ;—Lepisma thezeana, Fab. ;— Petrobius maritimus, Leach, Zool. Miscell., CXLY. THYSANOURA. 355 FAMILY II. PODURELL&, Lat. ~ Antennee quadri-articulated; no distinct or salient palpi ; abdomen terminated by a forked tail folded under the venter when at rest, and used for leaping. The Podurelle form-but one genus in the Lin- neean system. : Popura, Lin. These Insects are very small, soft and elongated, with an oval head and two eyes, each composed of eight granules. Their legs have but four distinct joints. The tail is soft, flexible, and formed of an inferior piece, moveable at base, to the extremity of which are articulated two appendages susceptible of being approximated, sepa- rated, or crossed—they are the teeth of the fork. They have the faculty of elevating their tail, and then forcing it suddenly against the plane of position, as if they let go a spring, thus raising them- selves into the air, and even leaping like the Pulices but to a less height. They usually fall on their back, with their tail extended posteriorly. The middle of the venter exhibits a raised oval portion divided by a slit. : Some keep on trees and plants, under old pieces of bark, or stones ; others on the surface of stagnant waters, and sometimes on that of snow during a thaw. Several unite in numerous societies on the ground, and at a distance resemble little heaps of gunpowder. Some species appear to propagate in winter. | Popura, Lat, Antenne equal, and without annuli or little joints to the last seg- ment; body nearly linear or cylindrical ; trunk distinetly SAiomeet ; abdomen narrow and oblong *. Smynruvurvs, Lat. Antenne slenderer near the extremity, and terminated by an annulated piece, or composed of little joints; trunk and abdomen united in a globular or oval mass f. * Podura arborea, L.; De Geer, Insect. VII, ii, 1—7 ;—P, nivalis, L. ; De Geer, Ib., 8—10 ;—P. aquatica, L.; De Geer, Ib., ii, 17 ;—P. plumbea, L. ; De Geer, Mey e ARPS (a naegonee L.; De Geer, Ib., 5—6 ;—P. aquatica grisea, De Geer, ”? , bs) The Pod. vaga, villosa, cincta, annulata, pusilla, lignorum, fimetaria, Fab. aie abs De Geer, Ib., iii, 7—14; the Pod, viridis is, polppoda, minut a, 356 INSECTA. | ORDER III. PARASITA *, The Parasita, so called from their parasitical habits, have but six legs, and are apterous, like the Thysanoura; but their abdomen is. destitute of articulated and moveable appendages. Their organs of. vision consist of but four or two simple eyes; a great portion of their mouth is internal, exhibiting externally either a snout or pro- jecting mammilla containing a retractile sucker, or two membranous and approximated lips with two hooked mandibles. According to Linnzeus, they form but one genus, that of Pevicutus, Lin. Their body is flattened, nearly diaphanous, and divided into twelve or eleven distinct segments, three of which belong to the trunk, each bearing one pair of legs. The first of these segments frequently forms a sort of thorax. The stigmata are very distinct. The antenne are short, equal, composed of five joints, and frequently inserted ina notch. There are one or two small ocelli on each side of the head. The legs are short, and terminated by a very stout nails, or two opposing hooks, which enable ‘these animals to cling with great facility to the hairs of Quadrupeds, or to the feathers of Birds, whose blood they suck, and on whose body they propagate and pass their lives. They attach their ova ‘to these cutaneous ap- pendages. They multiply excessively, and one generation succeeds to another with great rapidity. Particular and unknown causes facilitate their increase to an astonishing degree in the P. humanus, producing in Man what has been termed the morbus pediculosus, and even in children. These Insects always live on the same Quadrupeds and on the same Birds, or at least on animals of these classes, which have analogous characters and habits, Two species frequently live on the same Bird. Their gait in general is very slow. | Some of them-—Pediculea, Leach—such as the Pepicunus, Deg., Or true Lice, have a mouth consisting of a very small tubular mammilla situated at the anterior extremity of the head, in the form of a snout, containing a sucker when at rest. Their tarsi are com- posed of a joint almost equal in size to the tibia, terminated by avery. stout nail, folding over a projection, and with this point fulfilling the function of a forceps. Those which I have examined presented but two simple eyes; one on each side. Pro | * Parasita, Lat.—Anoplura, Leach. PARASITA. (357 Three species live on Man; their ova are termed nits. In the two following species, the thorax is very distinct from the abdomen, is about the same width and of a moderate length. They ‘constitute the genus Pedieulus properly so called of Leach *. P. humanus corporis, De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 7. Dirty white; immaculate; emarginations of the abdomen less salient than in the following species. It is exclusively confined to the body of Man, and increases to a frightful extent in the morbus pediculosus. P. humanus capitis, De Geer, Insect., VII, 1,6. Cinereous; the spaces in which the stigmata are placed, brown or blackish ; lobes of the abdomen rounded. On the head of Man, and of children particularly. The males of this and the preceding species, at the posterior extremity of the abdomen, have a small scaly and conical ap- pendage, resembling a string, which is probably the organ of generation. Hottentots, Negroes, and various Monkeys, eat these Pediculi, or are Phthiropagi. Oviedo pretends that these animals abandon the Spanish mariners on their way to India as soon as they have reached the tropics, but that on their return, when they arrive at the same point, they find them in possession of their old quarters. It is also said that in India, however filthy be the individual, they are never found except on the head. ~ | _. At one period the P. humanus was employed by the physicians for the removal of ischuria—they introduced it into the urethra. Dr. Leach forms a particular genus, Phthirus, of the P. pubis, Lz Red., Exp., XLEX, 1, which has a wide rounded body, a very short thorax almost confounded with the abdomen, and the four | ior feet very stout}. It is commonly called Morpion. It -» attaches itself to the hairs of the genital organs and eye-brows. Its bite is very severe. Redi has rudely figured severa] other species found on different Quadrupeds. That which lives on the Hog has a very narrow thorax with a very wide abdomen, and forms the genus Hematopinus, Leach{; the Pou du Buffle, figured by De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 12, presents more important characters. The others—Nirmidia, Leach—such as the Ricinus, De Geer.—Nirmus, Herm. Leach, Have the mouth inferior, and composed externally of two lips and two mandibles, resembling hooks. Their tarsi are very distinct, arti- culated, and terminated by two equal hooks. One single species excepted, that of the Dog, they are all exclu- _ ® Zool. Miscell., III. + For those species which live on Man, see the splendid work of Alibert on the diseases of the skin. : : t Zool. Miscell., CXLVI; P. suis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LI, xvi, 1. The P, cervi, Panz., Ib., xv, belongs to the genus Melophagus, of the Diptera. 358 INSECTA. sively confined to Birds. Their head is usually large, sometimes triangular, and at others forming a semicircle or crescent, and fre- quently presenting angular projections. It sometimes differs, like the antenne, in the two sexes. I have perceived, in several, two simple approximated eyes, on each side of the head. According to the obser- vations of M. Savigny, communicated to me by himself, these animals are provided with jaws, each of which has a very small palpus, hidden by the lower lip, which has also two organs of the same description. They have moreover a kind of tongue. M. Leclerc de Laval informs me that he has found parcels of fea- thers in their stomach—he thinks that they constitute their only food. De Geer, however, assures us that he has found the Pediculus of the Fringilla ccelebs filled with recently imbibed blood. It is well known that these Insects survive but a short time on dead birds. When thus situated, they are observed to wander over their plumes with much anxiety, those of the head and the vicinity of the beak espe- cially. Redi has also represented a great number of species of this sub- enus. : The mouth of some is situated near the anterior extremity of the head. ‘The antenne are very small, inserted laterally, and at a dis- tance from the eyes *. ma In the others, the mouth is nearly central; the antenne are placed close to the eyes, and their length about equals half that of the head f. Ths celebrated professor Nitzsch has profoundedly studied the in- ternal as well as external organization of these animals, as may be seen by referring to his paper on the Epizoic Insects, in the Magasin der Entomologie of M.Germar. The genus Pediculus, properly so called, or that whose species are provided with a sucker, is arranged by him with the Epizoic Hemiptera. The Ricini of De Geer and others, or the Nirmi of Hermann, Jun., that is to say, the species fur- nished with mandibles and jaws, are referred to the Orthoptera, and collectively designated by the term Mallophaga. Two genera of this division approach the preceding ones in the circumstances of living on the Mammalia—such are Tricnopecres and Gyropus. In the first the maxillary palpi are null or indistinct, and the antenne fili- form, and composed of three joints. The species of this genus are found on the Dog, Badger, &c, In the second the maxillary palpi are apparent, and the antennee, thicker towards the end, consist of four joints. The mandibles have no teeth; there are no labial palpi, and the four posterior tarsi have but a single terminal hook. These last characters distinguish it from another genus, also furnished with * Pediculus sterne hirundinis, L. ; De Geer, Insect., VII, iv, 12 ;— Ped. corvi cora- cis, L.; De Geer, Ib., ii ;— Ricinus fringille, De Geer, Ib., 5, 6, 7 ;—Ped. tinnun- culi, Panz., Ib., xvii. + Ricinus galling, De Geer, Ib., 15—on the Cock, Partridge, and Pheasant ;— R. emberize, De Geer, Ib., 9 ;—R. mergi, De Geer, Ib., 13, 14 ;—R. canis, Dé Geer, Ib., 16 ;—Pediculus pavonis, Panz., Ib. xix; Lat., Hist. Nat. des Fourm., 389, xii, 5. See also Panz., Ib.. pl. xxv—xxiv. His Pediculus ardee, XVIII, appears to be the same as the Ricin du plongeon, De Geer, IV, 13. SUCTORIA. 359 visible maxillary palpi, quadriar-ticulated antenne thicker near the extremity, and an anterior mouth, that of Lioruzum. Here the man- dibles are bidentate, the labial palpi distinct, and all the tarsi termi- pated, OY two hooks. The Epeciss are found on various Birds, whereas the Gyropi live on the Guinea-pig. A fourth and last genus, the Species of which are exclusively confined to Birds, is that of Parxo- prervs. The antenne consist of five joints, the third of which, in the male, frequently presents a branch that forms a forceps with the first; these organs are filiform. The maxillary palpi are invisible. The tarsi have two hooks at their extremity, but they do not diverge like those of the Liothea. Besides this, the males here have six testes, three on each side, and their four biliary vessels are thickened near the middle of their length. Those of the Trichodectes and Philopteri do not exhibit this enlargement, and they have but four testes, two on each side. In these two genera there are also ten ovaries, five on each side; in such of the female Liothea as this sevant could find them, he saw but six, three on each side. He has no positive knowledge of the number of these in the female Gyropi, nor of that of the testes in the males. In all these genera the thorax is bipartite, that is, the prothorax and the mesothorax compose the apparent trunk, and the third division, or the metathorax, is united to the abdomen and confounded with it. M. Kirby was the first, T think, who thus designated this segment but Nitzsch, on the other hand, seems to have first employed the others *, The limits of this work interdict any exposition of the subgenera he has established. We will merely remark that the one he calls Goniodes, the fourth subgenus of Philopterus, is exclusively proper to the Gallinacee#. In the col- lection of memoirs which terminates our Histoire des Fourmis, we have minutely described a species of Ricinus—Philopterus, Nitzsch. M. Leon Dufour, with the P. melitee of Kirby, previously well observed by De Geer, who considered it as the larva of the Meloe proscarabeus, as well as by that celebrated entomologist, has formed a new genus—Tvriongulin des andrenettes—the characters of which he has figured and published in the Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII, 9, B. this Insect be not the larva of that Meloe, as in the opinion of M. irby, there is no doubt but that it forms a peculiar subgenus in the order of the Parasita; but according to the researches of MM. Le- peletier and Servile, the idea of De Geer is confirmed. ORDER IV. SUCTORIA f. The Suctoria, which constitute the last order of the Aptera, have a mouth composed of three t pieces, enclosed. between two articulated * See our general observations on the class of Insects. + Siphonaptera, Lat. t Reesel represents but two; Kirby and Straus, however, have observed one more. - According to the latter, the two scales which cover the base of the rostrum are palpi, , 360 INSECTA. lamine:, which, when united, forma cylindrical.or conical proboscis or rostrum, the base of which is covered by two scales: ''These cha- racters exclusively distinguish this order from all others, and even from that of the Hemiptera, to which, in these respects, it approxi- mates the most closely, and in which these Insects were placed by Fabricius. The Suctoria, besides, undergo true metamorphoses, analogous to those of several Diptera, such as the Tipule. This order consists of a single genus, that of Putex, Lin. The body of the Flea is oval, compressed, invested by a firm skin, and divided into twelve segments, three of which compose the trunk, that is short, and the othersthe abdomen. The head is small, strongly compressed, rounded above, and truncated and ciliated before ; it is furnished on each side with a small rounded eye, behind which is a fossula, in which we discover a little moveable body furnished with small spines. At the anterior margin, near the origin of the ros- trum, are inserted the pieces considered as the antennz: they are scarcely the length of the head, and are composed of four almost cylindrical joints. The sheath or rostrum is divided into three seg- ments. The abdomen is very large, each of its annuli being divided into or forming two lamin, one superior and the other inferior. The legs are strong, the last ones particularly, fitted for leaping, spinous, the coxa and femur large, the tarsi composed of five joints, the last terminating in two elongated hooks, the two anterior legs are inserted almost under the head, the rostrum being placed midway between them. The male, in coitu, is placed under the female, so that they face each other. The latter lays a dozen of white and slightly viscid eggs; the larvee have no feet, are much elongated, resemble little worms, and are extremely lively, rolling themselves into a circle or spirally, and crawl with a serpentine motion ; they are first white and then reddish. ‘Their body is composed of a scaly head, without eyes, bearing two very small antenne, and of thirteen segments, with little tufts of hairs, the last one terminated by two kinds of hooks. ‘Some small moveable pieces are observed in the mouth, by which these larvee push themselves forwards. After remaining twelve days under this form, they enclose themselves in a little silky cocoon in which they become pup, and from which, in about the same time, they issue in their perfect state. | . Pulez irritans, L.; Rees., Insect., I], ii, iv, The common Flea feeds on the blood of Man, the Dog, Cat, &c.; the. larve live in the dirt that is collected under the nails of filthy indi- viduals of the human family, in the nests of Birds,. particularly of Pigeons, where they fasten to the neck of their young, and suck their blood to such a degree as to become perfectly red. Pul. penetrans. L.; Catesb., Carol. III, x,3*. Theirspecies, * M. Duméril has given an excellent figure of this animal in his work, Consid. Gen. sur la Classe des Insectes, and in the Dict. des Sc. Naturelles, COLEOPTERA. 361 - ocealled the Chique or Chigre in America; most probably forms a » particular genus, It insinuates itself under the. nails of the «oy» tes and the skin of the heel, where, by the speedy developement of the ova contained in a membranous sac under the venter, it ~*"’soon acquires a size equal to that of a pea. (a The numerous family, to which it gives birth, produces. a ma- , lignant ulcer, that is cured with difficulty, and which sometimes proves mortal. These difficulties are generally avoided by, rub- bing the feet with bruised tobacco leaves and other bitter and acrid plants. The Negroes extract the animal from its domicil with much address. Various Quadrupeds and Birds are infested with Fleas, which appear to differ specifically from these two. ORDER V. —_ COLEOPTERA *. ~Coleopterous Insects have four wings, the two superior of which resemble horizontal scales, joining in a straight line along the inner margin ; the inferior wings are merely folded transversely and covered with others, which form cases or covers for them, usually denomi- nated the elytra t. Of all Insects, these are the most numerous and the best known. The singular form and brilliant colouring of many species, the volume of their bodies, the greater solidity of their teguments, which facilitates their preservation, the numerous advantages which the study derives from the various forms of their external organs, &c., haye secured to them the particular attention of naturalists. Their head presents antennze of various forms, and almost always composed of eleven joints; two compound eyes, but none simple f; and a mouth consisting of a labrum, two mandibles, usually of a scaly substance, two jaws, each furnished with one or two palpi, and of a labium formed of two pieces, the mentum and the ligula, and accom- panied by two palpi, commonly inserted into the latter. Those of the jaws, or when they have two, the exterior ones never consist of more than four joints; those of the lip usually have three. * The Eleutherata, Fab. + For the anatomical characters of the Coleoptera, see Ann, des Sc. Nat. VIII, p. 36, where the resumé is given by M. Duméril. t In some of the Brachélytra two small yellowish points have been observed, that have been taken for ocelli; but without, as I imagine, any careful examination, particularly as the Forficule, a genus of the Orthoptera that is nearest to the Coleoptera, exhibit none, 362 INSECTA, The anterior segment of the trunk, or that which is before the wings, usually called the corselet, bears the first pair of legs, and is much larger than the two other segments*. The latter are inti- mately united with the base of the abdomen, and their inferior por- tion or pectus gives insertion to the second and third pairs of legs t. The second, on which the scewtel/wm is placed, is narrowed before, and forms a short pedicle which fits into the interior of the first, and serves as a pivot, on which 4t moves. The elytra and wings arise from the lateral and superior edges of the metathorax. The elytra are crustaceous, and, when at rest, join along their internal margin, and always horizontally. They almost always conceal the wings, which are wide and traversely folded. Several species are apterous, but the elytra still exist. The abdomen is sessile or united to the trunk in its greatest width. It is com- posed externally of six or seven annuli, membranous above, or less solid than underneath. The number of joints in the tarsi varies from three ¢ to five. The Coleoptera undergo a complete sniicondiuailil The larva resembles a Worm, having a scaly head} a mouth analogous to that of the perfect Insect in the number of its parts, and usually six feet. Some few species are destitute of them, or have merely simple mam- mille. The pupa is inactive and takes no nourishment. The habitations, mode of life, and other habits of these Insects, in both states, greatly vary. I divide this order into four sections, according to the number of joints in the tarsi. The first comprises the PenrameEra, or those in which all the tarsi consist of five joints, and is composed of six families, the two first of which are distinguished from the others by a double excremental apparatus §. * The internal membrane, on each side, behind presents a stigma, a character which I believe had not yet been observed, although it was presumed to exist. + The mesothorax is always short and narrow, and the metathorax frequently spacious, and longitudinally sulcated in the middle. + If we may judge from analogy, the Coleoptera, termed Monomera, have probably three joints in the tarsi, the two first of which escape observation; this section and _ that of the Dimera have been suppressed. § According to M. Dufour the Silphe, a genus of our fourth family, also present one; it is unique, howeyer, or but on one side, COLEOPTERA, 363 FAMILY I. CARNIVORA*. Two palpi to each maxilla, or six in all; antenne almost always filiform or setaceous, and simple. The maxille are terminated by a scaly hook or claw, and the in- terior side is furnished with cilia or little spines. The ligula is fixed in an emargination of the mentum. The two anterior legs are in- serted on the sides of a compressed sternum, and placed on a large patella; the two posterior have a stout trochanter at their origin; their first joint is large, appears to be confounded with the post- pectus, and forms a curvilinear triangle with the exterior side excavated, These Insects pursue and devour others. Several have no wings under their elytra. The anterior tarsi in most of the males are dilated or widened. | The larve also are very carnivorous. Their body is usually cylin- drical, elongated, and composed of twelve rings; the head, which is not included in this supputation, is large, squamous, armed with two stout mandibles, recurved at the point, and presents two short and conical antennze, two maxillee divided into two branches, one of which is formed by a palpus, a ligula bearing two palpi, shorter than the others, and six small simple eyes on each side. The first annulus is covered by a squamous plate; the others are soft, or have but little firmness. Each of the three first bears a pair of legs, the extremity of which curves forwards. ; These larve differ according to the genus. In those of the Cicin- dele and of the Aristus bucephalus, the top of the head is very con- cave in the middle, whilst its inferior portion is convex. They have two small simple eyes, on each side, much larger, and similar to those of the Lycosze. The superior plate of the first segment is large, and forms a semicircular shield. There are two hooked mammille on the back of the eight annulus; the last has no remarkable appendage. _ In the other larvee of this family which are known to us, those of Omophron excepted, the head is weaker and more equal. The sim- ple eyes are very small and similar. The squamous piece of the first * Carnassiers, Cuv.—Adephage, Clairv. This family, which is one of the largest of the Coleoptera, already illustrated by the labours of Weber, Clairville, and Bonelli, with respect to the method, will finally be reduced to order, as regards the species, if Count Dejean continue his ‘‘ Species des Coléoptéres,’’ four volumes of which are now published, a work remarkable for the exactness of its descriptions. 364 INSECTA, ring is square, and does not project from the body. ‘There are no mammille on the eighth; and the last is terminated by two conical appendages, exclusive of a membranous tube formed by the prolon- gation of that part of the body which contains the anus. These appendages, in the larvee of Calosoma and Carabus, are horny and dentated. In those of Harpalus and Licinus, they are fleshy, arti- culated and longer. The body of the larva of a Harpalus is some- what shorter, and the head a little larger. The mandibles of both approach the form of those of the perfect Insect. The larva of the Omophron borde, according to the observations of Desmarest, has a * conical form, a large head, with two very stout mandibles, and ‘but two eyes; the posterior extremity of the body, which is somewhat narrowed, terminates by a quadri-articulated appendage. I could find but two in that of the larvee of Licinus and Harpalus. In this family, we always observe a first, short and fleshy stomach ; a second, elongated, and, from the number of small vessels with which it is covered externally, apparently hairy; and a short and slender intestine. The hepatic vessels, four in number, are inserted near the pylorus. Some are aquatic, others terrestrial. The latter have legs exclusively adapted for running, the four pos- terior of which are inserted at equal distances; mandibles completely exposed; the terminal piece of the maxille straight inferiorly, and only curved at its extremity; and most frequently an oblong body with projecting eyes, All their trachez are tubular or elastic. Their intestine terminates in a widened cloaca, furnished with two small sacs, which separate an acrid humour *. * M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., VIII, p. 36, gives the following resume of the anatomical characters of the Insects of this division :— ‘«'The Carabici are hunters and carnivorous. The length of their alimentary canal is not more than twice that of the body. The esophagus is short; it is followed by a musculo-membranous, very dilatable, well-developed crop; then comes an oval or rounded gizzard with cellular and elastic parietes, armed internally with moveable horny appendages fitted for grinding, and furnished with a valve at each orifice. The chilific ventricle which succeeds to it is of a soft expansile texture, always studded with larger or smaller papille, and narrowed behind. The small intestine is short. The cecum has the form of a crop. .The rectum is short.in both sexes. The. hepatic vessels, but two in number, describe various ares in their flexures, and are implanted by four separate insertions, around the termination of the chylific ventricle, The testes are (each formed by the agglomerated circumvolutions of a single spermatic ves- sel, sometimes almost naked, and at others invested by an adipose layer, a sort of tunica vaginalis. The vasa deferentia are often folded into an epididymus. The vesi- cule seminales, only two in number, are filiform. The ductus jaculans is short, the penis slender and elongated, and the copulating armature more or less complicated. The ovaries have but from seven to twelve ovigerous sheaths to each, multilocular, and united in a single conoid fasciculus. The oviduct is short. The sebicediis gland is composed of a secreting vessel, sometimes filiform, and at others enlarged at the (Any a eee COLEOPTERA 365 They are divided into two tribes. The first or the CicinpELETz, Lat., comprises the genus by CicinpeLa, Lin.,. In which the extremity of the maxillz is provided with a little nail articulated with it by its base. The head is large, with great eyes, and very projecting and den- tated mandibles ; the very short ligula is concealed behind the men- tum, The labial palpi are distinctly composed of four joints, and generally pilose, as well as those of the maxille. The greater num- ber of the species are foreign to France. Some have a tooth in the middle of the emargination in the men- tum; the labial palpi separated at base, the first joint almost cylin- drical and without an angular prolongation at the extremity; and res exterior maxillary palpi manifestly projecting béyond the la- ium. , ‘Here, the tarsi are similar, and have cylindrical joints, in both sexes; the abdomen is wide, almost cordate, and completely clasped by soldered elytra, whose exterior margin forms a carina. Manrticora, Fab. The only two species known * are peculiar to Caffraria; they. are the largest of the genus. One of them—WManiicora pallida, Fab.,—is hesitatingly referred by M. William Mac-Leay to a new genus which he calls PLarycume; but which to us only . seems to differ from the Manticoree in the elytra, which are not _soldered ft. | | There, the three first joints of the two anterior tarsi are evidently more dilated or wider in the males than in the females. Sometimes the body is simply oval or oblong, the thorax almost square, sub-isometric, or broader than it is long, and neither globu-. lar nor in the form ofaknot. The third joint of the anterior tarsi of the males does not incline inwards, and the following one is in-- serted on its extremity. a ; Of these ‘latter, those species whose labial palpi are evidently © longer than\ the external maxillary palpi, and with the penultimate joint longer than the last, form two subgenera. ’ _ extremity, and ofa reservoir. The vulva is provided with two retractile hooks. The ova form oblong ovals. The presence of a-secreling excremental apparatus is one of the most striking characters in the anatomy of all the Carabici. It consists of one or Several clusters of secreting utriculi, the form of which varies according to the genus; of a long vas efferens; of a bladder or contractile reservoir; of an excretory duct, in which the mode of excretion varies ; and of an excreted liquid which possesses ammoniacal properties. ‘The respiratory organ has stigmata or bivalve buttons and trachea, all of which are tubular. The nervous systém does not differ from that of the Coleoptera in genoral.” 9 * Manticora mazillosa, Fab. ; Oliy., Col. III, 37, 1, 2; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. - @Enr. I, 1,15; Maaticora pallida, Fab. + Annulosa Javanica, I, p. 9. 866 INSECTA, Mie GKPWREL Lat. Labrum very short and transversal; first joint of the labial palpi much longer than the second, and projecting iS the men- tum *. OxycHEILA, Dej. The labrum ener an elongated triangle, first joint of the labial palpi not much longer than the second, and-not extending beyond the emargination of the mentum f. In the following species the labial palpi are at most about the length of the external maxillary palpi, the last joint is longer, than the penultimate. They also form two subgenera. Evprosopus, Lat. Dej. The third joint of the labial palpi thicker than the last; the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males somewhat ‘elongated, flattened, carinated beneath, and equally ciliated on both sides ; very large oe They keep on trees}. | CicinpELA, Lat. The true Cicindelz only differ from the Euprosopi in the third joint of the labial palpi, which is not much thicker than the fourth ; and in their anterior tarsi, whose three first joints, in the males, are much elongated, more strongly ciliated on the internal side than the external, and are destitute of a carina beneath. Their body is usually of a darker or lighter green, mixed with various brilliant metallic tints; the elytra are marked with white spots. They prefer dry, warm situations, run with considerable swiftness, take wing the moment they are approached, but alight at a short distance. If pursued, they have recourse to the same means of escape. The larvee of the two species indigenous to France, the only ones that have been observed, excavate in the earth a deep cylindrical hole, an operation which they effect with their mandibles and feet. To empty it, they place the detached particles on their head, turn about, climb up the ascent little by little, resting at intervals, and clinging to the walls of their domicile by means of their two dorsal mammille ; when they arrive at the mouth of the aperture they throw down their burden. While in ambuscade, the plate of their head exactly closes the entrance of their cell, and is on a level with the ground. They seize their prey with their mandibles, and even dart * Cicindela megalocephala, Fab. ; Oliv., II, 33, 11, 12; C. carolina, Oliv. Ib., xi, 2 3 —Megacephala euphratica, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., I, 1, 2. For the other» species, see Dejean, Species des Coleoptéres, I, p. 6, et seq. In the United States, Meg. carolina and Meg. virginica, both beautiful species, + Cicindela tristis, Fab.; Oliv., Coleopt., II, 33, iii, 35; Oxycheila tristis, Dej., Species Gener. des Coleop. I, p. 16 ,—Cicindela bipustulata, Lat. ; ; Voy: de Humb. et Bonpl. ;-Obser. d’Anat. et de Zool., No. XIII, xvi, 1, 2. t Cicindela 4-notata, Hist. Nat. des imme ’d’Europ., T, i, 6; Euprosophus 4-no- tatus, Dej., Spec, Gener, des Coleopt. I, p. 151. { COLEOPTERA, 367 upon it, and by a see-saw motion of their head precipitate it to the bottom of the hole, Thither also they quickly retreat on the least intimation of danger. If they are too confined, or the soil is not of a proper nature, they construct a new habitation elsewhere. Such is their voracity that they devour other larve of the same species, which have taken up their abode in their vicinity. When about to change their tegument or to become pup, they close the opening of their cell. Part of these observations were communicated to me by the late M. Miger, who had carefully studied many larve of Coleoptera, and discovered several which had escaped the researches of naturalists. C. campestris, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect, Germ. LXXXYV, iii. About six lines in length; grass-green above; labrum white, slightly unidentated in the middle; five white points on each elytra. Very common in Europe in the spring. C. hybrida, Li. ; Panz., Ib., iv. Two crescent-shaped spots, and a white band’ on each elytron; one of the spots at the exte- rior base and the other at the end; suture cupreous. In sand- pits, never mixing with the campestris * (a). The C. permanica and some other species have a narrower and more elongated form, and seem to constitute a particular sec- tion. The germanica, unlike the preceding, does not fly when about to be seized but escapes by running, which it does with great speed. M. Fischer, in his Entomography of Russia, has placed a Brazilian species (7. marginatus) in the subgenus Therates. : All these species are winged; but some apterous ones are known whose abdomen is also narrower and more oval, and in which the tooth of the emargination of the mentum is very small and hardly sensible. Such is the one figured in our Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Europe, I, i, 5, under the name of eoarctata. Count Dejean, Spec. Gen. des Coleop., II, p. 434, has formed a new genus with them, that of Dromica (pn ). Sometimes the body is long and narrow, the thorax elongated, in the form of a knot, narrowed before; the third joint of the two anterior tarsi of the males pallet-shaped, and projecting internally; the fourth is inserted exteriorly near its base. Crenostoma, Aliig.—Canis, Fisch. This subgenus appears to be peculiar to the intertropical regions of * Add, Cicindela sylvatica, L.; Clairv., Entom. Helv., Il., xxiv., A ;—C. simata, Fab. ; Clairv., Ib., B, b ;—C. germanica, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. VI, v. For these and other European species, the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur. of Lat. and Dej., fascic. I, p. 37, et seq.—and in general the Species Gener. of Count Dejean ; see also the work of Curtis on English Insects. ($ (a) Add the C. unicolor, 6-guttata, rugifrons, patruela, concentanea, signata, _ blanda and the C. lepida, Le C., nov. spec. ined.; the C. obliquata, repanda, albo- hirta, laticincta, formosa, marginata, variegata, unipunctata, marginipennis, abdominalis, — 12-guttata, flexuosa, obscura, pusilla, punctata, pulchra, and the C. denticulata hamor~ rhoidalis and splendida, new species of Hentz.—Enc, Ep, 368 INSECTA. South America. The head is large, with almost setaceous antennee nearly as long as the body; the external palpi are very salient, and terminated by a thicker joint elongated and pyriform; the penulti-’ mate joint of the external maxillary palpi shorter than the following one; the two first joints of the labial palpi very short, and the ter- minal lobe of the jaws without any apparent unguiculus at the ex- tremity. The abdomen is oval, strangulated at base and pediculated. The legs are long and,slender. ; The Ctenostomee approach the Megacephale in the size of their palpi, and in other respects approximate to the Tricondyke and Therates *. The others have no tooth in the middie of the emargination of the mentum. The labial palpi are contiguous at their origin, with the first joint obconical or in the form of a reversed pyramid. and di- lated or prolonged interiorly in the manner of an angle or tooth; the exterior maxillary palpi hardly extended beyond the labrum. These species have been distributed into three subgenera. Tuerates, Lat.—Evurycuie, Bonel. - " The Therates in their general form resemble the true Cicindele, but are distinguished from them, as well as from all other analogous subgenera, by their internal maxillary palpi, which are very small and acicular. The tarsi are similar in both sexes, with the penulti- mate joint cordate, unemarginate, and simply excavated above for the insertion of the last. These Insects are exclusively proper to the most eastern islands of Asia, as Java, those of Sunda, and such as are to the north of New Holland f. | In the two following subgenera, both proper to the East Indies, or the remotest of the Oriental islands, the body is narrow and elon- gated, and the thorax almost cylindrical, or in the form of a knot. | The third and fourth joint of the tarsi is prolonged interiorly in the manner of a lobe. Cotuvris, Lat—Cotutyris, Fab. Furnished with wings; antenne thickest near the end; last joint of the labial palpi almost securiform, and the penultimate frequently. curved ; thorax nearly cylindrical, narrowed and strangulated before, with the anterior margin widened; abdomen almost cylindrical, widened and enlarged posteriorly; tarsi similar in both sexes, the penultimate joint prolonged obliquely on the inner side, as large as the preceding one; the latter in the form of a reversed triangle with acute angles {. iw * See the Entomologie Brazilianz Specimen of Kliig; the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. of Count Dejean, I, p. 152, et seq., and the Supp. to vol. IL of the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. I, p. 35; the Entom. Imp. Russ. of M. Gotthelf Fischer, I ; Gener. Insect. p. 98. + See Lat., Dej. Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. I, p. 63 ; the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. Dej., I, 57, and the Supp. to vol. I1; and particularly the memoir of Bonelli on this genus. ; t See the works just quoted. The species which I have described and figured’ under the name of longicollis is distinct from the Fabrician species of the same ap- pellation ; it is the Colliuris emarginata, Dej., Spec. Gener., I, p. 165. — COLEOPTERA. 369 arnt Pie oe + dorvennl TRICONDYLA, Lat.. a) 28 ; ; Destitute’ of wings; antennz’ filiform; penultimate joint of the labial palpi longest and thickest; thorax in the form’of a knot, sub- ovoid; strangulated, truncated, and turned up at both ends; abdomen oval, oblong, narrowed towards the base, and slightly gibbous pos- ; three first joints of the anterior tarsi dilated in the males, the third obliquely prolonged on the inner side of the manner of a lobe ; the fourth nearly similar, but much smaller and less prolonged *. The second tribe, or the Carasicr, Lat comprehends the genus Carapus, Lin. Where the maxillee simply terminate in a point or hook, without an articulated extremity. ' : Their head is usually narrower than the thorax, or, at most, of the same width; their mandibles, those of a few excepted, have no den- tations, or but very few; the ligula usually projects, and the labial palpi exhibit but three free joints +. Many of them are destitute of wings, only having elytra. They frequently diffuse a fetid odour, and eject. an acrid and caustic liquid from the anus. Geoffroy be- lieved that the ancients designated Carabici under the name of Buprestes, Insects which they considered as highly poisonous, par- ticularly to Oxen f.. - " The Carabici conceal themselves in the ground, under stones, chips, bark of old trees, &c,, and are mostly very active. Their larve have the same habits. This tribe is very numerous, and forms a most difficult study. | We will compose a first general subdivision with those, the termi- nation of whose exterior palpi is not subulate; their last joint is not united with the preceding one, to form either an oval body acutely pointed at the end, or a conoid terminated by a slender and acicular point. | These Carabici may be subdivided into those whose two anterior tibize have a deep notch on the inner side, separating the two spines which are usually placed near each other at the extremity of.this side, and into those where these tibiz present no emargination, or if ae a mere oblique, linear canal, which does not reach their anterior e. Of this subdivision we will make several sections : 1, The TruncaTirennes, so called because the posterior extremity of their elytra is almost always truncated. The head and thorax are narrower than the abdomen. The ligula is most commonly oval or square, and is rarely accompanied on the sides by salient divisions. The hooks of the tarsi, in some, are simple or not dentated, but arranged like the teeth of a comb. — * Idem. + In Cicindela the radical joint is free, and it is on this account that the palpi con- ooh adh but here it is entirely adherent and forms but one base which is not counted, { See the genus Meloé. 370 INSECTA, We will commence with those in which the head is not abruptly narrowed at its posterior extremity, and is not attached to the tho- rax by a sort of suddenly formed neck; or by a species of patella. The thorax is always in the form of a truncated heart. The exterior palpi are never terminated by a much larger and securiform joint. The two anterior tarsi of the males are not dilated, or if so, but very Slightly; the penultimate joint of these and the other tarsi is never deeply bilobate. | | ; The three following subgenera have a common negative character : that of being destitute of wings. Antuia, Web. Fab. An oval, horny ligula, advancing between the palpi nearly to their extremity. | : The labrum frequently large and dentated or angular. The exterior palpi filiform; the last joint almost cylindrical or forming a reversed and elongated cone. No tooth in the emargina- tion of the mentum. The abdomen oval, and most frequently con- vex; elytra almost entire, or but slightly truncated. 3 These Insects, 48 well as those of the ensuing subgenus, have a black body spotted with white, a colour formed by down; they inha- bit the deserts and similar localities of Africa * and some parts of Asia. According to the late M, Leschenault de Latour, the Anthie, when irritated; discharge a caustic fluid from the anus. The species generally are large, atid in the niales of some the thorax is more or less dilated posteriorly and terminates by two lobes f. os Grapuiprervs, Lat.—Anraia, Fab. The Graphipteri were formerly confounded with the Anthie, but differ from them in their ligula, which, the middle part excepted, is éntirely membranous; and in their compressed antenne, whose third joint is much longer than the others. Besides this, their abdomen is always flattened arid orbicular, and one of the two spines terminating ~ posterior tibize is always laminiform and much longer than the other. pa The species of this subgenus are exclusively proper to Africa, and smaller than the preceding f. Aprrinus; Bon.—Bracuints, Web. Fab. The last joint of the exterior palpi somewhat thicker, that of the — labials particularly ; a tooth in the middle of the emargination of the * Although several Insects of the north of Africa have been discovered in the south of Spain and Italy, not @ solitary species of Anthia or Graphipterus has ever been found there. | + See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. II; the Species des Coleop., Dej., I ; the excellent Synonymia Insectorum of Scheenherr; and the zoological portion of the Voy. de Caillaud, where I have described and figured the Insects collected by him in Affica. t See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. 11, and the Species des Coleop,,. I, Dej. The Anthia exclamationis, Fab., is a Graphipterus, figured Dict. d’Hist. Nat. X, E, 2, 7, under the name of trilinée. COLEOPTERA. 371 mentuny, The ligula is similar to that of thé Graphipteri, but the lateral divisions form a small pointed projection. What particularly distinguishes this, as well as the following subgenus, is the fact, that the oval and thick abdomen contains organs which secrete a caustic liquor of a penetrating odour, that issues from the anus with a cre- ‘pitus and instantly evaporates. This fluid produces a discoloration of the skin similar to that caused by nitric acid, and if the speeies be large, a burn, accompanied with pain. M. Leon Dufour has deseribed the organs which secrete it *. These Insects are frequently found in society, at least in the spring, under stones. They employ the above mentioned mode of defence to terrify their enemies, and can repeat the discharge a number of times. The larger species inhabit tropical and other hot climates to the limits of the temperate zone. Apt. balista, Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, viii, 1; Brachinus displosor, Duft. From five to eight lines in length; black, with a fulvous thorax and suleated elytra. Navarre and various parts of Spain and Portugal. Apt. pyreneus, Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, viii, 3. From three to four lines in length; deep black; antennz and palpi fulvous; feet of a russet yellow}. The elytra are sul- cated. It was discovered by Count Dejean in the department of the Pyrénnées-Orientales. Bracuinus, Web. Fab. The Brachini only differ from the Aptini in being furnished with Wings, and in the circumstance of the emargination of their mentum having no tooth. Some, generally the largest and mostly foreign to Europe, have their elytra very sensibly sulcated or ribbed. Of this number is a species common to the Antilles and Cayenne, the ut: * _ Brach. complanatus, Fab.; Carabus planus, Oliv. III, vi, 63. From six to eight lines in length; russet yellow; the el black, no humeral point, a sinuous band traversing their middle, and a russet yellow spot at their extremity; their external mar- - gin of the same colour; posterior angles of the thorax prolonged into a point. ” The élytra of the others are smooth or but slightly sulcated. In the environs of Paris the following species are usually to be found. ~ Brach. crepitans, Fab.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur,, II, viii, 6; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ. XX, 5. Average length four lines; fulvous; elytra sometimes deep blue, at others bluish- en, and slightly sulcated ; antennz fulvous, but the third and ourth joints blackish; the pectus, its middle excepted, and the abdomen, black. This species has been confounded with the * Mém. sur le Brachine tirailleur, Ann, du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. XVII, 70, 5, and the Ann. des Se. Nat. VI, p. 320. + See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., and the Species des Coleop., ns 2. BB 372 INSECTA. |. . eaplodens of Duftschmid—Hist, Nat. des Coleop.. d’Eur,,.I]y viii, 7—which is also very common... It. is but half the sizeof the crepitus, with blue and almost smooth elytra. The glabratus, Bonelli, only differs from it in the absence of the spots on the antennee, Brach. sclopeta, Fab.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., Il, ix, 3. Very similar to the last, but distinguished from it as well as from the preceding ones by the suture of the elytra, which is fulvous-red from the base to the middle. The body also is wider in proportion, and of the same colour above and beneath. Brach. bombarda, Illig.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, ix, 2. This species is intermediate between the last and the first. A fulvous sprout surrounds the scutellum, but does not extend along the suture. : Brach, exhalans, with elytra of an obscure blue, and four yel- lowish spots, and Brach. causticus, all fulvous, with a band along the suture and posterior spot blackish—are found in the depart- ment of Herault *. : In the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., we placed the genus Catas . copus of Kirby next to Brachinus.. A. more recent. examination leads us to think that it rather belongs to the Simplicimani.. The posterior extremity of the elytra, it is true, does offer a deep emargi- nation, but it terminates in a point towards the suture, and‘ is not truncated. Several species of this division also present the saime sinus, though less deep and acute. | 9 Between the Brachini and the Catascopi, Count Dejean—Species I, p. 226—places the genus Corsyra of Steven, the type of which is the Cymindis fusula of the Russ. Entomog., of Fischer, I, xii, 3.° It differs from the latter in its tarsi, the hooks of which are simple. The body also is flattened, as in the preceding and other neighbouring subgenera, tolerably broad, with filiform palpi, unidentated mentum and transverse labrum; the thorax is wider than the head, and nearly semi-orbicular. | But one species is known. The other Carabici of the same division with equally simple hooks are removed from the preceding by the form of their head, which is suddenly narrowed immediately after its origin, presenting the ap- pearance of a neck or rotula. First come those in which the tarsi of both sexes are identical, sub- cylindrical or linear, and whose penultimate joint, at most, is deeply notched or bilobate. : Sometimes the exterior palpi are filiform or but slightly enlarged at the end, with the last joint verging to an oval; the head has the same form and becomes gradually narrowed behind the eyes. “The first joint of the antenne is always short or but slightly elongated. The thorax is always narrow and elongated. The body is thick. * See op. cit. ut sup. Add of American species Brach. alternans, quadripennis, Sumans, cephalotes, al COLEOPTERA. 373 The emargination of the mentum has a central tooth. The ligula is almost square, and its paraglosse are salient and pointed. ent wo at Casnonra, Lat.—Opunionea, Kliiq. The thorax almost like a truncated cone, or a cylinder narrowed anteriorly *. LuprorracHe us, Lat. _ Thorax cylindrical, and without any sensible contraction ante- riorly; elytra entire or not truncated; penultimate joint of the tarsi bilobate ft. ~Opvacantua, Payk. Fab. The same kind of thorax, but the elytra are truncated and the joints of the tarsi entire. | Odac. melanura, Fab.; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, v; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., II, x, 6. The type of the genus; three lines in length; greenish-blue; elytra, the extremities excepted, rus- set-yellow; base of the antenne, pectus, and a greater portion of the feet of the same colour; ends of the elytra blackish-blue. it Dig yy the neighbourhood of water, and is more particu- larly found in the north of France, Germany and Sweden f. . Sometimes the exterior palpi are terminated by a thicker triangu- lar, joint, or one resembling a reversed cone; the head, directly behind the eyes, is suddenly narrowed, and has a triangular form, or that of a heart. i -/ Some in which the body is flattened, placed by Fabricius among his Galeritee, have all the joints of the tarsi entire, the thorax cord- ate and posteriorly truncated, and the mandibles as well as the max- illee of an. ordinary length or but slightly salient. | | _ The first joint of the antennz forms a reversed and elongated cone. The ligula is square, and its paraglossz are usually as long as itself; the middle of the emargination of the mentum is furnished with a tooth, These Carabici, of which the species indigenous to Europe are found under stones, bark, and most commonly in the vicinity of Water, form the three following subgenera. 48 ot 3 Zurnwm, Lat. . First joint of the antenne at least as long as the head; exterior 17 maxillary palpi much elongated §. "See Entom. -Brazil., of Klig; the Spec. Gener.,.of Dej., I, p. 170; Hist. Nat.des Coleop, d’Eur,, fascic. 11, vii, 6. The species figured—C. eyanocephala— from the penultimate joint of the tarsi forms a particular division. It is found in ‘Bengal. All the others, the principal of which is the Aftelabus pensyloanicus, L., belong to America, and have all the joints of the tarsi entire. American species, C. ‘pensylvanica, rufipes. + Odacantha dorsalis, Fab. ia 4 The Odacantha tripustulata, Fab., is a species of Notoxus. “""§) Galerita olens, Fab. ; Clairy. Entom. Helv. II, xvii, Aj a; Hist. Nat. des Co- leop. d’Eur., fase. II, x, 3. 374 INSECTA, Pouisticuus, Bon. First joint of the antennez, as in the following subgenus, shorter than the head; maxillary palpi of the ordinary length; second, third and fourth joints of the tarsi; those of the two anterior legs particu- larly, short and nearly orbicular; the ligula terminated superiorly by a straight margin, its paraglossze salient, and resembling narrow, arcuated and pointed auriculee ab Hetvo, Bon. This subgenus is only distinguished from Polistichus by the en- tirely corneous ligula, which is rounded at the superior extremity, and without any distinct paraglosse. The species are all iy to Europe f, The others, which with those that immediately follow, appear to approximate to the Brachini{, have the penultimate joint of all the tarsi strongly bilobate; the mandibles and maxillz long, narrow, and projecting; the body ‘thick; the head in the form of a narrow and elongated triangle; the thor ax almost cylindrical, and slightly nar- rowed posteriorly. The first joint of the antenne is long and narrowed at base. The mentum is nearly lunate, and is destitute of a tooth in the middle of the emargination. The ligula is salient, narrow, almost linear, and terminated by three stout spines; it has two small paraglosse. The under part of the tarsi is covered with down, Such are the charac- ters of Drypra, Lat. Fab. All the species known belong to the eastern continent and to New Holland. Two inhabit Europe, and are always found on. the ground. The most common is the Drypia emarginata, Fab; Clairv. Entom. Helv, II, xvii; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fasc, IL, x.1. Itis about four lines in length, and of a beautiful azure- blue; the antenne, mouth and legs, fulvous: extremity of the first joint of the antenne and the middle of the third, blackish ; elytra with punctate strize. More common in the south of France than the north. M. Blondel Jun., however was foun it in abundance in a locality near Versailles §. — * Galerita fasciolata, Fab.; Clairv., Ib., B, b; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur. Ib., 4;—Polistichus discoideus, Ib. 5. See the Spec. des Coleop., Dej. I, p. 194. t Helluo costatus, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. Il, vi, 5 3—Galerita hirta, Fab. See the Species Gener. Dej. I, p. 283. An undescribed species from Brazil appears to me to form a new subgenus by its filiform palpi, of which the last joint is cylindrical. t The Drypte are also allied to Cychrus, and seem to connect the Cicindelite with the Carabici Grandipalpi. Several sections of this family seem to connect themselves with the Cicindele like so many branches. Most of the other families of Insects are similarly situated, or form ramified trunks—in a word, continuous series do not exist in nature. § For the other species, see Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. Il, x, 2; and the Species Gener. des Coleop. Dej. I, 182. COLEOPPERA. 7 375 We now come to the Carabici, yery analogous to the preceding ones in their divisional characters, but removed from them by the form of their tarsi. The four first joints, or at least those of the anterior tarsi of the males, are greatly dilated and bifid; the penul- timate of all, and in both sexes, is always emarginated or dilated. The exterior palpi and the first joint of the antennz always long. Tricnognatua, Lat. Ultimate joint of the exterior palpi in the form of a reversed cone, and elongated: a hairy triangular projection on the exterior side of the maxille ; very long palpi; labrum bicrenate, with three obtuse teeth ; summit of the hgula armed with three spines i the four poste- rior tarsi not dilated, at least in the females. The type of the genus (T. marginipennis ) was brought from Brazil by the celebrated bo- tanist M. de Saint Hilaire. Garerira, Fab. The Galeritz differ from the preceding subgenera in their exte- rior palpi, of which the last joint is triangular or securiform, and in the non-dilatation of the exterior side of the maxille. The two anterior tarsi of the males are widened; the emargina- tions of the four first joints are acute, and their internal divisions are larger and more prolonged than the external. The summit of the ligula is tridentate, and its paraglosse are very distinct. The emargination of the mentum is unidentate. Some species, such as the Galerita occidentalis, Dej.; G. afri- cana, ld., by their oval head, and narrower and more elongated thorax, form a particular division. Most of them belong to America *. ' Cornisres, Latr.—Catorneya, Kliig.—Onocantua, Fab. the tarsi are dentated beneath in the manner of a comb, and com- mence with such as have their oyal or ovoid head separated from the thorax by a sudden and marked strangulation forming a sort of knot or patella. The penultimate joint of their tarsi is always di- vided down to its base into two lobes; the preceding ones are broad, and in the form of a heart or reversed triangle. The first joint of * See the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur.; and Spec. Gener. des Coleop. Dej., I. + See the Hist. Nat. des Col. d’Eur., fascic. 11. ; Spec. des Coleop., Dej., I. ; and chiefly the Entom. Brasil. Specim., of Kliig. All the known species belong to South America. : 876 “INSECTA, the antenne is but slightly he-migpssen All the species known belong to the western world. Crenopactyza Dey, Seetérior palpi filiform, the last joint oval; body but slightly noch. gated and flattened ; thorax almost cordiform, elongated, and trun- cated posteriorly ( a). Acra, Fab, Exterior maxillary palpi filiform; labial palpi weetndabied’ by a large triangular or securiform joint; ‘the body long and narrow; tho- rax forming an elongated cone narrowed anteriorly. The mentum cis suborbicular with a tooth in the middle of the emargination; the ~-ligula nearly cylindrical, without very distinct paraglossze *, Now the head is separated from the thorax by a very abrupt stran- gulation, in the form of a knot or patella +. The joints of the’ tarsi are entire in several, and the first are rarely dilated. The body is always flattened. ‘The paraglossz are never salient, senply forming a membranous margin, rounded or obtuse at the end, Here the thorax is isometric, or longer than it is wide, poeifotial and truncated posteriorly. The body is elongated... Such are. Cyminpis, Lat.—Cyminpts, Anomevs, Fisch —Tanvs, Claire. be peed Fab. Exterior maxillary palpi filiform, or hardly thicker at the extre- mity, with the last joint cylindrical ; the same of the labials, larger, almost securiform, or like a revereed triangle, at least in the males ; the head not narrowed posteriorly ; all the joints of the tarsi: entire and nearly cylindrical t. Cauieipa, De. Entirely similar to Cymindis, with the exception of the tarsiy the penultimate joint of which is bifid; in-the preceding it is triangular. Peculiar to America. Demerrias, Bon. Analogous to Calleida in the tarsi, but having an oval ‘cad nar- rowed posteriorly, and all the exterior palpi nearly filiform, with the last joint almost ovoid or sub-cylindrical. This subgenus, as well as the next, is composed of very small “species, which usually frequent wet places, They are, nearly all, European §. chs * See Kliig’s excellent Monograph of this genus: also the Hist, Nat, Col. d’Eur., and the Spec. des Coleop., Dej., I. All the species belong to intratropical America. + Somewhat narrowed posteriorly in Demetrias and Dromius, but not fixed to the thorax by a patella. ~ See Hist. Nat. Col. d’Eur., fascic. II, and III, and Seec. Gen. des Coleop. I. § See op. cit. (> (a) Ctenodactyla Chevrolatii, Dej. Spec. I, p. 227. The only species known and type of the genus. From Caynne.—Eng, Ep. Aden eanx Rita" COLEOPTERA. ‘877 bereunpls wipemaatuc ei Dromias, Bon. bi 2087 Generally apterous; joints of the tarsi entire ; otherwise*similar to antoled arwoanl © s ono SE the thorax is evidently wider than it is long, forms, the seg- ment of a circle, or resembles a heart, widely and transversely trun- cated posteriorly. In some, the middle of the posterior margin of the thorax is ex- .tended backwards. Such is Ka Les, Lat.—Lesia Lamprias, Bon. ... Exterior palpi terminating in a little larger and nearly cylindrical or oval joint, truncated at the end; four first joints of the tarsi almost triangular, and the fourth more or less bifid or bilobate. One of the -most common in Europe is L. eyanocephala ; Carabus cyanocephalus, L., Fab.; Bupreste ‘bleu &@ corselet rouge, Geoff. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LX XV, 5; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. III, xii, 7. From two ‘to two lines and a half long; blue or green and very lucent above ; first joint of the antennz, the feet and thorax fulvous- red ; extremity of the femur black ; elytra marked with slight punctuated striz. L. hemorrhoidalis ; Carabus hemorrhoidalis, Fab.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d’Eur., fascic. III, xiii, 8. Not above two lines in length ; body fulvous with black elytra, terminated by a yel- lowish-fulvous spot; elytra slightly striate, the striee punctuate, with two more deeply impressed puncta near the third, com- mencing from the suture *. In the following, the thorax terminates posteriorly in a straight line without any central projection. Piocaionvus, De). f ; The antenne almost granose; last joint of the labial palpi large, nearly securiform; four first joints of the tarsi short, in the form of a reversed heart, the fourth bilobate f. Orrnoeontus, De). ~~ Similar tarsi; but the antennz are filiform, and the external palpi terminated by an almost cylindrical joint}, Corropera, De). The palpi of the preceding; antenne more or less granose ; three first joints of the anterior tarsi short and wide; the same of the four * See op. cit. Add of American species, the Leb. analis, vittata, quadrivittata fuscata, maginir tebe OF and the L. borea, solea, and grandis, of Hentz, new species. P- . i “oJ Dejean, Spec. I, p. 279: all the species foreign to Europe. Near this sub. genus may perhaps be placed that of the Hexagonia, Kirby, Lin. Trans., XIV. 378 _ INSECTA, posterior tarsi, almost filiform; the penultimate joint of all bifid, but ot bilobate. All the species quoted by Count Dejean are foreign to Europe, and belong, generally, to America *. | 2. The second section, that of the Bipartit1,—Scaritides, Dej.— which in relation to their habits might also be be styled Fossores, is composed of Carabici with elytra either entire or slightly sinuated at their posterior extremity ; having frequently granose and geni- culate antenne ; a broad head, large thorax, usually shaped like a cup or almost semi-orbicular, and separated from the abdomen by an interval which causes the latter to appear pediculated ; the legs gene- rally but slightly elongated, their- tarsi usually short, and similar in the two sexes, or nearly so, without any brush beneath, and simply furnished with ordinary hairs or cilia. The two anterior tibiz are dentated, and in several palmated or digitated; the mandibles fre- quently strong and dentated. ‘There isa tooth in the emargination of the mentum. They all keep on the ground, conceal themselves either in holes which they excavate, or under stones, and frequently only leave their retreat at night. They are usually of a uniform black. The larvz of the Ditomus bucephalus, the only one that has been observed, has the form and mode of life of the larwee of the Cicindelee. They are more particularly proper to hot countries. The three first subgenera, on account of their labial palpi, which are terminated by a larger, securiform or triangular joint, form a particular group; the last of these subgenera leads us to Scarites, whilst the first, which, as respects the absence of the emargination in the internal side of the two anterior tibise, constitutes an exception, seems to connect itself with the first subgenera of the family, They all have stout and dentated mandibles. The external maxillary palpi terminate in a rather larger joint; the thorax has the form of a cup or truncated heart; the abdomen is pediculated. Two of the subgenera of this group form a special subdivision. Their anterior tibiz are not palmated. Their antenne consist of cylindrical joints, or such as resemble reversed cones. The mentum covers the whole under part of the head as far as the labrum, and fre- que exhibits no transverse suture at its base. The body is much attened, and is apterous in several. They all belong to the eastern continent or to New Holland. Encreiapus, Bon. The inner side of the anterior legs unemarginate; first joint of the antenne but little elongated, and almost cylindrical, the third shorter than the second; middle of the superior margin of the ligula pro- jecting in the manner of an angle or tooth; thorax almost in the form of a broadly truncated heart, the posterior angles slightly dilated and pointed; labrum emarginate or nearly bilobate. | _ Encel. gigas, Bon., Mem. of the Acad. of Se. of Tur. The only species described. From the coast of Angola. Siacona, Lat.—Cvucusus, Gauerita, Fab. A very decided emargination on the internal side of the two ante- i {> (a) In the United States: C, signata, and C. arata, Dej.—Ewne. Ep, * COLEOPTERA. 379 rior tibiz; the first joint of the antennz elongated, forming a re- versed cone, and the second shorter than the third; summit of the ligula straight, without any projection; thorax almost in the shape of @ Cup, nearly as long as it is broad, and without posterior projections; the labrum Aenea | ei), Some are apterous and have an oval abdomen*. The latter is oval in others, and truncated at base; these are furnished with wings. A new species has been discovered in Sicily by M. Lefevre. All the others, both of this and the preceding division, inhabit northern Africa or the East Indies t. The third subgenus, in its moniliform antenne, the teeth on the exterior side of the two first tibiee and in the ordinary proportions of the mentum, evidently approximates to Scarites. Carenum, Bon. Straight maxilla without a terminal hook; summit of the ligula rounded; ultimate joint of the exterior maxillary. palpi enlarged and double the length of the preceding one. The only species known—Scarites cyaneus, Fab,—inhabits New Holland. . None of the other Carabici of this section exhibits labial palpi ter- minated by a larger and securiform joint: the last is in the form of a reversed and elongated cone, or almost cylindrical and smaller at base; the same joint of the exterior maxillary palpi is also nearly cylindrical; all these palpi are about the same thickness throughout, or sometimes attenuated at the extremity. f A first very natural subdivision, which comprises the Scarites of Fabricius, the cyaneus excepted, consists of bipartite Carabici, whose anterior legs are palmated, or at least digitated at the end, that is to say, terminated exteriorly by a long point in the form of a spine, Opposite to a very stout internal spur. ‘Their antennze are granose ; the second joint as long as the following one, and frequently longer. The mandibles, those of a small number excepted, are stout, project- ing, and angylar, or dentated on the internal side. The labrum is very short, transversal, and crustaceous. The ligula is most fre- quently entirely corneous, bristled with hairs or cilia, broadly emar- ginate or widened at the summit, and with projecting lateral angles. _ Some have very strong, projecting, and usually dentated mandi- bles; the anterior margin of the crustaceous labrum very dentate, the ligula short, not extending beyond the mentum, entirely horny or crustaceous, bristled with hairs, and widened at the superior mar- gin. Their anterior tibize are always palmate. The species gene- rally are large. One of these subgenera, * Siagona rufipes, Lat. Gener. Crust. et Insect., I., vii, 9; Cucujus rufipes, Fab. ; —Siagona fuscipes Dej., Spec. I, p- 359. ‘ mm . + The Siag. atrata, depressa (Galerita depressa, Fab.), Fejus, (Galeritia flejus, Fab.) Schupelii, Dej., Ib. ;—Scarites, levigatus, Herbst. Col. CLXXYV, 6. . 380° “INSECTA.” Pasimacuts, Bon. Approximates to the last in the jaws, which are atrial at des- titute of a terminal hook. The antenne are of equal thickness. The body is much flattened and oval, thorax cordiform, broadly truncated behind, almost as wide at/its posterior margin as before and as the base of the elytra; this margin almost straight, and merely somewhat concave in the middle. This subgenus is peculiar to America * (a). According to Count Dejean—Spec., I, p, 471—after the Pasi- machi, should come his genus Scarrerus, formed with a species from the East Indies, sent to him by one of the most zealous of the French entomologists, M. Guerin, to whom it is dedicated. Whether the maxille resemble those of the preceding subgenus I do not know, but the body is differently proportioned, being elongated and cylin- drical. he antennz are shorter in proportion than usual; the second joint is square, somewhat thicker than, the others, sthick are short, almost square, and become gradually stouter. In the following the maxille are arcuated and hooked, at the end, - The antennz become sensibly thicker towards. the extremity. The thorax is always separated posteriorly from the base of. the elias by a well marked space or angle. Here the exterior palpi are terminated by an almost cylindrical joint, not narrowed into a point at the end. Acantuosce tis, Lat. _ This subgenus is remarkable for the four posterior tibiz, which are short, broad, arcuated, plane and slightly concave on their internal face, convex, and covered with granules or little spines on the opposite one, with the superior edge dentated, and the posterior teeth large and compressed; the trochanter of the two posterior thighs is very large. The body is short, wide, convex above ; the thorax transversal, round- ed laterally, and its posterior margin sinuous; spurs of the anterior tibiz very long, and the others almost laminiform, The only species known—Scarites ruficornis, Fab atahalbhes the Cape of Good Hope. Scarites, Lab. The four posterior tibia narrow, generally smooth, and merely fur- nished with little spines on their ridges, and intermediaries have at most one or two teeth on the exterior side; the trochanter of the pos- terior thighs much smaller than the thighs themselves. . The mandi- bles form elongated triangles, and are strongly dentated at base. The * Refer to this subgenus the Scarites depressus, and Sc. marginatus, Fab. and Oliv.. See the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. I, p. 405: the Entomological Observations, of Bonelli: and the work of Palisot de Beauvois on the Insects collected by him: in America and Africa. 1 All the Pasimachi hitherto discovered are peculiar to North America. But four species are known, the P. depressus, marginatus, sublevis, and the P. subsuleatus, Say.— Ena. Ep, COLEOPTERA. 381 second and third joints of the antennz resemble reversed cones, almost of the same thickness; the following ones are granulous. 7 “have two teeth on the exterior:side/ of the intermediate tibiee. yor: Se. pyraemon, Bonel.; Dej., Spec. 1, p. 367; Se. gigas, Oliv., Col: Lil, No. 36, I, 1} Clairv., Entom. Helv, Ilix; ia About aninch long ; apterous; flattened ;. of a shining black ;) the elytra somewhat widened posteriorly, finely striate, andthe: striz lightly punctate ; in the third, near the extremity, two more:dis- tinct and deeper puncta. ‘The head, according to Count Dejean, is much larger in the male than in the female; the front: of the latter presents two impressions and some little ruge. The thorax, on each side, exhibits a tooth posteriorly.;. There are three on the anterior tibia. It is found on the borders: of the _, Mediterranean, in the south of France, and the eastern part of Spain. M. Lefevre de Cerisy, a distinguished naval officer si excellent’ entomologist, has published ; some charnatens on its habits. Se. terricola, Bonel.; Dej., Spec. I, p. 398. Body furnished with wings; from eight to nine lines in length; black; anterior tibiz with three stout teeth, followed by three very small ones ; external side of the two following tibie with but one; elytra elongated, striate, and slightly rugose ; two deep points near — third stria. Found with the pyracmon. Sc. sabulosus, Oliv., Col. II], 36,1, 8; Clairv., inet Haly. Il, ix, 6; Scar. levigatus, Fab., Dej. Very sisnilay to the ter- ricola, but somewhat smaller and more depressed ; it is apterous and the elytra slightly striate; but two indentations on the an- terior tibie after the three ordinary teeth. It inhabits the same localities as the pyracmon, and is also found in Sicily (a). Oxyenatuvs, Dej. The Oxygnathi, as to their antenne and palpi, are essentially simi- lar to the preceding Insects, but having, as well as the two following subgenera, long, narrow, edentated mandibles which cross each other in the manner of a forceps. Their body is narrow, elongated, and cy- lindrical ; their antennz shorter than the head and mandibles united ; the labrum rather indistinct, and the thorax almost square. The type of this subgenus—Scarites elongatus, Wiedem. ; Oxrygnathus elongatus, De}. Spec. II, p.474—is from the East Indies. There, the four exterior palpi, or at least those of the labrum, ter- PH (@ The Se. subterraneus, Fab. ‘Syst. El. 1, p. 124, No. 8, ‘usually, consi dered as the only species of Searites,—inhabits the United States. The very gnest disparity of size, however, between it and a congener from Georgia, combined with a certain difference of aspect would seem to warrant the supposition that the latter is a distinct species. Although, after the most careful comparison of the two, I confess my inability to ORS Se Seve spree Mitermnae, I am stlll ee © believe they are distinct. 382 INSECTA. minate by a fusiform joint ending in a point. The body is elongated and cylindrical, and the mandibles are long, narrow, and without: 8a remarkable teeth, like those of the Oxygnathi. Oxystromus, Lat. The labial palpi almost as long as the exterior ones of the maxille, recurved, the first joint salient and cylindri¢al, the second but slightly elongated, and the last fusiform, long and acutely pointed at the end; the antenne completely moniliform from the middle of their length, with the first joint as long as the three following ones united *. Camptopontvs, De. The labial palpi evidently shorter than the external ones of the maxillze, not recurved, and terminated as well as the latter by a fusi- form joint; a greater part of the joints of the antenne resembling in- verted cones ; the length of the first hardly surpassing that of the two following ones taken together f. The others, whose anterior tibize are not dentated externally, but simply didactyle at the end, have short mandibles, projecting but lit- tle beyond the labrum ; the labrum coriaceous and entire; the ligula advancing beyond the emargination of the mentum, glabrous, or but slightly pilose, with separate, salient, and membranous paraglosse ; the exterior palpi are terminated by an oval joint, acuminated at the extremity. They are small; frequent humid places, and are not strangers in northern countries. Curivina, Lat. Three stout teeth on the external side of the two anterior tibize, and one on that of the next twof. Dyscurrius, Bon.—Cutivina, Dej. Nothing but dentations or very indistinct and small spines on the external side of the two anterior tibiz, and where the extremity of this side is usually extended into a long point in the form of a spine, and opposed to another consisting of.a stout spur on the internal side. The last joint of the labial palpi is thicker in proportion than that of the Clivinz, and almost clavato-securiform. The thorax is usually globular §. Our second and last subdivision of the Bipartiti will comprise those whose anterior tibize are neither dentated externally, nor bidigitated at the extremity, and where the second joint of the antennez is evi- | dently shorter than the third. They closely approximate to the two last subgenera in the organs of manducation, and have been confounded * Ozyistomus cylindricus, Dej. Spec. I, p. 410. Brazil. + Camptodontus cayennensis, Ib. II, p. 477. + Tenebrio fossor, L. ; Scarites arenarius, Fab.; Clairv. Entom. Helv., II., viii, A, ‘a. The Cliviné of Count Dejean, Spec. 1, 411, 17. § Clivine, 8—21, of Count Dejean; but the eighth, or the arctica, seems to present the characters of a Cephalotus, COLEOPTERA. 888 ome authors with the Scarites, whicli, in fact; they very much re- le, both in appearance ahd habits. | > ome have a narrrow elongated body, almost forming 4 parallelo- piped, with a nearly square thorax; the antenne either entirely or partly granose: the last joint of the exterior palpi almost cylindrical, and the same of those of the labium, nearly in the form of .a reversed cone, or securiform, ‘They are all exotic. Monro, Lat. Antenne equal in size throughout ; labrum profoundly emarginate; exterior palpi filiform ; thighs oval, with triangular tibiz *. Ozana, Oliv. Antenne thicker or inflated at their extremity; labrum entire ; labial palpi terminating by a larger and almost securiform or trian. gular joint; thighs and Sika aaron and elongated t. The others have an oval or oblong body, and the thorax either nearly in the shape of a cup or heart, or i orbicular; the an- tenne are filiform, and consist mostly of cylindrical joints, the be particularly; the others narrowed at base and nearly in the form o a reversed cone; the last joint of the exterior palpi is almost oval or fusiform. The labrum is emarginate. | / "Ae ys ” They are peculiar to the hot and sandy districts of the western countries of the eastern continent, ~ Drromvs, Bon.—Caranvs, Carosoia, Scavrus, Fab. Palpi shorter than the head; thorax cordiform, or like a cup; tarsi short. ' Some species, those to which Ziegler has restored the generic ap- pellation of Ditomus, have a more elongated body of equal width; the head separated from each side of the thorax by a re-entering an- gle, and usually armed in the males, with one or two horns f. The others, or those which compose the genus Aristus, Zieg., have the body shorter, and wider before; the head almost cotinuous with the thorax, and buried in it up to the eyes; its anterior angles are pointed §. | Aptomus, Hoff—Scanires, Ross. The anterior palpi very long; thorax orbicular; tarsi filiform and elongated; exterior maxillary palpi much longer than the head, and * Harpdlus ménilicornis, Lat. Gener. Crust. et Insect. I, 206; Morio monilicornis, Dej.. Spee. I, p. 430; Scarites Georgia, Palis, de Beativ. VII, xv, 5 ;—Morio brasiliensis, Dej. ib. ;—Morio orientalis, Id., Tb. + Oxena dentipes, Oliv., Encyclop. Method. ;—Ozena Rogerii, Dej., Spec. p. 434; —Ozena brunnea, Id, tb. ;—Ozena Gylihenalii, Id. Tb. { Dejean, Spec. I, p. 439, first division of Ditomus. The Carabus calydonius of Fabricius, according to a label affixed by him to a specimen taken from the collection of M. Desfontaines, forms a species very distinct from the Ditomus calydo- nius of Dejean. The mandibles of thé male are forked or divided, as it were, into two horns; thé middle horn terminates in a point or rather is hastate at the ex. tremity. The Calosoma longicornis of Fabricius is probably the female of this Speéies of of another that is closely allied to it. “with § Second division of Ditomus of Count Dejean, Ib., p. 444. 384 INSECTA. terminated by an ovoido-cylindrical joint; the same joint of those of the labium elongated and fusiform. I have not perceived a tooth in the emargination of the mentum *. : 3. Our third section of the Carabici, that of the QuADRIMANI,— Harpalicus, De}. +, includes those, otherwise similar to the last im the pointed termination of the posterior extremity of their elytra, in the males of which the four anterior tarsi are dilated; the three or four first joints are in the form of a reversed heart or triangular, and nearly all terminated by acute angles; they are usually furnished underneath (the Ophoni excepted) with two ranges of papille or scales, with an intermediate linear space. The body is always winged, and generally oval and arcuated or convex above; the thorax is wider than it is long, or at most nearly isometrical, square or trapezoidal. The head is never suddenly con- tracted posteriorily, and the antenne are equal throughout, or slightly and insensibly thickened near the extremity. The mandibles are never very strong. The exterior palpi are terminated by an oval‘or fusiform joint, longer than the preceding one. The tooth of the emargination of the mentum is always entire, and in some is want- ing t. The legs are robust, the tibie spiny, and the hooks of the tarsi simple. The intermediate tarsi, even in the females, are short, and, with the exception of the dilatation, nearly formed like the an- terior, These Carabici prefer sandy-and hot localities. This section is composed of the genus Harpalus, as limited by Bo- nelli in his tabular view of the general distribution ef the Carabici. New sections have still more diminished its extent. They are all subordinate to the three following divisions. The characters of the first are: the emargination of the mentum unidentate§; labrum emarginate; head and anterior extremity of the thorax as wide as the abdomen or wider ||. It comprises three subgenera. Acinopus,, Zieg. De. Filiform antennze, composed of short but cylindrical joints; tho- rax insensibly narrowed from before backwards, with the posterior angels very obtuse or rounded; mandibles destitute of teeth; tooth of the emargination of the mentum widely truncated , * Scarites rufus, Oliv., Col. III, 36, 11, 13, a, b; Rossi, Faun. Etruse. I, iv, 3 ; Apotomus rufus, Dej,, Spec. I, p. 450 ;—Apotomus testaceus, Id., Ib., p. 451. + This appellation harmonizes with those of the two following sections, and is founded on an exclusive character: it therefore seems to me to be preferable to that of Harpalici, employed by Bonelli. t The ligula, as in the two following sections, is always remarkably salient, obtuse _ or truncated at the end, and accompanied by two distinct, membranous paraglosse in the form of auricles. § If the Cyclosomi have the four anterior tarsi dilated, they will form a fourth division on account of the two teeth in the emargination of the mentum. || The head large; paraglosse rather broad in comparison with the true ligula, and rounded at the end; second joint of the antennze somewhat shorter than the third ; intermediate tarsi of the males rather less dilated than the anterior. 4] Harpalus megacephalus, Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect. I, p. 206; Carabus megacephalus, Fab.; Ross. Faun. Etrusc., Append., tab. III, H; Acinopus megace- phalus, De}. Catal. ; COLEOPTERA. 385 to seod? to tas bigvo 1 nics? ct boy ai dioot 6 Darrtus, Fisch —AcuHINopus, De. The antenne, from the fifth joint, moniliform; thorax suddenly ~ narrowed towards its posterior angles, which terminate in a point one of the mandibles projecting and very pointed; the four anterior tibic, shone of the, males particularly, covered with very small spines ..Near Daptus should apparently be placed the genus Panguss of M, Megerle, mentioned by count Dejean in his catalogue. In examining one of the two species (the pensylvanicus), referred by the latter to this genus, I could discover no character which should distinguish the section in question from the preceding one. The second division consists of Harpali, in which the emargina- tion of the ventum is also unidentate, but where the more or less oval or. ovoid body is narrowed before, and the labrum entire, or simply naebes concave. ‘They form the Harpatus, Dej. a: oe the true Harpali.._One of the most common in all Europe is -. HH. eneus ; Carabus eneus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. te - LXXV, 3, 4. Body about four lines in length, and of a shining black; antennz and legs fulvous; thorax and elytra most com- of monly green, or cupreous and brilliant, sometimes of a bluish vid PiBe The thorax is transversal, narrowed posteriorly, and the .lateral and posterior margins delicately reflected, with a punc- tated depression on each side near the posterior angles. The ee are striated, with an incisure near the extremity, and little Si ay nes puncta between the exterior striz. This insect has also. been. called the Proteus,.on account of the variety of its colours ft. The total absence of a tooth in the emargination of the mentum distinguishes the Carabici of the third and last division of this sec- tion, which, by the form of the bady oe the labrum, resemble meee of the preceding division. Oruonvs, Zieg. De). . The four anterior tarsi of the males strongly dilated, or evidently ma and generally furnished beneath with numerous and compact hairs, forming a continuous brush; the penultimate joint is not bilo- bate: “The last joint of the exterior palpi truncated, or very obtuse. The body is very finely punctated above, and the thorax most fre- quently cordiform, and truncated posteriorly f. * ‘Acinopus maculipennis, De}j.;, Dactus pictus, Fisch., Entom, Russ. II, xxvi, 2, xlvi,.2 ; .D. vittatus, Id..Ib., 7, var.? Ditoma vittiger, ges ; D. chlonaticus, Id. Ib. 7 For. the other species, see the Catalogue, &c. of Count Dejean, genus Harpalus, p. 14, and. for their synonymes Scheenherr’s Synonymia Insectorum, and the Faun, Aust. of Daftschinid. Fabricius has described but few of them, of which we will men. ang iene = *calignosus, ruficornis, binolatus, tardus, Seren, analis, Savilabris, &e, The Carabus signatus and hirtipes of Panzer also constitute a part of this subgenus, . } See Catalogue, &c., Dejean, p. 13. VOL. Ill, cco 386 INSECTA. Steno.opuvs, Zieg. De). The Stenolophi only differ from the Ophoni in the form of the pe- nultimate joint of the four anterior tarsi, at least in the males, and in some even of the posterior; it is divided down to the base into two lobes *. Acupa.rus, Lat.—Srxno.opnus, Dey. The four anterior tarsi of the males differing but little from the intermediate joints ; rounder, almost granular, and pilose; exterior palpi terminating by a joint with a pointed extremity. They are very small insects, and seem to be allied to Trechus t. 4. The fourth section, that of the Simpiicimani ¢ approaches the * Stenolophus vaporariorum, Dej. Ib.; Carabus vaporariorum, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XVI, 7; Harpalus saponarius, Dufour. Senegal. + The Stenolophi of the Catalogue, Dej., the preceding one excepted. We will name, among others, the Carabus meridianus, Lin. and Fab., and the C. vespertinus, of Panzer, XXXVII, 21. t This section in the system of Dejean, forms his tribe of Carabiques Feroniens, in which—Spec. Gen. des Coleop. I1I—he has established several new genera. | Those male Feroniz, in which the two first joints of the two anterior tarsi are alone dilated, are comprised in the genera PoGonus, CARDIADERUS BARIPUS, and PATROBUS. In the two first, the last joint of the labial palpi is oval or pointed, whilst in the other two it is almost cylindrical, truncated at the extremity, and slightly securiform. The second—Daptus chloroticus, Fischer—differs from the first in the thorax, which is convex, cordiform, and narrowed posteriorly. In Baripus, it is convex and almost oval. That of Patrobus is plane, narrowed posteriorly and more or less cordiform. In the other male Feronie the three first joints of the anterior tarsi are dilated. A first subdivision comprehends those Feronive, the hooks of whose tarsi are den- tated, and among these the genus Doxicuus is the one in which the tooth of the middle of the emargination is simple, that is to say, entire. That which he names PRISTONYCHUS, is identical with my Ctenipus: to this he refers the Sphodrus terri-» cola of his Catalogue. His new genus PrisropacTyLa closely resembles Taphria, but the last joint of the palpi is elongated and almost cylindrical, and the thie is oval. He describes but a single species. Among the Feroniz in which the hooks of the tarsi are simple, four genera, OmpuHReEvS, OLIstHOPUS, MAsorzEus, and ANTARCTIA, are removed from all the others by the absence of a tooth or lobe in the middle of the emargination of the mentum. The first, of which Count Dejean has only seen the females, is very dis- tinct by the length of the first joint of the antenne which equals that of the three following ones ; and then by its palpi, the last joint of which is strongly securiform. That naturalist places this genus directly after Sphodrus; perhaps it may come among the Patellimani, and approximate to Rembus and Dicelus. The second genus, OuistHoPuws, belongs to that division in which the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are elongated, and very slightly triangular or almost square 5: its type is the Agonum rotundatum of Sturm. The other two re-enter the division of those in which the three first joints of the two anterior tarsi of the males are but slightly elongated; they are as long as they are wide, and strongly triangular or cordiform. The thorax in Masoreus is transversal, rounded laterally, and slightly prolonged in the middle. That of Antarctia is more or less square or cordiform, and slightly or not at all transversal. The Harpalus civcumfusus uf Germar, referred by us to TETRAGONODERUS, is an Antarctia. Six other genera, TRIGONOTOMA, CaTADROMUS, LEsTICUS, DISTRIGUS, ABagE: Tus, and MICROCEPHALUS, form, among the Feronie with tarsi analogous to those of the last, a small section, the character of which consists in a trilobate or slightly emarginated mentum (a). The last genus, that of Microcephalus, is very distinct from (a) The ordinary tooth in the middle of the mentum is yery large, and thus forms.a lobe which diminishes the extent of the emargination. COLEOPTERA. 387 preceding in the manner in which the elytra are terminated; but the two anterior tarsi alone are dilated in the males, without however forming a square or orbicular palette; sometimes the three first joints are much wider, and in this case the succeeding one is always smaller than its antecedent; sometimes the latter and the two pre- ceding ones are larger, almost equal, and in the form of a reversed heart or triangular: the first joints of the four following tarsi are more slender and elongated, almost cylindrical, or in the form of an elongated and reversed cone. In some, the hooks of the tarsi are simple or not dentated, Here the third joint of the antennz is, at most, double the length of the preceding one. The feet are generally robust, the thighs thick and more or less oval; the thorax measured in its greatest transversal diameter is as wide as the elytra. Sometimes the mandibles are evidently shorter than the head, not pacgooting evan the labrum at most more than half their length. e will begin with those in which the exterior palpi are filiform. Zasrvs, Clairv. Bon.—Prtor, Bon, Distinguished from the following by the last joint of the palpi, which is evidently shorter than the preceding one, and by the two spines which terminate the two anterior tibiee *. Pogonus, Zieg. Dej. The Pogoni, which in a natural order appear to us to be cl allied to the Amare of Bonelli, are removed from the other Carabi the others on account of its exterior palpi, all of which are terminated by a securi« form joint. The first is similarly distinguished, inasmuch as the termination of the labial palpi of the males is the same. The Omaseus viridicollis of Mac Leay—Annul, Javan.—is congeneric, In the genera Catadromus and Lesticus, the last joint of the same palpi is, however, slightly securiform, or becomes gradually thickened towards the extremity. The intermediate lobe of the mentum projects and almost in a point in the first, and is but slightly elongated and almost truncated in the second, which, like the preceding, consists of Insects proper to India. ‘The last joint of the labial palpi in Distrigus and Abacetus is almost cylindrical. The intermediate lobe of the emargination of the mentum is almost null in the former ; in the latter it is very ap- parent and rounded. These Carabici are, as yet, foreign to Europe and America. The Scarite hottentot of Olivier, which we have placed in the subgenus Feronia, is removed from the species that formed the genus Steropus, by its intermediate tibiz which are strongly arcuated. It is from this character that Count Dejean has separated this insect from the Feronia, and formed the genus CamproscEe.is. The last joint of the exterior palpi being strongly securiform in MyAs, that genus should also be distinguished from the Feroniz. Count Dejean has observed that in the genus Pexor, of Bonelli, the tooth of the middle of the emargination of the mentum is bifid, while it is entire in Zabrus. He retains, as we have already stated, his genus Amara, but if the characters assigned to it be compared with those of the Feronie, the slightness of this generic distinction will soon be perceived. The last joint of the palpi of the Amare is slightly oval; it is cylindrical or slightly securiform in the Feronie. His genus Tefragonoderus differs but very little from that of Amara. The tooth in the middle of the emargination of the mentum is truncated and entire, or without a fissure. * Carabus gibbus, Fab. ; Labrus gibbus, Clairv., Entom. Helv., Il. xi. For the other species, see Catalogue, &c. of Dejean, and the third volume of his Species, Gener., &c, The apterous species, such as the Blaps spinipes, Fab.; Panz. Faun, Insect, German., XCVI, 2, form the genus Pelor. : cc? 388 INSECTA. of this division by the mode of dilitation peculiar to the two anterior tarsi of the males; the two first joints, of which the radical is the largest, are alone dilated; the two following ones are small,and equal. Their body is usually more oblong than that of an Amara, besides which they appear to inhabit, exclusively, the coast or bor- ders of salt-water ponds * It is only by an analogous character that we can distinguish from the last the TETRAGONODERUS, Dej. Anterior tarsi of the males less dilated, in proportion, than in the following ones, their first joints being more narrow, elongated, and rather in the form of a reversed cone than cordiform. These Insects are peculiar to South America f. Freronia, Lat. Three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males strongly dilated, in the form of a reversed heart; second and third rather transversal than longitudinal. This subgenus will include the numerous generic sections given in the Catalogue, &c. of Count Dejean, such as Amara, Pecilus, Argutor, Omaseus, Platysma, Pterostichus, Abax, Steropus, Percus, Molops, Co- phosus. ‘This learned entomologist has since—Species I/I—per- ceived the impossibility. of distinguishing them, the first excepted, which he still retains; the others he unites in one great- generic section which he calls, with me, Feronta. But even as regards the Amare themselves, I have vainly sought for characters in the anten- nz and parts of the mouth, which might clearly distinguish them from the other genera. ‘The one drawn from the tooth of the middle of the emargination of the mentum, to say nothing of the slight degree of importance attached to it, is very equivocal; this tooth in all these Carabici appears to me to be emarginated at the extremity, though somewhat more deeply or distinctly in some than in others. The antennze of several are slightly granose, or composed of joints comparatively shorter, and rounded at the summit; but the limits of this distinction cannot be rigorously defined. I say the same of the concavity of the anterior margin of the labrum and of the form of the thorax. The Feroniz may form three divisions : 1. Those species, generally furnished with wings, in which the more or less oval body is slightly convex or arcuated above, with more fiiform antenne, the head proportionably narrower, and the mandibles somewhat less salient. In their habits these species ap- proach the Zabri and Harpali. Such are the Amare{, whose thorax * See the Catalogue of Dejean. Germar in the Fauna Insectorum Europe has figured two species: Pogonus halophilus, X, i; Harpalus luridipennis, VIII, 2, allied to the Pogonus pallidipennis of the first. + Harpalus circumfusus, Germ. Insect. Spec. Nov. I, 26? t Shorter species, whose thorax widens from before posteriorly, constitute the genus Leirus of some authors. The Scolytus flewuosus, Fab., seems referable to this division, but according to Count Dejean the four anterior tarsi are dilated ; it ap- COLEOPTERA. 389 is transversal; the Peecili, where it is almost as long as it is wide, and where the third joint of the rather short antenne is compressed and angular; and the Argutores similar to the Peecili, but whose an- tenn are proportionably longer, and their third joint not angular. “'2. The species usually furnished with wings, but in which the body is straight, plane or horizontal above, with a nearly equally wide head. They frequent cool or damp places. Such is the genus Pla- tysma, Bonelli, with which we unite that of Omaseus, Zieg., and Dej., and the Catadromus of Mac Leay, Jun. * 3. The third division of the Feronice will consist of species analo- gous to those of the preceding one in the ensemble of their characters, but differing from them by the absence of wings. Of these, some, the most numerous, and in which the thorax. is not always in the form of a truncated heart, have a well-marked, continuous, transverse fold or border at the base of the elytra, that extends to the suture. Sometimes the thorax is almost square, or has the form of a trun- cated heart, with acute posterior angles. Those, in which the body forms a long or cylindrical square, where the thorax is almost square, hardly narrower behind than before, form the genus Cophosus of Ziegler and Dejean. It was established on an Austrian species, the C. cylindricust. Those in which the body is generally oval, depressed, or but slightly concave above, with a wide, nearly square, and subisome- trical thorax, whose lateral margin is always strongly reflected, and is as wide, or nearly as wide, atits posterior margin as the base of the elytra, compose the genus Abaz of Bonelli. . Several species are found in Germany. The one called the me- tallicus, and the Molops striolatus, Dej., whose antennz are composed peared to me that they were most so externally. This Insect may form a separate subgenus—Cyclosomus. As to the preceding ones, see the Species, Gener. des Coleop. Dej., IIT. * Those in which the body is much flattened, and the thorax considerably nar- rowed posteriorly in the form of a truncated heart, will constitute a first division : such is the Carabus picimanus, Duft., or the C. monticola of others; Count Dejean places it in Pterostichus ; certain Brazilian species also belong to. it. M. Germar— Insect. Nov. Spec. I, 21—describes one of them under the name of Molops corinthius. Those, in which the body nearly forms a parallelopiped, and the thorax is almost square, but slightly or not at all narrowed posteriorly, will constitute a second division. Of this number are the Platysma nigra, Bonel., and Dej., the Omasei of thé latter—Catal p, 12—and the Carabus tenebrioides of Olivier, the type of the subgenus Catadromus of Mac Leay, Jun,—Annul. Javan. I, p. 18, 1, 5—which only differs from Omaseus in the tooth of the mentum, which is much larger and entire ; the elytra have a large sinus, or rather an emargination at their extremity. It is one of the largest species of this family. The Harpalus nigrita, anthracinus, and aterrimus, of Gyllenhall, are Omasei. The last has the posterior angles of the thorax obtuse, a circumstance which distinguishes it from all the others. The Carabus leucopthalmus, Fab. or the melanarius of Illiger, is placed in the same division, but it is apterous. + We will add to it the Omaseus melanarius, Dej., as well as another species of Germany intermediate between the preceding ones and the Cophosus cylindricus, and which, I think, is the Omaseus elongatus Ziegler. 390 INSECTA. of shorter joints, or are nearly granose, have been formed into a new genus, styled Cheporus*. The F. striola; Carabus striola, Fab.; Carabus depressus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 35; IV, 46, is often found in the cold or humid localities of the forests in the environs of Parisf. Sometimes the thorax, always terminated posteriorly by two well- marked cr acute angles, is evidently narrowed behind. Its figure approaches more or less to that of a truncated heart. Of these species, several have the body depressed or plane above, and the antennz composed of elongated joints, rather obconical than turbinated. They are distinguished generally by Bonelli under the genuine name of Pterostichus. They more particularly inhabit the high mountains of Europe, and Caucasus. But a single species—Carabus oblongo-punctatus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LX XIII, 2— is found in the environs of Parist. Others, whose antenne are almost granose, have the body convex above, and proportionally wider, with a shorter abdomen. They form the genus Molops, Bonelli, which evidently leads to other very analogous Feroniz, but where the posterior angles of the thorax are rounded, and the abdomen oval, the exterior angle of the base of the elytra being obtuse or non-salient. ‘The body and antenne are, in general, proportionably longer. These latter species have been sepa- rated from Pterostichus to form a new genus, the Steropus, Meg §. Finally, we will terminate this subgenus with species generally large, in which the thorax almost always has the form of a trun- cated heart, and the base of whose elytra has no transverse fold, presenting almost a smooth space without any well-terminated poste- rior edge. Such appears to me to be the most distinguished charac- ter of the genus Percus, Bonelli. Neither the relative length of the two last joints of the maxillary palpi, the inequality in the proportions of the mandibles, nor some slight sexual difference taken from the latter annuli of the abdomen, clearly distinguish it from the other subgenera. These species are exclusively confined to Spain, Italy, and the great islands of the Mediterranean. Some of them are flat- tened above]. : * The Platysme described and figured by M. Fischer—Entom. Russ., II, xiv, 4, 5 ;—are probably analogous Abaces. + For the other species, see the Catalogue of Count Dejean, and the Faun. Aust. of Duftschmid. t For the other species, see Dejean’s Catalogue and the Entom. Russ., Fischer, II, p. 123, xix, f. 1; xxxvii, 8,9. I coincide with the opinion of the latter, that the G. myosodus, Meg., does not essentially differ from Pterostichus. § See Dejean’s Catalogue, and the Insect. Spec. Nov., Germar, I, p. 26, et seq. Some species, such as the Molops terricola (Scarites gagates, Id. XI, i,) and the Stero- pus hottentotus (Scarites hottentotus, Oliv., Col. III, 36, 11, 19) were formerly placed among the Scarites. The Carabus madidus, Fab., Faun. Insect., Eur., V, 2, a com- mon species in some of the southern departments of France is a Steropus. Count Dejean forms a new genus with the St. hoftentotus on account of the anterior legs, the tibie of which are arcuated, and of some other characters. || Carabus Paykulii, Ross., Faun. Etruse., I, tab. V, f. C,—Percus ebenus, Charp. COLEOPTERA. 391 w3re8 Gfree bs Mysa, Zieg. - These Insects resemble the Feronize which constitute the genus Cheporus, but their thorax is more dilated laterally, and narrowed near its posterior angles, immediately before which is a little emar- gination. The labial palpi terminate in an evidently thicker and “nearly triangular joint. Two species are known, one from Hungary, the M. Chaly- beus, and the other from North America, where it was disco- ha) by Major Le Conte*. [The M. cyanescens, Dej—Eng. d. Sometimes the mandibles are as long as the head, and extend con- siderably beyond the clypeus. The body is always oblong, and the thorax in the form of an elongated heart. Some of them resemble Scaritides amd others Lebie. yes Crruaores, Bon.—Bnroscus, Panz. Length of the antennze almost equal to half that of the body; their joints short, the first shorter than the two following ones taken together; the right mandible strongly unidentated on the internal ‘side; labrum entire ¢ Sromrs, Clairv. _» “The antenne longer than the half of the body, and composed of elongated joints, the first of which is longer than the two following ones taken together; the middle of the internal side of the right mandible deeply notched; the labrum emarginate {. The following subgenus wR Carascorus, Kirby, Is distinguished from the two preceding subgenera, to which it otherwise approximates in the relative length of the third joint of ‘the antenn, by the flatness of the body, by being proportionably wider, with a shorter thorax, by the elytra being strongly emarginate laterally at their posterior extremity, and by the elongation of the labrum. The eyes are larger and protuberant. These are ornamented Hor. Entom. V, i. See also the Ann. des Sc. Nat. and Ann. des Se. Phys., of MM. Bory de Saint-Vincient, Drapiez and Van-Mons. I refer the Abaz corsicus, Dej., to the same subgenus. * Other species, analogous in the form of their labial palpi, but with stouter man- dibles, in which the tooth of the mentum is much larger, and peculiar to the East In- dies form the genus Trigonomota of Count Dejean, the characters of which are given in the third volume of his Species des Coléoptéres. Here also should be placed the genus Pseudomorpha of Kirby, Lin. Trans. XIV, 98. ' gt Carabus cephalotes, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXIII, 1; Entom. And., p. 62. . - 3 Stomis pumicatus, Clairy. Entom. Hely, II, vi. ~ 392) INSECTA, | with :brilliant colours, and at) the first. glance resemble Gisindslecpr Elaphri*, ee the length of the third joint or ‘the auteninis. is triple, or 4 nearly so, of that of the preceding one, These organs, as well as legs, are generally, slender, | - In these, the.four first joints of the anterior tarsi in the males, are wide,, and the penultimate, is bilobate. Any Coztropes, Mac Leay. | Rings This subgenus established by Mac Leay, Juhi oah rina: alain i T p. 17, pl. i, ‘£. 3—appears to be allied in many points to Catascopus and the following subgenera. According to him, the labrum is a transverse square, and entire, the emargination of the mentum simple or edentate, and the head almost the length of the thorax. The latter is nearly in the form of a truncated cone, emarginate before, with rounded and slightly bordered sides. The elytra are slightly emar- ginate. The lobes of the penultimate joint of the anterior tarsi of the male are the largest. ‘The body is somewhat convex. He autre but a single species, the brunneus. In those, all the joints of the tarsi, in both sexes, are wars: Mormoryrcer, Hagemb. The body strongly flattened, foliaceous, and its anterior half much the narrowest; head very long, narrow, and almost cylindrical; tho- rax oval and truncated at both ends; elytra greatly dilated, and arcu- ated exteriorly,—their internal side, near the extremity, profoundly emarginate. The only species known—phyllodes—is found in Java, and forms the subject of a Monograph published by M. post ith 7 bach. * This subgenus was established by M. Kirby on one of the Carabici (Catascopus Hardwickii, Trans. Lin. Soc. XIV, iii, 1; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. @’Eur. IT, ‘vii. 8) of the East Indies, which has a green head and thorax, the elytra of a greenish-blue with punctuated strie, and the under part of the body almost blackish. .M. Mac Leay, Jun.—Annul, Javan. I, p. 14—places the Catascopi in his family of the Har- palides, directly after the Chlznii, and refers to it the C. elegans, Fab., which M. Weber arranges with the Elaphri. He distinguishes them from another neighbour- ing subgenus, which he establishes under the name of Pericalus, by the antenne, the second and third joints of which are nearly equal in length, whilst here the third is the longest ; by the mandibles which are short, thick, and curved, instead of being directed forwards and nearly parallel; by the palpi which are short, thick, with the last joint ovoid and almost truncated, whilst those of the Pericali are slender and cy- lindrical ; and finally by the head, which is wider than the thorax, a circumstance that. does not occur in the Catascopi. Besides this, the eyes of the Pericali are very globular and protuberant, giving them some resemblance to the Elaphri and Cicin- dele. He describes but one species—Pericalus cicindeloides, 1, 2; we are still, how- ever, ignorant of their sexual difference, particularly as respects the tarsi, The form of the ligula of the Catascopi and that of their tibia remove them from Elaphrus and Tachys. ‘These insects approximate most nearly to the Chlenii, Anchomeni, Sphodri, &c. Several of the Simplicimani have the extremity of their elytra strongly sinuous, and in this respect are hardly distinguished from the Truncatipenness,,...... —— 7 oo it ele ah COLEOPTERA, 393 Spudvevs, Clair. Bon.—Lamosruenvus, Bon—Carasus, Lin. The body depressed but not foliaceous; head ovoid ; thorax cordi- form; elytra without any exterior dilatation or internal emargination. Several of these Insects live in cellars *. bahia: The last of the Simplicimani are distinguished from all the others by the internal dentations of the terminal hooks of their tarsi. All the exterior palpi, of some, are filiform; their thorax is either in the form of a heart, narrowed and truncated posteriorly, or in that of a trapezium widening from before backwards. Crenirus, Lat, (a)—LamostuEnus, Bon. The body straight and elongated, thorax cordiform, narrowed and truncated posteriorly ; third joint of the antennz elongated f. scr eotod Catatuus Bon. The body oval and arcuated above; thorax square or trapezoidal, wider posteriorly f- The labial palpi of the others have a clavate termination, in the form of a top or reversed cone, and a nearly orbicular thorax. Tapuria, Bon.—Synucuvs, Gyll. Emargination of the mentum bidentate, as in the preceding sub- genera §. 5. The fifth section, that of the Pare.imant, is only distinguished from the fourth, by the manner in which the two anterior tarsi of the males: are dilated; the first joints—usually the three first, then the fourth, and sometimes only the two first—all of which are sometimes square, and at others only in part, the remainder being cordiform, or resembling a reversed triangle, but always rounded at their extre- mity, and not terminated as in the preceding sections by acute an- gles, form an orbicular palette or long square, the inferior surface of which is usually furnished with brushes or crowded papille, without any intermediate vacancy. The legs are generally slender and elongated, and the thorax is’ frequently narrower than the abdomen, throughout its whole length.. Most of them frequent the shores of rivers, or other aquatic localities, * Carabus leucopthalmus, L.; Carabus planus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect Germ. XI, 4. Inthe Sphodrus terricola—Carabus terricola, Payk. ; Oliv., Col. III, XXXV, ii, 124—the hooks of the tarsi present some small dentations, as in the following subgenus. The Sphodri janthinus, complanatus, and several others of Count Dejean, which are distinguished from the true Sphodri by the abbreviation of the third joint of the antenne, and by the dentations of the hooks of the tarsi. These two subgenera are almost insensibly confounded with each other. M. Fischer has figured several spe- cies of both under the generic appellation of Sphodrus in his Entom. Russ. Vol. II. t Carabus mélanocephalus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXX, 19;—C. cis- teloides, Tb., XI, 12;—C. fuscus, Fab.;—C. frigidus, Id. See the Catalogue, &c. Dej., and the Insect. Spec. Nov., Germar, I, p. 13. § Carabus rivalis, Ilig.; Panz. Ib. XXXVII, 19. &> (@ Formerly Crentrpus, Lat., who recommends the substitution of the above name for his own, as we have already the genus C/enopus,—EnG. Ep. 894 INSECTA, We divide the Patellimani into those in which the head becomes insensibly narrowed behind, or at base, and those where this contrac- tion occurs suddenly behind the eyes in such a manner that the head seems to be supported by a kind of neck or pedicle. The first also may be subdivided into two. Some, in which the mandibles always terminate in a point, and the palette of whose tarsi is always narrow, elongated, and formed by the three first joints, the second and third square, have the labrum entire or nearly unemarginate, and one or two teeth in the emargination of the mentum; the anterior extremity of the head has no border. Here, as in the preceding ones, the under part of the palettes of the tarsi present two longitudinal series of papillze or hairs, with an inter- mediate space, and not a compact and continuous brush. The exterior palpi are always filiform and terminated by an alain 2 pos or ovoido-cylindrical joint. Sometimes the body is strongly flattened. Douicuus, Bon. The Dolichi approach the last subgenera, and are rensovied from all the others by the hooks of their tarsi, which are dentated beneath. Their thorax is cordiform and truncated *, Piatynus, Bon, Similar to Dolichus in the form of the thorax, but the ‘tarsial crotchets are simple. The wings are absent in some, or are imperfect } (a). Aconum, Bon. Where the thorax is almost orbic ular t (6). 1% Sometimes the body is of an ordinary thickness, the thorax being always in the form of a truncated heart, * Carabus flavicornis, Fab.; Preysl., Bohem. Insect., I, iii, 6, and some other species of the Cape of Good Hope. . + Platynus complanatus, Bon.; Carabus angusticollis, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LX XIII, 9;—Platynus blandus, Germ., Lnsect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 12;—Cara- bus scrobiculatus, Fab. ;—Harpalus livens, Gyll. } Harpalus viduus, Gyll.; Panz., Ib., XXXVII, 18;—Carabus marginatus, Fab. ; Panik Ib. XXX, 14 56-Carad. Gpicactaten, Fab.; Panz. Ib. XXX, 13, and XXXVIIL, 17 —C, parum-punctatus, Fab. ; Panz., Ib. XCII, 4;—C. 4- @ American species; Plat. erythropus, Dej.;—P. angustatus, Id. Species. Ill, p- 97—99.— ENG. Eb. (b) The genus, here alluded to by our author, is the OLIstHoPuUS, Dej., who, while he seems strongly inclined to form but one section of Agonum and Anchomenus, from the occasional, almost total, obliteration of the distinguishing characters of each, so that in some cases it is hardly possible to say whether an Insect should be referred to the first or the second, has deemed it necessary to separate the above species, which differ from Agooum in several essential characters, and prin- cipally in the absence of the tooth of the middle of the emargination of the mentum. Seehis Species, &c., III, p. 176, andadd A, octopunctatum (Feronia octopunctata, Say) ’ cupripenne, nitidulum, morosum, femoratum, melanarium, &c. &¢.—ENG, Ed. COLEOPTERA. 395 Ancnomenvs, Bon.*(a) There, the inferior surface of the tarsial palette is furnished with a compact and continuous brush. The exterior palpi, those of the labium in particular, are terminated in several by a thicker or wider Joint in the form of a reversed triangle. We will commence with those in which they are filiform. Catustvus, Bon. The tooth in the emargination of the mentum entire; exterior palpi terminated by an oval joint pointed at the end; thorax in the form of a truncated heart f. OonvEs, Bon. Similar to Callistus in the tooth of the emargination of the mentum, but the last joint of the external maxillary palpi is cylindrical, while that of those attached to the labium forms a truncated oval. The thorax is trapezoidal, narrower before, and as wide posteriorly as the base of the abdomenf. Cuianius, Bon. Tooth of the emargination of the mentum bifid; exterior maxil- lary palpi terminated by an almost cylindrical joint, somewhat smaller at base; last joint of the labial palpi in the form of a reversed and elongated cone. The Carabe savonnier of Olivier, Col. III, 38, iii, 26, which is used in Senegal in lieu of soap, belongs to this subgenus §. In the following, the exterior palpi are terminated by a wider, com- pressed joint, in the form of a reversed triangle or securiform, and more dilated in the males. The tooth of the emargination of the mentum is always bifid. Eromis, Bon. To which we will unite the Dinodes, in which the last joint of the palpi is somewhat more dilated |}. * Carabus prasinus, Fab.; Panz., Ib., XVI, 6;—C. albipes, Fab. ; Panz., Ib. LXXIII, 7 ;—C. oblongus, Fab.; Panz., Ib., XXXIV, 3. + Carabus luneatus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XVI, 5; Dej. Spec. II, p- 296. t Carabus helopioides, Fab. ; Panz., tb., XXX, ii. See Dej. Spec. II, p. 374. § C. cinctus, Fab.; Herbst. Archiv., XXIX, 7 ;—C. festivus, Fab.; Panz. Ib., XXX, 15;—C. spoliatus, Fab.; Panz. Ib. XXXI, 6 ;—Chlenius velutinus, Dej. ; cinctus, Oliv., Col. III, 35, iii, 28 ;—C. holosericeus, Fab.; Panz., Ib. XI, 9,a;—C. nigricornis, Fab.; Panz. Ib., XI, 9, b. ¢ ;—C. agrorum, Oliv., Ib. XII, 144 ;—C. 4-suleatus, Payk., and several other exotic species of Fabricius, such as the tenuicollis, oculatus, posticus, micans, quadricolor, stigma, ammon, carnifer, &c. See the Spec. Dej. II, p. 297, et seq. Add the C. rufilabris, laticollis, rufipes, cobal- &e. &e ’ . 1] "Dinodes rupifes, Bon. : Dej. Spec. II, p. 372; Carabus azureus, Duft.; Chle- nius azureus, Staurm., V. cxxvii;—Epomis circumscriptus, Dej. Spec. 11, p. 369; Carabus cinctus, Ross., Faun. Etruse., I, iv, 9 ;—Carabus crasus, Fab. &> (a) Add the Anch, gagates, sinuatus, corvinus, clongatulus, extensicollis, thoracicus, &e, &c,.—EnG. Ep. 396 - INSECTA. The genus Lissauchenus of Mac Leay, Jun.—Annul. Javan.,, I, i, —appears to me to differ but slightly from the preceding. The others, most commonly, have their mandibles very obtuse, or as if truncated and forked, or bidentated at the extremity. ‘Their labrum is distinctly emarginate or bilobate, and the anterior portion of the head from which it arises, is bordered and frequently concave. There is no tooth in the emargination of the mentum. The tarsial palette of several is broad and almost orbicular. ¥5 The mandibles of these latter terminate in a point without any tooth or emargination under it. The tarsial palette of the males is composed of the three first joints. Rempvs, Lat. The labrum bilobate; exterior maxillary palpi filiform; last joint of the labial palpi somewhat enlarged, and in the form of a reversed and elongated cone. The head, in comparison with the width of the body, is narrow; the antennze and palpi are slender *. Diczus, Bon. The labrum simply emarginate with an impressed longitudinal line in the middle; the last joint of the exterior palpi; is»the largest and almost’ securiform. The body nearly forms a parallelopiped ; the head is almost,as: wide as the thorax, and the elytra are strongly striated and: frequently carinated laterally. The mandibles are arcuated inferiorly on the internal margin, and then as if truncated and terminated in a point. The species known are from America f. , Those have very obtuse mandibles, emarginate at their extremity or unidentate beneath. | Licinvus, Lat. The last joint of the exterior palpi largest and almost securiform ; tarsial palette of the males broad, suborbicular, and formed by the two first joints, the first of which is very large ft. BavistER, Clair.—Anmprycuus, Gyll. Last joint of the exterior palpi oval; that of the labial palpi merely somewhat thicker, and frequently terminating in a sharp point; tar- sial palette forming a long square, and composed of the three first joints §. * Rembus politus, Fab.; Herbst., Archiv. XXIX, 2;—R. impressus, Dej. ;. Carab. impressus, Fab. + See Dej. Spec. II, 283. They are the Dic. chalybeus, alternans, furvus (D. ee Say), simplex and politus—all, I believe, that have as yet been ascer- ained. t Carabus agricola, Oliv., Col. III, 35, V, 53 ;—C. silphoides, Fab, ; Sturm, ITI, Ixxiv, a;—C. emarginatus, Oliv., Ib,, XIII, 150—Carabus cassideus, Fab. ;—C. de- pressus, Payk. ;\Sturm, Ib,, LXXIV, 0, O;—C. Hoffmanseggii, Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXIX, 5. See Spee. Dej. II, p. 405—411. ag § Carabus bipustulatus, Fab. ; Clairv., Entom. Hely. II, xiii ;—C. peltatus, Ilig. ; Panz. Ib. XXXVII, 20, See Spec, Dej. II, p. 405—411. ee ae SS OPS fog COLEOPTERA. 397 The last of the Patellimani, or those which constitute the second general division, have their head suddenly narrowed behind the eyes, and as if distinguished from the thorax by a sort of neck or pedicle. It is frequently small, with very protuberant eyes. In several, the ligula is short, and projects but little beyond the emargination of the mentum, . Here, the emargination is edentate; the mandibles are tolerably soul, and the labrum is strongly emarginate and almost bilobate. uch 1s the Pevecium, Kirby. Last joint of the exterior palpi securiform; ligula short; body oblong, narrowest before; the four first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males in the form of a reversed triangle, furnished with brushes beneath; the fourth is bifid. The species of this and the following subgenus are peculiar to South America*. There, the emargination of the mentum presents a tooth; the man- dibles are usually small and moderate in the others. The labrum is entire or but slightly emarginate. i han ‘Some of them approach Pelecium in ‘their exterior palpi, which are also terminated by a larger securiform joint, or one in the form of a reversed triangle. Their head is always small, and the thorax orbi- cular or trapezoidal. feet Cynruia, Lat.—olim Microceruauvs, Id. The first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males in the form of ja reversed triangle and forming the palette: they are provided with a brush underneath, and the fourth is bifid. The head and the mandibles are stouter in proportion than in the ensuing subgenus. The exterior palpi are less elongated but more compressed at the end. The body is oval, with a trapezoidal thorax wider posteriorly, plane, bordered, and suleated longitudinally fF. Panacaus, Lat. The palette of the tarsi peculiar to the males formed of the two first joints only. The head is very small compared to the body, and the eyes globular. The mandibles, maxille and ligula are also very small, The thorax is most generally suborbicularf. ~ In the following subgenera, which terminate this section, the ex- terior palpi are filiform; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is almost * Pelecium cyanipes, Kirby, Lin. Trans. XII, xxi, 1. + A subgenus founded on certain species from Brazil, which have the appearance of the Abar, Bonelli. + Carabus crux-major, Fab. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, xv ;—Carabus notulatus, Fab.,—Cychrus reflerus, Fab.; Oliv., Col. III, 35, viii, 77;—Carabus angulatus, Fab. ; Oliv., Ib., vii, 76 ;—Panagée & quatre taches, Cuv., Reg. Anim. IV, xiv, 1. * See the article Panagée, Encye. Method., and the Species, Dej., II, p, 283 et seq. 398 INSECTA, cylindrical, and that of those attached to the labium, oval or almost like a reversed and elongated cone. The first subgenus, the Loricera, Lat., Is very remarkable. The antenne are setaceous and curved, with the second and four following joints shorter than the last, and fur- nished with fasciculi of hairs. The mandibles are small. The max- ille are bearded externally. ‘The labial palpi are longer than those of the maxille. The eyes are very prominent. The thorax is nearly orbicular or cordiform, and widely truncated, with its posterior angles rounded. ‘The three first joints of the anterior tarsi are dilated in the males *. : Patrosus, Meq. The antenne straight, filiform, without the fasciculi of hairs, the fourth and following joints equal and almost cylindrical: the mandi- bles of an ordinary size; the labrum forming a transverse square, with an anterior edge straight. The length of the labial palpi does not exceed that of those attached to the maxille. The thorax is cordiform and truncated, with the posterior angles acute. The two first joints of the anterior tarsi are alone dilated in the males. The eyes are less prominent than in the preceding subgenus, and the neck is not so narrow f. We will now pass to those Carabici whose anterior tibie have no emargination on the internal side, or which present one that begins close to their extremity, or that does not extend on their anterior face, and forming a mere oblique and linear canal. The ligula is often extremely short, terminated in a point in the middle of its sum- mit, and accompanied by pointed paraglosse. The mandibles are robust. The last joint of the exterior palpi is usually larger, com- pressed into the form of a reversed: triangle, or securiform in some, and almost into that of a spoon in otherst. The eyes are prominent, The elytra are entire or simply sinuous at their posterior extremity, The abdomen, compared with the other parts of the body, is volu- minous. They are generally large Insects, are ornamented with brilliant metallic colours, run very fast, and are extremely carnivo- rous. They constitute a particular section, the sixth of the genus, which we will name the Granprpauri§. : A first division is thus characterized: the body always thick and apterous; labrum always bilobate; last joint of the exterior palpi always very large; emargination of the mentum edentate; internal es * Loricera enea, Lat. ; Carabus pilicornis, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect, Germ., XI, 10; Oliv., Col. III, 35, xi, 119; Dej. Spec. II, p. 293 (a). tT Carabus rufipes, Fab. ; C. excavatus, Payk.: Panz. Ib. XXXIV, 2. Two other species are mentioned by Count Dejean in his Species, one from Portugal, the other from North America. t It is frequently more dilated in the males—a fact very evident in Procerus. § A more characteristic denomination than that of Abdominales which we formerly. gave them, {> (@ The only species of the genus. —Ena. Ep. COLEOPTERA. 399 side 4 the mandibles entirely (or nearly so) dentated throughout its ength, Here, the mandibles are arcuated, strongly dentated throughout their length, and the lateral and exterior extremity of the two first tibie is prolonged into a point. The last joint of their exterior palpi forms a longitudinal semi-oyal with the internal side arcuated; the internal maxillary palpi are straight; their last joint is much larger than the first, and almost ovoid. The mentum is profoundly emar- ginate, Such are the characters of Pamsorvs, Lat, Of which but a single species, the P. alternans, Cuv. Rog. Anim. V, xiv, 2; Dej., Spec. II, p. 18, 19, is yet known. It was brought from New Holland by Messrs. Peron and Lesueur. There, the mandibles are straight, simply arcuated, or hooked and dilated at the extremity. The lateral extremity of the two anterior tibie is not prolonged into a spine. ‘The last joint of the exterior palpi is much larger than the preceding ones and concave above, almost in the form of a spoon. The mentum is deeply emarginate, longer in proportion than in the following subgenera, thickened on the: sides in most of them, and as if longitudinally divided into three spaces. The elytra are soldered, carinated laterally, and embrace a part of the sides of the abdumen. These Carabici compose the genus Cyehrus of Paykull and Fabricius, since modified as follows : Those in which the tarsi are similar in both sexes, the thorax is cordiform and truncated, narrower posteriorly, or almost orbicular, -and not raised along the sides, with the posterior angles null or rounded, alone retain the generic denomination of ae Cycurvs, Lat. Dej.* Those, in which the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are dilated, but slightly, and in the form of a palette, and in which the thorax forms a trapezium, wide, emarginated at both ends, with the sides turned up, and with acute and recurved posterior angles, constitute another generic section, that of Scaruinortos, Lat. Dej.t Finally, other species perembling the Cychri, but in which the two first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are generally dilated, and form a patella with the third, which is less so, and cordiform, consti- Soe Spuzropervs, Dej.t The species of these two last subgenera are peculiar to America. In the second division of this section, we find Carabici with a thick e Cychrus rostratus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXIV, 6; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, xix, A ;— C. aftenuatus, Fab, ; Panz. Ib. 11, 3; Clairv. Ib., xix, B ;—C. italieus; Bonel., Obs. Entom., Mem, of the Acad. of Tur. See Dej. Spec, II, p. 4, et seq. + Cychrus elevatus, Fab. ; Knoch, Beytr., I, viii, 12; Dej. Spec. II, p. 17, et seq. Dej. Spec. II, p. 14. et seq. “400 _ INSECTA, body, and most commonly apterous, like the preceding, but im which the middle of the emargination of the mentum is provided with an entire or bifid tooth, and where the mandibles are, at most, armed with one or two teeth, situated at their base. The thorax is always in the form of a truncated hearts ‘The abdo- men is most frequently oval. Some of them, in which the labrum is CeCeneNeT entire, have all the tarsi identical in both sexes, Terrius, Leach. The Teffli are the only ones of this division in which the labrum is entire or unemarginate. TL. Megerle; Carabus Megerlei, Fab.; Voet., Col. I, xxxix, 49. Nearly two inches in length; all black; thorax rugose ; elytra divided by longitudinal ribs with elevated points in their sulci, last joint of the exterior palpi very large, elongated and securiform, the internal edge curvilinear; tooth in the emargi- nation of the mentum small; third joint of the antennee at least thrice the length of the second. Procerus, Meq. The labrum bilobate. All the known species are large, entirely black, or black underneath, and blue or greenish above with ex- tremely rough elytra. They usually inhabit the mountains in the East and South of Europe, and those of Caucasus and Lebanon *. The others, in which the labrum is always divided into two or three lobes, have the anterior tarsi very sensibly dilated in the males. These latter are always destitute of wings. Their mandibles are’ smooth, and at their base, or that of one of them, we find one or two teeth. The thorax is cordiform and truncated, sub-isometrical, or longer than it is broad. The abdomen inclines to an oval. ProcrusteEs, Bon. The labrum trilobate; tooth in the emargination of the mentum — bifid f. Carasus, Lin. Fab.—Tacuypus, Web. The labrum simply emarginate or bilobate; tooth of the emargi- nation of the mentum entire. Count Dejean describes one hundred and twenty-four species, which he has arranged in sixteen divisions. The first thirteen comprise those whose elytra are convex or arched, and the three last, those in which they are plane, and of which M. Fischer forms two genera -* Carabus scabrosus, Fab.; C. gigas, Creutz., Entom. I, 11, 13;—C. scabrosus, Oliy., Col. III, 35, viii, 83, long ago described and figured by Mouffet, Insect. Theat. 159;—P. tauricus, Dej. Spec. II, 24; Carabus scabrosus, Fischer, Entom. Russ., I, 11, 1, b, d, f ;—Procerus caucasicus, Dej., Ib. p. 253; Carabus scabrosus, Fisch., Ib., G,'¢: Another but undescribed species has been found i in Mount Lebanon by M. ’ Labillardiare. + Carabus coriaeeus, Fab., Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXI, 1. See the Spec. Dej. II, p. 26, et seq. a a a el a ee —aso ee COLEOPTERA. 401 sPleetes: and Cechenus *, founded on the relative proportions of the chead:and thorax. ‘The nature of the surface of the elytra furnishes ‘the-other secondary characters of these divisions, and such was th method of Messrs. Clairville and Bonelli. AFD) met } -obThe greater number of these species inhabit Europe, Caucasus, Siberia, Asia Minor, Syria, and the north of Africa to the thirtieth degree of north latitude. Some few are also found at the twovextre- mities of America, and it is probable that others may be found in the intermediate mountains (a). Of those with a convex and oblong body, the most common is the C. auratus, L.; Panz. Faun, Insect. Germ., LXXXI, 4, commonly called the Jardinier. It is about an inch long, golden green above, black underneath; the first joints of the antennz and the legs fulvous; elytra sulcated, unidentated on the exterior “ margin near their extremity, particularly in the female, with ’ three smooth ribs. on each. "This Insect disappears in the south of Europe,.or is only *~* found there in the mountains +. Those are most generally furnished with wings. Their mandi- bles are transversely striated, and without any visible teeth on the internal side., The thorax is transversal, dilated equally, rounded aterally, and without any prolongation at the posterior angles. The omen is.almost square. Their exterior palpi are less dilated at the extremity. ; The maxillz are suddenly curved at the extremity? ~~... = 7 Tos * Carabus hispanus, Fab.; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. VIII, 2 ;—C. cyaneus, Feb:, Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXI, 2 ;—C. Creutzeri, Fab. ; Panz. Ib. CIX, 1 ;--C., depressus, Bonel. ; C. osseticus, Dej. ; .Plectes osseticus, Fisch., Entom. Russ. Il, xxxiii, 3 ;—C. Fabricii, Panz. Ib., CLIX, 6 ;—C. irregularis, Fab. ; Panz. Ib., V, 4;—C. pyreneus, Dufour.—The two last belong to the genus Cechenus of Fischer. Their head is wider in proportion than those of the preceding species or the Plectes, Fischer. + Add the C. auro-nitens, Fab.; Panz. Ib. IV, 7;—C. nitens, Fab.; Panz. Ib: LXXXV, 2 ;—C. celatus Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXXVII, 3;—C. purpurascens, Fab. ; Panz. Ib., IV, 5;—C. catenatus, Fab.; Panz. Ib., LXXXVII, 4;—C. catenula- tus, Fab.; Panz. Ib., IV, 6;—C. affinis, Panz. Ib., CIX, 3 ;—C. Scheidleri, Fab. ; Panz. [b. LXVI, 2;—C. monilis, Fab.; Panz. Ib. CVIII, 1;—C. consitus, Panz. Ib. 35;-~C. cancellatus, Fab.; Panz. Ib. LXXXV, 1;—C. arvénsis, Fab.; Panz. Ib. LXXIV, 3, LXXXI, 3;—C. morbillosus, Fab.; Panz. Ib. LXXXI, 5;—C. granu- ieee) Fab.; Panz. Ib, 6:—C. violaces, Fab.; Panz. Ib. IV, 4;—C. marginalis, Fab. ; Panz. lb. XXXIX, 7;—C. glabratus, Fab.; Panz. Ib. LXXIV, 4;—C. con- vers, Fab. ; Panz. Ib. 5 ;—C. hortensis, Fab. ; Panz. Ib. V, 2;—C. nodulosus, Pab.; Panz. Ib. LXXXIV, 4;—C. sylvestris, Fab.; Panz. Ib. V, 3;—C. gemmatus, Fab. ; Panz. Tb, LXXIV, 2;—C. caruleus, Panz- Ib. CLIX, 2;—C. concolor, Fab.; Panz. Tb. CVIII, 2;—C. Linnai, Panz. Ib. CIX, 5;—C. angusfatus, Panz. Tb. 4, For the other species of this subgenus, and the synonymes of the whole, see the Spec., Dej. 1, ps 30—189. O(a) OF the species that inhabit North America, we have as yet only discovered the. C. Beauvoisi, carinatus, Lherminier ? lineatopunctatus (serratus, Say), and sylvosus and vinefus, The mountains of New Hampshire, and Maine particularly, probably - contain several others, and it is to be hoped that some friend of the science, within reach of those localities, will soon enable us to enlarge our catalogue of this interest- ing genus.—ENncG. Ep. VOL, Ill. DD 402 INSEOTA. The second joint of the antennze is short, and the third elongated. The four posterior tibiz are arcuated in several males, Catosoma, Web. Fab.—Caxosoma, CauuistHEnEs, Fisch, This genus is much less numerous than the preceding, but the species extend from the North to the Equator. C. sycophanta; Carabus sycophanta, L.; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, xxi, A. From eight to ten lines in length; violet black; elytra golden-green or brilliant cupreous, and finely striated, each with three series of impressed and distant points. | Its larva inhabits the nest of the processionary caterpillars, on which it feeds, consuming several of them in the course of a day; when filled to satiety, it loses all activity, and other larvze of the same species attack and devour it. It is black, and frequently found running about on the ground or trees, particu- larly the oak *, The third and last division of the Grandipalpi presents an ensem- ble of characters which clearly distinguishes it from the preceding ones. Most of the species that compose it are winged. The ante- rior tarsi of the males are always dilated. The labrum is entire. _The exterior palpi are merely somewhat dilated or thicker at the extremity, with the last joint in the form of a reversed and elongated cone. The internal side of the mandibles presents no tooth worthy of notice; that in the middle of the emargination of the mentum is bifid. ‘The middle of the superior margin of the ligula is elevated into a point. On the internal side of the anterior tibie of several isa short emargination, or one of the two spurs is inserted higher than the other, so that in this respect these Carabici are ambiguous, and might be placed, as well as those of the ensuing section, directly after the Patellimani+. They usually frequent wet places. Some of them, such as Omophron, appear to connect this tribe with the following one or the Aquatic Carnivora. Some, in which the body is flattened, or convex and suborbicular, are provided with eyes of an ordinary size; their antennze are linear, and generally consist of elongated and almost cylindrical joints; the external sides of the maxillze are bearded, and the two internal spines of the two anterior tibiee on a level at their origin; these tibie merely have a simple longitudinal canal. Sometimes the body isa flattened oblong oval, with a cordiform and truncated thorax posteriorly narrowed. The scutellum is dis- dilated. The three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are dilated. * Add C. inquisitor, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXI, 7;—C. reticula- tum, Fab.; Panz. Ib. 9;—C. indagator, Fab.; Clairv., Ent. Helv. II, xxi, B;—C. scrutator, Fab.; Leach, Zool. Miscell, XCIII; C. calidum, Fab.; Oliv., Col.III, 35, IV, 45, and II, 21.—The C. porculatum of Fabricius is a Helops. See Dej. Spec. II, p. 190, et seq. Add the C. calidum, luxatum, Sayi and serutator. Count Dejean is mistaken in supposing the calidum to be a common species, . + The Pogonophori are closely allied to the Loricere. eS See COLEOPTERA. 403 Poconornorvs, Lat. Gyllen—Luistus, Frel. Clairv'\—Canasvs, Fab.—Mayticora, Panz. Remarkable for the elongation of the exterior palpi, those of the labium being longer than the head, for the mandibles, the external side of which forms a salient and flattened angle, and for the project- ing ligula terminated by three spines. The head is suddenly narrow- ed behind the eyes, and the joints of the antenne are long and slender. All the species bade belong to Europe *. Nesaru, Lat. The Nebriz only differ from the Pogonophori in negative charac- ters, or in the much greater shortness of the palpi; in the want of dilatation in the external side of the mandibles, which merely forms a very small auricle, not extending beyond the base of the jaws; and in the absence of the strangulation, or neck, in the head. The an- tennze are also proportionably thicker, and composed of shorter joints ft. Aupzus, Bon. Mere apterous Nebriz, somewhat more oblong, that especially inhabit high mountains f. Sometimes the body, arched or convex above, is nearly obicular, the thorax very short, transversal, strongly emarginate anteriorly, and wider and lobulate posteriorly. The scutellum is not apparent. The first joint alone of the two anterior tarsi of the males—and sometimes that of the intermediate ones as in the O. mélangé—is sen- sibly dilated. Omoruron, Lat.—Scorytus, Fab. This subgenus is composed of a small number of species found on the shores of rivers, &c. in Europe, North America, Egypt and the Cape of Good Hope. M. Desmarest has described the larva of the most common species. Its form approaches that of the larva of a Dytiscus, The anatomical observations of M. Dufour appear to con- firm this affinity §. The others, in which the body is tolerably thick, have large and very prominent eyes; antennze that are slightly enlarged near the _ extremity, and composed of short joints, mostly in the form of a top 4 * Carabus spinibarbis, Fab. ; Leistus coeruleus, Clairv. Entom. Hely., Il, xxiii, A, a;—C. spinilabris, Fab.; Leistrus rufescens, Ib. B, b ;—C. rufescens, Fab. ; Carabus terminatus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., VII, ii. For the other species, see Spec. Dej., II, p. 212, et seq. + Nebria arenaria, Lat. Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, 2, vii, 6 ;—Carabus brevi- colls, Fab.; Panz. Ib. XI, 8; Clairv. Ib, XXII, B ;—C. subulosus, Fab.; Clairv., Ib. A; Panz. Ib. XXXI, 4;—C. Picicornis, Fab.; Panz. Ib. XCII, 1 ;—C. psam- modes, Ross., Faun. Etrusc., Mant. 1, v. M. } The C. Helwigii, Panz. Ib. LXXXIX, 4, is an Alpwus. See Spec. Dej. II, Pp. 221, et seq. ; § See Encyclop. Méthod., article Omophron; Entom. Helv., II, xxvi; Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect. I, 225, vii, 7, and the Spec. Dej., Il, p. 257, et seq. pp2 404 INSECTA. or of a reversed cone; one of the two spurs of the internal extremity of the two anterior tibiz is inserted higher than the other, with a notch between them. The four or three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are in general but slightly dilated. The palpi are never elongated. They are shore Insects, and peculiar to Hurope and Siberia. | | Sometimes the labrum is very short, transversal, and terminated by a straight line. The last joint of the exterior palpi is almost obco- nical, thicker and truncated at the extremity. The mandibles ad- vance considerably beyond the labrum. The anterior tarsi of the males are sensibly dilated. Exaparvus, Kab.—Exarurvs, Burtruisa, Petopniza, De). In some of them, and the lasgest—Blethisa, Bonelli—the thorax is wider than it is long, plane, bordered laterally, almost square and slightly narrowed towards the posterior angles. Here, the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are strongly dilated and cordiform. They are the Pelophile of De- jean *, There, the four first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are slightly dilated—they form the Blethisa, Dejean f. In the others, the thorax is at least as long as it is wide, convex, cordiform and truncated. The body is proportionably more convex than in the preceding subgenera. The four first joints of the ante- rior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. These latter alone com- pose his genus ELaparvs. E. uliginosus; C. uliginosus, Fab.; Elaphrus riparius, Oliv., Col. II, 34, 1,1, A—E. About four lines in length, of a black- ish bronze, with nuraerous puncta; little depressions or fossulee on the front and thorax, and others with a violent bottom and elevated contour joined to each other on the elytra; tarsi bluish- black; tibize sometimes of the latter colour and sometimes rus- set. These latter individuals have been considered as a distinct species—cupreus—by MM. Megerle and Dejean. It is rare in the environs of Paris, but common in other parts of France, and in Germany, Sweden, &c. E. riparius, Fab., Clairv., Entom., Helv., II, xxv, A, a; Ci- cindela riparia, L.; Elaphrus paludosus, Oliv., Col. II, 34, 1, 4, b; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. xx, 1. About a third less than the uliginosus; above, very finely dotted with dead-cupreous, mixed with green; circular green impressions with papillated centres arranged in four lines, and a polished, shining cupreous spot on each elytron near the suture, Common in the environs of Paris f. Sometimes the labrum is almost semicircular and rounded ante- * Carabus borealis, Fab.; Nebria borealis, Gyllenh.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXV, 8. 4 Carabus multipunctatus, Fab. ; Panz. tb. XT, 5. } For the other species, see Dej. Spec. IT, p. 268, et seq, COLEOPTERA. 405 riorly; the exterior palpi terminate by a sub-oval joint, narrowed into a point at the extremity. The mandibles project but little beyond the labrum. ‘Tarsi identical in both sexes. he anterior extremity of the head forms a small snout. The body. is plane above, and the thorax trapezoidal, almost as wide as the head, and slightly narrowed posteriorly. _ Noriornitus Dumer.—Evarurvs, Fab. Oliv. * Our second general division of this tribe, or that of the SusvLipatrr, is distinguished from the preceding one by the form of the exterior palpi, of which the penultimate and obconical joint is united to the following, forming with it a common oval or fusiform body, termi- nated, either insensibly or suddenly, in a point, or in the manner of an awl. The internal side of the two anterior tibie is always emarginated. These Insects, both as respects their form and mode of living, are very similar to the preceding ones. Bemsivion, Lat—Bemeivivm, Gyll. Dej. Penultimate joint of the exterior palpi large, inflated, and turbi- nated; the last much more slender, very short or acicular; first joint of the two anterior tarsi dilated in the males. Messrs. Ziegler and Megerle have divided this subgenus into several others}, but without giving their character or depending as it would appear, on the changes in the form of the thorax. * Cicindela aquatica, L.; Elaphrus aquaticus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XX, 3;—Elaphrus bigultatus, Fab., and to which Count Dejean refers his C. semi- punctatus. See Spec. 11, p. 276, et seq. This division, in a natural series, should probably be placed directly after that of the Carabici Quadrumani. In the genus Masoreus, Dejean, (p. 420), the two anterior tarsi of the males resemble those of Harpali; the emargination of the ' mentum is destitute of a tooth as in Stenolophus, Acupalpus, &c.; but the maxillary palpi terminate nearly asin Bembidion ; the two last joints are united and form one - body, the penultimate merely being rather shorter than the last and obconical, and the latter, cylindrical and truncated. i The genera Pogonus and Cardiaderus of Count Dejean appear to us to be connected with the Amara of Bonelli, notwithstanding the difference in their tarsi. From what we observe in the Cicindeletee and the Carabici Grandipalpi, evidently natural divisions, it may be seen that the tarsi vary according to the sex, and that if we ehiefly depend on characters drawn from these parts, we may form sections, method- ical it is true, but which are in direct opposition to the natural order. + This subgenus may be thus divided. In some the thorax is less depressed, is at least as long as it is wide, much narrower posteriorly than before, cordiform and truncated, with the posterior angles very short or but slightly elongated. Those in which this part of the body presents no decided impression at its poste- rior angles, and whose eyes are very large, and cause the head to appear wider than the thorax, form the genus Tachypus of Megerle. Those whose eyes, as in all the following divisions, are less prominent, so that the thorax is not wider than the head, but otherwise presenting similar characters, constitute the Bembidium properly so called of Dejean. The Count, with Megerle, places in the genus Lopha those in which the thorax, having the same form and proportions, presents at eaeh posterior angle a marked impression, so that these angles are well bordered. The others have a flatter body, the thorax wider than it is long, and proportion- ably less narrowed posteriorly ; its posterior angles always exhibit a strong impres- sion, and a little oblique carina. 406 INSECTA, The following species is placed by Count Dejean among his Tachypi. B. flavipes; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XX,2; Cicindela flavipes, L. Very similar to the Elaphrus riparius; two lines in length ; thorax rather narrower than the head, cordiform, trun- cated, and as long. as it is wide; eyes large; the body blackish- green above, bronzed beneath and mottled with cupreous-red; two large impressed puncta on each elytron near the suture; base of the antenne, palpi and legs yellowish. Very common in the environs of Paris *. Trecuus, Clairv. The last joint of the exterior palpi, from its thickest part to its origin, as long as the preceding or longer, so that the two united make a fusiform body +. The Pentamerous Aquatic Carnivora form a third tribe, that of the Hyprocanruart, Lat. The feet of these Insects are fitted for natation; the four last are compressed, ciliated or laminiform, and the two last at a distance from the others; the mandibles are almost Certain species, whose thorax, although narrowed near the posterior angles, is less than in the others, so that the posterior margin is scarcely narrower than the anterior, compose the genus Notaphus, Dej. and Megerle. Among those in which the thorax is considerably narrowed behind, its length is sometimes only a little greater than its width, and it has the form of a truncated heart: such are the Peryphus of these naturalists, Sometimes much shorter in proportion, its form approaches that of a cup or of a heart with a very broad base ; in some it is even rounded at the posterior angles. They form the genus Leja of the same. The Tachypi, on account of the extraordinary protuberance of their eyes, and other relations to the Elaphri, are sufficiently distinct; but such is far from being the case with the other genera; it is impossible to mark them by rigor- ous characters. Those which might be drawn from the respective and comparative length of the second and third joint of the antenne, appear to me to be also uncer- tain. See the Catal. de la Coll. des Coleop., of Dejean. * Add Carabus tricolor, Fab. ;—C. modesius ;—cursor ;—biguttatus ;—4-guttatus ; —dguttula, Id.;—C. minutus, Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XXXVIII, 10;—C, pygmaeus, Fab. ;—Panz. Ib. 11 ;—C. articulatus, Panz. Ib. XXX, 21 ;—Cicindela quadrimaculata, L ;—Carabus pulchellus, Panz. Ib. XXXVIII, 8; XL, 5 ;—C. doris, Panz. Ib. 9 ;—Elaphrus rupestris, Fab.; Panz. Ib. XL, 6 ;—C. decorus, Panz. Ib, LXXIII, 4;—C. ustulatus, L. ;—Panz. Ib. XL, 7, 9;—C. bipunctatus, L.; Oliv. Col. III, 35, xiv, 163 ;—LElaphrus rujficoilis, Panz. Ib. XXXVIII, 21 ;—Elaphrus impressus, Fab.; Panz. Ib. XL, 8 ;—Elaphrus paludosus, Ib. XX, 4. + Trechus rubens, Clairv., Entom. Helv., Il, ii, B, b. The Carabus meridianus, which he figures in the same plate, A, a, is a Stenolophus.—Carabus micros, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XL, 4.—The genus Masorevs of Ziegler and Dejean appears to me to approach that of Trechus. The species on which it is founded is closely allied to the Harpalus collaris of Gyllenhal. The maxillary palpi, as in Trechus, have a fusiform termination, the penultimate joint merely being a little shorter than the last. The anterior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. This Insect seems to connect Trechus with various small species of the Stenolophus of Dejean. The Blemi of these same savans are a kind of narrower and more elongated Trechi with a subisometrical thorax, in the form of a reversed and truncated trian- gle, with much larger mandibles that project beyond the labrum, They are found along the sea-coast of France, under stones, and eyen in the sea, COLEOPTERA. 407 entirely covered ; the body is always oval, the eyes but slightly pro- minent, and the thorax much wider than long. The terminal hook of the maxillze is arcuated from its base; those at the extremity of the tarsi are often unequal. They compose the genera Dytiscus and Gyrinus of Geoffroy. They pass their first and last stage of existence in the fresh and placid waters of lakes, marshes, ponds, &c. They are good swimmers, and rises occasionally to the surface of their liquid abodes in order to respire; this they easily effect by keeping their head motionless, and permitting themselves to float. Their body being reversed, they elevate its posterior extremity a little above the water, raise the ex- tremity of their elytra, or depress the end of the abdomen, in order that air may enter the stigmata, which are covered by them, whence it finds its way to the tracheee. They are excessively voracious, and feed on small animals inhabiting the same element, which they never leave excepting during the night, or at its approach, When taken from the water they diffuse a nauseating odour. They are frequently attracted into houses by the light of candles, &c. Their larve have a long and narrow body composed of twelve rings, the first of which is the largest; a stout head, provided with two powerful mandibles, curved into an arc, and perforated near the point ; small antenne, palpi, and six simple approximated eyes on each side. They have six tolerably long legs, frequently fringed with hairs, and terminated by two small nails. They are active, carnivorous, and respire either by the anus or by a kind of fins re- sembling branchize. When about to enter into their pupa state they leave the water. This tribe consists of two principal genera :— Dytiscus, Geoff’. The Dytisci have a filiform antennz longer than the head, two eyes, the anterior legs shorter than the following ones, and the last most commonly terminated by a compressed tarsus ending in a point*. By means of their legs fringed with long hairs, the two last particu- larly, they are enabled to swim with great velocity. They dart upon other Insects, aquatic Worms, &c. In most of the es the three first joints of the four anterior tarsi are widened and spongy * According to M. Leon Dufour, their crop is terminated behind by an annular roll (bourrelet) a character not found in the preceding tribe. Their cecum forms a natatory b . Their pectus contains two pneumatic sacs, while the trachee of the other parts are tubular. The adipose splanchnic tissue possesses the characters of a true epiploon or mesentery. Their stigmata also differ from those of the Terrestrial Carnivora, 408 "INSECTA, unierneath; those of the first pair particularly are very remarkable in the larger species, these three joints forming there a large palette, the inferior surface of which is covered by little bodies, some in the form of papillze, and others, larger, in that of cups or suckers, &c. Some of the females are distinguished from their males by their sulcated elytra. The body of the larva is composed of from eleven to twelve annuli, and covered with a squamous plate; this larva is long, ventricose in the middle, and slender at each end, particu- larly behind, where the last annuli form an clongated cone furnished on the sides with a fringe of floating hairs, with which the animal acts on the water, and propels its body forwards; the latter is usually terminated by two conical, bearded and moveable filaments. Between them are two small cylindrical bodies, perforated at their extremity by a hole, which are so many air-ducts, and in which the two trachez terminate ; stigmata, however, are observed on the sides of the abdomen. The head is large, oval, attached to the thorax by a neck, and furnished with strongly arcuated mandibles, under the extremity of which De Geer perceived a longitudinal slit, so that, in this respect, these organs resemble the mandibles of the larva of the Myrmeleon, and serve as suckers; the mouth, however, is provided with maxille and a labium with palpi. Each of the three first annuli bears a pair of tolerably long legs, the tibize and tarsi of which are bordered with hairs, which afford them additional aid in swimming. The first ring is the largest or longest, and is defended above as well as underneath by a squamous plate. 3 These larvee suspend themselves on the surface of the water by means of two lateral appendages at the extremity of their body, which they keep above it. When they wish to change their position, they communicate a sudden vermicular motion to their body, and strike the water with their tail, They feed more particularly on the larve of the Libellule, and those of the Culices and (@ Add to the species of Colymbetes the C. erythropterus, fenestralis, ambi- guus, seriatus, nitidus, bicarinatus, venustus, glyphicus, obtusatus, &c. Of the G, La- cophilus the LZ. maculosus and proximus.—ENG. Ep. (b) Add of American species the Hydrop. undulatus, oppositus, niger, catascopium, lacustris, parallelus, undulatus, &¢.—ENG, Ep, COLEOPTERA. 411 We might separate from them some species* in which the body is almost globular, and where the last joint of the four anterior tarsi is very small and projects but little beyond the ing one— Hyphydrus, Lat.—The body of the rest is oval, and not so thick +. metimes the antenne are slightly dilated and wider in the middle of their length; the last joint of the labial palpi is emarginate, and appears forked, Norerus, Clairv. No scutel ; tarsi consisting of five distinct joints, and the two first of the four anterior dila in the males, forming an elongated palette ; first joint of the two anterior tarsi covered by a broad lamini- form spur, the part of the pectus bearing the last legs with a deep groove on each side f. The others have but ten distinct joints in their antenne; their exterior palpi are fusiform, or have a more slender termination taper- ing to a point, and the base of the posterior legs is covered with a large shield. The body is convex and ovoid underneath, as in Hygrobia; but there is no scutel, and all the tarsi are filiform, composed of five almost cylindrical joints, and have nearly the same form in both sexes. ‘They are the Haureivus, Lat.—Horurrvs, Clair—Cnzmipvorvs, Iilig.§ The second genus of the Hydrocanthari, or the Gyrinus, Lin. Comprises those in which the antennz are clavate and shorter than the head; the two first legs are long and project like arms; the remaining four are compressed, wide, and pinnate. There are four eyes. "The body is oval and usually very glossy. The second joint of the antennz, which are inserted in a cavity before the eyes, is pro- longed exteriorly in the form of an auricle, and the following joints || are very short, crowded, and united in one almost fusiform and slightly curved mass. The head is sunk in the thorax almost to the eyes, which are large, and divided by a border, in such a way that two are above and two underneath, The labrum is rounded and strongly ciliated before. The palpi are very small, and the * The Hyd. gibba, ovalis, scripta, Fab. ; Hyphydrus lyratus, Scheenh., Synon. Insect., II, iv, 1. + The Dytisci inaequalis, reticulatus, confluens, picipes, pictus, geminus, lineatus, ha- lensis, duodecim-pustulatus, dorsalis, sex-pustulatus, palustris, depressus, lituratus, planus, erythrocephalus, nigrita, granularis, Fab. See Scheenherr, Synon. Insect. II, genus i s—Panz., Index Entom., genus Hydroporus ;—and Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, the same genus. { Dytiscus crassicornis, Fab. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, xxxii. § The Dytisci fulous, impressus and obliquus, Fab. See Latr., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, p. 234; Clairv., Entom. Hely., II, genus Hoplitus, XXX1; Panz., Ind, Entom., genus id., and Schenherr, Synonym. Insect. II, genus Cnemidotus, || But seven are distinctly visible, the first and last of which are the longest. 412 - INSEOTA. interior of those attached to the maxille are wanting, or are not developed in several, and particularly the Jarger species. ‘The thorax is short and transversal. The elytra are obtuse and truncated at their posterior extremity, leaving the anus exposed, which ends in a point.. The two anterior legs are long, slender, folded in two, and when contracted, almost at a right angle with the body: they are terminated by a very short, strongly compressed tarsus, the inferior surface of which, in the males, is furnished with a fine compact brush. The four others are broad and extremely thin, the joints of their tarsi forming little leaflets arranged like a flounce. The Gyrini are usually small, or of a moderate size. They are to be found from the very beginning of spring until the end of autumn, on the surface of stagnant waters, and even on that of the Ocean, where, frequently collected in troops, they appear like. brilliant points, swimming and wheeling with great agility in all sorts of curves, and in every direction, whence the name of Puce aquatique and Journiquet given to them by authors. Sometimes they remain motionless, but the instant any one approaches, they escape by swimming, and dive with great celerity. Their four last legs serve them as oars, and the two before for seizing their prey. Placed on water, the superior surface of their body is always dry, and when they dive, a little bubble of air, resembling a silvery globule, remains fixed to its posterior extremity. When seized, a lacteous fluid oozes from their body which spreads over it, and which, perhaps, produces that disagreeable and penetrating odour they then diffuse, and which remains attached to the fingers for a long time. They copulate on the surface of the water. Sometimes they remain at the bottom clinging to plants: there, also, it is probable they secrete themselves to pass the winter *. G. natator, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. III, 5; De Geer, Insect., IV, xiii, 4,19. Three lines in length; oval, glabrous, very glossy; bronze-black above; black beneath; legs fulvous; scutel triangular, very pointed, somewhat longer than wide; elytra rounded at the extremity, and marked with small. impressed puncta in regular and longitudinal lines. The female lays her eggs on aquatic plants. They are very small, and form little yellowish white cylinders. ‘The body of the larva is long, tapering, linear, and consists of thirteen annuli, each of the three first bearing a pair of legs. The head is large, of an elongated oval shape, and much flattened, pre- senting the same parts as that of the larva of a Dytiscus; but here the fourth and seven following annuli are furnished on each side with a conical, membranous, flexible filament with bearded, edges. The twelfth ring has four similar, but much longer ones, directed more posteriorly. T'wo very slender trachez traverse the whole length of the body, and receive an air vessel * M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Oct. 1824, has published some anatomical observations on these Insects. The small intestine is remarkable for its length. The cecum is not lateral as in Dysticus. The genital organs of the males differ from those of the other Carnivora. COLEOPTERA. , 413 . from each filament, The last ring is -_ small, and is termi- nated by four long and parallel hooks. This larva inhabits the water, from which it issues in the beginning of August to _ become a chrysalis. It encloses itself in a little oval cocoon, pointed at the ends, formed of a material drawn from its body resembling grey paper, which it fixes to the reeds. Very common in Europe *( a). FAMILY II. BRACHELYTRA. In the second family of the Pentamerous Coleoptera we find but one palpus to the maxillee, or four jn all; the antennz, sometimes of equal thickness, and at others slightly enlarged at the end, are usually composed of lenticular or graniform joints; the elytra are much shorter than the body, which is narrow and elongated, and the cox of the two anterior legs are very large ; near the anus are two vesicles which the animal protrudes at will. These Coleoptera compose the genus Stapuytinus, Lin. The Staphylini have been considered as forming the passage from the Coleoptera to the For ficule, the first genus of the following order. They also approximate, in some respects, to the Insects of the pre- ceding family, and to the Silphe and Necrophori, (genera of the fourth), in many others. They commonly have a large, flattened head, stout mandibles, short antennz, a thorax as wide as the abdo- men, and the elytra truncated at the extremity, but still covering the wings, which preserve their usual extent. The semi-annuli of the top of the abdomen are as scaly as those of the venter, The vesicles of the anus consist in two conical and pilose points, which are pro- truded and retracted at the will of the animal; a subtile vapour escapes from them, which, in some species, has a strong odour of sulphuric ether.. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat. VIII, p. 16, has described the apparatus which produces it. The last segment of the abdomen, that which contains the anus, is prolonged and termi- nates in a point. * For the other species see Oliv., Col. III, No. 41, and Scheenh., Synon. Insect., II, No. 55. The Gyr. minutus and bicolor, Fab., are also found in the vicinity of Paris. The largest of the species, all of which are foreign to Europe, have no ap- parent scutel and but four palpi. M. Mac-Leay, Jun.—Annul. Javan. I, p. 30—forms a particular genus, Dinev- TES, with those in which the labrum is not ciliate, the palpi are clavate, the ante- rior legs the length of the body, and the termination of the antenne is partly pointed. He quotes but a single species, the D. politus. {> (@ Add to species of Gyrinus, the Gyr. americanus, emarginatus, analis and limbatus.——ENG. Ep. 414 INSECTA. These Insects, when touched, or while they run, elevate the ex- tremity of their abdomen and flex it in every direction. They also use it to push their wings under the elytra. The tarsi of their two anterior legs are frequently broad and dilated, and their coxe as well as those of the intermediate legs are very large. They are usually found in earth, dung, and excrementitious matters; some live in mushrooms, rotten wood, or under stones; others are only met with in aquatic localities. ‘Some very small ones keep on flowers. They are all voracious, run with great swiftness, and take wing very promptly. The larva bears a close resemblance to the perfect Insect: it has the figure of an elongated cone, the base of which is occupied by the very large head; the last ring is prolonged into a tube, and is accompanied by two conical and hairy appendages. It feeds on the same matters as the perfect Insect. The first stomach of the Staphylini is small and without plice ; the second is very long and pilose; the intestine is extremely short *. It is a very extensive genus, which we will divide into five sections. : In the first, or that of the Fisstrasra, the head is completely ex- posed and separated from the thorax, which is sometimes square or semi-oval, and at others rounded, or cordiform and truncated, by a neck or sensible strangulation. ‘The labrum is profoundly cleft and forms two lobes. Such is the Oxyprorvs, Fab. Where the maxillary palpi are filiform, and those attached to the labium are terminated by a very large and lunate joint. The an- tenn are large, perfoliate and compressed; the anterior tarsi are not dilated; the last joint and then the second are the longest. They inhabit the Boleti and Agarici. O. rufus; Staphylinus rufus, L.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., XVI, 19. About three lines in length; fulvous; head, pectus, extremity and interior margin of the elytra, as well as the anus, black f. Astrapmus, Grav. The four palpi terminated by a larger and nearly triangular joint ; anterior tarsi greatly dilated, the first and last joints the longest f. In the * According to M. Dufour, the only essential difference between their alimentary canal and that of the carnivorous Coleoptera consists in the absence of the crop. Their biliary vessels are inserted at the same lateral point, and, at least in some species, present near the middle a knot or vesicle, not observed in any other Insects. Their sexual apparatus differs greatly from that of the carnivorous Coleoptera. See Ann. des Se. Nat., Octob. 1825. + Add O. mavillosus, Fab.; Panz., Ib., 20. The remaining Oxypori of Fabricius belong to subgenera of our fourth section. See Oliv. Encye. Méthod., genus Oxypore, and the Coleoptera Microptera, Gravenhorst. ft Staphylinus ulmi, Oliv. ; Ross., Faun. Etruse., I, v, 6; Panz., Ib., LXXXVIITI, 4; Latr., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, 284. C—O COLEOPTERA. 415 Srapuyuinvus, Fab, Or the true Staphylini, all the palpi are filiform, and the antennz are inserted between the eyes, above the labrum and mandibles. Some, particularly the males, have the anterior tarsi greatly dilated, and the antennee separated at base ; the length of the first joint of the latter is equal, at most, to that of a fourth of the whole number. The head is but slightly elongated. In some systems, those species alone which present the above characters, constitute the genus Staphy- linus. The S. dilatatus, Fab., Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ., VI, 14, has even been separated from it, to compose another, on account of its antennze, which form an elongated serrated club. According to the observations of M. Chevrolat, a zealous entomologist, this Insect feeds on caterpillars which it searches for on trees. S. hirtus, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., 1V, 19. Ten lines in length; black; very hairy; superior surface of the head, thorax, and last abdominal annuli covered with thick hairs of a glossy golden-yellow ; elytra cinereous-grey, with a black base ; under part of the body bluish-black. North of Europe, France, and Germany. S. olens, Fab., Panz. ib., XXVII, 1. An inch long; dead black; head wider than the body; wings reddish. Its ova are remarkably large. Very common in the environs of Paris, under stones. S. mazillosus, L.; Panz. ib. 2. About eight lines in length; _ black; glossy ; head wider than the thorax; great part of the abdomen and elytra cinereous grey, dotted and spotted with black. In earth, dung, &c. > S. murinus, Fab.; Panz., ib., LXVI, 16. From four to six lines long; head, thorax and elytra deep bronze, glossy, with dusky spots; scutel yellowish, marked with two atrous spots; abdomen black; greater part of the antenne reddish. Found with the preceding, S. erythropterus, L.; Panz., XXVIII, 4. From six to ten lines in length; black; elytra, base of the antenna, and legs fulvous *. The others, which are linear, with a head and thorax elongated in the form of a long square, have their antennze approximated at base, and strongly geniculate and granose ; their anterior tarsi are usually not at all or but very slightly dilated. The anterior tibiee are spin- ous, with a stout spine at the extremity. The labrum is small. They form the genus Xanth olinus of some entomologists f. * See the Monograph of this family—Coleoptera Microptera—by Gravenhorst ; Panz., Index, Entom., pars 1, p. 208, et seq. ; Lat. ib., I, 285. Refer to this genus the following species of Olivier: aureus, aneus, hemorrhoidalis, oculatus, erythrocepha- lus, similis, cyaneus, pubescens, cupreus, stercorarius, brunnipes, pilosus, politus, amenus, besides those above described. + The Staphylini fulgidus, fulmineus, pyropterus, elegans, elongatus, ochroceus, alter- nans, melanocephalus, Grayenhorst. 416 INSECTA. Prnopuitus, Grav. Palpi filiform ; but the antennz inserted before the eyes, outside of the labrum, and near the exterior base of the mandibles *, . LatHRosium, Grav.—PapeErvs, Fab. Palpi suddenly terminated by a pointed and frequently indistinct joint, much smaller than the penultimate; those of the maxilla much longer than the labials; the antennz inserted as in. Pinophilus ; anterior tarsi strongly dilated in both sexes; length of the last joint of the four posterior tarsi almost equal to that of the four preceding ones taken together ft. In the second section, that of the Lonareaurr, where the head is also completely exposed, but the labrum entire, the maxillary palpi are nearly as long as the head, and have a clavate termination formed by the third joint, with the fourth concealed or but slightly visible, and in the figure of a small point, terminating the club when appa- rent; the preceding joint considerably enlarged. These Insects live along the shores of rivers, &c, PzpeErus, Fab. The antenneze inserted before the eyes, either filiform or gradually increasing in thickness, and longer than the head; body long and narrow ; mandibles dentated on the internal side, and terminating in a simple joint. In some of them, Pzpzrus, Lat.—the penultimate joint of the tarsi is bifid f. P. riparius ; Staphylinus riparius, Panz., Faun. Insect, Germ. IX, 2. Abcut three linesin length; very narrow and elongated ; fulvous; head, pectus, superior extremity of the abdomen and knees, black; elytra blue. Very common in wet sand, under stones, among the roots of trees, &c. In the others, Srinic1, Lat.—all the joints of the tarsi are entire §. * Pinophilus latipes, Grav., North America. In his Mantissa it is united to the following genus. + See Gravenhorst, Coleop., Microp., and Lat. Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, 289. The L. elongatum (S. elongatus, L.) is figured by Panz., Ib. IX, 12 ;—Staphylinus linearis, Oliv., Col. III, 2, iv. 38. See also Gyllenh,, Insect, Suec. I, pars I, p. 363, et seq., and the Catalogue of Count Dejean, p. 24. } M. Lefévre has brought an Insect from Sicily allied to Pederus, but evidently forming a new genus. The fourth and last joint of the maxillary palpi is here very distinct, and gives them a clavate termination. The last joint of the antenne is ovoido-conical and larger than the penultimate. The head is connected with the thorax by an elongated pedicle, on a level with the former at its origin. The thorax is narrow and elongated. The two anterior tarsi are greatly dilated ; the first joint of the others is very long, and their penultimate appeared to me emarginated or bifid. I will distinguish the genus by the name of Procirkus,:and this species shall be dedicated to the zealous naturalist who discovered it. § See Latr., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, p. 290, et seq. ; and Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, pars II, p. 372. ' COLEOPTERA. 417 Evaxstruetus, Grav. The antennz also inserted before the eyes, but hardly longer than the head, and almost entirely moniliform; the body but slightly elongated, and the head as wide as the thorax *. Srenvs, Lat. The antenne inserted near the internal margin of the eyes, and terminated in a triarticulated club; extremity of the mandibles forked ; large eyes. S. 2-guttatus ; Staphylinus 2-quttatus,L.; Panz. Faun, Insect. Germ., XI, 18. About two lines in length; all black, with a reddish dot on each elytron f. The third section—Denricrura, Lat.—differs from the second in the maxillary palpi,- which are much shorter than the head, and always consist of four distinct joints; the anterior tibiz, at least, are dentated or spinous along their exterior side. The last joint of the tarsi, which in most of them are bent under the tibize, is as long as all the preceding ones together, or longer; the first, or two first, are usually so small or so concealed that the whole number does not appear to exceed two or three. The fore-part of the head, and even the thorax, is armed with horns in several males. The antenne are inserted before the eyes. Some, whose palpi have a fusiform termination, whose antenne are mostly granose and gradually enlarge towards the extremity, present but three distinct joints in the tarsi f. Oxyretus, Grav. § The others have filiform palpi, and at least four very distinct joints in the tarsi. ; Osorivus, Leach, Dej. The body cylindrical; all the tibize widened and dentated ; the head as long as it is wide; thorax almost cordifurm, narrowed and trun- cated posteriorly ; the greater part of the antenne granose, insensibly enlarging towards the extremity, and shorter than the head and thorax; mandibles much shorter than the head, crossing considerably, and terminating in a simple point; mentum large and scutiform, But a small number of species are known, which are not yet described. From Guiana and Brazil. * Evasthetus scaber, Grav.; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. VII, 13; Gyll., Ib., ps 461. A new species has been discovered by M. Blondel, Jun. in the vicinity of Ver- sailles. + Add Staphylinus Juno, Payk. ;—Pederus proboscideus, Oliv., Col. III, 44, I, 53 —Staph. clavicornis, Panz., Faun, Insect. Germ. XXVII, 2. See Gravenhorst, Coleop. Microp.; Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect., genus Stenus, and Gyll., Ibid., p. 463. t With the exception of the Tachini, the anterior tarsi are no longer remarkably ated § See Encye. Méthod., article Oxyrete; the Monog. cit. of Gravenhorst, and the Insect. Suec., Gyll., I, pars IT, p. 444. VoL. Ill. EF 418 INSECTA. Zyropuorvus, Dalm.—Leprocuirus, Germ.—Irenazvus, Leach.— OxyTeE.vus, Oliv.—Pixstus, Grav. The body depressed; anterior legs only, wider than the rest, den- tated exteriorly; head transverse; thorax square; antenne equal throughout, at least as long as the head and thorax, and composed mostly of oval or cylindrical joints rounded at both ends; mandibles as long as the head, and dentated at the extremity*. =~ Proenatua, Lat. Blond.—Staconum, Kirby. The Prognathee scarcely differ from the Zyrophori except in their filiform antenne, composed of elongated joints t. Corropuitvus, Lat.—Omauium, Grav. Oliv. Gyll. The body still flattened, but all the tibize dentated or spinous ex- teriorly ; antenne much longer than the head, granose, insensibly enlarging towards the end; mandibles almost lunate, arcuated exte- riorly, not sensibly dentated, and their extremity but slightly pro- longed f. In the fourth section, that of the Depressa, we find a free head, an entire labrum, and short maxillary palpi of four distinct joints; but the tibiee are simple, or without teeth or spines exteriorly, and the tarsi evidently consist of five joints. : Here the palpi are filiform. Omauium, Grav. The thorax as wide as the elytra, wider than the head, and almost forming a transverse square; the angles, or at least those before, rounded, and frequently with a raised lateral margin; the antenne enlarging towards their extremity §. Lesteva, Lat.—AntTuHopHacus, Grav. Thorax cordiform, narrowed, and truncated posteriorly, almost isometrical, as wide as the head, and narrower than the elytra; the antennee usually filiform, with elongated joints |}. There the palpi are subulate. | Microperivs, Lat. Antenne terminating in a solid club, and lodged in fossule of the thorax ¥. * See Dalman, Anal. Entom. p. 23; his Z. fronticornis, IV, f. 1, appears to be the Oxytelus bicornis, Oliv., Encye. Méthod. The one he calls penicillatus, Ib. f. 2, appears to be closely allied to the Piestus sulcatus, Gravenhorst. The Leptochirus scoriaceus, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov. I, 1, is a very distinct species. + Siagonum quadricorne, Kirby and Spence, Introd. to Entom. I, 1,5; Blondel, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Avril 1817, XVII, 14—17. t Omalium rugosum, Gravenhorst, and other species with short elytra. * § See Gravenhorst, Encye. Méthod., art. Omalie, and Gyll., Ib., p.198. || See Latr., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, 296, 297; Gravenhorst and Gyllenhal genus Anthophagus. { See Lat. Gener. Crust. et Insect., IV, 377; Omalium porcatum, Gyll., Insect, Suec., I, pars II, p. 211; Micropeplus porcatus, Charp., Hore Entom,, VIII, 9 ;— O. staphylinoides, Gyll., Ib. p. 213. COLEOPTERA. 419 Prorernvs, Lat. Antenne granose, somewhat perfoliaceous, and larger at the end, but clavate, always exposed, and inserted before the eyes; thorax short; elytra covering the greater part of the abdomen *. Axrocuara, Grav. The antenne inserted between the eyes or near their inferior mar- gin and exposed at base, with the three first joints evidently longer than the following ones, which are perfoliate, the last elongated and conical; thorax nearly oval, or a square rounded at the angles +. In the fifth section—MicrocgrHaLa—the head is plunged poste- riorly into the thorax, nearly up to the eyes; it is neither separated by a neck, nor by a visible strangulation; the thorax forms a trape- zium, and is widened from before backwards. The body is less elongated than in the preceding section, and ap- proaches more to an ellipsis; the head is much narrower, contracted and projected forwards, and the mandibles are of a moderate size, edentated, and simply arcuated at the point. The elytra, in several, cover rather more than the half of the length of the top of the ab- domen. Some live on flowers and mushrooms, and others in dung. Fabricius placed several species among the Oxypori. Lomecuusa, ALEocHARA, Grav. No spines on the tibize ; the antennz, from the fourth joint, form- ing a perfoliaceous mass, or elongated and fusiform; palpi subulate; antennz frequently shorter than the head and thorax f. Tacuinus, Grav. Tibiz spinous; antennz composed of pyriform joints, and insen- sibly enlarging ; palpi filiform §. . * See Lat., Ib. I, p. 298, and the Omal. ovatum and macropterum of Gravenhorst, + Staphylinus canaliculatus, Fab. ; Panz., Tb. XXVII, 13 ;—Staphylinus im- pressus, Oliv., Col., Ib., v, 41.;—S. boleti, L. ; Oliv., Col., Ib., iii, 25 ;—S. collaris, ejusd., Ib. vi, 53 ;—S. socialis, ejusd., Ib., iii, 25, and generally the three first fami- lies of the genus Aleochara, of Gravenhorst, Col. Mic., II. See also Gyllenhal, Insect. Suec. I, pars II, p. 377. We should remark, however, that neither this author nor Gravenhorst has assigned clear and rigorous characters to the Aleochare and Lomechuse ; both these genera demand revision. t In some, the thorax is smooth and without an elevated margin ; such are the Aleochare bipunctata, lanuginosa, nitida (Staphylinus bipustulatus, L.; Oliv., Col., III, 42, v, 44), fumata, nana, Gravenh., or his families ILII—VI, Col. Microp., II. The margin of the thorax is turned up in the others forming his genus Lomechusa ; L. paradova; Staphylinus emarginatus, Oliv., Ib., ii, 12 ;—L. dentata, Gray.; Sta- phylinus strumosus, Payk., V. . § Oxyporus subterraneus, Fab. ;—O. bipustulatus, ejusd., Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XVI, 21;—O, marginellus, Panz., Ib., IX, 13; Staphylinus fuscipes, Ib., XXVII, 12 ;—Ovyporus suturalis, Ib., XVIII, 20 ;—O. pygmaeus, Ib. 27 ;—O. lunu- latus, Ibid., XXII, 19, 15 ;—Staphylinus atricapillus, F, ;—Oxyporus merdarius, Panz., Ibid., XXVI, 18;—S/aphylinus striatus, Oliv., Ib., v, 47; S. lunatus, Le See also for this, as well as the following subgenus, the Insect. Suec., Gyll., I, pars I. Some excellent remarks will there be found respecting the sexual dif- ferences of several species, the application of which may be rendered highly useful. Those Tachini in which, asin the atricapillus, the thorax is nearly as long as it EE2 420 INSECTA. Tachyporus, Grav. Similar to Tachinus in the tibiz and antenne, but the termination of the palpi is subulate *. Gia The genus Caruicerus, Gravenhorst, is unknown to me. The Srenosruetus of Megerle, mentioned jin the Catalogue, &c. of Dejean, presents all the characters of a true Pselaphus, and must be suppressed—such also is now the opinion of this last named natu- ralist. FAMILY III, SERRICORNES. In the third family + of pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the preced- ing and following families of the same order, we find but four palpi. The elytra cover the abdomen, which, with some other characters, distinguish the Insects which compose it from the Brachelytra just mentioned. The antennze, with some exceptions, are equal through- out, or smaller at the extremity, dentated, either like a saw or a comb, or even like a fan, and in this respect are most developed in the males. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is frequently bilobate or bifid. These characters are rarely found in the following family, that of the Clavicornes, to which we arrive. by such insensible gra- dations, that to define its limits rigorously becomes a very difficult matter. Some, in which the body is always firm and solid, and most com- monly oval or elliptical, with partly contractile legs, have the head plunged vertically into the thorax up to the eyes; and the preester- num, or median portion of that thorax, elongated, dilated or-reach- ing to beneath the mouth, usually distinguished on each by a groove is wide, the muzzle advances, the four posterior tarsi are evidently longer than their respective tibie, appear to form a particular division. * Oxyporus rufipes, Fab., Panz., Ib., XXVII, 20 ;—O. marginatus, F.; Panz., Ib., 17 ;—O. chrysomelinus, Fab.; Panz., Ib., IX, 14;—0O. analis, Fab.; Panz., Ib., XXII, 16 ;—O. abdominalis, Fab. + The Silphe are the only pentamerous Coleoptera in which, as in the preceding ones, we find an excrementitious apparatus ; but it is not binary as in the latter, and the exterior canal opens directly into the rectum, like the urethra of birds. From these considerations then it would seem that the Silphe, as well as other Clavicornes, should come directly after the Brachelytra. Other considerations had led me to a similar approximation.—See preface to my Consid. Génér. sur l’Ordre Nat. des Crust., &c.—According to M. Leon Dufour, who has furnished me with these anatomical remarks, the hepatic ducts of the Buprestides and Enterides, or of my Sternoxi, in number, length, and mode of insertion, resemble those of the Carabici. The Lampyrides and Melyrides, also, have but two hepatic vessels, but there are four in Telephorus, Lycus, and Ptinus. Of all the insects of this (Serri- corne) family, whose organization he has investigated, he finds the longest alimentary canal in Malachius, Drilus, and Anobium, COLEOPTERA. 421 in which the antennee—always short—are lodged, and prolonged posteriorly into a point, which is received into a depression of the an- terior extremity of the mesosternum. ‘These anterior legs are ata distance from the anterior extremity of the thorax. They form our first section or that of the Srernoxt. Others, whose head is enclosed posteriorly by the thorax, or at least covered by it at base, but in which the presternum is not dilated, and does not project anteriorly in the manner of a chin-cloth, nor is usually* terminated posteriorly in a point received into a cavity in the mesosternum, and in which the body is most commonly either entirely or partially soft and flexible, constitute our second section, that of the MALAcopERMI. A third and last, that of the XyLorroe1, will comprise those Serricornes, in which the posterior extremity of the preesternum is not similarly prolonged, but whose head is completely exposed and separated from the thorax by a strangulation or species of neck. We will divide the Sternowi into two tribes. In the first or that of the Burrestives, the posterior projection of the preesternum is flattened, and not terminated in a laterally compressed point, that is simply received into a depression or emargination of the mesos- ternum. The mandibles frequently terminate in an entire point, with- out any fissure or emargination. The posterior angles of the thorax are either but very slightly or not at all prolonged. The last joint of the palpi is most commonly nearly cylindrical, hardly thicker than the preceding; the others are globular or ovoid. Most of the tarsial segments are generally wide or dilated, and furnished beneath with pellets. These Insects ‘never leap, a character which eminently distinguishes them from those of the following tribe +: they compose the genus Burprestis, Lin. The, generic appellation of Richard, given to these Coleoptera by Geoffroy, intimates the richness of their livery. Several of the European species, and many that are foreign to this country, besides their size, are remarkable for a brilliant polished gold colour on an emerald ground; in others, an azure blue glistens over the gold, or * The Cebriones are an exception, and approximate, in this respect, to the Ela- terides ; but the inferior extremity of the presternum does not advance under the head, . The mandibles project, are arcuated and simple; the palpi filiform ; the legs non-retractile, and the two anterior ones somewhat removed, at base, from the ante- rior extremity of the thorax, and closely approximated. t The Insects of this tribe also differ from all others of the family in their tra- a ee are vesicular—in the rest they are tubular. See Obs. Anatom., of M. n Dufour. 492 INSECTA, there is a union of several other metallic colours. Their body, in general, is oval, somewhat wider and obtuse, or truncated before, and narrowed behind from the base of the abdomen, which occupies the greater part of its length. The eyes are oval, and the thorax is short and wide. The scutel small or null. The extremity of the elytra is more or less dentated in many. The legs are short. They walk very slowly, but fly well in hot and dry weather. When about to be seized, they let themselves fall to the ground. At the posterior extremity of the abdomen of the females is a coriaceous, laminiform, conical appendage, composed of three parts, the last annuli of the abdomen; itis properly an instrument with which they deposit their ova in dry wood, the habitat of their larvee. Several small species are met with on leaves and flowers; most of the others, however, are found in forests, and wood-yards: they sometimes ap- pear in houses, where they have been transported, in wood, in the state of a larva or chrysalis. Sometimes the antenne are at most dentated like a saw. The intermediate joints of the tarsi are in the form of a reversed heart, and the penultimate, at least, is bifid. The palpi are filiform or very little thicker at the end. The jaws are bilobate. Buprestis, Lin. In the true Buprestis, the antennz are of equal thickness through- out, and serrated from the third or fourth joint. Some have no scutel. B. fasiculata, L.; Oliv., Col. II, 32, TV, 38. About an inch long; ovoid, convex; densely punctured and wrinkled; of a golden or cupreous-green, sometimes dusky, with little tufts of yellowish or reddish hairs; elytra entire. From the Cape of Good Hope, where it is often found in such abundance on the same shrub, that the plant seems loaded with flowers. B. sternicornis, L.; Oliv., Col., Ib., VI, 52, a. Somewhat larger, and of the same form; green, slightly gilded, and very brilliant; large punctures, ornamented at bottom with whitish scales on the elytra; three teeth at their extremity ; poststernum projecting in the form of a horn, The East Indies. B. chrysis, Fab.; Oliv., b., I1.,8, VI, 52,6. Differing from the sternicornis in the elytra, which are chesnut-brown, and without whitish spots. B. vittata, Fab. ; Oliv,, Ib. 111, 17. Nearly an inch and a half long; narrower and more elongated than the preceding species ; depressed ; bluish-green ; four elevated lines, and a cupreous and golden band on each elytron, the end of which is bidentate. East Indies. B. ocellata, Fab.; Oliv., Ib. I, 3, Almost similar to the pre- ceding in form and size; a large, yellow, phosphoric spot be- tween two golden ones, on each elytron, which is tridentate at the extremity. The others are furnished with a scutel. B. gigas, l.; Oliv., Ib. 1,1. Two inches long; thorax cu- preous, mixed with brilliant green, and two large smooth spots COLEOPTERA. 423 of burnished steel; elytra tridentate at the extremity, cupreous in the middle, bronze-green on the margin, with impressed puncta, and elevated lines and rugee. Cayenne. B. affinis Fab.; B. chrysostiqma, Oliv., Ib., VI, 54. Bronze above, brilliant cupreous ter elytra serrated at the point, with three elevated longitudinal lines, and two golden impres- sions on each, France, B. viridis, L.; Oliv,, Ib., XI, 127. About two lines and a half long; linear; bronze-green; elytra entire and dotted. On the trees in France (a). Fabricius has separated from the true Buprestides those in which the body is shorter, wider in proportion, and almost triangular; the front concave, thorax transversal and lobate posteriorly ; where the tarsi are very short and the pellets broad, The five last joints only of the antennz here furm the teeth of the saw, the preceding ones, with the exception of the two first, being small, almost granose, or obconical; the two first are much stouter. These species compose the genus Tracuys *, one of which is B. minuta, L.; Oliv., Ib., 11. 14. Black underneath; cupre- ous-brown above ; middle of the front indented ; posterior margin of the thorax sinuous; undulated whitish streaks, formed by transverse hairs, on the elytra. Common on the Hazel, on the leaves of which it feeds. : Apuanisticus, Lat. The antennee suddenly terminated by a clavate,oblong, compressed, and slightly serrated club, formed by the four last joints; last joint of the palpi somewhat thicker and almost oval; space between the eyes excavated as in Trachys. Two or three species are known, all linear, and very small f. Sometimes the antennz are strongly pectinated, on one side, in the males, and deeply securiform in the females; the joints of the tarsi are almost cylindrical and entire, the antenne terminated by one much thicker than those that precede it, and nearly globular. The jaws terminate in a single lobe. Mexasis, Oliv. The body cylindrical, and the posterior angle of the thorax longed into an acute tooth, characters, which, in those drawn } aba ‘* See the other species quoted by Fabricius, Syst. Eleut., I], 218; and as to the divisions that are to be established in the genus, see Schenherr, Insect. Synon, + Buprestis emarginata, Fab.; Oliv., Ib. X, 116; Germ., Faun, Insect. Europ., III, 9 ;—Bup. lineola, ejusd., Ib., 10. (a) Add of this beautiful and numerous genus the B. confluenta, lateralis, atro- purpurcus, 6-guttata, giblicollis, granulata, viridicornis, geminata, divaricata, longipes, cyanipes, campestris, &c. &c., for the descriptions of which, see Say’s paper on Lo Insects, &c.; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc, of Philad. III, p. 159, et seq.— G. Ep. 424 INSECTA. the tarsi and palpi, announce that these Insects pen the passage from this tribe to the second. * Or that of the ELareripes, which only differs essentially from the first in the posterior stylet of the preesternum. which terminates in a laterally compressed point, frequently somewhat arcuated and uni- dentate, that sinks at the will of the animal into a cavity in the pectus, situated immediately above the origin of the second pair of legs; and in the circumstance, that these Insects when placed on their back have the faculty of regaining their original pesition by bounding upwards. Most of them have mandibles emarginated or cleft at the end, palpi terminated by a triangular or securiform joint, much larger than those which precede it, and the joints of the tarsi entire. This tribe only comprises the genus Eater, Lin. The body is usually narrower and more elongated than that of the Buprestides, and the posterior angles of the thorax are prolonged into a sharp point, in the form of a spine. The common French name of these Insects is Scarabées a ressort, and their Latin one, Notopeda, Elater. ‘When placed on their back, finding it impossible to regain their natural position on account of the shortness of their legs, they bound perpendicular upwards until they fall on their feet. To execute this motion, they press the latter close to the body, lower their head and thorax; which has a free downward motion, then approximating this last to the postpectus, they forcibly press the point of the preesternum against the margin of the hole situated before the mesosternum, into which it sinks suddenly, as if by a spring. The thorax and its lateral points, the head and elytra, being violently propelled against the plane of posi- tion, particularly if it be solid and smooth, concur, by their elasticity in causing the body to bound upwards. The sides of the preestennum are distinguished by a groove, where the antennz, which are pecti- nated or bearded in several males, are partly lodged. The females have a species of elongated ovipositor, with two lateral pieces inted at the end, between which is the true oviduct. The Elaterides are found on flowers, plants, and even on the ground; they lower their head in walking, and if any one approaches let themselves fall, pressing their legs against their body, De Geer has described the larva of a species (undulatus ) of this genus.. It is long, almost cylindrical, and provided with small antennz, palpi, and six feet; it consists of twelve annuli, covered with a scaly skin, that of the posterior extremity forming a plate with an elevated and angular margin, with two blunt points curved inwards; underneath is a large fleshy and retractile mammilla, which performs the duty of afoot. It inhabits the debris of rotten wood, * Melasis baprestoides, Oliv., II, 30, 1, 1 ;—Melasis elateroides, Illig., ate according to him, from the Elater buprestoides, Lin. COLEOPTERA. 425 and is also found in the earth. It even appears that the larve of the. E. striatus, Fab., attack the roots of the Wheat, and, where they. exist in great numbers, do much injury to it. _ The stomach of the Elaterides is long. transversely rugose, and its posterior portion sometimes inflated; their intestine is moderate, The various subgenera of this tribe may be referred to two prin- cipal divisions. Those where the antenne can be entirely received into the inferior cavities of the thorax constitute the first. Sometimes they are received, on each side, into a longitudinal groove, situated directly under the lateral edges of the thorax, and are always filiform and simply serrated. The joints of the tarsi are always entire, without prolongations, and in the form of a palette underneath, ‘The thorax is convex or arched, at least on the sides, and dilates at the posterior angles in the manner of a lobe, pointed or triangular. These Insects approach the Buprestides. Gaxpa, Lat. Mandibles terminating in a simple point; maxille unilobulate last joint of the palpi globular; the body almost cylindrical *. Evcnemis, Arh. Mandibles bifid ; maxillze bilobate; last joint of the palpi nearly securiform, and the body almost elliptical +. At other times the antennze, occasionally clavate, are received, at least partially, either into the longitudinal grooves of the lateral borders of the praesternum, or into fossulze situated under the pos- terior angles of the thorax. The tarsi are frequently provided with little palettes formed by the prolongation of the inferior pellets, or the penultimate joint is bifid. | _ Some, with filiform antennz, have the joints of the tarsi entire and without palettes underneath ; the anterior legs, when contracted, = pane into lateral cavities in the inferior surface of the thorax. uch is the Apvetocera, Lat t. Others, with antenne also of equal thickness throughout, have the joints of the tarsi entire, but the inferior pellets prolonged or projecting in the manner of little palettes or lobes. Their head is exposed. They form the * I have seen three species, all from Brazil. One of them has many points of re- semblance to the Melasis tuberculata, Dalman—aAnal. Entom. The maxille termi- nate in a very small and pointed lobe. + Count Mannerheim has published a splendid Monograph of this subgenus, an extract from which, with the plates, is found in the third volume of the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, accompanied by some observations from myself on the too great extent given to the subgenus by that author. The species he calls the capucinus is in my opinion the only one that belongs to it, and such was the original idea of him who established it. \| Blater ovalis, Germ. ;—Elater fuscus, Fab., and some others from the East Indies, collected there by M. de Labillardiére, 426 INSECTA. Lissomvus, Dalm.—Lissopxs, Lat.—Drapzres, Meg. De). *. Others again have equally filiform antennz, but their second and third joints are flattened, larger than the following ones, and are alone received into the sternal grooves: the tarsi are similar to those of Lissomus; the head is concealed underneath, and as if covered by a semicircular thorax, into which it is plunged. Such is the Cuetonarium, Fab. The antenne, when at rest, extend parallel to each other along the pectus ; the first and the fourth joint are the smallest of all ; the seven following ones are of the same size, and, with the exception of the last, which is ovoid, almost in the form of a reversed cone, and equal. The body is ovoid, and the anterior tibize are wider than the others, All the species known are from South America +. The last subgenus of this first division, or Turoscus, Lat—Trixacus, Kugl. Gyll.—Exarer, Lin. Is distinguished from all others of this tribe by the antenne, which terminate in a triarticulated club, and are lodged in a lateral and inferior cavity of the thorax. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is bifid, and the point of the mandibles entire f. Our second division of this tribe will include all the Elaterides whose antenne are exterior or exposed. We will separate, in the first place, those in which the last joint of the palpi, of the maxillaries particularly, is much larger than the preceding ones, and almost securiform. A single subgenus, the * Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824. His Lissomus punctulatus is closely allied to the Drapetes castaneus of Count Dejean, and the Elater levigatus of Fabricius. One species of this subgenus is found in Europe, the Elater equestris, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XXXI, 21. N. B. Messrs. Lepelletier and Serville—Encyclop. Méthod., Insect., X, 594—have formed a little group, with various species of Elater, composed of three genera, and characterized by the presence of the elongated and lobe-like pellets with which the inferior surface of the four first joints of the tarsi are furnished. The first of these genera, LissopE, or the Lissomvus, Dalm., is distinguished from the two others by the antenne which are closely approximated at base; in the others they are remote. Those of the genus TETRALOBUS are flabelliform in the males. In the third or PERICALLUS, they are simply serrated in both sexes.. The Elater flabellicornis, Fab., belongs to the first, and consequently this genus is a division of that which I have named HeEMIRHIPUS. The Elaterides ligneus, suturalis, furcatus, &c., Fab., belong to Pericallus, which will then comprise all the species of my CrENICERA, whose tarsi present the general character above mentioned. + Fab., Syst. Eleut., I, 101; Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect., I, viii, 7, and II, 44; Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824, p. 29. This genus is also found in the southern section of North America, where however it is very rare. t Elater dermestoides, L.; E. clavicornis, Oliv., Coll. II, 31, VIII, 85, a, h; Der- mestes adstrictor, Fab, ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXV, 15. Its larva inhabits oak wood. : COLEOPTERA. 427. Crropuytum, Lat., Is removed from the others by the tarsi, of which the four first joints are short and triangular, and the penultimate is bifid. The antennze of the males are ramous on the inner side, the base of the third joint and of the following ones being extended into a rt branch rounded at the extremity; those of the females are serrated *. In all the other subgenera the joints of the tarsi are almost cylin- drical and entire. Sometimes the head is plunged into the thorax up to the eyes; the anterior extremity of the presternum projects under the head, and its margin is arcuated. In some, the labrum and mandibles are concealed by the anterior extremity of the presternum, the clypeus or epistoma being widened and laid over it. Such is the Cryrrostoma, Dej.—E ater, Fab. In which the internal angle of the summit of the third joint of the antenne, and of the seven following ones, is prolonged into a tooth; the second and fourth joints are shorter, the last is long and narrow, and there is a straight linear branch on the inner side of the third, nea? its origin. The mandibles are unidentated under the point. The maxillze present but a single lobe, and are small and membranous, as is also the ligula. The palpi are very short. The tarsi are small, thin, and almost setaceous. The only species known, the Elater denticornis, Fab., is found in Cayenne, whence it was sent to the Mus. d’Hist. Nat. of Paris by M. Banon. Nemaropves, Lat. First joint of the antenne elongated, and the five following ones forming reversed cones, equal, the first or second of this number excepted, which is somewhat shorter, and the five last thicker and almost perfoliate ; terminal joint ovoid. The body is almost linear t. Now the mandibles and labrum are exposed. Here the antenneze of the males have a flabelliform termination. They form the : Hemiruirus, Lat. Of which all the species are foreign to Europe f. There, these organs, in the same sex, are longitudinally pectinated. Srenicera, Lat.§ In the following subgenus or * Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect., IV, 375. The Malasis sphondyloides, Germ., Faun. Insect. Eur., XI, 5, is closely allied to the female of the species which is the type of the subgenus. The Melasis picea, Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d’Afr., et d’Amer., VII, 1, has also some analogy to the Cerophyta. + Eunemis filum, Manner. } Elater flabellicornis, Fab. ;—E. fascicularis, Id., &c. § The Elat. pectinicornis, cupreus, hematodes, Fab. ;—the Taupin double croix, Cuyv., Régn. Anim. IV, xiv, 3. 428 INSECTA, | ELATER, properly so called, The antenne of the males are simply serrated *. E. noctilucus, L.; Taupin cueujo, Oliv., Col., IT, 2, 31,11,14, a. Rather more than aninch long; dusky-brown, witha cinere- ous down; a convex, yellow, round, shining spot on each side of the thorax near its posterior angles; elytra marked with lines of small punctures. From South America. During the night, the thoracic spots diffuse a very strong light, sufficiently bright to enable one to read the smallest cha- racter, particularly if several of the Insects be placed in the same vase. By it also the women of the country pursue their work, and Ladies even use it as an ornament, placing it in their hair during the evening paseo. The Indians fix them to their feet to light them in their nocturnal journeys. Brown pretends that all the internal parts of the Insect are luminous, and that it has the power of suspending, ad libitum, its phosphoric pro- perty t+. The French colonists call it Mouche /wmineuse, and the Indians, Cucuyos, Coyouyou, whence the Spanish term Cu- cujo. An individual of this species, accidently transported to Paris in some wood, in its larva or pupa state, completed its metamorphosis there, and greatly astonished the inhabitants of the faubourg Saint-Antoine by its, to them, extraordinary light. E. eneus, L.; Oliv., Col., Ib., viii, 83. Six lines long, bronze green ; glossy; elytra striated; legs fulvous.. Germany and the North of Europe. E. germanus, L,; Oliv., Ib., 11,12. Very common in:the vicinity of Paris, and only differing from the zeneus in the colour of its feet, which are black. E. cruciatus, Oliv., Ib. 1V, 40. A pretty European species, . with the appearance of the zneus, but smaller; black; two lon- gitudinal red bands on the thorax, near the lateral margin; elytra yellowish-red, with a black line near the anterior angles of their base, and two bands of the same colour forming a cross on the suture. Rare near Paris. E. castaneus, L.; Oliv., Ib. III, 25; v, 51. Black; thorax covered with a reddish down; elytra yellowish with a black ex- tremity; antennz of the male pectiniform. Europe. E. ruficollis, L.; Oliv., Ib., VI, 61, a, b. Three lines in length, and of a shining black; posterior half of the thorax red. North of Europe. | * The anterior extremity of the head is sometimes on a level with the labrum, or on the same horizontal plane; at others it is more elevated, and terminated sud- denly ; but these differences, frequently imperceptible, cannot be used to establish generic sections—my genus Ludia requires a re-examination. + M.de la Cordaire who has examined the living Insect informs me than the prin- cipal reservoir of the phosphoric matter is situated inferiorly near the junction of the thorax with the abdomen, wh Ss ae ee Ol COLEOPTERA. 429 E. ferrugineus, L.; Oliv., Ib., III, 35. Ten lines in length; black; the thorax, its posterior margin excepted, and the elytra deep blood-red. On the Willow. The largest species in Eu- rope *. ‘Bdmetines the head is free posteriorly, or is not sunk to the eyes, which are protuberant and globular. The antenne are inserted under the edge of a frontal projection, depressed and arcuated anteriorly. ‘The body is long and narrow, or nearly linear. Such are those which form the subgenus Campy.us, Fisch—Exorutuatmus, Lat—Hammionvs, Miihfeld t. Elaterides with filiform palpi and antennz, pectinated from the fourth joint, will compose a last subgenus, that of Puytiocerus t. (a) Our second section, or that of the Maracoprermr is divided into five tribes. In the first, or the Cesprionires, so named from the genus Cebrio of Olivier, on which all the others depend, the mandi- bles terminate in a simple or entire point, the palpi are of equal thickness or more slender at the extremity, the body is rounded and convex in some, oval or oblong, but arcuated above, and inclined anteriorly in others. It is usually soft and flexible; the thorax is transversal, widest at base, and its lateral angles acute, or in several eyen prolonged into spines. The antennz are generally longer than the head and thorax. The legs are not contractile. Their habits are unknown. Many of them are found on plants in aquatic localities. They may all be united in one genus, that of Cersrio, Oliv. Fab. _Some which establish a connection between this and the preceding * For the remaining species, see Oliv., Ib.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., and his Ind. Entom.; Herbst., Col., and Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d’Afr. et d’Amér. The genus of Dima of M. Ziegler, a species of which, called elateroides, has. been figured by M. Charpentier in his Hore Entomol., VI, 8, presents no character by which I can clearly distinguish it from the preceding one. _+ See Fischer, Entom. Russ., II, p. 153. This subgenus comprises the Elater linearis, L., of which his mesomelas is a mere variety; the E. borealis, Gyll., and his E. cinctus. ¢ Count Dejean having collected but a single specimen, I could not dissect it, and therefore was unable to study its characters in detail. Two Insects from Java pre- sent a similar appearance, only here, and probably in the females, the antenne are simply serrated. The mandibles appeared to me to terminate in an entire or eden- tated point. The last joint of the palpi is somewhat larger and almost obconical. If the mandibles of the Phylloceri be similar, these exotic species must be their con- geners. {> (a) Of the numerous and beautiful species of Elaterides, we will add the EB. areolatus, dorsalis, bellus, recticollis, obesus, erytropus, oculatus, myops, convexa, triangu- laris, mancus, basilaris, auripilis, abbreviata, bisectus, rubricollis, &c., &c., &e. See Say’s paper on Coleop. Insects, &e. Jour. Ac. Nat. Se, of Philad. III, p. 167, et seq.— ENG. Ep. 430 INSEOTA. tribe, which are even of as firm and solid a consistence as the Ster- noxi, whose legs are never fitted for leaping, and whose body is ge- néerally an oblong oval, with the antennee of the males either pectinat- ed, flabellated, or serrated, the palpi filiform or somewhat longer at the extremity, and the posterior angles of the thorax prolonged into an acute point, present mandibles projecting beyond the labrum, narrow, and highly arcuated or in the form of hooks. The labrum is usually very short, and emarginated or bilobate. There, as in the Elaterides, the preesternum terminates posteriorly in a point, received into a cavity in the mesosternum. The antennz, which in the males of some species are long, are composed of eleven pectinated or serrated joints. The last joint of the palpi is almost cylindrical or forms a reversed cone. Puysopactyius, Fisch. An orbicular membranous: pellet (sole on planta) on the inferior surface of the three intermediate joints of the tarsi; the posterior thighs enlarged; the antenna, at least in one of the sexes, very short, serrated, and insensibly diminished towards the extremity. This subgenus has been established by the celebrated author of the Entomographia Imperii Russici, on an Insect from North Ame- rica, the P. Henningii, Letter on the Physodactylus, Moscow, 1624, Ann, des Sc. Nat. Dec. 1824, XX VII, B. Cesrio, Oliv. Fab. In Cebrio proper, all the joints of the tarsi are entire and without pellets, and the posterior thighs are not larger than the others. » The species peculiar. to Europe appear in great numbers after heavy rains. The female * of the best known species— C. gigas, Fab.; C- ‘longicornis, Oliv., Col. II, 30, bis, I, 1, a, b,c; Taupin, 1, 1, a, b, c,—differs greatly from the male ; the antenne are hardly longer than the head, and the first joint is much longer than the others; the fourth and following ones united from a little oblong and almost perfoliaceous mass. . The wings are partly abortive. The legs are shorter, but stouter in proportion, than those of the male. The larva probably lives in the earth. The C. bicolor, Fab. +, and some other American species, in which the body is elongated, less arcuated above or almost straight, and with shorter antenne, appear to Dr. Leach to constitute a new generic section f. * Cebrio brevicornis, Oliv., Col. 11, 30, bis, I, 2, a, b, c; Tenebrio dubius, Rossi, Faun. Etrusc. I, 1, 2. This female, on account of her ‘antennee, appeared to me to form a new genus, which I accordingly established under the name of Hammonia. A species is found at the Cape of Good Hope, each joint of whose antennz throws out a long and linear branch from the base of its internal side, and whose palpi termi- | nate in an ovoid joint, and not in the form of a reversed cone, as in the other species. This latter may be separated from them. + Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d’Afr. et d’Am., I, 1, 2, a, b. t The Ceb. fuscus and ruficollis, Fab., have the form of the species he calls the yljes. The second was brought from Sicily by M. Lefévre. The Cebrio femo- ratus, of Germar, does not belong to the genus Anelastes of Kirby, as Lonce sup- posed, COLEOPTERA. 431 Here the presternum is not prolonged into a point, and there is no anterior cavity in the mesosternum, | Sometimes all the joints of the tarsi are entire, and without a pro- jecting membranous palette underneath, Aneastes, Kirby. ' The antennz remote at base, short, almost granose, with the last joint * nearly crescent-shaped; last joint of the palpi almost in the form of a reversed cone. A. Drurii, Kirb., Lin. Trans., XII, xxi, 2. The only species quoted. CALLIRHIPIS, Lat. The antennz closely approximated at the base, inserted on an emi- nence, and from the third joint, in the males, forming a large fan; the last of the palpi ovoid, the same of the tarsi almost as long as all the others taken together, and presenting between its crotchets a little silky and linear appendage. The species whichis the type of the subgenus—C. Dejeanti— is found in Java, and was sent to the Museum of Paris by M. Diard and the late M. Duvaucel. The antennez consist of but eleven joints, and in that differ from those of the Rhipicere, which have the same form, but are composed of more joints in individuals of the same sex or the males. Sometimes the inferior surface of the tarsi is furnished with mem- braneous palettes, or their penultimate joint is profoundly bilobate. In the two following subgenera, the inferior surface of each of the four first joints of the tarsi presents two membranous and projecting lobes; the last is long, and terminated between the crotchets by a little silky appendage. The antennze of some are composed of more than eleven joints, and are flabelliform ; those of the others consist of eleven, and are serrated, the four last larger, and forming a club. Sanpatus, A noch. The antennz, at least those of the females, only a little longer than the head and consisting of eleven joints, the third, and with the exception of the last, the following ones serriform, the four last somewhat more dilated, forming a club; the terminal joint almost _ ovoid or rounded, or very obtuse at the end f. Rurercera, Lat. Kirby.—Prvyocerus, Hoff.—Potyromus, Dalm. The antennz flabelliform in both sexes, and composed of numer- ous joints (from twenty to forty), but fewer in the females, * The third is longer than the preceding and following one, whilst in Cebrio, this joint-and the second are shorter than the fourth and following ones. These organs, like those of the Elaterides, seem to be composed of twelve joints, the eleventh being suddenly contracted near the extremity, and terminated by a point having the appearance of a little conical or triangular joint. . tT Sandalus petrophya, Knoch, N, Beyt., I, p. 131, y. 5,— S, niger, Id. Ib, 432 INSECTA. “This subgenus consists of five or six species, two of which are from New Holland, and the remainder from America *. The three first joints of the tarsi in the two following subgenera are in the form of a reversed heart, and have no membranous pro- longation underneath; the fourth is deeply bilobate; the last, but slightly elongated, exhibits no projecting and silky appendage be- tween its crotchets. The antennz are filiform, simple, or at most pectinated, and never consist of more than eleven joints. Prizopactya, //ig.—Pyrocuroa, De Geer. Distinguished by the semi-pectinated, or serrated antennse of the males, The species of this subgenus are peculiar to America f. Dascitius, Lat.—Atropa, Fab. Only differs from Ptilodactyla in the antenne, which are simple in both sexes f. The remaining Cebrionities have small mandibles which project but little, or not at all, beyond the labrum, a generally soft and al- most hemispherical or ovoid body, and palpi terminating in a point. The antenne are simple, or but slightly dentated. The posterior legs of several are fitted for leaping. They live on aquatic plants. ~ In these, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobate. The second and third of the antenne are shorter than the fourth. Exopes, Lat.—Cypruon, Fab. De). The posterior thighs differing but little in thickness from those of the preceding subgenus §. Scrrtes, Lat.—Cypruon, Fab, Thighs of the posterior legs are very large, and the tibiee terminated by two stout spurs, one of which is very long, a circumstance which enables these Insects to leap. The labial palpi are forked, and the first joint of the posterior tarsi is as long as all the others taken together |. In those, all the joints of the tarsi are entire. Nycrevs, Lat——Hamaxosium, Zieg.—Evcynetus, Schip. The third joint of the antenne very small, and much shorter than the second and following one, the last almost granose ; the four tibiee * Rhipicera marginata, Lat., Cuv., Régn. Anim. TIT; Kirby, Lin. Trans., XII, xxi, 3 ;—Polytomus marginatus, Dalm., Anal. Entom. p. 22 ;—P. femoratus, Id. Ib. 21 ;—P. mystacinus, Id. Ib. 22; Hispa mystacina, Fab.; Drur. Ins. III, viii, 7. I have seen another species in the collection of Count Dejean, entirely fulvous, sent to him from America by Major Le Conte. + Ptylodactyla elaterina, llig.; Pyrochroa nitida, De Geer, Ins., V, xiii, 6—17. t Atopa cervina, Fab.: A. cinerea, var., Id.; Ptinus testaceo-villosus, De Geer, IV, ix, 8; Cistela cervina, Oliv., Col., III, 54, 1, 2, a. § The first division of CyrHon, Fab. || The second division of Cyphon, Fab. See the Catalogue, &c. of Dejean. COLEOPTERA. 433 terminated by two very distinct spurs; the tarsi long, and more cedtadaommets the ta *, Pas ; ik be aban Everia, Zieg. De). to Nal »«'Phe antennee slightly serrated, the second joint very small, the two following ones largest of all, and the last somewhat emarginate at the end, and tapering to a point; spurs of the tibize very small, or nearly null ;, tarsi filiform ft. i ths The second tribe of the Malacodermi, or that of the Lampyrrives, is distinguished from the first by the enlarged termination of the palpi,.or at least those of the maxille, by their always soft, straight, depressed, or but slightly convex body, and by the thorax, sometimes semicircular, and at others nearly square or trapezoidal, that projects . over the head, which it either entirely or partially covers. The mandibles are usually small, and terminate ina slender, arcuated, very acute point, that is generally entire. The penultimate joint of the tarsiis always bilobate, and the crotchets of the last have neither dentations nor appendages. The females of some are apterous, or have but very short elytra, When seized, these Insects press their feet and antenne egainst their body, and remain as motionless as if they were dead... Several, thus situated, curve their abdomen underneath. They comprise the genus | Lampyris, Lin. “Antenne. closely approximated at base, the head either exposed and prolonged anteriorly in the manner of a snout, or for the greater part, or entirely, concealed under the thorax; eyes of the males large and globular; mouth small. Such are the characters of a, first division of this tribe, which we will subdivide into those in which neither sex is phosphorescent, and those in which the females at least are possessed of that faculty. Both sexes of the former are provided with wings, have their head exposed, and frequently narrower and extended anteriorly, or in the form of a snout, and the thorax widened posteriorly with pointed lateral angles. The two or three ultimate annuli of their abdomen are destitute of that pale yellowish or whitish _tint that is always found on this part of the body in the true Lampy- rides, and which announces their phosphorescence. The elytra, in several, widen behind, and are sometimes strongly dilated and rounded posteriorly, in the females particularly. They are densely punctured, and frequently reticulated. Lycus, Fab. Oliv —Canruaris, Lin. We restrict this subgenus to those species of Fabricius, in which the snout is as long as the portion of the head that precedes it, or * Eucynetus hemorrhoidalis, Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. V, ii. See Catal, &e., Dej. + Cyphon palustris, Germ,, Tb, IV, 3. VOL, Ill, FF 434 INSECTA, longer, and the antenne are serrated. The elytra are most commonly dilated, either laterally, or at their posterior extremity, the two sexes differing greatly in this respect, particularly of certain species peculiar to Africa *. Other species of the same author, but with very short snouts, and whose compressed antennze, sometimes simple, and at others serrated or pectinated, have their third joint longer than the preceding one, and in which the intermediate joints of the tarsi have the form of a reversed heart, compose a second subgenus, the Dicryorrera, Lat. In some of the woods in the vicinity of Paris, on the flowers of the Yarrow, and of other plants, we frequently observe the Lycus sanguineus; Lampyris sanguinea, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XLI, 9. About three lines in length; black; sides of the thorax and the eltyra blood-red; elytra silky and slightly striated. The larva lives under the bark of the Oak. It is linear, flattened, and black, the last ring red, resembling a plate with two kinds of horns, cylindrical, and, as it were, annulated or articulated, and arcuated inwards. It has six small feet. Lycus minutus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XLI, 2. Smaller; all black, the extremity of the elytra excepted, which is red, and the end of the antenne, which is reddish. Also found in France, but in forests of the Mountain Fir +. Omauisus, Geoff. Oliv. Fab. No apparent snout; joints of the antennze almost cylindrical, slightly reduced at base, and the second and third much shorter than the following ones; penultimate joint of the tarsi alone in the form of a reversed heart; the others elongated and cylindrical; elytra tolerably solid and firm, O. suturalis, Fab. ; Oliv., Col. II, 24,1, 2. Rather more than two lines in length, black, elytra blood-red, the suture excepted. Found in the woods in the vicinity of Paris, and in the forest of Saint Germain particularly, on the Oaks, in spring f. ; The other Lampyrides of our first division are distinguished from the preceding ones, not only by the want of a snout, by their head, which, in the males almost entirely occupied by the eyes, is entirely or for the greater part concealed under a semicircular or square thorax, but also by a very remarkable character, either common to both sexes, or peculiar to the females, that of being phosphorescent, whence the names of glow-worms, fire-flies, &c., given to these Insects. Their body is extremely soft, the abdomen particularly, which has * The Lyc. latissimus, rostratus, proboscideus, &c., of Fabricius. For the other species, see Scheenherr, Synon. Ins., I, pars III, App., where several are described and figured. + The Lyc. reticulatus, bicolor, serraticornis, fasciatus, aurora, &c. t See Encyc, Méthod., article Omalise. COLEOPTERA. 435 the appearance of being plaited. The luminous matter occupies the inferior part of the last two or three annuli, which differ in colour from the rest, and are usually yellowish or whitish. The light they diffuse is more or less vivid, and greenish or whitish, like that of the different kinds of phosphorus. It seems that they can vary its action at pleasure, a fact particularly observable when they are seized or held in the hand, They live a long time in vacuum and in different gases, the nitrous acid, muriatic and sulphurous gases excepted, in which they soon expire. Placed in hydrogen gas, they, sometimes at least, detonate. They continue to live after the excision of this luminous portion of their abdomen, and the part thus separated pre- serves its luminous property for some time, whether it be submitted to the action of various gases, be placed in vacuum, or left exposed to the air. The phosphorescence depends on the softness of the matter, rather than on the life of the animal. When apparently extinct it . may be reproduced by softening the matter with water. ‘The Lampy- rides emit a brilliant light when immersed in warm water, but in cold water it becomes extinguished; this fluid seems to be the only dis- solving agent of the phosphoric matter *. They are nocturnal Insects; the males, like Phalenz of the same sex, are frequently observed circling round the blaze of candles, &c., from which we may conclude that this phosphoric light, which is chiefly given out by the females, is intended to attract the former to the latter: and if, as De Geer asserts, the larvee and pupe of the species found in France are luminous, we are only to conclude that the phosphoric matter is developed at the earliest period of their existence. It has been said that some males were destitute of this luminous property—but they still possess it though in a very small degree, As nearly all the Lampyrides of hot climates, males as well as females, are provided with wings and are extremely nu- merous, they present to their inhabitants at night an interesting spec- tacle, a continued illumination, proceeding from the myriads of luminous points which like little wandering stars traverse the air in every direction. According to M, Dufour—Ann. des Sc. Nat., III, p, 225—the alimentary canal of the female of the common European Lampyris, the splendidula, is about twice the length of the body. The ceso- phagus is extremely short and immediately dilated into an abbre- viated crop separated from the chylific ventricle by a valvular stran- ulation. The latter is very long, smooth, turgid, and cylindrical or two thirds of its length, then intestiniform, The small intestine is very short and flexuous, presenting an enlargement (perhaps not constant) representing a cecum, and terminated in an elongated rectum. Certain Brazilian species, in which the antenne of the males con- sist of more than eleven joints formed like the laminee of a feather, — —_— * Besides the experiments detailed in the Ann. de Chimie, see the Ann. Génér. des Se. Phys., of Messrs. Bory de Saint-Vincent, Drapiez et Van Mons. VIII, p. 31, where will be found the researches of M, Grotthuss on the phosphorescence of the Lampyris italica, FF2 436 INSECTA. have been separated from the genus Lampyris of Linneus. ‘They constitute the AmypreTxs, Hoff., Germ *, Others, also peculiar to South America, whose antennze are com- posed of but elevén joints, present particular characters which have entitled them to the same generic distinction, under the name of Puencopes, Hoff. The third joint of these organs and the follow- ing ones give off, from the inner side, too long ciliated filaments, which appear to be articulated and convoluted round themselves. The elytra are suddenly narrowed into a point. The wings are ex- tended throughout their entire length, and simply folded longitudi- nally. The maxillary palpi are very salient and almost filiform, ‘The thorax is transversal. The tarsi are filiform, and their penultimate joint is very short and scarcely bilobate. The body is narrow and elongated, with the head exposed f. The other species now form the genus Lampynis, properly so called, Which, from the form of the antenne, the presence or absence of the elytra, wings, &c., is susceptible of several divisions. L. noctiluca, L.; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ: XLI, 7. The male about four lines in length; blackish; antennze simple; tho- rax semicircular, receiving the entire head, with two transparent lunate spots; venter black; ultimate annuli pale-yellowish. S. splendidula, L.; Panz., Ib., 8. Closely allied to the pre- ceding, but somewhat larger; thorax yellowish, with a blackish disk and two transparent spots before; elytra blackish; under part of the body and legs livid-yellowish; first annuli of the venter sometimes of this latter colour, and at others dusky. The female is destitute of elytra and wings; blackish above; circumference of the thorax and last ring yellowish; lateral angles of the second and third annuli flesh-colour; under ‘part of the body yellowish, with the three last annuli of the colour: of sulphur. vidi These latter individuals are more particularly called glow- worms, or vers luisants. They are found every where about the country, along the roads, in hedges, meadows, &c. in the months of June, July, and August. They lay a great number of lemon- coloured eggs, which are large and spherical, in the ground or on plants, where they are fixed by means of a viscid matter with which they are covered. The larva bears a great resemblance to the female, but is black, with a reddish spot on the posterior angles of the annuli; its antenng and legs are shorter. Its gait is very slow, and it has the faculty of elongating and shortening its body, and of bending it underneath. It is probably carnivorous. L. italica, L.; Oliv., Col. Il, 28, 11,12; the Lucciola of the Italians. The thorax does not cover the whole head, is trans- * Lampyris plumicornis, Lat., Voy. de MM. Humboldt and Bonpl., Zool. XVI, 4; Amydetes apicalis, Germ., Insect. Spec. Noy., p.67. + Illig., Mag., VI, p. 342. A COLEUPT ERA, 437 _ versal, and as well as the scutel, pectus and one pair of legs red- dish; head, elytra and abdomen black; the two last annuli of _ the body yellowish; wings to both sexes *. In our second division of the Lampyrides, the antenne are very remote at hase; the head is neither prolonged nor narrowed ante- ta in the form of a snout, and the eyes are of an ordinary size in th sexes, vy Dritus, Oliv—Priuinus, Geoff. Fab. The males are winged, and the inner side of the antennz, from the fourth joint, is prolonged like the tooth of a comb. Those of the females are shorter, somewhat perfoliaceous and slightly ser- rated. The maxillary palpi in both sexes are thicker towards the end, and terminate in a point. The inner side of the mandibles pre- sents a tooth. The female of the species, which is the type of the genus, and whose male is tolerably common, remained unknown until lately, as well as the metamorphoses of both sexes. Certain observations made at Geneva, by Count Mielzinsky, on the larva of this Insect and the perfect female, excited the attention of two able French na- turalists, MM. Desmarest and Victor Audouin. The latter had received from the author of the discovery several living larve, | which were found in the shell of a Helix nemoralis of Linnzus, and which together with the perfect female, the only sex he had obtained in that state, were described by him. But he was mistaken in con- sidering as pupee, larve which had attained their full growth, and which pass the winter in the interior of these shells. In this state, these Insects are tolerably similar to the larve of the Euro- pean Lampyrides, but there are a range of conical mammille on each side of their abdomen, and two series of hairy tufts on other elevations of the same nature. The posterior extremity of the body is forked, and the anus is used by the animal as a means of progres- sion. It soon devours the legitimate owner of the shell, whence the generic appellation of CocuiEocronus, given to this Insect by the naturalist. above mentioned. M. Desmarest presuming that as these larvee were common in the neighbourhood of Geneva, they might also be found in the vicinity of Paris, by the aid of his pupils soon procured a number of them, which enabled him to give a com- plete history of the Insect, and to ascertain that the individuals in their perfect state, described by Mielzinsky, were the females of the ' Drile jaundtre or the Panache jaune, Geoff., I, 1,2; Oliv., Col. IT, 23, 1,1, the body of which is about three lines long, black, with yellowish elytra. The female is nearly thrice as large, is of an orange or reddish yellow, and resembles that of a Lampyris, but Without its phosphorescence. M. Audouin has published its ana- tomy, and observed that the exuviz of the larva exactly close the aperture of the shell, forming a sort of operculum. While the ani- mal is in its larva state, it remains at the bottom of its domicil, and so placed, that the posterior extremity of its body faces the opening ; * See Fabricius, and Olivier, Col, II, No. 28. 438 INSECTA, when it has passed into that of a pupa its position is inverted. For this observation we are indebted to M. Desmarest*. M. Dufour has also published some anatomical observations on the male of this species. A second, the D. ater, Dej., all black, with the antennze less pectinated, is found in Germany. It is figured, as well as a third, the ruficollis, discovered by Count Dejean in Dalmatia, ina Memoir of M. Audouin—Ann. des Sc. Nat., Aout 1824— which, under the title of “« Recherches anatomiques sur la femélle du Drile Jaunatre et sur le male de cette espéce,” forms a com- plete Monograph of the genus, enriched with excellent figures. ' Both sexes of the remaining Lampyrides of this second division are winged, and their maxillary palpi are not much longer than those of the labium. _They embrace a great part of the genus Can- tharis, Lin., or that of Cicindela, Geoff. , Te.EPnorvs, Sche ff—Cantuanis, Lin. The palpi terminated by a securiform joint; thorax destitute of lateral emarginations. They are carnivorous Insects and run over plants. Their stomach is long and transversely rugose ; the intestine very short. T. fuscus ; Cantharis fusca, L.; Oliv., Col, II, 26, i, i. From five to six lines in length, posterior part of the head, elytra, pectus and the greater portion of the legs of a slate-black; thé other parts yellowish-red; a black spot on the thorax. Is fre- quently met with in Europe during the spring. The larva is almost cylindrical, elongated, soft, of a dead velvet-black, thé antenne, palpi, and feet yellowish-rufous. The head is squami- ous and furnished with stout mandibles, There is a mammilla under the twelfth and last annulus, which it uses in crawling. It is carnivorous and inhabits moist earth. During the winter of certain years in Sweden, and even in the mountainous parts of France, these larve and various other species of living Insects have been observed among the show in such abundance as to cover a considerable space. It has been very rationally supposed that they had been swept away and deposited there by those violent gusts of wind which uproot and destroy great numbers of trees, particularly Pines and Firs. Such is the origin of what is termed a shower of in- sects. The species then met with are probably such as appear early in the spring. . T. lividus ; Cantharis livida, L. ; Oliv., Tb., 11,28. Size and form of the preceding; thorax fuscous and immaculate; elytra yellowish ; extremity of the posterior thighs black. On flowers f. * See Ann, des Sc. Nat., Juillet et Aout 1824, and Bullet. de la Soc. Philom:, Avril 1824, : mt -- t For the other species, see Schoenherr, Synon. Insect., I], p. 60, and Panz., Ind, Entom., p. 91. ee! ee SS a! ee ee a eae COLEOPTERA, 489 Sirus, Meg. Dej. Charp. This subgenus only differs from Telephorus in the thorax, which is emarginated posteriorly on each side, and has underneath—at least in the S. spinicollis—a little coriaceous appendage terminated by a club, whose extremity, probably more membranous, in the dried specimen has the appearance of a joint A species, the rubricollis, is figured by M. Toussaint de Charpentier in his Hor. Entom., p. 194, 195, vi. 7. Marruinus, Lat. Schen—Necyvaus, Geoff. The palpi terminated by an ovoid joint; head narrow behind; elytra, in several, shorter than the abdomen. On flowers, and par- ticularly on trees *. In the third tribe of the Malacodermi, or the MELYripEs, we find the palpi most commonly short and filiform; mandibles emarginated at the point; the body usually narrow and elongated ; the head only covered at base by a flat or but slightly convex thorax, generally square, or elongated and quadrilateral; joints of the tarsi entire, and the hooks of the last one unidentated or bordered with a membrane. The antennz are usually serrated, and, in the males of some spéciés, even pectinated. Most of them are very active, and are found on flowers and leaves. This tribe, which is a mere division of the genera Cantharis and De?mestes of Linneeus, will form the genus Me tyris, Fab. In some, the palpi are of equal thickness throughout. | ere, under each anterior angle of the thorax, and on each side of the base of the abdomen, we observe a retractile, dilatable vesicle in the form of a cockade, which is protruded by the animal when alarmed, and whose use is unknown. The body is shorter in pro- portion than in the following subgenus, wider and more depressed ; the thorax wider than it is long. Under each crotchet, at the end Of the tarsi, is a membranous appendage resembling a tooth. Matacuivs, Fab. Oliv—Cantuanis, Lin. One of the sexes, in each species, furnished with an appendage in the form of a hook, at the extremity of each elytron, which is seized from behind by an individual of the opposite sex, with its mandibles, in order to arrest the former when it attempts to escape, or moves tod rapidly. The first joints of the antenne are frequently dilated and irregular in the males. They are all prettily coloured. M. eneus; Cantharis enea, L.; Panz., Ib.; X, 2. Three lines in length; glossy green; margin of the elytra red; head, yellow anteriorly. * Lat. Gen. Crust, et Insect. I, 261 ; Schenh., Id. IL p. 733 Panz., Ta, p. 73. The Teleph. bigutdatus and minimus of Olivier belong to this genus, 440 INSECTA, M. bipustulatus; Cantharis bipustulata, L.; Panz. Ib., 3. Rather smaller, and of a glossy green; extremity of the elytra red *. Among the following Melyrides with filiform palpi, and whose thorax and abdomen are destitute of retractile vesicles, we will first place those the length of whose antenne at least equals that of the head and thorax, in which the body is generally straight, elongated, and sometimes linear, and the hooks of the tarsi are usually, as in Malachius, bordered inferiorly by a membranous appendage. Dasytrs, Payk. Fab.—Durmestes, Lin. D. ceruleus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XCVI, 10. Three lines in length; elongated; green or bluish; glossy and pilose. Very common near Paris on flowers in the fields. D. trés noir, Oliv., Col. II, 21, ii, 28; Dermestes hirtus, L. Somewhat larger and Jess oblong; all black and densely pilose ; a much stouter and strongly hooked spine at the base of the anterior tarsi in one of the two sexes. On the Grasses}. Others, the crotchets of whose tarsi are unidentated, like those of Dasytes, to which they are closely allied, and with which Olivier con- founds them, are removed from that subgenus by the antenne being shorter than the head and thorax, and having the third joint at least double the length of the second. Their body is less elongated, and is more solid; the head is slightly prolonged and narrowed before, and the thorax semiorbicular and truncated anteriorly. They have a certain degree of resemblance to the Silphee of Linnzus. Such are those which form the Zye1a, Fab. In which the fourth and following joints of the antennz almost form an elongated, compressed, and serrated club; mest of the joints transversal; thorax very convex. ; Z. oblonga, Fab... Found in Spain and Egypt, in the interior of houses, and more particularly, according to Count Dejean, in _ granaries. It is also sometimes found in France in the depart- ments of the Pyrénées Orientales. A second species has been discovered in Nubia. Me yris, Fab. In Melyris, properly so called, the antennz insensibly enlarge, but without forming a club; their joints are less dilated laterally and are almost isometrical. The thorax is less convex f. * See op. cit. and Scheenh., Eynon. Insect., II, p. 67. + For the other species, see Fabricius; the Mélyres of Olivier,6—17; Panz., Ind. Entom. p. 143 ; Lat., Gener. Crust. et Insect. I, p. 264; Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov. Brazil produces tolerably large ones, some of which form a particular divi- sion. t M. viridis, Fab. ; Oliv., Col. 11, 21, i, i;—M. abdominalis, Fab. ;- Oliv., Ib;, I, 7; Opatrum granulatum, Fab. ; Coqueb., Illust, Icon. Insect., [11, xxx, 7. COLEOPTERA. 441 In the remaining Melyrides the maxillary palpi are terminated by a larger and securiform joint. This character, together with the shortness of the first joint of the tarsi, and some other considerations, seems to approximate them to the Insects of our next tribe. They form the cae Pe.ocopuorys, Dej., Who arranges them with the tetramerous Coleoptera *. The fourth tribe of the Malacodermi, that of the Crxrn, is distin- guished by the ensemble of the following characters. Two of their palpi at least project and are clavate. The mandibles are dentated, The penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobate, and the first is very short or but slightly visible in several. The antennz are sometimes nearly filiform and serrated, and at others insensibly enlarged near the ex- tremity. The body is usually cylindrical, the head and thorax nar- rower than the abdomen, and the eyes emarginated. Most of these Insects are found on flowers, the remainder on the trunks of old trees or in dry wood. Such of the larve as are known are carnivorous. This tribe will comprise the genus Crervs, Geoff. The tarsi of some, viewed from above and underneath, distinctly exhibit five joints. The greater part of their antenne is always serrated. Of these, some have the maxillary palpi filiform, or slightly en- larged near the extremity. | Cyrurprvs, Lat. Mandibles long and much crossed, terminating in a simple point, with two teeth on the internal side; four first joints of the antennze cylindrical and elongated; the six following ones formed like the - teeth of a saw, and the last oblong; the palpi terminated by an elon- gated joint; that of those attached to the maxille cylindrical, and the same of the labial palpi, rather thicker and forming a reversed cone; penultimate joint of the tarsi distinctly bilobate. The head is elongated. The only species known—Trichodes cyaneus, Fab.—inhabits the Isle of France. * Catalogue, &c., Dej., p. 115; Notovus Illigeri, Scheen., Synon. Insect., I, 2,p. 53, IV, 7, a. I refer to the same division of Melyrides, a new subgenus which I will call Digtonicervs. The antenne consist of but ten distinct joints, of which the two last are larger and globular, It is founded on an insect sent to me by M. Lefébure de Cérisy, 442 INSECTA, Tints, Oliv., Fab.* Mandibles moderate, cleft or bidentated at the extremity; antennz sometimes serrated from the fourth joint to the tenth inclusively, with the last ovoid, and at others suddenly terminating, from the sixth, in a serrated club. The last joint of the labial palpi is very large and securiform; head short and rounded; third and fourth joints of the tarsi dilated in the form of a reversed triangle. Found in old wood or on trunks of trees. In the remaining Insects of this tribe, which are always distinctly pentamerous, the four palpi terminate in a club; the last joint of the labials is almost always securiform. Here, the four first joints of the tarsi are provided underneath with membranous pellets, projecting in the form of lobes. The thorax is elongated and almost cylindrical. Priocera, Aird. The body convex; thorax narrowed posteriorly; last joint of the maxillary palpi less dilated than that of the labials and in the form of a reversed and oblong triangle; the labrum emarginated. | | But a single species is known, the Priocera variegata, Kirb., Lin. Trans. XII, p. 389, 390, xxi, 7. Axtna, Airb. The body depressed; last joint of the four palpi very large and securiform. : But a single species has yet been described, the Azina analis, Kirb., Ib., fig. 6. From Brazil. | There, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is alone distinctly bilobate. The thorax is square. The body is depressed as in Axina, and th palpi terminate as in the same subgenus. Such is : Evurypus, Airb. | E. rubens, Kirb., Ib., 5, also from Brazil. I have seen a second species of the same country in the splendid collection of M. de la Cordaire. We now come to species in which the tarsi, when viewed from above, appear to consist of but four joints, the first of the usual five being very short and concealed under the second f. * Tillus elongatus, Oliv., Col. II, 22, 1, 13 Chrysomela elongata, L. ;—Clerus unifasciatus, Fab. ; Oliv., 1V. 76, ii, 21. The antenne of the first are serrated from the fourth joint, and the thorax is cylindrical. In the second, the antenne from the sixth joint terminate in a serrated club. The thorax is narrowed posteriorly. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is longer, in proportion, than that of the first species, and is compressed. + The insects of this subdivision compose the genus Clairon, propertly so called, of Geoffroy ; M. Dufour admits that the posterior tarsi consist of five joints, the first of Which i8 very Short; the same joint is rudiméntal in the intermediate tarsi, and wantingin the two that are an terior. COLEOPTERA, 443 Sometimes the antetine insensibly enlarge towards the extremity, of gradually terminate in a club; the intermediate joints, from thé third, are nearly in the form of a reversed cone; the two or four penultimate joints form reversed triangles, and the last is ovoid. Tuanasimus, Lat.—Cuervus, Fab. The maxillary palpi filiform; last joint of those attached to the labium large and securiform *. Oro, Lat.—Noroxvus, Fab. he four palpi terminated by a large seeuriform joint +. metimes the three last joints of the antennez are much wider than the preceding ones, suddenly forming a club, either simple and in the form of a reversed triangle, or serrated. Those; in which this club is simple or not serrated, form two sub- genera, Cirrus, Geoff—Tricuopes, Fab. The maxillary palpi of these Cleri, properly so called, are termi- nated by a compressed joint in the form of a reversed triangle; the last of those that belong to the labium, which are larger than the others, is securiform. The antennal club is hardly longer than wide, and is composed of crowded joints; the third is longer than the se- cond, The maxille terminate in a projecting and fringed lobe. The thorax is depressed anteriorly. These Insects are found on flowers; their larvee devour those of certain Bees. Their stomach is widest anteriorly, and without plicee; their in- testine is short, with two enlargements behind. According to M. our, their crop is so short that it is almost entirely concealed in the head f. -__C. apiarius ; Attelabus apiarius, L.; Trichodes apiarius, Fab.; Oliv., Col. IV, 76, 1, 4. ‘Blue : elytra red, traversed by threé bands of deep blue, the last of which occupies the extremity. The larva devours that of our domestie Bee, and doés much injury to hives, GC. alvearius ; Trichodes alvearius, Fab. ; Oliv., Ib., I,5,a, bs Reaum., Insect., VI, viii, 8—10. Almost like the preceding, but with a bluish-black spot on the scutel. It inhabits the nests of the Mason Bees—Osmia—of Reaumur, and feeds on their larvee. Necrosia, Lat.—Corynetes, Fab. The four palpi terminated by an elongated, compressed, triangu- * Attelabus Sormicarius, Li's ‘Clerus JSormicarius, Oliv., Col. lV, 76, l, 18 — Clerus mutillarius, Fab. ; Oliv., Ib., 1, 12. + Attelabus mollis, L. ; Clerus mollis, Oliy., Ib., I. 10. t The genital organ of the male is much more complicated than that of the Mely- rides, Lampyrides, and other Malacodermi. The last abdominal annulus is widely emarginated. They and the Pelées of Fabricius are the enly Coleoptera which have six biliary vessels—they are inserted into the cecum, 444 INSECTA. lar joint of the same size; the second and third joints.of the antennze nearly equal, and the terminal club elongated, with loose, joints;; no depression in the thorax anteriorly. seas N violacea, Oliv., Col., Ib., 76, bis, 1,1; Dermestes violaceus, L. Small ; violet-blue or greenish, with similarly coloured legs ; elytra, with longitudinal series of punctures. Very common in houses in the spring’; it is also found in carrion *. We will terminate this tribe with a subgenus in which the two penultimate joints of the antenne, more or less dilated internally in the form of teeth, compose with the last, which is oval, a serrated or semipectinated club. The palpi are terminated by a larger joint, either in the form of an elongated or compressed triangle, or secu- riform. Such are those which form the ; Enoruium, Lat.—Tituvus, Oliv. Fab.—Coryneres, Fab. + The type of the fifth tribe of the Malacodermi, or the Prinio- - RES, consists of the genus Plinus of Linnzeus, and of some other genera depending cn, or which most closely approach it. The body of these Insects is of a tolerably firm consistence, sometimes almost ovoid or oval, and at others nearly cylindrical, but generally short and rounded at the two extremities. The head is nearly globular or orbicular, and almost entirely received into a strongly arched or vaulted thorax, resembling a hood. The antenne. of some are filiform, or diminished towards the end, and are either simple, flabel- liform, pectinated, or serrated; those of others terminate suddenly by three larger and much longer joints. The mandibles are short, thick, and dentated under the point. The palpi are very short and termi- nated by a larger and almost ovoid joint, or like a reversed triangle. The tibize are not dentated, and the spurs at the extremities are very small. There is but little variety in their colours, which are always dark. They are very small. When touched they counterfeit death, lower their heads, incline their antennz, and contract their feet; in this apparent state of lethargy they remain for some time. Their motions are generally slow, and those that are winged rarely take to flight to escape. Their larvee are very noxious to us, and bear a great resemblance to those of the Scarabeides. Their body, frequently curved into an are, is soft and whitish ; the head and feet are brown and squamous. Their mandibles are strong. With fragments of various substances, which they detach by gnawing, they construct a shell in which they become nymphs. Other species establish their * See Olivier, genus Necrobie and Schenh., Synon. Insect. I, 2, p. 50. + Tillus serraticornis, Oliv., Coll. II, 22, 1, 2;—T. Weberi, Fab. ;—T. damicornis, Id. ;—T. dermestoides, Scheff., Elem. Entom., 138 ;—Corynetes sanguinicollis, Fab. See Schenh., Synon. Insect., I, 2, p. 46, ; ee COLEOPTERA. 445 domicil:in the country, in old wood, and under stones; their habits are the same. Such are the characters of the genus Prinus, Lin. In some, the head and thorax, or the anterior half of the body, is narrower than the abdomen; the antennz are always terminated in the same manner, simple or but slightly serrated, and at least almost as long as the body. Prinvs, Lin., Fab,—Brvcuvs, Geoff. The antennz of the true Ptini are inserted between the eyes, which are protuberant or convex. Their body is oblong. They are generally found in houses, and chiefly in granaries and inhabited places. Their larvee destroy our herbaria and desiccated ami of animals.. The antennze of the males are longer than those of the females, and, in several species, these latter are apterous, P. fur, L., Fab.; P. latro, striatus, F.; Oliv. Col. If, 7, i. 1, 8; ii, 9, var. of the male. One line and a half in length; light brown; antennz as long as the body; a pointed projection on each side of the thorax, and between them two others, rounded _ and coyered with a yellowish down ; two transverse, greyish bands on the elytra, formed by hairs. According to De Geer, it feeds on Flies and other dead In- sects that fall in its way. The larvee are very injurious to her- _,baria and other collections of natural history. _.. P. imperialis, Fab.; Oliv., Ib., 1,4, Remarkable for two spots on the elytra, which, together, form arude figure of a *two-headed Eagle. On old wood *. <